Petroleum Experts

User Manual

IPM
PROSPER
Version 15
February 2018
 PROSPER
IPM - Single Well Model OVERVIEW
by Petroleum Experts Limited

PROSPER is a well performance, design and optimisation program which is part of the
Integrated Production Modelling Toolkit (IPM). This tool is the industry standard well
modelling with the major operators worldwide.

PROSPER is designed to allow the building of reliable and consistent well models, with the
ability to address each aspect of well bore modelling; PVT (fluid characterisation), VLP
correlations (for calculation of flow-line and tubing pressure loss) and IPR (reservoir inflow).

PROSPER provides unique matching features, which tune PVT, multiphase flow
correlations and IPR to match measured field data, allowing a consistent well model to be
built prior to use in prediction (sensitivities or artificial lift design). PROSPER enables
detailed surface pipeline performance and design: Flow Regimes, pipeline stability, Slug
Size andFrequency

APPLICATIONS
• Design and optimise well completions including multi-lateral, multilayer and horizontal
wells
• Design and optimise tubing and pipeline sizes
• Design, diagnose and optimise Gas lifted, Hydraulic pumps and ESP wells
• Generate lift curves for use in simulators
• Calculate pressure losses in wells, flow lines and across chokes
• Predict flowing temperatures in wells and pipelines
• Monitor well performance to rapidly identify wells requiring remedial action
• Calculate total skin and determine breakdown (damage, deviation or
partial penetration)
• Unique black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids, accounting
for liquid dropout in the wellbore
• Allocate production between wells
 3

Copyright Notice
The copyright in this manual and the associated computer program are the property of Petroleum Experts
Ltd. All rights reserved. Both, this manual and the computer program have been provided pursuant to a
Licence Agreement containing restriction of use.

No part of this manual may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated
into any language, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical or otherwise, or
disclose to third parties without prior written consent from Petroleum Experts Ltd., Petex House, 10 Logie
Mill, Edinburgh, EH7 4HG, Scotland, UK.

© Petroleum Experts Ltd. All rights reserved.

IPM Suite, GAP, PROSPER, MBAL, PVTP, REVEAL, RESOLVE, IFM, ModelCatalogue and OpenServer are
trademarks of Petroleum Experts Ltd.

Microsoft (Windows), Windows (2000) and Windows (XP) are registered trademarks of the Microsoft
Corporation

The software described in this manual is furnished under a licence agreement. The software may be used or
copied only in accordance with the terms of the agreement. It is against the law to copy the software on any
medium except as specifically allowed in the license agreement. No part of this documentation may be
reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic or mechanical, including photocopying,
recording, or information storage and retrieval systems for any purpose other than the purchaser's personal
use, unless express written consent has been given by Petroleum Experts Limited.

Address:

Petroleum Experts Limited

Petex House
10 Logie Mill
Edinburgh, Scotland
EH7 4HG

Tel : (44 131) 474 7030

Fax : (44 131) 474 7031

email: [email protected]
Internet: www.petex.com

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 I PROSPER

Table of Contents
0

Chapter 1 Technical Overview 2

1 Summary
...................................................................................................................................
of Capabilities 2
2 Fluid modelling
...................................................................................................................................
options 14
3 Inflows
...................................................................................................................................
and Sand Control options 16
4 Well bore
...................................................................................................................................
and Pipeline hydraulics 17
5 Artificial
...................................................................................................................................
lift systems 18
6 Flow assurance
................................................................................................................................... 19
Advanced Therm
..........................................................................................................................................................
al Models 19
General Flow ..........................................................................................................................................................
Assurance Features 19
7 What's...................................................................................................................................
New 20
8 Examples
...................................................................................................................................
Guide 52

Chapter 2 User Guide 57

1 Introduction
................................................................................................................................... 57
PROSPER and ..........................................................................................................................................................
System s Analysis 57
About PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 59
Using PROSPER
.......................................................................................................................................................... 61
Exam ples .......................................................................................................................................................... 65
2 PROSPER
...................................................................................................................................
Main Menu 68
File .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
Options .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
PVT .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
System .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
Matching .......................................................................................................................................................... 69
Calculation .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Design .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Output .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Wizard .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Units .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Help .......................................................................................................................................................... 70
Colour Coded..........................................................................................................................................................
Data Validation 70
3 File Menu
................................................................................................................................... 71
PROSPER Files.......................................................................................................................................................... 72
PVT Data (*.PVT)
......................................................................................................................................................... 73
Input Data (*.SIN)
......................................................................................................................................................... 73
Analysis Data
.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.ANL) 73
Output Data.........................................................................................................................................................
(*.OUT) 73
Creating a .........................................................................................................................................................
New File 74
Opening an.........................................................................................................................................................
Existing File 74
Saving a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 74
Copying a File
......................................................................................................................................................... 75
New .......................................................................................................................................................... 75
Open .......................................................................................................................................................... 75
 Contents II

Save .......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Save As .......................................................................................................................................................... 76
Im port .......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Import Files......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Convert - Selection
......................................................................................................................................................... 77
Add Import.........................................................................................................................................................
Type 78
Preferences .......................................................................................................................................................... 78
Main Screen ......................................................................................................................................................... 78
File ......................................................................................................................................................... 80
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 82
User Applications
......................................................................................................................................................... 84
Limits ......................................................................................................................................................... 86
Units ......................................................................................................................................................... 89
Equipment ......................................................................................................................................................... 89
VPC ......................................................................................................................................................... 90
Correlations ......................................................................................................................................................... 91
Softw are Key ..........................................................................................................................................................
Maintenance 92
FileList .......................................................................................................................................................... 95
File Com pare .......................................................................................................................................................... 96
Evaluate OpenServer
.......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Input Screen ......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Commands......................................................................................................................................................... 98
Variables......................................................................................................................................................... 100
Functions......................................................................................................................................................... 101
User Correlations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 102
Flow Correlation
......................................................................................................................................................... 103
Add Flow Correlation .........................................................................................................................................
DLL 104
Flow Correlation.........................................................................................................................................
Information 104
Hydro3P Correlation .........................................................................................................................................
Parameters 106
Equation Of.........................................................................................................................................................
State Model 108
Add User PVT EOS .........................................................................................................................................
DLL 110
Choke Correlation
......................................................................................................................................................... 111
Add User Choke.........................................................................................................................................
Correlation DLL 112
Inflow Performance
.........................................................................................................................................................
Model 113
Add User IPR Correlation
.........................................................................................................................................
DLL 114
HSP Gas .........................................................................................................................................................
DeRating Model 115
Add User HSP Gas .........................................................................................................................................
Derating Model 116
Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................................
Model 117
Add User Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................
Model DLL 118
Printer Setup.......................................................................................................................................................... 118
Preparing.........................................................................................................................................................
to Print 118
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................................
and configuring a Printer 119
Printing Export
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 119
Selecting .........................................................................................................................................................
an Exported Data to Print 121
Clipboard Com ..........................................................................................................................................................
m and 121
Word Processing..........................................................................................................................................................
in PROSPER 122
Exit .......................................................................................................................................................... 122
Com m and Buttons
.......................................................................................................................................................... 123
4 Options
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 125
Options Screen .......................................................................................................................................................... 125
Fluid Description
......................................................................................................................................................... 128
Well ......................................................................................................................................................... 132
Artificial Lift
......................................................................................................................................................... 134
Calculation .........................................................................................................................................................
Type 138

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

III PROSPER

Brine Modelling
......................................................................................................................................................... 140
Steam Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 143
Well Completion
......................................................................................................................................................... 143
Reservoir......................................................................................................................................................... 144
Options - Perforating
..........................................................................................................................................................
Gun DataBase 144
Tubing Database
.......................................................................................................................................................... 147
Tubing Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Copy 149
Casing Database
.......................................................................................................................................................... 149
Casing Database
.........................................................................................................................................................
Copy 152
Pipe Schedule
.......................................................................................................................................................... 152
Pipe Schedule
.........................................................................................................................................................
Copy 155
Pipe Schedule
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Equipm ent 155
5 PVT Menu
................................................................................................................................... 159
Oil (BlackOil Model)
..........................................................................................................................................................
- Input Data 161
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 168
Regression ......................................................................................................................................................... 169
Table Look-Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 171
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 176
Equivalent.........................................................................................................................................................
Composition 178
Composition - binary .........................................................................................................................................
interaction coefficients 179
Emulsions.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 181
Emulsion Data ......................................................................................................................................... 181
Emulsions Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 185
Pump Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................
Correction Data 188
Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling - Rheological Parameters 190
Viscosity Modelling .........................................................................................................................................
- Y Axis Selection 194
Pow er Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................................
Properties 195
Hydraualic Drive.........................................................................................................................................
Dow nhole Pump (HSP) 197
Jet Pump ......................................................................................................................................... 199
Diluent Injection ......................................................................................................................................... 200
Gas (Black Oil ..........................................................................................................................................................
Model) - Input Data 201
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 206
Regression ......................................................................................................................................................... 207
Table Look-Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 208
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 209
Condensed .........................................................................................................................................................
Water Vapour 211
Retrograde Condensate
..........................................................................................................................................................
(Black Oil Model) - Input Data 213
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 218
Regression ......................................................................................................................................................... 219
Table Look-Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 221
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 222
Calculate .......................................................................................................................................................... 223
Calculate ......................................................................................................................................................... 223
PVT plot ......................................................................................................................................... 226
Steam Calculations
.......................................................................................................................................................... 226
Calculating.........................................................................................................................................................
Steam Properties 228
Calculate Range......................................................................................................................................... 229
Calculate Single......................................................................................................................................... 230
Setting Steam
.........................................................................................................................................................
Quality 232
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 234
PVT Warnings .......................................................................................................................................................... 235
PVT Warning.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves 236
6 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu | Equipment Data Input 236
 Contents IV

Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
Only 237
Deviation .........................................................................................................................................................
Survey 238
Filter ......................................................................................................................................... 241
Surface Equipment
......................................................................................................................................................... 245
Dow nhole.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment 249
Temperature .........................................................................................................................................................
Survey 251
Pipe Schedule.........................................................................................................................................................
and Equipment 252
Predicting Pressure
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Tem perature 256
Rough Approximation
......................................................................................................................................................... 256
Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 257
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 257
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 259
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 260
Average Heat Capacities ......................................................................................................................................... 262
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 263
Enthalpy Balance
......................................................................................................................................................... 263
Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 264
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 264
Insulation ................................................................................................................................... 268
Fittings ................................................................................................................................... 268
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 270
Insulation ................................................................................................................................... 272
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 272
Temperature Data .........................................................................................................................................
(On Land) 274
Drilling and Completion ......................................................................................................................................... 275
Completion Fluid...................................................................................................................................
Properties 278
Lithology ......................................................................................................................................... 279
Temperature Databases ......................................................................................................................................... 280
Pipes database................................................................................................................................... 280
Insulation Database ................................................................................................................................... 282
Fluids Database................................................................................................................................... 283
Rock Properties...................................................................................................................................
database 284
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 286
Improved .........................................................................................................................................................
Approximation 286
Deviation Survey......................................................................................................................................... 287
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 287
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 289
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 289
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 291
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 291
Surface Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Draw ing 293
Dow nHole.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Draw ing 293
7 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu | IPR Data Input 295
IPR Single Well..........................................................................................................................................................
Data 296
The Main .........................................................................................................................................................
Data Entry Screen 296
Action Buttons
......................................................................................................................................................... 297
Model Selection
.........................................................................................................................................................
Section 298
Reservoir.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 300
Data Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Section 300
Results Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 302
IPR Models for ..........................................................................................................................................................
Oil and Water Wells 303
P.I. Entry ......................................................................................................................................................... 304
Vogel ......................................................................................................................................................... 305
Composite......................................................................................................................................................... 305

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

V PROSPER

Darcy ......................................................................................................................................................... 305

Fetkovich......................................................................................................................................................... 306
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Fetkovich 307
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 307
Multi-rate .........................................................................................................................................................
Jones 307
Transient......................................................................................................................................................... 308
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured Well 309
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - No Flow Boundaries 311
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary 312
Multi-Layer.........................................................................................................................................................
Inflow 314
PI Entry ......................................................................................................................................... 316
Darcy ......................................................................................................................................... 316
MultiRate Jones ......................................................................................................................................... 317
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 318
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well Model With Friction Dp Loss 319
Horizontal Well Model .........................................................................................................................................
- Zone Data 322
Horizontal Well Model .........................................................................................................................................
- Coning calculation 323
Horizontal Well Model .........................................................................................................................................
- Plot 325
Coning Calculations .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 326
MultiLayer.........................................................................................................................................................
dP Loss in Wellbore 327
Darcy IPR model......................................................................................................................................... 329
MultiRate Jones .........................................................................................................................................
model 330
PI Entry IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 330
Fractured IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 330
Horizontal IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 331
PVT parameters......................................................................................................................................... 332
Relative Permeability .........................................................................................................................................
Parameters 332
Skin Parameters......................................................................................................................................... 333
Gravel Pack Parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 334
Results Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 334
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 334
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well w ith Transverse Vertical Fractures 335
Thermally.........................................................................................................................................................
Induced Fracture 338
Coning Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 340
Inflow Perform ..........................................................................................................................................................
ance (Gas and Condensate) 341
Jones ......................................................................................................................................................... 342
Forchiemer ......................................................................................................................................................... 343
Back Pressure
......................................................................................................................................................... 343
C and n ......................................................................................................................................................... 343
MultiRate .........................................................................................................................................................
C and n 344
MultiRate .........................................................................................................................................................
Jones 345
External Entry
......................................................................................................................................................... 345
Petroleum.........................................................................................................................................................
Experts 345
Hydraulically
.........................................................................................................................................................
Fractured 348
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
w ell - no flow boundaries 349
Multi Layer......................................................................................................................................................... 350
Jones Layer Model ......................................................................................................................................... 351
MultiRate Jones .........................................................................................................................................
Layer Model 352
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well Model With Friction Dp Loss 352
Horizontal Well Model .........................................................................................................................................
- Zone Data 355
SkinAide Model
......................................................................................................................................................... 356
Dual Porosity
......................................................................................................................................................... 356
Horizontal.........................................................................................................................................................
Well - Transverse Vertical Fractures 357
MultiLayer.........................................................................................................................................................
With Pressure Loss Betw een Layers 359
 Contents VI

Jones IPR model......................................................................................................................................... 362

MultiRate Jones .........................................................................................................................................
model 363
Petroleum Experts .........................................................................................................................................
IPR model 363
PI Entry IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 364
Fractured IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 364
Horizontal IPR model ......................................................................................................................................... 365
PVT parameters......................................................................................................................................... 366
Relative Permeability .........................................................................................................................................
Parameters 366
Skin Parameters......................................................................................................................................... 366
Gravel Pack Parameters ......................................................................................................................................... 367
Results Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 367
Modified Isochronal
......................................................................................................................................................... 368
Forcheimer .........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure 370
Multirate Forcheimer
.........................................................................................................................................................
w ith Pseudo Pressure 370
Dietz Shape Factors
.......................................................................................................................................................... 370
Dietz Shape.........................................................................................................................................................
Factor Calculation 372
IPR for CBM Wells
.......................................................................................................................................................... 373
Injection Wells.......................................................................................................................................................... 374
Skin Models .......................................................................................................................................................... 374
Entered Skin
.........................................................................................................................................................
Value 378
Locke ......................................................................................................................................................... 379
MacLeod ......................................................................................................................................................... 379
Karakas &.........................................................................................................................................................
Tariq 380
Cinco / Martin-Bronz
.........................................................................................................................................................
model or Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz Model 381
IPR Wong-Clifford
.........................................................................................................................................................
model 382
IPR Perforation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Diameter and Length 383
Other IPR-related
..........................................................................................................................................................
features 383
Gas Coning .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation 383
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 384
Gravel Packed Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 386
Gravel Pack Completion ...................................................................................................................................
Velocities 391
Pre-Packed Screen .........................................................................................................................................
completion 392
Wire-Wrapped Screen .........................................................................................................................................
Completion 393
Slotted Liner Completion
......................................................................................................................................... 395
Relative Permeability
.........................................................................................................................................................
Curves 397
Test Data ......................................................................................................................................... 398
Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 399
Relative Permeability .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation Details 399
Viscosity .........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling 403
Compaction .........................................................................................................................................................
Permeability Reduction 404
SkinAide .......................................................................................................................................................... 405
SkinAide Theoretical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Background 406
Position of the producing
.........................................................................................................................................
interval w ith respect to reservoir geometry 406
Interference betw .........................................................................................................................................
een perforations and the damaged zone 407
The Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 407
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
w hich penetrates the formation 408
Perforation tunnel .........................................................................................................................................
through the casing and cement 409
Annulus betw een .........................................................................................................................................
Casing and Screen 409
Hemispherical Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Model 409
Using SkinAide
......................................................................................................................................................... 410
Flow Model ......................................................................................................................................... 411
Skin Model ......................................................................................................................................... 412
Perforation Data......................................................................................................................................... 412
Geometry ......................................................................................................................................... 413

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

VII PROSPER

Petrophysics ......................................................................................................................................... 414

Damaged Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 415
Cased Hole ......................................................................................................................................... 416
Crushed Zone ......................................................................................................................................... 416
Perforations ......................................................................................................................................... 418
SkinAide Model
......................................................................................................................................................... 425
Geometry data ......................................................................................................................................... 425
Petrophysics data ......................................................................................................................................... 426
Damaged zone data ......................................................................................................................................... 427
Cased hole data......................................................................................................................................... 428
Crushed zone data ......................................................................................................................................... 428
Perforation data.........................................................................................................................................
(API test method) 430
Perforation data.........................................................................................................................................
(in situ geometry entered) 432
Gravel pack data ......................................................................................................................................... 433
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 434
Select Plot Axes......................................................................................................................................... 436
SPOT .......................................................................................................................................................... 436
Completion ......................................................................................................................................................... 438
Options ......................................................................................................................................................... 440
Layers ......................................................................................................................................................... 447
Relative Permeabilities
......................................................................................................................................................... 453
Mud Invasion
......................................................................................................................................................... 456
Old Gun ......................................................................................................................................................... 465
Logs ......................................................................................................................................................... 467
Generate ......................................................................................................................................... 471
Peroration Cut Off ......................................................................................................................................... 471
Perforation Depth ......................................................................................................................................... 472
Gravel Pack......................................................................................................................................................... 472
Layer Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 474
Log Results......................................................................................................................................................... 475
Gun Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 475
Gun ......................................................................................................................................... 481
Spot Perforation.........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 482
IPR Plot .......................................................................................................................................................... 485
IPR plot variables
......................................................................................................................................................... 486
IPR test data..........................................................................................................................................................
entry 486
User-supplied ..........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Model Selected 488
Pseudo Pressure..........................................................................................................................................................
Table 488
MultiLateral Inflow
.......................................................................................................................................................... 490
Netw ork Interface
......................................................................................................................................................... 490
Interface .........................................................................................................................................................
Overview 501
Netw ork Window ......................................................................................................................................... 503
The Navigator Window ......................................................................................................................................... 505
Toolbar Details ......................................................................................................................................... 506
Netw ork Manipulation ......................................................................................................................................... 507
Menu Details ......................................................................................................................................... 508
Visualisation Screens ......................................................................................................................................... 511
Data Entry......................................................................................................................................................... 512
Completion Data......................................................................................................................................... 514
Completion Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 515
Deviation Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 515
Equipment Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 516
Junction Data ......................................................................................................................................... 516
Reservoir Data ......................................................................................................................................... 517
 Contents VIII

Tie-point Data ......................................................................................................................................... 517

Tubing Data ......................................................................................................................................... 518
Injected Fluid Properties
......................................................................................................................................... 518
Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 520
Calculation Details .........................................................................................................................................
Screen 521
MultiLateral Details .........................................................................................................................................
Plot - Variable Selection 521
Preferences
......................................................................................................................................................... 522
Print Set-up
......................................................................................................................................................... 524
8 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu | Artificial Lift Input Data 524
Gaslift (Continuous)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 524
Fixed Depth.........................................................................................................................................................
Of Injection 528
Optimum Depth
.........................................................................................................................................................
of Injection 529
Valve Depth.........................................................................................................................................................
Specified 530
Gas Lift (Safety
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment) 531
Gas Lift (Allow
.........................................................................................................................................................
injection in Pipe Line above w ellhead) 532
Valve Transfer
......................................................................................................................................................... 534
Gas Lift for
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Wells 535
Electrical Subm..........................................................................................................................................................
ersible Pum ps 536
Separator.........................................................................................................................................................
Efficiency 539
Gas Separator
.........................................................................................................................................................
Modelling 540
Pump Wear .........................................................................................................................................................
Factor 543
Tapered ESPs
......................................................................................................................................................... 544
ESP in Pipeline
......................................................................................................................................................... 545
Hydraulic Subm ..........................................................................................................................................................
ersible Pum ps 547
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pum ps 551
Coiled Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 554
Diluent Injection
.......................................................................................................................................................... 556
Jet Pum ps .......................................................................................................................................................... 561
Framo Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Information 562
Multiphase Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
ps 564
Sucker Rod Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
ps 566
Gas Lift (Interm
..........................................................................................................................................................
ittent) 568
Foam Lift .......................................................................................................................................................... 569
Foam Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations 571
Foam-Homogeneous .........................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlation 572
Foam-Slippage Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Correlation 572
Foam-Drift Flux Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Correlation 574
Foam-Modified Drift .........................................................................................................................................
Flux Flow Correlation 574
References ......................................................................................................................................... 575
9 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu |Solids 575
10 System
...................................................................................................................................
Menu | Well Schematic 584
11 Matching
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 589
VLP/IPR Match ..........................................................................................................................................................
and Quality Check 591
Estimate U .........................................................................................................................................................
Value 594
Correlation.........................................................................................................................................................
Comparison 594
VLP Quality Check ......................................................................................................................................... 595
VLP Matching
......................................................................................................................................................... 597
VLP Correlation .........................................................................................................................................
Applications 600
VLP Matching
.........................................................................................................................................................
- VLP/IPR 602
VLP Matching Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 605
Adjust IPR......................................................................................................................................................... 606
Chart ......................................................................................................................................... 608
PseudoPressure
.........................................................................................................................................................
Table 610
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
IX PROSPER

Gradient Matching
.......................................................................................................................................................... 611
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 613
Select Plot.........................................................................................................................................................
Axes 614
Surface Flow..........................................................................................................................................................
line Matching 615
Pipeline ......................................................................................................................................................... 617
Calculation......................................................................................................................................................... 619
Correlation Com
..........................................................................................................................................................
parison 621
Tubing ......................................................................................................................................................... 621
Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 627
Select Plot Axes......................................................................................................................................... 628
Pipeline ......................................................................................................................................................... 629
Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 634
Select Plot Axis ......................................................................................................................................... 636
Summary ......................................................................................................................................................... 637
QuickLook for ..........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift 639
Calculation.........................................................................................................................................................
Details 639
Top Dow n (Measured) ......................................................................................................................................... 639
Bottom Up (Calculated)......................................................................................................................................... 640
Input data......................................................................................................................................................... 640
Quicklook results......................................................................................................................................... 644
TRO ......................................................................................................................................... 645
Performing .........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 646
QuickLook plot ......................................................................................................................................... 649
Notes on .........................................................................................................................................................
Quicklook for Gas Lift 651
Multipoint QuickLook
..........................................................................................................................................................
for GasLift 652
Quicklook.........................................................................................................................................................
results 657
Results ......................................................................................................................................................... 658
QuickLook for ..........................................................................................................................................................
ESP 661
From Fixed .........................................................................................................................................................
WHP 662
From Static.........................................................................................................................................................
BHP 662
Input Data......................................................................................................................................................... 663
Performing .........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 665
Notes on .........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Quicklook Matching 668
QuickLook for ..........................................................................................................................................................
HSP 669
Input ......................................................................................................................................................... 669
Pump Speed Method ......................................................................................................................................... 672
Performing .........................................................................................................................................................
the QuickLook Calculation 672
Param eters .......................................................................................................................................................... 675
VLP Matching
.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 675
Pipeline Matching
.........................................................................................................................................................
Parameters 677
Correlation Thresholds
.......................................................................................................................................................... 679
Correlation Sum
..........................................................................................................................................................
m ary 680
12 Calculation
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 681
Inflow (IPR) .......................................................................................................................................................... 682
IPR Cases......................................................................................................................................................... 686
IPR Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 688
IPR test data entry ......................................................................................................................................... 690
System (IPR ..........................................................................................................................................................
+ VLP) 691
Generate.........................................................................................................................................................
Rates 697
System Cases
......................................................................................................................................................... 698
System Plot
......................................................................................................................................................... 701
IPR test data entry ......................................................................................................................................... 705
Old System Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 706
Old System Plot .........................................................................................................................................
- Variable Selection 707
 Contents X

Old System Wellhead .........................................................................................................................................

Plot 707
Old Plot Details ......................................................................................................................................... 709
Gradient (Traverse)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 709
Barnea Critera
......................................................................................................................................................... 715
Slugging Methods
......................................................................................................................................................... 716
Gradient -.........................................................................................................................................................
Cases 719
Gradient -.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 720
Gradient Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 722
Layout ......................................................................................................................................................... 723
Gas Gradient ......................................................................................................................................................... 726
Old Gradient .........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 727
Select Variables......................................................................................................................................... 728
VLP (Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
Curve) 730
VLP Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 731
VLP cases ......................................................................................................................................... 737
VLP Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 738
VLP Export ......................................................................................................................................... 739
VLP Recommended .........................................................................................................................................
Variables 740
Lift Curve Formats ......................................................................................................................................... 741
Lift Curve Variable ...................................................................................................................................
Filter 746
Old VLP Plot ......................................................................................................................................... 747
Variable Selection ................................................................................................................................... 749
Plot Details ................................................................................................................................... 750
Note on HSP ......................................................................................................................................................... 750
Choke Perform ..........................................................................................................................................................
ance 751
Elf or Petroleum
.........................................................................................................................................................
Experts Method 754
Hydro Choke .........................................................................................................................................................
Model 755
Venturi Choke.........................................................................................................................................................
Model 758
Modified Sachdeva
.........................................................................................................................................................
Choke Model 760
Valve Perform ..........................................................................................................................................................
ance 762
ESP Perform..........................................................................................................................................................
ance 769
Flow Assurance .......................................................................................................................................................... 771
Flow Regime .........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 773
Slugcatcher .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculator 775
Erosion ......................................................................................................................................................... 784
CO2 Corrosion......................................................................................................................................................... 791
Flow Assurance
.........................................................................................................................................................
Plots 795
Severe Slugging
......................................................................................................................................................... 797
Pots Severe Slugging .........................................................................................................................................
Number 797
PE5 Stability Criteria ......................................................................................................................................... 799
Generate for..........................................................................................................................................................
GAP 801
BHP from WHP .......................................................................................................................................................... 803
User Guide ......................................................................................................................................................... 803
Input Screen ......................................................................................................................................................... 805
Plot ......................................................................................................................................................... 807
Select X Axis......................................................................................................................................................... 807
Sensitivity .......................................................................................................................................................... 808
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Variables - Selection 808
Node Selection
......................................................................................................................................................... 809
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Combinations 810
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 811
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot - Variables Selection 813
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
PvD 814
Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
PvD Calculation 814

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XI PROSPER

Sensitivity.........................................................................................................................................................
PvD Plot 815
Old Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pvd Plot 817
Graphical Utilities
.......................................................................................................................................................... 818
Reset Results .......................................................................................................................................................... 823
Calculation Options
.......................................................................................................................................................... 824
Target GOR -..........................................................................................................................................................
Results 834
Note on Enthalpy
..........................................................................................................................................................
Balance Model 838
13 Design
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 839
GasLift (Continuous)
.......................................................................................................................................................... 839
Menu Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 839
New Well......................................................................................................................................................... 840
Calculation - user .........................................................................................................................................
entered rate 851
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 852
Results - Change .........................................................................................................................................
Valve Details 856
Results - Stability ......................................................................................................................................... 857
Results - Design.........................................................................................................................................
Plot 860
Performance Curve .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 861
Existing Mandrels
......................................................................................................................................................... 862
Enter mandrel depths ......................................................................................................................................... 871
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 873
Results - Design.........................................................................................................................................
Plot 876
Results - Change .........................................................................................................................................
Valve Details 878
Design Sensitivity
......................................................................................................................................................... 878
Calculation Screen ......................................................................................................................................... 878
Gaslift Cases ......................................................................................................................................... 880
Gaslift Adjustments
......................................................................................................................................................... 881
GasLift Adjustments ......................................................................................................................................... 881
Performance Curves .........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 884
Flow ing Results......................................................................................................................................... 885
Gradient Results.........................................................................................................................................
Screen 886
Mandrel Data ......................................................................................................................................... 887
Static Gradient Calculations
......................................................................................................................................... 888
Static Gradient Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
Results 890
GasLift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Performance 891
Performance Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 893
Valve Performance ...................................................................................................................................
Clearinghouse Correlation 893
API Simplified Correleation
................................................................................................................................... 894
API 11V2 RP ................................................................................................................................... 894
Static Force Balance ...................................................................................................................................
Equation 895
Flow Coefficient ...................................................................................................................................
Equation 895
Thornhill/Craver...................................................................................................................................
Correlation 896
Winkler/Eads Correlation................................................................................................................................... 896
VPC Limited Correlation ................................................................................................................................... 897
Bertovic Correlation ................................................................................................................................... 897
Valve Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Clearinghouse (VPC) 898
GasLift Equilibrium
.........................................................................................................................................................
Plot 898
Transient.........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift Simulator 901
Description of Unloading
.........................................................................................................................................
Process 901
Models for GasLift .........................................................................................................................................
Unloading 904
Models for Heat.........................................................................................................................................
Transfer during GasLift Unloading 905
GasLift Simulator .........................................................................................................................................
Menu 905
Summary ................................................................................................................................... 909
Plot ................................................................................................................................... 910
Detail ................................................................................................................................... 911
 Contents XII

Compare ................................................................................................................................... 912

PlayBack ................................................................................................................................... 913
Notes on .........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 914
Gas Lift Performance .........................................................................................................................................
Curve 914
Unloading w ith Gas .........................................................................................................................................
Lift 917
Spacing Procedure ...................................................................................................................................
for Casing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER 918
Spacing Procedure ...................................................................................................................................
for Tubing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER 919
Valves ................................................................................................................................... 919
Unloading w ith ...................................................................................................................................
Valves 921
Sizing the Valves ................................................................................................................................... 923
Use IPR for Unloading ................................................................................................................................... 927
Check Rate Conformance ...................................................................................................................................
w ith IPR 928
Proportional Valves ......................................................................................................................................... 929
Electrical Subm ..........................................................................................................................................................
ersible Pum p 932
Design ......................................................................................................................................................... 932
ESP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation 936
ESP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculation Sensitivity Plot - Test Data 939
ESP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Select Equipment 939
Checking .........................................................................................................................................................
the Pump Design 942
Hydraulic Drive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Dow nhole Pum p 943
Design ......................................................................................................................................................... 943
HSP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculate 947
HSP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Select Equipment 949
Checking .........................................................................................................................................................
the Pump/Turbine Design 950
Progressive ..........................................................................................................................................................
Cavity Pum p 952
PCP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 952
PCP Database.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump Plot 957
PCP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 957
PCP Design .........................................................................................................................................................
Select Equipment 959
Coiled Tubing ..........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift 961
Design Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 961
Design Calculations
.........................................................................................................................................................
- Automatic Rate 963
Design Calculations
.........................................................................................................................................................
- User Entered Rate 965
Jet Pum p .......................................................................................................................................................... 966
Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Theory 967
Jet Pump .........................................................................................................................................................
Design 969
Sucker Rod Pum ..........................................................................................................................................................
p 972
Background ......................................................................................................................................................... 973
Perform Design
......................................................................................................................................................... 977
Estimate Pump
.........................................................................................................................................................
Intake Pressure 980
Rod Sensitivity
......................................................................................................................................................... 980
GasLift Interm ..........................................................................................................................................................
ittent 981
Intermittent.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design Theory 981
Intermittent.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 984
Valve Spacing
......................................................................................................................................................... 986
Artificial Lift ..........................................................................................................................................................
Database 988
Database.........................................................................................................................................................
Toolbar 990
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................................
Database Disclaimer 991
Gas Lift Valve
.........................................................................................................................................................
Database 991
Adding a New Valve ......................................................................................................................................... 992
Import ......................................................................................................................................... 995
ESP Database......................................................................................................................................................... 996
Pumps Database......................................................................................................................................... 996
ESP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 999

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XIII PROSPER

ESP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................

Plot - Select Y Axis 1002
ESP Pump Plot................................................................................................................................... 1002
Motors Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1003
ESP Motors Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Enter Horsepow er 1006
ESP Motors Database ...................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 1006
ESP Motors Database ...................................................................................................................................
Plot - Select Y Axis 1009
Cables Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1010
ESP Cable Database ...................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 1011
HSP Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 1012
Pump Database......................................................................................................................................... 1012
HSP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 1015
HSP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................
Plot - Select Y Axis 1016
Turbine Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1016
HSP Turbines ...................................................................................................................................
Database Add/Amend Record 1018
HSP Turbines ...................................................................................................................................
Database Add/Amend Blade Record 1020
HSP Turbines ...................................................................................................................................
Database Fit Curve 1021
HSP Turbines ...................................................................................................................................
Database Plot - Select Y Axis 1022
PCP Database
......................................................................................................................................................... 1022
PCP Pumps Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1022
PCP Pumps Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Add/Amend Record 1024
PCP Rods Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1029
PCP Rods Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Add/Amend Record 1030
PCP Motors Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1032
PCP Motors Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Add/Amend Record 1033
PCP Cables Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1033
PCP Cables Database ...................................................................................................................................
- Add/Amend Record 1034
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................................
Database 1035
Jet Pump Database .........................................................................................................................................
-Add/Amend Record 1036
MultiPhase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pumps Database 1037
Pump Database......................................................................................................................................... 1037
Pump Database.........................................................................................................................................
Add/Amend Record 1038
Pump Database.........................................................................................................................................
- Pump Plot 1039
Sucker Rod
.........................................................................................................................................................
Pump 1040
Pump database......................................................................................................................................... 1040
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Pump 1041
Sucker Rods Database ......................................................................................................................................... 1045
Adding a New...................................................................................................................................
Sucker Rod 1046
14 Stimulation
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1046
Hydraulic Fracturing
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1047
Model Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 1047
Model Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 1052
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 1052
Detailed Results ......................................................................................................................................... 1058
Acid Fracturing
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1062
Model Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 1063
Model Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 1069
Results ......................................................................................................................................... 1069
Detailed Results ......................................................................................................................................... 1074
Mud Acid Stim
..........................................................................................................................................................
ulation of Sandstones 1078
Model Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 1079
Model Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 1083
Acid Stim ulation
..........................................................................................................................................................
of Carbonates 1087
Model Inputs
......................................................................................................................................................... 1088
Model Results
......................................................................................................................................................... 1091
 Contents XIV

15 Output
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1094
Export .......................................................................................................................................................... 1095
Export - .........................................................................................................................................................
Printer Options 1096
Report .......................................................................................................................................................... 1098
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reporting System 1098
Reports ......................................................................................................................................................... 1099
Plot .......................................................................................................................................................... 1113
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
Plotting Method 1114
New Plot.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen 1115
Plotting Variables
......................................................................................................................................................... 1120
Saving and.........................................................................................................................................................
Recalling Plots 1124
Old Plot Menu
.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1127
Plot Annotation......................................................................................................................................... 1128
Plot Options ......................................................................................................................................... 1130
Plot Scales ......................................................................................................................................... 1131
Plot Labels ......................................................................................................................................... 1132
Plot Output ......................................................................................................................................... 1133
Plot Colours ......................................................................................................................................... 1133
Plot Hard Copy.........................................................................................................................................
- Printer Options 1134
16 Units
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1135
Units Sum m..........................................................................................................................................................
ary 1136
Unit System..........................................................................................................................................................
s 1137
Changing Unit..........................................................................................................................................................
System s for som e Variables 1138
Changing the ..........................................................................................................................................................
Units 1139
Validation Lim
..........................................................................................................................................................
its 1141
Units Details.......................................................................................................................................................... 1141
Units Reset.......................................................................................................................................................... 1142
17 Wizard
...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1142
Running the..........................................................................................................................................................
Wizard 1143
Creating/Editing
..........................................................................................................................................................
a Wizard 1143
Notes of.........................................................................................................................................................
OS strings 1144
Wizard examples
......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
Wizards Script
..........................................................................................................................................................
Copy 1145
18 Help...................................................................................................................................
Menu 1145
Contents .......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
Index .......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
Search .......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
What's New.......................................................................................................................................................... 1145
Exam ples .......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Definitions & ..........................................................................................................................................................
References 1146
Glossary .......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Manual .......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Flow Correlation
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
OpenServer.......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Commands ......................................................................................................................................................... 1146
Variables ......................................................................................................................................................... 1148
Functions ......................................................................................................................................................... 1149
Keyboard .......................................................................................................................................................... 1150
Window .........................................................................................................................................................
s Basics 1150
Keyboard Usage ......................................................................................................................................... 1154
Choosing and Selecting.........................................................................................................................................
Items 1155
Cursor Movement .........................................................................................................................................
Keys 1156
Editing Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1156
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
XV PROSPER

Help Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1157

Text Selection .........................................................................................................................................
Keys 1157
Dialog Box Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1158
Menu Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1159
System Keys ......................................................................................................................................... 1159
About Prosper
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1159
Web Hom e Page
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1160
Web User Area
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1160
Technical Support
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1160
19 Appendix
................................................................................................................................... 1160
A - References.......................................................................................................................................................... 1161
PVT Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 1161
CO2 Injection ......................................................................................................................................... 1162
PVT Separator.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure 1163
IPR Calculations
......................................................................................................................................................... 1165
Stimulation
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 1166
Multiphase.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Calculations 1167
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 1168
Artificial.........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Design 1169
B - Equations .......................................................................................................................................................... 1169
Black Oil.........................................................................................................................................................
Model for Condensate 1169
Mass Balance .........................................................................................................................................
Calculations 1170
Using the mass.........................................................................................................................................
balance results to define Condensate Model 1173
Estimation of CGRmin ......................................................................................................................................... 1175
Multiphase.........................................................................................................................................................
Pseudo Pressure 1176
Temperature
.........................................................................................................................................................
Models 1178
Rough Approximation .........................................................................................................................................
Temperature Model 1178
Overall Heat Transfer ...................................................................................................................................
Coefficient 1180
Enthalpy Balance ......................................................................................................................................... 1181
Default Thermal ...................................................................................................................................
Properties Database 1187
Steam Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 1188
Choke Calculation
......................................................................................................................................................... 1190
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculations 1191
Pressure Drop.........................................................................................................................................
Across Sand Control 1195
Gravel Pack ................................................................................................................................... 1195
Pre-Packed Screen ................................................................................................................................... 1196
Wire-Wrapped...................................................................................................................................
Screen 1198
Slotted Liner ................................................................................................................................... 1199
Multi-Phase
.........................................................................................................................................................
Flow Correlations 1203
Multiphase Flow .........................................................................................................................................
Fundamentals 1207
Single-Phase Energy ...................................................................................................................................
Balance Equation 1207
Multi-Phase Energy ...................................................................................................................................
Balance Equation 1208
Multi-Phase Flow ................................................................................................................................... 1209
Flow Regimes................................................................................................................................... 1211
PVT ................................................................................................................................... 1212
Historical Development......................................................................................................................................... 1213
VLP Flow Correlations ......................................................................................................................................... 1214
Hagedorn Brow ...................................................................................................................................
n 1214
Duns and Ros................................................................................................................................... 1217
Gray ................................................................................................................................... 1221
Aziz Govier and ...................................................................................................................................
Fogarisi 1222
Beggs and Brill ................................................................................................................................... 1224
Orkisew ski ................................................................................................................................... 1225
Pipeline Correlations ......................................................................................................................................... 1228
 Contents XVI

Dukler ................................................................................................................................... 1228

Dukler Flanigan ................................................................................................................................... 1229
C - Dietz Shape
..........................................................................................................................................................
Factors 1229
D - File Form..........................................................................................................................................................
ats 1231
Introduction
......................................................................................................................................................... 1231
External.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Tables 1231
Lift Curves
......................................................................................................................................................... 1233
IPR ......................................................................................................................................................... 1234
ESP PUMPS......................................................................................................................................................... 1235
ESP MOTORS
......................................................................................................................................................... 1236
ESP CABLES
......................................................................................................................................................... 1238
HSP PUMPS......................................................................................................................................................... 1238
HSP TURBINES
......................................................................................................................................................... 1239
E - Glossary.......................................................................................................................................................... 1240
GOR Definitions
......................................................................................................................................................... 1248
Turner Velocity
......................................................................................................................................................... 1249
Pump Wear.........................................................................................................................................................
Factor 1249
AOF ......................................................................................................................................................... 1250
VLP ......................................................................................................................................................... 1250
IPR ......................................................................................................................................................... 1250
F - Im porting..........................................................................................................................................................
Data from Text Files 1251
G - Reservoir ..........................................................................................................................................................
Thickness 1255
20 Contact
...................................................................................................................................
Petroleum Experts 1256
Technical Support
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1256
Contact .........................................................................................................................................................
Technical Teams in Edinburgh and Houston 1256
Technical
.........................................................................................................................................................
Support via the Web 1257
IPM User Manuals
..........................................................................................................................................................
and Worked Exam ples 1262
User Group..........................................................................................................................................................
Meeting 1263

Chapter 3 Examples Guide 1265

1 Introduction
...................................................................................................................................
to Tutorials in PROSPER 1269
Advise on Input
..........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1270
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1270
Reservoir
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1271
Well Equipment
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1271
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1272
2 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
00 - Integrated Oil Well Model 1274
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1274
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1274
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1275
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1275
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1275
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1276
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1276
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1277
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1277
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1278
Average Heat Capacity.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1278
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1279
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1279
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1280
Test Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1280
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1281
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
XVII PROSPER

Setting Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 1281
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1282
PVT Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1283
Matching the Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 1284
Selecting the Correlation
......................................................................................................................................... 1290
Specifying
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1291
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1293
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1294
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1295
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1296
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1297
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1298
Equipment Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 1298
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1301
Entering Data for .........................................................................................................................................
Skin Models 1301
Entering Data for .........................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1303
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1305
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1306
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1307
VLP Quality Check ......................................................................................................................................... 1310
Correlation Comparison
......................................................................................................................................... 1315
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1320
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1321
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1324
Water Cut.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivity 1326
Setting Variables ......................................................................................................................................... 1326
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1329
3 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
01 - Basic Oil Well Model 1334
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1334
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1334
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1334
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1335
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1335
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1335
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1336
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1336
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1336
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1337
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1337
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1338
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1338
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 1338
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1339
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1340
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1342
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1343
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1344
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1345
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1346
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1346
Equipment Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 1347
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1348
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1351
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1352
 Contents XVIII

Running a System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1353
4 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
02 - Basic Gas Well Model 1355
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1355
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1355
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1355
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1356
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1356
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1356
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1357
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1357
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1358
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1358
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1359
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1359
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1360
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1360
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1362
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1364
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1365
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1366
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1367
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1368
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1368
Equipment Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 1369
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1371
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1374
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1375
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1376
5 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
03a - Water Injection Model 1378
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1378
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1378
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1378
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1379
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1379
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1379
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1380
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1380
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1381
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1381
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1383
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1383
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1384
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1385
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1386
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1387
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1388
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1388
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1389
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1390
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1391
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1393
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1394

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XIX PROSPER

Running a System
.........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1395
6 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
03b - Basic Water Injection Model 1398
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1398
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1398
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1398
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1399
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1399
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1399
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1399
Deviation Survey_2 ......................................................................................................................................... 1399
Dow nhole Equipment_2 ......................................................................................................................................... 1400
Geothermal Gradient_2 ......................................................................................................................................... 1400
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1401
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1402
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1402
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1402
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1403
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1404
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1404
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1405
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1405
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1406
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1407
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1408
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1410
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1411
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation_3 1411
7 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
04 - Basic Gas Injection Model 1413
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1413
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1413
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1413
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1414
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1414
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1414
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1415
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1415
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1415
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1416
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1417
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1417
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1417
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1418
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1419
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1421
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1422
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1423
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1424
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1425
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1426
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1427
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1429
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1430
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1431
 Contents XX

8 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
05 - Matching PVT of an Oil 1433
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1433
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1433
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1434
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1434
PVT Match .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1434
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1434
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
Match Data 1434
Matching.........................................................................................................................................................
the Correlations 1435
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Correlation 1442
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1443
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1443
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1444
9 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
06 - Matching PVT of a Gas 1446
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1446
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1446
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1447
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1447
PVT Match .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1447
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1447
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
Match Data 1447
Matching.........................................................................................................................................................
the Correlations 1448
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Correlation 1453
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1453
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1454
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1454
10 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
07 - Adding a Surface Pipeline 1457
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1457
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1457
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1458
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1458
Pipeline Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1458
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1459
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
Pipeline Data 1459
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1460
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1460
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1462
11 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
08 - The Darcy IPR Model 1466
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1466
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1466
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1467
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1467
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1467
Sensitivity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Study Data 1468
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1468
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Darcy Model 1468
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1469
Performing.........................................................................................................................................................
a Sensitivity Study 1471
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1474
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1474
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1475
12 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
09 - The SPOT IPR Model 1477

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXI PROSPER

Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................

the Problem 1477
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1477
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1478
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1478
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1478
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1481
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the SPOT Model 1481
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1482
SPOT Options ......................................................................................................................................... 1482
SPOT Layers ......................................................................................................................................... 1483
SPOT Log Data......................................................................................................................................... 1488
SPOT Completion ......................................................................................................................................... 1490
View ing.........................................................................................................................................................
SPOT Skin Results 1491
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1493
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1494
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1494
13 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
10 - Horizontal Well IPR Model 1497
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1497
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1497
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1498
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1498
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1498
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1499
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Horizontal Well Model 1499
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1500
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1501
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1501
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1502
14 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
11 - Multilayer Well IPR Model 1504
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1504
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1505
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1505
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1505
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1505
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1506
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Multilayer Model 1507
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1507
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1513
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1514
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1514
15 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
12 - Multilateral Well IPR 1517
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1517
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1518
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1518
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1518
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1519
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1522
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 1522
Multilateral
.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Model 1522
Building the Multilateral
.........................................................................................................................................
Netw ork 1524
Adding the Tie-Point ................................................................................................................................... 1525
Adding the Junction ................................................................................................................................... 1526
Adding the Completions................................................................................................................................... 1526
 Contents XXII

Adding the Reservoir

................................................................................................................................... 1527
Adding the Links ................................................................................................................................... 1528
Inputting Model.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1528
T1 Input ................................................................................................................................... 1529
Joint 1 Input ................................................................................................................................... 1531
Branch 1 Input................................................................................................................................... 1531
Branch 2 Input................................................................................................................................... 1534
Reservoir Input ................................................................................................................................... 1536
View ing the Well
......................................................................................................................................... 1537
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
IPR 1538
Single Pressure ...................................................................................................................................
Point 1538
IPR Curve ................................................................................................................................... 1542
16 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
13 - Modelling Skin 1545
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1545
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1546
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1546
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1546
Completion.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1546
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1547
Selecting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Skin Models 1547
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
Skin Data 1548
View ing.........................................................................................................................................................
Calculated Skin 1549
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1552
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1552
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1552
17 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
14 - Modelling a Gravel Pack 1555
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1555
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1556
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1556
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1556
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1556
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1556
Saving a.........................................................................................................................................................
Previous Plot 1557
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1558
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1559
Plotting Saved
.........................................................................................................................................................
Streams 1560
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1563
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1563
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1563
18 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
15 - Modelling a Frac and Pack Well 1566
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1566
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1567
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1567
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1567
Fracture.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1567
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1568
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1568
Setting up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1568
IPR Input.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1569
Gravel Pack
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1571
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1572
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1572
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1573

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXIII PROSPER

19 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
16 - Modelling a Wire-wrapped Screen 1575
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1575
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1575
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1576
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1576
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1576
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1576
Setting up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1576
Wire-w rapped
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Input Data 1577
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1579
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1579
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1580
20 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
17 - Modelling a Pre-Packed Screen 1582
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1582
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1582
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1583
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1583
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1583
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1583
Setting up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1584
Pre-Packed
.........................................................................................................................................................
Screen Input Data 1585
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1586
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1587
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1587
21 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
18 - Modelling a Slotted Liner 1590
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1590
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1590
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1591
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1591
Sand Control
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1591
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1591
Setting up
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sand Control 1592
Slotted Liner
.........................................................................................................................................................
Input Data 1593
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1595
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1595
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1595
22 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
19 - Matching an Oil Well Test 1598
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1598
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1599
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1599
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1599
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1599
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1600
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1600
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1601
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1602
VLP Quality Check ......................................................................................................................................... 1604
Correlation Comparison......................................................................................................................................... 1609
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1613
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1615
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1617
Water Cut
.........................................................................................................................................................
Sensitivity 1620
Setting Variables ......................................................................................................................................... 1621
 Contents XXIV

System Calculation
......................................................................................................................................... 1623
23 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
20 - Matching a Gas Well Test 1627
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1627
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1628
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1628
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1628
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1628
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1629
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1629
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1630
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1630
Correlation Comparison......................................................................................................................................... 1632
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1637
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1639
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1641
WGR Sensitivity
......................................................................................................................................................... 1643
Setting Variables ......................................................................................................................................... 1643
System Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1645
24 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
21 - Matching a Water Injection Well Test 1648
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1648
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1648
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1649
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1649
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1649
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1650
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1650
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1651
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1652
Correlation Comparison......................................................................................................................................... 1655
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1660
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1662
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1664
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables 1666
VLP Input Data......................................................................................................................................... 1666
Calculating and.........................................................................................................................................
Exporting VLPs 1670
25 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
22 - Matching a Gas Injection Well Test 1675
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1675
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1675
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1676
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1676
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1676
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1677
VLP/IPR.........................................................................................................................................................
Matching 1677
Entering Well Test .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1678
Matching U Value ......................................................................................................................................... 1679
Correlation Comparison......................................................................................................................................... 1681
VLP Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1686
IPR Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1688
Adjust IPR ................................................................................................................................... 1691
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables 1693
VLP Input Data......................................................................................................................................... 1693
Calculating and.........................................................................................................................................
Exporting VLPs 1699
26 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
23 - Designing a Continuous Gas Lift System 1703
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
XXV PROSPER

Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................

the Problem 1703
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1703
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1704
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1704
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1704
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1705
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1705
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria 1705
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1707
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option 1707
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1707
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1708
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System 1709
Entering the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1710
Finding the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Rate 1712
Designing the Valve .........................................................................................................................................
Depths 1712
Results of Gas.........................................................................................................................................
Lift Design 1715
Checking the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Stability 1716
Transient.........................................................................................................................................................
GasLift Simulator 1717
Valves ......................................................................................................................................... 1718
Results Analysis ......................................................................................................................................... 1719
PlayBack ......................................................................................................................................... 1722
Summary & Compare ......................................................................................................................................... 1725
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 1727
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1730
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1730
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1732
27 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
24 - Modelling an Intermitent Gas Lifted Well 1735
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1735
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1735
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1736
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1736
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1736
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1736
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1736
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria 1737
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1738
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option 1738
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1738
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Dow nhole Equipment 1740
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System 1740
Constant Surface .........................................................................................................................................
Closing Pressure Method 1741
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Rate from an Intermittent Gas Lifted Well 1742
28 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
25 - Designing a Coiled Tubing Gas Lift System 1745
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1745
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1745
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1746
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1746
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1746
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1747
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria 1747
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1748
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option 1748
 Contents XXVI

Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1749
Designing
.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted System 1750
Entering the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1751
Finding the Design .........................................................................................................................................
Rate 1752
Designing the Valve .........................................................................................................................................
Depths 1753
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Design 1755
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1756
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1756
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1758
29 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
26 - Designing an ESP Lifted System 1760
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1760
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1760
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1761
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1761
ESP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 1761
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1761
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1762
ESP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1762
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1763
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Option 1763
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1763
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1764
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
an ESP lifted System 1766
ESP Calculation......................................................................................................................................... 1767
ESP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1768
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
ESP to Model 1770
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1771
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1772
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1773
Notes on.........................................................................................................................................................
system plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted w ells 1777
30 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
27 - Designing an HSP Lifted System 1779
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1780
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1780
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1780
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1781
HSP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 1781
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1781
IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1782
HSP Design
.........................................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1782
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1782
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
HSP Option 1783
Pow er Fluid
.........................................................................................................................................................
Properties 1783
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1784
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1785
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
an HSP lifted System 1787
HSP Calculation......................................................................................................................................... 1788
HSP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1789
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
HSP to Model 1793
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1793
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1794
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1795
31 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
28 - Designing a Sucker Rod Pump System 1798
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1798

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXVII PROSPER

Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1798

General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1798
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1799
SRP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 1799
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1799
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1799
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1799
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1800
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1800
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1800
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1801
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1801
SRP Design.........................................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1802
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1802
Setting up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 1803
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
the PVT 1803
Inserting Match.........................................................................................................................................
Data 1804
Matching the Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 1805
Selecting the Correlation
......................................................................................................................................... 1806
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1807
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1809
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1809
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1810
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1811
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1812
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1813
Designing .........................................................................................................................................................
A Sucker Rod Pump System 1816
Rod Sensitivity......................................................................................................................................... 1817
32 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
29 - Designing a PCP Lifted System 1821
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1821
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1821
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1821
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1822
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1822
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1822
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1823
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1823
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1824
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1824
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1824
PCP Options
......................................................................................................................................................... 1825
PCP Design.........................................................................................................................................................
Criteria 1825
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1826
Activating.........................................................................................................................................................
PCP option 1826
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1827
PVT Matching ......................................................................................................................................... 1828
Matching the Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 1830
Selecting the Correlations
......................................................................................................................................... 1836
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1838
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1840
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1840
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1841
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1842
Average Heat...................................................................................................................................
Capacities 1843
 Contents XXVIII

Guage Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1844

Equipment Summary ......................................................................................................................................... 1844
Entering.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1847
Designing
.........................................................................................................................................................
a PCP Lifted System 1847
PCP Calculation......................................................................................................................................... 1848
PCP Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1850
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
PCP to Model 1853
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1853
Inserting Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1854
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1855
33 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
30 - Modelling Diluent Injection with Gas Lift 1858
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1858
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1858
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1859
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1859
Artifical .........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Options 1859
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1859
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1859
Completion.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1860
Diluent Injection
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1860
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1861
Activating.........................................................................................................................................................
Diluent Injection Option 1861
Define PVT.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1861
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1862
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1863
Define the.........................................................................................................................................................
Injection Data 1864
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1865
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1865
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1867
34 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
31 - Modelling a Surface Multiphase Pump 1870
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1870
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1870
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1871
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1871
Artifical .........................................................................................................................................................
Lift Options 1871
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1871
Pipeline Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1871
Pump Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1872
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1873
Activating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Multiphase Pump Option 1873
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Surface Pipeline 1874
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1875
Define Pump
.........................................................................................................................................................
Details 1876
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1877
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1877
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1879
35 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
32 - Designing a Jet Pump Lifted System 1882
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1882
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1883
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1883
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1883
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................................
Options 1883
Completion
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1884

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXIX PROSPER

IPR Model.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1884
Jet Pump.........................................................................................................................................................
Design Criteria 1884
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1885
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump Option 1885
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Pow er Fluid 1886
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Annulus 1886
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 1887
Designing.........................................................................................................................................................
a Jet Pump lifted System 1889
Jet Pump Calculation ......................................................................................................................................... 1891
Jet Pump Design ......................................................................................................................................... 1892
Transferring
.........................................................................................................................................................
Jet Pump to Model 1894
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1895
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1895
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1897
36 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
33a - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well 1901
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1901
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1901
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1902
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1902
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1902
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1903
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted Well w ith Quicklook 1903
Inserting Test Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1903
Calculate Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 1906
Finding the Injection .........................................................................................................................................
Depth 1907
Finding Valve Performance
......................................................................................................................................... 1908
Analysing the From .........................................................................................................................................
Static BHP Gradient 1910
37 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
33b - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well - Multipoint Quicklook 1916
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1916
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1916
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1917
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1917
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1917
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1918
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gas Lifted Well w ith Quicklook 1918
Inserting Test Data ......................................................................................................................................... 1918
Calculate Quicklook ...................................................................................................................................
Plot 1920
Inserting Test Data .........................................................................................................................................
Into Multipoint Quicklook 1921
Calculate MultiPoint .........................................................................................................................................
Quicklook Plot 1923
Analyses Top Dow .........................................................................................................................................
n Curve 1924
Analyse the BHP ......................................................................................................................................... 1926
Update the IPR......................................................................................................................................... 1931
38 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
34 - Troubleshooting an ESP Well 1932
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1933
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1933
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1933
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1933
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1934
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1934
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................................
an ESP Well w ith Quicklook 1934
Inputting Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1935
Calculate Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 1936
Analysing the Fixed .........................................................................................................................................
Top Node Pressure Gradient 1936
 Contents XXX

Analysing the From

.........................................................................................................................................
Static BHP Gradient 1940
Updating the Model
......................................................................................................................................... 1946
39 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
35 - Troubleshooting an HSP Well 1950
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1950
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1950
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1951
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1951
Well Test.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1951
Step-by-Step..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1952
Troubleshooting
.........................................................................................................................................................
an HSP Well w ith Quicklook 1952
Inputting Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Data 1952
Calculate Quicklook .........................................................................................................................................
Plot 1953
Analysing the Fixed .........................................................................................................................................
Top Node Pressure Gradient 1954
Analysing the From .........................................................................................................................................
Static BHP Gradient 1958
Updating the Model ......................................................................................................................................... 1963
40 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
36 - Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well 1967
Dynam om eter
..........................................................................................................................................................
Card Analysis 1967
41 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
37 - Modelling a Fully Compositional Retrograde Condensate Well 1969
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1969
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1969
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1969
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 1970
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1970
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1970
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 1971
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1971
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1971
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1972
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 1972
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1973
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 1973
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 1976
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 1979
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 1980
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1981
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 1981
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 1982
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 1983
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 1983
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 1984
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 1986
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 1987
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 1988
42 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
38 - Validation of the Black Oil Retrograde Condensate PVT Model 1991
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 1991
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 1992
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1992
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 1992
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 1992
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 1993
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 1994
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Gradient w ith EoS PVT 1994
Saving the Plot.........................................................................................................................................
Results 1996
February, 2018 PROSPER Manual
XXXI PROSPER

Extracting
.........................................................................................................................................................
the PVT Data 1997
Changing .........................................................................................................................................................
the Model Set Up 2000
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2000
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Gradient w ith BO PVT 2001
Recalling Saved .........................................................................................................................................
Results 2004
43 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
39 - Modelling a Fully Compositional CO2 Well 2009
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2009
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2009
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2010
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 2010
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2010
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2010
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2011
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2011
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2011
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2012
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2012
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2013
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
The Model 2014
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2017
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2018
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2020
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2021
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2021
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2022
Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 2023
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 2024
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2026
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2027
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2027
44 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
40 - Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model Example 2030
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2030
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2031
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2031
Available Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 2032
Basic Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2032
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2032
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2032
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2032
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2033
Drilling and Completion.........................................................................................................................................
Data 2033
Lithology Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2034
Gauge Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2035
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2035
Setting Up .........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2035
Specifying .........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2036
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2038
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2038
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2039
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2040
Drilling and Completion.........................................................................................................................................
Data 2040
Lithology Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2041
Databases ......................................................................................................................................... 2042
 Contents XXXII

Gauge Details ......................................................................................................................................... 2042

Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2043
Inserting Calculation
.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2043
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2044
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Equivalent U Values 2045
45 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
41 - Improved Approximation Temperature Model Example 2048
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2048
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2049
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2049
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2049
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 2050
Equipment.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2050
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2050
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2050
Setting Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2051
Specifying
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2051
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2052
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2053
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2053
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2054
Generating
.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables 2055
VLP Input Data......................................................................................................................................... 2056
Calculating and.........................................................................................................................................
Exporting VLPs 2059
46 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
42 - Modelling a Steam Injection Well 2063
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2063
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2064
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2064
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2064
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 2064
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2065
Setting Up
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2065
Calculating
.........................................................................................................................................................
Saturation Temperature 2066
Specifying
.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2072
Temperature Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2072
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
a Gradient Calculation 2073
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2073
Running a Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2075
47 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
43 - General Flow Assurance Features 2080
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2080
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2080
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2081
Available Data .......................................................................................................................................................... 2081
Test Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2082
Water Salinity
.........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2082
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2082
Instability.........................................................................................................................................................
and Liquid Loading 2082
Unstable VLP Curves ......................................................................................................................................... 2083
Theory ................................................................................................................................... 2083
Using the VLP...................................................................................................................................
Curve for Flow Assurance 2084
Turner Velocity......................................................................................................................................... 2086
Theory ................................................................................................................................... 2086
Using the Turner ...................................................................................................................................
Velocity for Flow Assurance 2086
Predicting Instability .........................................................................................................................................
using Petroleum Experts 5 2088

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXXIII PROSPER

Theory ................................................................................................................................... 2088

Using PE5 for ...................................................................................................................................
Flow Assurance 2088
Summary of Techniques ......................................................................................................................................... 2090
Hydrate .........................................................................................................................................................
Formation 2090
Setting Up the Model ......................................................................................................................................... 2091
Modelling the Impact .........................................................................................................................................
of Salts on Hydrate Curves 2092
Calculating Hydrate .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2100
Hydrate Flag in ...................................................................................................................................
VLP 2100
Hydrate Flag in ...................................................................................................................................
Gradient Calculation 2101
Erosional.........................................................................................................................................................
Velocity Limit 2103
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Erosional Velocity 2104
48 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
44 - Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids 2107
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2107
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2107
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2107
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 2108
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2108
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2108
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2109
Non-New tonian.........................................................................................................................................
Data 2109
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2109
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2109
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2110
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2110
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2111
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2111
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2111
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2111
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2112
Matching PVT ......................................................................................................................................... 2113
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2117
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2118
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2119
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2119
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2120
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 2120
Gauge Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2121
Pressure.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient w ith New tonian Fluid 2121
Inserting Input data ......................................................................................................................................... 2122
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure Gradient 2123
Saving the Plot......................................................................................................................................... 2123
Enabling.........................................................................................................................................................
the non-New tonian Model 2124
Pressure.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient w ith non-New tonian Fluid 2126
Inserting Input data ......................................................................................................................................... 2126
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure Gradient 2127
Comparing the .........................................................................................................................................
Plots 2128
49 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
45 - CBM Water Well 2132
Statem ent of
..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2132
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2132
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2132
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2133
Basic Data
......................................................................................................................................................... 2133
PVT Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2133
 Contents XXXIV

Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2133
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2133
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2134
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2134
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2135
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2135
ESP Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2136
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2136
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2137
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2137
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2138
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2139
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2139
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2140
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2140
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 2141
Gauge Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2141
Inputting.........................................................................................................................................................
IPR Data 2142
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
ESP Details 2144
Generating.........................................................................................................................................................
VLP Tables 2145
VLP Input Data......................................................................................................................................... 2146
Calculating and.........................................................................................................................................
Exporting VLPs 2150
50 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
46 - Modelling Emulsions 2153
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2153
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2153
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2153
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 2154
Basic Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2154
PVT Data ......................................................................................................................................................... 2154
Match Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2154
Emulsion Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2155
Equipment .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2155
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2155
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2156
Geothermal Gradient .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2156
Average Heat Capacity .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2157
IPR Data......................................................................................................................................................... 2157
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2157
Setting Up.........................................................................................................................................................
the Model 2157
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
PVT Data 2158
Matching PVT ......................................................................................................................................... 2159
Adding Emulsion .........................................................................................................................................
Data 2162
Specifying.........................................................................................................................................................
Equipment Data 2166
Deviation Survey ......................................................................................................................................... 2167
Surface Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2167
Dow nhole Equipment ......................................................................................................................................... 2168
Geothermal Gradient ......................................................................................................................................... 2168
Average Heat Capacities
......................................................................................................................................... 2169
Gauge Data ......................................................................................................................................... 2170
Pressure.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient w ithout Emulsion 2170
Inserting Input data ......................................................................................................................................... 2171
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure Gradient 2172
Saving the Plot......................................................................................................................................... 2173
Enabling.........................................................................................................................................................
the Emulsion Model 2174

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

XXXV PROSPER

Pressure.........................................................................................................................................................
Gradient w ith Emulsion Model 2174
Inserting Input data ......................................................................................................................................... 2174
Calculating the.........................................................................................................................................
Pressure Gradient 2176
Comparing the .........................................................................................................................................
Plots 2176
51 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
47 - Modelling a Gas Lifted Gas Well 2183
Statem ent of ..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2183
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2184
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2184
Available Data.......................................................................................................................................................... 2184
Gas Lift .........................................................................................................................................................
Options 2184
IPR Model .........................................................................................................................................................
Data 2185
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2185
Activating.........................................................................................................................................................
Gas Lift Option 2185
Updating.........................................................................................................................................................
the Reservoir Conditions 2186
Inserting.........................................................................................................................................................
the Gas Lift Data 2188
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2188
Inserting Calculation .........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2189
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2191
52 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
48 - Foam Lift 2194
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2194
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2194
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2195
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2195
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2196
Update the
.........................................................................................................................................................
Model 2196
Liquid Loading
......................................................................................................................................................... 2197
Activating
.........................................................................................................................................................
the Foam Lift Option 2200
Defining.........................................................................................................................................................
the Microannulus 2200
Surfactant
......................................................................................................................................................... 2201
Running.........................................................................................................................................................
System Calc 2202
Inserting Calculation.........................................................................................................................................
Conditions 2202
Running a System .........................................................................................................................................
Calculation 2204
53 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
49 - Hydraulic Fracturing – stimulation tool 2208
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2208
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2208
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2209
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2209
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2210
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Current Well Performance 2211
Hydraulic.........................................................................................................................................................
Fracturing Scoping Study 2212
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Well Performance (after fracking) 2219
54 Tutorial
...................................................................................................................................
50 - Mud Acidization Stimulation of Sandstones - stimulation tool 2222
Statem ent of..........................................................................................................................................................
the Problem 2222
Objectives .......................................................................................................................................................... 2222
General Approach
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2223
Available Data
.......................................................................................................................................................... 2223
Step-by-Step ..........................................................................................................................................................
Guide 2224
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Current Well Performance 2224
Mud Acid .........................................................................................................................................................
Stimulation of Sandstone Scoping Study 2226
Calculate.........................................................................................................................................................
Well Performance (after acidization) 2230
 Contents XXXVI

February, 2018 PROSPER Manual

Chapter

1
 Technical Overview 2

1 Technical Overview
This technical overview contains a summary list of the major technical capabilities of
PROSPER. The capabilities can be divided in the following disciplines:

Fluid modelling (PVT)

Inflow (IPR) and sand control options

Well bore and pipeline hydraulics (VLP)

Artificial lift options

Flow assurance and advanced thermal options

What's New

Examples Guide

1.1 Summary of Capabilities

# Functionality Comment

1 Fluid Descriptions for ‘Oil Depending upon the fluid type selected, only
and Water’, ‘Dry and Wet options relevant to the fluid type that is selected will
Gas’ and ‘Retrograde be available throughout the building of the model.
Condensate’. This ensures that users understand the data entry
required for any given options selected.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 3 PROSPER

2 PVT Handling for Black Oil For black oil descriptions, the following correlations
or Fully Compositional are available:
Models
Pb, Rs, Bo: Glaso, Standing, Lasater, Petrosky, Al
Mahroon, De Ghetto (Heavy Oil)

Viscosity: Beal, Beggs, Petrosky, Egbogah,

Bergman-Sutton, De Ghetto (Heavy Oil)

Gas viscosity: Lee, Carr

PROSPER includes a proprietary Black Oil model

for Condensates

For fully compositional; PR or SRK EoS

descriptions available, with or without Volume Shift.
When using EoS the viscosity can be modelled
using any of the black oil methods above or the
following models:

Lohrenz Bray Clark (LBC)

LBC with coefficients
Pedersen et al

3 Multiphase Flash with Water Water can be modelled within the EoS using a
multiphase flash with water. These models include:

Soreide and Whitson

Modified Cubic
CPA
SRK plus Huron Vidal
4 Accurate CO2 Modelling The density of CO2 has been corrected for use up
to 20,0000 psig when Peng Robinson is selected
and is able to reproduce measurements from NIST
database.

The thermal properties have also been adjusted to

give a much more accurate value over the pressure
and temperature range encountered in normal
application.

This results in more accurate well, surface and

reservoir modelling when CO2 is involved.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 4

5 Hydrates In PROSPER, there are two fluid options and

depending upon which is selected two options for
hydrates are possible:

Black Oil :

Hydrates maps can be brought in from an external

program such as PVTp to be used as a warning to
when hydrates may occur. This essentially involves
importing a pressure (P) and temperature (T) curve,
below which hydrates can occur and PROSPER
indicates this as a warning message/Flag.

EOS:

In fully compositional mode, hydrate calculations

can be performed based on the commercially
available Hydrafact modified cubic and CPA
models for hydrate prediction

6 Calculation of Water Vapour This option allows the water vaporised in gas to be
in Gas calculated. The model will also condense or
vaporise more water into/out of the gas as the
pressure and temperature within the system
changes.

7 Steam Enabled Steam tables have been added to PROSPER for

generating lift curves in situations where steam is
injected in the reservoir (SAGD, Huff and Puff etc)

8 Handling of Non-Newtonian PROSPER can model Newtonian and non-

Fluids Newtonian fluid types. In the latter case there are
specific models for shear thinning or thickening fluid
behaviour.

This makes it possible to handle fluids that

traditional viscosity models (Beal, Petrosky etc.)
have not been to address

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 5 PROSPER

9 Handling of Emulsions on PROSPER includes a range of models, as well as

Pressure Drops and ESP Hydraulic Institute data for ESP head, power and
Performance efficiency corrections. The user may also choose to
enter this data based on manufacturer’s
recommendations.

10 Ability to Derive Equivalent In black oil mode, PROSPER uses proprietary

Compositions from Black correlations that derive thermal properties for the
Oil Models black oil fluid. This unique feature allows advanced
temperature modelling to be possible, despite
having only a phase based understanding of the
fluid, and is unique within our industry.

11 Large number of Artificial Gas Lift

Lift Options
Continuous gas lift (Steady Stat & Transient)

Intermittent

Coil Tubing Gas lIft

Simultaneous Diluent and Gas Injection

Pumps

Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESPs)

Hydraulic Submersible Pumps (HSPs)

Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)

Simultaneous Diluent Injection with ESPs

Rod Pumps

Jet Pumps

MultiPhase Pumps

Other

Foam Lift

Diluent Injection

12 Up to Date Artificial Lift Vendors have provided a large number of pumps,

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 6

database motors and cables to PETEX and these have been

added to PROSPER. We are working very closely
with Centrilift for example, since PROSPER is being
used to complement Autograph in their own internal
workflows (design and troubleshooting)

Gas lift valves, Multiphase Pumps, Sucker Rod

Pumps, Sucker Rods, HSP and Jet Pumps.

13 Availability of Tubing, The user can choose the casing or tubing from the
Casing databases as well database and add the characteristics on the well
as pipe schedules equipment window. This ensures consistency with
manufacturer data when the model is being
constructed.

14 Flow Type for tubing, Flow regime map has been modified to take into
annular or both (tubing and account the effects of flowing through tubing or the
annular) annulus

15 Pressure Drop Models for Fancher-Brown and Duns & Ross Modified are
detecting minimum and being used as QC models since they provide the
maximum physically minimum and maximum physically possible
possible pressure in the well pressures in the wells.
(for troubleshooting test
down-hole gauge data)

16 Availability of Flow Models PROSPER contains a comprehensive suite of

that can predict well in all vertical lift performance (VLP) multiphase flow
flow regime areas performance correlations including liquid-up
correlations.

Propriety research over the last 25 years has

culminated in 6 unique pressure drop models
(empirical and mechanistic) that are fundamentally
rigorous and overcome the limitations of traditional
models available in literature. These models are
used to quality check measurements obtained in
the fluid, daily.

The Petroleum Experts models have been

designed to be able to calculate well in all flow
regimes, by combining the best features of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 7 PROSPER

traditional models (Hagedorn Brown, Duns & Ross,

Griffith-Wallis etc.) along with Prof. Thomas Gould’s
flow regime map.

17 Ability to perform pigging PROSPER is capable of predicting the onset of

calculations pipeline/well instability using the mechanistic PE5
model. When slugging manifests, the mechanistic
slugging model can be used to see the surge
volumes expected as a result of pigging operations,
and the likelihood of liquid carryover/carry under at
the surge vessel (thus checking the adequacy of
any slug catcher designed).

18 Slug/bubble size and Alongside the slugging/pigging calculations

frequency prediction models described in section 17 (above), the slug frequency
and slug swept volumes are also reported in
PROSPER.

This detection can be used in RESOLVE to trigger

a transient pipeline simulation to assess the
pressures that would manifest as a result of
slugging. This unique approach where the steady
state and transient simulation are run together, one
feeding the other is unique in our industry and
unavailable in any other suite of programs.

19 Pipeline Flow regime maps The Taitel Duckler flow regime map is widely
accepted and used by surface engineers, an das
such it is also displayed in PROSPER (i.e.
operating point of any pipeline in GAP, or gradient
calculation in PROSPER can be put onto this plot).

20 Correlation available that Petroleum Experts 3 includes specialised

has been specifically corrections for heavy oils and this has been tested
developed for heavy oils on fluids on fields like Captain (North Sea – 200cp)
all the way to fluids from Venezuela (3000 cp)

21 Advanced Mechanistic PETEX Models:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 8

Models available Petroleum Experts 4 and 5

Third Party Models:

OLGAS 2 and 3 phase (separate license)

Hydro 3 Phase

GRE Modified by PE

LEDAFLOW Point Model Model (separate

license).

22 Ability to detect instability Petroleum Experts 5 has been designed to show

through mechanistic models negative friction gradients when a well goes into a
region of instability, indicating that liquid is dropping
back down into the tubing.

23 Simple and Advanced PROSPER includes the Rough Approximation,

Temperature prediction Improved Approximation and Enthalpy Balance
models available for fluid models:
travelling in the well
The Rough Approximation model allows for
grouping all heat losses in the well into one U value
(heat transfer coefficient).

The Improved Approximation model solves the full

energy equation, with the heat transfer entered
through multiple U values.

Enthalpy Balance Model solves full energy equation

predicting temperature changes, including Joules-
Thomson effects, free and forced convection,
conduction and radiation based on full well
completion description. Model is also transient,
predicting temperature changes in the formation
temperature over time.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 9 PROSPER

24 Large Number of IPR The following IPR models have been added in
models available PROSPER allowing the users to choose model
depending on their data and objectives:

PI and Vogel
Composite
Darcy
Fetkovitch
Multi-rate Fetkovitch
Jones
Multi-rate Jones
Transient
Hydraulically fractured
Horizontal Well Models for upper boundary being
no flow or constant pressure:
o Kuchuk and Goode
o Babu and Odeh
o Goode and Wilkinson
Multilayer
Multilayer with DP Friction loss
Skin-Aide (from Elf)
Dual Porosity
Horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures
SPOT (Shell Perforation Optimization Tool)

Additional Gas IPRs:

Petroleum Experts Gas IPR (uses Pseudo

Pressure)Forchheimer (with and without Pseudo
Pressure)
Multi-rate Forchheimer (with Pseudo Pressure)
Back Pressure
C and n
Multi-rate C and n
Modified Isochronal

Injection wells:

Thermally Induced Fracture

25 Modelled fluid temperature IPR now includes the calculated bottom hole flowing
entering the wellbore temperature which is found from the Joules-
Thompson effect as the fluid travels through the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 10

formation.

26 Relative Permeability This is done by correcting the calculations of the

Correction on the IPR above models based on user defined relative
permeability curves.

27 Compaction correction on A correction factor can be applied to the

the IPR permeability of the reservoir due to compaction of
the formation as the reservoir pressure drops below
its initial value.

28 Multilateral model able to This is a unique to the IPM tools and is the most
predict interference advanced IPR model available.
between large number of
branches This unique model that many companies have taken
advantage of in studying the performance of
complex multilateral wells without the need to resort
to numerical simulation models.

29 Models able to predict The simple analytical models listed above require
perforation skin, including the user to enter the depth of penetration, which the
correction on Section 1 and API standard derived data will not predict correctly
Section 2 data of API (stress corrections from surface to down-hole
standard conditions not done)

Locke
MacLeod
Karakas and Tariq

One alternative is to use the SPOT (Shell

Perforation Optimization Tool) does these
corrections and has been found to be the most
advanced model currently available in a nodal
analysis package

30 Models predicting Partial Cinco - Martin Bronz (includes 2 models as

Penetration and deviation described in the literature)
skins
Wong - Clifford

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 11 PROSPER

31 Sand Control models There are four methods in PROSPER for sand
control:

Gravel Packs
Pre-Packed screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted Liner
32 Gas Coning Model A relationship between drawdown and GOR can be
inserted to include the effects of gas coning on the
producing fluid.

33 Ability to view erosional If calculated velocity is greater than calculated

velocities on VLPs erosional velocity at any point in the well a flag will
be raised at the given flow rate on the VLP curve.

34 Ability to view Turner criteria If calculated velocity is less than calculated Turner
on VLPs criteria at any point in the well a flag will be raised at
the given flow rate on the VLP curve.

35 Display of various The value of the different skin components and the
components of Skin on pressure drop associated with each skin can be
VLP/IPR plot plotted on the VLP/IPR plot to assist completion
optimisation.

36 Sensitivity calculations These include completely different tubing

descriptions, gas lift injection points, depth of
pumps etc.

37 Ability to sensitise on The SPOT functionality mentioned above allows for

Perforation Guns from a the impact of different guns to be evaluated on the
Gun Database same plot, allowing engineers to easily compare
guns from different vendors as to their effectiveness
in depth of penetration and ultimately recovery from
the formation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 12

38 Lift curve generation for The following formats are available:

simulation studies
PETEX - GAP/MBAL
Schlumberger - Eclipse
Landmark - VIP
Well Drill - Simco 3
SSI - Comp 3
SSI - Comp 4
ExxonMobil - Pegasus
FranLab - FRAGOR
FranLab - Athos
Landmark - VIP
Roxar - MORE
Shell - MoRes
BP – GCOMP
Chevron - CHEARS
ExxonMobil - EMPOWER
ConocoPhillips – PSIM
CMG - IMEX/GEM (old format)
CMG – IMEX/GEM (Release 2009.10)
Saudi Aramco - POWERS
39 Matching models to test To ensure that the pressure drops calculated in the
data well model are representative of the actual flowing
conditions in the well the VLP calculations can be
matched to well test data.

40 Troubleshooting ability for There are various artificial lift troubleshooting

artificially lifted systems options available in PROSPER, allowing for
investigation of the performance of gas lifted
systems, ESP wells, HSP wells, Rod pump wells
etc.

For a gas lifted well, Quicklook can be used as an

advanced troubleshooting feature, which allows
troubleshooting the depth of injection, including the
modelling of multi-pointing and problems with the
valves themselves for gas lift. Messages on the
screen are designed to warn the user for any
problems in the injection system based on test data
as shown above.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 13 PROSPER

For systems with pumps, it is possible to compare

the modelled inlet and outlet conditions to
measured data as well as match the dP using a
pump wear factor..

41 Design of Artificial Lift The following artificial lift methods can be designed
Systems and added to a model using PROSPER:

Gas Lift (continuous) – New Well

Gas Lift (continuous) – Existing Mandrels
Gas Lift (intermittent)
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Transient Gas lift simulator to QC the steady state
design
Electrical Submersible Pump
Progressive Cavity Pump
Sucker Rod Pump
Jet Pump
Hydraulic Pump

42 Artificial Lift for Gas and Gas Lift (continuous) is now available for gas and
Retrograde Condensate retrograde condensate wells.
Wells

43 Valve Response Valve response captured including the throttling

effects of the valve stem on the flow.
44 Flow Assurance IPM 10 contains a number of flow assurance
improvements that are available in PROSPER and
mirrored in GAP:

Erosions Calculator
Corrosion Calculator
Slug Catcher Sizing / Separator Stability
Pipeline / Wellbore Stability

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 14

45 Choke Performance The calculation of the pressure drop across the

wellhead can be calculated using more than one
model:

Petroleum Experts
Hydro Short
Hydro Long
ELF
Venturi
Modified Sachdeva

46 Transient Gas Lift Transient gas lift is a model that was introduced in
IPM 10: the inclusion of this is intended to
supplement and overcome the limitations of design
a transient phenomenon using a steady stat tool as
is the API method.

1.2 Fluid modelling options

PROSPER offers two fluid modelling options with the traditional "black oil" approach or a
"fully compositional" approach.

Black O il

PROSPER offers black oil models for:

dry and wet gas
oil and water (heavy oil, "black oil", volatile oils, ...)
retrograde condensate

For all types of fluids, the user can:

use existing black oil correlations
calibrate and validate lab measurements against black oil correlations
use PVT look-up tables over the expected operating pressure and temperature
conditions.

When using black oil models, hydrate curves can be imported from any other application
like PVTp, the thermodynamics package developed by Petroleum Experts. There is a
flag that can be activated whenever calculated operating conditions falls within the
hydrates formation region.

Fully Compositional

In addition to the black oil models, the two majors Equation Of State (EoS) models used
in the oil industry (Peng-Robinson and Soave Redlich Kwong) are also implemented
in PROSPER allowing fully compositional modelling to be peformed. Fully compositional

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 15 PROSPER

models require a characterised composition to be imported into PROSPER from a

thermodynamic package such as PVTp. Multiphase flashing is available within IPM to
allow water to be modelled within the EoS using a number of different models.

Users can embed their own proprietary EoS models into PROSPER via Dynamic Link
Library and the format of the DLL can be provided at request.

Hydrate and wax calculations can be performed with compositional fluid models.
Hydrate calculations have been updated to include a comprehensive set of calculations
based on the Hydrafract modified cubic and CPA models. Calculations can be carried
out with a mixture of salts and/or a mixture of inhibitors such as DEG, TEG, Methanol
etc.

CO2 Modelling

When modelling CO2 wells with the fully compositional approach, the density and
thermal properties of the CO2 have been adjusted to give much more accurate values
over the pressure and temperature ranges encountered in normal applications.

PROSPER can model steam injection and steam production. A steam table calculator is
available.

The viscosity of oil and gas can be calculated separately using different methods. A
number of different methods are available for both gas and oil models.

Further fluid modelling options in PROSPER are:

Non-Newtonian fluids,
DLL for proprietary fluid viscosity model for Non-Newtonian fluids
Emulsion models

Back to Overview

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 16

1.3 Inflows and Sand Control options

More than two dozens of combinations of inflow models exist in PROSPER that can be
selected for different configurations:

Straight open or cased hole

Slanted well
Partially perforated well
Horizontal well (with and without friction loss)
Horizontal well with transverse vertical fracture
Multi-zone completions for stacked reservoirs with possible cross-flow and
pressure loss between the zones
Multi-lateral well and smart well
Well of any geometry like snaky or U-shaped wells
Hydraulically fractured well
Well in dual-porosity reservoirs (naturally fractured)
Water and gas injection wells
Water injector with thermally induced fractures
External entry with user-entered IPR look-up tables

Various skin models are currently available:

Locke Skin model

MacLeod Skin model
Karakas & Tariq
Cinco-Ley and Martig-Bronz (I & II)
Wong-Clifford
SkinAide (Elf)
SPOT (Shell)

A DLL template exists that allows the user to import proprietary IPR and skin
models into PROSPER.

The following sand control options are available in PROSPER:

Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed screen,
Wire-wrapped screen and
Slotted liners

Further inflow-related models which are available in PROSPER are:

Mobility corrections using relative permeability

Vogel correction

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 17 PROSPER

Permeability reduction due to rock compaction

Advanced perforation modelling capabilities with integrated tubing / casing
and gun system databases
Gas coning with matching
Analytical coning model for water, gas and gas + water for horizontal wells
(see horizontal well with dP friction)

Back to Overview

1.4 Well bore and Pipeline hydraulics

Nearly two dozen multiphase correlations are available to the PROSPER user. The
flexible architecture of the software gives any user the opportunity to add any number of
proprietary multiphase correlations via DLL. The format of the DLL can be provided at
request by contacting PETEX Technical Support.

Internal research has led to the development of a series of very successful multiphase
correlations that have become benchmarks in the industry today. In particular when
compared to actual measurements, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation has given
excellent results in a wide range of situations: vertical well, horizontal well, deviated well,
large diameter well,oil wells, gas and retrograde condensate wells, ..

When calculating the pressure drop in a well bore or a pipeline, PROSPER offers the
option to switch from one starting multiphase correlation to another one depending upon
the well or pipe inclination.

PROSPER can handle any combination of flow paths: annular flow only, tubular flow only,
simultaneous annular and tubular flow, sequences of tubular and annular flow or
sequences of mixed flow and tubular or annular flow.

Back to Overview

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 18

1.5 Artificial lift systems

The following artificial lift options are available in PROSPER:

Continuous gas lift

Intermittent gas lift
Coiled Tubing gas lift
Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESP)
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Annular Supply
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Commingled Tubing Supply
Hydraulic Downhole Pumps (HSP) with Closed Loop Supply
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Sucker Rod Drive
Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP) with Down Hole Motor Drive
Diluent Injection (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
Diluent Injection (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
Diluent Injection (Simultaneous Water and Gas Injection at Different Depths)
Diluent Injection with ESP
Jet Pump (Annular Injection - Tubing Production)
Jet Pump (Tubing Injection - Annular Production)
Multiphase Pumps
Foam Lift

Back to Overview

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 19 PROSPER

1.6 Flow assurance

Advanced thermal models and miscellaneous options are available in PROSPER for flow
assurance features studies.

1.6.1 Advanced Thermal Models

For advanced thermal modelling, the user can select the 'Enthalpy Balance' model or the
'Improved Approximation'.
The 'Enthalpy Balance' is a rigorous thermal model that accounts for forced convection,
free convection, radiation and conduction as the fluid travels up the well bore. From
these different heat transfer methods, the equivalent heat transfer coefficent is found and
used within an enthalpy balance. As this method used a full enthalpy balance to predict
the temperature of the fluid, the Joule-Thompson effects are accounted for.
Another advanced thermal model is the "improved approximation" which is also a full
enthalpy balance model but, unlike the 'Enthalpy Balance' model, the heat term is
calculated with a variable user-entered overall heat transfer coefficient whereas the heat
transfer coefficient in the full enthalpy balance model is calculated internally.

1.6.2 General Flow Assurance Features

Beside the advanced thermal models, the following options are available in PROSPER
for flow assurance studies:

Hydrate and wax appearance prediction models

Solid Transportation models
Erosional velocity calculation with clean fluid or sand laden fluid
Liquid loading calculations
Pigging calculation: pigged slug length, pigged slug volume, pigged slug
production time and pigged slug residency time
Taitel-Dukler flow regime map along pipeline length with severe-slugging
region (with and without Barnea criteria)
Detailed output for slug and bubble calculations: mean slug length, mean
bubble length, slug frequency, Slug and bubble surge factor, ...
Slugcatcher calculations and design
CO2 Corrosion calculations

Back to Overview

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 20

1.7 What's New

This is a list of enhancements to Prosper for each new Version
released.
Version 15.0

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2016 official release.

Improved pump/motor/cable database usability and

Artificial Lift
management
VLP Export Ability to export VLP tables in IX Hydraulic (Intersect) format

Addition of stimulation screening tools

IPR o Acidisation and hydraulic fracturing IPR models added to
perform screening studies
Enhanced brine modelling
PVT
o IAWPS correlation added
Ability to set rate method
VLP/IPR Matching
o e.g. linear or geometric spacing
Ability to compare two different PROSPER files
File Compare o Can help with version control to see what changes have been
made between versions of the "same" model
Enhanced PVT Input Screen
o All features of PVT (emulsions, matching etc.) can be viewed in
the same screen now
Enhanced VLP Matching Screen
o Can view deviation of matched and unmatched correlation from
test data
o Allows test to be matched to to be selected
Enhanced Artificial Lift infterfaces
Interface o All features can be seen in one screen
o Parameters that are no longer applicable based on other
setting will not be active
Graphical enhancements
o Including peak to peak, period and cross hair features
Ability to plot more than one set of IPR test data for
multilayer wells
Ability to transfer data from Single Point QuickLook into
Multi Point QuickLook and vice versa.

Version 14.0

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 21 PROSPER

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into
the PROSPER program since the 2015 official release.

DNV Erosion Model

o Standalone tool and incorporated into gradient, VLP and
system calculations
NORSOK CO2 Corrosion Model
o Standalone tool and incorporated into gradient, VLP and
system calculations
SlugCatcher (Two Phase Separator) model
o Slug catcher analysis can be performed with slug and pigging
Flow Assurance characteristics as well as steady-state production
Slug Model PE5
o Slugging characteristics in pipelines calculated by the PE5
model when slug flow occurs
Severe slugging/stability criteria
o POTS Number and PE5 Stability Criteria Flag
Pipeline thermal gradient option
o Surface equipment data can now be specified its own thermal
gradient
Transient Gas Lift Simulator
o Traditional GasLift designs can now be validated with a
Artificial Lift transient simulator. This tool can also be standalone to
troubleshoot/assess the stability of new/existing gas lift
designs
Hydro-2P
Flow Correlations
o A modified version of the HYDRO-3P mechanistic flow model

PVT
(Heavy Oil) De Ghetto et al black oil correlation for Pb, Rs,
Bo and Viscosity
Enhanced PVT Matching screen
o New calculation screen showing all input data and correlation
plots
Enhanced Jet Pump Design screen
Interface Added gauge pressure to reporting of system calculations
Flow assurance tools can be accessed for any rate in VLP
or system calculations
o Sensitivity PvD extension
Flow assurance severe slugging plots

Version 13.0

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 22

the PROSPER program since the 2012 official release.

Data Validation
o Input data is now colour coded to show if it is within (green), on
Interface (orange) or outside (red) the validation range.
Enhanced IPR Interface
o New calculation screen showing all key input/output IPR data in
one screen.
Enhanced Gaslift adjustments interface
Gas-lift Valve Performance
o Valve response captured including the throttling effects of the
valve stem on the flow.
Multipoint Gas Lift Injection in Quicklook
o As the valve response can now be captured, the impact on
gaslift performance can be modelled. This includes
troubleshooting test data to determine if gas is being injected
Artificial Lift
through multiple valves and capture the effect.
New Artificial Lift Techniques
o Foam Lift
o Diluent Injection in ESP Wells
VLP/IPR Matching for wells with PCPs
Multiphase Pumps
o Ability to model wells with multiphase pumps (One Subsea and
Sulzer)
Ability to integrate with the steady state LEDAFLOW Point
Flow Correlations model.
o Separately licensed product

Version 12.0

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2010 official release.

64 bit
Program Version PROSPER is now available in both a 32bit and a 64bit
version.
New Screens
The appearance of the screens within PROSPER have been
updated.
Program Interface
New Plotting
The plotting feature used within PROSPER has been
changed to be consistent with the plotting method used
across the IPM suite.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 23 PROSPER

Plots can also be saved and recalled from different files

File Overwrite check

Possibility to switch on/off a confirmation message when an
existing file is overwritten.
Improved CO2 modeling
The density of CO2 has been corrected for use within an EoS.
The correction os done by adjusting the volume shift of CO2
This has the advantage of not limiting the methodology to the
pure component.
The thermal properties have also been adjusted to give a
much more accurate value over the pressure and temperature
ranges encountered in normal application.

Hydrates
Hydrate calculations have been updated to include a
comprehensive set of calculations based on the Hydrafact
modified cubic and CPA models.
Calculations can be carried out with a mixture of salts and/or a
mixture of inhibitors such as DEG, TEG Methanol etc.

Multiphase Flash with Water

Multiphase flashing is being added to IPM to allow water to be
modelled within the EoS. Models will include:
PVT Modelling Soreide and Whiton
Modified Cubic
CPA
SRK plus Huron Vidal

Viscosity Modelling for EoS

Viscosity can be modelled separately for gas and oil. Each
can be separately regressed within PVTp and used within
PROSPER.
Oil Models:
LBC
LBC with Coefficients
Pedersen et al
Black Oil - Beal
Black Oil - Beggs
Black Oil - Petrosky
Black Oil - Bergman
Black Oil - Egbogah
Gas Models:
LBC

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 24

LBC with Coefficients

Pedersen et al
Black Oil - Lee
Black Oil - Carr

IPR
PROSPER will now calculate the bottom hole flowing
IPR Modelling temperature and how this varies with rate.
Horizontal dP segment results (flow per unit length etc) can
now be saved.
SPOT - Fractional flows and Saturations to Water Cut.
Edit Screens
The screens used to insert data for the equipment have been
updated
Equipment
Gauges
Up to 10 gauges can be specified in the equipment section
and temperatures and pressures at these depths will be
reported after SYSTEM calculations.
ESP
The gas flow in the annulus is now modelled with either casing
head pressure or liquid level being calculated.
New gas separator models have been added which vary the
gas separation efficiency with respect to liquid rate.
The change in temperature of the fluid caused by the Pump
and the Motor are now included.
Tapered ESPs can now be specified in a system to model
stages of different pumps being placed in series.

PCP
The gas flow in the annulus is now modelled with either casing
head pressure or liquid level being calculated.
Artificial Lift
New gas separator models have been added which vary the
gas separation efficiency with respect to liquid rate.
The change in temperature of the fluid caused by the Pump
and the Motor are now included.

Gas Lifted Oil Wells

When carrying out a gas lift design (to find valve depths)
sensitivity studies can now be carried out on certain variables
to see their impact on the valve depths and properties
calculated.

Diluent Injection
Water Injection can now be modelled with the injected water

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 25 PROSPER

having a different salinity to the produced water.

Simultaneous water and gas injection at different depths can
now be modelled.

ESP VLP/IPR matching

The VLP/IPR matching for ESP allows to enter the pump
intake and discharge pressures as inputs. These data can
then be passed over to the Quicklook for detailed analysis of
the pump performance

Gas Lift for Gas Wells

Continuous Gas Lift can now be modelled in retrograde
condensate wells.
VLPs
This new type of well can be implemented using new ESP and
PCP models.
Coal Bed Variables for VLP generation can be set as CBM GLR, liquid
Methane level and Pump Speed.
Producers The casing pressure and liquid level are now

IPRs
A new CBM Producer IPR model has been included which
models the impact of increasing GLR.
New Sensitivity Variables added
Multi-layer dP Model
Liquid Level (for ESP/PCP)
CBM GLR
Diluent Salinity
Diluent Gas Injection Depth
Diluent GLR Injected

Number of Sensitivity variables rationalised

Rather than having different types of VLP and SYSTEM
Calculations calculations for each different number of variables (3,4 or
multi-variable) there is now one calculation screen and the
number of variables used can be selected by the user.

Rates used for SYSTEM and VLP Calculations

To up 50 rates can be used for the generation of VLP curves
and in the SYSTEM calculation screen.

Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Miscellaneous Preferences

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 26

Specify the number of rates in the IPR/VLP section

Plots - specify if old plots or new plots should be shown or if
the choice should be made at the run time.
Dynamic OLGAS Licensing
New OS Command:

PROSPER.ANL.VMT.VLPI For correlation c (if c=0 then all

OpenServer PR(c,t) correlations done)

For test t (if t=0 then all tests done)

Version 11.5
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2009 official release.

Improved CO2 modeling

Condensed Water Vapour with Retrograde Condensate

Condensed water vapour can be modeled with gas retrograde
PVT Modeling condensate fluid

Improved Black Oil Retrograde Condensate Model

Changes applied to improve consistency of the black oil model at
the boundaries of its applicability for oil and condensate systems

HSP
Addition of Pump Speed Method (Entered or Calculated) in
Quicklook, Gradient and VLP calculations. It is now possible to
use the program to calculate the pump/turbine speed in order
to operate the pump at the highest efficiency

ESP pump database

Artificial Lift Complete CENTRILIFT Pump Database implemented

Gas lift Quicklook

Added the possibility to enter DeRating parameters for
Thornhill/Craver to correct the dP through the orifice for
actual performance

ESP VLP/IPR matching

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 27 PROSPER

The VLP/IPR matching for ESP allows to enter the pump

intake and discharge pressures as inputs. These data can
then be passed over to the Quicklook for detailed analysis of
the pump performance
Reset results
An option to erase the results of any calculation previously
performed has been added

Gradient Summary Chart

In the Tubing Correlation and Pipeline Correlation Comparison
Calculations a Summary section allows the user to compare the pressure
drops and the components of the pressure drops of the
selected multiphase flow correlations and mechanistic models

Solids Plot
Critical Transport velocities plot is now available after running
any calculation by accessing the Options button
Export option in PVT section
In the main PVT section an export facility has been added to
allow the used to export input (Input Data, Match data tables,
Tables) and output (correlation parameters, PVT calculations)

Export/Import option in IPR External Entry

Export/Import
The External Entry IPR can be exported/imported from the
IPR section

Clip to Copy and Paste data in PVT section

The Clip buttons in the PVT Match Data and Tables sections
now allow the user to copy and paste data from/to the
Clipboard to facilitate data import/export
Improved IPR Validation Error Messages
More information are reported when a validation error is
triggered

IPR test data enhancement

Program Interface In the IPR plot Test Data it is now possible to enter a date
stamp and a comment for each entered test

File Overwrite check

Possibility to switch on/off a confirmation message when an
existing file is overwritten
New OS Commands:
OpenServer
PROSPER.RESET Reset some or all of the data -

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 28

RESET(ALL)
RESET(PVT)
RESET(SIN)
RESET(ANL)
RESET(OUT)
PROSPER.PVT.IMPORT Import PVTP file in PVT Tables or
Match sections
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.VLPI Perform the VLP/IPR Matching
PR VLP/IPR Command
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU Adjust Calculate
STCALC PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTCAL
C(i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU Adjust PI
STPI PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPI(i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU Adjust Pres
STPRES PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTPR
ES(i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJU Reset Adjust Data & Results
STRESET PROSPER.ANL.VMT.ADJUSTRE
SET(type,i)
- for test i (if i=0 then does all tests)
type=1 Reset Amended PI
type=2 Reset Amended PRES
type=3 Calculated FBHP
type=4 Heat Transfer Coefficient
type=5 Calculated Results
type=6 Reset ALL
PROSPER.MENU.FILE.OP Menu Command - File Open
EN
PROSPER.MENU.FILE.SA Menu Command - File Save As
VEAS
PROSPER.MENU.ANL.RE Menu Command - Calculation -
SET Reset Results

Version 11.0

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 29 PROSPER

This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2008 official release.

SPOT(Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool) is an IPR calculator

developed originally by Shell.
Its main unique features are:-
Modelling of different perforating guns selected from a guns
database covering all the major vendors.
Corrects gun test data such as DoP (Depth of
penetrationG and EHD (Entry Hole Diameter) to reservoir
conditions.
Log data can be used to model vertical differences in
reservoir parameters such as permeability, porosity and
rock strength.
Model to predict sanding.
Several invasion models.
Models reperforation jobs/workovers.
This has been implemented in PROSPER as a new IPR model.
The correction of test DoP and EHD to reservoir conditions is
also available for existing PROSPER IPR models.
Sand Control
Previously the only option for sand control in Prosper was Gravel
Pack. The following options have now been added
Pre Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Inflow
Slotted Liner

Both the Darcy and Non-Darcy effects are modelled for the
screen/liner and any material between the formation and screen/
liner
Sand Production (Failure)
Sand Production can be caused by increasing stress near the
well bore resulting from reservoir depletion. The economic
impact of the result is significant both in terms of completion
costs (implementing sand control) and the number of
development wells (because of the lower productivity associated
with sand control). Prediction of the maximum possible
drawdown before sand production can therefore be important in
field development.
The aim of this model is to calculate the drawdown at which
sand production can be expected. Stress can be estimated
either –
From depth and reservoir pressure
From a specified stress
From specified stress gradients and depths
From assumptions if no stress data available
Inflow MultiLayer Models

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 30

Automatic transfer of model from Prosper to GAP

Pseudo Pressure table per layer for Gas/Condensate models
Increases accuracy in cases when layer PVT properties
are significantly different
Ability to sensitise on Layer PVT properties in System
calculation
Following new variables are available :
Perforating Gun (SPOT)
Tubing Description
Casing Description
Sensitivity Injection Fluid Temperature
Multi Layer PVT Parameters

Sensitivity Data Export

Sensitivity Generate Options
Perforating Gun Database
Provided by Shell as part of SPOT
Updated and verified by PE in conjunction with the
manufacturers
1) Baker
2) DYNA
3) ETA
4) Halliburton
5) Schlumberger
6) Owen
7) INNICOR
8) Titan
9) GeoDynamics
10) CCP

Tubing Database
Databases
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Benoit Machine
2) FiberGlass Systems
3) Grant Prideco
4) Halliburton Energy Services
5) Hunting Energy Services
6) JFE Steel
7) Metal One Corp
8) Tenaris Hydril
9) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
10) VAM

Casing Database
Available for the following manufacturers
1) Centron International Inc.
2) Dalmine Spa

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 31 PROSPER

3) Equivalent S.A.
4) FiberGlass Systems
5) Frank's International
6) GB Connections
7) Grant Prideco (Atlas Bradford)
8) HSC Corp
9) Hunting Energy Services
10) Hydril
11) JFE Steel / Hunting Oilfield
12) Mannesmann
13) Nippon Steel Corp
14) NKK Corp
15) Sidera S.A.I.C.
16) Smith FiberGlass products Inc.
17) Star FiberGlass Systems
18) Tenaris
19) TPS Technitube Rohrenwerke
20) Tubular FiberGlass Corp
21) VAM
22) XL Systems Inc.

Pipe Schedule

Access to the tubing and casing database will also be available from
the equipment date entry screens
Rigorous modelling of CO2 Injection when combined with
EoS
Lumping-DeLumping large compositions
Paired large and small(lumped) compositions with same
phase behaviour and surface properties
Sour Gas Modelling
PVT Originally created to model CO2 rich compositions.
Section Now improved and extended to other similar mixtures – CO2,
H2S, C1 etc
Egbogah Viscosity Correlation
Bergman-Sutton Viscosity Correlation
Al Marhoun Correlation for Pb, Rs, Bo and Viscosity
Injection of Non-Newtonian Fluids (Polymers etc)
Interpolation warnings for Bg
Estimated Heat Transfer Coefficient options
We can now transfer the estimated U value (or average of
estimated U values) directly into the geothermal gradient
VLP / IPR
Estimation of Reservoir Parameters from Match Point data
Matching
Many users have used the VLP/IPR Matching section and its
easy access to the Inflow section to adjust reservoir
parameters in order to find a solution that corresponded to the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 32

measured data in the VLP Match record. Thus they were able
to track changes in Reservoir Pressure and P.I. Improvements
in IPM6 meant that this process had become slightly more long
winded. This can now be done automatically in Prosper in IPM7
o Estimation of Reservoir Pressure
o Estimation of PI from (Only if IPR – PI method selected)
Multi Variable SYSTEM & VLP commands
Mass and Molar Rate Entry
Independent of separation process
Lift Mass Rates available for Black Oil & EOS models
Curves Molar Rate only for EOS
Eclipse
Generation of files compatible with E300
Molecular weight & Water Molar Fraction as sensitivity
variables
Intermittent Gas Lift Design
Spacing Line Design Methodology
Stability Criteria for Gas Lift
Lift Gas Gradient available on gradient calculation screens
Valve Performance Clearinghouse
VPC in Gas Lift Design & QuickLook
VPC Options in Preferences
Artificial Hydraulic Submersible Pump
Lift Improved sensitivity modelling
Automatic step size reduction.
Electrical Submersible Pump
Addition of complete Centrilift Pump & Motor catalogue
Automatic step size reduction.
SRP
Calculation of Stroke size from Liquid Rate improved
Improved error reporting & database export.
New OS Commands
ANL.SYM.CALC Perform the System Sensitivity
Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the System
Sensitivity Calculation (Multi Variables)
ANL.SYM.EXPORT Export Lift Curves Generated by the
System Sensitivity Command (Multi Variables)
OpenServer ANL.VLM.CALC Perform the VLP (Multi Variable)
Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.GENRATES Generate Rates for the VLP (Multi
Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.VLM.EXPORT Export Lift Curves Generated by the
VLP (Multi Variable) Sensitivity Command
ANL.GLI.CALC Perform the Intermittent Gas lift
Design

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 33 PROSPER

New OS Functions
ANL.NODES.MSD Returns The Measured Depth Of The
ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.MSD[i])
ANL.NODES.TVD Returns The True Vertical Depth Of
The ith Node (PROSPER.ANL.NODES.TVD[i])

Evaluation Button on Open Server Screen

WHPtoBHP – to include surface equipment
Hydro3P flow correlation updated
Hydro Choke Model updated
Improved handling of OLGAS licences
Miscellaneous Improved Flow Correlation Information
Plots in Deviation Survey
Plotting Improvements
Tubing and Pipe drawings Improved
Free Format number option

Version 10.0
This is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated into the
PROSPER program since the 2007 official release.

Steam Model in PVT to enable modelling of Steam Injector Wells

Additional Artificial Lift Method to enable the design and modelling of wells produced using Sucker
Rod Pumps
The Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model now has the same calculation options as the Improved
Approximation Temperature Model (including Choke Performance calculations)
Allow Solution Node at first node for system calculation in Improved Approximation/Enthalpy
Balance models.
ESP modelling (not Design) available for Improved Approximation and Enthalpy Balance
temperature models
Target GOR calculator and extended options
Improvements in phase behaviour calculation for compositions rich in sour gases (CO2 and H2S)
Increase size of PVT Match tables.
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model.
Improved error handling and reporting
Calculate the flow velocity across the completion as a function of open perforations, frac pack
properties and formation properties.
Add Beta Factor in the gravel pack pressure drop prediction. (Calculated or Entered) (See Gravel
Pack)
IPR Sensitivity Calculations now available from IPR Section.
Pressure dependent permeability
IPR Test Points - this section has now been rewritten and enhanced to separate it from the multi-
rate test point input data. Test points are now displayed on all relevant screens/plots

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 34

It is now possible to change the port size and recalculate output parameters in the GasLift Design
Calculation Screen
Enable de-rating of Thornhill-Craver flow rates in GasLift Design
Real GasLift Valve Response Modelling
Add IPR button to GasLift Design screens to enable easy modification of Inflow model during
GasLift Design
Allow Choke Performance calculations in the Prosper Enthalpy Balance Model
Addition of a Choke Performance Plot in the Choke Performance section.
New lift curve formats are available for CMG reservoir simulators IMEX and GEM.
Generate for GAP has been enhanced for Naturally flowing and ESP wells to allow up to ten
manifold pressures as input
OLGAS 2-phase, OLGAS 3-phase, LedaFlow 2P and LedaFlow 3P correlations are now available
directly from Petroleum Experts. Please contact us for details of cost and installation.
Data Entry for Temperature Gradients in Enthalpy Balance model was been rewritten, including the
addition of the Geothermal Gradient to the model.
Injected Fluid Temperature is now available as a sensitivity variable
Heat Transfer Coefficients as sensitivity variables
Ability to put in reservoir pressure in VLP/IPR matching screen that corresponds with each test.
Add "date" field to well test table so the Match Point Comment column can be used for actual
comments.
VLP MAtching for ESPs
QuickLook from VLP/IPR Matching
IPR/VLP plot - include well test date info for test point info entered
Make left hand intersection (for gas coning) available. (This is already automatically done if
coning flag is set)
Preferences Section
It is now possible to display the users Comments on the main screen instead of the Program and
Contact details.
user preference to allow the user to set the file name and path displayed/hidden.
The user can specify default roughness for tubings and pipelines.
New OpenServer Generate Rate commands for INF, SYS, SY4, VL3 & VL4
New OpenServer Commands PROSPER.ANL.JET.DESIGN
New OpenServer Function to detect Matched PVT (PROSPER.PVT.MATCHED)
Open server command that would be equivalent to clicking on the Clear button in the sensitivity
variables section.
OS command to implement API RP43 Calculation ( calculate perforation length & diameter)
Open-server variables and command to enter a MD in the deviation survey section, and calculate its
corresponding TVD.
OS Command to do Deviation Survey Filtering
Reset, transfer and calculate angle OS command for Deviation Survey Filter
Implement PROSPER.ANL.SPD.CAL(v1,v2,v3) and PROSPER.ANL.SP4.CALC(v1,v2,v3,v4)

Addition of Sensitivity Summary Export in the 4 Variable System Sensitivity Analysis

Section.
Allow the entry of up to 2 Gauge Depths to VLP calculation screen. Pressures are then calculated
at these depths and displayed and reported. The calculated pressures are also included in exported
TPD files for integration into IFM

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 35 PROSPER

New variable available "Gas Fraction At Pump Intake" in ESP design calculations screen
Remove MacLeod as an option for Horizontal Well Models
Warn user if a lift Curve table contains invalid variables for any particular given format. (Warning is at
file creation time)
Increase size of PVT Match Tables
Add Impurities to Retrograde Condensate Section (Black Oil PVT Model only)

Version 9.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2005 official release.

PVT Enhancements
Equation of State
The objective of the following improvements is to enhance the compositional modelling
capabilities of Prosper:
PVT modelling with EoS available for Injector wells
Enhanced Optimisation
Common EoS options throughout IPM Suite
Path dependent variables (volumetric properties like GOR, FVF, CGR) can be
calculated using three different methods leading to standard conditions:
Straight flash to stock tank conditions
Flash through a train of up to 10 separators
Using individual separator stage or full plant K-values
Enhanced plots of generated fluid properties
FVF calculations with Volume Shift validated for mass balance

Inflow Enhancements
Modified Isochronal IPR model
This IPR model utilises the modified isochronal well test, which consists of repeated shut-in
periods of equal duration as the flowing periods. The IPR model is based on the back-pressure
equation.
Modelling perforation diameter and length varying rock hardness
The API RP43 can be used to calculate the perforations characteristics
Inflow calculation Improvements
Display calculated inflow model PI on the IPR plots
Use of the Perforation Efficiency in all the skin models
Determines the number of open perforations. It is applied to shot density in a similar
manner to gravel pack calculations
On-screen Help with gravel pack data for given gravel sises
Enabled appropriate Inflow models for given well configuration
Coning Calculation - the length interval has been decreased
Inflow Calculation - the GOR can be entered and sensitised upon

Outflow Enhancements
Gas Condensate Plots
Oil as well as Gas can be plotted on the X-axis
Lift Curves Improvements

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 36

Export Options saved to file

More data in comments
user configurable data added to file
System Calculation
4 Variable System Command is available
Export Lift Curves option is available
VLP Matching procedure has been improved
Simultaneous injection of Oil and Water

Flow Modelling Enhancements

Pipeline Calculations
Slug Characteristics
Surge factors for gas and liquid in the bubble and slug are calculated to describe the
slug characteristics of the flow
Pigging Calculations
Calculations to determine the pigging characteristics of the flow
Modelling Pressure and temperature drops across fittings
dP and dT can be calculated for a very wide variety of fittings by using equivalent
lengths. Tabulated L/D values for each fitting type are used to calculate an appropriate K Value for
each different type of fitting and configuration

Artificial Lift Enhancements

Jet Pumps
Modelling of existing Jet Pump installations
PVT modelling of the Power Fluid
Possibility to store the pump models in the Artificial Lift Database
Exporting lift curves to simulators
Design of new Jet Pump installations
Diluent Injection
Modelling of Diluent injection in the wellbore
PVT modelling of the Injection Fluid
Possibility to sensitise on injection depth and rate
Multiphase Pumps
Modelling of Multiphase pipeline booster pumps

Wizards
This feature guides the user in setting up models and performing certain tasks following a pre-defined
sequence.

A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are step-by-step
guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.
However, the user can create his own wizards to performed given tasks. This option is particularly
useful when repetitive calculations are to be performed on well models.
The Wizard is based on a VB script. The script consists of a series of VB commands using
OpenServer strings to set the values of the input parameters or to call up the appropriate data entry
screen , perform calculations, and retrieve or plot results.

OpenServer Enhancements
New Commands
The following capabilities have been implemented:
PVT Match and Match All

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 37 PROSPER

4 Variable System Calculation command

Estimate U Value in VLP /IPR Matching Command
Export of lift curves from VLP and System calculations
HSP design - System Calculation command
Perform Coiled Tubing and Jet Pump Design
Menu commands to open the input, calculation and plot screens
Evaluation dialogueue
This option can be used to test OpenServer Commands without building VB applications. The
basic OS actions (DoSet, DoGet and DoCmd) can also be used to quickly initialise and resetting the
data
Open Server Help
Command List
Variable List
Function List

Miscellaneous Enhancements
Deviation Survey Filter
This feature allow to enter up to 1000 points from deviation survey tables and determines a
minimum number of deviation points that best fits them
Calculate Torque for ESP wells
The Shaft Torque is calculates during the phase of ESP design

Version 8.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2001 official release.

Online PROSPER in GAP

PROSPER flow modelling is now available in GAP.
It can be used to model pipelines and wells.
It can be used directly as an online calculator or offline to generate lift curves (to speed GAP
network calculations)
Lift Curves
Data stored in GAP
Data stored in external PROSPER file.
PROSPER online
Data stored in GAP
Can be imported from an existing PROSPER file
Calculation Detail
Calculations can be viewed with the precision and detail of PROSPER Gradient screen
Implicit access to all flow and fluid modelling technology in PROSPER
Advanced Flow Correlations (e.g... Petroleum Experts, GRE, Hydro 3 Phase)
Flow Correlation Matching
Choke Modelling
Fluid modelling and matching (especially Condensate)
Enthalpy Balance calculations for rigorous pressure and temperature modelling. Implicitly
includes Joule-Thomson effects
Artificial Lift options
Gas Lift (Standard and Coiled Tubing)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 38

Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESPs)

Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)

PVT Enhancements
Equation Of State
Goal for these improvements is complete compatibility to ensure that results obtained in
PVTP can be reproduced exactly.
Omega A, Omega B can be entered
Choice of Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong
Parameter Estimation (Fill In Table)
New Composition Export to PVTP
Improved Composition Import from PVTP (including Reservoir Temperature)
True Critical Point calculation included as part of Phase Envelope Calculation.
This helps speed improvements due to quicker phase detection.
Improve calculation speed without compromising results
Optimise - None - 2 - 3 times faster } Raw PVT
Optimise - Low - 10 - 20 times faster } Calculation
Optimise - Medium - 30 - 80 times faster } Speed Improvement
PROSPER Example System Sensitivity on 3 tubing sises
Original - 3+ hours
None - 95 minutes
Low - 12 minutes
Medium - 2 minutes 40 seconds
Allow more calculation flexibility for Equation of State models
Target GOR
user enters initial composition
Target GORs are entered as sensitivity variables
Program iterates from original composition to a composition with specified GOR
New composition saved as a result for display and/or reporting

Black Oil
PVT Lookup Tables
Increased size
(Number of Temperature Tables (10 -> 50 )
Number of Pressure Entries ( 15 -> 100 )
Generate Option
PVT properties for all phases are available in table
user responsibility to ensure material balance is preserved
Standard Conditions Warning
user is notified when there is no entry in the table at standard conditions.
Common cause of problems due to interpolation errors.
Convergence Pressure Method removed.
EoS model improvements (and faster computers) make this redundant

Flow Modelling Enhancements

Norsk Hydro Three Phase Correlation (Hydro3P)
Solves the steady state momentum equations for three-phase gas/oil/water pipe flow computing
pressure drop, water and oil hold-up and oil droplet fraction in the gas. Also models oil-in-water
phase and water-in-oil phase. Initial comparisons very favourable. Reasonably fast and very
robust. Works for a wide range of conditions for all fluid types. Very fast for two-phase system.
Much slower for three-phase systems.

Modified Turner Equation For Liquid Loading

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 39 PROSPER

Used to determine unstable flow regions in Gas or Condensate wells with liquid production. Has
been found to be not necessarily reliable. The original Turner Constant was 20.4. It has been
found (using Petroleum Experts 4) that 2.04 gives much more reliable results in a wide range of
examples. This constant can be changed by the user.

Erosional Velocity Calculations With Sand Production

Implementation of a ConocoPhillips paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for
Sand Laden Fluids) which challenges API14E (the industry standard) on the basis that it can be
very conservative for clean service and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are
present. It proposes a simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with
several multi-phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and sand
concentrations.

Step size
This feature allows the user to specify the default step size used in Flow Modelling calculations

Artificial Lift Enhancements

Rewrite database
One database for all artificial lift types
Completely redesigned interface
Booster Pumps
ESPs in pipeline.
Implement Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCPs)
HSP & PCP Lift Curves for GAP
Gaslift
Allow injection in pipeline (above wellhead)
Allow a valve at the design depth of injection (as well as an orifice as at present)
Gaslift Adjustments
Provides additional calculations for testing gas lift designs under operating conditions.
Surface casing pressures when restarting production are presented in addition to input
parameters needed for setting up automatic well controllers
Coiled Tubing Gaslift
Can already be achieved in PROSPER using annular flow but requires manual set up by user
New input options to make problem set-up automatic
Description via ID and Thickness makes sensitivity analysis more flexible

Enthalpy Balance Model Enhancements

Convection in mud between casings
Selectable the the user
Sea Velocity gradients
As an addition to the Sea Temperature Gradient
Correlation Comparison
Implemented for both Tubing and PipeLine
Extra variables in gradient display
Enthalpy (gas, oil, water)
Conductivity (gas, oil, water)
Specific Heat Capacity (gas, oil, water)
Fix outside casing temperature at time t=0
Diffusivity equation only valid for t > 0.5 days
Casing Conductivity user selectable
Previously was a fixed value

Inflow Performance Enhancements

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 40

Simple MultiLayer
Increased number of Layers ( from 5 to 50)
MultiLayer With dP Loss
New Layer Models
Fractured Well
Horizontal Well
Increased number of layers (from 20 to 50 layers)
Gas and Condensate Implemented
Improved IPR DLL
Add a skin model to internal reservoir model
Proper validation of user data
Access to internal model data
Ability to deny access to unauthorised users

Non-Newtonian Fluid Modelling

New Model
Implement Model based on drilling fluid models developed by Total. This will enable foams in
heavy oils to be modelled more accurately. However, it should be noted that this model does
not estimate the apparent viscosity of the emulsion with water. Research on another program
(REVEAL) is ongoing on this subject.
Calculate Equivalent Apparent Viscosity
Oil and Gas viscosities both set equal to Apparent Viscosity
Implemented in reservoir by calculating an equivalent pipe radius
user DLL
user DLL option allows user to test internal models within PROSPER via the usual DLL
interface.
Will allow the user to model viscosity of all phases (if required)
Benefits of testing and implementing engineering technology and research without having to
design and maintain the testbed

Import DLL
Allows user to import from any file (binary or ascii) if they know the precise format.
Can be used for legacy applications with proprietary format.
Import from a report output of another application
Can be done without any input from Petroleum Experts (avoids confidentiality conflicts)
Integrates seamlessly with File Open option.
user file type just becomes another available file type to read
Can be used in batch mode to convert many files and automatically creates PROSPER input
files
Uses OpenServer strings to push the data from user DLL to PROSPER.

Choke DLL Improvements

Allow more user data per DLL
Saving and recalling user data to file
Redesign Choke Performance screen to allow use with user defined choke DLL

Lift Curves
Additional Formats
ChevronTexaco CHEARS
ExxonMobil EMPOWER
VIP Format Update
Previously if one specified GOR then rates were Oil and if one specified GLR rates where
Liquid

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 41 PROSPER

Now, it is possible to mix and match Gas Fraction Types and Rate Types
General Point
Please keep us informed of changes in format - we like to respond as quickly as possible to
keep users up-to-date
Documentation of lift curve format should be as comprehensive as possible. Quite often, the
only documentation is an example file. It can be quite difficult to extrapolate from one
example to a complete solution. The following points are quite useful to note.
Specify all possible Gas Fraction Types (GOR, GLR OGR etc)
Specify all possible Water Fraction Types (WC, WGR, WOR etc)
Rate Types ( Oil, Liquid Gas)
Artificial lift types (don't forget pumps)
All fluid Types (oil, gas and condensate)
Unit types for all variables and unit sets as well (Field, SI, LAB)
Producers and Injectors
Variable Combinations - what is valid and what is invalid

Left Hand Intersection in SYSTEM Calculation

Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing pressures are declining (on the LHS) are
considered to represent unstable flow and are usually ignored.
When Gas Coning occurs however the GOR is changing constantly for different rates and it is
possible to have two solutions and for the LHS intersection to represent stable flow
Add option to allow user to select which intersection to use

Miscellaneous
Units Popup
Right-clicking on units field on screen shows user all available units for the variable and its
current selection and allows the user to change this current selection.
Extended and Improved Data Validation
MultiLateral - set end points for curve calculations
OpenServer - NEWFILE & SHUTDOWN commands
Export - data formatting improvements
Plot Legend - data content improvements

Version 7.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 2000 official release.

Make Prosper more accessible to other IPM Tools

Much work has been done restructuring PROSPER so that all the single-well technology and
engineering can be readily utilised by other programs in the IPM suite.The results of this radical
restructuring are not obvious or available at present but will be incorporated in the next versions of
GAP and MBAL
Model Annulus and Tubing Production
A model has been Implemented for production through the tubing and annulus at the same time and
also a variable flow path i.e. fluid can flow in either the tubing or the annulus or both and this can vary
in different segments of the well
Vlp/Ipr Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically transferred from
the test point straight to the Correlation Comparison screens.
VLP/IPR plot has been enhanced to provide a VLP curve for each test point for a selection of flow
correlations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 42

Estimating U values in VLP/IPR matching section from entered Tubing Head Pressures in the Rough
Approximation Temperature Model
Pipe Matching Improvements
Ability to perform a Pipeline Correlation Comparison for each test point. Data is automatically
transferred from the test point straight to the Pipeline Correlation Comparison screens.
Multi-Lateral - Improvements Model
Calculation Dialogue Screen Improvements.
Multi Layer (Layer-by Layer ) response calculated and plotted.
PVT Section
Water Vapour Condensation Correlation for Gas Wells
Water Viscosity Variation with Pressure
Boiling Temperature column in EOS model.
Parachor column in EOS model (for Surface Tension Calculations).
Editable EOS Component Name instead of number
Miscellaneous
New variables displayed in Gradient Calculations.
Oil Viscosity
Water Viscosity
Liquid Density
Total mass Flow Rate
Oil mass Flow Rate
Gas Mass Flow Rate
Water Mass Flow Rate
Oil Formation Volume Factor
Gas Formation Volume Factor
Water Formation Volume Factor
Water Holdup
Slip Water Velocity
Superficial Water Velocity
Cumulative Liquid Volume
Cumulative Water Volume
Cumulative Oil Volume
Cumulative Gas Volume
Cumulative Liquid Holdup
Cumulative Water Holdup
Tubing Flow Rate
Annulus Flow Rate
New layout options in Gradient Calculations
Depth Calculator in Equipment Deviation Survey screen
Improved errror checking in IPR section subDialogue screens
Improvments in annulus configuration management (Enthalpy Balance)
Improvements in Drilling section error reporting
Improvements to TPD file generation for ESP wells
File List - browser for viewing /summarising PROSPER files.
Standing correction to Vogel in IPR calculations.

Version 7.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1999 official release.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 43 PROSPER

32-bit
Improved memory management.
Long File and Directory name.
Results Management.

Implementaion of Open Server

Open Data/Function Server implemented the same as GAP and MBAL
MultiLateral
Model has been enhanced and extended
Models all fluid types (oil, Gas and Retrograde Condensate)
Models Producers and Injectors
Can be used in conjuction with artificially lifted wells (Gaslift, ESP and HSP)
Enthalpy Balance Temperature Prediction
Complete rewrite of enthalpy balance temperature prediction method to allow more flexibility and
accuracy.
Account for air and sea velocities.
Improved Completion fluid handling.
Can specify cement and casing conductivity
Account for temperature gradient in the sea.
Improved Rough Approximation Temperature Model
Specify heat transfer coefficient by depth and pipe section
Define a temperature gradient for the sea
Can make use of Joule-Thomson coefficient
Constrained Calculation with Enthalpy Balance
Determine pressure and temperature profile for the entire well from the wellhead pressure and bottom
hole temperature
Thermal Fracturing
Model the combined effects of temperature, stress and fluid mechanics to predict the inflow behaviour
of injection wells
New Correlation (Petroleum Experts 4)
Advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells (including dowhill flow) suitable for any fluid
(including Retrograde Condensate)
Solids Transport
Predicting maximum grain size that can be transported.
Hydrates Flagging
user entered table describing pressure-temperature regions where hydrates formation is likely. The
program will then highlight areas with a potential for Hydrates Formation.
Miscellaneous
user can specify default Units System (on Preferences Screen).

Version 6.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1998 official release.

INFLOW
New Interface
Implemented for all fluids.
Completely redesigned to ease user input and to integrate with the external, user-written IPR model
enhancement (see below)
MultiLateral/MultiLayer Inflow Model
Implemented for all fluids.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 44

Deviated Well Model

Implemented for all fluids.
Based on a model produced by Wong and Clifford
Dual Porosity Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Assumptions: For naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation) porosity is greater than
the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller than the fracture permeabilty, but
not negligible.
Source: See References
Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fracture(s) Model
Implemented for all fluids.
Assumptions
1. Circular fractures.
2. Well goes through centre i.e. no shape factor implemented.
3. Fractures are equally spaced - so if there is just one it is in the centre.
Source: See References
user IPR Model DLL
Allows the user to develop their own inflow model(s) and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations. The user-developed model can encompass every element of an inflow
description including the reservoir model and every component of the skin or can simply be any
particular element. Please contact us for details on how to implement this for the specific application
Dietz Shape Factor Calculator
Implemented for 'Darcy-like' models in all fluids.
Assumptions: Calculation is for vertical wells rectangular reservoirs.
Source: See References
Gas Coning
Implemented for oil. Modifies solution GOR by multiplying it by a weighting factor greater than 1,
which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The output is a total, or produced, GOR. This model has
been implemented with the facility of matching/tuning to real test data
Assumptions: High permeability reservoirs.
Source: See References.

EQUIPMENT
More Pipeline nodes
Reverse x,y coordinate system for pipeline data entry
Rate Multiplier Per Node
Option to "disable" Surface Equipment

FLOW MODELLING
Complex Terrain Flow Correlation
Slug modelling
Correlation Threshold Angles
Erosional Velocity (C Factor) calculation.
Flow Regime Plots
More detailed data displayed during Gradient calculations
Phase Densities, inter-phase IFTs, slug and bubble properties

ARTIFICIAL LIFT
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pumps (or HSPs)
Design
System Sensitivity and Lift Curve Generation
QuickLook diagnostic

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 45 PROSPER

Pump and Turbine Database management

MISCELLANEOUS
Preferences
All options relating to the customisation of an individual installation of the program have been gathered
together in one location.
This option can be found on the File menu and has four sections (tabs)for ease of use. These are
Screen
File
Plot
user Applications
Welcome Screen
This screen is displayed immediately the program is started and is destroyed as soon as the main
screen appears. There can be a significant time difference in some cases between these two events
and this screen will assure the user that the prgram has indeed started. The reason for the time
difference could be any of the following
1) Program Installation - The program could be on a remote network drive and network traffic would
affect access time.
2) Software Key - a network installation could slow access to the key is the network is busy.
3) Last file loaded - if one automatically reloads the last file on program startup,then the file size and
location(remote network) could make a difference
New import format for PVTP file
The new format exported from the PVTP program includes more details (Volume Shift flag and the
separators included in the analysis.)
Screen Design
Redesign of many data screens. More consistency between data screens, navigation, and flexibility of
screen size (see Preferences-> Screen)

Version 5.1
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1997 official release.

Changes to EOS model

The method of calculating GOR and FVF has been enhanced to take account of the fluids path back
to surface. Up to 5 separator stages can be defined. The fluid is flashed through any defined stages to
find the resultant gas/oil mixture in the accumulator/stock tank. If no stages are defined a single flash
to ambient conditions is performed.

WHP to BHP
Method for calculating flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure for a large number of
points.

VLP Matching
Ability to allow or disallow the plotting of labels. Added ability to export and report from this screen.
Output more information to reports
Miscellaneous
The following bug fixes/ improvements.
Errors in files when saving long labels from downhole/surface equipment.
Sensible choice for file prefix when saving files.
Improved error checking in relative permeability screen in IPR section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 46

Scaling problems on status screen IPR plot when changing units have been fixed.
General updates to Status Screen
Errors transferring surface equipment details when changing from Pressure only to Pressure and
temperature prediction have been corrected.
Improved legend for Gaslift Design Plot
Improved legends for plots generally for consistency.
Improved handling of multi rate input data in IPR section.
Load correlation DLLs automatically from run directory.
Fixed errors in PVT matching reports
Fixed errors for water injectors reporting marginal amount of oil
Improved depth error checking in equipment section
Fixed bug in gradient calculation section (not setting Top Node Pressure and Rate correctly)
Insert a check for Choke Model selected when reading files.
Fixed EOS calculation initialisation problems.
Added feature to output 4 variable MBV (lift curve ) files
ESPs - allow user to select location of database files
Sensitivity analysis - improved error checking in variable selection
Status screen error for PVT Condensate display (wrong unit for CGR/WGR)
System Plot - wrong label for Gas Rate has been corrected.
IPR - improved calculation of combined Total GOR for multi layer IPRs
Gray Correlation - advise of unsuitability for use in Pressure and Temperature predictions
PVT Matching - ability to transfer data from Tables and import data from PVT Program
PVT Tables - ability to import data from Matching Section.

Version 5.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated
into the PROSPER program since the 1996 official release.

Report Generator
The reporting interface gives complete control over how the reports are formatted and what
information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the use of report templates which
can be edited to suit the user's own requirements. One can choose to use the default report
templates provided with the system or can choose to create its own slightly different versions of these
reports. The selected templates can then be used to generate the actual reports which can be sent to
a variety of places (printer, file or screen).

Flexible Importing
This facility is designed to let the user import tabular data from a wide variety of files and databases
via ODBC. A filter 'template' is configured visually and can be saved to disk for future use. It can also
be distributed easily to other users.

User Choke Model DLL

Allows the user to develop their own choke model and implement it within PROSPER in a similar
fashion to flow correlations

New Choke Model (from ELF)

A model based on Perkin's (SPE 206333) approach along with discharge coefficients determined by
the author (Stephane Rastoin of ELF Aquitaine at TUALP)

Pipe Correlation Comparison

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 47 PROSPER

A technique for comparing pipeline flow correlations against observed data similar to the existing
Correlation Comparison for tubing correlations

QuickLook for ESP

A diagnostic technique for analysing ESP lifted systems to determine if the pump is performing as
expected and to trouble shoot for potential problems

Inipath
A option to allow users to run PROSPER from one network copy whilst maintaining their own
configurations in private copies of PROSPER.INI

New Gaslift Design Options

New Emulsion Viscosity Modelling Options

Generate TPD files for GAP

Extended lift curve format to allow modelling of ESP systems in GAP

Expanded EOS Import Format

Allows user to import all the data that is normally generated by Petroleum Experts EOS model. The
file format is flexible to allow for multiple compositions and the results obtained for each composition.
This allows the possibility in the future to generate sensitivities for several compositions. (e.g. EOS-
based lift curves)

Gradient Test Data

Allows output of consistent test data on all gradient plots in PROSPER

ESP Database Handling Improved

Database information regarding current pump, motor and cable in use is stored on file to enable
distribution of files easily between users

Water Injector As Specific Well Type

Allows easy setup an minimal PVT data entry to handle this well type.

Variable Solution Node

Allow solution node at sandface, wellhead or manifold

Injection Model For Temperature Improved (Rough Approximation Model)

Improved Equipment Data Entry

Many problems for users are caused by incorrect entry of equipment data. Improving error detection in
this area helps to reduce support requirements and improves usability of the program

Pipeline Calculation Only

Simplify setup (especially for equipment) in order to model pipeline flow

New Tubing Correlation (Petroleum Experts 3)

Plot Annotations

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 48

Version 4.5
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1995 release.

Black Oil PVT

Added new Pressure-Volume-Temperature Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to
Petrosky et al (SPE26644)
Added new Viscosity Correlations for Gulf of Mexico Crude Oils due to Petrosky et al
(SPE29268)
Allow modelling of emulsion viscosity corrections for OIL-WATER mixtures.
Improved matching for heavy oils.

Equation of State PVT from external DLL

Added a new interface to give user's the ability to program their own equation of state PVT
model and link it to PROSPER.
FLASH.DLL routines updated to closely follow PVT Package calculations. This has resulted
in improved viscosity, liquid densities and phase detection. Stability has improved for low molecular
weight liquids and gas.

ESP's
Emulsion PVT applied to ESP head, power (and consequently) efficiency corrections.
Intake gas fraction sensitivity plot (Dunbar plot).
Tubing automatically terminated at pump depth.
Database report improved.

Inflow Performance
Multi-layer - Upgraded for injection wells.
GAP and MBAL links. IPR points are transferred directly to GAP or saved in a file for MBAL.
SkinAide - new IPR model from ELF

Gaslift Design
Optional checks for rate conformance with IPR during design.
Expanded design options and additional logic for valve closing pressures.
Improved dome pressure temperature correction above 1200 psi.
Design plot shows unloading fluid gradients, actual surface injection pressure and production
rates.
Database report improved.

File handling
Significant reduction in all file sises due to implementation of file compression techniques.
Improved error handling in low space (disk nearly full) situations.
Speed up file reading/writing..

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 49 PROSPER

Error Checking
Improved the checking of equipment entry

Units
Revised to include validation option on main Units screen.
New options added to allow user selection of precision of display,

Reports
Screen reporting more flexible
Font handling problems (with regards to font size) fixed. Printer fonts are now entered as
point sises instead of relative size units. This avoids the need to adjust printer font sises when
changing printers

Batch
Automatic Batch generation of tubing curves(VLP) and inflow curves(IPR) via improved
interface with GAP

ProdMan ( Production Manager)

Provision of visual field modelling with automatic access to PROSPER and capability for
batch mode operation for certain calculations.
(GAP without the modelling and optimisation features)

Calculation / Generate for GAP

Rate logic improved for high rate producers and injectors.

Calculation / System
User selection of sensitivity values on plots.

Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.

Miscellaneous
Plot results in multirate IPR's.
Reset buttons in sensitivity variable selection screen
Screen appearance has been improved to improve layout and readability.
IPR MultiLayer report
Separate units available for Anisotropy, PumpWearFactor, TimeToSurface and Volume
Allow selection of curves to plot in VLP
Store and report Depth Of Injection in gradient sensitivty analysis
Fluid Flow Correlation Parameters report added

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 50

Last file loading option

Previous files loading option.

Version 4.0
This note is a summary of the main additions that have been incorporated in
PROSPER since the May 1994 release.

General
UNIX versions have been shipped for HP 9000 and IBM RISC. Other platforms can be
supported on request.
New program installation procedure build program icon and group automatically.
Stackable keys now supported.

Black Oil PVT

Black oil PVT now handles 100% CO2. (Accuracy verified against measured data)
Composition estimation from Black Oil properties. Estimated composition now used for
calculation of thermodynamic properties (enthalpy, entropy) for choke calculations etc. This improves
the accuracy of the Enthalpy Balance temperature predictions for high GOR cases.
Black oil PVT lookup table file import available.

EOS PVT
EOS PVT input screen editing improved. Now allows input of up to 30 pseudocomponents.
Critical volume is now passed between PVTP and PROSPER. This improves PROSPER
viscosity calculations for some fluids. For old files, Vcrit is estimated using a correlation as before.
EOS algorithms improved and run faster.
EOS oil density now used instead of Standing and Katz.

System I Equipment
Sketches of both surface and downhole equipment can be drawn from the summary screen.
Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD, Length or X,Y co-ordinates.

Inflow Performance
Relative permeability can be optionally used in oil IPR calculations. PROSPER allows entry
relative permeability curves and the water cut at a test rate. PROSPER now calculates IPR
sensitivities for water cut.
Fractured well IPR improved for both short and long flowing times.
Horizontal well - friction dP. This major development allows modelling of horizontal well
accounting for friction loss, gravel packs for oil, gas and condensate.
Multi-layer - Layer dP. A network algorithm is used to solve multi layer IPR while accounting
for pressure differences between layers. Available for oil now, gas and condensate in Summer 95.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 51 PROSPER

Matching
IPR matching facility added. Allows IPR to be compared to matched test pressures. This is
a useful graphical means to find reservoir pressures and to examine changes in well condition and
quality control the well model.
Match data screen re-worked to allow cut and paste to/from windows clipboard. Match data
comment field added.

Calculation / Inflow
A new Inflow section has been added. This enables sensitivities for IPR variables to be
quickly calculated without the need to calculate the VLP also (System calculation).
The range of sensitivity variables has been expanded with completion design in mind.
User selected rates can be now be Generated if required. This is useful for IPR sensitvities
when Automatic rates are determined by the AOF for the base case. Sensitivity variables values can
be Generated also.

Calculation / System
The range of outputs displayed expanded to include wellhead temperature, pressure loss
components, gas injection depth.

Calculation / Gradient
Plots can now be made for the entire system including both well and pipeline. Extended
range of plot variables available.
Range of sensitivity variables expanded.

Calculation / VLP
Lift curve variables are sorted and filtered so that only valid sensitivity variable are considered.
Number of VLP table entries increased from 1296 to 10,000
Increased range of VLP variables and simulator formats supported. (COMP3 VIP & MORE)
For oil wells, VLP can be calculated in terms of gas rates
VLP algorithms improved for very high GOR.
Additional VLP correlations - Petroleum Experts 2 (improved loading rate calculations) and
Duns and Ros Original.

Calculation / Choke
General purpose choke tool can find: flow rate, pressure drop or choke size. Calculation
based on thermodynamic principles, not empirical correlations.

Calculation / Generate for GAP

Now active even if PROSPER has not been called from GAP. This allows an engineer to
work with PROSPER independently of GAP.
For naturally flowing wells, 5 generate pressures can be input and calculated.
Generates performance curves for both injection and flowing wells.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 52

Design / Gaslift design

Design logic has been improved and greater flexibility in design methods is provided.
Fixed mandrel depth design selects the best location for unloading valves from a list of pre-
set mandrel depths.

Design / ESP design

Current (1992) motor characteristics for REDA motors included in database.
ESP Inc. motor and pump data included in database

1.8 Examples Guide

The example guide in Chapter 3 of this manual contains a collection of tutorials
designed to help jump-start the use of PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:

Integrated Oil Well Model

Basic Tutorials for Naturally Flowing Wells
PVT Matching Tutorials
Pipeline Tutorial
Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials
Skin and Sand Control Tutorials
Well Test Matching Tutorials
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting Artificially Lifted Wells
Tutorials on Compositional Modelling
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance Studies
Tutorials on Special Topics

Integrated Well-bore Model

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
00 Integrated oil well model T00_Integrated_Oil_Well.OUT

Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
01 Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer T01_Basic_Oil_Well.OUT
02 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T02_Basic_Gas_Well.OUT
03 Modelling a Water Injection Well T03_Water_Injector.OUT
04 Modelling a Gas Injection Well T04_Gas_Injector.OUT

PVT Matching
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 53 PROSPER

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
05 Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer T05_PVT_Match_Oil_Well.OUT
06 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T06_PVT_Match_Gas_Well.OUT

Pipeline Tutorial

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
07 Modelling a Surface Pipeline T07_Modelling_Surface_Pipeline.O
UT

Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
08 Modelling a Darcy IPR T08_Darcy_IPR_Model.OUT
09 Modelling an IPR using SPOT T09_SPOT_lPR_Model.OUT
10 Modelling a Horizontal Well T10_Modelling_A_Horizontal_Well.
OUT
11 Modelling a Multilayer Well with dP Loss inT11_Modelling_A_Multilayer_Well.
Wellbore OUT
12 Modelling a Multilateral Gas Producer T12_Modelling_A_Multilateral_Wel
l.OUT

Skin and Sand Control Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
13 Modelling Skin T13_Modelling_Skin.OUT
14 Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack T14_Modelling_A_GravelPack.OUT
15 Modelling a 'frac and pack' well T15_Frac_And_Pack_Oil_Well.OUT
16 Modelling a well with wire-wrapped screens T16_Modelling_Wire_Wrapped_scr
een.out
17 Modelling a well with pre-packed screens T17_Modelling_PrePacked_Screen.
OUT
18 Modelling a well with slotted liners T18_Modelling_A_Slotted_Liners.o
ut

Well Test Matching Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
19 Matching a Naturally Flowing Oil Well Test T19_Matching_Well_Test_For_Oil_Well

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Technical Overview 54

.OUT
20 Matching a Gas Well Test T20_Matching_Well_Test_For_Gas_Wel
l.OUT
21 Matching a Water Injection Well Test T21_Matching_Water_Injection_Well_T
est.OUT
22 Matching a Gas Injection Well Test T22_Matching_Gas_Injection_Well_Tes
ts.OUT

Artificial Lift Design Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
23 Continuous Gas lift design T23_Continuous_GasLift_Design.OUT
24 Intermittent Gas Lift Design T24_Intermittent_GasLift_Design.OUT
25 Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design T25_Coiled_Tubing_Gas_Lift_Design.O
UT
26 Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESP_Design.OUT
producer
27 Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSP_Design.OUT
producer
28 Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_Sucker_Rod_Design.OUT
producer
29 Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCP_Design.OUT
producer
30 Diluent Injection tutorial T30_Diluent_Injection_with_GasLift.O
UT
31 Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_Modelling_Surface_Multiphase_P
single well ump.OUT
32 Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT32_Designing_A_Jet_Pump.OUT
producer

Tutorials on Trouble-shooting of Artificially Lifted Wells

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
33 Tutorial 33a - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted T33_GasLift_QuickLook.OUT
Well
34 Trouble-shooting an ESP-Lifted Well T34_ESP_Quicklook.OUT
35 Trouble-shooting an HSP-Lifted Well T35_HSP_Quicklook.OUT
36 Trouble-shooting a Sucker Rod Lifted Well No reference file

Compositional Modelling Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 55 PROSPER

37 Fully Compositional Retrograde Condensate T37_Compostional_Condensate_We

Well ll.Out
38 Validation of the Black Oil PVT Model for a T38_BO_Condensate_Validation.Ou
Retrograde Condensate Producer t
39 Fully compositional CO2 injection well T39_Compostional_CO2_Injector.Ou
t

Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance studies

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
40 Full Enthalpy Balance Example T40_Enthalpy_Balance.OUT
41 Improved Approximation Tutorial T41_Improved_Approximation.OUT
42 Modelling a Steam Injection Well T42_Steam_Injector.OUT
43 General Flow Assurance Features T43_Flow Assurance.OUT

Tutorials on Special Topics

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
44 Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids T44_Modelling_Non_Newtonian_Fl
uids.OUT
45 Modelling a Coal Bed Methane (CBM) Water T45_CBM_Dewatering_Well.OUT
Producer
46 Modelling Emulsions T46_Modelling_An_Emulsion.OUT
47 Gas Lift in a Gas Well T47_Gas_Lift_For_Gas_Wells.OUT
48 Foam Lift T48_Foam_Lift.OUT

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

Chapter

2
 57 PROSPER

2 User Guide
This user guide is subdivided in the following sections:

Introduction
File Menu
Options Menu
PVT Menu
Equipment data input
IPR Data Input
Artificial Lift Data Input
Matching menu
Calculation Menu
Design menu
Output Menu
Units
Wizard
Help Menu
Appendix

2.1 Introduction
Welcome to PROSPER, Petroleum Experts Limited's advanced PROduction and
Systems PERformance analysis software. PROSPER can assist the production or
reservoir engineer to predict tubing and pipeline hydraulics and temperatures with
accuracy and speed. PROSPER's powerful sensitivity calculation features enable
existing designs to be optimised and the effects of future changes in system parameters
to be assessed.

By separately modelling each component of the producing well system, then allowing the
user to verify each model subsystem by performance matching, PROSPER ensures that
the calculations are as accurate as possible. Once a system model has been tuned to
real field data, PROSPER can be confidently used to model the well in different scenarios
and to make forward predictions of reservoir pressure based on surface production
data.

2.1.1 PROSPER and Systems Analysis

PROSPER can help E&P companies to maximise their production earnings by providing
the engineering means to critically analyse the performance of individual producing or
injecting wells. Each well system component that contributes to overall performance is
separately modelled. Fluid properties, inflow performance, pressure drop in the tubing

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 58

and pressure losses in the surface gathering system are individually evaluated,
analysed, validated and calibrated against recorded performance data whenever
possible.

Well potential and producing pressure losses are both dependent on fluid (PVT)
properties. The accuracy of systems analysis calculations is therefore dependent on the
accuracy of the fluid properties model (i.e. PVT). The pressure drop in a pipeline or
wellbore is the summation of 3 components:
Gravity head
Friction loss
Acceleration

ptotal pgravity p friction pacceleration

i.e.

The gravity component is due to the density of the fluid mixture at each point in the
system and is a complex function of the relative velocity of the phases present.
PROSPER makes a flash computation at each calculation step to determine the
proportion of oil, water and gas present. The no-slip density is then calculated using the
proportions of each phase and the predicted density at each pressure and temperature
step.

Industry standard 2-phase and 3-phase correlations are then applied to determine the
increase in apparent fluid density due to the higher vertical velocity of gas compared to
oil and water (slippage). The gravity head loss is proportional to the fluid density
corrected for slip. The slip correction to be applied depends on the flow regime, fluid
velocity etc. The need for an accurate PVT description for predicting the gravity head
loss becomes obvious.

Friction losses are controlled by fluid viscosity and geometric factors (pipe diameter and
roughness). In the majority of oilfield applications (i.e. large elevation difference
between inlet and outlet with liquids present) the gravitational component normally
accounts for around 90% of the overall head loss. Therefore, the total pressure drop
function may often not be particularly sensitive to the value of the friction loss coefficient.

The acceleration component is usually small except in systems involving significant fluid
expansion. However, it is accounted for in all PROSPER calculations.

Historically, systems analysis software has lumped all flowing pressure loss terms
together and allowed the user to match real data by adjusting the roughness coefficient
of the friction loss term. This will certainly achieve a match for a particular rate, but
cannot be expected to achieve a match over a significant range of rates due to the
different dependencies of the gravity and friction loss terms on liquid velocity.

The recommended engineering approach when modelling wells and / or pipelines

response with PROSPER is to first construct a robust PVT model for the fluid. The
process consists when possible of entering laboratory PVT data and adjusting the black
oil correlation model to fit the measured data while respecting the fluid thermodynamics.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 59 PROSPER

This approach consistently improves the accuracy of forward prediction.

In essence, an accurate PVT model confines any uncertainty in the gravity loss term
to the slip correction only.

In the VLP matching phase, PROSPER divides the total pressure loss into friction and
gravity components and uses a non-linear regression technique to separately optimise
the value of each component. Not only does the matching process result in a more
accurate model, it will quickly highlight inconsistencies in either the PVT or equipment
description.

Provided sufficiently accurate field data is available, robust PVT, IPR and VLP models
can be achieved by validating and calibrating the models against actual performance.
Each model component is separately validated, therefore dependency on other
components of the well model is eliminated. Understanding potential deterioration in
well performance is simplified with such a consistent process that ultimately helps to
reduce the number of unknowns.

2.1.2 About PROSPER

PROSPER can predict either Pressure Only or Pressure and Temperature. The
Pressure Only option makes PROSPER a "Systems Analysis" package in the traditional
sense. In Pressure Only mode, the fluid temperature profile within the well must be
inputted by the user. Temperature data is normally recorded whenever a pressure
survey is made, as the temperature is required to correct the downhole pressure
readings.

The Pressure and Temperature calculation option will generate both temperature and
pressure profiles. Three temperature models are provided.

The Rough Approximation model utilises a user-input overall heat transfer coefficient. It
determines the steady state temperature profile from the mass flow rates of oil, water
and gas before commencing the pressure loss calculations. This method runs quickly,
but unless calibrated using measured temperature data, it is not accurate.

The Enthalpy Balance model calculates the heat transfer coefficients at each
calculation step by considering heat flow and enthalpy changes. The Joule Thompson
effect, conduction,free convection, forced convection and radiation are modelled. These
calculations require considerably more input data than for pressure only calculations and
must commence from a known temperature and pressure (the sand face for producers,
or wellhead for injectors). Computation times are longer than for the Rough
Approximation option, but this method is predictive and gives accurate results over a
wide range of conditions.
The Enthalpy Balance model is completely transient and can be used to study
temperature changes over time.

Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 60

Long pipelines transporting retrograde condensate.

Subsea wells with long flowlines
High pressure/temperature exploration wells
Predicting temperature/pressure profiles for flow assurance studies: prediction of
wax/hydrate deposits

The production riser is properly accounted for by PROSPER. The user-input riser
geometry determines the heat loss coefficients calculated by the program between the
seabed and wellhead.

The Improved Approximation is a full Enthalpy Balance model, with the difference that
the heat exchange coefficient is not calculated but defined by the user along the
completion. Like the Enthalpy Balance model, the Joule Thompson effect is accounted
for.

PROSPER is also able to predict condensate liquid drop out using either black oil or
compositional models.

PROSPER uses a "Smart Menu" system meaning that only data relevant to a particular
problem need to be entered.

The flow chart below gives an outline of the calculation steps required to carry out a
simple systems analysis using PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 61 PROSPER

2.1.3 Using PROSPER

These are the main features available in PROSPER:

1. PROSPER is a fundamental element in the Integrated Production Model (IPM)

as defined by Petroleum Experts as it creates a robust well model which can be
linked to GAP (the production network optimisation program for gathering system

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 62

modelling) and linked to MBAL (the reservoir engineering and modelling tool
which allows for making fully integrated total system modelling and production
forecasting).

2. The PVT section in PROSPER can compute fluid properties using standard black
oil correlations and these black oil correlations can be modified to better fit
measured lab data. PROSPER also allows detailed PVT data in the form of tables
to be imported for use in the calculations. A third option is to use the Equation of
State method. This option allows the user to enter the equation of state model
parameters and uses the standard Peng-Robinson or SRK EoS models to
generate properties given a multi-stage separator scheme. With this option the
users can also import all PVT data in the form of tables, which could have been
generated using their own proprietary EoS models.

3. The tool can be used to model reservoir inflow performance (IPR) for single layer,
multi-layered, or multilateral wells with complex and highly deviated completions,
optimising all aspects of a completion design including perforation details and
gravel packing.

4. It can be used to accurately predict both pressure and temperature profiles in

producing wells, injection wells, across chokes and along risers and flow lines.

5. The sensitivity calculations capabilities allow the engineer to model and easily
optimise tubing configuration, choke and surface flow line performance.

6. It can be used to design, optimise and troubleshoot the following artificial lift
systems: gas lifted, coiled tubing, ESP, PCP, HSP (hydraulic pump), Jet pump,
Diluent Injection, Diluent Injection with gas lift, Diluent Injection with ESPs, Foam
Lift and Sucker Rod pump equipped wells.

7. The choke calculator can be used to predict flow rates given the choke size, or
the choke size for a specified production rate and of course, the pressure drop
across a known choke at a specified rate. It can also be used to generate choke
performance curves.

8. The Valve Performance calculator can be used to predict the valve response
including the throttling of the closing valve stem.

9. The multiphase flow correlations implemented can be adjusted to match

measured field data to generate vertical lift performance curves (VLP) for use in
simulators and network models.

10.The tool can utilise externally programmed dynamic link libraries (DLL) for
multiphase flow correlations, Equation of State (EOS) PVT calculations, choke
calculations, Inflow (IPR) models, HSP Gas De-Rating models and proprietary
viscosity models (both Newtonian and non-Newtonian) .

11.The tool can be used in a matching or predictive mode. Matching of real data is

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 63 PROSPER

available in the PVT, IPR, Gradient matching and VLP matching sections.

In matching mode, real data can be entered and matched using non-linear
regression methods to create custom correlations that fit the input data.
In predictive mode, the correlations created can be used to make
estimates of future well performance.

12.PROSPER can be used to model complex (topographically) and extensive (in

length) surface pipelines. Complex steady state slug analysis can also be
performed by taking into account slug build up and decay due to pipeline
topography, giving an indication of expected slug length and frequency. Pigging
calculations are also available

13.Black Oil PVT tables can be imported directly into PROSPER. The black oil tables
can be generated by Petroleum Experts’ PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program or from from any third-party application, provided it has the right format
(*.PTB file). Equally, compositional models can also be directly imported as
*.PRP file.

14.A flexible and fully customisable units system is implemented in PROSPER. Data
may be input using one set of units and output using a second set of units.
Validation limits and display resolution can be independently set for each
variable type.

15.It has the utility for flagging of potential hydrate formation, if the user chooses this
in the options. The additional input required for this calculation is the hydration
formation tables as a part of the black oil PVT description. The hydrate and wax
models are readily available if the fluid model in PROSPER is compositional. Note
that one can also use Petroleum Experts’ PVTP thermodynamics analysis
program to predict waxes and hydrates appearance conditions. A compositional
PROSPER model or PVTP can be used to generate hydrate formation tables.

16.The following situations can be modelled:

Fluid Type:
Oil and Water (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Dry and Wet Gas (Black oil or Equation of State PVT)
Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil or Equation of State PVT)
Emulsion viscosity can be optionally applied for any combination of inflow,
tubing and ESP’s or HSP’s.
Separation mode: Single or Two Stage separation or Multistage (for
Compositional model)
Modelling of non-Newtonian fluids for oil wells
Modelling of condensed water vapour for gas wells

Well Flow Configuration:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 64

Tubing or Annular flow or Tubing + Annular flow

Producer or Injector

Artificial Lift Method:

Naturally flowing well
Gas lifted well (continuous and intermittent)
Electric submersible pump (ESP)
Hydraulic drive downhole pump (HSP)
Progressive Cavity Pumps
Jet Pumps
Gas Lift with Coiled Tubing
Diluent Injection
Diluent Injection with Gas Lift
Diluent Injection with ESP lift
Foam Lift
Multiphase Pumps
Sucker Rod Pumps

Prediction Type:
Pressure Only
Pressure and Temperature Offshore
Pressure and Temperature on Land

Temperature Model:
Enthalpy Balance with or without steam
Rough Approximation
Improved Approximation with or without steam

Completion:
Cased Hole
Open Hole

Sand control:
Gravel Pack
Pre-packed screen
Wire wrapped screen
Slotted liner
Sand failure

Reservoir:
Single Well
Multi-lateral Well in a Multi-layered Reservoir
Gas Coning (Rate dependent GOR calculator)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 65 PROSPER

2.1.4 Examples
To help illustrate the power of PROSPER, examples are provided with the program.
We suggest to run through them to become familiar with the program and its various
options.

The user guide provides the user with tutorials covering various dexterity and
engineering topics showing how to build, match and use a well model. All the completed
example files are in the folder ~\samples\PROSPER , where Petroleum Experts
software is installed. The location of this directory depends on where the program has
been installed.

A step by step guide is included in the Examples section of the user guide. The PDF
version of the user guide including the worked examples can be found in the folder ~pdf
\prosper where Petroleum Experts software in installed.

Below are a full list of the different tutorials which are available in the PROSPER User
Guide.

The tutorials are grouped by subjects:

Integrated Oil Well Model

Basic Tutorials for Naturally Flowing Wells
PVT Matching Tutorials
Pipeline Tutorial
Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials
Skin and Sand Control Tutorials
Well Test Matching Tutorials
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting Artificially Lifted Wells
Tutorials on Compositional Modelling
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance Studies
Tutorials on Special Topics

Integrated Well-bore Model

Tutorial Description Reference File

00 Integrated oil well model T00_Integrated_Oil_Well.OUT

Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

Tutorial Description Reference File

01 Modelling an Naturally Flowing OilT01_Basic_Oil_Well.OUT
Producer
02 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T02_Basic_Gas_Well.OUT
03 Modelling a Water Injection Well T03_Water_Injector.OUT

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 66

04 Modelling a Gas Injection Well T04_Gas_Injector.OUT

PVT Matching

Tutorial Description Reference File

05 Modelling an Naturally Flowing OilT05_PVT_Match_Oil_Well.OUT
Producer
06 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T06_PVT_Match_Gas_Well.OUT

Pipeline Tutorial

Tutorial Description Reference File

07 Modelling a Surface Pipeline T07_Surface_Pipeline.OUT

Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

08 Modelling a Darcy IPR T08_Darcy_IPR.OUT
09 Modelling an IPR using SPOT T09_SPOT_lPR.OUT
10 Modelling a Horizontal Well T10_Horizontal_Well_IPR.OUT
11 Modelling a Multilayer Well with dP Loss inT11_Multilayer_Well_IPR.OUT
Wellbore
12 Modelling a Multilateral Gas Producer T12_Multilateral_Gas_IPR.OUT

Skin and Sand Control Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

13 Using an Analytical Skin Model T13_Skin_Modelling.OUT
14 T12_GravelPackedOilWell.OUT
Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack
15 Modelling a 'frac and pack' well T13_Frac&PackedOilWell.OUT
16 T14_OilWellwithPre-
Modelling a well with pre-packed screen
PackedScreen.out
17 Modelling a well with slotted liners T15_OilWellwithslottedLiner.OUT
18 Modelling a well with wire-wrapped T16_OilWellwithWireWrappedScre
screens ens.out

Well Test Matching Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

19 Matching a Naturally Flowing Oil Well Test T19_Matching_An_Oil_Well_Test.O
UT
20 Matching a Gas Well Test T20_Matching_A_Gas_Well_Test.OU
T
21 Matching a Water Injection Well Test T21_MatchingAWaterInjectionWellT
est.OUT

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 67 PROSPER

22 Matching a Gas Injection Well Test T22_MatchingAGasInjectionWellTes

t.OUT

Artificial Lift Design Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

23 Continuous Gas lift design T23_Continuous_Gas_Lift_Design.
OUT
24 Intermittent Gas Lift Design T24_IntermittentGasLiftDesign.OU
T
25 Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design T25_Coiled_Tubing_Gas_Lift_Desig
n.OUT
26 Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESP_Design.OUT
producer
27 Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSPDesign.OUT
producer
28 Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_SuckerRodPumpDesign.OUT
producer
29 Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCPDesign.OUT
producer
30 Diluent Injection tutorial T30_DiluentInjection.OUT
31 Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_MultiphasePumpOnseabed.O
single well UT
32 Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT32_Jet_Pump.OUT
producer
33 Modelling a Gas Lifted Gas Well T33_GasLifted_Gas_Well.OUT

Tutorials on Trouble-shooting of Artificially Lifted Wells

Tutorial Description Reference File

34 Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well T33_GasLiftQuickLook.OUT
35 Trouble-shooting an ESP-Lifted Well T34_ESP_Quicklook.OUT
36 Trouble-shooting an HSP-Lifted Well T35_HSPQuicklook.OUT
37 Trouble-shooting a Sucker Rod Lifted Well No reference file

Compositional Modelling Tutorials

Tutorial Description Reference File

38 Fully Compositional Retrograde T37_CompostionalCondensateWell.
Condensate Well Out
39 Validation of the Black Oil PVT Model for T38_BOCondensateValidation.Out
a Retrograde Condensate Producer
40 Fully compositional CO2 injection well T39_CompostionalCO2Injector.Out

Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance studies

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 68

Tutorial Description Reference File

41 General flow assurance features T40_FlowAssurance.OUT
42 Full Enthalpy Balance Example T41_Enthalpy_Balance.OUT
43 Improved Approximation Tutorial T42_Improved_Approximation.OUT
44 Modelling a Steam Injection Well T43_Steam_Injection.OUT

Tutorials on Special Topics

Tutorial Description Reference File

45 Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids T44_Non_Newtonian_Fluid.OUT
46 Modelling a Coal Bed Methane (CBM) T45_CBM_Water_Producer.OUT
Water Producer
47 Modelling Emulsions T46_Oil_With_Emulsion.OUT

2.2 PROSPER Main Menu

All PROSPER functions are listed as menu options. Simply select the required menu and
choose an item from the list displayed. This will activate an option or display the
relevant screen.

Problem solving with PROSPER is approached systematically by working from left to

right through the main menu. Calculation menus are activated only when the necessary
input data has been entered.

To start PROSPER, select the appropriate icon and press or double-click the program
icon. A screen similar to the following will appear:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 69 PROSPER

The menu options across the top of the screen are the PROSPER main menu options.
Each is described below.

2.2.1 File
The File menu is a management menu with commands that enables to open, save or
create new data files.

It is possible to use this menu to define the default data directory, printer set-ups options
and hook in external DLLs. A facility for accessing other Windows programs via
PROSPER is also provided.

2.2.2 Options
The Options menu is the starting point of PROSPER and the key to the program.

Use this menu to define the application and principal well features such as - prediction
method, artificial lift type and fluid type. The options selected are unique to the current
file and apply until changed by the user, or another file is recalled. These options also
determine the subsequent screens, menus and commands that are displayed.

2.2.3 PVT
The PVT menu is used to define well fluid properties and select fluid property
correlations.

PVT correlations can be modified to match laboratory-measured data using a non-linear

regression technique. Alternatively, detailed PVT data may be entered in tables or a
characterised composition can be imported for use with an Equation of State model.

2.2.4 System
The System menu is used to define the well's down-hole and surface equipment as well
as the reservoir inflow performance.

When applicable, equipment data for artificial lift methods are also entered in this menu.

2.2.5 Matching
The Matching menu allows comparison of field data with calculated pressure drops in
well tubing and surface piping. All available correlations can be compared to allow
selection of the model that best suits the field conditions.

The QUICKLOOK feature is used to troubleshoot existing artificial lift installations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 70

2.2.6 Calculation
The Calculation menu provides the user with the relevant calculation options.
Calculations to determine well performance, pressure and temperature profiles in the
wellbore, to perform sensitivity analyses, carry out gradient comparisons and generate
lift curve tables are available in this menu.

2.2.7 Design
ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps, Multiphase Pumps sizing as well as
gas lift mandrel placement and valve setting pressure calculations, coiled tubing and
diluents injection are available from the Design menu. Access to the databases that
hold gas lift valves, ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet pumps, Sucker Rod Pumps equipment
characteristics is via the Design menu also.

2.2.8 Output
The Output menu is used to generate reports, to export data and to plot data. Report
templates are provided and user templates can also be defined. The data used can be
input data, analysis data, results or plots. Reports can be saved in various file formats
(RTF, TXT and native) and can be displayed or sent to a printer. Export data can be
viewed on screen, sent to the Windows clipboard, sent to a printer or saved in a file.
Plots can be printed directly, saved to a report file or a Windows metafile. Selected
plots can also be sent to the clipboard where they can be retrieved by other Windows-
based programs.

2.2.9 Wizard
This menu accesses the wizard area of PROSPER. This allows to Create/Edit and Run
wizards that allow the user to build and run models in a step-by-step guided fashion.

2.2.10 Units
This menu is used to define the input and output units of measurement. A flexible
system of units is provided allowing the user to customise the internal units system.

2.2.11 Help
Provides on-line help for PROSPER. The user can get help on specific tasks, fields or
commands. Help is also given on the keyboard and miscellaneous Windows
commands.

2.2.12 Colour Coded Data Validation

Screens are now colour coded to illustrate if the data is within the validation range (green), at the
limit of the validation range (orange) or outside the validation range (red).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 71 PROSPER

2.3 File Menu

This section describes the menus, options and procedures used in PROSPER to create
new files and open or save existing files.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 72

The File menu provides additional options such as defining the default data directory, as
well as the facility to establish links to other programs running under Windows.

PROSPER will (optionally) open the last file accessed when it starts. PROSPER also
displays a file status screen that shows the application options selected in summary
format: input PVT and IPR data, the equipment type summary and the analysis output.

To protect the work, good practice is to save the file on a regular basis. This simple
procedure could potentially prevent hours of input and analysis being lost.

2.3.1 PROSPER Files

PROSPER uses a flexible file structure that enables data to be easily exchanged
between files and other application programs. In PROSPER information is grouped into
the following categories:
PVT Data System Input Data
Analysis Data Output Data

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 73 PROSPER

and saved into the following types of data file:

2.3.1.1 PVT Data (*.PVT)

File containing the well fluid data, PVT match data and any PVT tables entered under
the PVT menu.

It is possible to save PVT files separately under different names, and use them with
other input, analysis and output files in PROSPER. This feature is useful when analysing
a number of wells from the same producing pool.

The .PVT file can be also imported/exported in/from MBAL models.

2.3.1.2 Input Data (*.SIN)
The *.SIN file contain all the options selected under the Options menu, in addition to the
well IPR and equipment data entered under the System menu. When an input file is
opened or saved, the program automatically opens and saves a .PVT file with the same
name.
2.3.1.3 Analysis Data (*.ANL)
This *.ANL file contains all the information from the *.SIN file along with all the sensitivity
input data for the calculations selected under the Calculation or Design menus. When
an analysis file is opened and saved, the program automatically opens and saves a
.PVT & .SIN file with the same name. GAP manipulates .ANL files to batch calculate well
lift curves.
2.3.1.4 Output Data (*.OUT)
This file contains all the inputs and all the results of the calculations. When an output file
is saved, then program automatically saves a .PVT, .SIN & .ANL file of the same name.
The *.OUT file can be seen as the master PROSPER file.

PROSPER files are ranked by their order of input, which essentially reflects the way data
should be entered into the program, that is from the LEFT to the RIGHT of the PROSPER
menu. It is possible to note that the order of files also corresponds to the options on the
menu bar as one is navigating through the program.

The file hierarchy does not prevent the user from creating and combining any number of
input and output data files. Until the user becomes familiar with the program, we
recommend to work with *.OUT files. This can avoid confusion as the program will
automatically open and save the required data files to run a complete analysis cycle.

More experienced users can take advantage of the flexible file structure to combine the
data files from different wells. This "sharing" of data is useful in areas where wells have
similar fluid properties or reservoir IPR's. If disk space is a concern, the data contained
in a .ANL file together with its complementary .PVT and .SIN files can be used to re-
create a given set of calculation outputs, therefore avoiding the need to always save
large .OUT files on disk.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 74

For example, if one wants to run an analysis with the PVT data of Well 1, the input data
(*.SIN) data of Well 2, and the analysis data of Well 3, the following steps can be
followed to achieve that:
Open Well 2.SIN
Recall Well 1.PVT under the PVT menu.
Under the Options menu, select the processing options.
Modify the data files if necessary.
Next, select the Save As command and save the data under a new file
name.

It is possible to set up PROSPER so that only the *.OUT file is saved in the File |
Preferences | File screen. More information on this option can be found in the
Preferences Section.
2.3.1.5 Creating a New File
While working with PROSPER, new input or output data files can be created at any time.
To create a new file select File | New from the main menu. This command does not
actually create a new and separate file, but re-initialises the program input/output data.
2.3.1.6 Opening an Existing File
Existing data files can be opened quickly and easily at any time during the current
working session. To open a file, from the File menu choose the Open option. It is
possible to select one of the following file types:

Input Data (. SIN)

Input and Analysis Data (. ANL)
Input, Analysis and Output Data (. OUT)

by using the “Files of Type” dropdown box.

The file open dialogue is exactly the same as in any Windows program.

2.3.1.7 Saving a File

When files are opened in PROSPER, the program copies the selected file into the
computer's memory. Any changes to the file are made to the copy in memory. In the
event of a power failure or computer crash, these changes would be completely lost. To
prevent this, we recommend to save the data on a regular basis and especially before
quitting the program.

The Save command stores all the changes made in the active file. By default, the Save

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 75 PROSPER

command saves a file under its original name and to the drive and directory last
selected. A prompt will be displayed to select one of the following file types:

Input Data (.SIN)

Automatically saves the input file and corresponding .PVT file.

Input and Analysis Data (.ANL)

Automatically saves the analysis data and corresponding .SIN & .PVT data
files.

Input, Analysis and Output Data (.OUT)

Automatically saves the output results and corresponding .SIN, .PVT & .ANL
files if a file of the same name exists in the selected directory, the file is
overwritten. To avoid overwriting an existing file, use the Save As command
and enter a different file name.

2.3.1.8 Copying a File

The Save As command allows to make more than one copy or version of an existing file.

This command is the same as in any other program running under Windows and allows
to save the PROSPER model in any of the file formats (.SIN, .ANL, .OUT).

2.3.2 New
This will create a new PROSPER file and reinitialise all program input/out data.
2.3.3 Open
Use this option in order to recall a previously saved file. You can specify which type of
file using the "Files of Type" dropdown combo box. The options available are
OUTPUT data file (*.OUT)
ANALYSIS data file (*.ANL)
INPUT data file (*.SIN)

INPUT data The data recalled will be all input data plus the name of its associated
file PVT(.pvt) file which will be automatically opened and read
ANALYSIS The data recalled will be all input data for the analysis section plus the
data file name of its associated input (.sin) file which will be automatically opened
and read. The PVT(.pvt) file associated with the input (.sin) file will also be
opened and read
OUTPUT The data recalled will be all the calculated results plus the name of its
data file associated ANL file which will be automatically opened and read. The
SIN file associated with the ANL file will also be opened and read as will
the PVT file associated with the SIN file.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 76

The current directory will be determined by the setting you have selected on the
Preference | File.

To open a file, point and click the filename to recall and press <Enter> or click on
Continue. The alternative method of opening a file is to double-click on the file name. If
the file you want is not listed, it is possible that:
It is in a different sub-directory.
It is on a different drive.
It is of a different file type.

2.3.4 Save
This option will save the calculated results using the current filename (as displayed in
the caption bar of all screens).

The file save is hierarchical in action : saving a particular file type will save all the
dependent files underneath it. For example, saving an ANL file will cause the program
to automatically save SIN and PVT files using the exact same file name except for the
file extension. If any dependent file already exists you will be prompted to confirm the
overwrite before the program proceeds.

The file hierarchy is OUT - ANL - SIN - PVT.

The current directory will be determined by the setting you have selected on the
Preference | File.

To save a file, point and click the filename to recall and press <Enter> or click on
Continue. The alternative method of saving a file is to double-click on the file name.
2.3.5 Save As
This option will save the calculated results after you have chosen the filename you
require. This can be an existing one or a new one you want to create.

The file save is hierarchical in action : saving a particular file type will save all the
dependent files underneath it. For example, saving an ANL file will cause the program
to automatically save SIN and PVT files using the exact same file name except for the
file extension. If any dependent file already exists you will be prompted to confirm the
overwrite before the program proceeds.

The file hierarchy is OUT - ANL - SIN - PVT.

The current directory will be determined by the setting you have selected on the
Preference | File.

To save a file, point and click the filename to recall and press <Enter> or click on
Continue. The alternative method of saving a file is to double-click on the file name.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 77 PROSPER

2.3.6 Import
2.3.6.1 Import Files
The import file utility an be used to import WellFlow RTF Report and PipeSim Import
files types into a PROSPER (*.OUT) file type.

2.3.6.2 Convert - Selection

Choose which files to convert either:

Convert Selected Files or

Convert All Files
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 78

OK to complete the file import/conversion

Cancel to abandon the file import and go back to the

previous screen.
Help to see this screen.

2.3.6.3 Add Import Type

This options enables the user to add a File Import DLL to the program. This DLL can be
used to import data from a known proprietary format. This DLL can be created and
maintained by the user and would for example prove to be a useful for importing files
from an in-house program.

A DLL correlation framework can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a File Import DLL to add to the system
Remove Remove the currently highlighted File Import DLL from the system.
Help View this screen.

2.3.7 Preferences
The 'Preferences' screen is used to customise the program to the particular
requirements. Click the File | Preferences menu to customise PROSPER. Click on the
appropriate tab at the top of the data entry section in order to change the option require.
The various tabs are described below:
2.3.7.1 Main Screen
Use this tab to customise the PROSPER front screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 79 PROSPER

This tab is used to customise the appearance of the PROSPER main screen and all data
entry (dialogue) screens.

This changes the font type and size used to display all data entry
Dialogue screens. This may be useful to make all dialogues smaller in case of a
low-resolution screen or larger to improve readability in case of a high-
Font
resolution screen. Use the Reset button to reset the dialogue screen
font to its default value.
Selecting On the screen status information will be continuously
Status displayed and updated during the program usage. Selecting Off the
Screen screen status information screen will not be displayed (apart from
whenever a new file is opened).
If the font height is modified then an attempt is made to scale the font
so that all information displayed in each panel on the status screen will
Font Height be visible. This will vary depending on the relative size of the program
window to the total screen. If the font height is not modified then some
information may not be displayed as the size of the program window is
varied.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 80

Screen Font Use this option to change the font type and size used to display
information on the status (front) screen of the program.
Label Colour Change the colour used to display labels on the status screen
Text Colour Change the colour used to display text on the status screen
Background Change the colour used for the background of the status screen

Box Colour Change the colour used for the background of each panel on the status
screen

Box Shadow Change the colour used for the 3D shadow effect on the status screen
panels
Box Change the colour used for the 3D-highlight effect on the status screen
Highlight panels
Options to display the file name in the main program toolbar. It is
FileName possible to visualise the file name with/without the complete path, or a
Option certain number of characters ot not visualise it at all. The changes will
have effect as soon as a file is loaded
Length of Active only if the FileName Option Compact Path/File to Specified
FileName Length is selected
Analysis
This option changes the way the Analysis Summary is displayed in the
Summary
PROSPER main screen
Columns
Show Well Selecting Yes enables the Well Schematic to be displayed on the
Schematic PROSPER main screen. Selecting No disables this functionality.

For all of the above “Colour” options the Choose button to the right will bring up a
dialogue screen to select an appropriate colour.

2.3.7.2 File
Use this tab to customise various options relating to file management in PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 81 PROSPER

Use this tab to customise various options relating to file management.

Default Data The directory where data files are normally stored. Use the Browse
Directory buttons to browse for the appropriate directories.

Default Data This option determines the directory that is used as the default in file
dialogue. The choices are either to always use the default data
Directory
directory (see above) or to use the directory of the last file opened or
Choice
saved.
Reload Last
Specifies whether the last file that the user was working with should be
File On Start
automatically reloaded on program start up.
Up
Number of
Specifies the number of previously used files that are to be displayed
File Names
on the file menu.
Saved
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import files
Import Files
Import File
Use this option to define the directory that will be pointed every time
Directory
the file Import function is selected
Choice

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 82

Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of the Import Filter
Import Filters
Location of
Use this option to specify the default location of output files from the
Report
reporting subsystem.
Output Files
Location of
User- Use this option to specify the default location of user-created report
Created templates from the reporting subsystem
Report Files
Confirm Switches (on or off) the message that appears at the end of any
Calculations calculation function.

File Switches (on or off) file compression for PROSPER files (OUT, ANL,
Compressio SIN, PVT). Default is off. File reading and writing is slower with
n compression on, but less disk space is used by the file. The user
needs to decide the trade-off between speed and disk space.
File This option switches on/off a confirmation message whenever saving
Overwrite and overwriting an existing file

Save Only With this option set to 'No', when a PROSPER file is saved 4 files
.OUT file (*.OUT, *.ANL, *.SIN and *.PVT) will be saved. If this option is set to
'Yes' only the *.OUT file will be saved.

2.3.7.3 Plot
Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 83 PROSPER

Use this tab to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.

Show
A symbol will be used to represent each data point in the point
Symbols
Version 12.0 of PROSPER has implemented a new plotting method
across the program. To use this plotting method select 'Yes' or to use
Display New the older plotting method select 'No'.
Plots
If 'Choose' is selected, then the option of which plotting system to use
will be given everything 'Plot' is selected in the main program.
Use Old Plot
This will overwrite the new plotting method with the old plot colours
Colours
X Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on X-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Y Grid
Number of gaps between grid lines on Y-axis. (Range 1-20)
Blocks
Plot Labels Shows or hides the plot labels.
Plot Scales Shows or hides the plot scales
Plot Legend Shows or hides the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 84

plot will expand to fill the whole window.

Endpoint or rounded. Endpoint means the scales are taken from
Scaling the exact extremities of the data being plotted. Rounded means that
Method ranges are chosen to surround the data but with whole numbers
ensured for the end points and the gridline intervals.
Grid Line
Selects from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.
Type
Mouse
Switches the mouse cursor position readout no or off.
Readout
Date Stamp
Selects to append the current data and time to the plot title or not
Title
Line
To select the thickness of plotted lines
Thickness
Vertical Font Selects the default font for all vertical text (Y-axis)
Horizontal
Selects the default font for all horizontal text
Font
Colours Sets the default colour scheme for old plots

2.3.7.4 User Applications

This tab allows you add up to four of your favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 85 PROSPER

This tab allows to add up to four of the users favourite or most-often used Windows
applications to the PROSPER menu. Although PROSPER has a very flexible reporting
system, the user may wish to use a spreadsheet (such as EXCEL), a word processor
(such as WORD) and a presentation package (such as Power Point) to build
presentation quality reports using PROSPER output in a slick and efficient manner.
Any output (plots and reports) produced by PROSPER is automatically copied to the
Clipboard. From there it can easily be pasted into one of the above-mentioned
applications using one simple keystroke. Using the power and flexibility of the chosen
application high quality reports and presentations can be easily prepared.
All plots can be saved in Windows Metafile format. These can be easily read by a
word processing package or presentation graphics package and give the maximum
flexibility for user customisation.
All reports can be saved in TSV (Tab Separated Variable) format using the Export
facility that means they will automatically be tabulated when read into the favourite
spreadsheet.

Enter a description and a command line for each application to be added to the
PROSPER menu.

The description is the data that appears on the menu.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 86

The command line is the full path name of the program to execute.

Use the Browse buttons to browse for the application require. Use the Clear buttons
to initialise the appropriate application information.

2.3.7.5 Limits
This tab allows you to specify Limiting Values for the following options.

Use this tab used to set the limits of the calculations in PROSPER

For IPR Generation

Maximum AOF for OIL

Maximum AOF for GAS
Maximum AOF for RETROGRADE
CONDENSATE

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 87 PROSPER

For Performance Curve Generation

Minimum GLR Injected for GAP Performance

Curves

For VLP Generation

It is possible control the display of large VLP values in SYSTEM | VLP calculations.

Twice Reservoir VLP Pressure is only displayed is

VLP Pressure Pressure less than twice the reservoir pressure
Display Limit
Unlimited VLP Pressure is always displayed

VLP MultiVariable Analysis

This option defines the maximum number of

Maximum Number of Rates rates that can be used to calculate the well
VLPs

Maximum Number of This option defines the maximum number of

values that can be used for each sensitivity
Sensitivity Values
variable

For HSP System Calculations (within Design Screen)

These options are used to control the iteration that searches for a solution for the Inflow/
Outflow intersection that ensures that the Pump and Turbine power are equal.

HSP Rate Refinement Tolerance

HSP Pump/Turbine Power
Tolerance
HSP Power Fluid Ratio
HSP Power Fluid Divisor
HSP Iteration Limit

For Gradient Calculations

Calculation Step Length User specified step length

Use Program defaults for correlation step
Use Correlation Step No length
Length
Yes Use user-entered value for the step length

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 88

used by correlations in nodal analysis

For Steam Calculations

It is now possible to select a separate User defined step length which will only be used
when the Steam option is enabled.

Steam Step Length User specified step length

No Use Program defaults for correlation step

length
Use Steam Step Length Use user-entered value for the step length
Yes used by correlations in nodal analysis for
Steam calculations only.

For TPD Files

No No documentation within TPD files

TPD files are documented with
Document TPD Files descriptions of all data. Use this option
Yes
sparingly as it increases the size of the
resultant files considerably.

Calculation Options

Confirm Finished Toggles the calculation finished confirmation

message box

Show While Calculating Toggle if calculations are hidden, shown or if

the option is choosen
Models the bubbling of gas through stagnant
Advanced Annulus Gas water column (For CBM well models only)
Modelling
ref. Flow of Complex Mixtures in Pipes, Govier
and Aziz
Pipeline Only Terminology Method in which pipeline only data is entered

Other Options

This will create a 'HydroChoke.dat' debug file

Debug Choke Model for the HYDRO - Short/Long choke models.
This file is saved in the root directory of the C:
drive.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 89 PROSPER

MWA lift curve format version

2.3.7.6 Units
This tab allows you to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.

This tab allows the user to specify the default Units Systems to use for new files.

If setting the option "Always Use Default Units" to "Yes", then the units displayed for any
file read in will always be set to the default choice, regardless of the settings in the file.

Units Database Directory: this is the location where the PROSPER Units database
(PRPUNITS.PXDB) resides.With the browse button one can alter it.

The 'free format number' option sets the precision for all inputs and output data to free.
2.3.7.7 Equipment
This tab allows you to specify the default for equipment in Prosper.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 90

This option defines the default values for the Pipeline and Tubing Roughness that will be
used in the Equipment Data.
2.3.7.8 VPC
VPC stands for Valve Performance Clearinghouse.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 91 PROSPER

For members of the VPC consortium, access to the VPC gas lift valve database is
established through this screen.
2.3.7.9 Correlations
This tab allows you to setup correlation options in PROSPER.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 92

This tab allows the default correlations used in PROSPER to be setup. Correlations can
also be sorted alphabetically .

2.3.8 Software Key Maintenance

The Software Key command activates the Petroleum Experts Remote Utility. This
program allows the user to see what programs are currently enabled, their expiry date,
and user authorisation codes and key number - as can be seen in the screen shot
below.

This utility is also used to enter the authorisation codes that will update or activate the
software key where necessary. For reasons of security, Petroleum Experts normally
sends an inactive software device with the application program. The codes needed to
activate or update the software key are sent separately by e-mail.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 93 PROSPER

This utility is also used to update the software key and to view versions. Software keys
must be updated when new programs or modules are required or the key expiry date
changed.

Entering the Authorisation Code

To enter the authorisation codes, click the Update button. The following screen will
appear:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 94

Enter the codes that have been received from Petroleum Experts from left to right
beginning with the top row. The easiest way to do this is to use the Paste button to copy
the codes from the email sent by Petroleum Experts.

Press Continue to activate the codes or Cancel to quit the code update.

Updating the Software Protection Key

Access to the software automatically ceases when the license expiry date has elapsed.
The user is however, reminded several days in advance, which gives sufficient time to
contact Petroleum Experts to obtain update codes.
This occurs when either:

The software license trial period has ended.

The annual software maintenance fee is due.

Software protection keys also need updating when one acquires new Petroleum

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 95 PROSPER

Experts software packages. The procedure for updating the software key is the same
as described above. When the appropriate screen appears, enter the codes provided -
from left to right beginning with the top row. Press OK to activate the codes, or Cancel
to quit the update. To view the expiry date for any of the enabled programs, click on the
software title.

When receiving new codes, always update every key that belongs to the company.
Subsequent updates may fail if all previously issued codes have not been properly
entered into the key.

One can view the software key driver versions by clicking on the Versions button. The
following screen will appear.

2.3.9 FileList
Use this screen to search for PROSPER files anywhere in the system.

Browse a directory, then enter the Patter (file format, for example: *.OUT to load all the
PROSPER files) and then Load Files to visualise all the PROSPER files contained within
the selected directory. Information about the files will be imported as well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 96

2.3.10 File Compare

This feature allows two PROSPER files to be compared so that differences in the input
data can be seen. It is accessed via File | File Compare.

Potential uses of this feature are:

1. For version control purposes

2. For troubleshooting purposes

When the File Compare screen is opened it will look as below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 97 PROSPER

As can be seen, two different files can be loaded into the "File 1" and "File 2" paths.

On selecting Compare, the files will be interrogated to find which inputs calculation
options are different.

In the above example, it can be seen that the reservoir pressure for layer 1 is different
between the files and the tubing correlation selected for the system calculation is
different.

This comparison will not list all of the results that are different, only the inputs
into the model or options selected.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 98

2.3.11 Evaluate OpenServer

2.3.11.1Input Screen
This option can be used to test the OpenServer commands and variables. In the
Evaluate OpenServer screen a field is available where to input the OS string, which can
correspond to a parameter or to a command:

Type or Paste the OS string in the String field, then select one of basic OS commands
(DoGet, DoSet, DoCommand), if required enter the Value (valid only if using DoSet)
and click Evaluate to perform the function.

In the Returned value it is possible to read the results of the operation.

The Buttons Commands,Variables and Functions access the list of available OS

commands, variables and functions strings.

2.3.11.2Commands
The list with the available OpenServer Commands is displayed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 99 PROSPER

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Search for a string in the available commands. Each press of the button
Find searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Variables
Evaluate OpenServer - Functions

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 100

2.3.11.3Variables
The list with the available OpenServer Variables is displayed.

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Search for a string in the available variables. Each press of the button
Find searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 101 PROSPER

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Commands
Evaluate OpenServer - Functions

2.3.11.4Functions
The list with the available OpenServer Functions is displayed.

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Find Search for a string in the available functions. Each press of the button

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 102

searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Commands
Evaluate OpenServer - Variables

2.3.12 User Correlations

PROSPER has been designed to accept outside calculation modules for fluid flow
correlations, Equation of State PVTP calculations, choke models (pressure loss through
restrictions), inflow performance calculations, HSP Gas Derating models and viscosity
models. Users can obtain an authoring kit from Petroleum Experts to enable the
building of a compatible Dynamic Link Library for use in PROSPER.

MODEL EXTENSION
Flow Correlation .COR
Equation of State PVTP Model .EOS
Choke Correlation .CHK
Inflow Performance Model .RSM
HSP Gas DeRating Model .GDR
Viscosity Model .VSM

Before a DLL can be accessed, it must first be installed into PROSPER. This is done by
clicking File | User Correlations. Select either Flow Correlation, Equation of State
Model, Choke Correlation, Inflow Performance Model, HSP Gas DeRating Model
or Viscosity Model.

When adding user correlations, it is recommended practice to place all files in the
executable directory of the IPM tools e.g. C:\Program Files (x86)\Petroleum Experts\IPM
10

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 103 PROSPER

2.3.12.1Flow Correlation

This option enables the user to add a correlation DLL to the program. This DLL can
contain alternative VLP and surface flowline pressure drop correlations which will be
accessible to the user whenever a correlation choice is available on screen. This DLL
can be created and maintained by the user and would for example prove to be a useful
test bed for developing new correlations or using existing proprietary in-house
correlations.

A DLL correlation framework can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allow the user to select a correlation DLL to add to the system.
Remove the currently highlighted correlation DLL fro the system. This
Remove
function is NOT available for the internal correlations
Info Displays information about the currently highlighted correlation DLL.
Help View this screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 104

2.3.12.1.1 Add Flow Correlation DLL

Select a correlation DLL file from the file list (.cor extension).

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the user would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on
how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

2.3.12.1.2 Flow Correlation Information

Information about particular correlations (name, phases and flow regimes modelled,
etc.) can be obtained by clicking the Info button. A screen similar to the following will be
displayed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 105 PROSPER

This screen provide information about the selected Flow Correlation DLL and all the flow
correlations that it contains

DLL
Name Flow correlation DLL name
Version Version number.
Copyright Copyright Information

Flow Correlation
Name Flow correlation name.
Version Version Number.
Description Description - possibly detailing range of application.
A list of the range of flow regimes (and numbers) that this
Flow Regimes correlation can describe. Not necessarily available for all

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 106

correlations.
Oil correlation Is the correlation valid for Oil fluid type ?
Gas correlation Is the correlation valid for Gas fluid type ?
Condensate Is the correlation valid for Retrograde Condensate fluid type ?
correlation
Pipeline Is the correlation valid for pipelines (mostly horizontal) ?
correlation
Tubing Is the correlation valid for wellbores (mostly vertical) ?
correlation

Actions
Done Return to the previous screen.
Enter extra correlation parameter information. This option is not
Data necessarily available for all correlations. (See Hydro3P
correlation)
Help View this Help screen

2.3.12.1.3 Hydro3P Correlation Parameters

This screen allows you to amend the default parameters for the Hydro3P flow
correlation.

Input Data
Water Cut at which Phase Inversion will occur.
Phase inversion is the phenomenon whereby the phases of a liquid-
liquid dispersion interchange such that the dispersed phase
Inversion spontaneously inverts to become the continuous phase and vice
Water Cut versa under conditions determined by the system properties,
volume ratio and energy input. For oil/water flows in pipes, it is
important to predict the phase inversion point since it is in this

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 107 PROSPER

vicinity that the extremes of the pressure gradients will often be

found. Because of the abrupt and significant changes that occur in
the frictional pressure drop and the rheological characteristics of the
dispersion at or near the phase inversion point
Options are
Gas-Liquid "Let Minimum Slip Determine Flow Regime"
Flow Regime "Only Consider Stratified/Annular Flow"
Control "Only Consider Annular Flow (Not Implemented)"
"Only Consider Slug/Bubble Flow"
"Only Consider Bubble Flow"
Options are
Oil-Water "Let Kelvin-Helmholtz Determine Flow Regime"
Flow Regime "Only Consider Separated Flow"
Control "Only Consider Dispersed Flow"
"Only Consider Separated Bubble/Dispersed Slug"

Actions
Done Save changes and return to the previous screen.
Cancel Abandon changes and return to the previous screen.
Reset Reset parameters to default values
Help View this Help screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 108

2.3.12.2Equation Of State Model

This options enables the user to add a PVT Equation Of State DLL to the program. This
DLL can contain alternative EOS PVT models which will be accessible to the user
whenever a PVT calculation is done. This DLL can be created and maintained by the
user and would, for example, prove to be a useful testbed for developing new
calculations or using existing proprietary in-house equation of state models.

A DLL correlation framework.can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a EoS Model DLL to add to

the system

Remove Remove the currently highlighted EoS Model DLL

from the system.

Info Displays information about the currently

highlighted Eos Model DLL.
Help View this screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 109 PROSPER

In Info further information about the EOS calculation engine version are given:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 110

2.3.12.2.1 Add User PVT EOS DLL

Select a PVT DLL file from the file list (.EOS extension)

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the User would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 111 PROSPER

2.3.12.3Choke Correlation

This options enables the user to add a choke DLL to the program. This DLL can contain
alternative choke pressure drop calculations which will be accessible to the user
whenever a choke is inserted in the surface equipment. This DLL can be created and
maintained by the user and would for example prove to be a useful test bed for
developing new calculations or using existing proprietary in-house correlations.

A DLL correlation framework can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a Choke Correlation DLL to

add to the system

Remove Remove the currently highlighted Choke Correlation

DLL from the system.

Info Displays information about the currently highlighted

Choke Correlation DLL.
Help View this screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 112

2.3.12.3.1 Add User Choke Correlation DLL

Select a choke DLL file from the file list (.CHK extension)

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the User would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 113 PROSPER

2.3.12.4Inflow Performance Model

This options enables the user to add an IPR DLL to the program. This DLL can contain
alternative reservoir, mechanical/geometrical skin and deviation/partial penetration skin
models which are accessible from the IPR single well data entry screen. This DLL can
be created and maintained by the user and would for example prove to be a useful test
bed for developing new calculations or using existing proprietary in-house correlations.

A DLL correlation framework.can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a Inflow Model DLL to add to

the system

Remove Remove the currently highlighted Inflow Model DLL

from the system.

Info Displays information about the currently highlighted

Inflow Model DLL.
Help View this screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 114

2.3.12.4.1 Add User IPR Correlation DLL

Select an IPR DLL file from the file list (.RSM extension)

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the user would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 115 PROSPER

2.3.12.5HSP Gas DeRating Model

This option enables the user to add an HSP Gas DeRating Model DLL to the program.
This DLL can contain alternative models which will be accessible to the user on the HSP
Input screen. This DLL can be created and maintained by the user and would, for
example, prove to be a useful test bed for developing new models or using existing
proprietary in-house models.

A DLL correlation framework.can be provided for the user to enable this option to be
used. Please contact us at the usual address.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a Model to add to the system

Remove Remove the currently highlighted Model from the

system.

Info Displays information about the currently

highlighted Model
Help View this screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 116

2.3.12.5.1 Add User HSP Gas Derating Model

Select a Model DLL file from the file list (.GDR extension).

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the user would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 117 PROSPER

2.3.12.6Viscosity Model

This option enables the user to add a Viscosity Model DLL to the program. This DLL
can contain alternative models which will be accessible to the user on the PVT Input
screen when the Non-Newtonian Viscosity Model option is selected in the main Options
screen. This DLL can be created and maintained by the user and would for example
prove to be a useful test bed for developing new models or using existing proprietary in-
house models.

A DLL framework can be provided for the user to enable this option to be used. Please
contact us for further information.

Done Leave this screen.

Add Allows user to select a Viscosity Model DLL to add

to the system
Remove the currently highlighted Viscosity Model
Remove DLL from the system. This function is not available
for the internal models.

Info Displays information about the currently highlighted

Viscosity Model DLL.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 118

Help View this screen.

2.3.12.6.1 Add User Viscosity Model DLL

Select a Viscosity Model DLL file from the file list (.VSM extension).

Open to select the highlighted DLL

Cancel to abandon and go back to the previous screen

In the case where the user would like to build a DLL for an in house model, Petroleum
Experts can provide a tool kit and instructions on how this can be done.

For more information about the toolkit and prices please get in touch with Petroleum
Experts.
2.3.13 Printer Setup
The following section details how a printer can be configured to print hard copies of
exported data from PROSPER.
2.3.13.1Preparing to Print
There must be a properly installed and connected printer in order to print.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 119 PROSPER

The Printer Setup command of the File menu allows to select a printer and define its
set-up options.

2.3.13.2Selecting and configuring a Printer

Select the correct printer from the list box provided. Only printers that have been
installed under Windows will be displayed.
The configuration of the printer follows the exact guidelines of any other software running
under Windows.

2.3.13.3Printing Export Data

Prior to printing export data, it is always a good idea to save the data file(s). In the
unlikely event that a printer error or some other unforeseen problem occurs, this simple
procedure could prevent the work from being lost.

To print export data, select the Output menu and the Export option. Select the
sections to report on the dialogue box. The program will lead the user through a series
of input screens to set up the required report sections. From the main dialogue box,
select a destination for reporting data.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 120

The appearance of printed reports is controlled by the export data set-up options that
have been set.
Click Setup to display the following screen:

Select a suitable font and set the margins etc. that will be used for printed export data.
Only non-proportional fonts are allowed in reports to maintain vertical alignment of the
columns.
The PROSPER default font is recognised by most print set-ups. To

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 121 PROSPER

avoid potential printing problems, always set up the system to use a font
that is supported on the system prior to printing PROSPER export data
for the first time.
Click OK to return to the output screen. Clicking Print initiates generation of the export
data and sends it to the selected destination.

Export data can be sent to the following entities:

Printer The primary printer as set up under WindowsTM

File Creates an ASCII data file and saves it. Clicking Print will
display a dialogue box that requests a file name and
destination. Enter a suitable file name (the program
automatically appends a ".PRN" extension) and click OK to
save the file. The Fixed Format option saves a file in a
printer ready format that can be imported into a DOS based
word processor or text editor. Use the Tab Delimited format
to save a file suitable for importing directly into a
spreadsheet such as EXCEL.
Clipboard Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the data onto
the Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard, can view, edit
and paste the data directly into another Windows application.
E.g. a word processing program. Tab delimited data can be
pasted directly into spreadsheets.
Screen Clicking Print after selecting this option allows to view the
report on the screen. Scroll through the data using the
scrolling thumbs or arrows. When finished viewing, click OK
to return to the main menu.

2.3.13.4Selecting an Exported Data to Print

It is not necessary to be in PROSPER to print a report. Provided to have previously
generated a report file (*.PRN), a report can be easily opened and imported into any
word or spreadsheet program. If the Tab Delimited option was selected, this will allow
the user to easily create tables and/or format the data using a word processor.

2.3.14 Clipboard Command

The Clipboard command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows
clipboard viewer. This feature is useful for checking data input or intermediate results
from e.g. gas lift design calculations that are written to the clipboard by PROSPER.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 122

2.3.15 Word Processing in PROSPER

The WordPad command on the File menu gives direct access to the Windows word
processing package. This application can be used to make notes of the current
analysis for later inclusion in reports. If no alternative word processing package is
available, it is possible to use WordPad to edit, format and print the reports.

2.3.16 Exit
Use this option to leave the program.

If any input or output data has changed and not been saved, then you will be given the
option, when leaving the program, of saving this data to file.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 123 PROSPER

2.3.17 Command Buttons

The following command buttons are used in PROSPER.

This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
All equipment) option screens. It will select all input parameters and data
points for automated editing.

Calculate Performs the various calculations on the input parameters for the
correlations selected.

Cancel Returns to the previous screen. Any changes or modifications will be

ignored by the system.
Continues to the next input screen. Any changes to the fields will be saved
Continue and retained in memory for later calculations. A warning message will be
displayed when fields requiring input data are left blank.
To copy existing data points, select the line entries to duplicate and click
Copy on Copy. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Copy again.
Subsequent line entries will be not be overwritten by this operation.
Correlati
Displays
o the results of any matching performed under the VLP/IPR Match
option.
n
s
This command button is used in the Equipment and Gas Lifted (safety
equipment) option screens. It allows to delete individual or several data
points.
Delete To delete, select the line entries to erase and click on Delete. If one wishes
to delete all
existing line entries, click All and then Delete. The program will clear the
input screen.
Returns to the previous menu. Any changes or modifications will be
Done
retained in memory by the program.
This command button is used in the main Equipment screen. One or more
Edit items can be modified at a time. When used with 'All', all items will be
selected for editing.

Export Brings up the Data Export interface. This will be specific to the data on the
active window.
Provides on screen help for PROSPER. For general information, press the
Help 'ALT' and 'H' keys together in the Main menu, or the Index button under any
help screen. Specific help screens are also available for each window.

Import Calls up the general import interface that allows to grab data from any text
file. This button will usually be found where tabular data is to be input.
This allows to add one or several data points providing there are sufficient
Insert
entry fields. Select the line number where to add a new entry and click on

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 124

Insert. The program will move existing line entries down to accommodate
the inserted line(s).

Main Returns to the Main Application Menu. Any changes or modifications will
be saved and retained in memory by the program.

Match Displays a variable screen where match data can be entered in order to
adjust existing correlations to fit real data.
Allows to re-arrange data points. Select the line(s) to transfer and click on
Move. Next, select the destination line(s) and click on Move again.
Move
Subsequent line entries will be moved down to accommodate the
transferred line(s).
Plots any calculated results and displays them on screen. Hard copies of
Plot the screen display can be printed by selecting the Hardcopy command
button on the Plot screen.

Recall Allows to recall an existing file. The user will be prompted for the directory
and name of the file.
Calls up the reporting interface with a report that is specific to the active
Report window. This is generally found on windows that display the results of
calculations. It is then possible to choose to print this report. The report is
generated from a system report template.

Reset Resets the 'Match parameters' in order to reinstate the original textbook
correlations.
Save Saves a current file. If this is a new data file, the user will be prompted for a
file name.
Summar Displays a summary screen of the input equipment parameters or system
units.
y

The following command buttons are used in the Plot Menu and Plot screens.

Sends black and white or colour copies of the screen plot to the
Clipboard Windows Clipboard where it may be retrieved by a word processing
program for inclusion in reports.

Colours Allows to define the screen display colours of plot labels, scales, grids,
etc.
Finish Returns to the previous menu or screen.

Hardcopy Generates black and white or colour print copies of the screen plot. It
is automatically sent to the device selected.

Labels Allows to label plots. All plot labels are stored in memory and saved
when Output files are generated.
Replot Re-displays the original screen.
Scales Allows to re-define the minimum and maximum values for the X and Y

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 125 PROSPER

plot axes.

2.4 Options Menu

The Options menu is used to define the characteristics of the well and also gain access
to the equipment databases able within PROSPER.

To access the Options menu, point to the menu name and click the mouse or press
ALT+O.

For a new PROSPER file, the characteristics of the well must be defined before any
further data can be entered into the PROSPER model.

2.4.1 Options Screen

The options selected establish the input data required and the calculation options
available. The selections made apply to the current session and will not affect previously
opened/created or future files. The data entry screens, input fields and variables are
limited to those relevant to the particular application. Input options may be changed at
any stage of the process. New choices may require other information to be supplied.
Therefore the user is advised to ensure that all relevant input is still valid for the new
option selection.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 126

Use this screen in order to describe the type of system that you are attempting to model.
User information can be entered which can be used to customise reports and plots.
Additionally free form comments can be entered which may be used for the purposes of
logging what has been done to the file since its creation etc. This data can, optionally,
be displayed on the main screen if so desired. (See Preferences | Main Screen)

The depending on the model, the options available are

Fluid
Method
Equation of State Model
Separator
Fluid Description Emulsions
PVT Warnings
Water Viscosity
Water Vapour Calculations
Viscosity model

Well Flow type

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 127 PROSPER

Well Type
Method
Artificial Lift
Type
Predict
Model
Calculation Type
Range
Output
Brine Modelling Brine Properties Correlation
No Steam Calculations
Steam Calculation
Allow Steam Calculations
Type
Well Completion
Gravel Pack
Inflow Type
Reservoir
Gas Coning

Input Fields
These fields are optional. The details entered here provide the header
User information that identify your well in the screen plots and printed
Information reports. A Date stamp feature is provided to mark either the comment
text or the header data for future reference.
This field (which is optional) allows the user to enter up to 32000
characters of information relating to the current file. You can use this to
log changes and describe the objective of the analysis in the file. We
recommend that comments be used to summarise any assumptions
Comments made in your analysis. Whenever an existing model is modified,
appending a summary of changes and a date stamp will greatly assist
current and future users working with the file. This data can, optionally,
be displayed on the main screen if so desired. (See Preferences |
Main Screen)

Command Buttons
Done Exit and save current settings
Cancel exit without saving current settings
Report Generate a Report of the Options screen
Export Copy options data to file, printer or clipboard
Help View this Help screen.
Datestamp Transfers the current date and time at the end of the comments section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 128

2.4.1.1 Fluid Description

Fluid
Water and Oil This option uses traditional Black Oil models or Compositional
(Producers and (Equation of State). For the Black Oil seven correlations are
available. These correlations can be matched to real data
Injectors)
using non-linear regression.
This option uses traditional Black Oil models or Compositional
Dry and Wet Gas (Equation of State). Dry/Wet gas is handled under the
(Producers and assumption that condensation occurs at the separator. The
liquid is put back into the gas as an equivalent gas quantity.
Injectors)
The pressure drop is therefore calculated on the basis of a
single phase gas, unless water is present.
Retrograde This option uses traditional Black Oil models or Compositional
Condensate (Black (Equation of State). This model takes into account the
Oil Model or condensate dropout in the tubing.
Compositional)

PVT Method
This option uses industry standard Black Oil models. These
Black Oil correlations can be matched to real data using non linear
regression.
An equation of state model is used to calculate PVT
properties.
If the Equation of State is selected as the PVT Method then the
following options are available.
Peng-Robinson
Equation of State Soave-Redlich-Kwong
User EOS DLLs can also be linked to the
program

Information on all of the EOS options can be found in section

2.4.2.1 of the GAP User Guide.

Separator

The path a fluid takes to surface will define certain properties such as the GOR, gas
gravity and oil gravity. Depending upon the PVT model, different options are available to
use.

Black Oil Models (Oil and Water)

The input data for black oil corrections assume that a single GOR, gas gravity and oil

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 129 PROSPER

gravity are known. Therefore, if more than one stage of separation has been reported
these values must be converted into a single GOR and an average gas gravity
(representative for this single GOR) in order to satisfy the equations.

For an 'Oil and Water' model, the separation options are:

Single Stage - Enter a single value of GOR, Gas Gravity and Oil Gravity

Two Stage - Enter separator and tank values for GOR and Gas Gravity and a single
value for Oil Gravity. The GOR and Gas Gravity are then combined internally by
PROSPER to calculate the equivalent single stage values.

If the black oil data is only available as a multi-stage separation results these can be
converted to either single stage or two-stage outside of the program and then brought in
using the logic shown below. The separation train to be converted has 3 stages (2
separators and the tank) as shown below:

If the gas properties are to be converted to an equivalent single stage

separation, this can be done using the equations shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 130

Alternatively, the two separation stages can be converted together to be inserted as part
of a two stage separation:

Black Oil Models (Dry and Wet Gas)

For a 'Dry and Wet Gas' model, the properties must be entered as a Single Stage
separation. The equations shown above can be used to calculate the total GOR and
average Gas Gravity if only multi-stage separation data is available.

Black Oil Models (Retrograde Condensate)

The 'Retrograde Condensate' model must have fluid properties entered as a multi-stage
separation. For more details on this input please refer to the Retrograde Condensate
(Black Oil Model) - Input Data.

Equation of State Method

When using the Equation of State method for defining PVT, up to 10 stages of
separation can be inserted in the EoS Options Screen. For more information on this
screen, please refer to the following EoS Setup Section.

Equation of State Setup

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 131 PROSPER

This button is active when Equation of State Method has been selected and can be
used to access all of the options related to the use of the Equation of State:
EoS Model (Peng-Robinson or Soave-Redlich-Kwong)
Optimisation Mode (None, Low and Medium)
Volume Shift enable/disable
Reference Pressure and Temperature
Path to Surface and Recycle: Flash Straight to Stock Tank, Use Separator
Train, Use K values
Target GOR Method (Use Separator Fluids or Use Fluid from PSAT)

More information on the setup of the Equation of State Method is given in the EoS
Model Setup Section.

Other options
No or Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction

Select Emulsion + Pump viscosity correction to allow input of

Emulsion viscosity in the PVT section. This option must be
Emulsions
selected to turn on pump viscosity corrections. This option
allows for the changes in viscosity of shear dependent (non-
Newtonian) fluids to be modelled as they travel through; tubing,
casing and pumps.
Disable Warning or Enable Warning

Select Enable Warning to allow flagging of different PVT

formation in calculation screens. Warnings can be enables for
PVT Warnings
Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax Appearance,
Asphaltenes and Scale Production. To use this feature, go to
the PVT section and enter or import the relevant formation
table.
Use Default Correlation or Use Pressure Corrected
Correlation

These options are only applied when the default brine

correlation is selected in the Brine Modelling Section.
Water Viscosity The default correlation
The water viscosity in PROSPER uses a proprietary
correlation. This water viscosity correlation is a function of
the temperature and salinity (at atmospheric pressure). The
PROSPER User Manual will be updated to reflect this and
thank you for pointing this out.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 132

Pressure corrected correlation

The pressure corrected water viscosity correlation modifies
the default water viscosity correlation to account for
pressure. The correction is a based on Figure 24-8,
Bradley et al., Petroleum Engineering Handbook, SPE,
Dallas, (1987) and is a function of the temperature, salinity,
and pressure.

The viscosities of oilfield waters at reservoir conditions are

low, virtually always less than one centipoise. Water Viscosity
does not vary greatly with pressure because the small amount
of gas dissolved in the water has small effect on its viscosity.
By default the fluid is considered Newtonian. If desired, non-
Viscosity Model Newtonian effects can be modeled by selecting Non-
Newtonian and entering in the PVT section rheological
properties of the fluid.
No Calculation or Calculate Condensed Water Vapour

This option is available for 'Dry and Wet Gas' and 'Retrograde
Condensate' fluid types. If ‘Calculate Condensed Water
Vapour’ is selected, the condensation of water vapour will be
taken into account when performing pressure drop calculation.

The calculated moisture contents of natural gases is based on

Water Vapour
a modified version of the McKetta-Wehe correlation for
saturated water vapour content of natural gases. It is a function
of the reservoir pressure, temperature and water salinity.

Further information on the properties of oilfield water, and a

reference to the McKetta-Wehe correlation, “Properties of
Petroleum Fluids” (second Edition) Chapter 16 by William D
McCain can be referred to.

2.4.1.2 Well
Flow Type
Tubing Flow This option models flow through a circular cross sectional area
(flow in tubing/pipe)

Annular Flow This option models production up annulus between tubing and
casing.

Tubing and This option models production in both the annulus and/or tubing
(depending on temperature model selected)
Annular Flow

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 133 PROSPER

All models allow variable flow path modelling. This means that
the user can select a different flow model for each piece of tubing
in the Dowhole Equipment section.

If the user selects Pressure only or Rough Approximation

Temperature Model, then it is possible to select simultaneous
flow path modelling. i.e modelling flow in both the tubing and
annulus section of each piece of tubing in the Dowhhole
Equipment section. Extra columns in the Gradient Calculation
Results display will show the rate split calculated in tubing where
the simultaneous flow path modelling option has been selected

Well Type
Producer This option is used to model production wells
This is a generic injector well.

Injector The fluid to be injected can be specified by the user. Gas,

Steam, Water and CO2 injectors can be modelled by
selecting this option and selecting the appropriate fluid
type.
Water Injection of single-phase water. This option will not have the
Injector thermally induced fracture IPR model.
CBM Model Coal Bed Med Methane Producers and gain access
Producer to the CBM Producer IPR model

Additional Information

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT Model
and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The
reason for this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to account for the
condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes multiphase flow modelling
allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending
on the prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is

possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated PVT properties and therefore this should not be used
to model CO2 Injection.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 134

When a PCP is selected with Sucker Rod drive the type of flow is always annular. This is
because fluid flows through the space between Sucker Rod and Tubing, hence,
modelled as an annular flow in PROSPER (Figure 1).

If separator efficiency is set to 100% the free gas separated at the pump intake will be
sent through the annular space between Tubing OD and Casing ID. If separator
efficiency is less than 100% only fraction of free gas at the pump intake will be
separated; this fraction is defined by the efficiency value.

In summary, there are two different annular spaces for the PCP with Sucker Rod drive;
one is between Sucker Rod OD and Tubing ID (for oil and water), and another one is
between Tubing OD and Casing ID (for free gas separated at the pump inlet).

Figure 1 PCP production for Sucker Rod drive

2.4.1.3 Artificial Lift

Method

None
No artificial Lift selected

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 135 PROSPER

Gas Lift (continuous)

Three different approaches are provided. Annular gas lift is handled by
PROSPER. If the Flow Type is Annular Flow and a Gas Lift method is selected,
then PROSPER automatically switches to model gas injection down the tubing,
and production up the annulus.
Electrical Submersible Pump
An ESP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
A HSP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Progressive Cavity Pumps
A PCP installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Coiled Tubing with gas lift can be analysed or designed using this option
Diluent Injection
Injection of a given rate of diluent in the tubing can be modelled. This option also
allows gas lift to be injected at a different depth to the diluent if the option is selected.
Jet Pump
A Jet Pump installation can be analysed or designed using this option
Multiphase Pump
Multiphase pump can be analysed using this option
Sucker Rod Pumps
A Sucker Rod Pump installation can be analysed and designed
Gas Lift (Intermittent)
PROSPER can be used to design and model the performance of wells with
intermittent gas lift
Foam Lift
Foam Lift can be modelled with a Dry & Wet Gas fluid description

Type

If Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

It is the classic approach for the annulus gas gradient. The

No Friction Loss In pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is ignored and
Annulus the gas gradient is determined by the top casing pressure
and the temperature profile.
The pressure drop due to friction in the annulus is taken into
Friction Loss In account, but the top casing pressure is assumed constant.
Annulus If this option is selected the tubing equipment screens will
automatically change and require tubing OD and casing ID

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 136

data to be entered.
Surface delivery lines, chokes, the gas lift injection string
Safety Equipment and safety valves in the annulus are taken into account. Top
casing pressures will change with injection rate.

If Electrical Submersible Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available:

Model Produced Oil This option will model only the fluid which passes through
the pump and up the tubing above it. Any gas separated at
Only
the pump will be passed to surface but not be modelled.
In addition to the fluid in the tubing above the pump being
Model Produced Oil modelled, any gas which is separated at the pump inlet is
and Gas In Annulus also modelled as it travels up the annulus. This allows the
(RECOMMENDED liquid level in the well to be calculated from a given casing
METHOD) head pressure or the casing head pressure from a given
liquid level.

If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available:

Commingled Annular The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the annulus
and returns to surface, commingled with the produced fluid
Supply
via the tubing.

Commingled Tubing The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the tubing and
returns to surface, commingled with the produced fluid via
Supply
the annulus.
The power fluid for the turbine is supplied via the outer
annulus and returns to surface via the inner annulus. The
Closed Loop Supply
reservoir fluid is produced through the tubing. There is no
commingling of produced and power fluids.

If Progressive Cavity Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are
available:

The program will assume to have a surface drive head from

Sucker Rod Drive which require rods in order to move the rotor across the
pump.

Downhole Motor Drive The program assumes to have a downhole motor instead of
surface drive motor.
Sucker Rod Drive - As with 'Sucker Rod Drive' only now any gas which is
Gas In Annulus separated at the pump is modelled as it travels up the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 137 PROSPER

annulus. This allows the liquid level in the well to be

calculated from a given casing head pressure or the casing
head pressure from a given liquid level.
Motor Drive - Model As with 'Downhole Motor Drive' only now any gas which is
Gas In Annulus separated at the pump is modelled as it travels up the
annulus. This allows the liquid level in the well to be
calculated from a given casing head pressure or the casing
head pressure from a given liquid level.

If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

No Friction Loss in
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are neglected.
Coiled Tubing
Friction Loss in Coiled
Friction losses along the coiled tubing are accounted for.
Tubing

If Diluent Injection is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

Tubing Injection- The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production
Annular Production flows through the annulus
Annular Injection- The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production
Tubing Production flows through the tubing

Tubing Injection with The diluent fluid is injected in the tubing and a depth of
Gas Lift injection for Gas Lift gas is also specified. Production flows
through the annulus.

Annular Injection with The diluent fluid is injected in the annulus and a depth of
Gas Lift injection for Gas Lift gas is also specified. Production flows
through the tubing.

If Jet Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

Tubing Injection- The power fluid is injected in the tubing and the production
Annular Production flows through the annulus
Annular Injection- The power fluid is injected in the annulus and the production
Tubing Production flows through the tubing

If Multiphase Pump is the chosen method, then the following types are available:

One Subsea H Series

One Subsea HX series

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 138

Sulzer

N.B. The H series has been superseded by the HX series pumps.

2.4.1.4 Calculation Type
Predicting

The program is capable of predicting either pressure only or pressure and temperature
changes simultaneously.

Pressure Only If this option is taken, the temperature profile must be entered.
This calculation option is fast and sufficiently accurate for most
applications not involving critical fluids or viscous oils and
generating simulator lift curves or tubing size sensitivity runs.
Normally, the pressure drop is not greatly affected by
temperature changes.
Pressure and This option will generate pressure and temperature gradients
Temperature (On using the method specified in Temperature Model.
Land and Off shore)

Pressure and This option will calculate both pressure and temperature
Temperature profiles using either the 'Rough Approximation' or 'Improved
(Surface Gradient) Approximation' Temperature Model. A surface thermal
gradient will be required for surface equipment data and
separate geothermal gradient will be required for the downhole
equipment.

Temperature Model

Three models for temperature calculations are available:

Rough Calculates the heat loss from the well to the surroundings using
Approximation an overall heat transfer coefficient, the temperature difference
between the fluids and the surrounding formation and the
average heat capacity of the well fluids. The geothermal
gradient entry screen is used to input formation temperatures
(e.g. from logging runs) at measured depth points. A minimum
of the surface and first node temperatures are required.
Temperatures entered should be the extrapolated static
temperatures, and should not be confused with the entry of
measured flowing temperatures required for the Predicting
pressure only case.

The Rough Approximation temperature model requires

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 139 PROSPER

calibration using measured temperature data.

Enthalpy Balance This rigorous thermodynamic model considers heat transfer by
conduction, radiation, and forced and free convection. Heat
transfer coefficients are calculated using values held in a user-
definable database. The temperature prediction calculations
are transient, allowing sensitivities against flowing time to be
run. This temperature model requires considerably more input
data and computation time for either Predicting Pressure Only
or the Rough Approximation temperature model.

The production riser is properly taken into account. Therefore

the heat loss prediction between the seabed and wellhead will
be accurate. Due to increased computation times, we
recommend that this option be used only when temperature
prediction rather than pressure loss is the required result (for
e.g. process calculations and material selection).

The Enthalpy Balance temperature model is capable of

accurate flowing temperature prediction for a wide range of
conditions.

The temperature prediction is useful for generating

temperature profiles in:
long pipelines
subsea wells
high pressure/temperature exploration wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help
predict wax/hydrate deposits.
these models also account for Joule-Thompson
Effects.

The Enthalpy Balance (or Improved Approximation)

temperature calculations must commence from a known
condition. For producers, calculations iterate from a guess
bottomhole pressure and known temperature to converge to a
set top node pressure at wellhead. For injectors, calculations
commence from the known wellhead pressure and
temperature defined by the user.
Improved As the Enthalpy Balance model, this is also a full enthalpy
Approximation balance pressure and temperature prediction model, with the
difference that the term of the enthalpy balance concerning the
heat exchange with the outside (which includes free and forced
convection, conduction and radiation) is simplified by a heat
loss term characterised by an overall heat exchange
coefficient.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 140

For this reason data related to the completion hardware and

thermal properties are not necessary.

Like any enthalpy balance model, Joule-Thomson Effect is

also accounted for.

These characteristics make this model particularly useful when

an accurate calculation of temperature is sought for and only a
few data on the completion are available.

The geothermal gradient entry screen is used to input

formation temperatures (e.g. from logging runs) at measured
depth points. A temperature gradient in the sea can be
entered for offshore applications. A minimum of the surface
and first node temperatures are required. Temperatures
entered should be the extrapolated static temperatures, and
should not be confused with the entry of measured flowing
temperatures required for the Predicting pressure only case.

The Improved Approximation temperature model requires

calibration using measured temperature data. It is not
accurate in a predictive mode.

Range
Full System Calculations for pipelines, tubing and reservoir
PipeLine Only Calculations for pipelines only. Minimises the amount of data input
if you only wish to calculate pressure and/or temperature losses in
pipelines

Output
Show calculating Option to enable/disable the reporting of the results while the
data calculations are performed
Hide calculating Select Hide to speed up calculations by not updating calculation
data screen displays.

2.4.1.5 Brine Modelling

As of IPM 11, there are now two options for modelling brine in the system:

The default correlation

The IAWPS correlation

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 141 PROSPER

Default

The default correlation uses a variety of correlations and methods to determine the
water properties to be used. This sections briefly outlines these.

There are two different water viscosity calculation methods available within PROSPER.
These are:

The default correlation

o The water viscosity in PROSPER uses a proprietary correlation. This water
viscosity correlation is a function of the temperature and salinity (at
atmospheric pressure). The PROSPER User Manual will be updated to reflect
this.
Pressure corrected correlation
o The pressure corrected water viscosity correlation modifies the default water
viscosity correlation to account for pressure. The correction is a based on
Figure 24-8, Bradley et al., Petroleum Engineering Handbook and is a
function of the temperature, salinity, and pressure.

When the default brine correlation is used, one of the above options will be used as
selected by the user.

The water formation volume factor is determined from a proprietary curve fit to data from
Frick “Petroleum Production Handbook” (1962). In addition to this, PROSPER also
makes a proprietary correction for water salinity.

The water compressibility is calculated other for reporting purposes.

Water density is based on the water formation volume factor and the water specific
gravity (i.e. salinity), using the equation below:

IAWPS

The IAWPS Correlation uses the IAPWS-97 equation of state at its base to determine
the water properties at pressure and temperature. Although the IAPWS-97 equation of
state is the basis for calculations, additional methods have also been employed to
account for salinity and gas solubility. Depending on the options selected in the screen
below, different modifications will be applied.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 142

The Spivey, McCain and North (2004) formulation has also been used to correct the
density for brine with a modification to the water vapour pressure method.

When this brine model is selected, the brine viscosity is modelled using the Kestin,
Khalifa and Correia (1981) method despite what may have been selected in the Fluid
Description section. The Kestin, Khalifa and Correia (1981) method is based on Chen
and Millero's (1977) model at standard pressure. Additional pressure modifications up
to 500 MPa have been applied to the Kestin method, with theoretical deviation is ±1.5%
.

There are three options which are described below:

No Dissolved Gas - this option does not consider the presence

of dissolved gas in water.

Assume Methane Only - this option assumes that all of the

dissolved gas is methane. This uses the Duan and Mao (2006)
formulation to find the gas fugacity and partial molar volumes.
Brine dissolved
gas model Use Gas Gravity for Rsw - this option assumes that the
dissolved gas is a mixture of hydrocarbons and impurities. This
uses also the Duan and Mao (2006) formulation to find the gas
fugacity and partial molar volumes of methane and impurities with
the additional modification of using a proprietary method based
on Henry's Law constants. These constants can be found via the
Max Planck Institute database compilation (which is an open
source) and allow for changing gas composition to be accounted
for.

There are two options which are described below:

Brine thermal No Pressure Correction

properties Brine thermal properties are based on correlations developed by
the Lawrence Livermore Laboratory with heat capacity being
calculated using the Jamieson et al. (1969) method.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 143 PROSPER

Apply Pressure Correction

When the pressure correction is applied, this uses the work of
Sun et al. (2008).

References

Spivey, J. P., McCain, W. D., and North, R. (2004), Estimating Density, Formation
Volum Factor, Compressibility, Methane Solutbility, and Viscosity for Oilfield Brines at
Temperatures from 0 to 275°C, Pressures to 200 MPa, and Salinities to 5.7 mole/kg,
Journal of Canadian Petroleum Technology, 43 (7), pp 52 - 61

Kestin, J., Khalifa, H. E., and Correia, R. J. (1981), Tables of the Dynamic and
Kinematic Viscosity of Aqueous NaCl Solutions in the Temperature Range 20-150°C
and Pressure Range 0.1-35 MPa, Journal of Physical and Chemical Reference Data,
10 (1)

Chen, C. T., and Millero, F. J. (1977), Speed of sound in seawater at high pressures,
The Journal of the Acoustical Society of America, 62, pp 1129 - 1135

Duan, Z., and Mao, S. (2006), A thermodynamic model for calculating methane
solubility, density and gas phase composition of methane bearing aqueous fluids from
273 to 523 K and from 1 to 2000 bar, Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, 70, pp 3369
- 3386

Jamieson, D. T., Tudhope, J. S., Morris, R., and Cartwright, G. (1969), Physical
properties of sea water solutions: heat capacity, Desalination, 7 (1), pp 23 - 30

Sun, H., Feistel, R., Koch, M., and Markoe, A. (2008), New equations for density,
entropy, heat capacity, and potential temperature of a saline thermal fluid, Deep-Sea
Research, pp 1304 - 1310
2.4.1.6 Steam Calculation
When the fluid type is set to 'Oil and Water' and one of the enthalpy balance models
(Improved Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the option to enable/disable
the steam calculations is available.

No Steam Calculations
Allow Steam Calculations

For more information on the Steam Calculations please refer to the Steam Properties
Section.
2.4.1.7 Well Completion
These options relate to calculations performed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 144

Completion

Cased Hole or Open Hole

This selection determines the appropriate IPR Completion models to use. In particular
'Cased Hole' enables the availability of Skin models to calculate the skin factor, whilst
'Open Hole' disables the availability of Skin models.

Sand Control

Five options are currently available:

None
Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted liners

The properties of the sand control method selected can then be inserted into the IPR
section.

2.4.1.8 Reservoir
Inflow Type

Single Well This option is allows many types of inflow model and completion
configurations but assumes a single producing wellbore.
MultiLateral A specialised model, allowing a flexible user-configurable multi
Well lateral, multi layered well and reservoir description. to be entered and
solved

Gas Coning

This option is available for OIL (Black Oil Model) only. If selected then it is possible to
model a rate dependant GOR in the INFLOW section of the program using the model
from Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger, R.A (see References)

Yes The well is coning gas

No The well is not coning gas

2.4.2 Options - Perforating Gun DataBase

Under Options | Perforating Database, a database for perforating guns is
accessible. The gun database initially originates from SPOT (Shell Perforating
Optimisation Tool) and permission was granted for its implementation into PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 145 PROSPER

Like other databases in PROSPER, the user can add, delete and amend the inputs in the
gun database. A filter allows to select guns by:
- vendors,
- Gun OD
- Gun types
- Minimum restriction and
- Tolerance.

The following section was taken from the SPOT help file and is published with
permission from Shell:
The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating
guns available from:

Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)

Schlumberger (SLB)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 146

Halliburton/ Jet Research Centre (Hall/JRC)

Dynawell (DYNA)

Innicor Subsurface Technologies (INNICOR)

Owen Oil Tools (Owen)

Explosivos Technologicos Argentinos (ETA)

GEODynamics (GEODynamics)

Titan (TITAN)

Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:

Section I - firing a fully-loaded gun section under ambient conditions into a

standard casing and cement target;

Section II - firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a stressed

rock sample;

Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;

Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;

Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fully-loaded

gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced into the
wellbore per foot of gun;
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B “is the only document that API recognises as valid in this
program.” As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has also
been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API RP43 is
not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based on
concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1
data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations
(based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 147 PROSPER

reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole

conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting
reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a
stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed
rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow
performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If
Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT “Vendor
Database” under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.

If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in the
Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in API RP
19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
__
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, “Recommended Practice for the Evaluation
of Well Perforators”, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001
2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with API for
review at the time of writing.

2.4.3 Tubing Database

Under Options | Tubing Database, a comprehensive tubing data base is available in
PROSPER:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 148

The database is also accessible from the down hole equipment screen so that the user
can select any tubing from the database directly to be used for the description of the
down hole equipment.

Done Return to previous screen - continue with copy process ( if appropriate)

Cancel Return to previous screen
Copies the currently selected record to the Clipboard. If this dialogue is
invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then select done and you
will be presented with the following screen

Copy

Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the selected record
to your downhole equipment
Help View this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 149 PROSPER

2.4.3.1 Tubing Database Copy

Done Select the desired action at the bottom of the

screen and then carry it out
Cancel Abandon the copy
Help View this screen

2.4.4 Casing Database

Under Options | Casing Database, a comprehensive casing database is available in
PROSPER:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 150

The database lists casing manufacturer, type, specification, seal, Casing OD, casing
weight, Casing ID and wall thickness.

The database can be accessed from the down hole equipment input screen. From the
down hole equipment screen, the user can select any casing available in the database
and use it directly for the description of the well bore.

Done Return to previous screen - continue with copy process (if appropriate)
Cancel Return to previous screen

Copies the currently selected record to the clipboard. If this dialogue is

Copy invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then select done and you
will be presented with the following screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 151 PROSPER

Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the selected record
to your downhole equipment
Help View this screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 152

2.4.4.1 Casing Database Copy

Done Select the desired action at the bottom of

the screen and then carry it out
Cancel Abandon the copy
Help View this screen

2.4.5 Pipe Schedule

Under Options | Pipe Schedule, a comprehensive pipe database is available in
PROSPER:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 153 PROSPER

The database lists nominal pipe size, pipe OD, Iron Pipe size, Steel schedule number,
wall thickness and pipe internal diameter.

The pipe database can be accessed from the surface equipment input screen. From the
surface equipment input screen, the user can select any pipe available in the database
and use it directly for the description of surface pipes.

Done Return to previous screen - continue with copy process ( if

appropriate)
Cancel Return to previous screen

Copies the currently selected record to the clipboard. If this dialogue is

Copy invoked from the Downhole Equipment screen, then select done and
you will be presented with the following screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 154

Select the appropriate action and press done to copy the selected
record to your downhole equipment.
Help View this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 155 PROSPER

2.4.5.1 Pipe Schedule Copy

Done Select the desired action at the bottom of

the screen and then carry it out
Cancel Abandon the copy
Help View this screen

2.4.6 Pipe Schedule and Equipment

In the 'Surface Equipment' or in the 'Downhole Equipment' section it is possible to

import as pipe, tubing and casing ID values from databases containing pipeline, tubing
and casing data.

In the 'Surface Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Pipe Schedule

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 156

button and in the 'Downhole Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Casing
DB or Tubing DB buttons:

These are the steps to import the equipment ID:

1. Select the Type of equipment from the screen - for example, Tubing - as shown below:

2. Select the row corresponding to the piece of equipment and select the Equipment
button (if in the Surface Equipment section, select Pipe Schedule) and select the
database (in this case Tubing Database)

3. Select the equipment to use from the database

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 157 PROSPER

Then Copy and Done

4. The program will show a dialogue with at the bottom an option on the way forward.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 158

For example, selecting Copy ID and OD to Selected Records, then Done will pass the
values to the equipment screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 159 PROSPER

2.5 PVT Menu

To predict pressure and temperature changes through the reservoir, up the wellbore and
along the surface flow lines it is necessary to accurately predict the fluid properties as
both pressure and temperature change.

The user must enter data that describes the fluid properties or enables the program to
calculate them. There are three options:

Correlation If only limited data is available (formation GOR, oil gravity, gas
gravity and formation water salinity required for oil), the program
uses traditional black oil correlations, such as Glaso, Beal, Petrosky
etc. to calculate the fluid properties.
Matching If both limited fluid property data and some PVT laboratory
measured data is available the program can modify the correlations
to best fit the measured data using a non-linear regression
technique. The matched correlations will be used from then on to
calculate all the fluid properties required in the multiphase flow
calculations.
Tables If detailed PVT data is available it may be entered in tabular format.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 160

The program if instructed will use the tabular data where available.
Where tabular data has not been entered the program will calculate it
using the selected correlation.

Use of Tables: Tables are usually generated using one fluid

composition which implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will
therefore not provide the right fluid description when we have
injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when the
reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point. There is
also a danger that if the range of pressure and temperature is
not wide enough the program may have to extrapolate
properties. This can lead to erroneous properties being
calculated.
Compositional Where the full Equation of State description of the fluid is available
and all of the PVT can be obtained from a Peng-Robinson or a
Soave Redlich Kwong description of the fluid phase behaviour.

Use of EOS: The equations of state are models that need to be

matched to measured lab data (PVT lab report). Care has to be
taken in order to make sure that the EOS has been matched
and is applicable for the range of Pressures and
Temperatures to be investigated.

The program also allows fluid properties to be calculated and plotted for specified
pressure and temperature ranges. The PVT menu has three options - Input, Report
and Export.

Recommended Steps When Using Black Oil Correlations

Only 1. Enter data as requested on PVT input data screen and select
Limited correlations that are known to best fit the region or oil type.
PVT Data
Available
1. Enter the data requested in the PVT input data screen.
2. Enter PVT laboratory data in the PVT | Match data menu. The
Limited laboratory PVT data and the fluid properties entered on the data input
PVT Data screen must be consistent. Flash Data must be used. Up to 5 tables
and Some of laboratory measurements made at different temperatures may be
Laboratory entered. Use the Tables buttons to switch between tables. Click OK
Measured to return to the PVT input screen.
Data 3. At this point, you can optionally Calculate PVT using a correlation
Available and Plot the calculated and match data to see how closely the
unoptimised correlation fits.
4. Select Regression, then Match All. A non-linear regression will be

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 161 PROSPER

performed to best fit each correlation to the measured lab data. Once
the calculation is finished, select Parameters and identify the
correlation which has the lowest standard deviation. This correlation
should then be selected and this modified correlation will be used in all
further calculations of fluid property data. The fit parameters are the
multiplier and shift applied to the correlation parameters in order to fit
the lab data. If the correlation were a perfect fit to the match data,
Parameter 1 would be set to 1.0 and Parameter 2 would be zero.
5. In order to see how well the optimised correlations fit the data, select
the best fitting correlation and click calculate. Then, enter the pressure
and temperature ranges for the calculations (one of the temperatures
should be the same as the measured data), press OK and Calculate.
Once the calculation is finished, select Plot to display both the
calculated and measured PVT data. Select the Variables option on
the plot menu bar to choose which fluid property data to display.
1. Select Tables and enter data in the tables. The program will use data
Extensive from the tables where it is available and calculate fluid properties
Laboratory using the selected correlations where no PVT data was entered.
Because it interpolates the tables, PROSPER cannot accurately
PVT Data
account for temperature changes when PVT data is available for only
Available.
one temperature. In such cases, the Limited PVT recommendations
should be followed.

NB Whether PVT tables have been input or not, PROSPER will use correlations unless
the Use Tables box on the PVT Input screen has been selected. Do not select Use
Tables unless complete PVT tables have been entered. Data at only one temperature is
not adequate in many cases.

2.5.1 Oil (BlackOil Model) - Input Data

Enter the required data in the fields highlighted below. To move from one box to another
press "Tab" on the keyboard. Select the correlation methods to apply using the drop-
down boxes.

As of IPM 11, the PVT Input Data screen allows all PVT information to be viewed in one
screen (i.e. Input data, viscosity model, matching parameters etc.) as can be seen
below. As in previous versions some fields may appear to be disabled depending on
the options selected in the main Options screen (via Options | Options). Options such
as artificial lift requirements must be set in the Options, that said it is now possible to
change the viscosity, emulsion warnings etc. options directly from the PVT Input
interface (shown below).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 162

Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas production. For
gas production in wells producing injection or gas cap gas the solution GOR
should still be entered. The balance of “free” gas production is accounted for
elsewhere.

Mole Percent CO2, N2 and H2S refers to the separator gas stream composition. The
impurities are used to correct the Z factor of the gas on the basis of the Wichert Aziz
modifications for CO2, N2 and H2S.

When an "Oil and Water" model is used to describe the fluid, the viscosity
correlation used by default for gas viscosity calculations is the Lee correlation.

To make the PVT interface more accessible, all data can now be view on the main PVT
screen. Additional sections are been added to allow this and are explained below:

Input Data section This section allows the black oil PVT properties of the fluid to be
included.

Other Data section This section allows other data, such as emulsion data or viscosity
models, to be enabled and added.
Pb, Rs, Bo This section allows the user to view the current matching

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 163 PROSPER

Correlation parameters for each of the Pb, Rs and Bo correlations. The

active correlation is the one selected within the "Input Data"
section
section.
Oil Viscosity This section allows the user to view the current matching
Correlation parameters for each viscosity correlation. The active correlation
section is the one selected within the "Input Data" section.

Matching section This section allows the match data to be entered and plotted.
See Match Data for more information.

The table below outlines the input data that is required.

Enter the oil solution GOR. This should not include free gas
production. For gas production in wells (which are producing either
Solution GOR injection gas or gas cap gas) the original solution GOR of the
reservoir fluid should still be entered. The balance of free gas
production is accounted for elsewhere in the program. See GOR
Definitions for more information.
Oil Gravity Specific gravity of the oil.

Gas Gravity Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
weight to that of air (28.97).
Water salinity Salinity of water, expressed as NaCl equivalent.
Enter the mole percentage of H2S, N2 and CO2. These data are from
Impurities
the gas stream composition.

Correlations Select the desired gas viscosity correlations. By default Lee at al. is
selected, as it has a wider range of validity.

A description of the navigation buttons available on this screen can be found in the table
below:

Done Returns the user to the previous screen, keeping changes.

Cancel Returns the user to the previous screen, discarding changes.
When matching is performed, a non-linear regression modifies the
correlations to best fit the measured laboratory PVT data. The non-
linear regression matching technique can be used on up to 50 PVT
match tables, each for a different temperature.
Matching
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In
cases where the PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better
results can often be obtained by matching on the best characterised
parameters only.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 164

That said, as bubble point can be difficult to accurately predict from

correlations, it is recommended that where possible, it is used as a
match parameter. The minimum data required to perform a
regression match is the bubble point and GOR.

The shape of the correlations for oil FVF are different above and
below the bubble point. If the oil FVF at bubble point is not available,
the regression may not achieve good results. When matching the oil
FVF always enter bubble point data.

For further information on how to perform matching, please refer to

the Regression section.
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must
first calculate the values over a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. This can be done via the "Calculate" function.

Using the calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus

temperature or pressure can be generated. If the correlations have
Calculate been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations. The calculation section is used to generate
fluid property data for display and quality control purposes only.

During the computation of a gradient traverse calculation, PROSPER

calculates fluid properties at each pressure and temperature step or
node as required by the application.
This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate
name. A dialogue box will appear prompting you to name the PVT
Save file. The PVT extension is automatically provided by the program. If
you omit this step, the program will automatically save the (matched)
PVT data in a *.pvt file with the same name as the input (*.sin) file.

Import Allows the importation of a *.pvt file. This is the format of created via
"Save" and allows PVT data to be transferred between files easily.

Export Allows selected PVT data to be exported to file, copied to clipboard

or printed. Click here for more information.
Help Accesses the Help section.
If detailed PVT data is available, it can be entered as a lookup table
by clicking on Tables. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered,
each at a different temperature.

Tables If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables (i.e. no oil
FVF data has been entered) it will calculate it using the selected
black oil correlation. If some data has been entered and intermediate
points are required, these will be linearly interpolated. If required
points are outside of the entered range, the available data will be

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 165 PROSPER

extrapolated.

As such PVT tables should be used with care and only when detailed
data for the full operating range is available.

The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data
screen

In the table below, information on some of the inputs and functionalities are provided,
along with links for more details:

The viscosity model can be set in either the PVT Input screen or
Viscosity the main Options screen. The options are either "Newtonian
Fluid" or "Non-Newtonian Fluid". If "Non-Newtonian Fluid" is
selected the rheological parameters will need to be entered.
If viscosity correction for emulsions is enabled (either in the PVT
Input screen or the main Options screen)), the user has the option
to select where the emulsion viscosity corrections will be
considered. The "Flowline Emulsion Data" button will take to
Emulsion the Emulsion Data entry screen.

It is also possible to enter the water cut at this point. This is the
Water Cut that will be used to calculate the emulsion viscosity in
the PVT calculation section should the emulsion be enabled
"Everywhere".
If a pump is enabled in the main Options screen, a viscosity
correction for emulsions can be enabled. The user has the option
Pump (ESP, PCP, to select where the emulsion viscosity corrections will be
considered (e.g. everywhere or just in the pump etc.).
Jet Pump,
MultiPhase) Data
The ESP Emulsion Data button will take the user to the
Emulsion Data entry screen. Various models to describe the
emulsion viscosity in the pump can be selected.
If you have selected one of these three as the artificial lift method
on the main Options screen, then the properties of the drive fluid
HSP, Diluent must be entered.
Injection and Jet
Pump Power For water drive fluid, enter the Water Salinity. For other fluids,
Fluid Data enter the fluid specific gravity and a lookup table of other fluid
properties (Pressure, Temperature, Viscosity and Volume
Factor).

Match Data This should be measured PVT laboratory data to match existing
black oil correlation to. The correlations can be modified using

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 166

non-linear regression techniques to best fit the measured data.

As the "Oil and Water" model is selected PROSPER captures gas

evolution in the tubing rather than in a reservoir. As such Flash
Data and not differential liberation data should be used for
matching. For each match table, the input temperature and
bubble point is required along with pressure versus gas oil ratio,
oil FVF and oil viscosity data.

When PVT matching is performed it is recommended to use

minimal data to preserve the original shape of the correlations.

The minimum required data is that at the saturation

pressure, and if this is insufficient to match correlations,
then one or two data points just above and below the
saturation pressure can be added.
Further to this, data close to atmospheric pressure
should not be used for matching due to the increased
measurement error which can lead to erroneous
matching.

N.B. Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are
usually obtained using correlations matched to the available lab
data rather than using a PVT table lookup.

Where only differential liberation PVT data is available, it can be

corrected to flash conditions using a simple transformation
procedure or generated by a PVT simulation program.

Further information can be found in the Match Data section.

This options allows the entry of a pressure temperature table
predicting the regions where different PVT formations are likely.
This can be used for Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax
Warnings Appearance, Asphaltenes and Scale Production and will be used
during calculations to provide the user with a visual warning of the
onset of each different formation.

Please refer to the PVT Warning section for further information.

This tab shows an equivalent composition (and Binary Interaction
Composition Coefficients) estimated from the entered Black Oil PVT
properties. Please refer to the Equivalent Composition section
for further information.

Recommended Steps
Only Limited PVT 1. Enter data as requested on PVT Input data screen and select

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 167 PROSPER

Data Available correlations that are known to best fit the region or oil type.
1. Enter the data requested in the PVT Input data screen.
2. Enter PVT laboratory data in the Match data tab of the
"Matching section". The laboratory PVT data and the fluid
properties entered on the data input screen must be
consistent. Flash Data must be used. Up to 50 tables of
laboratory measurements made at different temperatures may
be entered. Use the arrows to switch between tables.
3. At this point, you can optionally Calculate PVT using a
correlation and Plot the calculated and match data to see how
closely the unoptimised correlation fits.
4. To match the correlations, select Matching, then Match All. A
non-linear regression will be performed to best fit each
Limited PVT Data correlation to the measured lab data. Once the calculation is
and Some finished, select Parameters and identify the correlation which
Laboratory has the lowest standard deviation. This correlation should then
Measured Data be selected and this modified correlation will be used in all
Available further calculations of fluid property data. The fit parameters
are the multiplier and shift applied to the correlation
parameters in order to fit the lab data. If the correlation were a
perfect fit to the match data, Parameter 1 would be set to 1.0
and Parameter 2 would be zero.
5. In order to see how well the optimised correlations fit the data,
select the best fitting correlation and click calculate. Then,
enter the pressure and temperature ranges for the calculations
(one of the temperatures should be the same as the measured
data), press OK and Calculate. Once the calculation is
finished, select Plot to display both the calculated and
measured PVT data. Select the Variables option on the plot
menu bar to choose which fluid property data to display.
1. Select Tables and enter data in the tables. The program will
use data from the tables where it is available and calculate fluid
Extensive properties using the selected correlations where no PVT data
Laboratory PVT was entered. Because it interpolates the tables, PROSPER
Data Available. cannot accurately account for temperature changes when PVT
data is available for only one temperature. In such cases, the
Limited PVT recommendations should be followed.

NB Whether PVT tables have been input or not, PROSPER will use correlations unless
the Use Tables box on the PVT Input screen has been selected. Do not select Use
Tables unless complete PVT tables have been entered. Data at only one temperature is
not adequate in most cases.

For some details about the input parameters, refer to the Glossary (Appendix E).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 168

2.5.1.1 Match Data

Match data is entered in the "Matching" section in the PVT Input screen, as shown in the
example below:

Enter the PVT laboratory measured data to match to. Up to fifty tables of fifteen data
records may be entered each at a different temperature.

Since PROSPER models gas evolution in the tubing, rather than in a reservoir, Flash
Data, not differential liberation data should be used for matching.

For each match table, input the Temperature and Bubble Point Pressure data, then
enter pressure versus Gas Oil Ratio, Oil Formation Volume Factor and Oil
Viscosity data.

Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field blank.

To preserve the shape of the correlations, only enter only the minimum number of points
to ensure a good match.

After matching is performed, the plot tabs (shown below) can be used to quickly view the
matched correlation against the entered lab data. This can help with the selection of the
best correlation to use.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 169 PROSPER

To perform PVT matching, select the "Matching" button at the top of the screen and refer
to the section on Regression for further information.

Additional Information

Where only differential liberation PVT data is available, a PVT simulation

program like Petroleum Experts' PVT package PVTp can be used to
calculate the flash properties using a model that has been matched to the lab
data.

2.5.1.2 Regression

The matching function is used to perform the non-linear regression, which adjusts the
correlations to best-fit laboratory measured PVT data. The non-linear regression
matching technique can be used on up to fifty PVT match tables, each with a different
temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match variables for an oil
and water model:
Pb Bubble point pressure.
GOR Gas oil ratio versus pressure.
Oil FVF Oil formation volume factor versus pressure.
Oil viscosity Oil viscosity versus pressure.
It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In cases where the PVT
data is incomplete or of poor quality, better results can often be obtained by matching on
the best characterised parameters only. However, because bubble point can be difficult
to accurately predict from correlations, it is recommended that it is used as a match
parameter, where possible.
On selecting the "Matching" button in the main PVT screen, the following window will be

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 170

displayed:

The screen is split into the following sections:

1. Action buttons – these buttons perform various actions such as matching, plotting etc.
2. PVT Match data – enter the PVT laboratory measured data for PVT matching
3. Match variables – select the black oil variables to match
4. Results – fluid properties calculated by the black oil correlations for varying pressures
and temperatures
5. Match correlation – select the black oil correlations to perform a match on

Done Return to the main PVT Screen

Main This will return the user to the main PROSPER window
Individual correlations can be matched to selected measured PVT
data by:
Match 1. Selecting the correlations,
2. Selecting the fluid properties to match to,
3. Click-on Match.

Match All All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in one
key stroke by selecting the Match All command button
Having performed the matching process the match parameters are
displayed by clicking on Parameters.
Parameters The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier - Parameter
1, and a shift - Parameter 2 to the correlations.
The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 171 PROSPER

overall goodness of fit. The lower the standard deviation, the better
the fit.
It should be noted that correlations whose parameters are adjusted
the least (i.e. P1 close to 1.0 and P2 close to 0.0) are also suitable
candidates as they represent possibly similar fluids to the one you
are attempting to model.

Plot Plot calculated data using the modified correlations against the
actual Match Data entered.
Help View this screen

Additional Information

The form of the correlations for FVF is different above and below the bubble
point. If the FVF at bubble point is not available, the regression may not
achieve good results. When matching the oil FVF, always enter data at the
bubble point. Do not enter many match points only use the minimum number
to define the shape of the correlation curves. In most cases, only data at the
bubble point is required.

Matching FVF above Bubble Point

The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble point
(especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3 and 4)
have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1 and P2)
and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.

In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that
no discontinuities occur.

The minimum data required to match an oil is the solution GOR and the bubble
point at a given temperature.

2.5.1.3 Table Look-Up Data

In PROSPER the PVT data can also be entered as tables by clicking Tables from the
main PVT input screen. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the 'Use Tables' option has been selected on the input data screen. This
option should be used only when extensive table data is available for a range of
temperatures.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 172

PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete (i.e. one table containing only a single row of values) this will result
in interpolation effects and extrapolation errors.
If no data for a certain parameter is entered, the selected black oil correlation
will be used to calculate the required data.

Unlike when entering Match Data, where standard conditions should be avoided, when
entering look-up table data one of the conditions at which the properties are entered
MUST be standard conditions.

IMPORTANT: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single GOR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point. There is also a
danger that if the range of pressure and temperature is not wide enough the
program may have to extrapolate properties. This can lead to erroneous
properties being calculated.

Rather than entering the values by hand, PROSPER can import tables of properties. To
do this, click the Import button from the Tables screen, and PROSPER will prompt for the
name of an ASCII file containing the PVT data. Petroleum Experts’ PVT Package
PVTp can be used to calculate and export Black Oil PVT tables.

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a PVT table lookup.

Along with the standard buttons, these are three specific options available in this screen:

Done Save the entered Table Lookup Data and return to the main PVT Screen.
Main Save the entered Table Lookup Data and return to the main menu.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 173 PROSPER

Cancel Do not Save the entered Table Lookup Data and return to the main PVT
Screen.
Export Export the current data to clipboard, file etc.
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)
Allow the import of PVT Black Oil Properties generated by Petroleum
Experts' PVTP Fluid Modelling and Thermodynamics software. Select
the appropriate file from a screen similar to the one below and choose
Open to import the properties in this file into the Lookup Data Tables

PVT Import

Transfer Data from the PVT Match Data Tables to theTable Lookup
Data. You will be presented with the following screen.

Transfer

Select the desired action.

Plot Plot the Table Lookup Data

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 174

Help View this screen

Generate Generate a range of table lookup data using the currently selection PVT
Correlations.

An example of the PVT Table import file format is given in Appendix D.

Important Notes on PVT Tables:

Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which implies a single GOR
for the fluid.

When manually entering PVT tables in the tools and performing sensitivities on GOR,
this will not provide the correct fluid description. This is further explained below:

As an example, take the solution gas and oil formation volume factor curves at a fixed
temperature:

When we perform a sensitivity on a lower GOR value (e.g. VLP generation), this will

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 175 PROSPER

lower the bubble point pressure of the fluid and change the RS and oil FVF curves as
shown below by the red dotted line:

The new red dotted line is not known by the PVT tables entered into PROSPER and
hence the original PVT table will still be used. This will cause an error in the estimation
of the fluid properties and hence lead to erroneous calculations.

PVT tables also inherently suffer from interpolation effects and extrapolation error;

Interpolation Effect:

Occurs between two points if sufficient definition is not provided

Can be reduced by providing sufficient data points

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 176

Extrapolation Error:

Occurs when last two points in PVT table are used to predict values at higher/
lower pressure

Can occur when extensive pressure ranges are not used

2.5.1.4 Correlation Parameters

The correlation parameters can be view in the main PVT screen and via Matching |
Parameters. When the parameter window is explicitly opened it shows the values of
the Match Parameters (P1[multiplier] & P2[shift]) associated with each fluid property
for all the correlations at once.

The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of
the fit.

Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind:

1. The value of the Standard Deviation. The lower the Standard Deviation, the better
the fit.
2. A plot should be made and a visual check of the fit quality performed. This can be
viewed in both the main PVT screen and the Matching screen.
3. It should be noted that correlations whose parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. P1
close to 1.0 and P2 close to 0.0) are also suitable candidates. Correlations that

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 177 PROSPER

require minimal adjustment may have been derived using similar fluids to the one
currently being matched to in the model.

Any correlation that shows perfect matching parameters (P1 = 1; P2 = 0) after

matching is likely to be a bad candidate. This is because the likelyhood of a
generic correlation being a perfect representation of the modelled fluid is
almost zero. This behaviour is more likely an indication that the regression
could not converge and will be verified by looking at the correlation plot.

Matching FVF above Bubble Point

The standard correlations do not always accurately model the FVF above bubble point
(especially for heavy or waxy oils). Additional match parameters (Parameter 3 and 4)
have been introduced to allow the FVF to be independently tuned below (P1 and P2)
and above (P3 and P4) the bubble point.

In all circumstances, always enter match data at the bubble point to ensure that
no discontinuities occur.

Done Save any changes and return to previous screen.

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to previous screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 178

Main Save any changes and return to main menu.

Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Report Generate a report to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

Reset Reset Parameters to default (unmodified) original values (P1=1,

P2=0) for individual correlation and individual fluid property.

Reset All Reset Parameters to default (unmodified) original values (P1=1,

P2=0) for every correlation and every fluid property.
Help View this screen.

2.5.1.5 Equivalent Composition

The Composition tab shows an estimated/eqivalent composition based on the entered
Black Oil Properties.

This composition represents an equivalent composition that is able to reproduce the

entered black oil input data. It is reported only as a reference as it does not necessarily
represent the actual fluid composition. It is important to remark that this composition is
not used anywhere in the PROSPER model.

Note on EOS model

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 179 PROSPER

Equations of State were developed to give a mathematical relationship between

pressure ,volume and temperature. They were originally put forward as a method of
interpreting the non-ideal nature of many pure substances. With time, this role has been
extended successfully to predicting the properties of simple and complex mixtures.

The equations of state used in PVT are derived from Van der Waals Equation and in
common with it represent the total pressure as a summation of an attractive and a
repulsive element:

Ptotal Prepulsive Pattractive

The classic Van der Waals equation describes this relationship as

RT a
P
v b V2

where
b represents the hard-sphere volume of the molecules
a the intermolecular attraction.

In PROSPER there is a choice of Equation Of State (EoS) model

Peng-Robinson RT a (T )
P
(PR) v b v ( v b ) b( v b )

Soave-Redlich- RT a (T )
P
Kwong (SRK) v b v ( v b)

see also:
IPM Equation of State and Steam PVT
Binary Interaction Coefficients
2.5.1.5.1 Composition - binary interaction coefficients
This tab shows a set of binary interaction coefficients associated with an estimated
composition based on the entered Black Oil Properties.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 180

The cubic equations of state were originally developed for pure substances. With time
their use was extended to mixtures. This extension required some method of introducing
a measure of the polar and other interactions between pairs of dissimilar molecules.
The binary interaction coefficient was put forward.

This variable enters the calculation as a component in the inter-molecular attraction a.

For mixtures

a z i z ja ij
i j

where zi and zj are mole fractions of components i and j, respectively and :

a ij (a i a j )1/2 (1 k ij )

kij is the binary interaction coefficient.

Binary Interaction Coefficients represent a flexible way of changing the ideal Equation of
State to match the non-ideal reality of many mixtures.

see also:
IPM Equation of State and Steam PVT

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 181 PROSPER

Equivalent Composition
2.5.1.6 Emulsions Input Data
If the 'Emulsions' option is selected in Options | Options or within PVT | Input Data
then this will enable the Emulsions tab and allow the user to enter emulsion data.
Additionally the locations where the emulsion model will be used can also be selected.

The Flowline Emulsion Data button opens the Emulsion Data entry screen.
2.5.1.6.1 Emulsion Data
PROSPER can model the effect of oil / water emulsions on mixture viscosity for Black Oil
PVT systems including wells equipped with downhole pumps. The behaviour of
emulsions in producing well equipment is not clearly understood. Emulsion PVT in
PROSPER provides a means to assess possible effects of increased emulsion viscosity
by curve fitting experimentally determined data. It must be emphasised that the method
is empirical and does not represent any rigorous model of emulsion behaviour.

In the laboratory, stable emulsions can be prepared from many crude oil / water
systems. Emulsion samples observed/obtained in surface separation equipment does
not necessarily imply that emulsions are present in the well. Field experience shows that
the effect of emulsions is usually less than predicted by laboratory tests. Emulsion PVT
should be used with caution and only when it is certain that emulsions are present and it
is necessary to evaluate their effect on calculated pressures.

To enable emulsion PVT in PROSPER, the Emulsion option can either be selected in the
Options screen or in the PVT Input screen. Emulsion viscosity will replace the mixture
viscosity for selected elements of the production system. Experimental or empirical
emulsion viscosity data can be entered and curve-fitted using non-linear regression.
The emulsion model is used to optionally replace the oil/water mixture viscosity in IPR,
VLP and pump (if one is enabled in the Options screen) calculations. When selected,
emulsion viscosity will be substituted for the fluid mixture viscosity.

Drop down the Emulsion box and select from the following:
No viscosity Turns off emulsion viscosity corrections

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 182

corrections
Everywhere Emulsion viscosity for IPR, VLP and pump if
present
Tubing and Pipe Emulsion viscosity for casing, tubing and pump if
present
Pump only Emulsion viscosity for ESP only
Pump and Above Emulsion viscosity in ESP and tubing above pump
Tubing + Pipe (not
Emulsion viscosity in tubing and pipe only
pump)
Above Pump Emulsion viscosity above the pump only

The selection of system elements affected by emulsion can be changed at a later time

To set up the emulsion model, select Emulsion Everywhere, (otherwise emulsion

viscosity will not be active for the PVT calculations) then click the Data button.

The screen is divided into 3 sections:

Emulsion Data Experimental Data for Matching

Experimental
Experimental Base Conditions
Parameters

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 183 PROSPER

Match Parameters Results of the regression

The base pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in Experimental Parameters. This enables PROSPER to correct the emulsion
viscosity for temperature and pressure.

NB Emulsions Everywhere must be selected before plotting the emulsion viscosity

curve. The emulsion viscosity entered for zero water cut should be compatible with the
100% oil viscosity at the experimental temperature and pressure.

Emulsion viscosity is modelled as a function of water cut in 3 stages, as shown below.

Stage 1
Sharp increase in emulsion viscosity at low water cut (WC), which is determined using
the equation below.

Stage 2
Plateau with a constant emulsion viscosity for intermediate water cuts, which is
determined using the equation below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 184

The parameters Left and Right Water Cut for Maximum Viscosity (WC1 and WC2)
define the plateau region.

Stage 3
‘Tail’ that declines from the end of the plateau to the viscosity of water (at 100% water
cut). This is a proprietary model which is a function of the water viscosity, oil viscosity,
WC1, WC2, P1, P2, P3 and P4 parameters. As stage 3 is a function of oil/water
viscosity, the shape of the curve is thus dependent on the fluid PVT as well as the
pressure/temperature which the fluid PVT is evaluated. Therefore reference
(experimental) pressure/temperature are required to create the emulsion plot

To calculate emulsion viscosity:

1. Enter pairs of water cut and emulsion viscosity data points in the Emulsion Data
table.
2. Enter the Experimental Parameters
3. Click the Match button.

Parameter 4 controls the shape of the curve after the plateau and has to be changed
manually.

When the regression has stopped, click Plot to display the matched mixture viscosity:

Match data is plotted as crosses, calculated viscosity is shown as a solid line.

When Emulsions Everywhere have been selected, the calculated Oil Viscosity in the
PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity.

Done Save all data and return to the previous screen

Cancel Abandon all changes and return to the previous screen
Main Save all data and return to the main menu
Help View this screen
Match Start the regression procedure
Plot Plot the matched mixture viscosity
Export Access the Exporting subsystem

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 185 PROSPER

Transfer Transfer Match Data between the PUMP Emulsion section

and the FLOWLINE Emulsion section. You will be presented
with one of the following screens.

or

Depending on which section you are currently in. Select the

desired action.

Even if No Emulsion Corrections has been selected on the PVT screen,

pump viscosity corrections will be applied whenever the 'Emulsions' option is
selected. Produced fluid viscosity, not emulsion viscosity, will then be used for
calculations.

2.5.1.6.2 Emulsions Matching

To set up the emulsion model, select 'Emulsion Everywhere', (otherwise emulsion
viscosity will not be active for the PVT calculations) then click the Flowline Emulsion
Data button and the following screen will be displayed.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 186

The screen is divided into 3 sections:

Emulsion Data Experimental Data for Matching

Experimental Parameters Experimental Base Conditions
Match Parameters Results of the regression

The pressure and temperature that correspond to the experimental conditions are
entered in 'Experimental Parameters'. This enables PROSPER to correct the emulsion
viscosity for temperature and pressure.

Emulsions Everywhere must be selected before plotting the emulsion

viscosity curve. The emulsion viscosity entered for zero water cut should be
compatible with the 100% oil viscosity at the experimental temperature and
pressure.

Emulsion viscosity is modelled as a function of water cut in 3 stages:

Stage 1
Sharp increase in emulsion viscosity at low water cut (WC), which is determined using
the equation below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 187 PROSPER

Stage 2
Plateau with a constant emulsion viscosity for intermediate water cuts, which is
determined using the equation below.

The parameters Left and Right Water Cut for Maximum Viscosity (WC1 and WC2)
define the plateau region.

Stage 3
‘Tail’ that declines from the end of the plateau to the viscosity of water (at 100% water
cut). This is a proprietary model which is a function of the water viscosity, oil viscosity,
WC1, WC2, P1, P2, P3 and P4 parameters. As stage 3 is a function of oil/water
viscosity, the shape of the curve is thus dependent on the fluid PVT as well as the
pressure/temperature which the fluid PVT is evaluated. Therefore reference
(experimental) pressure/temperature are required to create the emulsion plot

To calculate emulsion viscosity:

1. Enter pairs of water cut and emulsion viscosity data points in the Emulsion Data
table.
2. Enter the Experimental Parameters
3. Click the Match button.
When the regression has completed, click 'Plot' to display the matched mixture viscosity:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 188

Match data is plotted as crosses, whereas the calculated viscosity is shown as a solid
line.

During the matching process, only parameters 1,2 and 3 are matched. Parameter 4
controls the shape of the curve at water cuts greater than the plateau but this must be
changed manually to improve the match.

When 'Emulsions' have been selected, the calculated oil viscosity, water viscosity and
liquid viscosity in the PVT section will be replaced by the emulsion viscosity.

For a step-by-step example of how to implement the emulsion model, please refer to
Tutorial 47 in Section 3 of this manual.
2.5.1.6.3 Pump Viscosity Correction Data
For viscous fluids or emulsions, it may be necessary to correct the pump performance
for viscosity. Typically high viscosity fluids or emulsions result in reduction in head, rate
and efficiency whereas the required pump power is increased.

There are four methods implemented within PROSPER to correct the pump
performance for viscosity:
Internal - Based on the Hydraulic Institute Correction (Hydraulic Institute Standards
1969)
Texaco - Proprietary mode received from industry
Customised - User defined correction factors (use when correction factors from pump
manufacturers are available or application of external methods)
ANSI/HI 9.6.7 - Based on the American National Standard (Guideline) for Effects of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 189 PROSPER

liquid viscosity on rotodynamic pump performance

When the Emulsion option is not activated, then no pump or emulsion viscosity
correction is applied.

When Customised pump viscosity correction is selected, up to 10 tables for different

frequencies (or pump speeds) can be entered. The customised pump viscosity input
screen is shown below.

Use this screen to enter data describing the fraction of Head, Capacity, Power and
Efficiency to use of the calculated values for increasing calculated viscosity.
This enables users to empirically model emulsion viscosity effects in the absence of a
rigorous model.

You can selectively apply all or none of the corrections using the drop-down boxes below

Apply Head Correction Yes or No

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 190

Apply Capacity Yes or No

Correction
Apply Power Yes or No
Correction

Done Save the data and return to the previous screen

Cancel Abandon the edit and return to the previous screen
Main Save Data and return to the main menu
Help View this screen
Export Access the Exporting subsystem
Insert Insert rows at the selected rows
Delete Delete the selected rows
Copy Copy selected rows to the clipboard

Cut Copy selected rows to the clipboard and then delete the
selection from the table
Paste Copy the contents of the clipboard to the selected rows
All Select (or deselect) all rows

2.5.1.7 Viscosity Modelling - Rheological Parameters

PROSPER includes a model to capture the effect of non-Newtonian fluids.

A fluid whose viscosity is not constant at all shear rates and does not behave like a
Newtonian fluid would fall into this category. This will enable foams in heavy oils to be
modelled more accurately. Most drilling fluids are non-Newtonian.

The 'non-Newtonian' fluid option can be selected in Options | Options or in PVT | Input
Data and when this is done new parameters appear in the "viscosity" tab of "Other
Data" in the PVT screen, as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 191 PROSPER

To enter the required non-Newtonian fluid viscosity data, select Rheological

Parameters. This will bring up the following screen:

The relationship of the following parameters with temperature and pressure are

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 192

required.

Yield Stress
Consistency Index
Shear Thinning

An internal model has been implemented that will enable foams in heavy oils to be
modelled more accurately. However, it should be noted that this model does not
estimate the apparent viscosity of the emulsion with water. Research on another
program (REVEAL) is ongoing on this subject. The model is based on the Herschel-
Bulkley approach viz:

n
0 K
Shear Stress
0 Yield Stress
Herschel- K Consistenc y Index
Bulkley Model Shear Rate
n Shear Thinning Index

This model calculates an Equivalent Apparent Viscosity.

Oil and Gas viscosities are both set equal to the Apparent Viscosity.

It is also implemented in the reservoir by using an equivalent pipe radius.

This Apparent Viscosity is calculated as follows

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 193 PROSPER

1 1
1 m 1
m
KU s
m m 1 m
( ) 1
m
1
(1 a ) m 1
4R
4Q
R3
n
p 0 K
0
a s
p

1
m
n
(1 a ) 2 a (1 a )
1 2
Apparent m 3 m 2
Viscosity
oil
Calculation s
fluid

where
( ) Apparent Viscosity
Q Flow Rate
R Pipe Radius
0 Yield Stress
K Consistenc y Index
n Shear Thinning Index
Shear Rate
s Specific Expansion Volume Ratio

Maximum Set a maximum viscosity value that will override larger values
Viscosity calculated by the model
Done Save entered data and return to previous screen
Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Main Save entered data and return to main menu
Help View this help screen
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)
Export Access the Exporting subsystem
Report Access the Reporting subsystem

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 194

Plot Plot the Entered Rheological Parameters

Data Editing Buttons
Insert Insert data at selected rows
Delete Delete selected rows
Copy Copy data from selected rows to clipboard
Cut Copy data from selected rows to clipboard and then delete rows
Paste Copy data from clipboard to selected rows.
All Select (or deselect) all rows
Sort Sort the data into Temperature and Pressure order.

2.5.1.7.1 Viscosity Modelling - Y Axis Selection

Select a Y Axis Variable from the list.

Done Return to Plot using the selected Y Axis

Cancel Return to Plot without using the selected Y Axis
Help View this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 195 PROSPER

2.5.1.8 Power Fluid Properties

If one of the following Artificial Lift Methods have been selected: HSP (Hydraulic
Submersible Pump), Diluent Injection or Jet Pump, then additional details of the power
fluid must be supplied to estimate the fluid properties.

In the case of a pump, the "Power Fluid" tab will become active in the PVT Other Data
section:

While in the case of diluent injection, the Diluent Model and Diluent Properties tabs will
become active:

There are two choices for power fluid type:

Water
Other Fluid

If Water is selected, then the only other data required is the salinity of the power fluid.
The program will then estimate fluid properties using the normal water PVT model.

If Other Fluid is selected, then the fluid API is required along with tables of fluid
properties. PROSPER will interpolate this data as required. The program will never
extrapolate this data so it is essential to ensure that the entered data covers the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 196

expected ranges of pressure and temperature. Selecting either the Power Fluid
Properties or Injected Diluent Fluid Properties button will display an input screen like
that shown below:

Tables of data for up to 10 temperatures may be entered. Please ensure that the tables
span the expected range of conditions that will be encountered.

The data can be imported into the model using the Import feature or calculated using
the Generate button. If Generate is used, this will generate PVT properties based upon
the PVT inserted into the main PVT screen. It is therefore recommended that if this
option is to be used, the following steps should be followed:

1. Remove the current PVT data in the main PVT screen and also reset any matching
which has been performed.
2. Enter the PVT properties (and carry out the matching process if data is available)
using the diluent fluid properties.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 197 PROSPER

3. Select Generate to generate the tables based upon the diluent/power fluid PVT.
4. Return to the main PVT screen and remove all of the diluent fluid data and matching
parameters.
5. Re-enter the PVT of the produced fluid and carry out any matching which had
previously been performed again.

Following these steps should allow the correct PVT to be used for both the diluent/power
fluid and the production fluid.
2.5.1.8.1 Hydraualic Drive Downhole Pump (HSP)
Use this screen to enter the properties of the HSP Power Fluid properties if a fluid other
than water is used.

You should make sure that your tables encompass the expected ranges of pressure and
temperature. This is necessary because the lookup procedure used will not extrapolate.

Entering only one table at a single temperature is strongly discouraged!

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 198

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

Main Save entered data and return to main menu
Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Export Export the contents of the table.
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)

Generate Generate the PVT tables using the PVT model from the main
PVT screen
Help View this screen
Plot Plot the Entered HSP Power Fluid Properties

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 199 PROSPER

2.5.1.8.2 Jet Pump

Use this screen to enter the properties of the Jet Pump Power Fluid properties if a fluid
other than water is used.

You should make sure that your tables encompass the expected ranges of pressure and
temperature. This is necessary because the lookup procedure used will not extrapolate.

Entering only one table at a single temperature is strongly discouraged!

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

Main Save entered data and return to main menu
Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Export Export the contents of the table.
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 200

Generate Generate the PVT tables using the PVT model from the main
PVT screen
Help View this screen
Plot Plot the Entered Jet Pump Power Fluid Properties

2.5.1.8.3 Diluent Injection

Use this screen to enter the properties of the Jet Pump Power Fluid properties if a fluid
other than water is used.

You should make sure that your tables encompass the expected ranges of pressure and
temperature. This is necessary because the lookup procedure used will not extrapolate.

Entering only one table at a single temperature is strongly discouraged!

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 201 PROSPER

Main Save entered data and return to main menu

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Export Export the contents of the table.
Import General purpose data importing tool (See how to do this)

Generate Generate the PVT tables using the PVT model from the main
PVT screen
Help View this screen
Plot Plot the Entered Injected Diluent Fluid Properties

2.5.2 Gas (Black Oil Model) - Input Data

When Dry and Wet Gas is selected as the fluid type, the following input data screen is
displayed under PVT | Input Data:

Within this screen the Black Oil PVT properties for the gas can be entered and a
correlation selected as highlighted above.

In this PVT method, all of the condensate drop out is assumed to occur at the separator
and not within the production system. The condensate is treated as an equivalent gas
rate which allows for its presence and impact by ensuring that a mass balance is
observed. The hydrocarbon phase is therefore treated as a single phase fluid in
pressure drop calculations. Free water production in the tubing is also considered and
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 202

therefore the fluid becomes a multiphase fluid when water is present.

This model applies to most gas wells. The condensate production is included in the gas
stream as an increase in density - the flow remains single phase gas plus free water if
present. The separator pressure is used to estimate the GE (Gas Equivalent Rate). If
there is significant hydrocarbon liquid drop out in the tubing, a retrograde condensate
model should be used.

Enter the required data in the fields provided. To move from one box to another press
the TAB key.

The screen is split into the following sections:

Input Data section This section allows the black oil PVT properties of the fluid to be
included.

Other Data section This section allows other data, such as water vapour calculations,
to be enabled and added.
Z Factor, Gas FVF
This section allows the user to view the current matching
Correlation
parameters for Z Factor and Gas FVF.
section
Gas Viscosity This section allows the user to view the current matching
Correlation parameters for each gas viscosity correlation. The active
section correlation is the one selected within the "Input Data" section.

Matching section This section allows the match data to be entered and plotted.
See Match Data for more information.

The table below outlines the input data that is required. For additional information on
this input data, which may help when there is some uncertainty regarding the input data,
please refer to PVT Separator Pressure.

Gas Gravity Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
weight to that of air (28.97).
Separator Parameter used to determine the equivalent gas volume
Pressure corresponding to the entered CGR (Separator Pressure)
Condensate Ratio between the volumes of condensate and gas both expressed at
to Gas ratio standard conditions
Condensate
Specific gravity of the condensate.
Gravity
Water to Gas Ratio between the volumes of water and gas both expressed at
ratio standard conditions.
Water salinity Salinity of water, expressed as NaCl equivalent.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 203 PROSPER

Enter the mole percentage of H2S, N2 and CO2. These data are from
Impurities
the gas stream composition.

Correlations Select the desired gas viscosity correlations. By default Lee at al. is
selected, as it has a wider range of validity.

A description of the navigation buttons available on this screen can be found in the table
below:

Done Returns the user to the previous screen, keeping changes.

Cancel Returns the user to the previous screen, discarding changes.
This option is used to perform the non-linear regression which
modifies the correlations to best fit entered laboratory measured PVT
data. The non-linear regression matching technique can be used on
up to 50 PVT match tables, each with a different temperature. The
following PVT properties can be used as match variables:

Z factor Gas super compressibility factor versus

pressure
Matching
Gas viscosity Gas viscosity versus pressure.
Gas FVF Gas formation volume factor versus
pressure.

It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In

cases where the PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better
results can often be obtained by matching on the best characterised
parameters only.
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must
first calculate the values over a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. This can be done via the "Calculate" function.

Using the calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus

temperature or pressure can be generated. If the correlations have
Calculate been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations. The calculation section is used to generate
fluid property data for display and quality control purposes only.

During the computation of a gradient traverse calculation, PROSPER

calculates fluid properties at each pressure and temperature step or
node as required by the application.
This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate
name. A dialogue box will appear prompting you to name the PVT
Save
file. The PVT extension is automatically provided by the program. If
you omit this step, the program will automatically save the (matched)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 204

PVT data in a *.pvt file with the same name as the input (*.sin) file.

Import Allows the importation of a *.pvt file. This is the format of created via
"Save" and allows PVT data to be transferred between files easily.

Export Allows selected PVT data to be exported to file, copied to clipboard

or printed. Click here for more information.
Help Accesses the Help section.
If detailed PVT data is available, it can be entered as a lookup table
by clicking on Tables. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered,
each at a different temperature.

If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables (i.e. no
viscosity data has been entered) it will calculate it using the selected/
default black oil correlation. If some data has been entered and
intermediate points are required, these will be linearly interpolated. If
Tables required points are outside of the entered range, the available data
will be extrapolated.

As such PVT tables should be used with care and only when detailed
data for the full operating range is available.

The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data
screen

In the table below, information on some of the inputs and functionalities are provided,
along with links for more details:

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of

State PVT Model and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde
Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The reason behind this is
that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to
account for the condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model
assumes multiphase flow modelling allowing for gas and/or liquid
CO2 Injection phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending on the
prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and

temperature, it is possible to have phase changes somewhere in the
system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT
calculator that overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 205 PROSPER

therefore this should not be used to model CO2 Injection.

If the option to calculate the Condensed Water Vapour is selected
Condensed (either in this screen or in Options | Options), then the Reservoir
Water Vapour Pressure and Reservoir Temperature need to be entered.
Calculations
For further information on this option, please refer to the section on
Condensed Water Vapour calculations.
Enter PVT laboratory measured data to match to . The correlations
can be modified using non-linear regression techniques (using the
Regression button) to best fit the measured data. For each match
table, input temperature , then enter pressure versus the required
parameters. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave the field
Match data blank. The program interpolates between table entries, so for good
results, the data tables should span the range of temperatures and
pressures likely to be encountered in the application.

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually
obtained using correlations matched to the available lab data rather
than using a straight table lookup.
This options allows the entry of a pressure temperature table
predicting the regions where different PVT formations are likely. This
can be used for Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax
Warnings Appearance, Asphaltenes and Scale Production and will be used
during calculations to provide the user with a visual warning of the
onset of each different formation.

Please refer to the PVT Warning section for further information.

This tab shows an equivalent composition (and Binary Interaction
Composition Coefficients) estimated from the entered Black Oil PVT properties.
Please refer to the Equivalent Composition section for further
information.

NOTE
The Gray VLP correlation has an internal PVT routine that models the effect of free
liquid in the tubing. This overrides the Dry and Wet gas PVT. This correlation gives
good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50 bbl/MMscf and high
produced water ratios. For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate
PVT and the Duns and Ros Original correlation.

Gas properties (e.g. Gas FVF) are calculated directly from the gas Z factor.
The Z factor is calculated based on the Standing Katz Z-Factor charts.

The impact of the impurities on the Z-factor are calculated using Wichert and

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 206

Aziz.

The Gas FVF is then calculated using the real gas law.

Gas viscosity is calculated from the Lee or Carr correlations.

2.5.2.1 Match Data

Match data is entered in the "Matching" section in the PVT Input screen, as highlighted
below:

Up to fifty tables of fifteen data records may be entered, each at a different temperature.
Flash Data not differential liberation data should be used for matching.

For each match table input Temperature and then enter Pressure versus Gas Viscosity,
Z Factor, Gas FVF and Gas Density. Where data is incomplete or not available, leave
the field blank.

The program interpolates between table entries, so for good results, the data tables
should span the range of temperatures and pressures likely to be encountered in the
application.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 207 PROSPER

To preserve the shape of the correlations, only enter only the minimum number of points
to ensure a good match.

After matching is performed, the plot tabs (shown above) can be used to quickly view
the matched correlation against the entered lab data. This can help with the selection of
the best correlation to use.

To perform PVT matching, select the "Matching" button at the top of the screen and refer
to the section on Regression for further information.
2.5.2.2 Regression
This option is used to perform the non-linear regression to modify the correlations to
best fit laboratory measured PVT data.

1. Action buttons – these buttons perform various actions such as matching, plotting etc.
2. PVT Match data – enter the PVT laboratory measured data for PVT matching
3. Match variables – select the black oil variables to match
4. Results – fluid properties calculated by the black oil correlations for varying pressures
and temperatures
5. Match correlation – select the black oil correlations to perform a match on

The non-linear regression matching technique can be used on up to fifty tables of fifteen
data records, each at a different temperature. The following can be matched to:

Gas Viscosity
Z Factor
Gas FVF

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 208

Match Individual correlations can be matched to selected measured

PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations,
Selecting the fluid properties to match to,
Click-on Match.
Match-all All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in
one key stroke by:
selecting the Match All command button
Parameters Having performed the matching process the match parameters
are displayed by clicking on Parameters.
Plot Plots the currently selected correlation against the entered
match data.

The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier - Parameter 1, and a shift -

Parameter 2 to the correlations. The Standard Deviation is also displayed which
represents the overall goodness of fit. The lower the standard deviation, the better the
fit.

2.5.2.3 Table Look-Up Data

If detailed PVT data is available it can be entered in these tables. The program will use
the data from this table in all further calculations if the Use Tables option was selected
on the input data screen. Up to ten separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables it will calculate
it using the selected correlation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 209 PROSPER

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations matched to the available lab data rather than using a straight table lookup.

PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete (i.e. one table containing only a single row of values) this will result
in interpolation effects and extrapolation errors.
If no data for a certain parameter is entered, the selected black oil correlation
will be used to calculate the required data.

Unlike when entering Match Data, where standard conditions should be avoided, when
entering look-up table data one of the conditions at which the properties are entered
MUST be standard conditions.
2.5.2.4 Correlation Parameters
The correlation parameters can be view in the main PVT screen and via Matching |
Parameters. When the parameter window is explicitly opened it shows the values of
the Match Parameters (P1[multiplier] & P2[shift]) associated with each fluid property
for all the correlations at once.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 210

The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of
the fit.

Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind:

1. The value of the Standard Deviation. The lower the Standard Deviation, the better
the fit.
2. A plot should be made and a visual check of the fit quality performed. This can be
viewed in both the main PVT screen and the Matching screen.
3. It should be noted that correlations whose parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. P1
close to 1.0 and P2 close to 0.0) are also suitable candidates. Correlations that
require minimal adjustment may have been derived using similar fluids to the one
currently being matched to in the model.

This screen shows the values of the parameters associated with all the correlations. this
screen shows the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched
correlation. Use these statistics to select the best correlation for your application. A plot
should be made (refer calculation and plot sections) and a visual check of the fit quality
performed before making your final selection.

Reset all to set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions

Reset to reset particular items
Done to save if you have reset any of the data
Cancel to return without affecting anything

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 211 PROSPER

Any correlation that shows perfect matching parameters (P1 = 1; P2 = 0) after

matching is likely to be a bad candidate. This is because the likelyhood of a
generic correlation being a perfect representation of the modelled fluid is
almost zero. This behaviour is more likely an indication that the regression
could not converge and will be verified by looking at the correlation plot.
2.5.2.5 Condensed Water Vapour
In a Dry and Wet Gas model it is possible to consider the effect of condensed water
vapour in calculations. Depending on the conditions of the reservoir (temperature and
pressure) there will be a minimum amount of water vapour present in the gas phase (i.e.
the gas will be saturated with this water).

The option to perform these kinds of calculations can be enabled in Options | Options
and within the dry and wet gas model PVT | Input Data under the Other Data section,
as shown below

When this option is selected the user can now enter data into the Reservoir Data tab:

Based on this data, the minimum WGR will be determined and shown in the "Water
Vapour Data" tab:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 212

Click Water Vapour Plot to view a graphical representation of the calculated

Condensed Water Vapour as a function of Reservoir Pressure and Temperature.

This data is derived from a modified version of the McKetta-Wehe correlation (1958) for
saturated water vapour content of sweet natural gases, which corrects for salinity.
Further information on the properties of oilfield water, and a reference to the McKetta-

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 213 PROSPER

Wehe correlation, “Properties of Petroleum Fluids” (second Edition) Chapter 16 by

William D McCain can be referred to.

The condensed water vapour calculations assume that the reservoir gas has become
saturated with water over time, and thus gas moving from far out in the reservoir towards
the wellbore will contain an amount of water based on the prevailing reservoir conditions
(e.g. average reservoir pressure).

Once the saturated gas reaches the well and enters the wellbore, the in-situ conditions
i.e. the pressure and temperature at certain depths within the well, are used to
determine whether and how much of the water will drop out. This will subsequently have
an effect of the pressure drop in the well etc.

2.5.3 Retrograde Condensate (Black Oil Model) - Input Data

The PROSPER Retrograde condensate (Black oil) model has been developed in-house
by Petroleum Experts. This model predicts liquid dropout taking place in the tubing.
The reservoir gas gravity is determined assuming the principle of mass balance using
an equivalent density of the oil. The equations used are given in Appendix B of the User
manual.

When Retrograde Condensate is selected as the fluid type, the following input data
screen is displayed under PVT | Input Data:

Within this screen the Black Oil PVT properties for the retrograde condensate can be

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 214

entered and a correlation selected as highlighted above. To move from one box to
another press the TAB key.

The screen is split into the following sections:

Input Data section This section allows the black oil PVT properties of the fluid to be
included.

Other Data section This section allows other data, such as reservoir data and water
vapour calculations, to be enabled and added.
Match This section allows the user to view the current matching
Parameters parameters for Dew Point, Reservoir CGR, Z Factor, and Gas
section FVF.
Gas Viscosity This section allows the user to view the current matching
Correlation parameters for each gas viscosity correlation. The active
section correlation is the one selected within the "Input Data" section.

Matching section This section allows the match data to be entered and plotted.
See Match Data for more information.

The table below outlines the input data that is required. For additional information on
this input data, which may help when there is some uncertainty regarding the input data,
please refer to PVT Separator Pressure.

Separator
Pressure of the Separator
Pressure
Separator
Temperature of the Separator
Temperature
Separator
Gas to Oil Ratio at the separator.
GOR
Separator Gas Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
Gravity weight to that of air (28.97). Enter separator value.
Tnak GOR Gas to Oil Ratio at stock tank.
Tank Gas Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of molecular
Gravity weight to that of air (28.97). Enter stock tank value.
Condensate
Specific gravity of the condensate.
Gravity
Water to Gas Ratio between the volumes of water and gas both expressed at
ratio standard conditions.
Water salinity Salinity of water, expressed as NaCl equivalent.

Impurities Enter the mole percentage of H2S, N2 and CO2. These data are from

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 215 PROSPER

the gas stream composition.

Correlations Select the desired gas viscosity correlations. By default Lee at al. is
selected, as it has a wider range of validity.

If only single stage flash data is available, the separator can be entered at
standard conditions (0psig, 60oF). The total GOR can then be entered as the
Separator GOR and the gas gravity as the Separator Gas Gravity. The Tank
GOR can be set to 1 scf/STB and the Tank Gas Gravity to the same value as the
Separator Gas Gravity.

If tank GOR and tank Gas gravity are unknown they can be left at 0 and 1
respectively. The unmeasured tank gas rate should be estimated using a
suitable correlation and added to the separator gas. For such cases, the total
produced GOR should be entered under separator GOR. Condensate gravity is
at standard conditions.

If the separator pressure is above dew point, then there can be no liquid
production. When the dew point is unknown, set it to the reservoir pressure
PROSPER handles conflicting input data by dropping the separator pressure to
atmospheric, and increasing the separator gas gravity as required to account
for the liquid production indicated by the Separator GOR. The mass balance is
respected at all times

A description of the navigation buttons available on this screen can be found in the table
below:

Done Returns the user to the previous screen, keeping changes.

Cancel Returns the user to the previous screen, discarding changes.
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate
model should not be matched against lab or simulated PVT
data. This is because the black oil model for condensate in
PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance
and matching could throw the model out of bounds.

It is important to check the validity of the Retrograde Condensate

Matching Black Oil model by comparing the results to a fully compositional
model. A step-by-step guide showing how to perform this validation
can be found in Tutorial 38.

That said, this option is used to perform the non-linear regression

which modifies the correlations to best fit entered laboratory
measured PVT data. The non-linear regression matching technique
can be used on up to 50 PVT match tables, each with a different
temperature. The following PVT properties can be used as match

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 216

variables:

Reservoir CGR Condensate to Gas ratio versus

pressure
Z factor Gas super compressibility factor versus
pressure
Gas viscosity Gas viscosity versus pressure.
Gas FVF Gas formation volume factor versus
pressure.

It is not necessary to match on all properties for all applications. In

cases where the PVT data is incomplete or of poor quality, better
results can often be obtained by matching on the best characterised
parameters only.
In order to make a plot or listing of fluid property data, PROSPER must
first calculate the values over a specified range of temperatures and
pressures. This can be done via the "Calculate" function.

Using the calculated data points, plots of fluid properties versus

temperature or pressure can be generated. If the correlations have
Calculate been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the
modified correlations. The calculation section is used to generate
fluid property data for display and quality control purposes only.

During the computation of a gradient traverse calculation, PROSPER

calculates fluid properties at each pressure and temperature step or
node as required by the application.
This option allows a PVT data set to be saved under a separate
name. A dialogue box will appear prompting you to name the PVT
Save file. The PVT extension is automatically provided by the program. If
you omit this step, the program will automatically save the (matched)
PVT data in a *.pvt file with the same name as the input (*.sin) file.

Import Allows the importation of a *.pvt file. This is the format of created via
"Save" and allows PVT data to be transferred between files easily.

Export Allows selected PVT data to be exported to file, copied to clipboard

or printed. Click here for more information.
Help Accesses the Help section.
If detailed PVT data is available, it can be entered as a lookup table
by clicking on Tables. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered,
each at a different temperature.
Tables
If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables (i.e. no
viscosity data has been entered) it will calculate it using the selected/
default black oil correlation. If some data has been entered and

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 217 PROSPER

intermediate points are required, these will be linearly interpolated. If

required points are outside of the entered range, the available data
will be extrapolated.

As such PVT tables should be used with care and only when detailed
data for the full operating range is available.

The program will use the data from the tables in all further calculations
provided the Use Tables option has been selected on the input data
screen

In the table below, information on some of the inputs and functionalities are provided,
along with links for more details:

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of

State PVT Model and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde
Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The reason behind this is
that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to
account for the condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model
assumes multiphase flow modelling allowing for gas and/or liquid
phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending on the
CO2 Injection prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and

temperature, it is possible to have phase changes somewhere in the
system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT
calculator that overrides the Prosper-calculated pvt properties and
therefore this should not be used to model CO2 Injection.
If the option to calculate the Condensed Water Vapour is selected
Condensed (either in this screen or in Options | Options), then the Reservoir
Water Vapour Pressure and Reservoir Temperature need to be entered.
Calculations
For further information on this option, please refer to the section on
Condensed Water Vapour calculations.
This options allows the entry of a pressure temperature table
predicting the regions where different PVT formations are likely. This
can be used for Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax
Warnings Appearance, Asphaltenes and Scale Production and will be used
during calculations to provide the user with a visual warning of the
onset of each different formation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 218

Please refer to the PVT Warning section for further information.

This tab shows an equivalent composition (and Binary Interaction
Composition Coefficients) estimated from the entered Black Oil PVT properties.
Please refer to the Equivalent Composition section for further
information.

Note
The PVT Black Oil model for Gas Retrograde condensate should not be
matched to lab data, as this could lead the correlation out of its validation
boundaries and potentially cause errors in the calculations.

Petroleum Experts recommendation is instead to validate the Condensate Black

Oil model against the results of the EoS. Please refer to the Tutorial 38, where a
step-by-step example of this validation is illustrated.
2.5.3.1 Match Data
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate model should not be
matched against lab or simulated PVT data. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance and
matching could throw the model out of bounds.

It is important to check the validity of the Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model by
comparing the results to a fully compositional model. A step-by-step guide showing how
to perform this validation can be found in Tutorial 38 which can be found within Section 3
of the PROSPER User Guide.

Although note recommended, match data can be added in the window shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 219 PROSPER

2.5.3.2 Regression
Unlike bubble point systems (oil), the black oil condensate model should not be
matched against lab or simulated PVT data. This is because the black oil model for
condensate in PROSPER uses a mathematical model based upon mass balance and
matching could throw the model out of bounds.

It is important to check the validity of the Retrograde Condensate Black Oil model by
comparing the results to a fully compositional model. A step-by-step guide showing how
to perform this validation can be found in Tutorial 39 which can be found within Section 3
of the PROSPER User Guide.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 220

1. Action buttons – these buttons perform various actions such as matching, plotting etc.
2. PVT Match data – enter the PVT laboratory measured data for PVT matching
3. Match variables – select the black oil variables to match
4. Results – fluid properties calculated by the black oil correlations for varying pressures
and temperatures
5. Match correlation – select the black oil correlations to perform a match on

The non-linear regression matching technique can be used on up to fifty tables of fifteen
data records, each at a different temperature. The following can be matched to:

Gas Viscosity
Dew Point
Reservoir CGR
Z Factor
Gas FVF

Match Individual correlations can be matched to selected measured

PVT data by:
Selecting the correlations,
Selecting the fluid properties to match to,
Click-on Match.
Match-all All correlations can be matched to all the fluid property data in
one key stroke by:
selecting the Match All command button
Parameters Having performed the matching process the match parameters
are displayed by clicking on Parameters.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 221 PROSPER

Plot Plots the currently selected correlation against the entered

match data.

The non-linear regression technique applies a multiplier - Parameter 1, and a shift -

Parameter 2 to the correlations. The Standard Deviation is also displayed which
represents the overall goodness of fit. The lower the standard deviation, the better the
fit.

2.5.3.3 Table Look-Up Data

If detailed PVT data is available it can be entered in these tables. The program will use
the data from this table in all further calculations if the Use Tables option was selected
on the input data screen. Up to 50 separate tables may be entered, each at a different
temperature. If the program requires data that is not entered in the tables it will calculate
it using the selected correlation.

Better results for sparse laboratory PVT data sets are usually obtained using
correlations rather than using a straight table lookup.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 222

PROSPER interpolates the entered table data and if the entered data is
incomplete (i.e. one table containing only a single row of values) this will result
in interpolation effects and extrapolation errors.
If no data for a certain parameter is entered, the selected black oil correlation
will be used to calculate the required data.

Unlike when entering Match Data, where standard conditions should be avoided, when
entering look-up table data one of the conditions at which the properties are entered
MUST be standard conditions.

IMPORTANT: Tables are usually generated using one fluid composition which
implies a single CGR for the fluid. This will therefore not provide the right fluid
description when we have injection of hydrocarbons in the reservoir or when
the reservoir pressure drops below the bubble/dew point. There is also a
danger that if the range of pressure and temperature is not wide enough the
program may have to extrapolate properties. This can lead to erroneous
properties being calculated.

2.5.3.4 Correlation Parameters

The correlation parameters can be view in the main PVT screen and via Matching |
Parameters. When the parameter window is explicitly opened it shows the values of
the Match Parameters (P1[multiplier] & P2[shift]) associated with each fluid property
for all the correlations at once.

The Standard Deviation is also displayed which represents the overall goodness of
the fit.

Select an appropriate correlation bearing in mind:

1. The value of the Standard Deviation. The lower the Standard Deviation, the better
the fit.
2. A plot should be made and a visual check of the fit quality performed. This can be
viewed in both the main PVT screen and the Matching screen.
3. It should be noted that correlations whose parameters are adjusted the least (i.e. P1
close to 1.0 and P2 close to 0.0) are also suitable candidates. Correlations that
require minimal adjustment may have been derived using similar fluids to the one
currently being matched to in the model.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 223 PROSPER

This screen shows the values of the parameters associated with all the correlations. this
screen shows the match parameters and the standard deviation for each matched
correlation. Use these statistics to select the best correlation for your application. A plot
should be made (refer calculation and plot sections) and a visual check of the fit quality
performed before making your final selection.

Reset all to set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions

Reset to reset particular items
Done to save if you have reset any of the data
Cancel to return without affecting anything

2.5.4 Calculate
2.5.4.1 Calculate

In order to make a plot or list of fluid property data, PROSPER must first calculate the
values over a specified range of temperatures and pressures. Using the calculated data
points, plots of fluid properties versus temperature or pressure can be generated. If the
correlations have been matched, then the fluid properties will be calculated using the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 224

modified correlations. The calculation section is used to generate fluid property data for
display and quality control purposes only. During the computation of a pressure
traverse, PROSPER calculates fluid properties at each pressure and temperature step or
node as required by the application.

To use the calculator, select Calculate and the following screen will apprear:

Data can be calculated for specific conditions (User Selected) or over a range of
conditions (Automatic). When the conditions have been entered, select the desired
correlations and press Calculate.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 225 PROSPER

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

Calculate Starts the calculation
Main Returns to the main menu

Plot Plots the results. Plots can either be view with pressure or
temperature on the x-axis.
Help Sees this help screen
Report Accesses the reporting section
Export Exports the data to various locations
Layout Selects which columns to display
Tables Transfers the calculated properties to the PVT tables
Save PTB Saves the tables in a *.ptb file formats

N.B. When Emulsions are present they must be enabled Everywhere in order for the
calculated Oil Viscosity to be replaced by the Emulsion Viscosity.

Calculating PVT Data

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 226

To generate tables and plots of PVT data:

Select the Correlations (use the best matched ones)

Enter the temperature range and number of steps
Enter the pressure range and number of steps
Click-on Calculate
2.5.4.1.1 PVT plot
When using the new plotting method, the different fluid properties can be plotted by
selecting them in the bottom left hand corner of the screen.

The calculated data can be displayed on a plot. The variables that are plotted are
defined under the Variables option on the plot. After performing a PVT calculation a
plot will be displayed showing both the calculated values and the measured values (if
available).

Carefully examine the PVT plots for consistency with the match data. If necessary,
select a different correlation and repeat the PVT calculations until you are satisfied with
the results.

The plotting screen typically looks like the plot below:

2.5.5 Steam Calculations

In order to allow steam calculations to be included in a PROSPER model, either the
Enthalpy Balance or Improved Approximation temperature models must be selected in

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 227 PROSPER

the Options | Options screen. When one of these options has been selected, the
'Steam Calculations' can be enabled on the same screen:

Due to the nature of steam, a small change in pressure can lead to a large change in the
steam quality and therefore it is recommended that when steam calculations are being
carried out, a small step length (such as 50 ft) be used for gradient calculations.

It is possible to set the steam step length in the File | Preferences | Limits screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 228

Setting 'Use Correlation Step Length' to Yes will use this step length to calculate
gradient calculations but PROSPER will revert to the default step length (250 ft) if the
option is not enabled.
2.5.5.1 Calculating Steam Properties
It is possible to calculate the properties of steam in PROSPER via PVT | Steam
Calculator. This option is only available when the steam calculations have been
enabled.

The following options are available:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 229 PROSPER

Returns to the main screen and saves any data which has
OK
beenentered or calculated.

Cancel Returns to the main screen and discards any data which has
been entered or calculated.
Help Will access the Online Help.

Calculate Range Calculates the properties of steam over a range of

conditions.

Calculate Single Calculates the properties of steam at a single given

condition.

2.5.5.1.1 Calculate Range

Selecting Calculate Range will allow the user to calculate the properties of steam over
a range of pressures and temperatures:

Enter the minimum pressure and temperature to be calculated in the 'From' boxes and
the maximum values in the 'To' boxes. The number of steps to be taken between these
two limits should be placed in the '# steps' boxes.

Once the required ranges have been entered, select Calculate to proceed to the
calculation screen.

Select Calculate to carry out the calculation and view the results:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 230

The reported results are:

- Saturation Temperature
- Saturation Enthalpy (vapour and liquid)
- Quality
- Enthalpy (vapour and liquid)
- Density (vapour and liquid)
- Volume (vapour and liquid)
- Viscosity (vapour and liquid)
- Specific Heat (Cv) (vapour and liquid)
- Specific Heat (Cp) (vapour and liquid)
- Compressibility (vapour and liquid)
- Joules Thompson Coefficient (vapour and liquid)
- Thermal Conductivity (vapour and liquid)
2.5.5.1.2 Calculate Single
Selecting Calculate Single will allow the User to calculate the properties of steam at a
given set of conditions.

Enter the pressure and enthalpy of the fluid to be calculated and then select Calculate to
view the results:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 231 PROSPER

The above screenshot shows the results of a single phase water while the screenshot
below shows the results when the solution is found to be in the two phase region:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 232

2.5.5.2 Setting Steam Quality

The quality of steam is the proportion of saturated steam in a saturated water/steam
mixture. 100% steam quality means that all of the mixture is steam while 0% means that
the mixture is 100% water. In order to calculate the steam quality of a stream, knowing
the temperature and pressure of the stream is not enough. The steam quality is also
dependent upon the enthalpy of the fluid.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 233 PROSPER

When carrying out calculations involving steam in PROSPER, the quality of the steam can
either be set (with the resultant enthalpy being calculated) or calculated for the entered
enthalpy value.

For example, to carry out a gradient calculation for a steam injector model, select
Calculation | Gradient (traverse). In the 'Input Data' section, the additional options for
steam can be seen:

For 'Steam Choice', select 'Enter Quality' if the steam quality is to be entered or 'Enter
Enthalpy' to enter the enthalpy. Whichever property is not entered directly, will be
calculated.

When the calculation has been performed, the steam properties are reported:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 234

These results can be seen by scrolling to the right hand side of the results section.

Please note that if the fluid is not at its saturation conditions (at saturation temperature
for the given pressure) then the steam cannot have a quality other than 0 or 1. If
unphysical values are inserted (i.e. a steam quality of 54% when the fluid is above the
saturation temperature), PROSPER will instead use the thermodynamically calculated
value.
2.5.6 Export
The 'Export' button enables the user to export: input data, correlation parameters, match
data, tables and calculation results from the PVT main section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 235 PROSPER

2.5.7 PVT Warnings

This tab allows the different PVT warnings to be enabled and pressure temperature
curves to be inserted for each:

When one of the PVT warnings is enabled, the Data button can be selected which will
allow the pressure temperature curve to be inserted or the data can be entered directly
to the screen above.

If the data is to be plotted, select Plot and refer to the PVT Warning Curves section for

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 236

further information.
2.5.7.1 PVT Warning Curves
Enter a series of points describing the pressure-temperature region in which the
selected PVT issue is likely to form. This information can be obtained from a study of
your hydrocarbon fluid using Petroleum Experts' PVTP program.

This data can be entered for Hydrate Formation, Salt Precipitation, Wax Appearance,
Asphaltenes and Scale Production.

Up to 100 pairs of data points can be entered and plotted:

2.6 System Menu | Equipment Data Input

This section describes the menu option used to define the wells hardware, deviation
survey and formation temperature profile. The program requests only the data required
by the options that have been selected in Options | Options.

The data required for temperature prediction depends on the temperature model used.
For the Rough Approximation and Improved Approximation there is little additional
data required. For the rigorous Enthalpy Balance temperature model, it is necessary to

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 237 PROSPER

completely define the well environment, including all casing strings, cement tops,
formation lithology etc.

A Note about Depth References:

Depths in PROSPER for down-hole and surface equipment are referenced to zero on the
deviation survey screen. Calculated pressures are then referenced to the Xmas tree (if
no surface equipment has been entered) or Manifold (if surface equipment has been
entered). Therefore, when PROSPER well models are combined in a field-wide system
model, the depth references that were used in the individual PROSPER models are not
important. In the field model, however, the depth of each wells 'Top Node' must be
specified with respect to a common reference.

For sub-sea systems, any depth reference (e.g. sea level, drill floor, ground level) can be
used. If ground level is used then a tied back well would have a negative wellhead
elevation. To minimise the potential for errors in correcting the depths, it is
recommended to use the same reference as used for the deviation survey data.
2.6.1 Predicting Pressure Only
When predicting 'Pressure only', click System¦ Equipment to display the following
input screen:

To start the data entry for a new application, click All to select all of the different sections
and the Edit.PROSPER will then display all the relevant input screens in sequence.

If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display a
summary of the current equipment.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 238

To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it temporarily
from any calculation by setting the Disable Surface Equipment choice box at the
bottom of the screen to Yes.

2.6.1.1 Deviation Survey

From the well deviation survey, select a number of depth points that mark significant
changes in deviation. Enter pairs of data points for measured depth (MD) and the
corresponding true vertical depth (TVD). Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered.

The cumulative displacement and angle will be calculated and displayed as entering the
data.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 239 PROSPER

Done Save entered data and return to previous screen

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Main Save entered data and return to main menu
Help View this screen
Plot Plot the Hydrates Formation Region
Filter Feature to fit deviation survey with up to 1000 points

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 240

There is a Measured Depth to True Vertical Depth calculator at the top of the
screen.
If the user wishes to find the TVD at a given MD, just enter the MD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate.
If the User wishes to find the MD at a given TVD, just enter the TVD value in the
relevant space and select Calculate

Once depths have been entered, plot the well profile by selecting Plot. A plot similar to
the one below will be displayed:

The reference depth used by PROSPER for all calculations is zero in the Deviation
Survey table. The Deviation Survey table is interpolated upon to determine the
difference in TVD between any two well nodes. MD and TVD data must be at
least as deep as the bottom-hole tubing depth; PROSPER will not calculate
beyond the last depth in the table.

Deviation Survey data entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for the
surface reference and an MD the same as the TVD of the intake node. The
deviation survey has to start with 0 measured depth and 0 TVD. Due to this
reason, the reference depth (where TVD = 0) has to be at or above the wellhead.

For a sub-sea well (with or without pipeline), if the reference depth is selected in
such a way that it is above the wellhead (at the mean sea level for instance), we
can actually assume an imaginary vertical path in the deviation survey table down

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 241 PROSPER

to the wellhead. We do not need to include the pipeline measured depth in the
deviation survey. The deviation survey describes the deviation of the down-hole
equipment only.

Horizontal wells with deviation angles greater than 90 degrees from vertical can
be entered. PROSPER will issue a warning that the TVD of one node is less than
the previous one, but well profile plots and calculations will proceed as normal.

For Horizontal wells the deviation survey may be entered only up to the heel of the
well, as the well from the heel all the way up to the to is a part of the inflow
description.

2.6.1.1.1 Filter
When more than 20 points are available, the Filter allows a determined number of
points (up to 20) that best-fit the entered points (see figure below).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 242

In the 'Raw Data' table (figure above) enter the data from the survey.

It is possible to copy the table by selecting the first row and paste from the Clipboard

Besides the standard buttons there are some additional buttons:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 243 PROSPER

Calculate
Calculates the angle of deviation from the vertical
Angle
Reset Deletes the entered data
Filter Calculates a number of points which fit the deviation table entered
on the left. Check the fitting by hitting on Plot. If this is not ok,
change some parameters (like for example the Initial Filter Angle)
until the match is reached
Transfer Transfers the calculated points to the main Deviation Survey
screen

The Filter parameters are described in the following table:

Initial Filter Used to chose second point of the deviation survey; the point with
Angle higher angle will be filtered through
Angle Step Defines the minimum angle difference between two points; if the
difference is higher the point will be filtered through
Maximum The Maximum Number of Points that can be filtered through; if the
Number of number of points filtered is more than the value specified
Points PROSPER will increase the angle to satisfy the criterion
Actual Filter The angle calculated by PROSPER to satisfy Maximum Number
Angle of Points criteria

When selecting Filter, the program will filter the points in order to reproduce the well
trajectory previously imported.

The first point of the deviation survey is always filtered through as a starting point. Then
the Initial Filter Angle parameter is used to choose second point of the deviation survey;
i.e. the first point along the deviation survey where the angle from the vertical goes
above the initial filter angle will pass through the filter and is selected as the second
point.

The next points are filtered through based on the Angle Step; i.e. if the difference in the
angle between two points is more than the value specified.

PROSPER actually calculates the Angle Step internally depending on the Maximum
Number of Points entered by user; i.e. if the number of point passed through the filter is
more than the Maximum Number of Points specified the angle will be increased to
satisfy the former. The resulting value is then reported as Actual Filter Angle.

The filtering is performed on the basis of Measured Depth (not Cumulative

Displacement). In essence, the filtering ensures that the measured depth
(and TVD) between two points is always consistent with the original survey

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 244

even though plotted profiles may appear slightly different. This is because
Measured Depth defines length of the pipe (tubing), which is particularly
important in temperature and pressure drop calculations in PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 245 PROSPER

The Plot function allows to quality check the fitting. In the plot the well entered trajectory
(in blue) is plotted along with the fitted points (in red):

2.6.1.2 Surface Equipment

The Surface Equipment screen is used to enter surface flowline, choke and pipe fitting
data as shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 246

Data is entered from the manifold (at the top of the screen) to the wellhead (at the
bottom of the screen).

PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipe work between the production manifold
and the upstream side of the wellhead choke. The production manifold is regarded by
PROSPER as presenting a constant back-pressure, regardless of flow rate. If systems
analysis is to be performed relative to the wellhead, (i.e. gathering system pressure
losses are neglected) then no surface equipment input is required.

The surface equipment model can be described using the following 4 elements:

Pipe Segment of pipe

Choke A multiphase choke correlation is used which is valid for both
critical and subcritical flow. The choke model to be used can be
selected on this screen. If the Norsk Hydro model is selected
further input will be required. (Use the Choke Data button). We
recommend using the ELF choke method

N.B. The choke model selected in the surface equipment window

will be used to calculate the dP for restrictions and SSSV's in the
downhole equipment window.
Fittings It allows to determine the dP associated to a wide range of
fittings

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 247 PROSPER

Pump A multiphase pump can be entered provided this has been setup
in the system summary screen.

The manifold is set as the first equipment type automatically by PROSPER. Surface
equipment geometry can be entered either as pairs of X, Y co-ordinates relative to the
manifold or the Xmas Tree, Reverse X, Y (Y co-ordinates deeper than the reference
depth are negative) or TVD of the upstream end and the length of the pipe segment.

The difference in TVD between the ends of a pipe segment is used to calculate gravity
head losses. The internal diameter (ID), roughness and pipe length entered determine
the friction pressure loss. The flowing temperatures for each upstream node must also
be entered when calculation option Pressure only is selected.

The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several
identical wells being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line.
The fluid velocity in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered increasing the frictional
pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1.

As an example, the pressure drop in a flowline connected to 3 identical wells

could be modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flowlines
having identical dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual
dimensions for one pipe and a pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also
possible to vary the rate multiplier along the pipeline to simulate varying
sections of dual pipelines for example.

Fittings have been added to the surface equipment section of PROSPER to account for
the various pressure losses associated with pipe fittings throughout a given system.

Prosper can model pressure ( and temperature) drop across a range of fittings. These
pressure drops are handled using the equivalent length concept from which it is possible
to determine the corresponding pressure drop.

v2
h
2g

Where h = decrease in static head (ft) due to velocity (ft/sec) and is defined as the
velocity head.

If a valve or fitting is incorporated in the pipeline the equivalent length is:

v2
hL K
2g

Where K is the resistance coefficient which is defined as the number of velocity heads

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 248

lost due to the valve or fitting.

The K values are tabulated for a wide range of fittings and configurations:

Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

PROSPER multi-phase choke pressure loss correlation accounts for both critical and
sub-critical flow. We would recommend the use of the ELF Choke correlation that it
similar to the Petroleum Experts’ method and is more robust in extreme conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 249 PROSPER

Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the
difference in TVD between its ends.
The down-hole and surface equipment entries must describe a continuous
system. The TVD and temperature of the upstream end of the last pipeline
segment should be equal to the Xmas tree TVD and temperature. In X,Y co-
ordinates, the Y co-ordinate of the last pipe segment must be the same
elevation as the wellhead TVD. (i.e. same magnitude, but opposite sign)

N.B. When specifying the pump in the surface equipment it should be noted that
the pump cannot be specified next to the wellhead or manifold. If your
configuration requires this then specify a small length of pipe (1 ft) in order that
the fluid properties are set up correctly.

To check that the surface equipment description is accurate, click Plot to display a plot
of the pipe elevation as follows:

2.6.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment screen enables the down-hole completion data to be

entered.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 250

The Downhole Equipment screen will change automatically depending on the options
selected in the Options | Options menu screen. For example, if Annular Flow has
been selected, the screen will require Casing I.D. and Tubing O.D. to be entered in
addition to the Tubing I.D.

The tubing string can be modelled using the following element types:

Tubing
SSSV
Restriction
Casing

PROSPER automatically inserts the Xmas tree as the first down hole equipment item.
To describe the tubing string, work from the shallowest depth downwards, entering the
bottom depth of changes in tubing diameter, ID and roughness factor. The deepest
depth entries for the tubing, deviation survey and temperature should be consistent.

The last depth specified in the down-hole equipment is taken to be the

bottom-hole depth by PROSPER and should correspond to the top of the
perforations or the top of the reservoir. Everything below this point is
considered as part of the IPR.

Below the uppermost producing perforation, the flow profile (as measured by
a production logging tool) depends on layer productivity etc. The uppermost
producing perforation is the deepest point in the well passing 100% of the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 251 PROSPER

production. Below this point, the calculated frictional pressure gradient may
be over-estimated in high rate wells having small I.D. completions.

An SSSV is considered to have no length, and is modelled as a sharp-edged

orifice inserted between adjacent tubing string elements. A restriction is
handled identically to an SSSV. The pressure loss calculations in PROSPER
account for choking as sonic flow velocity is approached. The choke model
selected in the Surface Equipment section will be used.

Casing is treated the same as tubing for pressure drop calculations. Only enter a
downhole equipment description down to the producing interval being analysed. i.e. the
deepest casing depth entered should be the point of the producing perforations and
equal to the depth of the reservoir pressure reference. The deepest depth entries for the
tubing, deviation survey and temperature should all be consistent.

The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completion. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.

It is possible to view databases of both tubing and casing sizes using the Tubing DB or
Casing DB buttons. These will take the User to the databases described in the Options
Section.

Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Up to 50 tubing string elements can be input. For complex completions, simplify the
data entry by entering only the major elements that dominate the overall tubing pressure
drop.
2.6.1.4 Temperature Survey
This screen enables entry of the flowing temperature profile of the fluid in the well. If
no bottom hole flowing temperature survey data is available, the static reservoir
temperature at the mid-point of perforations and the wellhead flowing temperature can
be used.

A minimum of two depth / temperature points is required.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 252

Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

PROSPER interpolates temperatures from the survey data for depths within the
table limits, and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate potential
errors, ensure that a temperature is entered for the deepest node depth. It is
recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth, deviation survey
depth and intake node depths are all consistent.

2.6.1.5 Pipe Schedule and Equipment

In the 'Surface Equipment' or in the 'Downhole Equipment' section it is possible to

import as pipe, tubing and casing ID values from databases containing pipeline, tubing
and casing data.

In the 'Surface Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Pipe Schedule
button and in the 'Downhole Equipment' section this is achieved by selecting the Casing
DB or Tubing DB buttons:

These are the steps to import the equipment ID:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 253 PROSPER

1. Select the Type of equipment from the screen - for example, Tubing - as shown below:

2. Select the row corresponding to the piece of equipment and select the Equipment
button (if in the Surface Equipment section, select Pipe Schedule) and select the
database (in this case Tubing Database)

3. Select the equipment to use from the database

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 254

Then Copy and Done

4. The program will show a dialogue with at the bottom an option on the way forward.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 255 PROSPER

For example, selecting Copy ID and OD to Selected Records, then Done will pass the
values to the equipment screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 256

2.6.2 Predicting Pressure and Temperature

The Equipment data entry screens vary depending on the Temperature model selected
in the main program Options. The following sections discuss the different data which is
required to be input when both pressure and temperature are being predicted.

2.6.2.1 Rough Approximation

Equipment entry for the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model varies little from the
'Predicting Pressure Only' option. Click on System Equipment to display the
following input screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 257 PROSPER

To start data entry for a new application, click All Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the
Summary command button will display a schematic summary of the current equipment.

To go back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the
appropriate item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then included or excluded
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the screen.

2.6.2.1.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.6.2.1.2 Surface Equipment

Surface Equipment is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only except that the
temperature of the pipe surroundings and an overall heat transfer coefficient are
required to be entered in the top left hand corner of the screen. There is also no longer a
need to enter the fluid temperature at each node as this is being calculated:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 258

The heat transfer coefficient should not be confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.
The overall heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production
tubing, annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced
and free convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of
the overall heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is
referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

N.B. The choke model selected in the surface equipment window will be used to
calculate the dP for restrictions and SSSV's in the downhole equipment window.

If the prediction type has been set to 'Pressure and Temperature (Surface Gradient)'
then the surface equipment temperature gradient can be entered instead of a single
surrounding temperature value, as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 259 PROSPER

2.6.2.1.3 Downhole Equipment

The Downhole Equipment section of PROSPER defines the path which the fluid takes to
surface and should be defined from the bottom hole (normally taken to be the top of the
producing perforations) to the well head.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 260

The Downhole Equipment input data is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.

2.6.2.1.4 Geothermal Gradient

This is where the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model differs most from the
Pressure Only case. PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile to be
entered on this screen and not the fluid temperature:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 261 PROSPER

The geothermal gradient can be entered relative to measured depth or TVD by selecting
the required option from the drop down menu.

PROSPER requires a minimum of two points for the geothermal gradient; one
taken at the depth of the well head and one taken at the bottom-hole depth.
The formation temperature will be calculated by linear interpolation between
the entered points.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 262

Enter static formation temperatures e.g. extrapolation of temperatures

recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore temperatures.

As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) that
describes the resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and
conduction) from the well to its surroundings. If well test data is available, this U value
can be estimated in the 'VLP/IPR Matching' section. The Enthalpy Balance temperature
model is a convenient way to determine average heat transfer coefficients if no test data
is available.

The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

2.6.2.1.5 Average Heat Capacities

To edit Average Heat Capacities, click its check box then click Edit to display the
following dialogue:

Enter values that correspond to average conditions in the well. Note that for oil, and
especially gas that Cp values are strong functions of both temperature and pressure.

Please note that this temperature model calculates an average Cp based on the
entered values and the mass flow rates of each phase. This calculated average Cp is
used for the entire well. While this is often a good assumption, it may not be applicable
for production systems where there are large changes in pressure and temperature.

Default values are

Cp Oil 0.53 BTU/lb/F
Cp Gas 0.51 BTU/lb/F
Cp Water 1.00 BTU/lb/F

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen.
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main same as done but return to the front screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 263 PROSPER

Help view this screen

Default Reset the data to default values (specified above)

The default values will often give reasonable results in moderate GOR oil wells.
However, actual Cp values for oil and gas may vary significantly. Do not rely on
the defaults - obtain good estimates of Cp, or use the Enthalpy Balance
method where accurate temperature prediction are achieved.

2.6.2.1.6 Gauge Details

Up to 10 gauges can be added to a well in PROSPER:

The pressure and temperature at these gauges will be given as additional results in any
calculation being run.
2.6.2.2 Enthalpy Balance
To commence data entry for a new application, click All | Edit. PROSPER will then
display all the input screens in sequence.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 264

If data has already been entered, clicking the Summary command button will display a
summary of the current equipment. To go back and edit one particular equipment item,
click the button on the left of the appropriate item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then included or excluded
temporarily from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box
at the bottom of the screen.

2.6.2.2.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.6.2.2.2 Surface Equipment

An example of the surface equipment screen is shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 265 PROSPER

To calculate heat losses, additional data such as outside diameter, material type and
insulation (if used) are required to be input. The surface equipment model can utilise the
following equipment types:

Line pipe
Coated pipeline
Flexible tubes
User selected
Choke
Fittings

To allow for pipe bends, etc., enter an equivalent length/diameter (90º bends can be
specified within the 'Fittings option.'). The choke calculation handles both sub-critical
and critical flow and will calculate the temperature drop across the choke.

Descriptive labels for each element can be entered in the Label field if desired as these
labels appear on reports and calculation screens.

Surface equipment geometry can be optionally entered as TVD of the upstream end of
the pipe segment and length or as X, Y (from the manifold or the Xmas Tree) co-
ordinate pairs. More details on these options can be found in the Pressure Only Surface
Equipment Section.

Multiple layers of pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam and bitumen) can be modelled and
this can be different for each pipe segment. The insulation thickness and pipe burial
depth are accounted for.

The choke calculation is for both sub-critical and critical flow. The program will calculate
the temperature drop across the choke.

N.B. The choke model selected in the surface equipment window will be used to
calculate the dP for restrictions and SSSV's in the downhole equipment window.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 266

Choose your surface equipment under the MANIFOLD column. Up to ten entries may
be made. Click the arrow to the right of the boxes and select your surface equipment
type. Enter the length of the equipment, internal diameter (ID) and roughness to
determine the friction on the equipment.

The 'Rate Multiplier' column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to several wells
being connected to a production manifold via a common surface flow line. The fluid
velocity in the flow-line is multiplied by the value entered - thereby increasing the
frictional pressure losses. For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1.

As an example, the pressure drop in a flow-line connected to 3 identical wells could be

modelled using a pipeline rate multiplier of 3. 2 parallel flow-lines having identical
dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual dimensions for one pipe and a
pipeline rate multiplier of 0.5. It is also possible to vary the rate multiplier along the
pipeline to simulate varying sections of dual pipelines for example.

Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be Copied, Pasting or Cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Pipe Burial Depth

Pipes can be laid on the surface (burial depth = 0) or buried. The diagram below shows
the burial depth geometry.

The burial depth is the distance between the soil surface and the bottom of the pipe
(including insulation, if present). The pipe is partially buried if the burial depth < O.D. of
the insulated pipe.

Ensure that the flow-line pipe geometry is consistent with the pipe burial
depth. If necessary, insert another node and change the burial depth for e.g.
the riser.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 267 PROSPER

The soil conductivity around buried surface pipes is taken from the Thermal
Properties database for the shallowest rock type entered in the Lithology
screen.

Insulation

Pipe insulation (e.g. concrete, foam or bitumen) can be modelled and to define the pipe
insulation click the Enter button to display the following screen:

Select the required insulation type from the drop-down list, then enter the thickness.
Enter the insulation beginning with the innermost layer. PROSPER uses the thermal
properties in its database to calculate the thermal conductivity of the composite
insulation. Click OK to return to the surface equipment screen. Different insulations can
be entered for each section of the flow-line as required. The calculated composite
thermal conductivity is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 268

2.6.2.2.2.1 Insulation

To calculate heat losses, additional insulation data are required to be input.

Commencing with the innermost layer , select the insulation type and enter the thickness
for each layer in turn.
PROSPER uses the thermal properties in its databases to calculate the composite K
value that is used in the temperature computations.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

2.6.2.2.2.2 Fittings
Prosper can model pressure ( and temperature) drop across a range of fittings. These
pressure drops are handled using the equivalent length concept from which it is possible
to determine the corresponding pressure drop.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 269 PROSPER

v2
h
2g

Where h = decrease in static head (ft) due to velocity (ft/sec) and is defined as the
velocity head.

If a valve or fitting is incorporated in the pipeline the equivalent length is:

v2
hL K
2g

Where K is the resistance coefficient which is defined as the number of velocity heads
lost due to the valve or fitting.
The K values are tabulated for a wide range of fittings and configurations:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 270

In the Database select the type of fitting, the sub-type and the status.
2.6.2.2.3 Downhole Equipment

The downhole equipment section is used to describe the production tubing, SSSV and
restrictions. The following equipment items are available:

Mild steel tubing

Plastic coated tubing
Stainless steel (either 13% or 25% chromium)
SSSV

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 271 PROSPER

Restrictions

The thermal properties database for down-hole equipment elements can be edited or
added to if required. Pressure and temperature changes across subsurface safety
valves and restrictions (nipples) are modelled. The following is an example of a down-
hole equipment data input screen:

For the Enthalpy Balance temperature model the casing dimensions and material type
are entered under 'Drilling and Completion,' so the down-hole equipment description is
required only for the tubing string.

To select tubing string elements to build up the tubing string description, click on the list
box arrows to the right of the item fields and make the appropriate selection from the
drop-down list.

Right Clicking on a row in the table allows data to be: copied, pasting or cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Up to 18 tubing string elements can be input. For complex completions, simplify the
data entry by entering only the major elements that dominate the overall tubing pressure
drop.

The Rate Multiplier column enables simulation of the pressure drop due to intermittent
sections of dual completions. The fluid velocity in the tubing is multiplied by the value
entered - thereby increasing the frictional pressure losses. For standard single tubing
completions it should be left at its default value of 1.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 272

2.6.2.2.3.1 Insulation

To calculate heat losses, additional insulation data are required to be input.

Commencing with the innermost layer , select the insulation type and enter the thickness
for each layer in turn.
PROSPER will calculate the composite K value that is used in the temperature
computations.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

2.6.2.2.4 Temperature Data

The Temperature Data section is required for the calculations of heat loss for the
surface flow lines and in the well-bore. The input data required will change depending if
the 'On-land' or 'Off-Shore' option has been selected in the Options | Options screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 273 PROSPER

In the 'Temperature Data' screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just as
in the 'Geothermal Gradient' section for 'Rough Approximation').

If the well is on land, then the air humidity, temperature and velocity are required as well
as the ground level with respect to the origin.

If the well is offshore, then in addition to the data on the air, the sea level and sea bed
depth must be entered along with the temperature profile and velocity of the sea.

Surface Enter the following data

Environment Air Temperature
Humidity
Air Velocity
Mean Sea Level
in order to calculate the heat transfer coefficients at surface.
Formation Gradient Enter a series of points describing the formation temperature
gradient.
Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered.
The depth entered can be either
Formation Measured Depth
Formation True Vertical Depth.
Whichever you enter, the other will be automatically calculated
using data from the Deviation Survey data
Sea Bed Depth Enter the sea bed depth with respect to the origin
Sea Gradient Enter a series of points describing the sea temperature

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 274

gradient. Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen.
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main
same as done but return to the front screen

Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.5 Temperature Data (On Land)

The Temperature Data section is required for the calculations of heat loss for the
surface flow lines and in the well-bore. The input data required will change depending if
the 'On-land' or 'Off-Shore' option has been selected in the Options | Options screen:

In the 'Temperature Data' screen enter the temperature gradient in the formation (just as
in the 'Geothermal Gradient' section for 'Rough Approximation').

If the well is on land, then the air humidity, temperature and velocity are required as well
as the ground level with respect to the origin.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 275 PROSPER

If the well is offshore, then in addition to the data on the air, the sea level and sea bed
depth must be entered along with the temperature profile and velocity of the sea.

Surface Enter the following data

Environment Air Temperature
Humidity
Air Velocity
Mean Sea Level
in order to calculate the heat transfer coefficients at surface.
Formation Gradient Enter a series of points describing the formation temperature
gradient.
Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered.
The depth entered can be either
Formation Measured Depth
Formation True Vertical Depth.
Whichever you enter, the other will be automatically calculated
using data from the Deviation Survey data
Sea Bed Depth Enter the sea bed depth with respect to the origin
Sea Gradient Enter a series of points describing the sea temperature
gradient. Up to 20 pairs of data points can be entered

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen.
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Main
same as done but return to the front screen

Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.6 Drilling and Completion

This data is used to calculate the heat transfer coefficients down hole. If the offshore
option has been selected the marine riser parameters must be entered in this section.
Entries must be from TOP to BOTTOM. Thus, the riser will be the first entry.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 276

The completion fluid liquid and gas 'types' can have a significant effect on the heat loss
through the annulus as the properties can differ significantly. If pressure is maintained on
the annulus, the mud weight used should be modified to reflect the actual annulus
pressure at the packer depth. If the well is being gas lifted, the program assumes that
the annulus is full of gas down to the injection point.
c as well as allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Ensure the Tubing OD is less than the Casing ID.

For complex completions fluids, select the appropriate Customised Options from the
main Drilling and Completions section. Completion fluid property data will be entered
via look-up table data. The figure below shows the data required when selecting the
Completion Fluid Gas Type | Customised option from the drilling and completions
section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 277 PROSPER

Five temperature dependent tables of properties can be entered. Please ensure that the
table will span the expected range of pressure and temperature conditions. The
program will not extrapolate outside the range of the input table. The Import button can
be used to import the data from a wide variety of sources.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 278

2.6.2.2.6.1 Completion Fluid Properties

Enter properties of your completion fluid (liquid or gas).

The program will use the data from this table to interpolate completion fluid properties.
Up to five separate tables may be entered, each at a different temperature. The
program will only interpolate (no extrapolation).

Please ensure that your table spans the range of expected temperatures and
pressures.

Done Save the table and return to the previous screen

Main Save the table and return to the main screen
Cancel Abandon and return to the previous screen
Reset Reset table(s) to initial conditions
Copy Copy table(s)

Clip Import/export data from/to the clipboard and export to printer,

clipboard, etc.
Import is a general purpose data importing facility (See how to do this)
Plot Plot the data
Help View this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 279 PROSPER

2.6.2.2.7 Lithology
The program contains a database of thermal properties for various rock types including
sandstone, shale, limestone, dolomite, halite and others. The thermal properties
database can be edited and added to as required. If detailed lithology data is available
it should be entered in the screen shown below. If no data is available, use shale from
surface to total depth.

The reservoir temperature and pressure should be entered for the production reference
depth. The formation temperature gradient is interpolated between the reservoir and
surface environment temperatures.

The heat transfer coefficients of these rocks can be calculated according to their
shaliness, porosity etc. The model used is a transient one. You can therefore predict
the temperature at various points in time.

Right clicking on a row in the table allows data to be copied, pasted or cut as well as
allowing rows to be inserted, deleted or cleared.

Thermal properties for buried pipelines are taken from the shallowest
formation type entered in the 'Lithology' screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 280

2.6.2.2.8 Temperature Databases

Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

Select the tab of the database you want to edit.

Pipes
Insulation
Fluid
Rock Properties
2.6.2.2.8.1 Pipes database
Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 281 PROSPER

Use this screen to amend the thermal properties of existing pipe types or to add new
pipe types to the database. Edited values remain in memory and become part of a
particular well model file when the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or
new user-defined entries for use in other projects, click the Save button to write them to
the database. The Reset button is used to return all entries to the their default values

N.B. Make sure to use the correct units when entering the thermal properties.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Save Save the Data to the registry
Reset Reset all the database to original values
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Report Generate a printer report of the data
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 282

2.6.2.2.8.2 Insulation Database

Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

Use this screen to amend the thermal properties of existing insulation types or to add
new insulation types to the database. Edited values remain in memory and become part
of a particular well model file when the file is saved. To permanently save edited values
or new user-defined entries for use in other projects, click the Save button to write them
to the database. The Reset button is used to return all entries to the their default values

N.B. Make sure to use the correct units when entering the thermal properties.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 283 PROSPER

Save Save the Data to the registry

Reset Reset all the database to original values
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Report Generate a printer report of the data
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.8.3 Fluids Database

Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

Use this screen to amend the thermal properties of the in-situ fluids database.

Default Values are listed below

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 284

Fluid Specific Fluid Specific Heat

Fluid Type
Gravity Conductivity Capacity
BTU/hr/ft/F BTU/lb/F
Water (salinity <
1.00 0.3500 1.0000
10000.0)
Water (salinity <
1.08 0.3450 1.0200
200000.0)
Water(salinity>20000
1.15 0.3400 1.0400
0.0)
Heavy Oil 0.84 0.0830 0.4900
Medium Oil 0.90 0.0825 0.5000
Light Oil 0.96 0.0815 0.5000
Gas 0.01 0.0215 0.2600

Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model file when
the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined entries for use
in other projects, click the Save button to write them to the database. The Reset buttonis
used to return all entries to the their default values

N.B. Make sure to use the correct units when entering the thermal properties.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the previous screen
Save Save the Data to the registry
Reset Reset all the database to original values
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Report Generate a printer report of the data
Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.8.4 Rock Properties database

Enter appropriate values for Cement Conductivity and Casing Conductivity.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 285 PROSPER

Use this screen to amend the thermal properties of the reservoir rock properties
database. Edited values remain in memory and become part of a particular well model
file when the file is saved. To permanently save edited values or new user-defined
entries for use in other projects, click the Save button to write them to the database.
The Reset button is used to return all entries to the their default values

N.B. Make sure to use the correct units when entering the thermal properties.

Done will save the data and return to the previous screen
Cancel will abandon the edit session and return to the
previous screen
Save Save the Data to the registry
Reset Reset all the database to original values
Export Export data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 286

Report Generate a printer report of the data

Main same as Done but return to the front screen
Help view this screen

2.6.2.2.9 Gauge Details

Up to 10 gauges can be added to a well in PROSPER:

The pressure and temperature at these gauges will be given as additional results in any
calculation being run.
2.6.2.3 Improved Approximation
Equipment entry for the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model varies little from
the 'Rough Approximation' option. Click on 'System Equipment' to display the following
input screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 287 PROSPER

To start data entry for a new application, click All | Edit. PROSPER will then display all
the relevant input screens in sequence. If data has already been entered, clicking the
Summary command button will display a summary of the current equipment. To go
back and edit one particular equipment item, click on the button beside the appropriate
item.

Data can be entered for the surface equipment and then include or exclude it temporarily
from any calculation by using the Disable Surface Equipment choice box at the
bottom of the Equipment Data screen.

2.6.2.3.1 Deviation Survey

Enter data as per Pressure Only case.

2.6.2.3.2 Surface Equipment

Entering data for the 'Surface Equipment' is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only
except for the requirement to enter the overall heat transfer coefficient and the
surrounding temperature. The fluid temperature in the pipeline is not longer required to
be entered as this is now calculated.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 288

The heat transfer coefficient can be specified for each pipe segment and should not be
confused with the pipe thermal conductivity.

The heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the production tubing,
annulus and insulation (if present) to the surroundings. Heat transfer by forced and free
convection, conduction and radiation must all be accounted for in the value of the overall
heat transfer coefficient. In PROSPER, the overall heat transfer coefficient is referenced
to the pipe inside diameter.

N.B. The choke model selected in the surface equipment window will be used to
calculate the dP for restrictions and SSSV's in the downhole equipment window.

If the prediction type has been set to 'Pressure and Temperature (Surface Gradient)'
then the surface equipment temperature gradient can be entered instead of a single
surrounding temperature value, as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 289 PROSPER

2.6.2.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The 'Downhole Equipment' section of PROSPER defines the path which the fluid takes
to surface and should be defined from the bottom hole (normally taken to be the top of
the producing perforations) to the well head.

The 'Downhole Equipment' input data is the same as for Predicting Pressure Only.
2.6.2.3.4 Temperature Data

PROSPER requires the formation temperature profile together with the heat transfer

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 290

coefficient to be entered on this screen:

Enter static formation temperatures from e.g. extrapolation of temperatures

recorded on logging runs - NOT flowing well bore temperatures.

As for surface equipment, enter an overall heat transfer coefficient that describes the
resistance to heat flow by all mechanisms (convection, radiation and conduction) from
the well to its surroundings. This value can vary throughout the formation. The Enthalpy
Balance temperature model is a convenient way to determine average heat transfer
coefficients. The heat transfer area is referenced to the pipe inside diameter.

PROSPER requires a minimum of two points for the geothermal gradient; one
taken at the depth of the well head and one taken at the bottom-hole depth.
The formation temperature will be calculated by linear interpolation between
the entered points.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 291 PROSPER

2.6.2.3.5 Gauge Details

As with the 'Rough Approximation', up to 10 gauges can be added to a well in
PROSPER:

The pressure and temperature at these gauges will be given as additional results in any
calculation being run.
2.6.2.4 Equipment Data

Data Consistency
It is recommended that the maximum temperature survey depth, deviation survey
depth and tubing string depth are consistent. The Deviation Survey table is
interpolated to determine the difference in TVD between any two well nodes. The depth
reference used for all subsequent calculations is zero in the Deviation Survey table. MD
and TVD data must be entered at least as deep as the tubing intake node - The
program will not extrapolate beyond the last depth in the table. Deviation survey data
entry is required also for vertical wells - enter 0,0 for the surface reference and an MD
the same as the TVD of the intake node

Temperatures are interpolated from the survey data for depths within the table limits,
and uses linear extrapolation elsewhere. To eliminate potential errors, ensure that a
temperature is entered for the deepest node depth.

Ensure that the length of each pipe segment is equal to or greater than the difference in
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 292

TVD between its ends. The downhole and surface equipment entries must describe a
continuous system. The TVD and temperature(if applicable) of the upstream end of the
last pipeline segment should be equal to the Xmas tree TVD and temperature. In X,Y
coordinates, the Y coordinate of the last pipe segment must be the same elevation as
the wellhead TVD. (i.e. same magnitude, but opposite sign)

Depth References
Pressure drops are calculated from the sand face to the Xmas tree using the fluid
pressure gradient and frictional losses. The length of the pressure traverse is set by the
distance from the Xmas tree to the deepest calculation node. For surface flowlines etc.,
the difference in elevation between the Xmas tree and the pipeline node is also
accounted for. A consistent depth reference must be used for all elements of the system
equipment.
e.g. If the Xmas tree elevation is set to zero, then the actual length of the tubulars run in
the well should be entered in the downhole equipment schedule, and the flowing
wellhead temperature should be entered at zero depth. A complication arises in
deviated wells. Deviation surveys are normally given in terms of the original drilling rig
Rotary Table elevation. Either the deviation survey must be shifted by the difference in
elevation between the RT and Xmas tree, or the Xmas tree elevation (and everything
else) can be entered relative to the original RT.
Which reference to use is immaterial, as long as it is consistent throughout,
especially where sub sea pipelines are concerned.

N.B. When specifying the pump in the surface equipment it should be noted that
the pump cannot be specified next to the wellhead or manifold. If your
configuration requires this then specify a small length of pipe (1 ft) in order that
the fluid properties are set up correctly.

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient

Rate Multiplier
This option enables you to simulate the pressure drop in dual completions/flowlines by
varying the rate multiplier along the length of the tubing or pipeline. It can also simulate
the pressure drop due to several wells being connected to a production manifold via a
common surface flow line. The fluid rate in the flowline is multiplied by the value entered.
For most applications it should be left at its default value of 1. For example, 2 parallel
flowlines having identical dimensions can be modelled by entering the actual
dimensions for one pipe and a rate multiplier of 0.5. To model the pressure drop for in a
flowline which is fed by a number of identical wells, a rate multiplier of 3.0 would be used
for 3 identical wells.

Flow Descriptor
This option enables you to simulate the pressure drop in tubing and/or annulus by
selecting the fluid flow path for each tubing section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 293 PROSPER

The options are:

Tubing
Annulus
Both

Simultaneous annular and tubing production is only available if you select Pressure only
or Rough Approximation Temperature Modelling. It is modelled by iterating on a rate
split between the tubing and annulus that gives an equal pressure at the end of the next
point where the flow will commingle.
2.6.2.5 Surface Equipment Drawing

The following options are available:

Done Exits the plot back to the previous screen.

Main Exits the plot back to the main PROSPER screen.

Replot If the plot has been zoomed in on, selecting Replot will automatically
zoom out to show the full graph.
Output Allows the graph to be exported, copied or printed.
Help Accesses the Help screen

To zoom in on the plot, simply click and drag over the area to be zoomed in on.
2.6.2.6 DownHole Equipment Drawing
In this plot it is possible to visualise the downhole equipment entered in the input
screens.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 294

This is particularly useful for verifying the correctness of the data entered.

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels

Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
Colours outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.

Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 295 PROSPER

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

2.7 System Menu | IPR Data Input

This section describes how PROSPER defines the reservoir inflow performance. The
following table lists the Inflow Performance options:

IPR Oil & Dry & Retrograde

Method Water Wet Gas Condensate
Back Pressure
C and n
Composite
CBM Producer (available when well
type is set to CBM Producer)
Darcy
Dual Porosity
External Entry
Fetkovich
Forchheimer
Forchheimer with Pseudo - Pressure
Multirate Forchheimer with Pseudo -
Pressure
Horizontal well - No Flow Boundaries
Horizontal well - Constant Pressure
upper boundary
Horizontal well - dP friction
Horizontal well - transverse vertical
fractures

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 296

Hydraulically fractured
Jones
Multi-lateral
Multi-layer
Multi-layer - dP Loss
Multi-rate C and n
Multi-rate Fetkovich
Multi-rate Jones
Modified Isochronal IPR
Petroleum Experts
P.I. Entry
SkinAide
Thermally Induced Fracture
(injection only)
Transient
Vogel
SPOT

2.7.1 IPR Single Well Data

The Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR) defines the flow into the well from the
reservoir. Calculating an IPR results in a relationship between the bottom hole pressure
and the flow rate passing into the well.

Click System | Inflow Performance on the main toolbar and the main data entry
screen will appear.

2.7.1.1 The Main Data Entry Screen

The screen consists of 5 main parts:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 297 PROSPER

1. Reservoir Model. In this area the main parts of the model are defined including the
IPR model, which (if any) skin models and sand control devices are being used.

2. Reservoir Data. A number of general reservoir parameters such as pressure,

temperature, water cut and GOR are defined in this section.

3. Model Data. Data specific to the selected IPR model, skin model, Sand Control
device along with the relative permeability (if enabled), viscosity data (if Non-
Newtonian) and compaction (if enabled) are defined in this section

4. Results. The results of the IPR calculation are shown in table form and graphical
form.

5. Action Buttons. Buttons which perform various actions such as 'Validate' the input
data, 'Calculate' an IPR and 'Plot' the results.
2.7.1.2 Action Buttons

Done This button exits the screen after saving and validating all the data
pertaining to the chosen models. If the data are not valid an option of
remaining in the IPR edit screen and reviewing the validation errors that are
listed in a validation error dialogue is provided. This also occurs after the
validation in the Calculate, Transfer Data and Save Results button
commands. If the IPR section is exited with invalid data left in the input then
all calculation options using IPR data and models are disabled.
Cancel This exits the screen and restores the data to its state at the start of the
main edit session. Any changes made during the current visit will be lost.
Validate Checks that the data on the current child screen falls within the validation
ranges of each variable. If the data is not valid, the validation dialogue will

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 298

appear with diagnostic messages. If any data is missing, then this is also
highlighted.
Reset This replaces the data of the current child screen with the data that was
current when the screen was entered
Help This displays information relevant to the current child screen
Calculate Saves and validates all the data pertaining to the chosen models (e.g.
Darcy reservoir model and Enter Skin By Hand) then runs the correct
calculation routine if the data are valid. On successful completion of the
calculation the results are automatically plotted
Plot Will produce a plot screen appropriate to the current reservoir model (for
example, a Darcy plot) and plot the data from the last Calculate command.
Report Enters the PROSPER Reporting System. The report produced will depend
on the current model choices
Export Can export current data (input and results) to the printer, a file, the clipboard
or the screen
Test Data Allows to enter the test data (rate vs Bottom Hole Pressure, a date stamp
and a comment) that will be then displayed in the IPR plot
Sensitivity Allows to perform sensitivities on the various parameters affecting the IPR

Transfer Saves and validates all the current data before opening a standard ‘File
Data Save As’ dialogue that provides an opportunity to save the data to file in
MBAL input format (.MIP).
If PROSPER has been opened from a session in GAP then the data are
posted to GAP instead. The transfer button does not prompt for creation of
a .MIP file.
Save This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. On a
Results successful validation options to either over-write the current file or to save
the PROSPER file using ‘File Save As’ options are provided
GAP This option is only enabled when PROSPER is run from GAP. It shuts down
the IPR screen and minimises PROSPER, thus bringing GAP to the forefront

Note that the ‘Save and Validate’ sequence carried out by several of the
action button commands does not actually save to file but transfers data
from the context of the IPR data screen to the PROSPER data structure in
memory. Hence, files should regularly be saved to avoid losing work due to
power failures or crashes.

2.7.1.3 Model Selection Section

An example of the model selection section of the IPR for the ‘Oil and Water’ fluid choice
can be seen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 299 PROSPER

The 'model selection' part of the IPR input screen controls the choice of almost all the
tabbed dialogues that will be seen in the model data sectopm.
There are four major selections done in this screen. These are:

Selection of Reservoir Model

For each fluid various single well IPR models available to be selected. Details on
each model can be found in the subsequent sections of this guide.

Selection of Mechanical/Geometrical Skin Model

The user has the option of entering the skin by hand or using one of the analytical
models to model the mechanical and geometric skin.

Selection of Deviation / Partial Penetration Skin Model

There are three skin models and these become available if a analytical skin
model of mechanical / geometric skin calculation has been used.

Enabling sand control devices and specifying the type.

The type of completion (cased or open hole) is chosen from the main Options
screen (in the PROSPER main menu).

In case gas coning option has been selected in main options, for oils the
coning button is displayed to allow the activation of a dialogue screen in which
parameters for the calculation of rate-dependent GORs can be entered

If the fluid is a gas or a condensate the format of the screen is very similar; only the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 300

reservoir and other model input selections vary for example, in gas systems, we have
CGR and WGR instead of GOR and WC.

The choice of reservoir models governs which subsidiary models (principally skin) are
enabled. Thus, horizontal well models do not require a deviation skin data entry and
some of the more complex reservoir models (e.g. multi-layer with dP friction loss)
contain their own skin and gravel pack models.

2.7.1.4 Reservoir Data

In the reservoir data section the user specifies the pressure, temperature,
producing GOR and water cut.

Compaction Permeability Reduction Model.

This option can be set to Yes or No. If set to Yes, the user must enter an initial
reservoir pressure, compressibility and compaction model exponent to model the
decrease in permeability due to compaction.

Relative permeability.
This option can be set to Yes or No in case of oils. If set to Yes, the user has the
option of defining a set of relative permeability curves, which will be used to
change productivity of the system with changing water cut.
2.7.1.5 Data Input Section

The data input section contains a set of data entry tabbed dialogues that become
available depending on the IPR model and other options selected.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 301 PROSPER

The tabs are coloured according to the validity of the data on the
corresponding dialogues.

If the tab is green, then the data is valid for the current system set-up.

If it is red, then the data is invalid or empty.

If the tab is grey, then this tab is not applicable to the current reservoir
model (or model selection) and so is inaccessible.

The tabs are labelled as follows:

Reservoir Model
Mech/Geom Skin
Dev/PP Skin
Gravel Pack
Relative Perm
Viscosity
Compaction

Notes on Data Validation:

Pressing the validate button invokes a checking routine which flags for the
any invalid entries.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 302

Notes on Data Entry in IPR section

In all the IPR input sections, for various options, the data may be required to be entered
in one of the following ways:

Entering a value against a blank field

Pressing a push button, which takes us further into another screen, where actual
data required is entered as indicated against Dietz calculator on the screenshot
above.
Using a drop-down list.

Some models require data entered for multiple layers (e.g. multi-layer and
multi-layer with dP friction loss) and/or multiple completion zones (e.g.
horizontal well with dP friction loss and Wong-Clifford deviation/partial
penetration skin model).
In dialogues with grid entry it is also possible to select, copy, cut and paste
blocks of the table, using mouse drag operations and the buttons provided on
the screen. As the data in a table are typically interdependent some
consistency validation checks are carried out in addition to the range
validation.

2.7.1.6 Results Data

The results of the IPR calculation are shown in the Results section

The results include

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 303 PROSPER

A breakdown of the results in table form

A graph of FBHP and FBHT with temperature

More detailed plotting can be obtained from the results menu.

2.7.2 IPR Models for Oil and Water Wells

About twenty inflow options are available. The choice depends upon the available
information and the type of sensitivities that you wish to run. If multi-rate test data is
available it can be input so that the modeled inflow matches the actual measured inflow
in the well.

The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be entered for all inflow
performance models, however both the Multi-rate Fetkovich and Multi-rate Jones
models can be used to calculate the reservoir pressure. For multi-layer reservoirs only
the temperature is entered as reservoir pressure has no meaning.

Mechanical/geometrical skin can be either entered or calculated using Locke's,

MacLeod's or Karakas and Tariq's method. Deviation/partial penetration skins can be
calculated separately, using the Cinco/Martin-Bronz or Wong-Clifford approaches.

Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can be
matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water
cut. Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.

The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water saturation.
If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and
gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated
as a function of both water cut and production rate.

Correction for Vogel

The option is available if you have selected to use relative permeability curves. If you
select to use this option then the relative permeability correction described above are
extended to include gas relative permeability curves. If the relative permeability
curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and gas) can be determined.
This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated as a function of both water
cut, producing GOR and production rate.

Frictional pressure losses between multiple producing zones are accounted for in the
Horizontal Well - friction dP and Multi layer - friction dP. A network algorithm determines
the production from each zone while accounting for flowing pressure losses to find the
total well production.

To select the IPR method click on the appropriate field in the reservoir model list box.
Next, choose the desired mechanical/geometrical and deviation/partial penetration skin
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 304

models. Depending on the reservoir model chosen it may not be possible to choose
certain skin model types (e.g. deviation/partial penetration models for horizontal wells).
The technique you select will determine the IPR dialogues displayed in the data input
tabbed screen. You will only be shown the screens, options and fields necessary for
your selection.

The following list of methods is available for Inflow Performance in OIL.

P.I. Entry
Vogel
Composite
Darcy
Fetkovich
Multi rate Fetkovich
Jones
Multi rate Jones
Transient
Hydraulically Fractured Well
Horizontal Well ( no flow boundaries)
Horizontal Well ( constant pressure upper boundary)
Multi Layer reservoir (up to 50 layers and 3 choices of layer model)
External entry
Horizontal Well with friction dP loss along the tubing
Multi Layer model with pressure loss between layers
SkinAide (due to ELF Aquitaine)
Dual Porosity
Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
Thermally Induced Fracture

Skin models
Sand Control Options
Gas Coning Calculation
Shape Factor Calculator
Relative Permeability Model

2.7.2.1 P.I. Entry

A straight-line inflow model is used above the bubble point based on the equation
shown below. The Vogel empirical solution is used below the bubble point, the test point
being the rate calculated using the following equation at bottom hole pressure equal to
bubble point. The user input productivity index (PI) is used to calculate the IPR. The IPR
rates are always Liquid Rates. Hence the PI refers to Liquid Rate.

Q J ( Pr Pb )

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 305 PROSPER

Where J is the Productivity Index, expressed as (STB/day)/psi.

2.7.2.2 Vogel

The program uses the straight-line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel empirical solution below the bubble point. A single flowing bottom hole pressure
and surface test rate is used to calculate the IPR, below the bubble point. From this IPR
the rate and bubble point pressure are used to evaluate the PI for the straight-line part of
the inflow above the bubble point.

When calculating IPR sensitivities for reservoir pressure, PROSPER retains the correct
well productivity. Otherwise, changing the reservoir pressure changes the Vogel well
productivity.

2
Q Pwf Pwf
1 0.2 0.8
Qmax Pr Pr

2.7.2.3 Composite

This is an extension of the Vogel inflow solution (Petrobras method) that accounts for
water cut.

Vogel essentially decreases the inflow below bubble point because of gas formation.
However, if the water cut is higher the inflow potential will increase and approach a
straight-line IPR due to single-phase flow.

More information on the 'Composite' model can be found on page 30-32 of 'The
Technology of Artificial Lift Methods - Volume 4' by Kermit Brown.

A test flow rate, flowing bottom-hole pressure and water cut are required to be entered.

2.7.2.4 Darcy

The program uses the Darcy inflow equation above the bubble point and the Vogel
solution below the bubble point. The Vogel solution is based upon the rate when the
FBHP is equal to the bubble point as calculated by the Darcy equation.
The required inputs are:

Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability

Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. the net

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 306

pay.

This is also the stratigraphic thickness of the

reservoir measured perpendicular to the base of
the reservoir layer.

For further information on this please refer to

Appendix G.
Drainage area Drainage area of the reservoir
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area. Click
the Calculate Dietz button to specify your
reservoir configuration and estimate an
appropriate Dietz Shape Factor
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius

If the effects of water cut are to be taken into account when calculating the PI, the
Relative Permeability Curve options should be consulted.
2.7.2.5 Fetkovich

The Fetkovich equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
two phase flow below the bubble point. The Fetkovich equation can be expressed as:

2 2
Q J ( Pr Pb ) J ' ( Pr Pwf )
Enter the same inputs as for the Darcy example plus the relative permeability for oil.
Skin can be entered either by hand or calculated using Locke's, Macleod's or the
Karakas and Tariq method.

Enter the following data:

Reservoir Effective phase permeability
permeability
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock,
i.e. the net pay.

This is also the stratigraphic thickness of

the reservoir measured perpendicular to
the base of the reservoir layer.

For further information on this please

refer to Appendix G.
Drainage area Drainage area of the reservoir

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 307 PROSPER

DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage

area. Click the Calculate Dietz button to
specify your reservoir configuration and
estimate an appropriate Dietz Shape
Factor
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius
Relative Permeability Oil relative permeability
of Oil

2.7.2.6 Multi-rate Fetkovich

This method uses a non-linear regression to fit the Fetkovich model for up to 10 test
points. The model is expressed as:

Q C (( Pr2 Pwf2 ) / 1000) n

The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot. If the reservoir pressure is not
available, the program will calculate it. For producing wells, enter a reservoir pressure
lower than the measured flowing bottomhole pressures. The program will dismiss the
reservoir pressure that has been entered and calculate it.

2.7.2.7 Jones

The Jones equation for oil is a modified form of the Darcy equation, which allows for
both Darcy and non-Darcy pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form:

( Pr Pwf ) aQ 2 bQ
Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from a
multi-rate test. The same data as for the Darcy model plus the perforated interval is
required. Skin can be directly entered or calculated using the available methods.

2.7.2.8 Multi-rate Jones

This method uses a non-linear regression to fit for up to 10 test points for the Jones
model.

i.e.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 308

( Pr Pwf ) aQ 2 bQ
If the reservoir pressure is not available, the program will calculate it. For producing
wells, enter a reservoir pressure lower than the measured flowing bottomhole pressures.
The program will dismiss the reservoir pressure that has been entered and calculate it.
2.7.2.9 Transient

This IPR method takes into account the change of deliverability with time. This method
can be particularly important for tight reservoirs. Both the Darcy and Jones equations
assume that the well has reached pseudo-steady state flow conditions. In tight
reservoirs, the transient equation can be used to determine the inflow performance as a
function of flowing time. Once the flowing time is long enough for pseudo-steady state
flow to develop within the drainage radius, the Darcy inflow model is then used.

Enter the following data:

Reservoir Effective phase permeability
permeability
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock,
i.e. the net pay.

This is also the stratigraphic thickness of

the reservoir measured perpendicular to
the base of the reservoir layer.

For further information on this please

refer to Appendix G.
Drainage area Drainage area of the reservoir
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius
Porosity Average over producing section
Time Time in days, must be greater than 0.5
days

The transient IPR equation is:

'Time' is the flowing time since the last reservoir pressure equalisation up to the time of
the analysis.

The Transient IPR model in PROSPER is designed to:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 309 PROSPER

Check whether the production is in the transient state or semi-steady state.

If it is in the transient state, then the IPR will be calculated using the equation
mentioned above.
If the production has already reached the semi-steady state conditions, then the
IPR will be calculated using the semi-steady state inflow equation

The units used in the above transient IPR equation are oilfield units:

Q = stb/d P = psig µ = cp Bo = rb/stb

k = mD t = hours Ct = 1/psi h, rw = ft

Note:

Although the total saturation weighted compressibility is used in the literature,

PROSPER only uses the fluid compressibility as the relative magnitude of the formation
compressibility is such that it will have negligible impact on the pressure drop
calculations.
2.7.2.10Hydraulically Fractured Well
The hydraulically fractured well inflow model can be used to run sensitivities on hydraulic
fracture designs. The model is transient and is particularly useful in determining the
transient deliverability of a well after stimulation.

The hydraulically fractured well model is based on the paper by Cinco Ley - SPE 6014.

Gravel packs can be combined with the hydraulically fractured well IPR to model
Frac-Packed wells

Reservoir Effective phase permeability at prevailing water cut

permeability
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. the net pay.

This is also the stratigraphic thickness of the reservoir

measured perpendicular to the base of the reservoir layer.

For further information on this please refer to Appendix G.

Drainage Area This is the drainage area from which the well is producing
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area.
Time Enter the time since the last reservoir pressure equalisation
up to the time of the analysis.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 310

Fracture Height The original model assumes that fracture height is equal to
that of the reservoir thickness, however, the fracture height
(Hf) is used in Gas Wells to compute the Non-Darcy factor.
The fracture height is therefore only used for gas well and is
not used for oil wells.
Fracture Half Length Half length of the fracture
Dimensionless Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design
Fracture Conductivity parameter in well stimulation that compares the capacity of
the fracture to transmit fluids down the fracture and into the
wellbore with the ability of the formation to deliver fluid into
the fracture.
K f bf
Defined as: FCD
KR xf
where:
FCD Fracture Conductivity
Kf Fracture Permeability
bf Fracture Width
Kr Reservoir
Permeability
xf Fracture Half Length

The skin by hand is the 'Fracture Face Skin'. This can be set to zero if the fracturing
program has been performed such that there isn’t an additional pressure drop in the
fracture. If the fracturing program has been such that it leads to an additional pressure
drop then this skin value can be increased. There cannot be a 'negative skin' associated
with the 'fracture' as the fracture is being explicitly modelled in this case. The analytical
models such as karakas-tariq are not applicable for the fracture skin and are hence not
available.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 311 PROSPER

2.7.2.11Horizontal Well - No Flow Boundaries

This steady-state inflow model is based on the work of Kuchuk and Goode. It assumes
that the horizontal well is draining a closed rectangular drainage volume that is bounded
by sealing surfaces. The well can be placed anywhere within the drainage region. The
pressure drop along the well bore itself is not taken into account and so this model may
not be suitable for long horizontal sections drilled in high productivity reservoirs where
high flow rates may lead to considerable frictional pressure drops. Instead, the
MultiLayer dP Loss in Wellbore should be used in such cases.

The definitions of symbols for various parameters to PROSPER horizontal well

model are as per this manual and not necessarily on basis of the reference
paper.

Enter:

Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability at prevailing water

cut
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. the net
pay.

This is also the stratigraphic thickness of the

reservoir measured perpendicular to the base of
the reservoir layer.

For further information on this please refer to

Appendix G.
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
Horizontal anisotropy Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the
direction of the horizontal well and Ky is the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 312

permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well

Vertical anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical
permeability
Length of well Horizontal section
Length of drainage area Reservoir dimension parallel to well - Lx (see
diagram)
Width of drainage area Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well - Ly
(see diagram)
Distance along length edge to Xw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance along width edge to Yw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance from bottom of Zw (see diagram)
reservoir to centre of well

2.7.2.12Horizontal Well - Constant Pressure Upper Boundary

The reservoir geometry is the same as for the No Flow Boundaries case, except for a
constant pressure upper boundary. The pressure drop along the well bore itself is not
taken into account. This model requires the same input data as the Horizontal Well -
Bounded Reservoir model.

This model is based on the work of Kuchuk and Goode. The inflow model used here
assumes that the horizontal well is draining a rectangular drainage region with sealing
lower and constant pressure upper boundary. The well can be placed anywhere in the
drainage region. Pressure drops along the well bore itself are not taken into account.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 313 PROSPER

Input Data
Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability at prevailing water
cut
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock, i.e. the net
pay.

This is also the stratigraphic thickness of the

reservoir measured perpendicular to the base of
the reservoir layer.

For further information on this please refer to

Appendix G.
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
Horizontal anisotropy Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the
direction of the horizontal well and Ky is the
permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well
Vertical anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical
permeability
Length of well Horizontal section
Length of drainage area Reservoir dimension parallel to well - Lx (see
diagram)
Width of drainage area Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well - Ly
(see diagram)
Distance along length edge to Xw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance along width edge to Yw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance from bottom of Zw (see diagram)
reservoir to centre of well

The plot below compares PROSPER calculated IPR values with those obtained by
Kuchuk and Goode for a well in the centre of a 4000’ by 4000’ square reservoir.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 314

PROSPER Horizontal Well IPR

vs Fine Grid Simulation
35

Anisotropy

30 h = 50'
0.01 zw = 25'
rw = 0.25'
kh = 50 md
25 0.1 vis = 1 cp

1.0
P.I. (BOPD/psi)

20
Simulator - Lines
PROSPER - Symbols

15

4000'
10

4000'
5

0
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45 0.5
L1/2/Lx

2.7.2.13Multi-Layer Inflow

It should first and foremost be noted that this model is a legacy model. It has
since been superseded by the Multilayer dP Loss in Wellbore model, so we would
recommend users convert existing Multilayer Reservoir models into Multilayer dP Loss
in Wellbore model.
The follow section is designed to help users understand existing models rather than
create new models using this IPR.
The multi-layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered as
shown in the following example input screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 315 PROSPER

Each layer can have different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties
and the oil gravity, GOR and water cut may be entered differently for each layer. The
produced fluid properties in the wellbore are determined from the summation of the
individual layer contributions. The summation accounts for cross flow between layers
having different pressures. Each layer can be gravel packed if desired.

All reservoir pressures should be referenced to the same depth - the depth of the
solution node (the last node in the down-hole equipment)

For cases where the zones are separated by significant depth or friction pressure
losses are significant, the MultiLayer dP Loss in Wellbore IPR model should be used.

If PVT matching has been used in the PVT section, it is assumed that it was
performed on the commingled layer fluids. The fit parameters generated will
be applied to all PVT calculations for all layers in determining the combined
inflow performance.

To use the Multi-Layer IPR, enter the reservoir temperature then click 'Input Data' to
enter the tab-controlled screen, and then click on the 'Reservoir Model' tab button. For
each layer, select the inflow model from: Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, or PI Entry methods
then enter the layer PVT properties, average pressures, thickness and skins. For each
layer, click the 'Layer Data' button and enter the information required by the inflow
model.

To facilitate rapid comparison of flow rates using different completion options,

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 316

select a Null IPR type for a layer i.e., from the Layer Model drop-down
dialogue box select the blank (no text) option. This effectively turns the layer
off. To return it to production, re-select the original IPR type, and the layer
parameters etc. will be re-instated when the IPR is re-calculated.

Layer Model For each layer, select the inflow model from: Jones or Multi-rate
Jones
Layer Layer average pressure
pressure
Layer Layer vertical thickness
height
Layer skin Skin
Layer for each layer separate PVT and layer reservoir properties need
Data to be entered

NB The Multilayer IPR solves the combined contribution from each producing layer
at the intake node. This effectively places each layer at the same depth. The reservoir
pressure entered for each layer should therefore be referenced to the intake node depth.

2.7.2.13.1 PI Entry

Enter the following fluid properties:

Layer GOR Producing GOR

Layer oil gravity Oil gravity
Layer gas gravity Gas gravity
Layer water cut Water cut

A PI inflow model is used for the IPR. Enter :

Productivity index
2.7.2.13.2 Darcy

Enter the following fluid properties:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 317 PROSPER

Layer GOR Producing GOR

Layer oil gravity Oil gravity
Layer gas gravity Gas gravity
Layer water cut Water cut

The IPR model uses the Darcy inflow equation above the bubble point and the Vogel
solution below the bubble point.
Enter :

Reservoir Effective phase permeability

permeability
Formation thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock
Drainage area Drainage area of the reservoir
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area. Click the
Calculate Dietz button to specify your reservoir
configuration and estimate an appropriate Dietz
Shape Factor
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius

2.7.2.13.3 MultiRate Jones

Enter the following fluid properties:

Layer GOR Producing GOR

Layer oil gravity Oil gravity
Layer gas gravity Gas gravity
Layer water cut Water cut

This method uses a non-linear regression to fit the Jones model expressed as:

(PR Pwf ) aQ 2 bQ

for up to 10 test points liquid rate vs FBHP.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 318

2.7.2.14External Entry

This option allows an externally generated IPR data set to be imported or directly
entered. Up to five tables can be entered to allow sensitivities to be calculated on any
arbitrary set of variables. For example, IPRs for a range of reservoir pressures
calculated by a simulator could be input using this option.

An example of an external entry IPR input screen is shown below:

If you select "Skin to Add" in the drop-down box below the Skin Button, then you will
be able able to enter a skin value which will be added to the IPR curve at calculation
time. This option should be user if your externally entered data represents only the
response of the reservoir. If your data includes near-wellbore skin effects then select
"No skin to Add"

Curve Label and Units

The Curve Label and Curve Units entries are text-only values and are used merely for
identification purposes in plots and sensitivity selection labels. No units conversion
will be done.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 319 PROSPER

Import/Export
It is possible to import or export the IPR tables with the extension '.ipr' for the External
Entry IPR

External IPR tables can also be imported from ASCII files. The file format is given in
Appendix D of the PROSPER User Guide.
2.7.2.15Horizontal Well Model With Friction Dp Loss

To adequately model horizontal well inflow in high permeability reservoirs, it is

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 320

necessary to account for pressure loss along the horizontal section. PROSPER divides
the horizontal section into up to 20 sections, and a network algorithm solves for zone
production and well bore pressure. Pressure loss between zones is accounted for.
The reservoir parameters entered in the upper section of the screen determine the
overall well productivity using the selected model. The zone parameters are used by the
network algorithm to re-scale the overall productivity zone by zone.

The model couples the reservoir inflow with the horizontal section of wellbore from the
heel to the toe. The solution process is iterative and begins by establishing the flow
potential using the input parameters describing the overall well length and spatial
geometry along with vertical and horizontal anisotropy. The reservoir permeability
entered in the upper part of the screen is used to initialise the calculation procedure. It
is recommended to start with a permeability value as high as the highest permeability
entered for the individual segments of the horizontal well, entered in the bottom part of
the screen. This highest starting value should facilitate convergence of the model
calculations.

The model assumes pseudo-steady state flow conditions. Hence, transient effects are
not included. In addition, the model is not designed to handle massive hydraulic
fractures perpendicular to the horizontal section (penny fracs) to be simulated with very
high negative skins. Depending on the specific reservoir characteristics at hand, use of
high negative skins per zone, the model can become unstable with meaningless results.
Like the vertical well, use of high negative skins (<< -5) to simulate the pseudo-steady
flow for a successful frac job will cause calculation problems in Darcy's radial flow
model. High negative skins change the flow regimes around the wellbore to the point
where the elliptical model becomes no longer applicable.

Reservoir Parameters
Horizontal Well Model used for overall well productivity
Model
Reservoir Effective phase permeability at prevailing water cut
permeability
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock h
Wellbore radius Radius of open hole rw
Horizontal Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the
anisotropy horizontal well and Ky is the permeability perpendicular to the
horizontal well
Vertical anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability
Length of well Horizontal section L
Length of drainage Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx
area
Width of drainage Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly
area

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 321 PROSPER

Distance from length Xw

edge to centre of well
Distance from width Yw
edge to centre of well
Distance from Zw
bottom of reservoir
to centre of well

The horizontal well models available are:

Kuchuk and Goode (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
Babu & Odeh
Goode / Wilkinson partial completion (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
The reservoir parameters are entered as for the original (infinite conductivity) horizontal
well model.

NB Geometric definitions vary between published horizontal well inflow models. Ensure
that geometric parameters are entered in PROSPER are consistent with the above
definitions.

Zone Parameters
Data for up to 20 zones can be entered. The required inputs are as follows:

Zone Type Blank, Perforated or Open Hole

Skin Method Enter by Hand, or Karakas & Tariq for perforated zones
Gravel Pack Yes or No
Zone Length Length of zone along the well
Zone Average permeability at the prevailing water cut
Permeability
Flowing Radius Internal radius of well for calculation of friction pressure
Zone Roughness Roughness for zone friction calculation

These parameters describe the local permeability and the flow path along the wellbore.
Click the Zone Data button to enter details such as skin and perforation parameters. If
the Skin Method is Enter by Hand, the skin and open hole radius are required. If
Karakas & Tariq is selected, then enter the perforation details and PROSPER will
estimate the zone skin. If the zone is to be gravel packed, this data is entered under
Zone Data.
NB PROSPER uses Petroleum Experts 2 for calculating pressure losses. To allow
comparison of the IPR with and without friction losses, setting the zone roughness to
zero turns off the friction pressure drop calculation rather than calculating friction for a

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 322

smooth pipe
NB The Horizontal Well - friction dP IPR models the pressure at the heel of the well
as a function of pressure. The intake node is therefore the heel of the well. The heel
should be the last node entered in System / Equipment and Deviation Survey tables-
it is not necessary to enter details of the horizontal producing section except in the IPR.
NB If a zero roughness is entered, then inter-layer pressure drops are not computed.
The layer pressures are then equivalent to a potential referred to the depth of the TOP
layer. The calculations are then equivalent to the simpler Multi-Layer IPR without dP IPR
model.
2.7.2.15.1 Horizontal Well Model - Zone Data

The well radius is always required. Depending on the zone choices - completion
method, skin method and gravel pack enabling - additional skin and gravel pack
parameters are entered.

Skin Data
If the Skin by Hand method is chosen (this is the only possibility for open hole
completions) a skin value should be entered:

Zone skin value

Otherwise, additional parameters should be entered for the Karakas and Tariq
calculation:

Perforation diameter Diameter of the perforations

Shots per foot Perforation density
Perforation length Effective perf. length in formation
Damaged zone Thickness of invasion
thickness
Damaged zone Permeability in invaded zone
permeability
Crushed zone Crushing associated with perforation
thickness
Crushed zone Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel
permeability
Shot phasing

The vertical and horizontal permeability parameters also required by a Karakas and
Tariq model are entered in the main Horizontal Well with dP Friction screen.

Gravel Pack Data

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 323 PROSPER

Enter the following gravel pack data for cased hole completions.

Perforation diameter Diameter of the perforations

Shots per foot Shot density
Gravel pack Permeability inside the gravel pack
permeability
Gravel pack length Distance between the screen and the end of the cement
Perforation efficiency Fraction of the number of perforations open to flow

Enter the following gravel pack data for open hole completions.

Gravel pack permeability inside the gravel pack

permeability
Gravel pack length distance between the screen and the end of the cement

The perforation/production interval parameter required by the Gravel Packed

Completion is determined by the zone length.

Gas and Condensate Fluids

When the fluid is not an oil this screen provides a field to enter a non-Darcy flow factor
as well as a drop-down list to select whether the flow factor should be entered or
calculated (in which case the entry field is disabled).

2.7.2.15.2 Horizontal Well Model - Coning calculation

The two horizontal well steady-state critical rate coning models implemented in
PROSPER are based on the work of Chaperon (SPE-15377, 1986) and Ben Dikken
(SPE-19824, 1990). Both models make several assumptions regarding the reservoir,
fluid and well, and the original papers would need to be reviewed for a full list of these.
It is always suggested to review the assumptions of the model with regard to the
conditions in the field, and verify the results of the model (e.g. with field
measurements).

The breakthrough time, on the other hand, is based on the work of Papatzacos et al.
(SPE-19822, 1991). This is a semi-analytical model for the time-dependent evolution of
the water/gas cone for a horizontal well, which enables the calculation of the time at
which breakthrough occurs (based on the entered rate).

When either ‘Gas Coning’ or ‘Water Coning’ are selected, the calculated parameter
‘Well distance from bottom’ is the same as ‘Distance From Bottom To Well’ (which is
entered into the IPR Reservoir Parameters section) and the ‘Time to Breakthrough’
corresponds to the entered well location from bottom.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 324

When ‘Gas and Water Coning’ is selected, the ‘Well distance from bottom’ is the
calculated optimum location and the time to breakthrough corresponds to the
determined optimum location. These are calculated as per the methodology outlined in
SPE-19822.

To perform the coning calculations, enter a production rate and porosity, then select the
required Coning Calculation method. Click Calculate to find the critical rate and time
to breakthrough for the rate entered.

It should be noted however that there is no analytical coning model which is reliable for
all scenarios due to the various assumptions made (e.g. reservoir heterogeneities,
reservoir boundary conditions, fluid, well, solution equilibrium, etc.). To fully capture the
dynamics of a water and/or gas cone, a numerical simulator such as REVEAL would be
required.

The pressure along the wellbore for the specified rate is calculated and displayed by
clicking Plot.
The production contribution from each zone can be seen by can be displayed by
selecting Rate per Unit Length as the X axis on the plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 325 PROSPER

2.7.2.15.3 Horizontal Well Model - Plot

This is the coning calculation plot. The production contribution from each zone can be
seen by can be displayed by selecting Rate per Unit Length as the X axis on the plot.

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels

Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
Colours outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.

Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 326

Help View this Help screen

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

2.7.2.15.4 Coning Calculations Plot

The production contribution from each zone can be seen by can be displayed by
selecting Rate per Unit Length as the X axis on the plot:

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels

Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
Colours
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.

Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 327 PROSPER

depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

2.7.2.16MultiLayer dP Loss in Wellbore

This IPR is for modeling multilayer reservoirs where friction pressure losses between
layers can also be captured. This is the recommended multilayer IPR model to use and
supersedes the "Multilayer Reservior" model. PROSPER iterates until the production
from each zone and the well pressures converge at the solution rate. The effect of
pressure drop between zones and crossflow are accounted for.

An example of a MultiLayer - dP Loss in Wellbore input screen is shown below:

This screen allows for the entry of up to 49 layers.

To enter PVT, IPR data (permeability, test rates etc. depending on the IPR model
selected) and layer skin, click the appropriate button to display the input screen.

The depth entered for TOP is depth for which the IPR is to be evaluated. This is
normally the same as the deepest depth entered in System | Equipment, but it can be
set to surface or other value. The input data required are:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 328

Layer Type Either Blank, Perforated or Open Hole

Measured Depth Measured depth of the bottom layer n
True Vertical Depth TVD of the bottom of layer n
Layer Pressure Pressure at bottom of layer n
Layer Flowing Well radius for calculating layer friction dP
Radius
Layer IPR Model Select from Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, P.I. Entry
Layer Skin Model Enter by Hand or Karakas & Tariq
Layer Gravel Pack Yes or No
Layer PVT Data CGR (dry gas) or GOR (retrograde condensate), Gas Gravity
plus WGR
Layer Parameters Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model - further
information for the parameters can be found in respective
IPR models
Layer Skin Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model

Click Calculate and the IPR for each layer and the summation will be calculated and
displayed on a plot as follows:

To list the layer production in detail, click Calculate | View Results and scroll through the
layer results one by one. An example results screen is shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 329 PROSPER

Scroll from the selection menu to view the results for each of the layers.

Gravel pack and well skin etc can be seen by scrolling to the right of the results table.
Negative layer production rates indicate cross-flow into the layer.

Notes If a zero roughness is entered, then inter-layer pressure drops are not
computed. The layer pressures are then equivalent to a potential
referred to the depth of the TOP layer. The calculations are then
equivalent to the simpler Multi-Layer IPR (without dP) model.

The layer flowing radius is the radius of the pipe connecting the layers
i.e., 0.5 x tubing I.D. The wellbore radius (rw ) is the radius of the drill
bit.

The Gravel Pack sand control option is only available for the Multi-
Layer dP Loss in Wellbore IPR model

2.7.2.16.1 Darcy IPR model

Enter :

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 330

Layer permeability Effective phase permeability

Layer Drainage area Drainage area of the reservoir layer
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area. Click the
Calculate Dietz button to specify your reservoir
configuration and estimate an appropriate Dietz
Shape Factor
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius
Perforation interval (Jones model only) Vertical thickness of perforate
interval

The layer thickness is calculated from the depths entered in the main table.
For more detail see Darcy (Oil) or Jones (Gas and Condensate)
2.7.2.16.2 MultiRate Jones model

This uses the Jones model expressed as:

(PR Pwf ) aQ 2 bQ

for up to 10 test points.

2.7.2.16.3 PI Entry IPR model

Enter :
Productivity Index

2.7.2.16.4 Fractured IPR model

Enter :

Layer permeability Total permeability

Layer Drainage Area Drainage area of reservoir
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area.
Time since production Inflow is transient in early time.
started
Fracture Height Hf

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 331 PROSPER

Fracture Half Length Half length of the fracture

Dimensionless Fracture Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design
Conductivity parameter in well stimulation that compares the
capacity of the fracture to transmit fluids down the
fracture and into the wellbore with the ability of the
formation to deliver fluid into the fracture.
K f bf
Defined as: FCD
KR xf
where:
FCD Fracture Conductivity
Kf Fracture Permeability
bf Fracture Width
Kr Reservoir
Permeability
xf Fracture Half Length

Layer Porosity Porosity of the reservoir layer

The layer thickness is calculated from the depths entered in the main table.

For more detail see Fractured Model (Oil) or Fractured Model (Gas and Condensate)
2.7.2.16.5 Horizontal IPR model

Enter :

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 332

Layer Permeability Total permeability

Layer Wellbore Radius Radius of the wellbore
Horizontal Anisotropy Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the
direction of the horizontal well and Ky is the
permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well
Vertical Anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical
permeability
Length of well Length of horizontal well
Reservoir Length Reservoir dimension parallel to well - Lx (see
diagram)
Reservoir Width Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well - Ly
(see diagram)
Distance along length edge to Xw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance along width edge to Yw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance from bottom of Zw (see diagram)
reservoir to centre of well

The layer thickness is calculated from the depths entered in the main table.

For more detail see Horizontal Model (Oil) or Horizontal Model (Gas and Condensate)
2.7.2.16.6 PVT parameters

Enter the following fluid properties:

Layer GOR Producing GOR

Layer oil gravity Oil gravity
Layer gas gravity Gas gravity
Layer water cut Water cut

2.7.2.16.7 Relative Permeability Parameters

Enter the following data for both oil and water:

Residual Saturation
Endpoint Relative Permeability
Corey Exponent

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 333 PROSPER

A Corey exponent of 1.0 defines straight line relative permeability curves. Values
greater than 1 give a concave upwards curve i.e. delayed water breakthrough. Corey
exponents less than 1 define a concave downwards relative permeability curve i.e. early
water breakthrough.

Also enter the following data:

Water cut during test

Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes the well productivity for
the prevailing water cut. To allow PROSPER to re-calculate the IPR for other water cuts,
the water cut during test is used to determine the reference water saturation for the
test conditions. The estimated water saturation will be automatically calculated when all
the data is entered

IPR Relative Permeability Curves describes the single layer relative permeabilty.
2.7.2.16.8 Skin Parameters

The multi-layer model supports an entered skin or calculation using the Karakas and
Tariq method.

In the former case, enter:

Total mechanical/geometrical skin for completion

In the latter case enter:

Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability at prevailing water cut

Perforation diameter Entry hole diameter
Shots per foot density of perforation
Perforation length Effective perf. length in formation
Damaged zone Thickness of invasion
thickness
Damaged zone Permeability in invaded zone
permeability
Crushed zone thickness Crushing associated with perforation
Crushed zone Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel
permeability
Shot phasing
Vertical permeability

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 334

Wellbore radius Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.)

See Karakas and Tariq method for more information.

2.7.2.16.9 Gravel Pack Parameters

Enter the following data:

Perforation diameter diameter of the perforations

Shots per foot shot density
Gravel pack permeability inside the gravel pack
permeability
Gravel pack length distance between the screen and the end of the cement
Perforation efficiency fraction of the number of perforations open to flow

Gravel pack model information.

2.7.2.16.10 Results Screen

Use the selection box at the top to select the layer to view.
Use the scroll bars to view all of the data for a particular layer

Done return to plot screen

Main exit the results screen and close the plot screen
Help view up this screen

2.7.2.17Dual Porosity

This model is useful for naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation)
porosity is greater than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller
than the fracture permeability, but not negligible.
The model is based upon the work of Warren and Root in SPE426.

It requires the entry of the following parameters: fracture permeability, reservoir

thickness, drainage area, well-bore radius, porosity, time, storativity ratio and
interporosity coefficient.

Fracture Permeability inside the fracture

permeability

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 335 PROSPER

Reservoir thickness Vertical extension of net pay

Drainage area Area of the drainage region
Well-bore radius Drill bit size
Porosity Reservoir porosity
Time Time since production started
Storativity ratio The ratio of fracture storativity to total (fracture plus matrix)
storativity. Storativity is the product of porosity and
compressibility
Interporosity The ratio of matrix to fracture permeability multiplied by the
coefficient square of the effective well radius and a shape factor.
See Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J.: "The Behaviour of
Naturally Fractured Reservoirs.", SPE 426, SPEJ (Sept.
1963), 245-255, for a definition of the Shape Factor

The latter two parameters are defined as follows:

1. Storativity ratio, = f cf / ( f cf + m cm)

where: f - fracture porosity,

cf - fracture compressibility,
m - matrix porosity and
cm - matrix compressibility.

2. Interporosity, = km rew^2 /kf

where: - shape factor (see Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J.: "The Behaviour of
Naturally Fractured Reservoirs.", SPE 426, SPEJ (Sept. 1963), 245-255.)
km - matrix permeability
rew^2 - effective well radius squared
kf - fracture permeability.

2.7.2.18Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures

The horizontal well with transverse vertical fractures is based on a model proposed by
T.M. Herge and Leif Larsen in the SPE paper 28845. The model calculates an effective
wellbore radius based on fracture conductivity, fracture size, wellbore radius and number
of fractures. The fractures are assumed to be uniformly distributed along the horizontal
length of the well. This effective wellbore radius is then used in the “horizontal well - no-
flow-boundaries” IPR model (based on the work of Kuckuk and Goode) to calculate the
well productivity.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 336

This is for use with wells that are stimulated with one or more transverse vertical
fractures. The model is based on a model proposed by T.M. Herge and Leif Larsen in
the SPE paper 28845. The model calculates an effective wellbore radius based on
fracture conductivity, fracture size, wellbore radius and number of fractures. The
fractures are assumed to be uniformly distributed along the horizontal length of the well.
This effective wellbore radius is then used in the ”Horizontal Well with No Flow
Boundaries IPR model (based on the work of Kuckuk and Goode) to calculate the well
productivity.

The following steps describe the method of performing the calculations.

· The fracture half length, fracture conductivity, and number of fractures are used to
calculate an equivalent wellbore radius. This calculation is based on the
technique developed by Hegre and Larsen (SPE 28845)

· The effective well-bore radius is then used in the Horizontal Well – No Flow
Boundary model to compute the IPR of the well.

Input Data
Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability at prevailing water
cut
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
Horizontal anisotropy Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the
direction of the horizontal well and Ky is the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 337 PROSPER

permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well

Vertical anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical
permeability
Length of well Horizontal section
Length of drainage area Reservoir dimension parallel to well - Lx (see
diagram)
Width of drainage area Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well - Ly
(see diagram)
Distance along length edge to Xw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance along width edge to Yw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance from bottom of Zw (see diagram)
reservoir to centre of well
Fracture Half Length Half length of the fracture
Dimensionless Fracture Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key
Conductivity design parameter in well stimulation that
compares the capacity of the fracture to transmit
fluids down the fracture and into the wellbore with
the ability of the formation to deliver fluid into the
fracture.
K f bf
Defined as: FCD
KR xf
where:
FCD Fracture Conductivity
Kf Fracture Permeability
bf Fracture Width
Kr Reservoir Permeability
xf Fracture Half Length

Warning:
Care should be taken when using this model when considering reservoirs with limited
thickness. If the equivalent wellbore radius is calculated to be large, it may exceed the
reservoir thickness and this effectively places the well on the edge or outside of the
defined drainage area. This will lead to unphysical results and therefore the model is no
longer applicable for these cases.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 338

This is most commonly noticed when increasing the vertical anisotropy, number of
fractures, fracture half length or dimensionless fracture conductivity leads to a decrease
in the AOF reported. In such cases, the user may wish to consult a reservoir simulator
(such as REVEAL) which is able to model the multiple fractures along a well.

2.7.2.19Thermally Induced Fracture

Overview
The algorithm follows the framework outlined in : SPE 30777, Thermally Induced
Fractures: A Field-Proven Analytical Model. SPE Reservoir Evaluation &
Engineering, February 1998. J-L. Detienne, Max Creusot, Nicolas Kessler, Bernard
Sahuquet and J-L. Bergerot. Information was also assembled from SPE 7964 (radial
reservoir temperature profile) and SPE 11332 (coefficient for thermo-elastic stress
equation). Note that the temperature profile derivation uses the same basis as the work
of de Lauwerier referred to in SPE 30777.

SPE 7964: Analytical Definition of the Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, A. B.

Zolotukhin.
SPE 11332: The Effect of Thermo-elastic Stresses on Injection Well Fracturing, T.K.
Perkins and J.A. Gonzalez.

This model is concerned with the thermo-mechanical effects induced by injecting cold
water into a hot reservoir. The method first tests whether a calculated pwf rises above
the reservoir stress around the well bore. If this occurs then a fracture is assumed to
propagate and the pwf at the fracture tip is equated to the reservoir stress (i.e.
equilibrium) by iterating on the fracture length. The fracture's effect is incorporated in a
skin term, and two stress effects are considered; a thermo-elastic one (varies with
injection temperature) and a poro-elastic one (varies with pwf). The stress at the well-
bore is calculated by added these effects to the initial reservoir stress. The pwf is
calculated using varying fluid and geometric properties (inner and outer radii) and a
Darcy-like model in three circular zones. The first (inner) is water that is still cool, the
second is water that has warmed up, and the third (outer) is the original reservoir.

The model is not valid for uncontrolled hydraulic fracturing where the fracture length may
be several hundred feet. The fracture should not extend beyond the so-called cooled
injection zone, the extent of which is calculated using the temperature profile referred to
above.

Data Entry
The Thermally Induced Fracture model reservoir data screen is split into two tabbed
screens, one handling 'Injecitivity Index' parameters, and one handling 'Thermo-
mechanical' parameters. Also, it is required to enter the injected fluid temperature in the
model selection screen.

PVT parameter

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 339 PROSPER

Injected Fluid Temperature of the fluid injected into the

Temperature formation

Injectivity Index Parameters

Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability
Formation thickness Thickness of injecting interval (True Vertical
Depth)
Drainage area
DIETZ shape factor (Depends on the shape of the drainage area.
Wellbore radius
Porosity Enter the reservoir porosity
Time Time in days: must be greater than 0.5 days
Mean Historical Average rate injected.
Injection Rate

Thermo-Mechanical Parameter
Initial Reservoir Stress Initial stress status of the reservoir
Sweep Efficiency Factor which gives a measure of the capability of the
injected fluid to flood. It is used in the determination
of the temperature front
Injected Fluid Specific Heat Specific heat capacity of the injected fluid
Capacity
Overall Reservoir Heat conductivity of the reservoir
Conductivity
Overall Reservoir Specific Specific heat capacity of the reservoir
Heat Capacity
Overall Reservoir Density Total density of the rock
Top and Bottom Heat conductivity of the rock above and below the
Surroundings Conductivity producing formation
Top and Bottom Specific heat capacity of the rock above and below
Surroundings Specific Heat the producing formation
Capacity
Top and Bottom Density of the rock above and below the producing
Surroundings Density formation
Reservoir Thermal Factor defining the variation of reservoir volume with
Expansion the temperature (1/V)( V/ T)
Biot's Constant Poro-elastic correlating coefficient, relates pressure

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 340

perturbation to stress perturbation: (1-cg/cb) where

cg and cb are the grain and bulk compressibilities
Poisson's Ratio Dimensionless factor relating the normal to the axial
deformation in axial stress experiments
Reservoir Young's Modulus Factor correlation stress and strain during elastic
deformation

2.7.2.20Coning Calculation

This gas coning model modifies the solution GOR by multiplying it by a weighting factor
greater than 1, which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The output is a total, or
produced, GOR. The model implemented was originally developed for high
permeability reservoirs (see Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger, R.A., "Optimization of
Well Rates under Gas Coning Conditions.", SPE Advanced Technology Series, Vol. 2,
No. 2, April 1994).

The following data are required to calculate the total GOR from a rate:

Reservoir permeability Reservoir permeability

Perforation height Vertical thickness of the perforations
Vertical anisotropy Ratio of the permeability in the vertical direction to the
permeability in the horizontal plane
Vertical distance from Vertical distance from perforation top to bottom
perforation top to gas-oil
contact
Three correlating Correlation parameters can be determined by matching
parameters: F1, F3 and the model to test data (liquid rate vs GOR)
an exponent

This dialogue allows the correlating parameters to be tuned. There is an automatic

matching facility which calculates F3 from the other data and a (rate, GOR) coordinate.
Also, the GOR can be calculated from different rates whilst in this screen in order to
verify the parameters.

In order to match F3, input the other data including the test data point and click on
Match. The presently entered value of F3 will be recalculated.

In order to calculated the GOR from a rate enter all the above mentioned data and a rate
in the field titled Entered Rate. Then click on Calculate to find the GOR.

The other buttons perform the following functions:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 341 PROSPER

Done saves and validates the data before exiting the screen if the data are
valid. Otherwise the user is notified and given the option to stay in the
dialogue and review the data
Cancel exits the screen without saving and validating the data entries
Validate reports the validation status of the screen data, as per the same
function in the IPR main screen

It is recommended that this model be calibrated against measure rate versus

produced GOR data before using it as a predictive tool.

2.7.3 Inflow Performance (Gas and Condensate)

Twenty inflow options are available. The choice depends upon the available information
and the type of sensitivities that you wish to run. If multi-rate test data is available it can
be input so that the modeled inflow matches the actual measured inflow in the well.

The average reservoir pressure and reservoir temperature must be entered for all inflow
performance models, however both the Multi-rate C and n and Multi-rate Jones models
can be used to calculate the reservoir pressure. For multi-layer reservoirs only the
temperature is entered as reservoir pressure has no meaning.

Mechanical/geometrical skin can be either entered or calculated using Locke's,

MacLeod's or Karakas and Tariq's method. Deviation/partial penetration skins can be
calculated separately, using the Cinco/Martin-Bronz or Wong-Clifford approaches.

To select the IPR method click on the arrow to the right of the IPR input field and choose
one of the 10 methods available. The technique you select will determine the
subsequent IPR screens displayed. You will only be shown the screens, options and
fields necessary for your selection.

The following list of correlations is available for Inflow Performance in GAS and
CONDENSATE.

Jones
Forcheimer
Back pressure
C and N
Multi rate C and n
Multi rate Jones
External entry
Petroleum Experts
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 342

Hydraulically Fractured Well

Horizontal Well - No Flow Boundaries
Multi Layer reservoir (up to 50 layers and 2 choices of layer model)
Horizontal Well with friction dP loss along the tubing
SkinAide ( due to ELF Aquitaine)
Dual Porosity
Horizontal Well with Transverse Vertical Fractures
Multi Layer model with pressure loss between layers
Modified Isochronal

Skin models
Sand Control Options
Shape factor model
2.7.3.1 Jones

The Jones equation for gas is a modified form of the Darcy equation which allows for
both laminar and turbulent flow pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form of:

2 2
Pres Pwf aQ 2 bQ

Where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or "a" and "b" can be
determined from a multi-rate test.

Enter:
Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability
Formation thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock
(vertical depth)
Drainage area Drainage area of the reservoir
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage
area
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius
Perforated interval Thickness of producing interval that is
open to flow (vertical depth

The Jones IPR model is discouraged from being used with high reservoir
pressures as the assumption of the model is to keep 1 / µ Z constant at all
pressures.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 343 PROSPER

2.7.3.2 Forchiemer

The Forcheimer equation expresses the inflow performance in terms of turbulent and
non turbulent pressure drop coefficients expressed as

2 2
Pres Pwf aQ 2 bQ

Enter
"a" the turbulent pressure drop
"b" the laminar pressure drop

2.7.3.3 Back Pressure

In this form of the back pressure equation:

Q C (PR2 Pw2f ) n

C is determined from the reservoir pressure and reservoir properties. Required input
data are:

Reservoir Effective phase permeability

permeability
Formation thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock
Drainage Area Drainage area of the reservoir
DIETZ Shape Factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area. Used to correct
the assumption that the flow into the well is perfectly radial.
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
Exponent n Between 0.5 and 1

2.7.3.4 C and n

This is the a common form of the back pressure equation:

n
Q C PR2 Pw2f

P2 P2
C and n can be determined from a plot of: Q versus R wf
on log-log paper.
n is the inverse of the slope and varies between 1 for Darcy flow to 0.5 for completely

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 344

non-Darcy flow.

Enter:
C and n.

NOTE: Unit conversions for C

In converting the value of C from one unit system to another (oilfield to metric for
example), the value of n needs to be included in the unit conversion formula. The unit
conversion system in PROSPER can only support units being converted by constant
values. Therefore, any unit conversions of C have to be done outside of PROSPER and
the values entered in the program - as opposed to allowing the program to perform the
unit conversion.
2.7.3.5 MultiRate C and n
Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the C and n back pressure
equation for gas:

The fit values of C and n are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report.

If the reservoir pressure defined in the IPR section is less than the highest value of the
bottom hole pressure for the test points, then PROSPER will automatically calculate the
reservoir pressure. For example, there are two well test data points defined for the IPR
model as follows:

If the reservoir pressure defined is less than 2500 psig (the bottom hole pressure for the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 345 PROSPER

lower rate), PROSPER will recalculate the reservoir pressure. If the reservoir pressure is
greater than the highest FBHP specified, then the Multirate C & n model is designed to
recalculate the C and n parameters so that the IPR will pass through the test data points
and the reservoir pressure specified.

It is advised to enter three or more test points. Using a single data point can
generate a non-representative IPR profile as multiple solutions become
available.

2.7.3.6 MultiRate Jones

Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the Jones equation for gas
expressed as:

PR2 Pw2f a Q2 bQ
The fit values of a and b are posted on the IPR plot and listed in the IPR report. The
multi-rate Jones IPR is a convenient way to determine a and b from well tests. These
values can be entered in the Forcheimer IPR for calculating IPR sensitivities.

The program will automatically calculate the reservoir pressure if it is not available. For
producing wells, input a reservoir pressure lower than the measured pressures. The
program will dismiss the reservoir pressure entered and calculate one. For injection
wells, input a reservoir pressure higher than one of the pressures entered. The program
will calculate the reservoir pressure.

Note for injection wells. If flow test data for a producer has been fitted, the well
will have the correct IPR if it is then converted to an injector.

2.7.3.7 External Entry

Refer to External Entry for Oil.

2.7.3.8 Petroleum Experts

The Petroleum Experts inflow option uses a multi-phase pseudo pressure function to
model the reduction in well productivity resulting from increasing liquid saturation in
condensate wells. It assumes that no condensate banking occurs and that all the
condensate that drops out is produced. Transient effects on P.I. are accounted for if the
well is calculated to be producing in a time period before stead-state conditions have
been established.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 346

The following data is required to be entered:

Reservoir Either total or effective permeability at connate water

permeability saturation
Formation thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock
Drainage Area Drainage area of the reservoir
DIETZ Shape Factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area. Used to correct
the assumption that the flow into the well is perfectly radial.
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
Perforation Interval Enter the TVD of the height of perforations for the well. This is
used to calculate the non-Darcy coefficient
Porosity Average over producing section
Time Refer to Transient IPR for Oil - Section 7.2.9
Connate water Used in relative permeability calcs. - see below
saturation
Permeability entered Either total or effective at Swc
Non-Darcy Flow Enter by hand or PROSPER can calculate it
Factor

The non-Darcy coefficient can be entered from a well test where available or calculated
using a correlation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 347 PROSPER

The D factor calculation is based on equations 8.24 and 8.27 from Chapter 8 of
‘Fundamentals of Reservoir Engineering’ by L. Dake.

Since the Petroleum Experts IPR model calculates flow profile during transient
conditions, the constant in equation 8.27 is replaced by 1637. This is based on the
Essis-Thomas equation for flow during transient conditions.

The non-Darcy D-factor is calculated as a product of the following two variables:

D = A1*A2

Where:

A1 = 3.161E-12 βTabs SG / (µ ghperf 2rw )

A2 = kabs h / (1637Tabs )

keff = kabs (1-Sw c )2

β = 2.73E10 / keff 1.1045

The following diagram illustrates how PROSPER treats total and effective permeability in
the Petroleum Experts IPR model:

Petroleum Experts IPR

Relative Permeability Method
Krl
1
0.9 Krg' Krg when effective permeability is entered
Relative Permeability

0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5 Krg when total permeability is entered
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1 Slc
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
Liquid Saturation

The mass flow rate of each phase is directly proportional to its mobility (k/ ), Kr’s can be
determined using PVT and the surface production rates. This technique is used to
determine the reduction in productivity as a function of the produced liquid ratios.

The derivation of the Multiphase Pseudo Pressure technique and details of the
equations used are given in Appendix B.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 348

2.7.3.9 Hydraulically Fractured

The hydraulically fractured well inflow model can be used to run sensitivities on hydraulic
fracture designs. Gravel packs can be combined with the hydraulically fractured well IPR
to model Frac-Packed wells.

Input Data
Reservoir permeability Either total or effective permeability at connate water
saturation
Formation thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock
Drainage Area Drainage area of reservoir
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area.
Time Inflow is transient in early time.
Fracture Height Hf
Fracture Half Length Half length of the fracture
Dimensionless Fracture Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design
Conductivity parameter in well stimulation that compares the
capacity of the fracture to transmit fluids down the
fracture and into the wellbore with the ability of the
formation to deliver fluid into the fracture.
K f bf
Defined as: FCD
KR xf
where:
FCD Fracture Conductivity
Kf Fracture Permeability
bf Fracture Width
Kr Reservoir
Permeability
xf Fracture Half Length

Connate Water Saturation Used in relative permeability calcs. - see Petroleum

Experts IPR
Permeability Select either Gas or Total
Non-Darcy Flow Factor Calculated or Entered

NOTE:
The model is transient and is particularly useful in determining the transient deliverability

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 349 PROSPER

of a well after stimulation.

2.7.3.10Horizontal well - no flow boundaries

This model is based on the work of Kuchuk and Goode. The inflow model used here
assumes that the horizontal well is draining a closed rectangular drainage volume with
sealing surfaces. The well can be placed anywhere in the drainage region. Pressure
drops along the well bore itself are not taken into account.

Input Data
Reservoir permeability Either total or effective permeability at connate
water saturation
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
Horizontal anisotropy Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the
direction of the horizontal well and Ky is the
permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well
Vertical anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical
permeability
Length of well Horizontal section
Length of drainage area Reservoir dimension parallel to well - Lx (see
diagram)
Width of drainage area Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well - Ly
(see diagram)
Distance along length edge to Xw (see diagram)
centre of well

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 350

Distance along width edge to Yw (see diagram)

centre of well
Distance from bottom of Zw (see diagram)
reservoir to centre of well
Reservoir Porosity Average over producing section
Connate Water Saturation Used in relative permeability calcs. - see
Petroleum Experts IPR
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (if
entered is selected)
Permeability entered Either Total Permeability or Permeability to Gas

The model can also be used in a stimulated production situation with transverse vertical
fractures.

2.7.3.11Multi Layer

It should first and foremost be noted that this model is a legacy model. It has
since been superseded by the Multilayer dP Loss in Wellbore model, so we would
recommend users convert existing Multilayer Reservoir models into Multilayer dP Loss
in Wellbore model.

The Multi-Layer inflow model allows up to 50 discrete reservoir layers to be entered

each with different reservoir pressures, inflow models and fluid properties. The
produced fluid properties in the wellbore are determined from the summation of the
individual layer contributions. The summation accounts for crossflow between layers
having different pressures. Each layer can be gravel packed if desired. Both Injectors
and Producers can be modelled. For cases where the zones are separated by a
significant depth or friction pressure losses are significant, the Multi-layer - friction dP
network IPR model should be used.

If PVT matching has been used in the PVT section, it is assumed that it was performed
on the commingled layer fluids. The fit parameters generated will be applied to all PVT
calculations for all layers in determining the combined inflow performance.

Enter the following:

Layer Model For each layer, select the inflow model from: Jones or Multi-rate
Jones
Layer pressure Layer average pressure
Layer height Layer vertical thickness
Layer skin Skin

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 351 PROSPER

Layer for each layer separate PVT and layer reservoir properties
Data need to be entered

To facilitate rapid comparison of flow rates using different completion options, select a
null IPR type for a layer. This effectively turns the layer off. To return it to production, re-
select the original IPR type, and the layer parameters etc. will be reinstated when the
IPR is calculated.

NB The Multi-Layer IPR solves the combined contribution from each producing
layer at the intake node. This effectively places each layer at the same depth. The
reservoir pressure entered for each layer should therefore be referenced to the intake
node depth.
2.7.3.11.1 Jones Layer Model

Enter layer fluid properties:

Layer gas gravity Gas gravity

CGR (dry gas), or Condensate to
GOR (retrograde Gas ratio or Gas
condensate) to Oil ratio
WGR water to gas ratio

The Jones equation for gas is a modified form of the Darcy equation which allows for
both laminar and turbulent flow pressure drops. The Jones equation can be expressed in
the form of:

2 2
Pres Pwf aQ 2 bQ

where "a" and "b" are calculated from reservoir properties or can be determined from a
multi-rate test.

Enter:

Layer permeability Effective phase permeability

Drainage area Drainage area of the reservoir
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area. Click the
Calculate Dietz button to specify your reservoir
configuration and estimate an appropriate Dietz
Shape Factor
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius equal to the drill bit radius

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 352

2.7.3.11.2 MultiRate Jones Layer Model

Enter layer fluid properties:

Layer gas gravity Gas gravity

CGR (dry gas), or Condensate to
GOR (retrograde Gas ratio or Gas
condensate) to Oil ratio
WGR water to gas ratio

Up to 10 test points can be entered and they will be fitted to the Jones equation for gas
expressed as

2 2
Pres Pwf aQ 2 bQ

2.7.3.12Horizontal Well Model With Friction Dp Loss

To adequately model horizontal well inflow in high permeability reservoirs, it is

necessary to account for pressure loss along the horizontal section. PROSPER divides
the horizontal section into up to 20 sections, and a network algorithm solves for zone
production and well bore pressure. Pressure loss between zones is accounted for.
The reservoir parameters entered in the upper section of the screen determine the
overall well productivity using the selected model. The zone parameters are used by the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 353 PROSPER

network algorithm to re-scale the overall productivity zone by zone.

The model couples the reservoir inflow with the horizontal section of wellbore from the
heel to the toe. The solution process is iterative and begins by establishing the flow
potential using the input parameters describing the overall well length and spatial
geometry along with vertical and horizontal anisotropy. The reservoir permeability
entered in the upper part of the screen is used to initialise the calculation procedure. It
is recommended to start with a permeability value as high as the highest permeability
entered for the individual segments of the horizontal well, entered in the bottom part of
the screen. This highest starting value should facilitate convergence of the model
calculations.

The model assumes pseudo-steady state flow conditions. Hence, transient effects are
not included. In addition, the model is not designed to handle massive hydraulic
fractures perpendicular to the horizontal section (penny fracs) to be simulated with very
high negative skins. Depending on the specific reservoir characteristics at hand, use of
high negative skins per zone, the model can become unstable with meaningless results.
Like the vertical well, use of high negative skins (<< -5) to simulate the pseudo-steady
flow for a successful frac job will cause calculation problems in Darcy's radial flow
model. High negative skins change the flow regimes around the wellbore to the point
where the elliptical model becomes no longer applicable.

Reservoir Parameters
Horizontal Well Model used for overall well productivity
Model
Reservoir Effective phase permeability at prevailing water cut
permeability
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock h
Wellbore radius Radius of open hole rw
Horizontal Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the direction of the
anisotropy horizontal well and Ky is the permeability perpendicular to the
horizontal well
Vertical anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical permeability
Length of well Horizontal section L
Length of drainage Reservoir dimension parallel to well Lx
area
Width of drainage Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well Ly
area
Distance from length Xw
edge to centre of well
Distance from width Yw
edge to centre of well

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 354

Distance from Zw
bottom of reservoir
to centre of well

The horizontal well models available are:

Kuchuk and Goode (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
Babu & Odeh
Goode / Wilkinson partial completion (bounded and constant pressure boundary)
The reservoir parameters are entered as for the original (infinite conductivity) horizontal
well model.

NB Geometric definitions vary between published horizontal well inflow models. Ensure
that geometric parameters are entered in PROSPER are consistent with the above
definitions.

Zone Parameters
Data for up to 20 zones can be entered. The required inputs are as follows:

Zone Type Blank, Perforated or Open Hole

Skin Method Enter by Hand, or Karakas & Tariq for perforated zones
Gravel Pack Yes or No
Zone Length Length of zone along the well
Zone Average permeability at the prevailing water cut
Permeability
Flowing Radius Internal radius of well for calculation of friction pressure
Zone Roughness Roughness for zone friction calculation

These parameters describe the local permeability and the flow path along the wellbore.
Click the Zone Data button to enter details such as skin and perforation parameters. If
the Skin Method is Enter by Hand, the skin and open hole radius are required. If
Karakas & Tariq is selected, then enter the perforation details and PROSPER will
estimate the zone skin. If the zone is to be gravel packed, this data is entered under
Zone Data.
NB PROSPER uses Petroleum Experts 2 for calculating pressure losses. To allow
comparison of the IPR with and without friction losses, setting the zone roughness to
zero turns off the friction pressure drop calculation rather than calculating friction for a
smooth pipe
NB The Horizontal Well - friction dP IPR models the pressure at the heel of the well
as a function of pressure. The intake node is therefore the heel of the well. The heel
should be the last node entered in System / Equipment and Deviation Survey tables-
it is not necessary to enter details of the horizontal producing section except in the IPR.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 355 PROSPER

NB If a zero roughness is entered, then inter-layer pressure drops are not computed.
The layer pressures are then equivalent to a potential referred to the depth of the TOP
layer. The calculations are then equivalent to the simpler Multi-Layer IPR without dP IPR
model.
2.7.3.12.1 Horizontal Well Model - Zone Data

The well radius is always required. Depending on the zone choices - completion
method, skin method and gravel pack enabling - additional skin and gravel pack
parameters are entered.

Skin Data
If the Skin by Hand method is chosen (this is the only possibility for open hole
completions) a skin value should be entered:

Zone skin value

Otherwise, additional parameters should be entered for the Karakas and Tariq
calculation:

Perforation diameter Diameter of the perforations

Shots per foot Perforation density
Perforation length Effective perf. length in formation
Damaged zone Thickness of invasion
thickness
Damaged zone Permeability in invaded zone
permeability
Crushed zone Crushing associated with perforation
thickness
Crushed zone Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel
permeability
Shot phasing

The vertical and horizontal permeability parameters also required by a Karakas and
Tariq model are entered in the main Horizontal Well with dP Friction screen.

Gravel Pack Data

Enter the following gravel pack data for cased hole completions.

Perforation diameter Diameter of the perforations

Shots per foot Shot density

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 356

Gravel pack Permeability inside the gravel pack

permeability
Gravel pack length Distance between the screen and the end of the cement
Perforation efficiency Fraction of the number of perforations open to flow

Enter the following gravel pack data for open hole completions.

Gravel pack permeability inside the gravel pack

permeability
Gravel pack length distance between the screen and the end of the cement

The perforation/production interval parameter required by the Gravel Packed

Completion is determined by the zone length.

Gas and Condensate Fluids

When the fluid is not an oil this screen provides a field to enter a non-Darcy flow factor
as well as a drop-down list to select whether the flow factor should be entered or
calculated (in which case the entry field is disabled).

2.7.3.13SkinAide Model
Information on the SkinAide Model can be found in the following link - SkinAide

2.7.3.14Dual Porosity
This model is useful for naturally fractured reservoirs where the matrix (formation)
porosity is greater than the fracture porosity and the matrix permeability is much smaller
than the fracture permeability, but not negligible. It is based upon the work of Warren and
Root in SPE426.

It requires the entry of the following parameters:

Fracture Permeability inside the fracture

permeability
Reservoir Vertical extension of net pay
thickness
Drainage area Area of the drainage region
Well-bore radius Drill bit size
Porosity Reservoir porosity
Time Time since production started

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 357 PROSPER

Storativity ratio The ratio of fracture storativity to total (fracture plus matrix)
storativity. Storativity is the product of porosity and
compressibility
Interporosity The ratio of matrix to fracture permeability multiplied by the
coefficient square of the effective well radius and a shape factor.
See Warren, J.E. and Root, P.J.: "The Behaviour of
Naturally Fractured Reservoirs.", SPE 426, SPEJ (Sept.
1963), 245-255, for a definition of the Shape Factor
Connate Water Saturation of irreducible water
saturation
Non-Darcy flow Calculated or Entered. The D factor can be entered by hand or
factor method calculated with a correlation.
As far as the D factor is concerned, this is based on equations
8.24 and 8.27 from Chapter 8 of ‘Fundamentals of Reservoir
Engineering’ by L. Dake.
Non-Darcy flow If the method is set to Calculated, this field contains the
factor calculated value of the D factor.
If the method is set to Entered, this field allows the user to enter
the D factor
Permeability Define if the fracture permeability refers to the effective gas
Entered permeability or to the total permability

2.7.3.15Horizontal Well - Transverse Vertical Fractures

This is for use with wells that are stimulated with one or more transverse vertical
fractures. It is assumed that the fractures are circular, the well goes through their centre
and they are evenly spaced. If there is one fracture it is in the middle of the well. The
data to be entered are the same as those for a horizontal well, along with the fracture
half length and its dimensionless conductivity. The horizontal well used is the same as
that for Horizontal Well with No Flow Boundaries.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 358

This model is based on the work of Kuchuk and Goode. The inflow model used here
assumes that the horizontal well is draining a closed rectangular drainage volume with
sealing upper and lower boundaries. The well can be placed anywhere in the drainage
region. Pressure drops along the well bore itself are not taken into account.

Input Data
Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability at prevailing water
cut
Reservoir thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
Horizontal anisotropy Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the
direction of the horizontal well and Ky is the
permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well
Vertical anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical
permeability
Length of well Horizontal section
Length of drainage area Reservoir dimension parallel to well - Lx (see
diagram)
Width of drainage area Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well - Ly
(see diagram)
Distance along length edge to Xw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance along width edge to Yw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance from bottom of Zw (see diagram)
reservoir to centre of well

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 359 PROSPER

Connate Water Saturation

Non-Darcy Flow Factor
Non-Darcy Flow Factor Method Calculated or Entered
Permeability Select either gas or total
Fracture Half Length Half length of the fracture
Dimensionless Fracture Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key
Conductivity design parameter in well stimulation that
compares the capacity of the fracture to transmit
fluids down the fracture and into the wellbore with
the ability of the formation to deliver fluid into the
fracture.
K f bf
Defined as: FCD
KR xf
where:
FCD Fracture Conductivity
Kf Fracture Permeability
bf Fracture Width
Kr Reservoir Permeability
xf Fracture Half Length

2.7.3.16MultiLayer With Pressure Loss Between Layers

This IPR is for modeling multilayer reservoirs where friction pressure losses between
layers can also be captured. This is the recommended multilayer IPR model to use and
supersedes the "Multilayer Reservior" model. PROSPER iterates until the production
from each zone and the well pressures converge at the solution rate. The effect of
pressure drop between zones and crossflow are accounted for.

An example of a MultiLayer - dP Loss in Wellbore input screen is shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 360

This screen allows for the entry of up to 49 layers.

To enter PVT, IPR data (permeability, test rates etc. depending on the IPR model
selected) and layer skin, click the appropriate button to display the input screen.

The depth entered for TOP is depth for which the IPR is to be evaluated. This is
normally the same as the deepest depth entered in System | Equipment, but it can be
set to surface or other value. The input data required are:

Layer Type Either Blank, Perforated or Open Hole

Measured Depth Measured depth of the bottom layer n
True Vertical Depth TVD of the bottom of layer n
Layer Pressure Pressure at bottom of layer n
Layer Flowing Well radius for calculating layer friction dP
Radius
Layer IPR Model Select from Darcy, Multi-rate Jones, P.I. Entry
Layer Skin Model Enter by Hand or Karakas & Tariq
Layer Gravel Pack Yes or No
Layer PVT Data CGR (dry gas) or GOR (retrograde condensate), Gas Gravity
plus WGR
Layer Parameters Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model - further
information for the parameters can be found in respective
IPR models

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 361 PROSPER

Layer Skin Relevant parameters for the selected IPR model

Click Calculate and the IPR for each layer and the summation will be calculated and
displayed on a plot as follows:

To list the layer production in detail, click Calculate | View Results and scroll through the
layer results one by one. An example results screen is shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 362

Scroll from the selection menu to view the results for each of the layers.

Gravel pack and well skin etc can be seen by scrolling to the right of the results table.
Negative layer production rates indicate cross-flow into the layer.

Notes If a zero roughness is entered, then inter-layer pressure drops are not
computed. The layer pressures are then equivalent to a potential
referred to the depth of the TOP layer. The calculations are then
equivalent to the simpler Multi-Layer IPR (without dP) model.

The layer flowing radius is the radius of the pipe connecting the layers
i.e., 0.5 x tubing I.D. The wellbore radius (rw ) is the radius of the drill
bit.

The Gravel Pack sand control option is only available for the Multi-
Layer dP Loss in Wellbore IPR model

2.7.3.16.1 Jones IPR model

Enter :

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 363 PROSPER

Layer permeability Effective phase permeability

Layer Drainage area Drainage area of the reservoir layer
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area. Click the
Calculate Dietz button to specify your reservoir
configuration and estimate an appropriate Dietz
Shape Factor
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius
Perforation interval (Jones model only) Vertical thickness of perforate
interval

The layer thickness is calculated from the depths entered in the main table.
For more detail see Darcy (Oil) or Jones (Gas and Condensate)
2.7.3.16.2 MultiRate Jones model

This uses the Jones model expressed as:

(PR Pwf ) aQ 2 bQ

for up to 10 test points.

2.7.3.16.3 Petroleum Experts IPR model

Enter :

Layer permeability Total permeability

Layer Drainage area Area of the drainage region
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area
Wellbore radius Open hole well radius
Perforated interval TVD of the height of perforations for the well
Layer Porosity Average over producing section
Time since production Time in days, must be greater than 0.5 days
started
Layer Connate water Used in relative permeability calculations - see below
saturation

The layer thickness is calculated from the depths entered in the main table.

For more detail see Petroleum Experts Model

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 364

2.7.3.16.4 PI Entry IPR model

Enter :
Productivity Index

2.7.3.16.5 Fractured IPR model

Enter :

Layer permeability Total permeability

Layer Drainage Area Drainage area of reservoir
Wellbore radius Radius of the wellbore
DIETZ shape factor Depends on the shape of the drainage area.
Time since production Inflow is transient in early time.
started
Fracture Height Hf
Fracture Half Length Half length of the fracture
Dimensionless Fracture Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design
Conductivity parameter in well stimulation that compares the
capacity of the fracture to transmit fluids down the
fracture and into the wellbore with the ability of the
formation to deliver fluid into the fracture.
K f bf
Defined as: FCD
KR xf
where:
FCD Fracture Conductivity
Kf Fracture Permeability
bf Fracture Width
Kr Reservoir
Permeability
xf Fracture Half Length

Layer Porosity Porosity of the reservoir layer

The layer thickness is calculated from the depths entered in the main table.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 365 PROSPER

For more detail see Fractured Model (Oil) or Fractured Model (Gas and Condensate)
2.7.3.16.6 Horizontal IPR model

Enter :

Layer Permeability Total permeability

Layer Wellbore Radius Radius of the wellbore
Horizontal Anisotropy Ratio of Ky/Kx where Kx is permeability in the
direction of the horizontal well and Ky is the
permeability perpendicular to the horizontal well
Vertical Anisotropy Ratio of Kz/Ky where Kz is the vertical
permeability
Length of well Length of horizontal well
Reservoir Length Reservoir dimension parallel to well - Lx (see
diagram)
Reservoir Width Reservoir dimension perpendicular to well - Ly
(see diagram)
Distance along length edge to Xw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance along width edge to Yw (see diagram)
centre of well
Distance from bottom of Zw (see diagram)
reservoir to centre of well

The layer thickness is calculated from the depths entered in the main table.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 366

For more detail see Horizontal Model (Oil) or Horizontal Model (Gas and Condensate)
2.7.3.16.7 PVT parameters

Enter the following fluid properties:

Layer GOR Producing GOR

Layer oil gravity Oil gravity
Layer gas gravity Gas gravity
Layer water cut Water cut

2.7.3.16.8 Relative Permeability Parameters

Enter the following data for both oil and water:

Residual Saturation
Endpoint Relative Permeability
Corey Exponent

A Corey exponent of 1.0 defines straight line relative permeability curves. Values
greater than 1 give a concave upwards curve i.e. delayed water breakthrough. Corey
exponents less than 1 define a concave downwards relative permeability curve i.e. early
water breakthrough.

Also enter the following data:

Water cut during test

Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes the well productivity for
the prevailing water cut. To allow PROSPER to re-calculate the IPR for other water cuts,
the water cut during test is used to determine the reference water saturation for the
test conditions. The estimated water saturation will be automatically calculated when all
the data is entered

IPR Relative Permeability Curves describes the single layer relative permeabilty.
2.7.3.16.9 Skin Parameters

The multi-layer model supports an entered skin or calculation using the Karakas and
Tariq method.

In the former case, enter:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 367 PROSPER

Total mechanical/geometrical skin for completion

In the latter case enter:

Reservoir permeability Effective phase permeability at prevailing water cut

Perforation diameter Entry hole diameter
Shots per foot density of perforation
Perforation length Effective perf. length in formation
Damaged zone Thickness of invasion
thickness
Damaged zone Permeability in invaded zone
permeability
Crushed zone thickness Crushing associated with perforation
Crushed zone Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel
permeability
Shot phasing
Vertical permeability
Wellbore radius Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.)

See Karakas and Tariq method for more information.

2.7.3.16.10 Gravel Pack Parameters

Enter the following data:

Perforation diameter diameter of the perforations

Shots per foot shot density
Gravel pack permeability inside the gravel pack
permeability
Gravel pack length distance between the screen and the end of the cement
Perforation efficiency fraction of the number of perforations open to flow

Gravel pack model information.

2.7.3.16.11 Results Screen

Use the selection box at the top to select the layer to view.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 368

Use the scroll bars to view all of the data for a particular layer

Done return to plot screen

Main exit the results screen and close the plot screen
Help view up this screen

2.7.3.17Modified Isochronal

The 'Modified Isochronal' test is a type of deliverability test conducted in gas wells to
generate a stabilised gas deliverability curve (IPR). This test overcomes the limitation of
the isochronal test, which requires long shut-in times to reach the average reservoir
pressure.

In the modified isochronal test, the shut-in periods are of equal duration, as are the
flowing periods. The final shut-in pressure before the beginning of the new flow is used
as an approximation of the average reservoir pressure. The same procedure is typically
repeated four times. A stabilised point (pseudosteady state) is usually obtained at the
end of the test.

Modified isochronal tests are commonly used in gas wells, because they require less
time and money to produce results comparable to the isochronal test. This IPR model is
based on standard Back Pressure Model

2 2 n
Qg C Pres Pwf

0 703kh
when n 1 C 0 606 re
g TZ log e rw

The flow at any selected rate should be continued long enough for the reservoir to
approach steady-state (stabilised) conditions. The time to reach stabilised conditions is
called the readjustment time. For wells with wide well spacing (large drainage radius
values), low permeabilities, or high gas compressibilities (low reservoir pressures),
large readjustment times can be expected. In cases where the readjustment time
exceeds the duration of each test, the test data can be corrected to isochronal
conditions and then to stabilised conditions as described below.

When a well is tested from an initial steady state shut-in condition, the increase in
drainage radius with time is not dependent upon the rate. Therefore, separate flow tests
conducted for the same length of time will reach the same drainage radius.

When a well is not shut-in between tests until steady state is reached, successive tests
will indicate values of (P2res - P2wf) which are too large because of the increasing

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 369 PROSPER

drainage radius. For the general case, a table of correction factors to be applied to
(P2res - P2wf) to obtain an isochronal performance curve from conventional
performance data can be calculated as follows:

Point 1 : None
Q2 Pt1
Point 2 :
Q1 Pt1 (Q2 Q1 ) Pt 2
Q3 Pt1
Point 3 :
Q1 Pt1 (Q2 Q1) Pt 2 (Q3 Q2 ) Pt 3
Q4 Pt1
Point 4 :
Q1 Pt1 (Q2 Q1) Pt 2 (Q3 Q2 ) Pt 3 (Q4 Q3) Pt 4

Ptj 1 1513 log10 (td ) 0 40453

0 00633(tt t j ) Pres K g
td 2
(1 S wc ) r
g w

where
Ptj dimensionless pressure change
td dimensionless time
tj time at the beginning of the jth test
tt time at the end of the jth test

Flow Correlation Factors

The back pressure equation coefficients 'C' and 'n' are obtained by non-linear
regression using the isochronally corrected data. 'n', the reciprocal of the slope of this
line, is constrained to a value between 0.5 and 1.

Although 'n' is constant, the coefficient 'C' is not the same at stabilised flow conditions
as it is at isochronal conditions. It is calculated using the same technique as before,
regressing on 'C' and keeping 'n' constant, after adjusting the isochronal (P2res - P2wf)
values to stabilised conditions using a variation of the following equation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 370

1
n
r
2 log10 0 60 e
2 2 rw 2 2
( Pres Pwf ) stab Pres Pwf iso
log10 0 25t d iso

The time to stabilisation is calculated as follows.

2
0 1 re (1 S wc ) g
t stab 6
4 39e Pres K rg

2.7.3.18Forcheimer with Pseudo Pressure

This IPR model is based on the Forcheimer IPR using pseudo-pressure function instead
of pressure:

R wf aQ bQ 2

where the pseudo-pressure function Y is defined as:

Pi P
Ψi 2 dP
0 µZ

a and b are the input parameters for the IPR model.

NOTE: The a and b parameters for the pseudo pressure Forcheimer IPR are not the
same as the a and b parameters used in the pressure squared Forcheimer IPR.
2.7.3.19Multirate Forcheimer with Pseudo Pressure
This IPR is based on the Forchheimer IPR with pseudo-pressure (refer to previous
section):

R wf aQ bQ 2

The a and b parameters are here determined by means of multi-rate tests data.
2.7.4 Dietz Shape Factors
Select a value for DIETZ shape factor from the list of reservoir descriptions below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 371 PROSPER

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 372

2.7.4.1 Dietz Shape Factor Calculation

Enter the following distances normalised against the reservoir length or width (it is the
relative lengths that matter)

Length (L) Reservoir Length

Width (W) Reservoir Width
Distance To Side Distance from well to nearest edge
(d1) (widthways)
Distance To End Distance from well to nearest end
(d2) (lengthways)

The calculation is based on the assumption that the reservoir is rectangular.

Read the input Data. Calculate the Dietz Shape

Done Factor. Return to the previous screen and place the
calculated value in the Dietz Shape Factor entry.

Cancel Abandon the calculation and return to the previous

screen. No data are recorded or calculated.
Validate Validate the data on the current screen
Help View this help screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 373 PROSPER

2.7.5 IPR for CBM Wells

When the CBM Producer option is selected in the Options | Options screen, an
additional IPR model called the CBM Producer becomes enabled:

This model will calculate both phases directly from inflow equations and will use the
relative permeability curves entered to calculate the relative permeability values used in
the equations. This allows the gas IPR to be calculated using pseudo pressure, even
though it is the secondary phase.

When this option is selected, the PI of the liquid is entered and from this gas inflow is
calculated. This is done using the following equations:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 374

2.7.6 Injection Wells

Irrespective of the inflow model used, injection well IPR calculations are complicated by
a number of factors as compared to producers:
The injected fluid temperature at the sandface is a function of surface
temperature, injection rate history and well configuration.
Relative permeability of injected fluid is required and will change as more fluid is
injected and at different distances from the wellbore.
Injectivity changes with time as the saturations around the well change.
Injecting a cooler fluid into the reservoir will create a cooled region around the
well bore which will change the stresses.
Fracturing (mechanical or thermally induced) often occurs because of these
changes in the stresses.
It is therefore normally best to use a numerical simulator such as REVEAL to model the
injection of fluids as these thermal and rock mechanical effects will be taken into
account.

If modelling a water injector in PROSPER, the best model to use will be the Thermally
Induced Fracture IPR model. Tutorial 03 details how such a model can be set up.

2.7.7 Skin Models

Mechanical/Geometrical Skin
If a reliable skin value is available from transient well testing, then this value should be
directly entered by selecting the "Enter by hand" option. In addition, PROSPER provides
3 methods of estimating skin factor using input parameters such as perforation
geometry, depth of damage etc. The required input parameters are often difficult to
accurately define, therefore the absolute value of the calculated skin cannot be precisely
predicted. The power of these techniques is their ability to assess the relative

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 375 PROSPER

importance of completion options on the overall value of well skin.

If reliable total skin data is available from well tests, PROSPER can be used to estimate
the value of the skin pressure drop across the completion and the proportion of the total
pressure drop attributable to the various completion elements.

The skin estimation models provided in PROSPER are those of:

Locke
McLeod
Karakas and Tariq

Karakas and Tariq has been found to give good results in many field applications and is
explained here.
The following input data is required:

Reservoir
Effective permeability at connate water saturation
permeability
Perforation diameter Entry hole diameter
Shots per foot Shot density
Perforation length Effective perf. length in formation
Damaged zone
Thickness of invasion
thickness
Damaged zone
Permeability in invaded zone
permeability
Crushed zone
Crushing associated with perforation
thickness
Crushed zone
Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel
permeability
Shot phasing
Vertical permeability
Wellbore radius Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.

Perforation parameters modelling

The two parameters Perforation diameter and Perforation Length can be
entered by the user or calculated by using the API RP43 perforation calculation.

A sketch outlining the main geometric variables is shown below

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 376

Deviation/Partial Penetration Skin

Two models of this type are provided in PROSPER :
Cinco/Martin-Bronz
Wong-Clifford

The first (Cinco/Martin-Bronz) requires the following data:

Deviation angle of well
Partial penetration fraction
Formation vertical permeability

Penetration is the proportion of the total reservoir thickness that is completed. (e.g. a
200 ft thick reservoir with 100 ft of perforations would have a Penetration of 0.5)
Deviation skin is calculated using Cinco-Ley's method, and is therefore valid up to 75
degrees deviation.

The second (Wong-Clifford) can compute a skin for multiple completions. This model
does not have a separate calculation for the deviation & partial penetration skin - it is a

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 377 PROSPER

point source solution that calculates a skin that combines all of the skin effects in one
value. This total skin is placed in the Deviation skin column and the partial penetration
skin is set to zero.
It requires the following data entered:
Reservoir parameters:
Formation vertical thickness
Well-bore radius
Drainage area
Dietz shape factor
Formation vertical permeability ratio
Local vertical permeability ratio
Horizontal distance from well to reservoir edge
Depth of top of reservoir

Completion parameters - the following for each completion:

Completion start measured depth
Completion end measured depth
Completion start true depth
Completion end true depth

The calculation is based upon the paper by Cinco-Ley, H., Ramey, Jr., H.J. and Miller,
F.G.: "Pseudo-Skin Factors for Partially-Penetrating Directionally-Drilled Wells", SPE
5589 presented at 50th Annual Fall Meeting of SPE of AIME, Dallas, TX, September
28 - October 1, 1975.

Plotting Skin Pressure Drop

Enter the requested data and click on Calculate to display an IPR plot. The plot shows
the pressure drop resulting from the total skin as well a breakdown of the individual
factors contributing to the total skin as per the following example:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 378

This plot is useful to assess the efficiency of a particular perforating program by allowing
the user to instantly assess the completion pressure loss resulting from different
perforation options.

Note on Skin
Locke's technique is valid for shots per foot of 1,2,4,6,8,10,12,and 16.
2.7.7.1 Entered Skin Value

Enter the Reservoir skin (total mechanical/geometrical skin and deviation/partial

penetration skin) if known in advance.

If not, Prosper allows the user to calculate the deviation/partial penetration skin using
models like Karakas and Tariq or Cinco.

If the IPR model used is the Hydraulically Fractured Well, then the 'skin by hand' is the
'Fracture Face Skin'. This can be set to zero if the frac program has been performed
such that there isn’t an additional pressure drop in the fracture. If the frac program has
been such that it leads to an additional pressure drop then this skin value can be
increased. Clearly there cannot be a 'negative skin' associated with the 'fracture'.

It is assumed that this value will contain deviation and partial penetration
information.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 379 PROSPER

In case the entered skin is only mechanical skin, there is an option of enabling
the 'Wong-Clifford' model for deviation and partial penetration in the input
screen for the skin itself.

2.7.7.2 Locke
Enter the following skin data

Reservoir permeability
Shots per foot
Perforation diameter
Perforation length
Perforation Efficiency
Damaged zone thickness
Damaged zone permeability
Crushed zone permeability
Shot phasing
Wellbore radius

For a description of the input data, please refer to Karakas & Tariq Method.

Perforation diameter and length

Note on Skin
Locke's technique is valid for shots per foot of 1,2,4,6,8,10,12,and 16.

Skin models
2.7.7.3 MacLeod

Enter the following skin data

Reservoir permeability
Shots per foot
Perforation diameter
Perforation length
Perforation efficiency
Perforation interval
Wellbore radius
Perforation technique (under-balanced or over-balanced)

Perforation diameter and length

PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 380

Skin models
2.7.7.4 Karakas & Tariq

Enter the following skin data:

Reservoir
Effective permeability at connate water saturation
permeability
Perforation diameter Entry hole diameter
Shots per foot Shot density
Perforation length Effective perf. length in formation
Perforation Efficiency Fraction of active perforations
Damaged zone
Thickness of invasion
thickness
Damaged zone
Permeability in invaded zone
permeability
Crushed zone
Crushing associated with perforation
thickness
Crushed zone
Reduced permeability near perf. tunnel
permeability
Shot phasing
Vertical permeability
Wellbore radius Enter the open hole radius, not casing I.D.

Perforation diameter and length

A sketch outlining the main geometric variables is shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 381 PROSPER

Skin models
2.7.7.5 Cinco / Martin-Bronz model or Cinco (2) / Martin-Bronz Model
The Cinco / Martin-Bronz requires the following data:

Deviation angle of
Angle from the Vertical
well
Partial penetration Length of perforated interval / formation net pay (both
fraction expressed in TVD)
Formation vertical
Vertical Permeability
permeability

The Cinco / Martin-Bronz is based on two correlations. The Deviation Skin is

calculated using the Cinco's method, whereas the Partial Penetration skin is calculated

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 382

using the Martin-Bronz method.

The Cinco model does not consider the anisotropy in the reservoir, that is, it considers
the reservoir as isotropic. The Vertical Permeability entered in the Deviation and Partial
Penetration is only used for calculating the Partial Penetration Skin.
The Cinco (2) model is similar to the Cinco model. The difference between the two
models is that the Cinco (2) model also considers the anisotropy in the reservoir. The
vertical permeability entered in the Deviation and Partial Penetration screen is used to
calculate the Deviation Skin as well as the Partial Penetration Skin.

N.B. Both Cinco models are based on a correlation. The validity of the Cinco model
extends to wells up to 65 degrees and the Cinco (2) model is valid up to 75 degrees.
For a higher deviation well the Wong Clifford Model should be used

2.7.7.6 IPR Wong-Clifford model

The Wong-Clifford model can compute a skin for multiple completions. Itl does not
have a separate calculation for the deviation & partial penetration skin - it is a point
source solution that calculates a skin that combines all of the skin effects in one value.
This total skin is placed in the Deviation skin column and the partial penetration skin is
set to zero.
This model requires the following data entered:

Reservoir Thickness Thickness of producing reservoir rock (vertical depth)

Wellbore Radius Radius of the openhole, corresponding to the drill bit size
Drainage Area Area of the drainage region
Dietz shape factor See DIETZ shape factor
Formation vertical Ratio of the formation vertical permeability to horizontal
permeability ratio permeability
Local vertical Ratio of the vertical permeability to horizontal permeability in
permeability ratio the wellbore area
Horizontal distance
Distance between the top of the perforated interval and the
from well to reservoir
reservoir boundary
edge
Depth of top of
Vertical depth of the top of the reservoir
reservoir
Perforation Interval start and end MD and TVD are required.
Perforation interval Note that the perforation interval needs to be within the
reservoir, that is to say, consistent with the entered Depth of
top reservoir

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 383 PROSPER

2.7.7.7 IPR Perforation Diameter and Length

This perforation calculation model is based on the API RP 43. and is used in Prosper to
determine perforation diameter and length knowing the details of the gun and for varying
rock hardness properties.

The calculation screen is divided into two sections:

Input Data:
API RP43/2 Total Penetration of Perforations
API RP43/1 Entry Hole Diameter of Perforations
Gun Diameter
Shot Phasing
Wellbore Radius
External Casing Diameter
Casing Weight
Casing Elastic Limit
Reservoir Uniaxial Compressive Strength
Rock Density
Reservoir Stress

Calculated Data:
Perforation Diameter
Perforation Length
Casing Inside Diameter

Enter the input data first, then click on Calculate to get the results. Clicking on Done,
the perforation length and diameter will be automatically transferred to the skin model
screen.
2.7.8 Other IPR-related features
Depending on the options selected throughout the model, different tabs will become
available in the Input Data screen. Below are a description of each possible tab.

2.7.8.1 Gas Coning Calculation

This gas coning model modifies the solution GOR by multiplying it by a weighting factor
greater than 1, which is a positive function of the liquid rate. The output is a total, or
produced, GOR. The model implemented was originally developed for high
permeability reservoirs (see Urbanczyk, C.H, and Wattenbarger, R.A., "Optimization of
Well Rates under Gas Coning Conditions.", SPE Advanced Technology Series, Vol. 2,
No. 2, April 1994).

The following data are required to calculate the total GOR from a rate:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 384

Reservoir permeability Reservoir permeability

Perforation height Vertical thickness of the perforations
Vertical anisotropy Ratio of the permeability in the vertical direction to the
permeability in the horizontal plane
Vertical distance from Vertical distance from perforation top to bottom
perforation top to gas-oil
contact
Three correlating Correlation parameters can be determined by matching
parameters: F1, F3 and the model to test data (liquid rate vs GOR)
an exponent

This dialogue allows the correlating parameters to be tuned. There is an automatic

matching facility which calculates F3 from the other data and a (rate, GOR) coordinate.
Also, the GOR can be calculated from different rates whilst in this screen in order to
verify the parameters.

In order to match F3, input the other data including the test data point and click on
Match. The presently entered value of F3 will be recalculated.

In order to calculated the GOR from a rate enter all the above mentioned data and a rate
in the field titled Entered Rate. Then click on Calculate to find the GOR.

The other buttons perform the following functions:

Done saves and validates the data before exiting the screen if the data are
valid. Otherwise the user is notified and given the option to stay in the
dialogue and review the data
Cancel exits the screen without saving and validating the data entries
Validate reports the validation status of the screen data, as per the same
function in the IPR main screen

2.7.8.2 Sand Control Options

PROSPER offers different sand control options that can be selected in Options |
Options under the Well Completion | Sand Control drop down menu or in the IPR
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 385 PROSPER

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 386

The following sand control options are available:

- Gravel Pack,

- Pre-Packed screen,

- Wire-wrapped screen and

- Slotted Liner

The following sections detail the input parameters which are required for each model to
be used. For a more in depth discussion of the calculations involved for each method
please refer to the Sand Control Calculation Section of the Appendix.

2.7.8.2.1 Gravel Packed Completion

PROSPER can model openhole gravel pack as well as cased hole gravel pack
depending upon the selection of well completion type in the Option | Option screen.

PROSPER models gravel packed completions as a concentric cylinder having a user

specified permeability connected to the well bore via perforations of specified diameter.
By sensitising on perforation spacing and diameter, the effect of pressure drop due to
flow concentration on well performance can be investigated. Likewise, the effect of
varying gravel length (i.e. the thickness of gravel between the OD of the screen and the
ID of the original open hole) on skin can be evaluated. A sample gravel pack data input
screen for a cased hole is shown below:

The following data input is required:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 387 PROSPER

Gravel pack Enter the in-situ permeability for the gravel

permeability
Perforation Diameter of the perforation tunnel
Diameter
Shot Density Shot per foot
Gravel Pack Distance from the screen Outside Diameter to the sand face
Length
Perforation The perforation interval for the sand control options is used for
Interval calculating the flow velocities only and is in TVD
Deviation Used to convert the entered perforation interval to MD. Used to
calculate the flow area and hence the flow velocity
Perforation Proportion of perforations that are open and effective
Efficiency
Beta (Turbulence) Either Calculated or Entered
Method
Beta (Turbulence) If Method is entered then enter required value otherwise the value
is calculated as
1.47E07
0.55
Kg
where Kg is the Gravel Pack Permeability.
Method (Oil Only) Select Single Phase or Multi Phase. This options determines
how we specify the density, compressibility and viscosity which
are then used in calculating pressure drop in the Gravel Pack.
The Multi Phase Method consists of using phase-weighted
fluid properties during gravel pack pressure drop calculations.
This option is only active in case of Oil fluid type.
The Single Phase method is the classic method which utilises
the main fluid type properties (i.e. Oil properties in case of oil
fluid).

The 'Multi Phase' method consists of using phase-weighted fluid properties

during gravel pack pressure drop calculations. This option is only active in
case of Oil fluid type.

The 'Single Phase' method is the classic method which utilises the main fluid
type properties (i.e. Oil properties in case of oil fluid).

On the right side of the screen a table shows typical permeability data for different types
of gravels.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 388

The pressure drop across a gravel pack is computed using a summation of a Darcy and
a non-Darcy component. For a cased oil well, the pressure drop due to the gravel pack
(dPgravel) is calculated using the Jones IPR equation:

dPGRAVELPACK a Q2 bQ

Where:
a = The non-Darcy term,
Q = The total liquid rate and
b = The Darcy term

Intermediate calculations are required prior to computing the dPgravel value and consider
the following variables:

Kg Gravel Pack Permeability

β (1.47E7)/(Kg^0.55)
PerfDi Perforation Diameter
SPF Shots per ft
PRFINT Perforation Interval
AOTF Area Open To Flow = π (PerfDi/24)2SPF*PRFINT
µo Oil Viscosity in cp

Bo Oil FVF

ρo Oil Density

L Gravel pack length

The Darcy (B-term) and the non-Darcy (A-term) are calculated

a-Term = 9.08E-13* β *Bo2* ρo *L/12/AOTF2

b-term = µ o *Bo*L/12/(1.127E-3*Kg*AOTF).

This dP may then be transformed into skin using an appropriate relationship.

The main geometric parameters are shown on the following sketch:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 389 PROSPER

Skin can be calculated using one of the methods described in Section 7.3 or directly
entered. Note that partial completion skin is included in the total well skin, and is not
affected by adjusting the gravel pack completion parameters. The total well skin as
measured by a well test prior to gravel packing should be entered. Click Calculate
when finished entering data and an IPR plot similar to that below will be presented (the
plotting of the individual dP components can be chosen from the Variables menu in the
plot window):

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 390

The contribution of the gravel pack to the total skin pressure drop can be readily seen on
the IPR plot. The value of skin posted on the IPR plot does not include the gravel pack
skin. Click Display Plot Results on the IPR plot screen to display the breakdown of
pressure drops resulting from each completion element. Sensitivities can be calculated
on factors such as gravel pack thickness, shots per foot etc. to evaluate the
effectiveness of gravel pack designs. Gravel packed completions are also available in
the Multi-layer IPR model.

The PROSPER gravel pack model allows for non-Darcy (i.e. dP proportional to rate
squared) effects within the gravel pack and the resulting rate dependent skin. Lift curves
for gravel packed wells generated using PROSPER can be calculated from the sandface,
through the completion, and back to the production manifold. This more correctly
models the IPR as compared to simply imposing an additional skin to allow for the
gravel pack pressure loss as is done in many reservoir simulators.

GRAVEL PACK PERMEABILITIES

When the Gravel Pack option has been selected, additional data entry is required to
describe the pack geometry and properties, in particular Gravel Pack Permeability.
This is defined as the permeability of gravel in the space between the screen and the
open hole. Gravel size is specified in terms of mesh size. e.g. 20/40 mesh gravel will
pass a sieve with 1/20 inch holes, but not pass a 1/40 inch sieve. Average laboratory
measured permeability values for various gravel sises are given in the following table:

Gravel Type Mesh Lab Permeability

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 391 PROSPER

mDarcy
12/20 500,000
20/40 150,000
Ottawa Sand 30/50 90,000
40/60 60,000
50/70 30,000
20/40 350,000
Carbolite
16/20 500,000
Isopac 20/40 110,000

Gravel permeabilities were obtained from various companies involved in their supply.
However, these were the absolute permeabilities to air of new, clean samples. Since in-
situ conditions were quite different, these were revised downwards by approximately
50%. While it is somewhat risky to apply this revision, it may be a realistic initial
estimate that can be revised when field experience indicates that it should be.

Gravel packs can be combined with the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR to
model ‘Frac-Pack’ completions.
2.7.8.2.1.1 Gravel Pack Completion Velocities
In the IPR results (accessible from the Plot view, Display Plot Results menu) the
velocity at the Casing (Vc) is available, along with the Gravel Pack Non-Darcy factor (A):

Vc is the velocity of the fluid at the entry point of the casing.

It is calculated by dividing the flow rate of the fluid with the area of flow at the casing.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 392

These velocity calculations were implemented at the request of clients who require these
velocities for gravel pack design.
2.7.8.2.2 Pre-Packed Screen completion
Pre-packed screens can be modelled in PROSPER. For this, the option "Pre-packed
Screen" should first be selected under Options | Options.

The description of the sand control type is made under System | Inflow Performance
in the Sand Control tab of the Input Data screen:

The following inputs are required to describe a pre-packed screen completion:

- Screen inner radius,
- Screen outer radius,
- Screen inner and outer Permeability,
- Screen inner and outer Turbulence.

If the Beta value for the screen is unknown, it can be left blank in order to allow
PROSPER to calculate it or set to zero to ignore it from the calculation.

The IPR curve is generated with by selecting Calculate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 393 PROSPER

To see details of the impact of the pre-packed screen, select 'Display Plot Results' at
the top of the plot screen.
2.7.8.2.3 Wire-Wrapped Screen Completion
Wire wrapped screens can be modelled in PROSPER. For this, the option "Wire
Wrapped Screen" should first be selected in the Options | Options screen.

The choice of sand control type is made in the System | Inflow Performance menu in
the Sand Control tab of the Input Data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 394

The following inputs are required to describe a pre-packed screen completion:

- Screen outer radius,
- Screen outside Permeability,
- Screen outside Turbulence.

If the outside beta factor (turbulence) is unknown, it will be calculated by PROSPER if

the box is left blank or ignored from the calculation if entered as zero.

The IPR curve is generated with Calculate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 395 PROSPER

In order to visualise the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen, it
is possible to see the results of the plot by selecting Display Plot Results from the top
of the plot screen.
2.7.8.2.4 Slotted Liner Completion
PROSPER can model wells completed with slotted liners. For this, the option "Slotted
Liner" should first be selected in the Options | Options screen.

The choice of sand control type is made in the System | Inflow Performance menu in
the Sand Control tab of the Input Data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 396

The input data required to model the slotted line completion are:

- Liner Inner Radius,

- Liner Outer Radius,
- Slot height
- Slot width
- Slot density
- Screen Outer Radius (optional)
- Outer Permeability and
- Outside turbulence (optional).

The IPR curve is generated with Calculate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 397 PROSPER

In order to visualise the rate-dependent skin associated with the wire packed screen, it
is possible to see the results of the plot by selecting Display Plot Results from the top
of the plot screen.
2.7.8.3 Relative Permeability Curves
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can be
matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water
cut

Relative Permeability Calculation Details

If you have selected the Correction for Vogel option on the main IPR screen then the
modelling is extended to include Gas Relative Permeability Curves. The calculated
IPR can be matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate,
water cut and GOR

Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.

The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water saturation.
If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and
gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated
as a function of both water cut and production rate.

Enter the following data for both oil and water (and optionally gas):

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 398

Residual Parameter indicating the minimum saturation above which the

Saturation related phase becomes mobile.
Endpoint Relative Maximum relative permeability.
Permeability
Corey Exponent Parameter defining the slope of the relative permeability curve.
A Corey exponent of 1.0 defines straight line relative
permeability curves. Values greater than 1 give a concave
upwards curve i.e. delayed water breakthrough. Corey
exponents less than 1 define a concave downwards relative
permeability curve i.e. early water breakthrough.
Water cut during Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes
test the well productivity for the prevailing water cut. To allow
PROSPER to re-calculate the IPR for other water cuts, the water
cut during test value is used to determine the reference water
saturation for the test conditions.
GOR during test Matching measured and calculated IPR pressures establishes
(optional) the well productivity for the prevailing GOR. To allow PROSPER
to re-calculate the IPR for other GORs, the GOR during test
value is used to determine the reference gas saturation for the
test conditions.

To enter lab relative permeability data, click Test Data. Enter your test data and click
OK to display the plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil
and water until PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data
points.

Having entered and verified the relative permeability data, click Finish to quit the plot,
then OK to return to the IPR screen.

When relative permeability option is being used, water cuts for both the test data and
that used to calculate the IPR curve are required. The water cut during test value will
be carried over from the relative permeability input screen.

The water cut for calculation value can be subsequently changed to see the effect on
the calculated IPR. The same will apply for GOR if the Correction for Vogel option is
selected.
2.7.8.3.1 Test Data
To enter lab relative permeabilities, enter your test data and click Done to display the
plot again. If necessary, adjust the values of Corey Exponents for oil and water until
PROSPER's calculated relative permeability curves fit the measured data points.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 399 PROSPER

2.7.8.3.2 Plot
Relative permeability curves are optionally used together with fluid viscosities (from
PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility for a given water cut. The calculated IPR can be
matched to measured data and used to calculate IPR pressures for any rate and water
cut. Relative permeability can be applied to all oil IPR models in PROSPER.

The relative permeability for oil and water is a function of the reservoir water saturation.
If the relative permeability curves have been defined, the total mobility (oil, water and
gas) can be determined. This enables the producing drawdown (IPR) to be calculated
as a function of both water cut and production rate.
2.7.8.3.3 Relative Permeability Calculation Details
Relative Permeability Calculation Details

Oil and Water Only

For oil wells, the effects of changing relative permeability on the IPR can be taken into
account. From the model selection screen, select a suitable IPR method then enter the
reservoir temperature and pressure.

At the bottom of the screen is a 'Relative Permeability' option. If relative permeability

effects are not to be considered then select No and to use relative permeability, select
Yes.

If use relative permeability is selected, the PI will be corrected by multiplying the ratio of
the liquid mobilities. The liquid mobility is dependent on the water cut. Given the relative
permeability curves, they can be used together with fluid viscosity (calculated from the
fluid's PVT) to calculate the total fluid mobility at different water cut.

The test water cut and the test reservoir pressure are used to determine the phase
saturations and viscosity at the original PI. With the use of relative permeability curves,
the liquid mobility at the test (reference point) can be calculated from:

Mt = Kro/(µ oBo) + Krw/(µ wBw)

The water saturation can always be estimated based on the relative permeability curve
and the water cut entered. At a particular reservoir pressure and water cut, the mobility
(M) can be calculated.

The corrected productivity index will be:

PI = PIi * M/Mt

This value of corrected PI will be used to generate the IPR.

In the above method we do not take into account the reduction in oil mobility due to any
increase in the gas saturation. When calculating the Sw and So for a particular Fw we
set Sg=0.0.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 400

Oil, Water and Gas

If you wish to take the effect of increasing gas saturation into account then select the
Correct Vogel for GOR option. You will also be required to enter a Test GOR - this is a
produced GOR. The process will now be as follows:-

Use the test water cut, test GOR and the PVT model to calculate the downhole
fractional flows Fw and Fg.
Calculate the gas, water and oil saturations that satisfy the Fw, Fg and So+Sw
+Sg=1.0.
Calculate the relative oil and water permeabilities using the relative permeability
curves and the oil, gas and water saturations.
Calculate a test mobility from:-

Mt = Kro/(µoBo) + Krw/(µwBw)

The water and oil viscosities are calculated from the test reservoir pressures and the
PVT. We should actually use the absolute oil and water relative permeabilities but since
the only use of the total mobility is when divided by another mobility, the final results will
be correct.

Whenever an IPR calculation is done:-

Calculate the PVT properties using the current reservoir pressure and the PVT
model.
Calculate the downhole fractional flows Fw and Fg from the current water cut and
produced GOR.
Calculate the gas, water and oil saturations that satisfy the Fw, Fg and So+Sw
+Sg=1.0.
Get the relative permeabilities for oil and water from the relative permeability
curves and the oil, gas and water saturations.
Calculate the current mobility M as shown above.
Modify the PI using:-

PI = PIi * M/Mt

After selecting the relative permeability option, we then go to the ‘Relative Permeability’
tabbed dialogue in the data input screen. The child screen is shown in the following
figure.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 401 PROSPER

For Inflow Models like Darcy with a relative permeability correction, enter a
water cut during test equal to 0, if the permeability entered in the reservoir
input data is true single phase permeability of the rock.

Enter the residual saturation, endpoint relative permeability and Corey exponent for both
oil and water. A Corey exponent of 1.0 defines straight-line relative permeability curves.
Values greater than 1 give a concave upwards curve i.e. delayed water breakthrough.
Corey exponents less than 1 define a concave downwards relative permeability curve
i.e. early water breakthrough.

Having entered and verified the relative permeability data, click Finish to quit the plot.
Next, enter the necessary data for the particular IPR method selected and click on
Calculate to calculate and display a plot of the system IPR. The program automatically
calculates the well Absolute Open Flow Potential (AOF).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 402

To compare measured test pressures and calculated IPR pressures, click Test data and
enter rates and sandface pressures as on the following screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 403 PROSPER

When relative permeability is being used, water cuts for both the test data and that used
to calculate the IPR curve are required. The water cut during test value will be carried
over from the relative permeability input screen. The water cut for calculation value can
be subsequently changed to evaluate the effect on the calculated IPR.

2.7.8.4 Viscosity Modelling

This screen is activated only when the fluid option non-Newtonian fluid is selected.

Enter in this screen the required parameters:

Wellbore radius Radius of the hole, corresponding to the drill bit size
Drainage Area Area of the drainage region
Reservoir Thickness Vertical thickness of producing interval
Reservoir porosity Porosity
Connate Water
Connate water saturation
Saturation

These parameters are used to determine an equivalent flowing radius that will be used
by the program to estimate the pressure drop due to the friction in the reservoir.
The dP friction will take into account the fluid apparent viscosity (which is velocity -
dependent) calculated by the non-Newtonian viscosity model.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 404

2.7.8.5 Compaction Permeability Reduction

The 'Compaction Permeability Reduction' option is an analytical model to estimate the
change of reservoir permeability due to reservoir compaction effects.
The correction is carried out by means of a correction factor that will be then applied to
the permeability

where:
Corr = Permeability Correction Factor (Multiplier)
Cf = Rock Compressibility
PR = Current Reservoir Pressure
PRi = Initial Reservoir Pressure
N = Compaction Model Exponent

This option can be enabled in the main IPR section.

The option will activate a new TAB screen in the 'Model Data' section where the basic
model inputs are required:

The input data required by the model are:

Initial Reservoir Pressure Initial reservoir pressure

Reservoir Reservoir Rock Compressibility

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 405 PROSPER

Compressibility
Compaction Model
Exponent (see definition above)
Exponent

2.7.9 SkinAide
The SkinAide inflow method has been developed by Elf Aquamarine and
acknowledgement is given for its inclusion in PROSPER. The following description is
based on information provided by Elf.

Further information can be found in the links below:

SkinAide Theoretical Background

Position of the producing interval with respect to reservoir geometry
Interference between perforations and the damaged zone
The Crushed Zone
Perforation tunnel which penetrates the formation
Perforation tunnel through the casing and cement
Annulus between Casing and Screen
Hemispherical Flow Model
Using SkinAide
Flow Model
Skin Model
Perforation Data
Geometry
Petrophysics
Damaged Zone
Cased Hole
Crushed Zone
Perforations
SkinAide Model
Geometry data
Petrophysics data
Damaged zone data
Cased hole data
Crushed zone data
Perforation data (API test method)
Perforation data (in situ geometry entered)
Gravel pack data
Results

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 406

2.7.9.1 SkinAide Theoretical Background

Consider the case of a partially penetrating, deviated well, cased and perforated and
equipped with a gravel pack. The total pressure drop around such a well corresponds to
the pressure difference between:
- an equipotential surface at the external limit of the reservoir drainage area, and
- another equipotential surface corresponding to the screen.
This total pressure drop is due to a number of features. Moving downstream from the
external limit of the drainage area towards the well:
- the position of the producing interval with respect to the reservoir geometry (due
to partial penetration and deviation).
- the damaged zone.
- interference between the different perforations.
- the crushed zone surrounding the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the perforation tunnels.
- gravel in the annulus between the screen and the casing.
Pressure drops between equipotential surfaces can be added to one another, and the
conceptual model corresponds to an attempt to simplify the problem by finding
equipotential surfaces.

2.7.9.1.1 Position of the producing interval with respect to reservoir geometry

The pressure drop due to the position of the producing interval with respect to the
reservoir geometry can be considered to be independent of the pressure drop
surrounding the well completion in so far as one can imagine an equipotential cylindrical
surface with, say, a 2 m radius, separating the two regions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 407 PROSPER

This pressure drop is calculated in SkinAide using a reservoir engineering correlation.

2.7.9.1.2 Interference between perforations and the damaged zone

Moving downstream, the next feature encountered is the interference between

perforations and the damaged zone. If the perforation tunnel emerges from the
damaged zone, the damaged zone has much less influence than if the perforation
remains entirely within the damaged zone.

The pressure drop due to interference between perforations and the damaged zone is
calculated using the Karakas and Tariq correlation.

2.7.9.1.3 The Crushed Zone

The downstream limit of the previous feature is the crushed zone. The outside surface of
the crushed zone, and the inner surface of the perforation tunnel are both assumed to be
equipotentials. As a result flow in both the crushed-only and the crushed-and-damaged
zones is radial.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 408

Pressure drops in the crushed zone can be calculated analytically.

2.7.9.1.4 Perforation tunnel which penetrates the formation

The next feature downstream is flow in that part of the perforation tunnel which
penetrates the formation. We use the flux into the tunnel previously calculated for radial
flow in the crushed zone to calculate the flow profile along the tunnel :

This situation can be solved analytically.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 409 PROSPER

2.7.9.1.5 Perforation tunnel through the casing and cement

Moving yet further downstream, two equipotentials can be drawn, one at the external
surface of the cement, the other on the inside of the casing:

This linear flow can be solved analytically.

2.7.9.1.6 Annulus between Casing and Screen

The last feature is the region between the equipotential at the opening of the perforation
tunnel in the casing, and the screen.

An approximate analytical solution has been found for flow in this region.

2.7.9.1.7 Hemispherical Flow Model

The conventional linear perforation model assumes that the surface of the perforation
tunnel is an equipotential surface. This assumption breaks down when permeability of
gravel in the tunnel becomes sufficiently low. When permeability in the tunnel becomes
sufficiently small, flow in the reservoir approaches hemispherical flow towards the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 410

perforation mouth.

Flow takes place

- in the reservoir beyond the crushed and the damaged zones
- in the damaged zone
- in the crushed-and-damaged zone
- in the perforation tunnel itself.
Analytical solutions to hemispherical flow have been developed to represent this model,
which can be considered to be an upper bound to the conventional linear perforation
model.

2.7.9.2 Using SkinAide

When the SkinAide IPR model is selected, the following IPR Input screen is presented:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 411 PROSPER

Select the required options for the Flow an Skin models plus Perforation Data. The
options are listed below:

2.7.9.2.1 Flow Model

Steady State - corresponds to a constant flux at the outer reservoir boundary. The
inflow at the external boundary is equal to the well flow rate. This boundary condition
corresponds to pressure maintenance by natural (aquifer influx, gas cap drive) or
artificial (gas or water injection). The steady state productivity equation is:

Semi Steady State - corresponds to no-flow at the outer reservoir boundary. This
boundary condition corresponds to reservoir depletion with no pressure
maintenance. The radial flow Productivity Index equation for semi-steady state is:

These equations differ only in the constant 3/4 vs 1/2 for steady state flow. These radial
flow equations can be generalised for other drainage geometries.

Pe, the static reservoir pressure is the average pressure in the well
drainage area, not the pressure at the external boundary. Pe is used in
the Productivity Index equation:

The reservoir pressure should be entered at the same reference datum

as the intake node depth.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 412

2.7.9.2.2 Skin Model

Linear Flow - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming that flow is predominantly
linear towards the well. This is the normal situation for a well completed across most
of the reservoir.

Hemispherical Flow - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming a hemispherical flow

geometry. This situation occurs for single perforations or wells having extreme partial
completion effects.
Flow Giving Minimum dP - Skin pressure drop is calculated assuming flow is always
along the path of lowest resistance. (i.e. between linear and hemispherical flow)

2.7.9.2.3 Perforation Data

In-Situ Geometry Entered - The dimension of the actual perforations in the reservoir
are entered.
API Test Data Edition 4 - API perforation gun data are entered and SkinAide
estimates the downhole perforation geometry.
API Test Data Edition 5 - API perforation gun data are entered and SkinAide
estimates the downhole perforation geometry. This option utilises more recently
defined gun test specifications.

Having selected the required options, SkinAide requires data entry in the following
categories:

Geometry
(Reservoir dimensions)
Petrophysics
(Reservoir permeability etc.)
Damaged Zone
(Damaged zone properties)
Cased Hole
(casing dimensions)
Crushed Zone
(Crushed zone properties)
Perforations
(Gun and perforation geometry)
Gravel Pack
(Only for Gravel Packed wells)

The data required can vary according to the options selected. Click each data entry

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 413 PROSPER

button in turn and enter the data as follows:

2.7.9.2.4 Geometry
Reservoir Thickness - Enter the thickness normal to the bedding plane in dipping
reservoirs. When thin shales are distributed throughout a heterogeneous reservoir,
use the net sand thickness.

Completed Interval - Enter the perforated interval as measured along the wellbore.

Distance to Top of Completion - This parameter affects partial completion skin and is
measured along the wellbore. If gross sand thickness is used for reservoir thickness,
enter the actual distance to the top perforation (dimension h1 in the above sketch).
When using net sand, restrict the distance to net sand intervals.
Drainage Area - Area drained by the subject well
Dietz Shape Factor - Allows for drainage area shape and well placement.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 414

Hole Diameter - Open hole drilled diameter. Use bit size or caliper measured size
where applicable. Perforation length, damage depth are measured beyond the hole
diameter.
Deviation - Average angle between the well axis and vertical.

2.7.9.2.5 Petrophysics
Horizontal Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured parallel to the cap rock
(along the bedding plane).

Vertical Permeability - Reservoir permeability measured perpendicular to the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 415 PROSPER

horizontal permeability in the vicinity of the completed interval. Used to determine

anisotropy ratio near the perforations. Values can be taken from core analysis.
Vertical Permeability for Geometrical Skin - Reservoir permeability for the bulk
reservoir measured perpendicular to the horizontal permeability. Determines the
anisotropy ratio between the completed interval and the remainder of the reservoir.
Porosity - Used in the high velocity flow coefficient correlation:
Where:
k Reservoir horizontal permeability
Reservoir porosity
a,b,c Constants
Correlations are used to estimate the values used in the high velocity flow
equation. Field specific correlations can be prepared from well test analysis.
Turbulence coefficient a - multiplier for the overall turbulence coefficient.
Dimensions are reciprocal distance.
Permeability exponent b - Permeability raised to this power. Default is -1.33. Note,
the exponent value entered corresponds to permeability in millidarcies regardless of
the current unit set.
Porosity exponent c - Porosity raised to this power. Default is 0.0. Note the
exponent value assumes the porosity is a fraction, regardless of the current unit set.
High velocity flow pressure drops arise from acceleration and deceleration of reservoir
fluids as they pass through pore throats as in the following diagram:

2.7.9.2.6 Damaged Zone

The damaged zone is modelled as an annulus surrounding the wellbore in which
permeability and porosity have been impaired during the drilling and completion
process. The depth of damage is measured beyond the drilled hole.

In anisotropic reservoirs, formation damage is deeper in the low permeability direction

than the high permeability. An elliptic damaged zone forms in such cases. SkinAide
assumes a circular damaged zone irrespective of reservoir anisotropy.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 416

Damaged Zone Thickness - Since damaged zone skin is controlled by the ratio of
perforation tunnel length to damaged zone depth, enter a damage zone depth that
respects this relationship.
Damaged Zone Permeability - Determines the ratio of damaged zone to reservoir
permeability. Estimating the true value is not straightforward, however, the
undamaged reservoir permeability could be used as a starting point.
Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity to be used in the high velocity flow coefficient
correlation.

2.7.9.2.7 Cased Hole

The casing dimensions are used to correct the API perforation length for field
conditions. The casing I.D. is calculated from the O.D. and casing weight.

External Casing Diameter - Enter nominal casing diameter opposite the completed
interval.
Casing Weight - Enter nominal casing weight per unit length opposite the completed
interval.

2.7.9.2.8 Crushed Zone

Shaped charge perforating creates a cavity filled by charge debris and surrounded by a
zone of reservoir rock that has been altered by the high pressure / high temperature jet.
Charge debris is removed by perforation washing or underbalanced perforating - the
crushed zone remains. SkinAide recognises separate properties for the crushed zone
in the undisturbed reservoir and damaged zone.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 417 PROSPER

Most of the high velocity flow pressure loss occurs in the crushed zone and is added to
the loss in the reservoir. Note that if a zero crushed zone thickness is entered, no high
flow velocity pressure drops are calculated.

Crushed Zone Thickness - Thickness of perforation altered zone. The default value
is 0.5 inches.
Crushed Zone Permeability - Reduced permeability for crushed zone within the
virgin reservoir.
Crushed Zone Porosity - Porosity in the crushed zone for estimation of high
pressure flow losses.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Permeability - Permeability for the crushed zone within
the damaged zone.
Crushed + Damaged Zone Porosity - Porosity for the crushed zone within the
damaged zone.
Permeability in the crushed and damaged zone is introduced by the ratio:
Rcrushed and damaged = Crushed and damaged zone (horizontal)
permeability / undisturbed formation (horizontal) permeability.
The same anisotropy ratio opposite the completion interval as applies to the
undisturbed formation is used for the crushed and damaged zone permeability. It
is suggested that the crushed and damaged zone permeability ratio should be
the product:
Rcrushed and damaged = Rdamaged·Rcrushed only.

Where the ratio for the damaged zone:

Rdamaged = damaged (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed formation

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 418

(horizontal) permeability
and the crushed-only zone:
Rcrushed only = only crushed zone (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed
formation (horizontal) permeability.

2.7.9.2.9 Perforations
The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sises are required. Alternatively, API test data can be
entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.

Common Perforation Parameters

Perforation Efficiency - The number of producing perforations is the product of
perforation efficiency, shot density and the length of the completed interval.
Perforation efficiency is used to account for ineffective perforations such as those
shot into shaly beds. If gross sand is used to define reservoir geometry, the
maximum perforation efficiency should be the ratio of net/gross reservoir sand. If net
sand is used, the perforation efficiency does not need to be further modified.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 419 PROSPER

Shot Density - Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
Gun Phasing - Angle between two adjacent perforating charges. Affects
interference between perforation tunnels.

Angle Between Vertical Plane and Perforations - For anisotropic reservoirs, the
angle between the perforation tunnels and the direction of maximum permeability
influences productivity. When 0 or 180 guns are selected, perforations are all
aligned with the low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes an
angle of 45 .

In-Situ Geometry Entered

Tunnel Length - Length of effective perforation in the reservoir formation i.e. beyond
the cement sheath.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 420

Tunnel Diameter - Diameter of effective perforation in the reservoir formation.

Cavity Entrance Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently
uses a cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.
Cavity Tip Diameter - Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently uses a
cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-shaped
perforation geometry.

API Test DataThe correction from test data to In-Situ conditions is influenced by the API
test series selected. The form of data input is identical for both options.
API RP 43/2 Total Target Penetration - Length of perforation in Berea sandstone
target. If RP 43/2 data is unavailable, use 2/3 of API RP43/1 cement target TTP.
API RP 43/1 Entry Hole Diameter - Entry hole diameter for steel / cement target
test. Note that the steel quality changes between Editions 4 and 5 of the API test
specifications. Ensure the relevant data is entered.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 421 PROSPER

Gun diameter - Gun diameter is used to correct API perforation test results for
stand-off.
Reservoir Uniaxial Compressive Strength - Compressive strength is used to
calculate in-situ perforation dimensions. Typical values of reservoir uniaxial
compressive strength are given in the following table:

Lithology Reservoir Uniaxial

Compressive Strength
(psi) (bar)
Loose sand 150 10
Sand which crumbles by hand 750 50
Sandstone from which sand grains can be peeled 1500 100
by hand
Well cemented sandstone 3750 250
Well cemented limestone 3750 250

Rock Density - Enter apparent In-Situ rock density as measured by a density log, not
the density of the minerals (e.g. Quartz) that comprise the formation grains.
Casing Elastic Limit - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation
dimensions. The elastic limit in thousands of psi corresponds to the pipe steel
quality. e.g. N80 casing has an elastic limit stress of 80,000 psi.
Reservoir Stress - Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation dimensions.
Stress is assumed to be Isotropic. Generally the minimum effective stress (frac
gradient) is suitable.

Gravel Packs in SkinAideWhen the Gravel Pack option has been selected, additional
data entry is required to describe the pack geometry and properties. Separate gravel
properties can be entered for the annular gravel pack and the sand in the perforation
tunnels. This allows mixing of formation and pack sand to be simulated.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 422

Screen Outside Diameter - The space between the screen O.D. and the drilled hole
diameter is occupied by gravel.
Annulus Gravel Permeability - Permeability of gravel in the space between the
screen and the open hole. Gravel size is specified in terms of mesh size. e.g. 20/40
mesh gravel will pass a sieve with 1/20 inch holes, but not pass a 1/40 inch sieve.
Average laboratory measured permeability values for various gravel sises are given
in the following table:

Gravel Mesh Lab

Permeability
Type (Darcies)
Ottawa Sand 12/20 500
20/40 150
30/50 90
40/60 60
50/70 30
Carbolite 20/40 350
16/20 500
Isopac 20/40 110

Annulus Gravel Porosity - Used in calculation of high velocity flow coefficient in the
gravel pack.
Tunnel Gravel Permeability - Used to reduce the permeability of sand in the
perforation tunnels due to mixing of formation and gravel pack sand.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 423 PROSPER

Tunnel Gravel Porosity - Used to reduce the porosity of sand in the perforation
tunnels.

The inflow and skin pressure drop are computed by clicking the Calculate button once all
the relevant input data have been entered and Plot to display the results. To evaluate
the contribution of individual completion components in the inflow performance, click
Variables and select the parameters to display as in the following screen example:

Select the required variables by clicking their check boxes. Click Done to display the
results:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 424

Skin Components
The conceptual models used to calculate the total skin factor include :
- a contribution due to the position of the producing interval with respect to
reservoir geometry, called geometric skin Sgeometric

- contributions due to pressure losses close to the actual wellbore, beginning with
the pressure loss due to the damaged zone and ending with pressure loss in the
casing/screen annulus for gravel packed wells. This contribution to the total skin
is called the completion skin Scompletion.

The total skin is the sum of the two components

Stotal =Sgeometric + Scompletion

The contribution Scompletion to the total skin is particularly convenient when using
reservoir engineering equations. However Scompletion does not necessarily reflect the
quality of the completion itself. Indeed, imagine two wells with identical completions,
producing reservoirs with identical properties, the thickness of one reservoir is double
that of the other:

Scompletion = a k h DPcompletion / ( Q m B )

Since DPcompletion is identical but reservoir thickness h differs by a factor 2, applying

the above relation leads to values of Scompletion, which differ, by a factor 2.

Mechanical skins are defined so as to reflect the quality of well completion. In the
formula for mechanical skins, the vertical reservoir thickness h is replaced by the length
of the producing interval (measured along the wellbore) hp :

Smechanical = a k hp DPskin / ( Q m B )

where, for oil wells,

SI US French
a depends on units 2 7.07 10-3 0.0536
k permeability m2 mD mD

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 425 PROSPER

hp length of the completed interval m ft m

DPskin DPreal well - DPidealised well Pa psi bar
Q flowrate (standard conditions) m3/s bpd m3/d
m viscosity (reservoir conditions) Pa.s cP cP
B fluid formation volume factor v/v v/v v/v
Total and mechanical skins are related by the simple formula :
Smechanical / hp = Scompletion / h

2.7.9.3 SkinAide Model

Information on the SkinAide Model can be found in the following link - SkinAide

2.7.9.3.1 Geometry data

Enter the thickness normal to the bedding plane in dipping

Reservoir Thickness reservoirs. When thin shales are distributed throughout a
heterogeneous reservoir, use the net sand thickness.
Completed Interval Enter the perforated interval as measured along the wellbore.
This parameter affects partial completion skin and is
measured along the wellbore. If gross sand thickness is used
Distance to Top of
for reservoir thickness, enter the actual distance to the top
Completion
perforation (dimension h1 in the above sketch). When using
net sand, restrict the distance to net sand intervals
Drainage Area Area drained by the subject well

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 426

Dietz Shape Factor Allows for drainage area shape and well placement.
Open hole drilled diameter. Use bit size or caliper measured
Hole Diameter size where applicable. Perforation length, damage depth
are measured beyond the hole diameter.
Deviation Average angle between the well axis and vertical.

2.7.9.3.2 Petrophysics data

Horizontal Reservoir permeability measured parallel to the cap rock (along the
Permeability bedding plane).
Reservoir permeability measured perpendicular to the horizontal
Vertical permeability in the vicinity of the completed interval. Used to
Permeability determine anisotropy ratio near the perforations. Values can be
taken from core analysis.
Vertical
Permeability Reservoir permeability for the bulk reservoir measured perpendicular
for to the horizontal permeability. Determines the anisotropy ratio
Geometrical between the completed interval and the remainder of the reservoir.
Skin
Used in the high velocity flow coefficient correlation:
Porosity ak b c

Where:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 427 PROSPER

k - Reservoir horizontal permeability

- Reservoir porosity
a, b, c - constants
Correlations are used to estimate the values used in the high velocity
flow equation. Field specific correlations can be prepared from well
test analysis.
Turbulence multiplier for the overall turbulence coefficient. Dimensions are
coefficient a reciprocal distance.

Permeability Permeability raised to this power. Default is -1.33. Note, the

exponent b exponent value entered corresponds to permeability in millidarcies
regardless of the current unit set.
Porosity Porosity raised to this power. Default is 0.0. Note the exponent value
exponent c assumes the porosity is a fraction, regardless of the current unit set.

High velocity flow pressure drops arise from acceleration and deceleration of reservoir
fluids as they pass through pore throats.

2.7.9.3.3 Damaged zone data

The damaged zone is modelled as an annulus surrounding the wellbore in which

permeability and porosity have been impaired during the drilling and completion
process. The depth of damage is measured beyond the drilled hole.

In anisotropic reservoirs, formation damage is deeper in the low permeability direction

than the high permeability. An elliptic damaged zone forms in such cases. SkinAide
assumes a circular damaged zone irrespective of reservoir anisotropy.

Damaged Since damaged zone skin is controlled by the ratio of perforation

Zone tunnel length to damaged zone depth, enter a damage zone depth
Thickness that respects this relationship.
Damaged Determines the ratio of damaged zone to reservoir permeability.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 428

Zone Estimating the true value is not straightforward, however, the

Permeability undamaged reservoir permeability could be used as a starting point.
Damaged Porosity to be used in the high velocity flow coefficient correlation.
Zone Porosity

2.7.9.3.4 Cased hole data

The casing dimensions are used to correct the API perforation length for field
conditions. The casing I.D. is calculated from the O.D. and casing weight.

External Casing Enter nominal casing diameter opposite the completed

Diameter interval.
Enter nominal casing weight per unit length opposite the
Casing Weight
completed interval.

2.7.9.3.5 Crushed zone data

Crushed Zone
Shaped charge perforating creates a cavity filled by charge debris and surrounded by a
zone of reservoir rock that has been altered by the high pressure / high temperature jet.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 429 PROSPER

Charge debris is removed by perforation washing or underbalanced perforating - the

crushed zone remains. SkinAide recognises separate properties for the crushed zone
in the undisturbed reservoir and damaged zone. most of the high velocity flow pressure
loss occurs in the crushed zone and is added to the loss in the reservoir. Note that if a
zero crushed zone thickness is entered, no high flow velocity pressure drops are
calculated.

Crushed Zone Thickness of perforation altered zone. The default value is

Thickness 0.5 inches.
Crushed Zone Reduced permeability for crushed zone within the virgin
Permeability reservoir.
Crushed Zone Porosity in the crushed zone for estimation of high pressure
Porosity flow losses.
Crushed + Damaged
Permeability for the crushed zone within the damaged zone.
Zone Permeability
Crushed + Damaged
Porosity for the crushed zone within the damaged zone.
Zone Porosity

Permeability in the crushed and damaged zone is introduced by the ratio:

R(crushed and damaged) = Crushed and damaged zone (horizontal) permeability /

undisturbed formation (horizontal) permeability.

The same anisotropy ratio opposite the completion interval as applies to the
undisturbed formation is used for the crushed and damaged zone permeability. It is
suggested that the crushed and damaged zone permeability ratio should be the product:
R(crushed and damaged) = R(damaged) * .R(crushed only).

Where the ratio for the damaged zone:

R(damaged) = damaged (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed formation (horizontal)

permeability
and the crushed-only zone:
R(crushed only) = only crushed zone (horizontal) permeability / undisturbed formation
(horizontal) permeability.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 430

2.7.9.3.6 Perforation data (API test method)

The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sises are required. Alternatively, API test data can be
entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.

Common Perforation Parameters

The number of producing perforations is the product of perforation

efficiency, shot density and the length of the completed interval.
Perforation Perforation efficiency is used to account for ineffective perforations such
Efficiency as those shot into shaly beds. If gross sand is used to define reservoir
geometry, the maximum perforation efficiency should be the ratio of net/
gross reservoir sand. If net sand is used, the perforation efficiency does
not need to be further modified.
Shot Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
Density
Gun Angle between two adjacent perforating charges. Affects interference
Phasing between perforation tunnels.
Angle For anisotropic reservoirs, the angle between the perforation tunnels
Between and the direction of maximum permeability influences productivity.
Vertical When 0 or 180 guns are selected, perforations are all aligned with the
Plane and low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes an
Perforation angle of 45.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 431 PROSPER

API Test Data

The correction from test data to In-Situ conditions is influenced by the API test series
selected. The form of data input is identical for both options.

API RP 43/2
Length of perforation in Berea sandstone target. If RP 43/2 data is
Total Target
unavailable, use 2/3 of API RP43/1 cement target TTP.
Penetration
API RP 43/1 Entry hole diameter for steel / cement target test. Note that the steel
Entry Hole quality changes between Editions 4 and 5 of the API test specifications.
Diameter Ensure the relevant data is entered.
Gun
Gun diameter is used correct API perforation test results for stand-off.
diameter
Reservoir
Compressive strength is used to calculate in-situ perforation
Uniaxial
dimensions. Typical values of reservoir uniaxial compressive strength
Compressiv
are given in the following table:
e Strength

Reservoir
Uniaxial
Lithology Compressive
Strength
Strength
(psi) (bar)
Loose sand 150 10
Sand which crumbles by 750 50
hand
Sandstone from which sand 1500 100
grains can be peeled by hand
Well cemented sandstone 3750 250
Well cemented limestone 3750 250

Rock Enter apparent In-Situ rock density as measured by a density log, not
Density the density of the minerals (e.g. Quartz) that comprise the formation
grains.

Casing Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation dimensions. The
Elastic Limit elastic limit in thousands of psi corresponds to the pipe steel quality.
e.g. N80 casing has an elastic limit stress of 80,000 psi.
Used for correction of API data to In-situ perforation dimensions.
Reservoir
Stress is assumed to be Isotropic. Generally the minimum effective
Stress
stress (fracture gradient) is suitable.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 432

2.7.9.3.7 Perforation data (in situ geometry entered)

The perforation data input depends on the option selected. If In-Situ Geometry is
selected, the actual perforation sises are required. Alternatively, API test data can be
entered for a particular gun, and SkinAide will estimate the perforation geometry
considering completion and reservoir variables such as compressive strength and
casing size.

Common Perforation Parameters

The number of producing perforations is the product of perforation

efficiency, shot density and the length of the completed interval.
Perforation efficiency is used to account for ineffective perforations
Perforation
such as those shot into shaly beds. If gross sand is used to define
Efficiency
reservoir geometry, the maximum perforation efficiency should be
the ratio of net/gross reservoir sand. If net sand is used, the
perforation efficiency does not need to be further modified.
Shot Density Nominal shots per foot for the selected perforating gun.
Angle between two adjacent perforating charges. Affects
Gun Phasing
interference between perforation tunnels.
For anisotropic reservoirs, the angle between the perforation tunnels
Angle Between
and the direction of maximum permeability influences productivity.
Vertical Plane
When 0 or 180 guns are selected, perforations are all aligned with
and
the low side of the hole. For other gun phasings, SkinAide assumes
Perforations
an angle of 45.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 433 PROSPER

In-Situ Geometry Entered

Length of effective perforation in the reservoir formation i.e. beyond

Tunnel Length
the cement sheath
Tunnel
Diameter of effective perforation in the reservoir formation.
Diameter
Cavity Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently uses a
Entrance cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-
Diameter shaped perforation geometry.

Cavity Tip Not active - use Tunnel Diameter. SkinAide presently uses a
Diameter cylindrical model for perforations. Future versions will allow a cone-
shaped perforation geometry.

2.7.9.3.8 Gravel pack data

When the Gravel Pack option has been selected, additional data entry is required to
describe the pack geometry and properties, in particular Gravel Pack Permeability.
This is defined as the permeability of gravel in the space between the screen and the
open hole. Gravel size is specified in terms of mesh size. e.g. 20/40 mesh gravel will
pass a sieve with 1/20 inch holes, but not pass a 1/40 inch sieve. Average laboratory
measured permeability values for various gravel sises are given in the following table:

Lab
Gravel Type Mesh Permeabilit
y
mDarcy
12/20 500,000
Ottawa Sand 20/40 150,000
30/50 90,000

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 434

40/60 60,000
50/70 30,000
20/40 350,000
Carbolite
16/20 500,000
Isopac 20/40 110,000

Gravel permeabilities were obtained from various companies involved in their supply.
However, these were the absolute permeabilities to air of new, clean samples. Since in-
situ conditions were quite different, these were revised downwards by approximately
50%. While it is somewhat risky to apply this revision, it may be a realistic initial
estimate that can be revised when field experience indicates that it should be.

Separate gravel properties can be entered for the annular gravel pack and the sand in
the perforation tunnels. This allows mixing of formation and pack sand to be simulated.
Screen Outside The space between the screen O.D. and the drilled hole
Diameter diameter is occupied by gravel.
Annulus Gravel Permeability of gravel in the space between the screen and
Permeability the open hole. (See table above)
Annulus Gravel Used in calculation of high velocity flow coefficient in the
Porosity gravel pack.
Used to reduce the permeability of sand in the perforation
Tunnel Gravel
tunnels due to mixing of formation and gravel pack sand.
Permeability
(see Table above)
Used to reduce the porosity of sand in the perforation
Tunnel Gravel Porosity
tunnels.

2.7.9.3.9 Results

Skin Components
The conceptual models used to calculate the total skin factor include :
a contribution due to the position of the producing interval with respect to reservoir
geometry, called geometric skin Sgeometric
contributions due to pressure losses close to the actual wellbore, beginning with the
pressure loss due to the damaged zone and ending with pressure loss in the casing/
screen annulus for gravel packed wells. This contribution to the total skin is called the
completion skin Scompletion.

The total skin is the sum of the two components

Stotal = Sgeometric + Scompletion

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 435 PROSPER

The contribution Scompletion to the total skin is particularly convenient when using
reservoir engineering equations. However Scompletion does not necessarily reflect the
quality of the completion itself. Indeed, imagine two wells with identical completions,
producing reservoirs with identical properties, the thickness of one reservoir is double
that of the other :

Scompletion = a k h Pcompletion / ( Q m B )

Since Pcompletion is identical but reservoir thickness h differs by a factor 2, applying

the above relation leads to values of Scompletion which differ by a factor 2.

Mechanical skins are defined so as to reflect the quality of well completion. In the
formula for mechanical skins, the vertical reservoir thickness h is replaced by the length
of the producing interval (measured along the wellbore) hp :
Smechanical = a k hp Pskin / ( Q m B )

where, for oil wells,

SI US French
a depends on units 2 0.00707 0.0536
k permeability m2 mD mD
hp length of the completed m ft m
interval
Pskin Preal well - Pidealised Pa psi bar
well
Q flow rate (standard m3/s bpd m3/d
conditions)
m viscosity (reservoir Pa.s cP cP
conditions)
B fluid formation volume v/v v/v v/v
factor

Total and mechanical skins are related by the simple formula :

Smechanical / hp = Scompletion / h

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 436

2.7.9.3.10 Select Plot Axes

Select the curves that you wish to appear on the IPR plot for the SkinAide (due to ELF)
model.

Done to return to the plot with the current set of selected curves
Main to return to the main screen
Help to view this screen
Set to select ALL curves
Clear to unselect ALL curves

2.7.10 SPOT
SPOT (Shell Perforating Optimisation Tool) is a module that enables engineers to
predict and compare perforation charge performance, assisting selection of the optimal
perforating gun. It should be highlighted that SPOT is not a perforating charge sales tool;
the purpose of SPOT is to allow Users to easily assess and compare performance of
different completion techniques. Perforating charge performance is calculated using:

Charge properties

Reservoir rock properties (field average or log scale properties)

Fluid properties

Drilling mud invasion models

SPOT can be used to analyze different completion types including; openhole,

conventional case and perforated, open hole perforated, and casing conveyed
perforated. Thus, a user can identify if perforating is the correct technique for their
application, and if not, pursue alternative technologies, including, but not limited to
barefoot completions, stimulation, underbalanced drilling and propellants.
SPOT is a powerful model that gives the user the ability to directly compare perforation
charge performance in reservoir rock on a log scale. It takes into account perforation
depth of penetration, entrance hole diameter, shot density and drilling mud invasion.
SPOT is intended to demonstrate that perforation charges often don’t pass the mud-
invaded zone and that correct mud design is vital in these cases (particularly in low
permeability reservoirs).
Inputs

In order to use the SPOT inflow model, select | System | Inflow Performance and select |

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 437 PROSPER

SPOT from the list of the available Reservoir Models in PROSPER:

In order to fully describe the SPOT reservoir model, select | Input Data at the top right
corner of the screen to access the various tabs (below listed from left to right) required
to enter the model inputs:
- Options
- Layers
- Log Data
- Completion Data

In PROSPER, the output from SPOT, an Inflow Performance Relationship (IPR) curve, can
be directly combined with any Vertical Lift Performance (VLP) correlation to predict the
well performance under various operating conditions: well head flowing pressure, water
cut, GOR and so on..

Here is a list of the peculiar acronyms used in the SPOT inflow module along with their
meaning:

API American Petroleum Institute

AOF Absolute Open Flow

CBL Cement Bond Log

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 438

CFD Computational Fluid Dynamics

EoH Entrance Hole Diameter

DoP Depth of Penetration

FDC Formation Density Compensated

GUI Graphical User Interface

IPR Inflow Performance Relationship

NWEVS Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress

RP Recommended practice like API RP XX

OB OverBalanced

SPOT Shell Perforation Optimisation Tool

TWC Thick Walled Cylinder

UCS Unconfined Compressive Strength

WIQI Well Inflow Quality Index

2.7.10.1Completion

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 439 PROSPER

This tab is used to enter completion details for the SPOT calculations. Only the
completion over the producing zone is required.

This data is used to correct the Lp. API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing
defined in the test data. So if if a thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as
more of the gun energy is lost perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then
the Lp will be higher.

Appropriate completion details will need to be entered for the selected option. This may
include:
Casing diameter, type and weight
Casing drift to account for variations in diameter during manufacture. The total drift in
casing internal diameter (ID) should be entered. This is defined in SPOT as the
difference between the maximum and minimum casing ID.
Tubing diameter, type and weight
Tubing drift to account for variations in diameter during manufacture. The total drift in
tubing internal diameter (ID) should be entered. This is defined in SPOT as the
difference between the maximum and minimum tubing ID.
Minimum tubing restriction diameter: this limits the gun size that can be run using
through tubing conveyance.
Hold up depth; this is effectively the end of the well. You will not be allowed to perforate
below the hold up depth
Casing material type: select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material
was used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:

Material J55 L80 P105 P110

Mean Brinell Hardness 180 230 275 320

SPOT will always assume that the casing of a well is cemented. It cannot calculate the
effect of perforating an uncemented liner or tubing.
Multiple casing strings (2 or 3 casing strings only) can be entered into SPOT and an
adjusted perforation depth will be calculated using empirical correlations.

The holdup depth is effectively the bottom of the well. No perforations are allowed below
the holdup depth. The holdup depth is a measured depth (not TVD).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 440

2.7.10.2Options

Lp Correlation Type:
“API19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Conventional Correlations”- these
correlations assume that effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV test
setup reaches the centre of the sample. The correlation should also be used for a
Section 1 test (no effective stress applied)
“API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlations”- these
correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that effective
stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach the centre of
the core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact that the perforation
depth of penetration under effective stress measured at surface in conventional
Section II and IV setups is not the perforation depth that would be expected downhole
under the same effective stress condition.
It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is
believed to be valid and as such the “API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2
conventional correlations” option should be selected.

Calculate Non-Darcy Skin:

Yes: a quadratic is used to account for high velocity flow
No: the quadratic (non-Darcy skin) term is not taken into account.
The only option for gas/condensate wells is Yes.

Activity:
The user has two choices:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 441 PROSPER

New well: the well is being perforated for the first time or
Workover / Re-perforation: an already perforated and producing well needs to be
re-perforated.

Well type:
The well type can be:
Vertical

Deviated (up to 75 degrees deviation)

Horizontal (above 75 degrees deviation)

Inflow Equation:
For vertical or deviated wells the user has 2 IPR choices:
Vogel: SPOT uses a straight line inflow relationship above the bubble point and the
Vogel relationship below the bubble point to account for two phase flow. This equation
is based on an empirical relationship developed by Vogel using numerical
simulations.
Fetkovitch: the Fetkovich IPR model also accounts for two phase flow below the
bubble point. It was developed to improve Vogel’s correlation.
For horizontal wells the user has 4 IPR choices:-
Economides-Joshi: This model has been adopted from Economides (1990) and
Joshi (1988). It assumes the well is located in the center of the drainage volume. The
method is not appropriate for partially cased and perforated or partially openhole
perforated horizontal wells.
Borisov: This simple equation was developed by Borisov (1964) and has been found
to provide good results in many simple cases. The method is not appropriate for
partially cased and perforated or partially openhole perforated horizontal wells.

Babu-Odeh: This method treats a horizontal well as a vertical well turned sideways.
Despite being a simple concept, it has received wide acceptance. The method is not
appropriate for partially cased and perforated or openhole perforated horizontal wells.

Goode-Wilkinson: The method was adopted from Goode and Wilkinson. It is the only
horizontal well model in SPOT that can be used to calculate performance of a partially
cased and perforated horizontal well. The model also assumes that the horizontal well
has been drilled in a rectangular drainage area that is twice as long as it is thick (I.e.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 442

reservoir length>>reservoir height). The method is not appropriate for partially

openhole perforated horizontal wells.

Note that Non Darcy skin effects are currently NOT considered in SPOT for horizontal
gas wells.

Log Data Input:

SPOT requires log data with porosity, permeability, UCS and TWC. However if not all
these types are available then the missing data can be calculated from correlations.
Also if other data such as FDC, shear & compressional sonic is available then it can be
used to calculate the required data.
In this combo-box, select the variables that you have available as log data. You will then
be able to enter them in the log data tab.
If no log data is available then select "None Available". The user will then be able to
generate log data with constant values in the log data tab.

Perforating Method:
For a new well there are two options:-
Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per ‘standard’ perforating
practices.

Double run perforating - Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well
and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired. SPOT
takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie (assuming
the perforating guns are not oriented).

For a workover/reperforation:-
Single run perforating - Running in and perforating
One perforating gun is run into the well and fired. This is as per ‘standard’ perforating
practices.

Double run perforating – Running in and perforating, then running in again and
perforating using the same gun
An interval is perforated twice using the same gun. That is, the gun is run into the well
and fired, pulled out of the hole and the same gun is rerun into the well and fired. SPOT
takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie, assuming
the guns are not oriented.
For a double perforating run, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion for

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 443 PROSPER

the first and second perforating run.

Re-perforating - You are re-perforating over existing perforations (old holes) that are
contributing to production
If this option is selected the user must fill out the “Reperforating” box in the Reservoir
layers screen. The user is presented with a drop down box that includes the following
options

New holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the new perforation holes

New and Old holes- i.e. model the contribution from the new and old perforation
holes

Old holes only- i.e. model the contribution from only the old perforation holes.
Note that according to the option selected here, the user must also tick the
appropriate perforated interval in the Log Data screen
SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
assuming guns are not oriented. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the
user should match/adjust these results using field data.
For a reperforation calculation, SPOT will assume the same degree of mud invasion for
the old and new perforating run.
In SPOT mud invasion is assumed to have a permanent effect on reservoir performance
that does not improve over time. Thus, when reperforating an existing zone or
perforating a new zone in an old well, SPOT will assume mud invasion properties do not
alter over time (i.e. the existing zone will contain the same amount and degree of mud
invasion as the new zone). In reality, if a mud has been ‘ideally’ designed, it is likely the
effect of mud invasion will reduce over time. SPOT recognises the fact that most of the
drilling muds used in practice are not ‘ideal’. Despite this, if the user wishes to alter the
mud invasion properties for new and old perforating zones within a well, the “Enter Mud
Invasion Log” option should be selected. This will give the user the ability to specify
certain mud properties for different zones.

(Mud) Invasion method:

There are 4 methods available to capture the mud invasion:
1. "Calculate invasion"
This option will allow the user to calculate mud invasion using one of four options
developed by Shell. The model requires the following inputs:
Drilling fluid weight / density,
Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during drilling
of the well) which is used to calculate an equivalent rate of penetration.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 444

Drilling downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has been
drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note that the
model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filter cake.

2. "Enter Mud Invasion Log"

The user should enter a mud invasion petrophysical log. This is the most accurate
method of predicting mud invasion depth in a well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow resistivity
data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion depth and if
drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region (which is likely
for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth calculations are
resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method should be obtained
from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst.
In order to use this option, “Log data Input” must be selected as “Yes” and data
entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if conventional
petrophysical log data is not available but the user still wishes to import a foot-by-
foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using the
“Invasion” tab on the “Reservoir Layers” screen (two invasion zone permeability
options are available- use of return permeability data or predicted return
permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if a
multi-layer reservoir is modeled.

3. "Enter discrete Invasion depth"

The user should input a discrete mud invasion depth based on field knowledge,
information from deep and shallow resistivity petrophysical logs and/or well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well as
the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the “Invasion” tab on the
“Reservoir Layers” screen (two invasion zone permeability options are available-
use of return permeability data or predicted return permeability factors). Invasion
should be entered for each individual layer if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled.

4. "No Invasion"
In this case, the SPOT module will assume no mud invasion.

Sanding model:
There 2 choices: "None" and the "QinetiQ model".
The "None" option will not calculate any possible production of failed sand.
The "QinetiQ model" is an analytical model that calculates if failed sand will be produced
from a vertical or horizontal perforation:
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 445 PROSPER

For vertical perforations a suspension model is assumed in which solid particles

are maintained within the fluid

For horizontal perforations a conservative traction model is used in which sand

particles do not enter the fluid but move by rolling and sliding. This transport
mechanism requires the least energy for initiation.
Currently SPOT assumes:

in vertical wells, the horizontal perforation model is used

in deviated and horizontal wells both the horizontal and vertical transportation
models are used. If either model results in sand production SPOT will identify that
sand will be produced. The user should enter the perforation angle for the
perforation type of interest.
This model can also be used as a debris transport model. Thus, it can be used to model
debris flow if the debris diameter is entered (rather than the sand particle size
distribution diameter) and if the density of the debris is entered (rather than the sand
density).

Model limitations include:

The model is not valid for mud or clay

The model does not account for random fluctuations in velocity due to turbulence
that may, in reality, enable movement of particles even when no sand transport is
indicated.

The model assumes that the fluid of interest is the reservoir fluid (not the
completion fluid or drilling mud).

A perforation angle cutoff of 45 degrees is used to distinguish between horizontal

and vertical perforations

Validity is limited to rw/(perforation length+rw)<0.95. Beyond this, the equations

will be operating beyond the intended range
The following input parameters are required:

Particle diameter: average expected particle diameter from sieve or laser

particle size analysis

Density sand: the density of the sand grains

Perforation angle: defines the horizontal/vertical orientation of the perforation.

The perforation angle is measured relative to the horizontal axis. i.e. perforation
angle of a horizontal perforation equals 0 degrees. For vertical perforations the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 446

model assumes that the perforation is oriented downwards. It is assumed that if

the perforation angle is oriented upwards (with an angle of 35 degrees-90
degrees from horizontal), the crushed zone material will fall out of the perforation
tunnel.

Roughness perforation wall: the roughness of the perforation. A suggested value

is one standard deviation greater than the average particle size to account for the
presence of loose fines and crushed material, which will roughen the perforation
tunnel.

It should be highlighted that the QinetiQ Sanding Model does not predict perforation
tunnel failure. It only predicts if sand production will occur assuming that failure has
already occurred. I.e. perforation tunnel cleanup.

Crushed zone Model:

The user has two models to choose from:
Entered
QinetiQ Test Results
If the entered crushed zone model is selected, the user needs to input:
o Permeability (impairment) factor, which represents the ratio of the crushed zone
permeability to the virgin reservoir permeability and
o (Crushed zone) thickness
The “QinetiQ Test Results" option will use a default crushed zone permeability
relationship which defines the thickness of the crushed zone and the crushed zone
permeability damage factor based on laboratory experiments using big hole charges.

Lower Completion Type:

If the well completion type has been set to "Cased Hole" in the System Summary then
the only option is "Cased and Perforated".
If the well completion type has been set to "Open Hole" in the System Summary then
there are two choices:-
Open Hole
Open Hole Perforated

Pressure Transform:
This option is only required for gas/condensate wells. It refers to the pressure transform
used in the IPR calculations.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 447 PROSPER

Pressure Squared
Pseudo Pressure

Use Downhole Standoff:

Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff. Otherwise select "No" in which case the
gun is assumed to be centralised.

Enter Gun per Layer:

Select "Yes" if you wish to select a different gun for each layer in the reservoir.
Select "No" if the same gun is to be used for the whole reservoir.

Use SPOT IPR Extensions:

Select "No" if you wish to use the same assumptions as other PROSPER IPR models.
Select "Yes" if you wish to use the same assumption as the original SPOT program from
Shell.

2.7.10.3Layers

This tab is used:-

to enter some basic data such as well radius
to split up the reservoir into layers and enter data per layer.
select a gun

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 448

It is not necessary to enter multiple layers but at least one layer must be entered. Only
one layer is allowed for horizontal wells.

Basic Data:

Well Radius - Wellbore hole radius

Drainage Radius - Reservoir radius over which the well can drain/ inject reservoir
fluids. In general, the drainage radius for tight formations is small, while the drainage
radius for highly permeable formations is large. For the Joshi Economides and Borisov
horizontal well methods the equivalent horizontal drainage radius should be entered into
SPOT. That is, if the user nominates a drainage area, the shape of that drainage area is
either elliptic or rectangular with two half circles at both ends. Radius of a circle with an
equivalent area calculated and it is called the equivalent horizontal drainage radius.
Note that drainage radius does not need to be defined in the Babu Odeh or Goode
Wilkinson horizontal well method.

Mean Sea Level wrt Origin, Sea Bed Depth wrt Origin - Used to calculate the effect
of sea on in-situ effective stress (enter zero if on-shore).

Perforation Efficiency - In the past perforation efficiency was often a very low number
such as 0.2, 0.3. This was to take into account the much lower Lp than the gun test value
caused by the difference in test and in-situ conditions. Since the Lp is corrected to in-
situ conditions by the SPOT calculations one would normally use a much larger
perforation efficiency e.g. 0.8.
If a gun is selected per layer then this will appear as a per layer value in the layers grid
rather than the basic data.

Additional Reservoir Height - This information will only be required for a vertical or
deviated openhole or openhole perforated well. It defines the distance between the
bottom of the openhole well and the bottom of the reservoir layer (i.e. the bottom-most
reservoir layer in a multilayer reservoir). For example, if the openhole well fully
penetrates the reservoir (as depicted below) the ‘additional reservoir height’ will equal
zero.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 449 PROSPER

If the openhole well does not penetrate the Bottom Reservoir Layer, the distance
between the bottom of the well and the Bottom Reservoir Layer must be defined using
the ‘additional reservoir height’ box.

In an openhole vertical or deviated well the top of the producing well section will be
defined by the bottom of the casing on the Completion Details screen. Thus the bottom
of the casing and the ‘additional reservoir height’ will define the producing well length in
an openhole vertical or deviated well.

Select Gun:
If gun per layer has not been selected, click this button to select a gun from the guns
database.

Select Old Gun:

If gun per layer has not been selected and the user has chosen to reperforate existing
perforations, click this button to enter details of the gun used to create existing
perforations.

Layer Data:

Top MD - For all vertical and deviated wells this is the top of the specific reservoir layer
to be analysed, defined in terms of measured depth. Thus:
Bottom MD - Top MD = reservoir height for a vertical cased and perforated well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 450

Top MD must be used in conjunction with ‘Additional Reservoir Height’ and ‘Bottom

Well MD’ to define the reservoir height for an openhole or openhole perforated well.

Bottom MD - For vertical and deviated cased and perforated wells this is the bottom of
the reservoir layer to be analysed. Thus:
Bottom MD – Top MD= reservoir height
Well length is defined by the perforated interval on the Log Data screen.
This is depicted below.
Cased and perforated vertical well:

Layer Pressure - Average current layer pressure.

Under Balance Pressure - The total of static underbalance and dynamic underbalance
when the interval was perforated. This value is used to illustrate on the Analysis Screen if
the crushed zone around the perforation tunnel is likely to be removed and to facilitate
comparison of the desired underbalance to industry models.
Note:
SPOT does not automatically adjust perforation crushed zone properties according to
the specified underbalance value. A specific modelling package should be used for
this purpose.
Underbalance pressure can be static or dynamic or a total of static and dynamic
If a negative value is entered, SPOT assumes an overbalance has been applied.
The use of vertical effective stress (rather than horizontal effective stress) to determine
crushed zone removal is theoretically only valid for certain perforation orientations.
Overburden Pressure Gradient - This pressure gradient is used to calculate the
overburden pressure and subsequently the Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress
(NWEVS). The NWEVS is used in perforation depth of penetration calculations. A
common overburden pressure gradient (i.e.lithostatic pressure gradient) is 1psi/ft.

Water saturation - The total water saturation in the reservoir. This value is used to

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 451 PROSPER

predict the effect of associated water production on well productivity.

Relative Permeability - Click this button to enter the relative permeability curves for
oil&water (for oil wells) or gas&water (for gas/condensate wells) as Corey data.

Reperforating Options - If the user has selected to reperforate existing perforations,

they can chose whether the calculation is based on “new & old holes”, “new holes only”
or “old holes only”.

Invasion Data - If you have chosen Invasion model to be "Calculate Invasion" or "Enter
Discrete Invasion Depth", click this button to enter details of the invasion data.

Bottom HoleTemperature - Enter the average reservoir temperature over the

perforated interval of the layer.

Kv/Kh - The ratio of vertical to horizontal permeability. The ratio must be less than or
equal to 2.

m - If permeability information is unavailable, the user will need to enter a coefficient to

describe a porosity/permeability relationship. M is the gradient of the porosity/
permeability relationship

c - If permeability information is unavailable, the user will need to enter a coefficient to

describe a porosity/permeability relationship. C is the y-axis intercept of the porosity/
permeability relationship.

Downhole Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must be
selected.(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of penetration
calculation. It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and fractures into
account when modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may result in unrealistic
flow results.

Reservoir Height - This defines the distance between the top and bottom reservoir
layer in which the horizontal well has been drilled. For the Economides Joshi and
Borisov horizontal methods, it is assumed that the well is positioned in the mid point of
the layer. The Babu-Odeh and Goode Wilkinson methods allow the height of the
reservoir to be specified relative to the well position.
The Economides Joshi, Borisov, Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods
allow the following type of horizontal well situation to be analysed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 452

The Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson horizontal methods allow the following type of
horizontal well situation to be analysed:

Xwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir length. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson calculation
methods

Ywell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir width. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson calculation
methods.

Zwell - The distance to the well mid point in the direction of reservoir height. This
parameter only needs to be defined for the Babu Odeh and Goode Wilkinson calculation
methods.

Reservoir Length - Length of the reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.

Reservoir Width - Width of the box reservoir defined for Babu Odeh and Goode
Wilkinson methods.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 453 PROSPER

2.7.10.4Relative Permeabilities

The user must select Corey Function in the “Reservoir Layer” screen.

End points (residual saturations and corresponding relative permeabilities) as well as

Corey Exponents must be specified. A brief explanation of these terms is provided
below:
Relative permeability: Permeability of one phase in the presence of another
phase

Residual saturation: The irreducible saturation remaining in the pore space when
another phase flows through the reservoir rock

End point relative permeability: The permeability corresponding to the residual

saturation of the other phase/phases

Corey exponent: An exponent that describes the shape of the relative

permeability curve between endpoint saturations

For example, in the below graph:

Residual water saturation=0.2 (20%)

Residual oil saturation= 0.2 (20%) i.e. 1-0.8

Oil relative permeability end point at the residual water saturation of 20%= 0.8

Water relative permeability end point at the residual oil saturation of 20%= 0.3

If water saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
oil is flowing in the reservoir

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 454

If oil saturation is less than or equal to 20% then it can be assumed that only
water is flowing in the reservoir

General rules to be used when specifying relative permeability values are provided
below (ideally, Corey Exponents would be obtained from laboratory experiments):
End point relative permeability <1
Residual saturations 0-1 (i.e.0-100%)
Recommended Corey Exponent for Gas/Oil Drainage
In order to estimate a Corey Exponent, the wettability of the reservoir must first be
determined.
Wettability describes the preference for fluid to adhere to the surface of the reservoir
rock (i.e., in water wet rocks water preferentially adheres to the rock surface,
conversely, in oil wet rocks oil preferentially adheres to the rock surface). In general,
most reservoirs are classified as being ‘intermediate wet’.
Guidelines for Wettability Determination:

WaterWet Oil-Wet
Swi >20 to 25% or more <15%, usually 10%
kro=krw @ Sw >50% @ Sw< 50%
krw at Sorw < 0.3 > 0.5

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 455 PROSPER

Approximate Corey Exponents vs. Wettability

Wettability Corey Exponent for kro (no) Corey Exponent for krw (nw)
Water Wet 2 to 4 5 to 8
Intermediate Wet 3 to 6 3 to 5
Oil Wet 6 to 8 2 to 3
Recommended Corey Exponents for Gas Production (an imbibition process)
Curve Corey Exponent
Water relative permeability curve 5 to 8
Gas relative permeability curve 2 to 4
Note: This assumes that the reservoir is water wet
Curve Corey Exponent
Gas relative permeability curve 2 to 4

The user can easily view the generated relative permeability curve by clicking “Plot
Curves in the “Corey Function data” screen.
Relative permeability assumptions used in SPOT are outlined below:
-Oil production- oil, water and solution gas are assumed to be the only phases
present
-Gas production- gas and water are assumed to be the only phases present
-Water production- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into an aquifer- water is assumed to be the only phase present
-Water injection into oil reservoir- water and residual oil are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into a gas cap- gas and irreducible water are assumed to be the only
phases present
-Gas injection into an oil reservoir- gas, oil and irreducible water are assumed to be
the only phases present
Thus, it is important that the user selects the correct reservoir type on the Corey
Function screen for injection. That is:
-For water injection if “injecting in oil leg” is not ticked, SPOT assumes that water is
being injected into a water aquifer
-For gas injection if “injecting in oil leg” is not ticked, SPOT assumes that gas is
being injected into a gas cap.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 456

2.7.10.5Mud Invasion

SPOT contains four mud invasion data entry options on the New well data and Re-
perforation data screens:
1. “No Invasion”: The SPOT calculation assumes no mud invasion.

2. “Enter discrete invasion depth”: The user should input a discrete mud
invasion depth based on field knowledge, information from deep and shallow
resistivity petrophysical logs and/or well tests.
If this option is selected, the effective permeability in the invasion zone as well as
the discrete invasion depth should be specified using the “Invasion” tab on the
“Reservoir Layers” screen (two invasion zone permeability options are
available- use of return permeability data or predicted return permeability
factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if a multi-layer
reservoir is modeled.

3. “Enter mud invasion log”: The user should enter a mud invasion petrophysical
log. This is the most accurate method of predicting mud invasion depth in a well.
Typically, a mud invasion log can be calculated using deep and shallow
resistivity data; resistivity data can provide a good indication of mud invasion
depth and if drilling filtrate has dissipated away from the near wellbore region

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 457 PROSPER

(which is likely for high permeability reservoirs). As mud invasion depth

calculations are resistivity tool dependant, the appropriate calculation method
should be obtained from the tool vendor or obtained from a Petrophysicist or Log
Analyst.
In order to use this option, “Log data available?” must be selected as “Yes” and
data entered into the Log data screen. This option can also be used if
conventional petrophysical log data is not available but the user still wishes to
import a foot-by-foot description of mud invasion depth.
The effective permeability in the invasion zone must also be specified using the
“Invasion” tab on the “Reservoir Layers” screen (two invasion zone
permeability options are available- use of return permeability data or predicted
return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for each individual layer if
a multi-layer reservoir is modeled.

4. "Calculate invasion": This option will allow the user to calculate mud invasion
using one of four options developed by Hans Vans Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell)
and the Shell Perforating Global Delivery Team. If mud invasion is to be
calculated in SPOT, the user must input:
o Total drilling time: This is the total drilling time (including downtime during
drilling of the well) which is used to calcuate an equivalent rate of penetration.

o Downtime: This is downtime/well suspension time after the well has been
drilled i.e. the time that the total wellbore was exposed to drilling mud. Note
that the model accounts for equilibrium filtrate invasion through the filtercake.

Calculation specifics and the effective permeability in the invasion zone must
also be specified using the “Invasion” tab on the “Reservoir Layers” screen
(two invasion zone permeability options are available- use of return permeability
data or predicted return permeability factors). Invasion should be entered for
each individual layer if a multi-layer reservoir is modeled. The four calculation
methods available on that screen are:
o Ability to estimate mud/ filtrate invasion if fluid loss data from laboratory
experiments were recorded as a function of time. Common experiments
include measuring High Temperature High Pressure filtration behavior (under
static conditions using a ceramic disk with appropriately sized pores) and
Core Flood tests.

o Ability to estimate mud/ filtrate invasion if only the total fluid loss volume from
laboratory experiments was recorded. Common experiments include
measuring High Temperature High Pressure filtration behavior (under static
conditions using a ceramic disk with appropriately sized pores) and Core
Flood tests.

o Ability to estimate mud invasion if no test data is available-Option 1

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 458

o d) Ability to estimate mud invasion if no test data is available- Option 2. In

many circumstances, a user will only have information available for this
calculation. It should be highlighted that this method is only valid within the
following ranges: mud weights of 1sg to 1.8sg, brine densities of 1.05sg to
1.25sg for oil based mud and 1sg to 1.25sg for water based mud. This will
provide a very similar answer to Option 1. The difference between Option 1
and Option 2 is the data input requirements.

Mud Invasion Model- Background Information

The SPOT mud invasion model is appropriate for the following scenarios:
Oil based and water based drilling muds

Oil production wells

Gas injection and production wells

Water injection and production wells

Sandstone and carbonate reservoirs

Vertical, deviated and horizontal wells

Different completion types including cased and perforated wells, openhole

completions and openhole perforated wells.

The model assumes the drilling mud has been correctly designed and that appropriate
laboratory tests have been undertaken (tests may include, but not be limited to return
permeability, filtercake pop off and core flood). Correct mud design is especially
important as:
In general, deep mud filtrate invasion depths depend on filtercake thickness and
permeability. 1. Filtercake permeability depends on the solid size used to create
a filtercake. 2. Filtercake thickness depends on the tendency to be eroded under
specific conditions (based on initial thickness and mud flow/ dynamic filtration
effects). Thus, if drilling mud solid particles are not correctly sized, the formation
will experience deeper mud filtrate invasion. The SPOT mud model assumes
that all drilling mud solids have been optimally sized.

Return permeability tests can be used to define the permanent permeability

reduction due to mud filtrate and solids invasion. It should be highlighted that
solids invasion should be negligible if a mud has been correctly designed.

Filtercake pop off/ flow back tests can be used to define the differential pressure
required for filtercake removal. Note that residual solids at the surface of the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 459 PROSPER

wellbore will have a much larger impact on return permeability than filtrate
invasion so it is important to ensure the filtercake has been removed (Francis,
1997, SPE Paper 38182). If a drilling mud has been properly designed, the
filtercake should easily lift off and no residual solids should remain at the surface
of the wellbore.

It should also be highlighted that the mud calculation model in SPOT can only be used
to obtain a first pass estimate of mud invasion depth. If the depth of penetration of the
perforating gun and mud invasion depth is similar, more detailed studies and/or
laboratory testing should be undertaken. Such studies can account for additional
factors such as dynamic filtration effects. An example of such a study using a fine scale
3D reservoir simulator is described by Suryanarayana et. al in SPE Paper 95861.
Users should always conduct an After Action Review to compare the mud invasion
depth predicted by the model to that in the actual well (e.g. mud invasion depths in the
well can be measured using deep and shallow resistivity logs). This information will
assist design and interpretation of mud invasion depths in adjoining fields/wells. It
would be appreciated if results of any such comparison are sent to Petroleum Experts
for future improvement of the SPOT mud invasion model.
Some recognised limitations of the SPOT mud invasion model include:
It is possible to generate inconsistent skin and flow results when using high 'mud
filtrate zone' factors. If this occurs we recommend increasing the filtrate factor to
100percent or reducing the filtrate factor below 50percent. A model to rectify this
problem will be avaliable in the next version of SPOT. The correct behaviour is
that flow reduces (and skins increase) as mud invasion depth increases.

It assumes the mud has been correctly designed including sizing of mud solids.

Athough it can be applied to oil, gas and water flow, the model assumes piston
like displacement of filtrate. This is in general valid for gas wells, however, may
not be appropriate for oil wells. If the viscosity of the filtrate is lower than the
viscosity of the reservoir fluid, “fingering” may occur, resulting in much higher
invasion depths than predicted by the SPOT model. In order to correctly model
this effect, multiphase flow effects must be taken into account.

It is a static model and neglects dynamic effects such as filter cake erosion.
Dynamic effects (constant removal and relayering of the filtercake) may be
significant in horizontal wells during the drilling and completion process.

A constant mud filtrate damage permeability is assumed in the mud invasion

zone. There are varying opinions in the industry if the mud invasion zone should
be modeled with a constant or varying permeability. The assumption in SPOT is
that permeability of the filtrate invasion zone is not depth dependant. The
alternate belief is that permeability should vary within the mud invaded zone from
a low value (closest to the wellbore) to virgin reservoir permeability (at the edge

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 460

of the invasion zone), reference: SPE 95861.

The following analysis assumes that the filtrate invasion into the reservoir has a
permanent effect on well productivity, which does not improve over time. The
degree of permanent reservoir permeability reduction due to filtrate and solids
invasion is captured in SPOT in the specification of invaded reservoir
permeability (Ks and Kl- permeability of the solids and liquid invaded zones
respectively). Thus it is very important that these values are reasonable and if
possible, return permeability testing has been undertaken (return permeability
tests demonstrate the difference in pre and post mud invaded permeability i.e.
the amount of permanent mud damage). To obtain realistic return permeability
results, the test should be continued until a constant flow rate is achieved and the
drawdown pressure used in the laboratory should be representative of the
maximum pressure experienced in the field (this pressure must be downscaled
for core-reservoir size effects). In addition, test conditions like temperature,
overbalance pressure and pore sises of the disk and/or the permeability of the
core plug sample, should be comparable with field conditions. If specific,
remedial attempts are undertaken to remove mud damage, the effect of these
processes should be included in the final estimate of return permeability.

Equivalent Circulating Density (ECD) effects during mud circulation are ignored.
ECD effects may increase the differential pressure across the formation during
filtercake formation and filtrate invasion.

Formation composition (e.g. clay presence, mineralogy) is ignored.

Mud Invasion Model Input Requirements

Input data for calculating mud invasion, specifying a discrete mud invasion depth or a
mud invasion log is specified under the New Well/Reperforation screen:

Once an option is selected, additional mud invasion data must be entered on the
Reservoir Layers screen, Invasion Data.

Irrespective of the option selected on the New Well/Reperforation screen (except for
the “No invasion” option), the effective permeability in the mud filtrate and mud
filtercake invaded zones must be specified. Two options are available for specifying
the effective permeability of the invaded zone:
1. Input return permeability from core tests. This option should be selected if return
permeability laboratory testing was undertaken. Simplistically, the test involves
measuring the initial permeability of the sample at irreducible water saturation,
dynamically exposing the core to drilling mud so a filter cake forms, statically
exposing the filter cake to drilling fluid, cleaning up the sample using drawdown
and finally, measuring the return permeability of the core sample. The damaging
effect of the drilling mud is quantified by the difference between the initial and

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 461 PROSPER

final permeability of the core sample.

To use this option, the following inputs are required:

Fluid loss at end of test= total mud fluid loss
Cross sectional area= cross sectional area of core sample
Fractional porosity of core sample= average porosity of core sample
Length of core plug sample=length along the axis of the core sample
Swi of core sample= irreducible water saturation of core sample
Kreturn= return permeability of the core sample after conducting the laboratory
test (%)
Kinitial= initial permeability of the core sample i.e. 100% by definition

This information is used to determine a linear fluid invasion depth, and thus the
effective permeability of the fluid invaded zone.

2. Input factor for permeability in mud invaded zone: If return permeability

laboratory testing was not undertaken, the effective permeability if the solid and
filtrate invaded zones must be estimated. This is inputted into SPOT is the form
of mud invasion zone permeability factors, Ks and Kl,:

Ks = factor to describe the final permeability of the solid invasion zone following
mud invasion
Kl = factor to describe the final permeability of the filtrate invasion zone following
mud invasion
Suggested values based on research by Hans Van Velzen (Royal Dutch Shell) are as
follows:
Kl (OBM) = 52% Kl(WBM) =62%
(90% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)

Kl (OBM) = 89% Kl(WBM) =91%

(50% probability that the invaded zone permeability will be greater than this)

Ks(OBM & WBM)= 5%

Research suggests that a cut-off may exist for mud invasion damage depending
on initial permeability(i.e. high permeability reservoirs are not greatly affected by
mud invasion). The mud invasion model used in SPOT accounts for irreducible
water saturation and, as such, a ‘permeability cutoff’ is not recommended for gas
reservoirs. However, a ‘permeability cutoff’ could be applied to oil reservoirs.

Alternate work by Francis (1997) suggests: Ks (OBM & WBM)= 0.1%

(Reference: Francis, 1997, “Dominating Effect Controlling the Extent of Drilling
Induced Formation Damage”, SPE Paper 38182)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 462

If the drilling mud is inappropriate or has been poorly designed, permeability in

the mud invaded zone may be very low due to pore plugging by solids, fluid/ fluid
and fluid/ rock interactions, changes in saturation, phase blockage, clay swelling
in the formation, wettability alterations and in situ emulsification and/or
precipitation. The mud invasion model in SPOT does not explicitly consider
these factors.

In addition, the user must enter an ‘irreducible water saturation’ or ‘irreducible gas
saturation’ value. This is the irreducible fluid saturation of the reservoir interval.
If “Enter Discrete Invasion Depth” was selected in the New Well/Reperforation
screen, a value should be entered into the “Discrete invasion depth” box on this
Invasion Data screen. This option will assume a constant invasion depth over the entire
reservoir interval.
If “Calculate invasion” was selected in the New Well/Reperforation screen, one of the
following four mud invasion depth calculation options should be selected:
1. Fluid loss vs time
2. Total fluid loss time and volume
3. No fluid loss data-option 1
4. No fluid loss data- option 2
Most accurate calculation method is Option 1, followed by Options 2, 3 and 4.
However the option that requires the least data and thus is most easily applied by the
user is Option 4. In many circumstances (especially for high permeability gas and oil
reservoirs), the user will only have data available for Option 4.

1. Fluid loss vs time

This option should be selected if core flood tests and/or HTHP-fluid-loss-tests
(using a ceramic disk) were conducted and if fluid loss behaviour during the
duration of the test is avaliable. It will predict the amount of spurt loss as well as
the external filter cake build-up process (excessive spurt loss will occur if the
drilling fluid is not properly designed, in this case the drilling fluid should be
redesigned). The user will need to enter additional data in the Fluid loss data
screen:
o Area of lab sample= cross sectional area of ceramic disk or core sample

o Differential pressure applied across the lab sample= differential pressure

applied across ceramic disk or core sample during the mud invasion test

o The user will also need to enter “Time” and “Fluid Loss” data into the table. A
minimum of two data sets is required. If more than two data sets are entered,
SPOT will input a best fit line through the data. Reasonable values for t1 and
t2 are 300s and 1800s or the end time of the static filtration period
respectively.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 463 PROSPER

2. Total fluid loss time and volume

This option should be selected if core flood tests and/or HTHP-fluid-loss-tests
(using a ceramic disk) were conducted and if only the total fluid loss volume was
recorded at the conclusion of the test. SPOT thus assumes that no spurt loss has
occurred during the test (there should be minimal spurt loss if a drilling fluid has
been optmally designed). As a consequence the solids invasion depth cannot be
predicted and only the liquid invasion can be estimated. If the user is interested
in spurt loss effects, they should obtain appropriate measurements using
laboratory tests.
The user will need to enter additional data in the Fluid loss data screen:
o Area of lab sample= cross sectional area of ceramic disk or core sample

o Differential pressure applied across the lab sample= differential pressure

applied across ceramic disk or core sample during the mud invasion test

o Total lab sample exposure time= time that the ceramic disk or core sample
was exposed to drilling mud

o Total fluid loss through the lab sample= total amount of drilling fluid lost through
the lab sample during all testing stages (the volume should correspond to the
total lab sample exposure time specified)

3. No fluid loss data-option 1

If no fluid loss data is available, empirical equations are used. This method
assumes no spurt loss has occurred and that:
o Fractional porosity of filtercake (fcake) [-] = 0.05

o Permeability of filtercake (Kcake ) [m2] = 80E-21 for OBMs

o Permeability of filtercake (Kcake ) [m2] = 160E-21 for WBMs

As these values are highly approximate, it is recommended that mud testing is

undertaken to allow one of the more accurate methods (Option 1 or 2 above) to
be used to estimate mud invasion depths.

The user will need to enter additional data in the Drilling mud properties
screen:
o Oil based mud or water based mud. If “Oil based” mud is not selected, SPOT
will assume the use of water based mud

o Viscosity of drilling fluid filtrate

o Density of drilling fluid filtrate, if you have an OBM this will be the density of the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 464

oil phase in the mud, if you have a WBM this will be the density of the water
phase in the mud

o Mass fraction of solids in the drilling fluid, if you have an OBM, this will be the
mass fraction of solids and water i.e. mass fraction= [((%oil+%water+%solids)
*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)]/( (%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight), if
you have a WBM, this will be the mass fraction of solids only i.e. mass
fraction= [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)-(%
water*densitywater)]/( (%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)

o Density of solids in the drilling fluid, if you have an OBM, this will be the density
of solids and water i.e. density= [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drillingweight)-(%
oil*densityoil)]/ (%water+%solids), if you have a WBM, this will be the density
of solids only i.e. [((%oil+%water+%solids)*drilling weight)-(%oil*densityoil)-
(%water*densitywater)] / (%solids)

4. No fluid loss data- option 2

This method assumes no spurt loss has occurred. It should give a very similar
result to Option 3 (it is based on similar empirical correlations). It should be
highlighted that this method is only valid within the following ranges: mud weights
of 1sg to 1.8sg, brine densities of 1.05sg to 1.25sg for oil based mud and 1sg to
1.25sg for water based mud. The method will also not work for some low weight
water based muds (with brine densities between 1sg and 1.25sg).

The user will need to enter additional data in the Drilling mud properties
screen:
o Oil based mud or water based mud. If “Oil based” mud is not selected, SPOT
will assume the use of water based mud

o Brine density

o If an oil based mud, is the oil water ratio closer to 80/20 or 75/25

o Is the mud barite weighted or calcium carbonate weighted?

o Drilling fluid weight

In addition to selecting one of the four above options, the irreducible fluid saturations
must be specified. Depending on the reservoir fluid, the following parameters may be
required:
a. Irreducible water saturation
b. Irreducible gas saturation
c. Irreducible oil saturation
SPOT will always assume that the mud invasion zone is measured from the wellbore
radius. That is:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 465 PROSPER

in a cased and perforated well, invasion depth is measured from the wellbore
radius (or if caliper data is entered, the effective wellbore radius)

in an openhole well the invasion depth is measured from the wellbore radius (or if
calliper data is entered, the effective wellbore radius)

in an underreamed gravel packed well the invasion depth is measured from the
underreamed wellbore radius (or if caliper data is entered, the effective wellbore
radius)

2.7.10.6Old Gun

SPOT takes into account the probability that old and new perforations will overlie
assuming guns are not oriented. It is assumed that there is a negligible effect of the few
shots which may overlay. As calculated reperforation results are qualitative, the user
should match/adjust these results using field data.

If the option of Old holes only or New and Old holes is selected, the user will be required
to input the following data on the Reservoir Layer screen for the existing holes:
Most of the required information can be obtained from the Vendor Database:
Gun size
Shot density

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 466

Gun phasing
DoP Section 1: the depth of penetration measured during the API RP19B Section 1
test
Entrance hole diameter
Perforation efficiency: perforation efficiency is the number of holes that are
contributing to production. E.g. 80% efficiency would mean that 8 out of 10 holes are
contributing to production as 2 hole are blocked due to debris, perforation collapse
etc. Rough rules of thumb for perforation efficiency are:
o 80% for a current perforation gun in a vertical well.
o 50% for vertical perforations in a horizontal well (the gun sitting on the low side of
the hole will prevent tunnel cleanup)
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o 80% efficiency for casing conveyed perforating
o <80% efficiency if a large dynamic or static drawdown is applied to consolidated
sand (i.e. tunnel collapse is not a concern)
o 50% for old perforation guns (greater than or equal to 20 years old)
o 50% for very tight reservoir
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. In general, a deep penetrating
gun will have an entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing that applies to the specified Section 1 DoP value
provided above.
Downhole standoff: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing when the gun was originally fired in the well.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material was
used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:
Material J55 L80 P105 P110
Mean Brinell Hardness 180 230 275 320

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 467 PROSPER

2.7.10.7Logs

The Shell PGDT recommends that the following set of log data is inputted in SPOT to
improve perforation and inflow performance predictions (i.e. answer “YES” to “Log data
available?”):
Porosity
Permeability
Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS)
Thick Walled Cylinder Strength (TWC)

If UCS and TWC data is not available, the following information should be entered:
Formation Density Compensated (FDC)
Compressional Sonic
Shear Sonic

Petrophysical data should be entered on a typical data acquisition scale (i.e. 0.5-1ft).

Additional data that may also be entered in the Log data screen is listed below (these
are not used in the SPOT calculations):
Gamma-ray: to identify different formation types e.g. sand, shale, coal
Resistivity: to identify hydrocarbon intervals
Cement Bond Log (CBL): to identify poorly cemented zones
Caliper: the caliper diameter should be entered. This will be used to identify washed
out and slumped zones. Any caliper data entered in SPOT will be used to define the
wellbore radius in inflow performance calculations
Net/Non Net reservoir: to identify net pay or sand zones

The best method to get log data into PROSPER is to first import it into Excel and
preprocess it to the format of the log data tab. Then copy and paste it into PROSPER.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 468

Once all the data has been entered, click the "Fill-in" button to calculate any columns that
were not entered (these are shown in blue).

Perforation Zones

The tick box in the "Perforated" column allows each row to be perforated or not. If the
perforated tick box is blue and disabled then it means the log row depth does not
intersect any of the entered layers so it can not produce/inject.

Obviously it can be time-consuming to tick or untick each log row as there may be
thousands or rows. So there are several methods to make this process easier:-

Multiple Selection:
Select a number of rows by clicking and dragging over the rows. Then right click on the
selected rows and select either "Perforated - On" or "Perforated - Off" to tick or untick
the Perforated tick box for all the selected rows.

Perf by cutoff:-
Click this button to display a dialogue that allows rows to be perforated by cutoff e.g.
perforate all rows with a permeability grater than 10 md.

Perf by depth:-
Click this button to display a dialogue that allows rows to be perforated or not over a
range of entered depths e.g. perforate all rows between a MD of 10105 and 10674 feet.

Note that if the Goode-Wilkinson horizontal well model is not selected for a cased and
perforated analysis, the user will be unable to update the perforation interval in the Log
Data screen (the entire interval will be automatically selected as being perforated).

Unconfined Compressive Strength (UCS) and Thick Walled Cylinder (TWC) Data

The user should input a UCS petrophysical log into SPOT. UCS is a very important
parameter as it affects the perforation depth of penetration. There are four options for
determining UCS:

1. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs) and match the generated UCS log to
laboratory core UCS measurements at specific depths. The complete UCS log
should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or Log Analyst. This is the most
accurate method of creating a UCS log as the predictive correlation will have been
match against actual field core UCS measurements. For example:
2. Determine a UCS log for your field using petrophysical measurements (UCS is
usually a function of density and sonic logs). The UCS log is NOT matched against
core data. The complete UCS log should be easily acquired from a Petrophysicist or
Log Analyst.
3. Determine a UCS log for your field using information/ data from nearby wells/fields
4. Use correlations in SPOT to estimate UCS. The following correlation types are
available in SPOT to estimate UCS under the “UCS Relation” column in the layer data

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 469 PROSPER

tab:
Sandstone Reservoirs
- Equation 1: UCS as a function of density and compressional sonic (uncertainty factor
2)
- Equation 2: UCS as a function of density and shear sonic (uncertainty factor 2)
- Equation 3: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity>7%)
- Equation 4: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 2)
Carbonate Reservoirs
- Equation 5: UCS as a function of porosity (valid for porosity 4-37%)
- Equation 6: UCS as a function of TWC (uncertainty factor of 3)

SPOT may request more information than required by the selected UCS correlation. For
example, the user may select ‘Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional Sonic’
from the ‘Log data input’ drop down menu in the options tab, however if Equation 1 is
selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate UCS (porosity
and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If the user wishes
to use petrophysical log data to calculate UCS but only average values to calculate
inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and Sonic logs and constant
porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log data tab.
Although it is possible to internally calculate porosity in SPOT for oil and water wells, it is
recommended that porosity values are not calculated within SPOT and that porosity
information is always entered by the user after it has been determined by a Log Analyst/
Petrophysicist (as it can have a large effect on mud invasion depth calculations and
permeability correlations, and subsequently inflow values). To internally calculate
porosity in SPOT for an oil or water well a FDC (density) Petrophysical log and a Rock
Bulk Density value must be provided. Mud invasion effects are ignored in the SPOT
porosity calculation. SPOT does not allow the user to internally calculate porosity for gas
wells as density logs measure electronic density (which can be significantly less than
actual density in gas).
Many of these correlations are based on trend lines and as such, there is uncertainty
surrounding each correlation. The user should assess the appropriateness of calculated
values to determine if the correlation is reasonable compared to expected UCS ranges.
A relationship should not be used if it produces negative or very large values. If
uncertainty exists regarding the UCS estimation it is recommended to conduct a
sensitivity analysis.
Indicative UCS ranges that can be used to assess the reasonableness of calculated
values are:

Unconsolidated/extremely weak <130 psia

Loosely consolidated/ very weak/soft 130-550 psia
Friable/weak 550-1300 psia
Consolidated/low strength 1300-4500
psia
Hard >4500 psia
Medium Strength 4500-7200
psia
High Strength 7200-17000

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 470

psia
Extreme Strength >17000 psia

These ranges should be appropriate for both sandstones and carbonates.

After UCS values have been defined, TWC must also be defined (accurate TWC
estimation is not as important as UCS prediction in SPOT as TWC is only used to
predict perforation tunnel strength). The following correlation types are available in
SPOT to estimate TWC under the “TWC Relation” column:
Sandstone Reservoirs
- Equations 1 & 2: TWC as function of density and compressional sonic (uncertainty
factor 1.5-2.5)
- Equation 3: TWC as a function of density and shear sonic (uncertainty factor 1.5-2.5)
- Equation 4: TWC as a function of porosity -
- Equation 5: TWC as a function of UCS (uncertainty factor of 2)
Carbonate Reservoirs
- Equation 6: TWC as a function of porosity
- Equation 7: TWC as a function of UCS (uncertainty factor of 3)

SPOT may request more information than required by the selected TWC correlation.
For example, the user may select ‘Porosity, Permeability, FDC and Compressional
Sonic’ from the ‘Log data input’ drop down menu in the options tab, however if Equation
1 is selected, only FDC and Compressional Sonic will be used to calculate TWC
(porosity and permeability values are required for other calculations in SPOT). If the
user wishes to use petrophysical log data to calculate TWC but only average values to
calculate inflow performance, they should enter petrophysical FDC and Sonic logs and
constant porosity and permeability values in the columns in the log data tab.

No Log Data Available

If the "Log Data Input" in the options tab was set to "None Available" then synthetic log
data must be generated. The screen to generate this data will be displayed
automatically the first time the log data tab is accessed. To regenerate the log data
again, click the generate button.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 471 PROSPER

2.7.10.7.1 Generate

This dialogue is used to generate synthetic log data if none is available. This will create
log data with constant values entered in the average properties data.

The log depth increment should be a small number (e.g. 1 ft).

2.7.10.7.2 Peroration Cut Off

This dialogue allows the perforated state of the log rows to be set depending on the
values of the log data.

For example, if you wish to only perforate log rows where the permeability is greater
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 472

than 10 mD, enter a value of 10 mD for the "Lower Permeability" and then click the
"Apply Cut-off" button. Log rows with a permeability greater than 10 mD will have the
"Perforated" tick box selected and any with a permeability lower than 10 mD will have
the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.

Alternatively if you wish to only perforate log rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia, enter
a value of 7000 psia for the "Upper UCS" and then click the "Apply Cut-off" button. Log
rows with a UCS less than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box selected and
any with a UCS higher than 7000 psia will have the "Perforated" tick box de-selected.

Leave fields blank if you do not want to them to be applied in the cut-off.
2.7.10.7.3 Perforation Depth

This dialogue is used to select or deselect the perforate tick box for all log rows over a
certain depth range. The depths are always MD rather than TVD.

For example, if you wish to perforate between 12050 and 12100 feet, enter "Upper
Depth" = 12050 ft and "Lower Depth" = 12100 ft. Then click the "Set Perforated" button.
2.7.10.8Gravel Pack

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 473 PROSPER

Gravel pack information can be entered to model an internal or external (i.e.

underreamed) gravel pack. The following options are available:
Cased and Perforated Well- internal or external gravel pack. In this scenario the internal
gravel pack represents a conventional internal gravel pack. The external gravel pack
represents where the casing has been underreamed and the perforations and
underreamed area are filled with gravel. This option assumes that all other intervals in
the well contain a traditional cased and perforated completion.
Openhole Perforated Well- internal or external gravel pack: In this scenario the internal
gravel pack represents an openhole perforated well that has been completed with a
gravel pack within it (it is extremely unlikely that this case would be selected in practice,
but is provided here for flexibility). The external gravel pack represents where the casing
has been underreamed, the interval has been perforated and the perforations and
underreamed area are filled with gravel. This option assumes that all other intervals in
the well contain a traditional openhole perforated completion.
Openhole well- internal or external gravel pack: In this scenario the internal gravel pack
represents an openhole well that has been completed with a gravel pack within it (it is
extremely unlikely that this case would be selected in practice, but is provided here for
flexibility). The external gravel pack represents a conventional external gravel pack
where the casing has been underreamed and the underreamed area is filled with
gravel.
This option assumes that all other intervals in the well contain a traditional openhole
completion.
Gravel pack permeability: the permeability of the gravel pack can be estimated using
the following recommendation by Golan and Whitson (1991)

US Mesh size Approx Mean Diameter (in) Permeability (md)

40/60 0.014 1.2E5-1.7E5
20/40 0.025 1.2E5
10/20 0.056 5E5-6.5E5
8/12 0.080 1.7E6

Top of gravel pack: the top depth of the gravel pack

Bottom of gravel pack: the bottom depth of the gravel pack
Gravel pack outer diameter: the outer diameter of the gravel pack.i.e. the under
reamed diameter in an external gravel pack, the casing ID in an internal cased and
perforated gravel pack or the wellbore diameter in an internal openhole gravel pack.
Gravel pack inner diameter: the inner diameter of the gravel pack. i.e. the diameter of
the gravel screen. Note that this value is not used in the gravel pack calculations, it is
only used in generating the “SPOT Well Schematic”
Calculation method: three options are presented to calculate the non Darcy flow
through the gravel pack; “Golan 1 phase”, “Geertsma 1 phase” and “Geertsma 2
phase”. The “Golan 1 phase” calculation is recommended for single phase flow. The
“Geertsma 1 phase” calculation is recommended for single phase flow. The
“Geertsma 2 phase” calculation is recommended for two phase flow.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 474

2.7.10.9Layer Results

SPOT initially does all the calculations of corrected Lp's, skin, rates etc for each log row.
For reporting purposes it then calculates representative values for the layers for some of
these variables. For example it will use the results of the log rows belonging to each
layer to calculate an equivalent skin for the layer.

Click on the Log Results button to display the detailed results for each log row. Some of
these results are at a specific FBHP so a value needs to be entered before displaying
the log results.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 475 PROSPER

2.7.10.10
Log Results

This dialogue displays the detailed results for each log row. Some of the data (such as
rates) are calculated at the FBHP that was entered in the layer results.

Notes on some of the variables are as follows:-

Underbalance Behrmann, Underbalance King - Recommended underbalance as
calculated by Behrmann & King.
Qo, Qw, Qg - rates from the log row at the entered FBHP
Qo Aof, Qw Aof, Qo Aof - rates from the log row if FBHP = atmospheric pressure
Qo Cum, Qw Cum, Qg Cum - the total rate from this log row plus all log rows below this
log row at entered FBHP.
Qo Cum Aof, Qw Cum Aof, Qg Cum Aof - the total rate from this log row plus all log rows
below this log row if FBHP = atmospheric pressure.
Beyond Zone - This is ticked if the perforation is beyond the invasion zone for this log
row.
Sand Production - This is ticked if the sanding model has predicted that sand has been
produced for this log row.

2.7.10.11
Gun Database

The gun database contains API 19-B1 and API RP 43 Section I Data for perforating

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 476

guns available from:

Baker Hughes Incorporated (Baker)

Schlumberger (SLB)

Halliburton/ Jet Research Centre (Hall/JRC)

Dynawell (DYNA)

Innicor Subsurface Technologies (INNICOR)

Owen Oil Tools (Owen)

Explosivos Technologicos Argentinos (ETA)

GEODynamics (GEODynamics)

Titan (TITAN)

Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update data in the SPOT Gun
Database. It is recommended that Users cross check all critical information with the
appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/ completion
method is selected.
Sections I to IV of API 19-B are summarised below:
Section I - firing a fully-loaded gun section under ambient conditions into a
standard casing and cement target;

Section II - firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a stressed

rock sample;

Section III - firing a single charge into a metal target at elevated temperature;

Section IV - firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample under simulated
wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance of the
perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting;

Section V2 - measuring the amount of debris retained within a fired fully-loaded

gun section in order to calculate how much debris will be introduced into the
wellbore per foot of gun;

A report containing lists of all data can be automatically generated in SPOT by using
“Data” followed by “Reporting” selected from the Toolbar.
It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 477 PROSPER

Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of

2000, and state that API 19B “is the only document that API recognises as valid in this
program.” As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has
also been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API
RP43 is not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based
on concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of reservoir rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1
data is converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations
(based on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a
reasonable estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole
conditions, a better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by
conducting reservoir specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurised
conditions into a stressed rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge
into a stressed rock sample under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then
measuring the flow performance of the perforated sample relative to its performance
prior to shooting). If Section II or Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the
SPOT “Vendor Database” under the Section II/Section IV Data heading.
If the concrete strength during the API RP 19B or API RP43 test is not recorded in the
Gun Database, in accordance with the minimum allowable strength specified in API RP
19B, a briquette strength of 5000psi is assumed in SPOT calculations.
1. API Recommended Practice 19-B, “Recommended Practice for the
Evaluation of Well Perforators”, 1st Edition, 28 Sep 2001

2. To be introduced in the next revision of RP 19-B, a draft of which is with

API for review at the time of writing.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 478

All the guns available in SPOT as well as corresponding information is displayed here.
Note that Normalised gun data displays Section 1 results that have been converted to
5000psi pressure (rather than ambient conditions).
Companies were provided with an opportunity to adjust/ update the data in the SPOT
Gun Database. It is recommended that the user cross checks critical information with
the appropriate perforating manufacturer/ service company before a gun type/
completion method is selected.

It should be noted that API RP43 preceded API RP19B. The American Petroleum
Institute (API) Perforating Subcommittee adopted API RP19B during November of
2000, and state that API 19B “is the only document that API recognises as valid in this
program.” As API 19B data is not available for all gun systems, API RP43 data has also
been included in the database (data sources are clearly marked). Although API RP43 is
not officially valid, Section 1 testing for both API RP43 and API 19B is based on
concrete targets.
As concrete is not representative of rock, API 19-B and API-RP 43 Section 1 data is
converted to downhole conditions in SPOT using Shell proprietary correlations (based
on laboratory research). Although these correlations should provide a reasonable

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 479 PROSPER

estimate of perforation characteristics in reservoir rock under downhole conditions, a

better estimate of perforation performance can be obtained by conducting reservoir
specific Section II (firing a single charge under pressurised conditions into a stressed
rock sample) and/or Section IV tests (firing a single charge into a stressed rock sample
under simulated wellbore and reservoir conditions, then measuring the flow performance
of the perforated sample relative to its performance prior to shooting). If Section II or
Section IV data is available, it can be entered into the SPOT under the Section II/Section
IV Data heading.

The following data must be entered under the Section II/Section IV Data heading:
Basic gun information e.g. gun type, gun size and vendor name
Deep Penetrating/ Big Hole: the type of gun must be selected and if the gun is
classified as a deep penetrating or big hole charge. This information should be
available in the Gun Database. Generally, a deep penetrating gun will have an
entrance hole less than or equal to 0.5in.
Depth of penetration: the perforating depth of penetration measured from the inside of
the casing or tubing to the end of the perforation tunnel (Reference: API RP19B,
“Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators”, 2001).
Entrance hole diameter: the diameter of the hole through the casing
Test sample compressive rock strength (UCS)
Effective stress: the net effective stress applied on the sample in a Section IV test or
3000psi for a Section II test (Reference: API RP19B, “Recommended Practice for
Evaluation of Well Perforators”, 2001). If a pseudo Section II test was conducted at
atmospheric conditions the effective stress would be zero.
Casing material: Select between J55, L80, P105 or P110. If a different material was
used in the test, pick the material with the closest hardness. i.e.:

Material J55 L80 P105 P110

Brinell Hardness 180 230 275 320

Fluid fill type: This is the fluid fill in the pore spaces of the rock sample. According to
API RP19B, “Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Well Perforators”, 2001, the
pore fluid should be sodium chloride brine solution (3% by weight). This function allows
you to conduct a pseudo Section II or Section IV test with gas filled core to represent a
gas reservoir and input the result in SPOT. Note that the well bore fluid is always
assumed to be liquid.
Standoff during test: This is the distance from the outside of the perforating charge
case to the inside of the casing. According to API RP19B, “Recommended Practice
for Evaluation of Well Perforators”, 2001, the standoff should normally be 0.5in.
Core Sample size: Select between 4in and 7in core sample used in the Section II or
Section IV test. If neither a 4in or 7in core sample was used in the laboratory tests, the
user should select the core size closest to these bounds. This information is used in
the Synthetic Effective stress Correlation selected on the Options screen).

It should be highlighted that flow data obtained from Section IV test is not used in the
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 480

SPOT inflow performance calculation. The Core Flow Efficiency (CFE) ratio can
however be used as a qualitative check and for charge/charge comparisons.

The user also has the ability to enter additional gun systems in the Gun Database by
clicking the "Add" button..

Gun selection from the Vendor Database can be made according to:
Vendor
The type of gun i.e. wireline, tubing conveyed
Gun OD
Clearances:
o Enter the minimum restriction.
o Restriction Tolerance.
o Click "Update" which will only display guns with an OD less than the minimum
restriction minus the tolerance.
o Click "Clear" to remove the above filtering.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 481 PROSPER

2.7.10.11.1 Gun

This dialogue is used to examine a single gun from the guns database. It is displayed in
different situations:-

Editing/entering a new gun in the database:

If you have the API 19B or 43 test for a new gun which is not in the default database, the
gun can be added by the user. In this case the dialogue is used to enter or edit the
information from the test sheet.

Viewing details for a selected gun:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 482

This dialogue is also used to display the details of the gun that the user has selected for
the SPOT calculations. Click the "Select Gun from Database" button to pick a gun from
the guns database. In this case most of the fields are disabled as they are read only.
The only two fields in the "Gun Details" that are enabled are Shot Density and Gun
Phasing. These two values are specified in the API 19B and 43 test. However some
guns can be configured to different values to those used in the test. In this case we allow
the user to modify them from the values in the test. Warning : although we allow these
values to be modified this is strictly incorrect as the shot density and phasing have an
effect on the Lp. The section 2/4 data is also enabled as this may be modified by the
user.

See the Gun Database help for specific information on the data.

2.7.10.11.2 Spot Perforation Calculations

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 483 PROSPER

This dialogue allows the user to select a gun from the PROSPER gun database and
correct the test Lp and EHD to in-situ conditions using the Shell SPOT corrections.
These are the same calculations as used in the full SPOT IPR but this calculation is for a
single set of conditions e.g. UCS, permeability. The Lp and EHD can then be
transferred to the PROSPER IPR data and used in calculation of skin.

Input Data:
This is a description of the in-situ data required by the SPOT Lp and EHD correction.

Lp Correlation Type
“API19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Conventional Correlations”- these
correlations assume that effective stress applied in a Section II or Section IV test
setup reaches the centre of the sample. The correlation should also be used for a
Section 1 test (no effective stress applied)
“API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section II or IV Synthetic Rock Correlations”- these
correlations are based on Shell laboratory tests in which it is believed that effective
stress applied in a Section II or Section IV type test setup does not reach the centre of
the core sample. These adjustments are made to reflect the fact that the
perforation depth of penetration under effective stress measured at surface in
conventional Section II and IV setups is not the perforation depth that would be
expected downhole under the same effective stress condition. It should be
highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is believed to be
valid and as such the “API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2 conventional
correlations” option should be selected.
It should be highlighted that effective stress applied using a triaxial test approach is
believed to be valid and as such the “API 19B Section 1- API 19B Section 2
conventional correlations” option should be selected.
Casing OD
Casing Weight
Casing Grade
API 19B/43 tests are performed through a casing defined in the test data. So if if a much
thicker casing is used then it will decrease the Lp as more of the gun energy is lost
perforating the casing. Or if a thinner casing is used then the Lp will be higher. These
data should refer to the casing at the depth of the perforation.
If a different casing grade was used in the test, pick the material with the closest
hardness. i.e.:
Material J55 L80 P105 P110
Mean Brinell Hardness 180 230 275 320

Layer Fluid - For producers this is fixed by the type of the producer. For injectors this
should be set to the fluid in the rock that is being perforated.

Rock Type - The rock type to be used in the perforation calculation must be selected.
(carbonate or sandstone). This will affect the perforation depth of penetration calculation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 484

It should be highlighted that SPOT does not take karsts and fractures into account when
modeling inflow performance of carbonates. This may result in unrealistic flow results.

Use Downhole Standoff - Select "Yes" if you wish to enter a gun standoff. Otherwise
select "No" in which case the gun is assumed to be centralised.

Downhole Standoff - If "Use Downhole Standoff" is set to "Yes" enter the value to be
used.

Well Radius - Wellbore hole radius

Effective Stress Data:

In-situ effective stress is one of the key numbers in the correction of Lp and EHD in the
SPOT algorithm. This section of the dialogue allows entry of data to calculate the
effective stress or to enter the value directly.

Mean Sea Level wrt Origin, Sea Bed Depth wrt Origin - Used to calculate the effect
of sea on in-situ effective stress (enter zero if on-shore).

Depth - Measured depth of the perforation.

Overburden Pressure Gradient - This pressure gradient is used to calculate the

overburden pressure and subsequently the Near Wellbore Effective Vertical Stress
(NWEVS). The NWEVS is used in perforation depth of penetration calculations. A
common overburden pressure gradient (i.e.lithostatic pressure gradient) is 1psi/ft.

Reservoir Pressure - Average current reservoir pressure.

Enter Effective Stress, Effective Stress - To enter the value of effective stress
directly, select "Enter Effective Stress" and enter the "Effective Stress".

Gun Data:

This section of the dialogue shows the data relating to the selected gun. See Guns
Database for information on this data. Click the "Select Gun" button to pick a gun from
the guns database.

Section 2/4 Gun Data:

If section 2 or 4 gun test data is available, tick this box and enter the data. See Guns
Database for information on this data.

Calculated Data:

Click the "Calculate" button to calculate the actual Lp and EHD. If you wish to use these
values, click the "Transfer" button to copy these calculated values to the IPR data.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 485 PROSPER

Note that the calculated casing ID is also shown. This is calculated from the casing OD
and density.

2.7.11 IPR Plot

This screen enables you to plot the inflow curve that you have just calculated from zero
to AOF.

For oil wells,In the plot screen, besides the calculated IPR plot, the following parameters
are reported:

AOF Absolute Open Flow of the formation

Formation PI PI calculated from the inflow model (no
near wellbore skin effects accounted for).
Based on this definition, this is the PI for
skin = 0
Skin Total Skin

Plotting Options

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 486

Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

2.7.11.1IPR plot variables

Variables Select any variables that you wish to plot

Set Select all curves
Clear Unselect all curves

2.7.12 IPR test data entry

This screen enables you to enter real test data to plot against the calculated values. This
data is separate from the Test Data entered as part of a MultiRate IPR model.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 487 PROSPER

Up to 100 points can be entered consisting of:

Date
Comment
Liquid rate
Flowing Bottomhole Pressure (FBHP)

This data (enabled rows only) will be output on the IPR plot (if selected) and the
SYSTEM plot.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 488

Done Save the data and return to the previous screen

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Import Import Data using the General Purpose Import Tool (See how to do
this)
Export Export data to a variety of locations
Report Produce a report to the Printer or .RTF file
Enable Enable selected rows
Disable Disable selected rows
Help View this Help Screen

2.7.13 User-supplied IPR Model Selected

You have selected a model from a user-supplied DLL. PROSPER does not maintain any
help information on these models.
2.7.14 Pseudo Pressure Table
This screen enables you to view the Pseudo-Pressure table associated with the current
Gas or Condensate IPR Model

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 489 PROSPER

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 490

In general P/ µ Z is a non-linear function of pressure. This is because the gas property 1/

µ Z is not a constant parameter as both µ and Z change with pressure.

For when the reservoir drawdown is very large, the assumptions of a P2 IPR models are
no longer valid and a pseudo-pressure IPR model should be considered to accurately
capture the changing gas fluid properties.

Curvature of the log dM(P) vs. log Q suggests that the gas fluid properties (viscosity, gas
compressibility) are changing and the assumptions of a P2 IPR models are no longer
valid. In such a case, a pseudo-pressure IPR model such as Petroleum Experts should
be considered.

Done Return to the previous screen

Main Return to the main screen
Help View this Help Screen
Export Export the table data to a variety of locations
Plot Plot the Data

2.7.15 MultiLateral Inflow

2.7.15.1Network Interface

Motivation
Multilateral wells are different than single wells because they have a variable structure.
Both the number of branches and the way that they are connected is variable. Hence, a
flexible network data structure is appropriate for modelling these wells. Furthermore, to
provide a consistency with other Petroleum Experts products the interface has the same
look and feel as the one in GAP.

Interface Overview
The multilateral data entry screen is accessed by choosing System|Inflow
Performance from the PROSPER main menu, as with the single well IPR. However,
before that the multilateral option must be chosen in the Options screen, also accessed
from the main menu.

The user interface consists of a framework window that contains several child windows,
as well as the menu and toolbar from which commands are issued. The child windows
include the network windows that contain the system network drawing, the navigator
window that can assist in the viewing of large networks and up to three visualisation
windows which can show the multilateral network drawn to scale from three orthogonal
points of view.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 491 PROSPER

Four main components of the interface are identified, as indicated on the diagram
above, which are described in more detail in the following sections:

Network window The window on which the system network is drawn

Navigator Contains a full schematic that can be used to help navigation
window about large systems
Menu bar and The menu bar is used for issuing commands to PROSPER and
toolbar the interface; it contains an abridged set of commands
compared to a normal application framework window because
it is a subsidiary window of the main programme. The toolbar
contains menu accelerators, icons for selecting and
manipulating network nodes and links, and icons for zooming or
unzooming on the network window
Visualisation Up to three windows showing front, side and top views of the
screen multilateral network

Network Window

The network window is the main window on which the multilateral network is displayed
and manipulated. More than one network window can be displayed at one time; this
means that different views of the same system are available simultaneously, which can
be of help in editing large networks.

The system window is used to draw, edit, and view the system. The network nodes are
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 492

represented by coloured icons. The different actions that can be performed on this
window are obtained by clicking the right hand mouse button within the area of the
system window, which brings up a menu. Alternatively, the same set of actions can be
performed using the toolbar or the menu, which are described below.

Addition of Network Nodes and Links

To add an item to the system, activate the required network item type from the toolbar or
by using the right hand mouse button menu. The cursor will change to indicate that a
network item selection has been made. Click on the screen at the point at which you
would like the item to be inserted. A network node will be created and an icon to
represent it. A label dialogue will appear prompting you to name the new network item.
If you do not label the item a default label is provided, which can be over-ridden later
using the icon right hand mouse button menu.

Only the four left most items in the toolbar (tie-point, junction, completion and tank/
reservoir) are nodes: links, the fifth item, are added differently by dragging between two
nodes. Depending on a set of connection rules, the connection will be made or not and
the correct type of link will be chosen. For example, reservoirs can only be attached to
completions and the type of link is logical; in some other cases the link is a piece of
tubing. These rules are reviewed in the description of toolbar items. The network is
hierarchical and arrows drawn on the links indicate the direction of the connections
(which is in the same direction as increasing measured depth). Each icon is given a
characteristic colour, depending on the network item it represents. The colours and
items are: red (tie-point), green (junction), yellow (completion), blue (reservoir) and pink
(tubing).

Features:

Zoom/Unzoom To zoom or unzoom, first select the appropriate icon from the
toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu, as described above.
To zoom in on an area, hold the left hand mouse button while
sweeping the mouse cursor over the area in which you are
interested. Alternatively, you may click once at a point in the
system, and the programme will zoom or unzoom on that point
using a fixed scaling factor (which may be adjusted using the
Preferences dialog in the Preferences menu).

To revert to a full system view at any time, double-click the left hand
mouse button at any point in the window (except on an icon). The
view will re-scale to show the whole of the system.
Mask/Unmask To mask or unmask, first select the appropriate icon from the
toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu, as described above.
To mask a node, click on itwith mask selected; to unmask it click
on it with unmask selected. Masking removes a node from the
calculation without removing it and its associated data from the
network (which deleting does). Masking is useful for simulating the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 493 PROSPER

effect of removing or adding in completions. Note that masking a

branch will have the effect of masking those below it in the
hierarchy.
Moving Items Select the move option from the toolbar or from the right hand
mouse menu. To move a single item place the mouse cursor
above it and hold down the left mouse button while dragging the
mouse cursor to the desired new location. To move a group,
select an area as with the zoom option and then hold down the left
mouse button with the mouse cursor in the window before dragging
the whole group to a new location. Items stay selected after a
group move but can be de-selected using the select option.
Deletion of Items Select the delete icon from the toolbar or from the right hand
mouse menu. Groups of items may be deleted by group-selecting
them as above, but with the delete option chosen. NB: deletion of
a node deletes the data associated with it so this option should
be used with caution. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-
do it.
Selection of Items To select an item or items, first choose the select icon from the
toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. Click on the item you
wish to select, and its colour will reverse accordingly. Alternatively,
group selections may be made by dragging the left hand mouse
button over an area. The select option is a toggle, so it can select
or de-select items. Group selections can be used to turn off the
selection actioned by a group move.
Editing of Items If a network item carries data it has an icon associated with it and
can be edited by double clicking on it provided that none of zoom/
unzoom, move, delete or select are chosen. Editing of network
item data is covered in the section on Data Entry.
Right Hand Utility menus will appear when the right hand mouse button is
Mouse Button clicked anywhere in the system view. The normal menu appears
Actions when the button is clicked over an empty space. It contains the
commands to add and manipulate network items as well as
commands to bring up dialogue screens to change fonts and icon
sises. If it is clicked over a network icon, a shorter menu will
appear with a number of network item specific functions, such as
the ability to change the icon size and label, and delete and select.
Panning To move the view around the system, move the cursor close to the
edge of the view in the direction in which you would like to pan. The
cursor will change to an arrow. Clicking the left hand mouse button
will move the system view by a fixed amount depending on the
current scaling factor. To pan quickly, hold the mouse button down
and, after a short time, the pan action will 'auto-repeat'.
If no toolbar (or equivalent menu item) is chosen as you move the
Popup Status mouse over network icons, a small window will appear. This
Information contains basic status information for the node in question and
allows you to check, for example, the validity status of a network

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 494

item without entering the data entry screen. This is optional: to

switch this function off go to the Preferences screen. To ‘select
nothing’, toggle the currently selected toolbar or menu items, or
choose the blank option from the drop-down list box in the toolbar.
Changing Icon These functions are also available from the right hand mouse
Sises / System menu. See the section on menu details for more information.
Fonts
Other Window Minimise Click this button to minimise the window in the
Actions multilateral main window
Maximise Click this button to maximise the window to fill the
multilateral main window
Close Click this button to remove the window from the
workspace
System This contains various functions allowing the
window to be maximised, minimised, moved, etc

The Navigator Window

This window can be used to aid in navigation about a large system. It will always consist
of a system schematic that is independent of any zooming on a system window. In
addition to the network, it contains a tracking rectangle that encloses the portion of the
system currently under view in the system window.

The tracking rectangle has two functions. If the focus is currently on a network window,
this rectangle surrounds the area of the network that that view is displaying.
Alternatively, the rectangle may be used to create new views of the network if the
navigator window is currently in focus. When the mouse is moved over the rectangle, the
cursor changes to allow you to stretch or resise the rectangle. In this way, you may move
the window over an area of the system of interest. Double-clicking the left hand mouse
button in the area will create a new system view displaying the area you have selected,
although resised to preserve a sensible aspect ratio.

Clicking the right hand mouse button within the navigator window will produce a utility
menu. This contains the following functions:

Navigator On Top By default, the navigator is always on top of all system views. This
can be changed by selecting this item from the menu
Hide Window The navigator can be hidden using this option and, once removed,
will not appear in subsequent sessions until reopened from the
Window menu. The navigator can also be hidden by clicking on the
cross button at the top right hand corner of the window or by using

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 495 PROSPER

the Window menu option

New Window Another way of producing a new view (see above)
Icon Sises Invokes the Icon Sises dialogue (see below)

Toolbar Details
The toolbar is located below the main menu at the top of the main window. It consists of
a row of icons (described below) which act as accelerators to the menu functions
accessed from the Tools menu or most of those called from the right hand mouse button
in the network window.

The functions of the various buttons are described below. A quick description can be
gained for a given button by holding the mouse cursor over the button for a moment. A
small yellow box with a short description will appear.

Network Item Set-up

The functionality of the network items buttons is duplicated in the drop-down list: a
selection from this list will cause the appropriate button on the toolbar to be shown as
depressed. When a network item button is selected the cursor, when over a system
window, will be drawn to represent the current selection. Click once on the system
window to cause a new node of the required type to be created at the chosen point. A
label dialogue will appear to allow you to label the node immediately; if you choose not
to a default label is created. This can be edited later by clicking the right hand mouse
button on the icon created.

Connections between nodes are created by choosing the ‘Link’ button and holding down
the mouse left hand button whilst dragging between two nodes. There is a connection
hierarchy, which is represented by the branching of a parent branch into one or more
child branches, in the same way that the multilateral well branches out physically. You
indicate the direction of the hierarchy for junction-completion or completion-completion
connections by the order in which they are joined up.

This is the node for which the IPR is solved and is located at the top
of the system (in vertical depth and hierarchically). Hence, the tie-
Tie-point point can only be a start point
The main purpose of the junction is to be a branching node. It can
only have one link into it (from a tie-point or a completion) but any
Junction number coming out
This contains both tubing and completion information. It is attached
below a junction or another completion. It can only have one link into
it and branches out to either a junction or another completion. It can
Completion also be logically attached (no direction implied) to any number of
reservoirs (but at least one)
This represents a reservoir source and is logically attached to any
Tank/ number of completions (but at least one)
reservoir

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 496

When connecting a tie-point to a junction, the link becomes a tubing

node and contains data. This is required to start the multi-lateral
structure. Going into a completion, the tubing information is in the
completion and the link is ‘blank’ only indicating the hierarchical
Link relationship between the nodes it connects with an arrow. Finally,
when connecting a completion and a reservoir, the link is logical
and not hierarchical. Note that re-doing a link between two nodes
allows you to delete it

Network Manipulation

When 'zoom in/out' is selected, a zoom can be achieved either by

clicking the mouse on the system window, which will zoom in/out a
Zoom in/ fixed amount and set the centre of the view to the position clicked. If
out ‘zoom in’ is selected, sweeping an area with the mouse will zoom in
on the area selected. The aspect ratio will be retained when an area
zoom is performed
After masking is selected specific items can be removed from the
network for calculation purposes without deleting them. This is
Mask/Unmask an particularly useful for seeing the effect of removing a completion
item item
After this is selected, you may delete a node by clicking on the item
Delete a in the system window. The icon automatically becomes unselected
node following a deletion to prevent accidental deletion of further nodes.
To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it
After this is selected, a node may be moved by clicking on the item
Move a in the system window and then, with the mouse button depressed,
node dragging the item to the new position. A group of nodes may also
be selected and moved
After this is pressed, a node may be selected/de-selected by
Select a clicking on the item in the system window. The item will reverse its
node colour to indicate selection/de-selection

Menu Details

Finish Exits the IPR Multilateral section validating the input entered
Exits the screen but validates the multilateral structure and data
Done first. If the structure is not valid you are warned and given the
chance to remain in the multilateral screen. Otherwise, you can
exit but the data are marked invalid
Cancel leaves the multilateral screen, restoring the network to its state at
the start of the edit session
These are equivalent to items to the right of, and indeed inside,
Tools the drop-down list box in the tool bar and have been explained
above

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 497 PROSPER

This menu contains options to plot and report the IPR results in a
similar way to those in the Single Well IPR. The multi-lateral is
treated as one reservoir model option, such as the multi-layer with
dP friction loss. There is also a Calculate option, which brings up
the dialogue in the following figure:

Analyse

Visualise These items are dealt with in the section on visualisation screens.
The preferences dialogue is gained from the Preferences item of
the frame window menu. It allows you to customise a set of user-
interface variables for subsequent sessions. The following
options are available:

Enable Flyover Status If this is checked then you will see a

Preferences Information status box appear as you move the
mouse over the network item icons
Auto-repeat delay when When you are panning you may hold the
panning left-hand mouse button down to ‘auto-
repeat’ the action. The value given in
this field represents the time (in ms)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 498

before the auto-repeat action starts from

when you click the mouse button
Fraction of screen to pan This represents the ‘resolution’ of
per click panning
Zoom/unzoom factor A single click in a system window while
the zoom or unzoom icons are active
results in a fixed scaling to be applied to
the view, while the centre of the view is
changed to the position in which the
mouse was clicked. The value entered
in this field is the fixed scaling factor,
and as such should be greater than one
Background You may change the bitmap that is
displayed on the background of the
main window (by default this is a PE
logo with contact information). Select
the required bitmap by pressing the
button to the right of the field. The
bitmap will not be loaded immediately;
you must shut down and restart the
multilateral main screen

The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the
former case you can choose to calculate rate from a pressure. In the latter case,
pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other IPR calculations.
From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points (maximum 20) and
the minimum/maximum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed up
calculations if appropriate. Also, having a bearing on calculation speed is the switch
between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In the latter case the
pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying out the calculation, the
network structure is validated and any errors are reported in the white list box below the
other data entry items. If the structure is not valid the calculation is not carried out. The
Details button is used to display pressure and rate-related parameters with respect to
the measured and vertical tubing depths of each branch. If a curve has been calculated
these details pertain to the last point in the curve.

During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow you to stop the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except Help,
which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.

Output menu:
Printer Setup set up the printer if not already done
Print prints the current child window as a hard-copy, metafile or to the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 499 PROSPER

clipboard, whether a network window or a visualisation screen

Window Menu

New Window This creates a new system view. The new view is zoomed out to
include all the components
Close All Shuts down all system windows in the application
Cascade This reorganises the system windows into a ‘cascade’
Tile Tiles the system windows
This will remove the toolbar if it is currently displayed, and vice-
Toggle Toolbar versa. If the toolbar is not displayed, you can still access the
Display toolbar commands from the right hand mouse button on the
system view window
Toggle Navigator Displays or hides the navigator window
Display

Below this is a list of currently active system windows. You may focus onto a different
window to your current window by clicking on one of these.

Help Brings up this information on the network interface

Apart from the preferences it is possible to change other aspects
of the user interface: namely font and icon sises.
Network Fonts You may change the fonts used in the network
drawing. To do this, select the Fonts option from
the menu obtained following a right button click
of the mouse in the system window. This will bring
up a font selection dialogue. Select the font and
style that you require and press OK. The new font
will be applied to all network drawings and also to
labels in the visualisation windows
Icon Sises The sises of the icons used to represent the
Other Items network nodes can be changed. Select the Icon
Sises option from the menu obtained following a
right hand mouse button click in the system
window. The following dialogue will appear:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 500

The dialogue consists of a selection drop-down

menu with a data entry field which contains the
current icon size (this defaults to 50 out of an
arbitrary 0 - 100 range for a new file). Change the
icon size by adjusting the slider or entering a new
size in the entry field. Check the ‘Automatic
Update’ box to update the system window with
the new size as you move the slider.
When you have entered the new icon size, click
on This View or All Views. In the latter case the
change will be applied to all network windows. In
the former case, only the currently active network
view will be changed. The new icon size will not
be saved; i.e. all changes will be lost when the
current file is exited.

Visualisation Screens
These screens supply three 2-D views (front, side and top) of the 3-D multilateral object.
The salient visual objects (tie-points, junctions, tubing, completions and reservoirs) are
drawn symbolically but they are spaced to scale. The screens are updated whenever a
network item is edited and has a valid data set and whenever an item is deleted or
becomes invalid. The visualisation objects are given the same colour as their equivalent
network objects (e.g. blue for reservoirs), and are identified by the same labels as in the
network structure.

The geometry used is left-handed Cartesian and assumes that the positive x axis is
along the direction of zero azimuth and positive z is in the direction of increasing depth.
The front view shows the (x, z) plane, where y is increasing going into the screen and
consequently positive z corresponds to moving down the screen and positive x
corresponds to moving to the right. The side view shows the (y, z) plane, where x
increases coming out of the screen, z increases going down the screen and y increases
going to the right. The top view shows the (y, x) plane where z is increasing going into
the screen, x increases going down the screen and y increases going to the right. The
direction of zero azimuth is in the direction of positive x, positive y is at 90 degrees.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 501 PROSPER

The screens are brought up using the Visualise menu. One of the three views (front,
side and top) or all of them can be activated using the appropriate menu command. If all
the views are shown then they are tiled with any active network windows. The title bar of
each view window shows the extent of the network for the plane in question. The co-
ordinates are shown with respect to the start of a (hypothetical) straight tubing, which
enters the tie-point in the direction of zero azimuth and has measured and vertical
depths equivalent to those of the tie-points. In a similar way to the network window you
can pan across a visualisation window by moving the mouse cursor close to one of the
window edges and clicking on the left button when the panning cursor appears. The
fraction of the screen traversed and the auto-repeat delay are controlled by the same
options as in the network window (chosen from the Preferences dialogue).

Right-hand Mouse Button Menu

Using the right hand mouse button on a view screen you can choose to display the co-
ordinates of any of the visual object. As these can be written over one another it is
sometimes better to view them separately. By default, the reservoir depths are
displayed at the start of a session. The next group of functions from this menu contains
zoom, unzoom and restore. The latter option resets the scale factor and the view
origins (which can be moved by panning) to the default values. The zoom factor is the
same as that used for the network window and is set in the Preferences dialogue.
Finally, the way the picture is drawn can be altered. Normally, the zooming not only
changes the extent of the drawing seen but also magnifies the objects (network items
and text) drawn. Switch off the magnify mode if zooming into a cluttered area as this will
allow more objects to fit in. Also, the network drawing is normally scaled to fit the
window, irrespective of the relative extents of the two axes. Choosing the ‘draw to scale’
option stretches the drawing in the direction with the greater physical extent (so it no
longer fits in the window).
2.7.15.2Interface Overview

The multilateral data entry screen is accessed by choosing System | Inflow Performance
from the PROSPER main menu, as with the single well IPR. However, before that the
multilateral option must be chosen in the Options screen, also accessed from the main
menu.

The user interface consists of a framework window that contains several child windows,
as well as the menu and toolbar from which commands are issued. The child windows
include the network windows that contain the system network drawing, the navigator
window that can assist in the viewing of large networks and up to three visualisation
windows, which can show the multilateral network drawn to scale from three orthogonal
points of view.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 502

Four main components of the interface are identified, as indicated on the diagram
above, which are described in more detail in the following sections:

1. Network window – the window on which the system network is drawn.

2. Navigator window – contains a full schematic that can be used to help navigation
about large systems.

3. Menu bar and toolbar. The menu bar is used for issuing commands to PROSPER and
the interface; it contains an abridged set of commands compared to a normal
application framework window because it is a subsidiary window of the main
programme. The toolbar contains menu accelerators, icons for selecting and
manipulating network nodes and links, and icons for zooming or unzooming on the
network window.

4. Visualisation screen – up to three windows showing front, side and top views of the
multilateral network.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 503 PROSPER

2.7.15.2.1 Network Window

The network window is the main window on which the multilateral network is displayed
and manipulated. More than one network window can be displayed at one time; this
means that different views of the same system are available simultaneously, which can
be of help in editing large networks.

The system window is used to draw, edit, and view the system. The network nodes are
represented by coloured icons. The different actions that can be performed on this
window are obtained by clicking the right hand mouse button within the area of the
system window, which brings up a menu. Alternatively, the same set of actions can be
performed using the toolbar or the menu, which are described below.

Addition of Network Nodes and Links

To add an item to the system, activate the required network item type from the toolbar or
by using the right hand mouse button menu. The cursor will change to indicate that a
network item selection has been made. Click on the screen at the point to insert the
element. A network node will be created and an icon to represent it. A label dialogue
will appear prompting for a name. If the element is not labelled, a default label is
provided which can be edited later using the icon right hand mouse button menu.

Only the four left most items in the toolbar (tie-point, junction, completion and tank/
reservoir) are nodes: links, the fifth item, are added differently by dragging between two
nodes. Depending on a set of connection rules, the connection will be made or not and
the correct type of link will be chosen. For example, reservoirs can only be attached to
completions and the type of link is logical; in other cases the link is a piece of tubing.
These rules are reviewed in the description of toolbar items. The network is hierarchical
and arrows drawn on the links indicate the direction of the connections (which is
normally the same direction as increasing vertical depth). Each icon is given a
characteristic colour, depending on the network item it represents. The colours and
items are: red (tie-point), green (junction), yellow (completion), blue (reservoir) and pink
(tubing).

Zoom/Unzoom
To zoom or unzoom, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right
hand mouse menu, as described above. To zoom in on an area, hold the left hand
mouse button while sweeping the mouse cursor over the area of interest. Alternatively,
click once at a point in the system, and the programme will zoom or unzoom on that
point using a fixed scaling factor (which may be adjusted using the Preferences
dialogue in the Preferences menu).

To revert to a full system view at any time, double-click the left hand mouse button at any
point in the window (except on an icon). The view will re-scale to show the whole of the
system.

Mask/Unmask
To mask or unmask, first select the appropriate icon from the toolbar or from the right

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 504

hand mouse menu, as described above. To mask a node, click on itwith mask selected;
to unmask it click on it with unmask selected. Masking removes a node from the
calculation without removing it and its associated data from the network (which deleting
does). Masking is useful for simulating the effect of removing or adding in completions.
Note that masking a branch will have the effect of masking those below it in the
hierarchy.

Moving Items
Select the move option from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. To move a
single item, place the mouse cursor above it and hold down the left mouse button while
dragging the mouse cursor to the desired new location. To move a group, select an
area as with the zoom option and then hold down the left mouse button with the mouse
cursor in the window before dragging the whole group to a new location. Items stay
selected after a group move but can be de-selected using the select option.

Deletion of Items
Select the delete icon from the toolbar or from the right hand mouse menu. Groups of
items may be deleted by group-selecting them as above, but with the delete option
chosen. NB: deletion of a node deletes the data associated with it so this option
should be used with caution. To delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.

Selection of Items
To select an item or items, first choose the select icon (black arrow) from the toolbar or
from the right hand mouse menu, the selected item will change colour. Group selections
can be achieved by first selecting the select icon then drag the left hand mouse button
over the area of interest. The select option is a toggle, so it can select or de-select
items. Group selections can be used to turn off the selection actioned by a group move.

Editing of Items
If a network item carries data it has an icon associated with it and can be edited by
double clicking on it provided that none of zoom/unzoom, move, delete or select are
chosen. Editing of network item data is covered in the section on Data Entry.

Right Hand Mouse Button Actions

Utility menus will appear when the right hand mouse button is clicked anywhere in the
system view. The normal menu appears when the button is clicked over an empty space.
It contains the commands to add and manipulate network items as well as commands to
bring up dialogue screens to change fonts and icon sises. If it is clicked over a network
icon, a shorter menu will appear with a number of network item specific functions, such
as the ability to change the icon size and label, and delete and select.

Panning
To move the view around the system, move the cursor close to the edge of the view in
the direction the system will be moved. The cursor will change to an arrow. Clicking the
left hand mouse button will move the system view by a fixed amount depending on the
current scaling factor. To pan quickly, hold the mouse button down and, after a short
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 505 PROSPER

time, the pan action will 'auto-repeat'.

Popup Status Information

If no toolbar (or equivalent menu item) is chosen as the mouse is moved over the
network icons, a small window will appear and show basic status information for the
node in question. The pop-up status window allows the validity status of a network item
to be checked without entering the data entry screen. This is optional: to switch this
function off go to the Preferences screen. To ‘select nothing’, toggle the currently
selected toolbar or menu items, or choose the blank option from the drop-down list box
in the toolbar.

Changing Icon Sises / System Fonts

These functions are also available from the right hand mouse menu. See the section on
menu details for more information.

Other Window Actions

Minimise: Click this button to minimise the window in the multilateral main
window.

Maximise: Click this button to maximise the window to fill the multilateral main
window.

Close: Click this button to remove the window from the workspace.

System menu: This contains various functions allowing the window to be

maximised, minimised, moved, etc.

2.7.15.2.2 The Navigator Window

This window can be used to aid in navigation about a large system. It will always consist
of a system schematic that is independent of any zooming on a system window. In
addition to the network, it contains a tracking rectangle that encloses the portion of the
system currently under view in the system window.

The tracking rectangle has two functions. If the focus is currently on a network window,
this rectangle surrounds the area of the network that that view is displaying.
Alternatively, the rectangle may be used to create new views of the network if the
navigator window is currently in focus. When the mouse is moved over the rectangle, the
cursor changes to allow resizing of the rectangle. In this way, the navigator window
facilitates creating views in areas of interest. Double-clicking the left hand mouse button
in the area will create a new system view displaying the selected area, although resised
to preserve a sensible aspect ratio.

Right Hand Mouse Button Menu

Clicking the right hand mouse button within the navigator window will produce a utility

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 506

menu. This contains the following functions:

Navigator On Top: By default, the navigator is always on top of all system views. This
can be changed by selecting this item from the menu.

Hide Window: The navigator can be hidden using this option and, once removed, will
not appear in subsequent sessions until reopened from the Window menu. The
navigator can also be hidden by clicking on the cross button at the top right hand corner
of the window or by using the Window menu option.

New Window: Another way of producing a new view (see above).

Icon Sises: Invokes the Icon Sises dialogue (see below).

2.7.15.2.3 Toolbar Details

The toolbar is located below the main menu at the top of the main window. It consists of
a row of icons (described below) which act as accelerators to the menu functions
accessed from the Tools menu or most of those called from the right hand mouse button
in the network window.

The functions of the various buttons are described below. A quick description can be
gained for a given button by holding the mouse cursor over the button for a moment. A
small yellow box with a short description will appear.

Network Item Set-up

The functionality of the network items buttons is duplicated in the drop-down list: a
selection from this list will cause the appropriate button on the toolbar to be shown as
depressed. When a network item button is selected, the cursor, when over a system
window, will be drawn to represent the current selection. Click once on the system
window to cause a new node of the required type to be created at the chosen point. A
label dialogue will appear to allowing the node to be labelled; leaving the label blank
results in default node naming. This can be edited later by clicking the right hand mouse
button on the icon created.

Connections between nodes are created by choosing the ‘Link’ button and holding down
the mouse left hand button whilst dragging between the nodes. There is a connection
hierarchy, which is represented by the branching of a parent branch into one or more
child branches, in the same way that the multilateral well branches out physically.
Indicate the direction of the hierarchy for junction-completion or completion-completion
connections by the order in which they are joined up.

Tie-point. This is the node for which the IPR is solved and is located at the
top of the system (in vertical depth and hierarchically). Hence, the tie-point
can only be a start point.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 507 PROSPER

Junction. The main purpose of the junction is to be a branching node. It can

only have one link into it (from a tie-point, completion or other junction) but
any number coming out.
Completion. This contains both tubing and completion information. It is
attached below a tie-point, junction or another completion. It can only have
one link into it and branches out to either a junction or another completion. It
can also be logically attached (no direction implied) to any number of
reservoirs (but at least one).
Tank/reservoir. This represents a reservoir source and is logically attached
to any number of completions (but at least one).
Link. Connecting to a junction, the link becomes a tubing node and contains
data. Going into a completion, the tubing information is in the completion
and the link is ‘blank’ only indicating the hierarchical relationship between
the nodes it connects with an arrow. Finally, when connecting a completion
and a reservoir, the link is logical and not hierarchical. Note that re-doing a
link between two nodes will delete it.

2.7.15.2.4 Network Manipulation

Zoom in/out. When 'zoom in/out' is selected, a zoom can be achieved either
by clicking the mouse on the system window, which will zoom in/out a fixed
amount and set the centre of the view to the position clicked. If ‘zoom in’ is
selected, sweeping an area with the mouse will zoom in on the area
selected. The aspect ratio will be retained when an area zoom is performed.
Mask/Unmask an item. After masking is selected specific items can be
removed from the network for calculation purposes without deleting them.
This is particularly useful for seeing the effect of removing a completion item.
Delete a node. After this is selected, the node may be deleted by clicking on
the item in the system window. The icon automatically becomes unselected
following a deletion to prevent accidental deletion of further nodes. To
delete a pure (non data-carrying) link re-do it.
Move a node. After this is selected, a node may be moved by clicking on the
item in the system window and then, with the mouse button depressed,
dragging the item to the new position. A group of nodes may also be
selected and moved.
Select a node. After this is pressed, a node may be selected/de-selected by
clicking on the item in the system window. The item will reverse its colour to
indicate selection/de-selection.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 508

2.7.15.2.5 Menu Details

Finish
Done – exits the screen but validates the multilateral structure and data first. If the
structure is not valid a warning message appears providing the opportunity to remain in
the multilateral screen. One can exit the data screen, however, the data are marked
invalid.
Cancel – leaves the multilateral screen, restoring the network to its state at the start of
the edit session.

Tools
These are equivalent to items to the right of, and indeed inside, the drop-down list box in
the tool bar and have been explained above.

Analyse
This menu contains options to plot and report the IPR results in a similar way to those in
the Single Well IPR. The multi-lateral is treated as one reservoir model option, such as
the multi-layer with dP friction loss. There is also a Calculate option, which brings up the
dialogue in the following figure.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 509 PROSPER

The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the
former case pressure can be calculated from a rate or rate from a pressure. In the latter
case, pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other IPR
calculations. From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points
(maximum 20) and the minimum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed up
calculations if appropriate. Results of the points for curve calculation will be reported at
the bottom section of the screen. Also, having a bearing on calculation speed is the
switch between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In the latter case the
pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying out the calculation, the
network structure is validated and any errors are reported in the white list box in the
middle section of the screen. If the structure is not valid the calculation is not carried out.
The Details button is used to display pressure and rate-related parameters with respect
to the measured and vertical tubing depths of each branch.
During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow stopping the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except Help,
which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.

Visualise
These items are dealt with in the section on visualisation screens.

Preferences
The preferences dialogue is gained from the Preferences item of the frame window
menu. It allows customisation of a set of user-interface variables for subsequent
PROSPER sessions. The following options are available:

Enable Flyover Status Information. If this is checked then a status box appear as
the mouse is moved over the network item icons.

Auto-repeat delay when panning. When panning, the left-hand mouse button may be
held down to ‘auto-repeat’ the action. The value given in this field represents the time
(in ms) before the auto-repeat action starts from when the mouse button is clicked.

Fraction of screen to pan per click. This represents the ‘resolution’ of panning.

Zoom/unzoom factor. A single click in a system window while the zoom or unzoom
icons are active results in a fixed scaling to be applied to the view, while the centre of
the view is changed to the position in which the mouse was clicked. The value
entered in this field is the fixed scaling factor, and as such should be greater than
one.

Background. The background bitmap that is displayed on the background of the

main window (by default this is a PE logo with contact information) may be changed.
Select the required bitmap by pressing the button to the right of the field. The bitmap
will only be loaded after shut down and restarting the multilateral main screen.

Output

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 510

Printer Setup - to set up the printer if not already done.

Print - prints the current child window as a hard-copy, metafile or to the clipboard,
whether a network window or a visualisation screen.

Window Menu
New Window. This creates a new system view. The new view is zoomed out to
include all the components.
Close All. Shuts down all system windows in the application.
Cascade. This reorganises the system windows into a ‘cascade’.
Tile. Tiles the system windows.
Toggle toolbar display. This will remove the toolbar if it is currently displayed, and
vice-versa. If the toolbar is not displayed, toolbar commands can be accessed via
the right hand mouse button on the system view window.
Toggle navigator display. Displays or hides the navigator window.

Below this is a list of currently active system windows. The current focus window may be
changed by clicking on one.

Help
Brings up this information on the network interface.

Other Items
Apart from the preferences it is possible to change other aspects of the user interface:
namely font and icon sises.

Network Fonts
Fonts used in the network drawing may be changed. To do this, select the Fonts option
from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in the system window.
This will bring up a font selection dialogue. Select the required font and style and press
OK. The new font will be applied to all network drawings and also to labels in the
visualisation windows.

Icon Sises
The sises of the icons used to represent the network nodes can be changed. Select the
Icon Sises option from the menu obtained following a right hand mouse button click in
the system window. The following dialogue will appear:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 511 PROSPER

The dialogue consists of a slider with a data entry field, which contains the current icon
size (this defaults to 50 out of an arbitrary 0 – 100 range for a new file). Change the icon
size by adjusting the slider or entering a new size in the entry field. Check the ‘Automatic
Update’ box to update the system window with the new size as the slider is moved.

When the new icon size is entered, click on This View or All Views. In the latter case
the change will be applied to all network windows. In the former case, only the currently
active network view will be changed. The new icon size will not be saved; i.e. all
changes will be lost when the current file is exited.

2.7.15.2.6 Visualisation Screens

These screens supply three 2-D views (front, side and top) of the 3-D multilateral object.
The salient visual objects (tie-points, junctions, tubing, completions and reservoirs) are
drawn symbolically but they are spaced to scale. The screens are updated whenever a
network item is edited and has a valid data set and whenever an item is deleted or
becomes invalid. The visualisation objects are given the same colour as their equivalent
network objects (e.g. blue for reservoirs), and are identified by the same labels as in the
network structure.

The geometry used is left-handed Cartesian. It is assumed that the positive x axis is
along the direction of zero azimuth, positive y is at 90 degrees and positive z is in the
direction of increasing depth. The front view shows the (x, z) plane, where y is
increasing going into the screen and consequently positive z corresponds to moving
down the screen and positive x corresponds to moving to the right. The side view
shows the (y, z) plane, where x increases coming out of the screen, z increases going
down the screen and y increases going to the right. The top view shows the (y, x) plane
where z is increasing going into the screen, x increases going down the screen and y
increases going to the right.

The screens are brought up using the Visualise menu. One of the three views (front,
side and top) or all of them can be activated using the appropriate menu command. If all
the views are shown then they are tiled with any active network windows. The title bar of
each view window shows the extent of the network for the plane in question. The co-
ordinates are shown with respect to the start of a (hypothetical) straight tubing, which

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 512

enters the tie-point in the direction of zero azimuth and has measured and vertical
depths equivalent to those of the tie-points. In a similar way to the network window one
can pan across a visualisation window by moving the mouse cursor close to one of the
window edges and clicking on the left button when the panning cursor appears. The
fraction of the screen traversed and the auto-repeat delay are controlled by the same
options as in the network window (chosen from the Preferences dialogue).

Right-hand Mouse Button Menu

Using the right hand mouse button on a view screen one can choose to display the co-
ordinates of any of the visual objects. The displayed coordinates can be written over
one another, it is sometimes better to view them separately. By default, the reservoir
depths are displayed at the start of a session. The next group of functions from this
menu contains zoom, unzoom and restore. The latter option resets the scale factor and
the view origins (which can be moved by panning) to the default values. The zoom factor
is the same as that used for the network window and is set in the Preferences dialogue.
Finally, the way the picture is drawn can be altered. Normally, the zooming not only
changes the extent of the drawing seen but also magnifies the objects (network items
and text) drawn. Switch off the magnify mode if zooming into a cluttered area as this will
allow more objects to fit in. Also, the network drawing is normally scaled to fit the
window, irrespective of the relative extents to the two axes. Choosing the ‘draw to scale’
option stretches the drawing in the direction with the greater physical extent (so it no
longer fits in the window).

2.7.15.3Data Entry

Overview
The data associated with any network item is accessed by double-clicking on its icon
when none of the network manipulation options (zoom/unzoom, delete, move and
select) have been chosen. This brings up a screen with editable data fields in it.

Apart from the tie-point and junction data screens, the main data entry screen for each
node is similar to that of the single well main data entry screen. However, the reservoir
data input child screen does not have any tab buttons in it. The main data screens differ
from the single well case in the action buttons: only the left-most group - Done, Cancel,
Reset, Validate and Help - are available. Their function is the same as in the single
well case. Hence, the differences between the single well IPR data entry and the similar
multi-lateral ones lie in the model selection and data input child screens.

Given the hierarchical nature of the network, editing a parent branch causes the starting
points (e.g. depths) of child branches to be initialised. Those data fields that are
initialised from outside a particular network item are set read-only (coloured cyan) when
the screen to edit that net item is brought up. Hence, in order to edit a net item and fill it
with valid data it is normally necessary to have edited the parent branch first. However,
it is not a requirement to edit the network in hierarchical order as any child net item can
be filled with invalid data and saved before editing its parent.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 513 PROSPER

Another difference from the single well IPR is that in each screen, on the right hand side,
there is a list box containing a drawing of the network where the data carrying nodes are
sorted hierarchically, by type or alphabetically according to a right-hand mouse button
menu selection. By clicking on the line corresponding to a node the given screen is
closed and the screen belonging to the node clicked on is opened.

Tie-point and The tie-point data consist of a measured and vertical depth, with
Junction Data an implied azimuth of 0. The junction data are the same but are
read-only. A junction must always be hierarchically below another
network item, so its data are entered automatically from its parent.
As mentioned earlier a junction mainly forms a branching point
Tubing Data Model The model selection screen for tubing has
Selection options to select horizontal and vertical
Screen correlations, choke models, flow types (tubing
or annular), correlation thresholds and a well-
bore radius. None of the options affect the
general format of the data input screen but the
flow type affects the details of the equipment
tabbed dialogue in the data input screen
Data Input There are two tabbed dialogues in this data
Screen input screen, which allow the entry of a
deviation survey and equipment descriptions.
These dialogues contain tables very similar to
the ones encountered by selecting System/
Equipment from the PROSPER main menu
and then the ‘Deviation Survey’ and ‘Downhole
Equipment’ push buttons. In the case of the
deviation survey there is an additional azimuth
entry
Completion Data The completion data screen represents tubing and a completion.
Hence, it is a superset of the tubing data screen and is the same
except for one extra tabbed dialogue in the data input screen, for
completion data. This dialogue has fields in it similar to the single
well IPR Wong-Clifford model for describing a deviated
completion (completion zone start and end measured and true
depths) as well as field for entering a local (mechanical/
geometric) skin value. There is a drop-down list box in the fifth
column which allows the skin to be calculated using the Karakas &
Tariq method. The selection of ‘Karakas and Tariq’ enables the
push button in the last column, which brings up an appropriate
data entry screen when clicked upon with the mouse left button.
On entering valid data and exiting that screen with Done, the skin
value is calculated and entered in the skin data column
Reservoir Data Model The model selection screen contains a model

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 514

Selection selection list box for selecting a Darcy-like

Screen reservoir model as well as several data entry
fields for entering PVT data used by all the
models
Data Input The data input screens contain a single sub-
Screen dialogue pertaining to the model chosen. These
are similar to the equivalent models in the single
well case

Consistency Validation
Beyond the consistency enforced by the validation of individual network items as they
are edited and the automatic entry of some child branch data from parents, there are
other checks carried out on a complete structure whose nodes are individually valid
There must be no more than one tie-point in a network; other loose items are
ignored.
The top node must be a tie-point.
All branches must end in a completion and completions must be attached to at
least one reservoir.
Reservoirs should not overlap in depth (in the current model they are assumed to
be layers).
2.7.15.3.1 Completion Data

The completion data screen represents tubing and a completion. Hence, it is a superset
of the tubing data screen and is the same except for one extra tabbed dialogue in the
data input screen, for completion data.

Model Selection Screen

The model selection screen for completion tubing has the following options to select:

Horizontal As per PROSPER system screen

correlation
Vertical As per PROSPER system screen
correlation
Choke model Select from the list of choke models. The recommended model
is ELF
Flow type Flow pattern can be tubing or annular flow
Threshold angle Switch to activate/deactivate the use of a threshold angle to
whether to use the correlation for vertical flow or the one for
horizontal flow
Well-bore radius Radius of the bore hole, corresponding to the drill bit size
Dietz shape see DIETZ shape factor topic
factor

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 515 PROSPER

None of the options affect the general format of the data input screen but the flow type
affects the details of the equipment tabbed dialogue in the data input screen.

Data Input Screen

There are three tabbed dialogues in this data input screen, which allow the entry of a
deviation survey, equipment descriptions and completion information. The first two
dialogues contain tables very similar to the ones encountered by selecting System/
Equipment from the PROSPER main menu and then the ‘Deviation Survey’ and
‘Downhole Equipment’ push buttons. In the case of the deviation survey there is an
additional azimuth entry.

The completion dialogue has fields in it similar to the single well IPR Wong-Clifford
model for describing a deviated completion (completion zone start and end measured
and true depths) as well as a field for entering a local (mechanical/geometric) skin value.
There is a drop-down list box in the fifth column which allows the skin to be calculated
using the Karakas & Tariq method. The selection of ‘Karakas and Tariq’ enables the
push button in the last column, which brings up an appropriate data entry screen when
clicked upon with the mouse left button. On entering valid data and exiting that screen
with Done, the skin value is calculated and entered in the skin data column.
2.7.15.3.2 Completion Screen

The completion dialogue has fields in it similar to the single well IPR Wong-Clifford
model for describing a deviated completion (completion zone start and end measured
and true depths) as well as a field for entering a local (mechanical/geometric) skin value.

Completion parameters - the following for each completion:

Perforation Enter the completion start and end Measured

details Depth (MD) and True Vertical Depth (TVD) and the
Mechanical/geometrical skin

There is a drop-down list box in the fifth column which allows the skin to be calculated
using the Karakas & Tariq method. The selection of ‘Karakas and Tariq’ enables the
push button in the last column, which brings up an appropriate data entry screen when
clicked upon with the left mouse button. On entering valid data and exiting that screen
with Done, the skin value is calculated and entered in the skin data column.
2.7.15.3.3 Deviation Screen

This tabular screen is very similar to the one encountered by selecting System/
Equipment from the PROSPER main menu and then the Deviation Survey push
button. There is an additional entry of the azimuthal angle of the tubing. The first row is
entered from the last tubing and is read-only. There are five data items in five columns
in the table:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 516

Measured Depth
True Vertical Depth
Azimuth
Cumulative Displacement
Angle

The last two columns are read-only because they are calculated from the first two data
items. Hence, the cumulative displacement represents the length of the tubing in the
horizontal plane and the angle is the deviation from the vertical of a segment in the
deviation survey.
2.7.15.3.4 Equipment Screen

This screen is very similar to the one encountered by selecting System/Equipment

from the PROSPER main menu and then the Downhole Equipment push button. The
data entry to this screen is in a table controlled by a drop-down list box in the left-hand
column with which you can choose the type of down-hole equipment from:
Tubing
Choke
Casing

The choice of equipment then enables the appropriate data entry fields out of:
Measured depth
Tubing inside diameter
Tubing inside roughness
Tubing outside diameter
Tubing outside roughness
Casing inside diameter
Casing inside roughness
Rate multiplier
2.7.15.3.5 Junction Data

The junction data consist of a measured and vertical depth, with an implied azimuth from
the branch entering it. The junction data are read-only. A junction must always be
hierarchically below another network item, so its data are entered automatically from its
parent. The main purpose of the junction is to form a branching point. There are three
command buttons on this screen:

saves and validates the data before exiting the screen if the data are
Done valid. Otherwise the screen is not exited and the user is notified with
the validation dialogue.
Cancel exits the screen without saving and validating the data entries.

Validate validates the data and informs the user that it is valid or presents the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 517 PROSPER

validation dialogue with information on the invalid data.

Reset resets the data to its original values on entering the screen.
Help brings up this screen.

2.7.15.3.6 Reservoir Data

Model Selection Screen

The model selection screen contains a model selection list box for selecting a Darcy-like
reservoir model as well as several data entry fields for entering PVT and geometrical
data used by all the models:

PVT Data
Reservoir pressure
Reservoir temperature
Water salinity
Water cut (oil) or WGR (gas/condensate)
Total GOR (oil) or CGR (gas) or separator GOR (condensate)
Gas gravity
Oil gravity (oil only)

Data Input Screen

The data input screens contain a single sub-dialogue pertaining to the model chosen.
These are similar to the equivalent models in the single well case and also contain
entries for:

Reservoir top depth

Reservoir vertical permeability
2.7.15.3.7 Tie-point Data

The tie-point data consist of a measured and vertical depth, with an implied azimuth of
0. There are five command buttons on this screen :

saves and validates the data before exiting the screen if the data are
Done valid. Otherwise the screen is not exited and the user is notified with the
validation dialogue.
Cancel exits the screen without saving and validating the data entries.

Validate validates the data and informs the user that it is valid or presents the
validation dialogue with information on the invalid data.
Reset resets the data to its original values on entering the screen.
Help brings up this screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 518

2.7.15.3.8 Tubing Data

Model Selection Screen

The model selection screen for tubing has the following options to select:

Horizontal
as per PROSPER system screen.
Correlation
Vertical
as per PROSPER system screen.
Correlation

Choke Model Select the choke model to be used for any restrictions in the
system
Flow Type tubing or annular
Threshold Angle
whether to use a threshold angle
Flag

Threshold Angle the deviation angle at which to switch between horizontal and
vertical correlations

None of the options affect the general format of the data input screen but the flow type
affects the details of the equipment tabbed dialogue in the data input screen.

Data Input Screen

There are two tabbed dialogues in this data input screen, which allow the entry of a
deviation survey and equipment descriptions. These dialogues contain tables very
similar to the ones encountered by selecting System|Equipment from the PROSPER
main menu and then the ‘Deviation Survey’ and ‘Downhole Equipment’ push buttons. In
the case of the deviation survey there is an additional azimuth entry. This then affects
the calculation of the read-only fields Cumulative Displacement and Angle which now
represent these quantities viewed from the zero azimuth or ‘in front’ position.
2.7.15.3.9 Injected Fluid Properties
Depending on the fluid Type selected in the options screen - you will be presented with
one of the following dialogues

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 519 PROSPER

Oil

Gas

Retrograde
Condensate

Enter the properties of the injected Fluid before entering the main MultiLateral Screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 520

2.7.15.4Calculation

The Calculate screen gives the option of calculating one IPR point or a curve. In the
former case you can choose to calculate pressure from a rate or rate from a pressure.
In the latter case, pressure is calculated for a range of rates up to the AOF, as with other
IPR calculations. From this screen it is possible to specify the number of IPR points
(maximum 20) and the minimum pressure to calculate to. These are to help speed up
calculations if appropriate. Also, having a bearing on calculation speed is the switch
between infinite and finite conductivity modes of calculation. In the later case the
pressure drop in the tubing is taken into account. Before carrying out the calculation, the
network structure is validated and any errors are reported in the white list box below the
other data entry items. If the structure is not valid the calculation is not carried out. The
Details button bringsup a details screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 521 PROSPER

used to display pressure and rate-related parameters with respect to the measured and
vertical tubing depths of each branch. If a curve has been calculated these details
pertain to the last point in the curve.

During a calculation, diagnostic information is reported to the list box. Also, a Cancel
button is placed above the Calculate button to allow you to stop the calculation. The
buttons to the left of the list box perform the functions in the Analyse menu, except Help,
which brings up this section. The push button Done exits the screen.
2.7.15.4.1 Calculation Details Screen
This screen contains three read-only tables :

1. Branch Summary
The rate and pressure at the top of each branch are shown. The branches are identified
by their labels.

2. Layer Summary
The productivity index and composite skin of each layer are shown, with the layers being
identified by their labels. Also shown are the vertical depth of the top and bottom of
each layer.

3. Segment Details by Branch

For the calculation, each perforation interval is split up into segments (or point sources).
In the segment details screens, which are displayed for a given branch using the drop-
down list box beside the table, values such as rate per unit length, rate per segment,
pressure, cumulative rate and reservoir pressure are displayed with respect to the
segment measured and vertical depths.

Also on the screen are a Plot button to plot the above variables with respect to
measured or vertical depths. The tables on the screen can also be presented in the
formats provided by the Report and Export facilities.
2.7.15.4.2 MultiLateral Details Plot - Variable Selection

A screen similar to that shown below if you choose the Variables menu option when
plotting the details of a MultiLateral Inflow calculation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 522

Use this screen to select a subset of the curves to view.

Done Record all changes and replot using selected options.

Cancel Abandon plot variable selection and return to plot.
Help View this Help screen.

2.7.15.5Preferences

The preferences dialogue allows you to customise a set of user-interface variables for
subsequent sessions. The following options are available:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 523 PROSPER

Enable Flyover Status If this is checked then you will see a status box appear as
Information you move the mouse over the network item icons
When you are panning you may hold the left-hand mouse
Auto-repeat delay when button down to ‘auto-repeat’ the action. The value given in
panning this field represents the time (in ms) before the auto-
repeat action starts from when you click the mouse button
Fraction of screen to pan
This represents the ‘resolution’ of panning
per click
A single click in a system window while the zoom or
unzoom icons are active results in a fixed scaling to be
Zoom/unzoom factor applied to the view, while the centre of the view is
changed to the position in which the mouse was clicked.
The value entered in this field is the fixed scaling factor,
and as such should be greater than one
You may change the bitmap that is displayed on the
background of the main window (by default this is a PE
Background Bitmap logo with contact information). Select the required bitmap
by pressing the button to the right of the field. The bitmap
will not be loaded immediately; you must shut down and

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 524

restart the multilateral main screen

2.7.15.6Print Set-up

This screen allows you to choose a printer on a specific port and set up the options for it
as in any windows application. However, there are two additional options:

1. Print entire network or current view: in both the network and visualisation screens
the user can pan and zoom so the whole network may not be in view in the current
window.
2. Print a title. This only applies to the visualisation screens when the whole network
is to be printed. The title printed is the caption of the current window.

2.8 System Menu | Artificial Lift Input Data

2.8.1 Gaslift (Continuous)
This option is used to input data for a gas lifted system and is available in System |
Gaslift Data when the 'Gaslift (Continuous)'is selected in the Options | Options
screen.

If the gas lifted system is still to be designed, then this screen can be skipped and
returned to after the design has been carried out in Design | Gaslift Design screen.

The required input depends on the choice of casing pressure calculation method.
These are the options available that can be selected in the Options | Options screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 525 PROSPER

No Friction Loss in Annuls

No flowing pressure losses occur in the annulus. A static gas gradient in
the casing is assumed. This model should be used for the majority of gas
lift installations.

Friction Loss in Annulus

The friction pressure drop in the casing is calculated assuming that the
gas lift gas has the same temperature as the producing fluid at any given
depth. Input of both tubing O.D. and casing I.D. is required to define the
annulus geometry.

Safety Equipment
Friction pressure losses are calculated in the surface piping, tubing/
casing annulus and annular safety valve, where fitted. This acts to vary the
casing head pressure with injection rate.

To analyse an existing installation, the gas lift details that need to be entered will depend
upon the particular gas lift method that has been selected.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 526

Firstly select the gas lift system type in the Options | Options menu, then enter the
gaslift data by selecting System | Gaslift data.

To analyze an existing gas lifted well, the equipment details must be entered in this
section. To design a new gas lift installation, skip the System Gas lift data menu and
go directly to the GasLift Design Section.

To analyze an existing installation, the following gas lift details may need to be entered
depending upon the particular gas lift method that has been selected.

Gas lift gas properties

Gas lift valve depths
Compressor pressure
Gas lift injection string details

Enter the required lift gas input data and select one of three gas lift methods available
and click on Continue. The methods currently available are:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 527 PROSPER

When this method is selected, only the depth of injection will be asked
Fixed Depth for. The program assumes that the casing pressure is sufficient to
Of Injection inject lift gas at the specified depth to achieve the GLR Injected or the
Injected Gas Rate.
When this method is selected enter the maximum depth of injection,
the dP across the gas lift valve and the top casing pressure.

PROSPER will now calculate the maximum depth which can be

Optimum injected at. This is done by finding the casing pressure along the
Depth of annulus and if the casing pressure is higher than the tubing pressure at
that point plus the dP across the valve value inserted, then injection can
Injection
take place. If the casing pressure is less than the tubing pressure plus
the dP across the valve then injection cannot take place.

For the Gas lifted (safety equipment) option, the compressor discharge
pressure is requested instead of the casing pressure
Enter the measured depth of the gas lift valves. The program will
automatically calculate which valve opens for particular liquid and gas
injection rates.
Valve Depth
Specified If a Gaslift design has already been done, or the mandrel depths have
been entered for a Gaslift QuickLook the valve details can be copied
across using the Transfer button
For the Gas Lifted (safety equipment) option, it is necessary to
define the surface gas injection system details. Click Equipment from
the gas lift data input screen to access the safety equipment input
screen.
Gas Lift
Safety The details of the surface injection system are used to calculate the
casing head pressure as a function of gas injection rate and
Equipment
compressor output pressure. Frictional losses in the annulus are taken
into account when calculating the casing pressure at each gas lift valve
depth. Annular safety valve pressure losses are calculated using the
valve depth and bean diameter entered on the System/Gaslift Data
screen
It is possible to select whether to use by default GLR Injected or
Injected Gas Rate as mode of gas injection.
For example, if one selects use GLR Injected as method, then the
GLR/Rate ? program will use by default the value of GLR injected entered in the
same screen above. If instead before any calculation one enters the
gas lift gas (as GLR injected or gas lift gas injection rate) as sensitivity
parameter, then the mode selected in the GasLift Input Data will be
overwritten

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 528

It is possible to model CO2 or N2 as the injected gas. For

example, to model CO2 injection enter Gaslift Gas Gravity = 1.53
and Mole Percent CO2 = 100%.

2.8.1.1 Fixed Depth Of Injection

When the "Fixed Depth of Injection" method is selected the following information is
required:

The depth of injection

The type of device at the injection point, e.g. an orifice, valve or venturi
Depending on the device selected, the diameter is required
The Thornhill-Craver DeRating percentage

The program assumes that the casing pressure is sufficient to inject lift gas at

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 529 PROSPER

the specified depth to achieve the GLR Injected or the Injected Gas Rate.

2.8.1.2 Optimum Depth of Injection

When this method is selected the maximum depth of injection, the dP across the gas lift
valve and the top casing pressure must be entered.

PROSPER will now calculate the maximum depth which gas can be injected at. This is
done by finding the casing pressure along the annulus and if the casing pressure is
higher than the tubing pressure at that point, plus the enetered dP across the valve
value, then injection can take place. If the casing pressure is less than the tubing
pressure plus the dP across the valve, then injection cannot take place.

For the "Model Safety Equipment" option, the compressor discharge pressure is
requested instead of the casing pressure.

Use Optimum Depth of Injection to evaluate the potential increase in

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 530

production due to gas lift without the need to perform a detailed design and
spacing the unloading valves.

2.8.1.3 Valve Depth Specified

Enter the measured depth of the gas lift valves as well as the casing pressure and dP
across the valves.

The deepest possible point of injection is calculated using the casing pressure and the
dP across the valves. Based upon this deepest injection depth, PROSPER will cross
check to see which of the specified valves is the deepest point where injection can
occur. Only valves which are above (i.e. shallower in the well) than this 'deepest injection
depth' can be injected into and as such PROSPER will injected all of the gas into the
deepest possible valve.

If a gas lift design has already been done, or the mandrel depths have been entered for
a Gaslift QuickLook Calculation, the valve details can be copied across using the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 531 PROSPER

Transfer button.

The Casing pressure entered should be the available injection system

pressure for the current operating conditions If calculating sensitivities for a
new casing pressure operated design, always subtract the dP to close
valves for each unloading valve above the operating valve from the design
casing pressure.

2.8.1.4 Gas Lift (Safety Equipment)

The safety equipment screen enables you to enter your pipe and choke data for the
injection gas delivery system. PROSPER defines surface equipment as the pipework
between the compressor and the casing head.

For the "Model Safety Equipment" option, the annular safety valve pressure losses are
calculated using the valve depth and bean diameter entered in the "Input Data" section:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 532

Details of the surface injection system, entered in the "Safety Equipment" section, are
used to calculate the casing head pressure as a function of gas injection rate and
compressor output pressure. Frictional losses in the annulus are taken into account
when calculating the casing pressure at each gas lift valve depth.

The safety equipment section, shown above, allows the user to pipeline and choke data
for the surface injection gas delivery system (i.e. between the compressor outlet, placed
at the manifold, and the casing head).

Manifold The manifold (compressor) TVD is required

Pipe Pipe segment length, upstream node TVD, diameter and roughness are
required
Choke A multi-phase choke correlation is used which is valid for both critical and
subcritical flow

The TVD of each equipment item must be entered to enable calculation of gravity head
losses. Flowing temperatures for each node must also be entered. Up to ten entries
may be made. Dropdown boxes will appear to select the surface equipment type. Enter
the length of the equipment, internal diameter (ID) and roughness to determine the
friction on the equipment.
2.8.1.5 Gas Lift (Allow injection in Pipe Line above wellhead)
This option, when implemented allows to model gas injection in a pipeline. To enable
this option, select 'Pipeline Only' in the Options | Options and 'Gas Lift' in the Artificial
Lift method as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 533 PROSPER

To specify the position of the gas lift valve, in the surface equipment data select this
feature in the equipment type combo box , as shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 534

And in the Gas Lift Data enter the properties of the gas and the gas rate method and
quantity:

2.8.1.6 Valve Transfer

This screen allows the user to transfer mandrel depth data between the various parts of
the program that can define this. When "Transfer" is selected in an interface, the
location to take the valve information from can be selected. One such example is shown
below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 535 PROSPER

When transferring from Gaslift Valves to QuickLook, the following logic is applied:
Transfer all valve depths except the deepest one to the QuickLook valve
data input screen
Specify each valve transferred as "Casing Sensitive"
The user must now supply the rest of the valve data (Port size, R Value and
Dome Pressure)
The deepest valve depth from the GasLift Screen is transferred to the
Injection Depth (measured) field on the QuickLook Diagnostic Screen
The Orifice Diameter entry (on the QuickLook Diagnostic Screen) is
blanked out because there is no equivalent value in the GasLift screen.
The user must now supply this value
2.8.1.7 Gas Lift for Gas Wells
When producing a large amount of liquid in a gas well, if the gas rate is not high enough,
liquid loading can occur. To avoid this loading occurring within the well, it is possible to
inject more gas and therefore increase the velocity in the well to lift the fluid. The
increase in gas rate can also act to reduce the hold-up in the well.

This option can be activated within the Options | Options screen when the fluid type is
set to Retrograde Condensate.

When the option has been selected, the required input data can be inserted into the
System | Gas Lift Data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 536

The required data is detailed below:

Gas lift gas gravity Gas gravity of the injected gas

Mole Percent H2S Enter the percent of H2S in the injected gas.
Mole Percent CO2 Enter the percent of CO2 in the injected gas.
Mole Percent N2 Enter the percent of N2 in the injected gas.

Injected Gas Ratio The rate of gas to be injected is defined based upon the ratio
with the produced gas. A gas fraction of 1 will inject the same
rate of gas as is being produced.
Gaslift Valve Depth This is the depth at which the gas lift gas will be injected
(Measured)
Gaslift Method At this time, the only method which can be selected is the
Fixed Depth of Injection.

2.8.2 Electrical Submersible Pumps

Please note that 'Model Produced Oil and Gas In Annulus' is a more advanced
method than 'Model Produced Oil Only' and is the recommended method. This
can be enabled in the 'Options' menu.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 537 PROSPER

If Electrical Submersible Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the
Options | Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System
| Electrical Submersible Pumps input screen.

If a new ESP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized, and so
this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on the main
PROSPER tool bar.

Please note that when an ESP lifted well is being modelled, the annulus space must
also be defined within the System | Equipment | Downhole Equipment screen.

For analysis and optimisation of an existing ESP installation, enter the data on the ESP
input data screen as requested:

The screen is split into four sections:

Top Left This section is where the input data for the model is inserted

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 538

Top Right Once a pump has been selected, the performance curves will
be displayed here.
Bottom Left If the 'Allow Tapered ESPs' option is selected, then the
different ESPs to be used are selected here.
Bottom Right Once a motor has been selected, the performance curves will
be displayed here.

Input Data

Pump Depth The depth at which the pump is located within the well. This is
(Measured) defined with the measured depth used in the deviation survey
Operating Frequency Frequency of the pump.
Maximum Pump OD Sets the maximum outer diameter which the pump can have
and acts as a filter to remove all larger pumps from the
selection options.
Cable Length Length of the power cable from the surface to the motor. This
is used to calculate the voltage drop along the cable and the
voltage delivered to the motor.
Gas Separator There are now three different models which can be used to
Method model gas separation at the pump inlet:
- Enter Separator Efficiency
- Calculate - Petroleum Experts
- Calculate - Natural
More information on these model can be found in the Gas
Separator Modelling section.
Gas Separator This input will change depending upon the model selected.
Efficiency For more information please refer to the Gas Separator
Modelling section.
Liquid Level This option is activated if the Model Produced Oil and Gas
in Annulus options is selected in the Options | Options
screen.

Allows the user to 'Decide to Enter' or 'Calculate the Liquid

Level' in the annulus.
Liquid Level/Casing Depending on the option selected above, either the liquid
Head Pressure level or the casing head pressure will be inserted here. The
program will calculate the other value based upon this input.
Number of Stages Number of stages in the pump.
If Allow Taper ESPs is selected, this value will be ignored
as the number of stages of each different tapered ESP is
entered.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 539 PROSPER

Voltage at the This is the voltage at the top of the cable.

Surface
Pump Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Gas DeRating Model The de-rating effects that having free gas within the pump
has on the performance curves of the pump can be taken into
account using an external *.dll. For more information on
adding user defined models to PROSPER please refer to
the User Correlation section.
Allow Tapered ESPs PROSPER can now model different pump types in series.
This allows the first 50 stages of the pump to use the
performance curves of ESP A and the second 25 stages to
use the performance curves of ESP B. For more details on
setting this up, please refer to the Tapered ESP section.
Current Pump Select the pump which is to be used within the model.
If Allow Taper ESPs is selected, this pump will not be
included in the system. Only those pumps entered in the
Tapered ESP section will be modelled.
Current Motor Select the motor which is to be used within the model.
Current Cable Select the cable which is to be used within the model.

The ESP equipment database is maintained through the ESP Design Database menu.
A summary report of the ESP equipment input data can be viewed or printed by clicking
on the Report button.

Both casing I.D. and tubing O.D. are required to be input in the System | Equipment
screen. The tubing and casing information capture the annulus details, where any
separated gas from the downhole gas separator (if present) will be passed.

When a downhole gas separator is included in the model, the PVT of the oil below the
separator can be different to that above.

Disclaimer
2.8.2.1 Separator Efficiency
At the top left hand corner of the ESP Input Data screen it is possible to select the
Separator Efficiency button to carry out a calculation and see the separator efficiency
over a range of rates.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 540

Once in the screen, the relevant model and data to be used can be entered in the top left
corner:

2.8.2.2 Gas Separator Modelling

It is often necessary to install a gas separating unit below an ESP in order to stop free
gas from entering the pump and damaging it or decreasing its efficiency.

Traditionally the gas separator efficiency has been entered as a single value which is
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 541 PROSPER

independent of rate, however, it is now possible to select one of three models to capture
the response of the unit as detailed below:

Enter Separator Efficiency

If this option is selected, a single, constant gas separator efficiency is entered which will
control the percentage of the free gas which is passed up through the annulus.

Calculate - Petroleum Experts

The Petroleum Experts calculation can be used to model the change in gas separator
efficiency with flow rate. The method assumes that the main constraint on the separation
process is the ability to vent gas to the annulus.

The entire fluid is passed through an inducer which is modelled as a single stage of the
selected main pump. The added pressure from the inducer is then used to drive gas
through the outflow port to the annulus and the maximum possible venting rate is
computed from the choke equation.

The separation efficiency is the ratio of the maximum possibly gas rate to the annulus to
the free gas rate below the separator based upon the fluid PVT and calculated
conditions.

When using the model it is possible to enter a Port size directly or have the port size
calculated based upon the pump OD. This port size is used in the calculations as the
port through which the separated gas will pass to reach the annulus.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 542

Additional Inputs

Port Diameter to The port size can be chosen to be entered directly by the
Annulus user or calculated by PROSPER.
Diameter of Port to If the port size has been selected to be entered by the user
Annulus then the port size can be entered here.

Calculate - Natural

This model is based upon the natural buoyancy of the gas in the fluid and gives a
decreasing trend in the gas separation efficiency with increasing liquid rate.

It is based on part of the work by Al Hanati in 'A Simple Model For The Efficiency Of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 543 PROSPER

Rotary Separators' (SPE28525) 1994.

Comparison of Separator Models

Below is a plot comparing the three methods and test results (obtained by Alhanati in
SPE28525) for a particular gas separator:

2.8.2.3 Pump Wear Factor

The Pump wear factor is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published performance curves due to wear etc.

For example, entering 0.05 causes the program to scale the pump head curves
down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database value).

Entering 0 causes the program to use the database curves directly.

A negative number can be entered to simulate a particular pump that performs

better than the database curve.

Note: to be able to enter negative wear factors, modify the range of validity of the
wear factor parameter in the Units section. To do that, access the menu Units/
Units and enter for the 'Pump Wear Factor' a 'Minimum Validation value' equal to
-1 (fraction):

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 544

2.8.2.4 Tapered ESPs

PROSPER now allows stages from different pumps to be entered in series within a
single well. This is done by selecting the 'Allow Tapered ESPs' option.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 545 PROSPER

Up to ten different ESPs can be selected and each have have a set number of stages
associated with it. The fluid will pass through the pump labelled '1' first and then work
through the other pumps in numerical order until either no pump is entered or the tenth
pump is reached.

The power required for each Tapered ESP stage is added up and this total power is
then used for the motor calculations as would normally be done for a single ESP unit.

Once the different pumps and stages have been entered, calculations can be carried out
as would normally be done for an ESP lifted system.

Please note that the values entered in Current Pump and the Number of Stages in
the main input section will be ignored when Allow Tapered ESPs has been selected.
2.8.2.5 ESP in Pipeline
As well as placing an ESP down-hole, it is possible to place the pump within the surface
equipment.

The pump can be entered into the pipeline in the System | Equipment (Tubing etc) |

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 546

Surface Equipment screen by selecting 'Pump' from the drop down menu:

When entering the pump data in System | Electrical Submersible Pump the input
data is the same as for a down hole except that no 'Pump Depth' is required:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 547 PROSPER

This is because the pump location has already been defined in the Surface
Equipment screen.

2.8.3 Hydraulic Submersible Pumps

If Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the
Options | Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System
| Hydraulic Submersible Pumps input screen.

If a new HSP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized, and so
this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on the main
PROSPER tool bar.

For analysis and optimisation of an existing HSP installation, enter the data on the HSP
input data screen as requested:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 548

Input Data

Enter the following data

Pump Depth Enter the depth at which the pump is located within the well.
(Measured) This is defined with the measured depth used in the deviation
survey
Pump Maximum This sets the maximum Outer Diameter which the pump can
Allowable OD have and acts as a filter to remove all larger pumps from the
selection options.
Turbine Maximum This sets the maximum Outer Diameter which the turbine can
Allowable OD have and acts as a filter to remove all larger turbines from the
selection options.
Pump Speed Enter the speed of the pump. The turbine speed is assumed
to be the same as this Pump speed.
% of Fluid of The % Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid defines what fraction of
Reservoir Fluid the total produced liquids the power fluid represents. A figure
of 100% means that the amount of power fluid used to drive
the turbine is the same as the amount of produced reservoir
fluids.
Number of Pump Enter the number of Stages in the pump.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 549 PROSPER

Stages
Pump Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Number of Turbine Enter the number of Stages in the turbine.
Stages
Gas DeRating Model The de-rating effects that having free gas within the pump
has on the performance curves of the pump can be taken into
account using an external *.dll. For more information on
adding user defined models to PROSPER please refer to
the User Correlation section.
Pump Select the pump which is to be used within the model.
Turbine Select the turbine which is to be used within the model.

Use the Pump and Turbine drop-down menus to select from a database of equipment
characteristics.

The HSP equipment database is maintained through the HSP Design Database menu.

Both casing ID and tubing OD are required to be input on the System | Equipment
screen to enable PROSPER to calculate an accurate annulus pressure gradient.

Done Save all data changes and return to the PROSPER main screen.
Cancel Abandon all data changes and return to the PROSPER main screen.
Produce a hard copy report similar to the one displayed

Report

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 550

Export the input data to printer, file clipboard or screen similar to that
shown below.

###############################
# HYDRAULIC PUMP INPUT DATA #
###############################
Export
Pump Depth (Measured) : 2876 (
Pump Maximum Allowable OD : 10.724 (
Turbine Maximum Allowable OD : 10.724 (
Pump Speed : 6700 (
% Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid : 61 (
Number Of Pump Stages : 17

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 551 PROSPER

Pump Wear Factor : 0 (

Number Of Turbine Stages : 25
Gas DeRating Model :<none>

........................
. SELECTED EQUIPMENT .
........................

Pump Name WEIR - TP145AHR011

Turbine Name WEIR - T60 -B004

Help View this Help screen.

Disclaimer

2.8.4 Progressive Cavity Pumps

If Progressive Cavity Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options |
Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System |
Progressive Cavity Pumps input screen.

If a new PCP design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized and so
this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on the main
PROSPER tool bar.

Please note that no PCP data is available when PROSPER is first installed. Any PCP
data should be obtained from the manufacturer and inserted into the Artificial Lift
Database using the steps detailed in the 'Add Pump' Section of this Guide.

For analysis and optimisation of an existing PCP installation, enter the data on the PCP
input data screen as requested. Depending on the options selected, different data will
be required.

Sucker Rod Drive

When Sucker Rod Drive has been selected, then the following input data is required:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 552

Pump Depth This is the depth of the pump in the well using the measured
(measured) depth.
Pump Speed Enter the speed of the pump.
Maximum OD The maximum OD is used as a filter to exclude any pumps
which would not fit inside the casing.
Gas Separator There are now three different models which can be used to
Method model gas separation at the pump inlet:
- Enter Separator Efficiency
- Calculate - Petroleum Experts
- Calculate - Natural
More information on these model can be found in the Gas
Separator Modelling section.
Gas Separator This input will change depending upon the model selected.
Efficiency For more information please refer to the Gas Separator
Modelling section.
Pump Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Total Rod Length Enter the total length of the sucker rod.
Liquid Level This option is activated if the Model Produced Oil and Gas
in Annulus options is selected in the Options | Options
screen.

Allows the user to Decide to Enter or Calculate the Liquid

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 553 PROSPER

Level in the annulus.

Liquid Level/Casing Depending on the option selected above, either the liquid
Head Pressure level or the casing head pressure will be inserted here. The
program will calculate the other value based upon this input.
Current Rod Select the Rod to be used in the model.

The PCP equipment database is maintained through the PCP Design Database menu.
A summary report of the PCP equipment input data can be viewed or printed by clicking
on the Export button.

Downhole Motor Drive

When Downhole Motor Drive has been selected, then the following input data is
required:

Pump Depth This is the depth of the pump in the well using the measured
(measured) depth.
Pump Speed Enter the speed of the pump.
Maximum OD The maximum OD is used as a filter to exclude any pumps
which would not fit inside the casing.
Gas Separator There are now three different models which can be used to
Method model gas separation at the pump inlet:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 554

- Enter Separator Efficiency

- Calculate - Petroleum Experts
- Calculate - Natural
More information on these model can be found in the Gas
Separator Modelling section.
Gas Separator This input will change depending upon the model selected.
Efficiency For more information please refer to the Gas Separator
Modelling section.
Pump Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Cable Length Enter the total length of the cable. This is used to calculate
the total voltage drop between the surface and the motor.
Voltage @ Surface Enter the voltage at the surface. This is used to calculate the
voltage at the motor based upon the voltage drop in the
cable.
Liquid Level This option is activated if the Model Produced Oil and Gas
in Annulus options is selected in the Options | Options
screen.

Allows the User to Decide to Enter or Calculate the Liquid

Level in the annulus.
Liquid Level/Casing Depending on the option selected above, either the liquid
Head Pressure level or the casing head pressure will be inserted here. The
program will calculate the other value based upon this input.
Current Motor Select the Motor to be used in the model.
Current Cable Select the Cable to be used in the model.

Disclaimer
2.8.5 Coiled Tubing Input Data
If Coiled Tubing Gas Lift has been selected as the well lift method on the Options |
Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System | Coiled
Tubing Data input screen.

If a new 'Coiled Tubing Gas Lift design' is being performed, the equipment has not yet
been sized, and so this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to
Design on the main PROSPER tool bar.

For analysis and optimisation of an existing Coiled Tubing Gas Lift installation, enter the
data on the Coiled Tubing Gas Lift input data screen as requested:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 555 PROSPER

Input Data

Gaslift Gas Gravity Enter the Gas Gravity of the injected gas.
GLR Injected Enter the Gas to Liquid ratio to be injected into the well.
Mole Percent H2S Enter the mole percentage of H2S in the injected gas.

Mole Percent CO2 Enter the mole percentage of CO2 in the injected gas.

Mole Percent N2 Enter the mole percentage of N2 in the injected gas.

Coiled Tubing Inside Enter the inside diameter of the coiled tubing.
Diameter
Coiled Tubing Enter the thickness of the coiled tubing.
Thickness
Coiled Tubing Inside This is the roughness of the inside wall of the coiled tubing
Roughness which will be used in the pressure drop calculation of the
injected gas.
Coiled Tubing This is the roughness of the outside wall of the coiled tubing
Outside Roughness which will be used in the calculation of the pressure drop
experienced

Two methods for the calculation of the injected are available: Specified Injection Depth
and Optimum Injection Depth. Depending upon the method, different input data will be
required.

Specified Injection Depth

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 556

Coiled Tubing This is the fixed depth at which the coiled tubing will inject if it
Specified Depth is feasible to do so.
Gas Injection This is the pressure of the injected gas at the casing head.
Pressure
dP Across Valve This is the pressure drop which the injected gas will
experience when it enters the production tubing.

When using the specified depth of injection, a single injection depth is specified by the
user. As the pressure of the injected gas at the casing head is entered by the user, it is
possible to calculate the gas pressure at the point of injection from the roughness of the
coiled tubing, the rate being injected and the depth of the injection point.

In order to injection, the gas pressure at the point of injection must be greater than the
pressure within the production string by at least the value given in the 'dP Across Valve'
field. If it is less than this value, then injection cannot occur and no gas will be injected.
The system will therefore either inject at the specified depth or not inject at all.

Optimum Injection Depth

Coiled Tubing This is the maximum depth that the gas can be injected at.
Specified Depth
Gas Injection This is the pressure of the injected gas at the casing head.
Pressure
dP Across Valve This is the pressure drop which the injected gas will
experience when it enters the production tubing.

When using the optimum depth of injection, the maximum depth which can be injected at
is specified by the user. As the pressure of the injected gas at the casing head is
entered by the user, it is possible to calculate the gas pressure at every point within the
tubing from the roughness of the coiled tubing, the rate being injected and the depth at
that point.

In order to injection, the gas pressure at the point of injection must be greater than the
pressure within the production string by at least the value given in the 'dP Across Valve'
field. If it is less than this value, then injection cannot occur and no gas will be injected.
The optimum point of injection is the deepest point at which the system is able to inject
and therefore the depth of injection can be any depth less than the maximum depth
depending upon the pressure within the system.
2.8.6 Diluent Injection
Diluent Injection is used to enhance the production of heavy, viscous crude oil, in some
cases making previously not producible hydrocarbon reserves economically
recoverable. The injected light hydrocarbon diluent reduces crude viscosity and
improves its flow characteristics.
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 557 PROSPER

The 'Diluent Injection' feature can also be used to inject fresh water into wells producing
very salty water. This reduces the salinity of the fluid and therefore also reduces the
likelihood of salt deposition occurring and plugging the well or pipelines. As the
injection of water will increase the overall mixture density of the produced fluid, gas is
also often injected simultaneously to help decrease the flowing bottom hole pressure of
the well. PROSPER now allows both diluent and gas lift injection to be modelled
simultaneously at different specified depths.

The properties of the Diluent are defined in the PVT | Input Data screen.

If Diluent Injection has been selected as the well lift method on the Options | Options
screen, various parameters can be inserted into the System | Diluent Injection input
screen. Depending upon the options selected the input screen will be different.

Injection can either occur via the annulus with production through the tubing or via the
tubing with production via the annulus. Diluent injection can also be accompanied by gas
lift or ESP lift.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 558

Diluent Injection in Annulus or Tubing

Diluent Injection This is the depth at which the diluent will be injected
Depth

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 559 PROSPER

Diluent Injection Rate This is the rate of diluent to be injected

Diluent Injection with Gas Lift Injection

Diluent Injection This is the depth at which the diluent will be injected.
Depth
Diluent Injection Rate This is the rate of diluent to be injected
Injected Gas Gravity Enter the Gas Gravity of the injected gas
Mole Percent H2S Enter the mole percent of H2S in the injected gas.

Mole Percent CO2 Enter the mole percent of CO2 in the injected gas.

Mole Percent N2 Enter the mole percent of N2 in the injected gas.

GLR Injected This is the gas to liquid ratio which will define the rate of gas
lift gas to be injected.
Gaslift Valve Depth This is the depth at which the gas lift gas will be injected.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 560

Diluent Injection with ESP Lift

Diluent Injection This is the depth at which the diluent will be injected.
Depth
Diluent Injection Rate This is the rate of diluent to be injected
Pump Depth The depth at which the pump is located within the well. This is
defined with the measured depth used in the deviation survey
Operating Frequency Frequency of the pump.
Maximum OD Sets the maximum outer diameter which the pump can have
and acts as a filter to remove all larger pumps from the
selection options.
Cable Length Length of the power cable from the surface to the motor. This
is used to calculate the voltage drop along the cable and the
voltage delivered to the motor.
Gas Separator Percentage of free gas at pump intake which is removed by
efficiency a gas separator.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 561 PROSPER

Number of Stages Number of stages in the pump.

Surface Voltage This is the voltage at the top of the cable.
Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Current Pump Select the pump which is to be used within the model.
Current Motor Select the motor which is to be used within the model.
Current Cable Select the cable which is to be used within the model.

2.8.7 Jet Pumps

If Jet Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options | Options screen,
then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System | Jet Pumps input screen.

If a new Jet Pump design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been sized,
and so this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on the
main PROSPER tool bar.

For analysis and optimisation of an existing Jet Pump installation, enter the data on the
Jet Pump input data screen as requested:

Pump Depth The depth at which the pump is located within the well. This is
(Measured) defined with the measured depth used in the deviation survey
Maximum OD Sets the maximum Outer Diameter which the pump can have

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 562

and acts as a filter to remove all larger pumps from the

selection options.
Surface Injection Rate of injection fluid given at standard conditions
Rate
Surface Injection Pressure of the injection fluid at the surface.
Pressure
Nozzle Loss This coefficient is a measure of the energy loss due to friction
Coefficient in the nozzle and should be provided by the Jet Pump
manufacturer.
Suction Loss This coefficient is a measure of the energy loss due to friction
Coefficient in the suction element and should be provided by the Jet
Pump manufacturer.
Throat Loss This coefficient is a measure of the energy loss due to friction
Coefficient in the throat and should be provided by the Jet Pump
manufacturer.
Diffuser Loss This coefficient is a measure of the energy loss due to friction
Coefficient in the diffuser and should be provided by the Jet Pump
manufacturer.
Current JET Pump Select the pump which is to be included in the current model.

The Jet Pump equipment database is maintained through the Jet Pump Database
menu. A summary report of the Jet Pump equipment input data can be viewed or
printed by clicking on the Report button.

Both casing ID and tubing OD are required to be input on the System Equipment screen
to enable PROSPER to calculate an accurate annulus pressure gradient.

Jet Pump Theory

2.8.7.1 Framo Pump Information
(The following information is supplied by OneSubsea Engineering A.S.)

The OneSubsea Multiphase Pump concept utilises the Poseidon helico-axial pump
principle, by which, mixtures of gas, oil and water at a wide range of conditions, can be
pumped effectively. It utilises a compact, rotodynamic pumping principle and operates
continuously from pure liquid to pure gas without any requirement for recycling. It has
self-adjusting pump characteristics and a defined maximum pressure, therefore there is
no need for relief valves.

The OneSubsea Multiphase Pump is sand tolerant with relatively large clearances.

The boosting capability is primarily a function of GVF (Gas Volume Fraction) and
suction pressure. It has a large operating envelope -variation of speed, number of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 563 PROSPER

stages and impeller size, determined by the actual design.

A patented OneSubsea flow mixer is integrated for optimum pump inlet conditions in
order to enhance the boosting capabilities and provide stable operation conditions
without power and pressure surges independent of inflow instabilities.

OneSubsea Multiphase Pumps are used for pipeline boosting - subsea, topside or on
land.
Prior to delivery of a contract the complete system is fully verified in OneSubsea
Engineering test facilities.

Advantages Of Multiphase Pumping

OneSubsea Subsea Multiphase Pumping systems are fully developed and field proven
systems, which have been in commercial operations since 1994. Availability has been
close to 100% on all installations. OneSubsea Multiphase Pumps provide an effective
solution to draw down the flowing wellhead pressure and/or compensate for increase
static or frictional flowline inlet pressure and therefore considerably reduce the reservoir
risk related to most oil field developments. OneSubsea Multiphase Pumps improve
flow stability due to higher pipeline velocities and enables production from 'dead' wells.

OneSubsea Standard Pumps

A representative selection of OneSubsea Standard Pumps hydraulics are defined and
supplied with PROSPER. Specifications are listed in the Multiphase Database. The
pump model is made flexible by the opportunity to specify a user defined Multiphase
Pump. For critical design work, always refer to OneSubsea Engineering A.S. for the
latest performance data.

A OneSubsea Multiphase pump is simulated by selecting Artifical Lift method and

MultiPhase Pump - OneSubsea Pumps.

A OneSubsea Multiphase pump is specified by selecting System and MultiPhase

Pumps. User specified pump parameters are:

Power The OneSubsea Pumps will be limited to specified power.

Available
Pump Wear The Pump Wear Factor is used to account for deviation from the
Factor manufacturer's published performance curves due to wear etc. For
example, entering 0.05 causes the program to scale the pump head
curves down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database value). Entering
0 causes the program to use the database curves directly. A negative
number can be entered to simulate a particular pump that performs
better than the database curves.
Pump The OneSubsea Pumps can be configured in parallel or in series.
Configuration
Pump The actual pump to use

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 564

Hydraulic
Number of It is possible to specify a fractional number (e.g. 12.4). Although this is
Stages not physically possible it may be necessary in order to simulate an
existing pump as accurately as possible using this model.

The Multiphase pump performance for a standard OneSubsea pump is calculated at

maximum speed. Results from a simulation can be viewed in Solution Details and
Pump. A Solution plot shows relevant pump conditions as function of Liquid rate and a
Pump Plot showing the pump performance envelope including the actual operating
point.

2.8.8 Multiphase Pumps

OneSubsea H Series

When OneSubsea H Series has been selected as the well lift method on the Options |
Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System |
Multiphase Pumps input screen:

Power Available Enter the maximum power available when operating the
pump. If the available power is not sufficient, the pump head
produced will be reduced until the power available is met.
Pump Wear Factor For more information please refer to the Pump Wear Factor
Section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 565 PROSPER

Frame size This value is read only and is determined from the inserted
power available.
Pump Configuration Can select either a single pump or a number of pumps in
parallel
Current Pump Select the pump which is to be included in the model.

The specifications of all Multiphase Pumps can be found in the Design | Database
option from the main menu. It is also possible to define a new pump into this database
using the Add option.

OneSubsea HX Series

When OneSubsea HX Series has been selected as the well lift method on the Options
| Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System |
Multiphase Pumps input screen:

Two modes of operation are possible.

Use Maximum Speed (Input max available power)

In this mode of operation the pump will try to run at the maximum speed defined in the
pumps database. However, if the maximum power required to run the pump at the
maximum speed exceeds the power available then pump will run at the speed
correpsonding to the maximum power available.

Enter Speed (Input Available power and Target Speed)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 566

The available power and a target speed are specified. The pump will try to run at the
target speed unless it is higher than the power available or exceeds the maximum
allowable speed in the database.

Current Pump Select the pump which is to be included in the model.

Pump Configuration Can select either a single pump or a number of pumps in
parallel
Power Available Enter the maximum power available when operating the
pump. If the available power is not sufficient, the pump head
produced will be reduced until the power available is met.
Maximum differential The maximum allowable difference in suction and discharge
pressure pressure to ensure the the maximum thrust force is not
exceeded.
Pump Wear Factor For more information please refer to the Pump Wear Factor
Section.
Speed Option 1. Use Maximum Speed
2. Enter Speed

When the mode is set to enter speed, the following additional inputs exist:

Operational speed Enter the target operational speed in Hz or RPM

Flow in Re- This options allows the user to specify how much flow is
Circulation recirculated to the pump (using in-situ rates).
Tuning Factor This parameter can be used to tune the model against
measured data.

2.8.9 Sucker Rod Pumps

If Sucker Rod Pump has been selected as the well lift method on the Options |
Options screen, then the pump parameters can be inserted into the System | Sucker
Rod Pumps input screen.

If a new Sucker Rod Pump design is being performed, the equipment has not yet been
sized, and so this screen can be skipped and the user can move directly to Design on
the main PROSPER tool bar.

For analysis and optimisation of an existing Sucker Rod Pump installation, enter the
data on the Sucker Rod Pump input data screen as requested:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 567 PROSPER

The input data screen is directly connected to the database for the Sucker Rod Pumps
and requires the following data:

Anchored Tubing Can be set to either 'Yes' or 'No' depending if anchor is

present
Pump Depth Defines depth that pump operates to.
Pump Volumetric Enter the volumetric efficiency of the pump
Efficiency
Pump Diameter Diameter of the pump
Surface Stroke Enter the stroke length of the pump at the surface
Length

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 568

Pumping Speed Enter the operating speed of the pump

Rod Number Select the rod number which represents the pump currently in
use in the field
Gas Anchor - Method The efficiency of the gas anchor can be calculated or
entered.
Gas Anchor - If the Method is set to 'Entered', the efficiency must be
Efficiency defined.
Gas Anchor - Type The type of gas anchor can be selected from the list of:
- Cup Type
- Packer Type
- Poor Boy
Gas Anchor - The annulus area is also required to be entered.
Annulus Area

Sucker Rod Pump Theory

2.8.10 Gas Lift (Intermittent)

If intermittent gas lift is selected as artificial lift method in Options | Options , the
following input data are required to be inserted System | Intermittent Gas Lift:

Surface injection Gas Lift injection pressure at the casing head.

pressure
Injection depth Depth of the injection valve
Gas lift gas gravity Gas gravity of the injected gas
Wellhead Pressure Pressure at the well head

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 569 PROSPER

Valve Port Size Size of the injection valve port

Water Cut Water cut of the produced well stream
Tubing Liquid Level Depth of liquid in the tubing to be lifted

This model does not use the usual concept of nodal analysis and is instead based upon
the intermittent gas model. Calculations can be carried out by selecting Design |
Intermittent Gas Lift.

Intermittent Gas Lift Theory

2.8.11 Foam Lift

To enable foam lift the fluid should be specified as Dry and Wet Gas and the artificial lift
as Foam Lift in the options (File | Options) menu:

In low rate gas systems liquid loading can be an operational challenge. Liquid loading is

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 570

caused by insufficient production velocity reducing the ability to lift reservoir liquid to
surface.

Foam lift is one of several approaches taken to mitigate liquid loading. The goal is to
reduce the interfacial tension between the gas and the liquid by injecting surfactant
resulting in smaller liquid droplets which are easier to lift as they have a lower critical
velocity. This means that wells can be dewatered at lower velocities and rates.

Turner's criterion has been used widely for determining the minimum critical velocity that
lifts a droplet in the well:

This can be modified to represent foam as:

Surface tension and foam density depend on the surfactant concentration, and hence a
relationship needs to be in place to capture this (predefined or experimentally available).
The relationship that is in place by default is that outlined in Petroleum Society Paper
2007-118:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 571 PROSPER

To determine the optimum rate of surfactant to inject it is required to perform a

sensitivity on the surfactant concentration:

1. Select type of surfactant based on compatibility tests

2. Calibration curve of density and surface tension
3. IPR for well calculated
4. Assume surfactant concentration and calculate VLP curves based on given WHP.
5. Intersect VLP/IPR to determine gas production rate
6. Sensitise on concentration until Qg is maximised

2.8.11.1Foam Lift Flow Correlations

Four flow correlations can be selected when the well type is foam lift:
1. Foam-Homogeneous
2. Foam-Slippage
3. Foam-Drift Flux
4. Foam-Mod. Dift Flux

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 572

These correlations are based on the work described in Soni et al (SPE 120042).

2.8.11.1.1 Foam-Homogeneous Flow Correlation

In the homogeneous model, the pressure drop is evaluated assuming no slip. This
assumption is often considered reasonable as slippage is small in foam flow. The no
slip holdup can be calculated from the superficial velocities:

Where:

αNo Slip is the no slip gas hold-up

Vsl is the superficial liquid velocity

Vsg is the superficial gas velocity

2.8.11.1.2 Foam-Slippage Flow Correlation

In the conventional slippage model, the bubble velocity relative to the mixture velocity is
taken into account:

The value of C depends upon the velocity profile in the pipe. In the foam flow, the profile
is similar to single phase gas flow as the gas volume fraction is high. Therefore, the
value of C should be close to 1.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 573 PROSPER

Slip velocity or bubble rise velocity can be calculated as proposed by Harmathy:

Where:

Vsl is the no-slip liquid hold-up

σ L is the interfacial tension

ρL is the liquid density

ρg is the gas density

This can be modified to account for bubble swarm (Zuber et al):

Combining the above yields the following equation which can be used to find the gas
holdup:

Values of C and n have been found by Soni et al to be 1.2 and 0.5 respectively.

The mixture properties can be evaluated from the gas holdup:

Hatschek et al developed a rheological model which relates foam quality, viscosity and
the liquid viscosity

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 574

Where τis equal to:

The friction factor can be evaluated using from the two phase Reynolds
number(Deshpande et al):

2.8.11.1.3 Foam-Drift Flux Flow Correlation

In foam flow with fully developed plugged flow the velocity profile equation can be written
as

And therefore the gas holdup is calculated using:

2.8.11.1.4 Foam-Modified Drift Flux Flow Correlation

In the basic drift flux model, fully developed plug velocity profile was assumed. However,
it is reasonable to consider the shearing effect of the wall on the velocity profile by
making C=1.03:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 575 PROSPER

2.8.11.1.5 References
Harmathy, T. Z. (1960), Velocity of large drops and bubbles in media of infinite or
restricted extent. AIChE J., 6: 281–288.

Soni et al (2009), Pressure-Drop Predictions in Tubing in the Presence of Surfactants,

SPE 120042

Zuber.N, Hench.J.:Steady State and Transient Void Fraction of Bubbly Systems and
Their Operating Limits, 1: Steady State Operation, GE Report 62GLI00, 1962.

N.S. Deshpande, M. Barigou, "The flow of gas-liquid foams in vertical pipes", CHEM
ENG SC, 55(19), 2000, pp. 4297-4309.

Yang. D, Zhang.Q., A Theoretical Model for Optimizing Sufractant Usage in a Gas Well
Dewatering Process, Petroleum Society 2007-118.

2.9 System Menu |Solids

This screen allows the user to specify key parameters used in several complementary
calculations in Prosper. Expand each option for a description of each

Maximum Grain Size Diameter

This calculation determines the maximum size of a grain of sand which can be dragged
away by the producing fluid.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 576

The only parameter required is the Sand Density.

The model implemented in PROSPER is based upon a series of equations derived by

Thomas (Reference 3) to calculate the friction velocity at the limit of solid transport in a
liquid / solid system.

Sand will be lifted to the wellhead only if the velocity of the fluid in the wellbore is greater
than the “Critical Transport Velocity”.

This velocity is function of sand particle size, shape and density and the fluid density and
viscosity.

Two different equations are used: one for oil wells and one for gas well:

1. Oil Wells

The equation used in this case is more applicable to laminar flow, conditions that
are likely to be encountered in oil and / or water wells.

Where:

- V = Critical Transport Velocity (cm/sec) - Equivalent to Superficial Fluid

Velocities in PROSPER

- N = Dynamic Fluid Viscosity (poise) - Equivalent to Mixture

Viscosity in PROSPER

- g = Gravity (980 cm/sec2)

- r = Particle Radius (cm) - This is the parameter

calculated by PROSPER

- = Fluid Density (gm/cm3) - By default, PROSPER uses a

2.65g/cc sand density. This can be changed in the System | Solids section of
the main PROSPER menu.

- = Particle Density (gm/cm3)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 577 PROSPER

2. Gas Wells

The equation used in this case is applicable to high gas flows and does not
include a factor for viscosity: viscosity has only an insignificant effect on lifting
sand.

Where:

- V = Critical Transport Velocity (ft/sec) - Equivalent to Superficial Fluid

Velocities in PROSPER

- = Fluid Density (lb/ft3)

- = Particle Density (lb/ft3) - By default, PROSPER uses a 2.65g/

cc sand density. This can be changed in the System | Solids section of the
main PROSPER menu.

- g = Gravity (32.2 ft/sec2)

- d = Particle diameter (ft) - This is the parameter calculated by

PROSPER

- Cd = Drag coefficient for the particle - Essentially a function of particle

shape at high Reynolds numbers. Cd value for sand grain is 0.85.

In both the oil/water and gas cases, PROSPER knows the fluid velocity in the wellbore.
Therefore, it will calculate the maximum particle diameter that can be transported by the
well flow.

These calculations are important when an attempt is made to cut back the production
rate so that the well will stop producing sand and will help determine if the formation
sand may be accumulating at the bottom of the well.

References:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 578

1. Fairhurst.CP – “Sand Transport in the South East Forties Pipe Line”, BHRA,
1983

2. Smith.M – “A Model for Predicting Solids Transport in near Horizontal Multi-

Phase Oil and Gas Pipe Lines”, XFE report 8/2/1993

3. Wasp, Kenny & Gandhi – “Solid-Liquid Flow Slurry Pipe Line Transportation”,
Gulf Publishing Company, Clausthal, Germany 1979

Plot
After running any calculation (System, Gradient, Tubing Correlation Comparison, it is
possible to visualise a plot of the Critical Transport Velocities (velocity vs gravel size),
which represents the minimum velocity that is required to lift grains of sand of a certain
size for given produced fluid properties (density and viscosity).

Erosional Velocity

The DNV erosion model will be used to calculate the rate of erosion based on the
entered Sand Production Rate, Wall Material and Deformation when performing a
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 579 PROSPER

gradient calculation.

When performing the gradient calculation, PROSPER will evaluate the rate of erosion
for the following geometries:

Straight Pipe

Reducing Union (if present)

Blend (if present from deviation survey entered)

The geometry with the largest rate of erosion is reported in the gradient calculation. In
VLP and System calculations, the maximum value at any depth is reported.

Further details on the DNV erosion model can be found in the flow assurance section of
the PROSPER user manual.

The gradient calculation will also use the sand production rate, C-Factor and S-Factor
input to estimate the erosional velocity value

This erosion can be caused by the repeated impact of solid particles on tubings and
pipelines. To avoid this we attempt to estimate the velocity at which erosion will occur.
Normal practise is to use equation of API 14 E. This can be unreliable especially for
clean production where the limiting value of C (125) can be too restrictive. In practice,
values of 1000 for C have been recorded in pipes where no erosion has been detected.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 580

C
Ve
m

Ve - Fluid Erosion Velocity (ft/sec)

C - Empirical constant (C-Factor)

m- Mixture Density (lbm/ft3 )

In PROSPER, we calculate and display the C value and it is the responsibility of the
User to work out whether for this C value, erosion will occur or not depending upon the
expected operating conditions. An interesting paper that deals with the subject is:
"Criteria for Sizing Multiphase Flowlines for Erosive/Corrosive Service" by S.J.
Svedeman - SPE Paper 26569.

The debate regarding the erosional velocity is still big concern; many investigators
reviewed the velocity limits specified in the RP 14E and concluded that the limits are
too conservative

Some investigators define the use the C value as follows:

C=100 for continuous service

C=125 for intermittent service
C=150- in cases where corrosion is controlled by
200 inhibitors

In cases where sand is present even at very low velocities erosion will be a problem and
there are no guidelines on the amount of reduction to the calculated velocity in this
cases.

Some times, limiting the velocity in flowlines to a unnecessarily low value will result in
costly oversised flowlines

Other investigators calculated that the velocity that would produce liquid impingement
erosion corresponds to C=300.

Other cases, for example the erosional velocity limits for water injection system
correspond to values of C=450 with out any solid and non corrosive conditions but when
corrosion is present this value can be reduced to C=250 depending on the corrosive
condition

It is precisely because a variety of different erosion / corrosion applications defined by

different investigators that PROSPER only displays the C factor and we leave it to the
user to work out, based on different criteria, whether erosion will occur or not depending
certain operating conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 581 PROSPER

New erosional velocity calculations for sand landen fluids

A ConocoPhillips paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for

Sand Laden Fluids - ASME Transaction - Energy Resources Technology
Journal) challenges API14E on the basis that it can be very conservative for clean
service and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are present. It
proposes a simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with
several multi-phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and
sand concentrations. Values of S for different components are proposed in the paper

D m
Ve S
W
S - S Factor (depends on pipe geometry)

D - Pipe Diameter (mm)

m - Mixture Density (Kg/m 3 )

W - Sand Production (Kg/day)

The constants C and S for the two formulations can be customised by selecting System/
Solids and tab button Erosional Velocity or the Options button in any calculation screen.

When in this area a Sand Production Rate equal to nil is entered, then the program will
utilise the original API 14E equation. If a non-zero Sand Production Rate is entered then
the program will use the modified formulation subject to the following logic.

Calculate the Erosional Velocity for solid-free fluid using the C value entered (Vef).
If the Sand Production Rate (W) is greater than zero:
Calculate the Erosional Velocity using the ConocoPhillips method (Ves).
If the Vef (for solid free fluid) < Ves (for sand-laden fluid), set the erosional
velocity = Vef.

In order to see the values computed by the ConocoPhillips method set C sufficiently high
until the values do not change for changing values of C.

Liquid Loading (Turner Equation)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 582

The Turner Equation is used to study the continuous removal of liquid from gas wells.
This equation is used to determine the minimum velocity of the producing fluid
necessary to drag away the droplets of liquid. The original formulation of the equation is
the following:
1
1 4
σ (ρ l 4
ρg )
Vt 20.4 1
ρg 2

σ - Surface Tension (dynes/cm)

ρl - Liquid Density (lbm/ft 3 )
ρg - Gas Density (lbm/ft 3 )

Please note that this is the equation from the original paper where the units are
inconsistent with the constant given. The 20.4 constant in fact relates to when the surface
tension is defined in units of 'lbf/ft'.

Using the Petroleum Experts 4 mechanistic model it has been found that 2.04 gives
much more reliable results in a wide range of examples.

This constant can be however changed by the User by selecting System Solids from
the main menu, or the Options button and the Liquid Loading tab screen within any
calculation screen.

Corrosion

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 583 PROSPER

The NORSOK CO2 corrosion model will be used to calculate the rate of corrosion
reported in the gradient, VLP and system calculation screens.

The corrosion rate (CR) reported is:

CR = IRC * EFF + URC * (1-EFF)

The uninhibited rate of corrosion (URC) calculated by the NORSOK CO2 model will be
adjusted by the user entered inhibited rate (IRC) and inhibitor efficiency (EFF).

Further information on the NORSOK CO2 corrosion model can be flow assurance
section of the PROSPER user manual.

Please note that water and a %CO2 impurity must be present in the PVT data section of
PROSPER for the calculation to occur. The alkalinity entered acts as a buffer in the pH
calculations.

The VLP and System calculation will report the maximum value at any depth.

The standalone CO2 corrosion calculator can be accessed from Calculation | Flow
Assurance | CO2 Corrosion

Pigging

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 584

This calculation can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in
pipelines.

Assuming 100% removal efficiency of a sphere and that all the liquid removed by the
sphere is in the form of a continuous slug, the pigged slug volume can be estimated by
integrating the difference between the liquid holdup and the no-slip holdup in the
pipeline. Also the time to produce the slug can be calculated from

5 614 VL
Tpr
VSL
A 1- VSG
VSL VSG

These are the additional results reported in the Gradient Traverse results. These values
are all cumulative,
Pigged Slug Length
Pigged Slug Volume
Time to Produce Pigged Slug Length
Time for Pigged Slug to reach Outlet

Pigging Efficiency can be entered by User.

2.10 System Menu | Well Schematic

The Well Schematic dialogue is designed to allow the visualisation of the downhole
equipment and, if required, export this data to REVEAL (*.xml) or RESOLVE (*.rdo) for

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 585 PROSPER

use in the Well Builder. It is important to note that this dialogue has the objective
of visualisation and the down hole description cannot be modified here. The
down hole equipment is modified from System | Equipment (tubing etc).

This section illustrates the data in each screen (from left tab to right), and how to export
the well description.

General Description

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 586

Data on this screen is optional and is populated from Options | Options in the
PROSPER model.

Reference Location

This screen defines the situation and reference datum for the well. This situation is Land
or Sea for on-shore or off-shore wells (as per the data entry in Options | Options).

Deviation Survey

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 587 PROSPER

This screen displays the deviation of the well as defined in the down hole equipment of
the PROSPER model System | Equipment (tubing etc). To the right of this dialogue
is 3D graphic of the deviation.

Completion Designer

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 588

The Completion Designer dialogue details the equipment (tubing, SSSV, ESP, etc.)
defined within the PROSPER model. Changes to the visualisation of the well made from
the top tool bar here (e.g. draw to scale) will be visible from the home screen in
PROSPER.

File Export

The well description held within the Well Schematic can be exported for use within the
Well Builder of both RESOLVE and REVEAL. To do so, simply select File | Export and
select the required file type.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 589 PROSPER

Note - it is not possible to import (from RESOLVE or REVEAL) into the well
schematic.

2.11 Matching Menu

The PROSPER 'Matching' menu is used to achieve the following objectives:

Compare the results of the model to the actual data received from the field
If required, adjust parameters within the model to reproduce and match the observed
field data
In the case of artificial lift, run calculations to assist with system diagnostics and
troubleshooting.

A properly matched model is a pre-requisite for accurate performance prediction and

therefore time should always be taken to ensure that a good match is achieved.

The quality control exercises like 'Correlation comparison' are based on what is
possible according to the principles of fundamental physics.

The Matching menu offers the following calculation options:

VLP / IPR Matching

This option enables the user to tune the well bore multiphase flow correlations to fit

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 590

measured down hole pressures and rates. It should be noted that there is no single
multiphase flow correlation that is recommended for all flowing scenarios (i.e.
depending on the fluid properties, the well orientation and size). As such VLP/IPR
Matching can propose a methodology for selecting a correlation/model that best
reproduces well test data, not just for a single test point, but over time.

When the rough approximation temperature model is being used, this method also
allows the U value to be estimated to match the wellhead temperature recorded in the
field. Up to 1000 well tests can be stored and used for matching purposes.

Once the VLP is matched (or not matched, but the best fitting correlation is selected, as
it is not necessary to match the VLP), the IPR can be adjusted to match observed rates
and pressures also.

Gradient Matching
Existing correlations can be modified using non-linear regression to best fit a gradient
survey (i.e. a number of pressure readings taken at different depths down the well bore).
Comparison of the fit parameters will identify which correlation required the least
adjustment to match the measured data.

This should be used only if for a given rate more than one measurement is
available along the production string. If a single reading is available, the VLP/IPR
Matching option should be used.

Pipeline Matching
The program uses actual wellhead and manifold pressures together with temperature
data points to match surface pressure drop correlations. Separate screens allow the
match parameters to be viewed and the best match selected.

Correlation Comparison
This is the primary step in quality control of measured well test data.
This option allows pressure gradient plots to be generated with different correlations to
be compared with measured gradient survey data. The comparison enables the user to:

- Understand if the measurements “make sense”, that is to say, violate or adhere

to the principles of physics
- Select the flow correlation that best fits the experimental measurement
-
'Correlation Comparison' is a fundamental step in the quality check of the model and is
used as the second step within the VLP/IPR Matching process.

QuickLook
This feature is active only if an artificial lift method (Gas Lift, ESP or HSP) is selected.
It allows calculation of the pressure gradient in an artificially lifted well for a quick check
of lift performance.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 591 PROSPER

For gas lifted wells, valve opening and closing pressures are calculated to permit
troubleshooting gas lift installations.

For ESP and HSP wells, the performance of the ESP and HSP can be checked.

Correlation Parameters
The tubing and pipeline match parameters can be inspected reset or entered by hand
using this menu option. This capability is useful for troubleshooting, or to input match
parameters determined previously.

Correlation Thresholds
This option allows the User to specify a threshold angle for both tubing and pipeline
correlations at which the program will automatically change to another (specified)
correlation. This option will enable vertical risers in sub sea completions to be modelled
more accurately.
2.11.1 VLP/IPR Match and Quality Check
This feature enables the user to adjust the multiphase flow correlations to match flowing
bottom hole pressure surveys or production logging runs.
Up to 1000 pressure tests can be stored and used for matching. VLP/IPR Match allows
data to be matched over a range of rates as well as depths.

The Matching Procedure follows 4 main steps as detailed at the top of the screen:

1. Estimate U Value - If the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model is being

used the U value required to match the well head temperature can be calculated.

2. Correlation Comparison - This section allows the different correlations to be

compared and the best suited to be selected. For an oil well, it is also possible to carry
out a quality check of the data.

3. Match VLP - Once the closest matching correlation has been found, a
regression is carried out to find the parameters required to match the test data.

4. VLP/IPR - Once the VLP has been accurately matched, it can be used to
ensure that the IPR is also representative of the test.

These four steps are carried out in sequence and the different sections can be
accessed by moving through the buttons at the top of the screen from left to right.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 592

The required input data for each well test are:

Test Point Date and Each test can have a date and comment associated with it to
Comment help identify each test.
Tubing Head The flowing pressure at the well head for the test conditions
Pressure entered
Tubing Head The recorded flowing temperature at the well head at the time
Temperature of the test. This is used to match the U value when using the
rough approximation.
Water Cut / WGR The water cut (WGR for gas wells) at the time of the test
should be entered.
Liquid/Oil/Gas Rate For an oil well, the liquid or oil rate of the test can be entered
depending on the 'Rate Type' selected at the top of the
screen.
For a gas well, the gas rate is entered.
The rate is entered at standard conditions
Gauge Depth Depth of the pressure point reading. This is entered as a
(Measured) measured depth.
Gauge Pressure The pressure of the gauge at the time of the test.
Reservoir Pressure The is the reservoir pressure when the test was taken and is
used during the IPR matching section of the workflow.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 593 PROSPER

This is not entered if the IPR model is set to Multilayer or

Multilateral.
Gas Oil Ratio/ CGR/ Enter the solution GOR for an oil, the CGR for a gas or the
Separator GOR Separator GOR for a condensate
GOR Free Free gas production from a gas cap or injection
breakthrough. The measured total GOR during the test
(including the tank gas) must equal GOR + GOR Free.
Please note that any value entered in this column will remain
free gas even if the oil is calculated to be under saturated.
(Oil Wells Only)
Gas Lift Rate The gas lift injection rate at the time of the test. (Gas Lifted
Wells Only)
Injection Depth The depth at which the gas lift gas is being injected. This is
entered as a measured depth. (Gas Lifted Wells Only)
Operating Frequency The operating frequency of the pump at the time of the test.
(ESP Wells Only)
Pump Wear Factor Enter the pump wear factor to control the operation of the
pump at the time of the test. For more information please
refer to the Pump Wear Factor Section (ESP Wells Only)
Pump Intake The pressure at the intake to the pump. (ESP Wells Only)
Pressure
Pump Discharge The pressure at the discharge point of the pump. (ESP Wells
Pressure Only)

The Gas Oil Ratio is the solution GOR. If the reservoir is under-saturated, there
is no free gas production at the sand face and the GOR free should be set to
zero.

The Gas Oil Ratio can also be entered as Total GOR (Solution + Free GOR). In
this case the GOR Free can be entered as nil. The program will determine how
much gas is in solution and how much in the free phase according to the PVT.

If a value is entered as Free GOR, this will remain free even if the pressure
calculated is above the bubble point of the fluid.

The Test Point Date and Comment fields are provided to allow the optional entry of
notes to identify the match data set. Examples would be test date, source of pressure
data, comments on test quality etc.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 594

Accessing QuickLook
When Gas Lift, ESP, or HSP artificial lift method is in use, from the VLP/IPR
matching screen it is possible to access the QuickLook section

2.11.1.1Estimate U Value

As the PVT properties of a fluid are dependent not only on pressure but also on
temperature, it is important to ensure that the modelled temperature in the well is
representative of the actual temperature in the well.

If the temperature prediction method is set to ‘Rough Approximation’, the User can use
the ‘Estimate U value’ button to estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient for the
selected well test.

The procedure is:

Click on the button to the left of the well test data that we wish to estimate the
overall heat transfer coefficient. If no test is selected, all of the enabled tests will
be carried out an averaged U value determined.
Click on the ‘Estimate U value’ button
PROSPER will estimate the overall heat transfer coefficient that matches the
wellhead temperature of the well test.
The option to save this new U value to the Geothermal Gradient section is then
given. If 'yes' is selected, the new calculated U value will be used within the model
while if 'no' is selected, the previous value will be used.
2.11.1.2Correlation Comparison
Selecting Correlation Comparison will move the user to the correlation comparison
screen. If more than one test has been entered and is enabled, each one will be done in
sequence.

When the screen is opened, the data entered in the VLP/IPR matching screen for the
relevant test will automatically populate the input fields.

The Correlation Comparison screen is detailed in the Correlation Comparison Section.

The concept of this section of the VLP/IPR matching process is to find which
correlations give the closest match to the test point before the matching regression is
carried out. To do this, select a number of different correlations from the bottom left hand
corner of the correlation comparison screen. Once the correlations have been selected,
select calculate to run the comparison.

Selecting Plot will allow the user to see how close specific correlations are to the test
point:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 595 PROSPER

2.11.1.2.1 VLP Quality Check

For an oil well, in addition to providing information on the best correlation to use for the
matching process, the Correlation Comparison section can be used to quality check the
test data to ensure that it is consistent with the physics of the model.

Two of the correlations available in PROSPER are specifically included to allow this
quality checking procedure to be carried out; Fancher Brown and Duns and Ros
Modified.

- Fancher Brown - This is a no-slip correlation which means that the gas and liquid are
assumed to be travelling at the same velocity. Due to buoyancy, we know that in reality,
the gas will be travelling faster than the gas and as such the area through which it flows
will be smaller in order to maintain mass balance. As the hold-up (used to calculate the
mixture density of the fluid) is dependent upon the area which is occupied by liquid
defined by the total area of the pipe, the smaller the area which gas travels through, the
larger the area with liquid travels and therefore the larger the hold-up.The no-slip
conditions, therefore, will predict the lowest possible hold-up and this will have the
impact of calculating the lowest pressure drop which is physically possible.

- Duns and Ros Modified - The Original Duns and Ros Modified correlation has been
modified by Petroleum Experts to over predict the pressure drop when the well is
producing in the slug-flow regime.

These two correlations can be used as limits (Fancher Brown being the lower and Duns
and Ros Modified being the higher) which create an envelope inside which any test data
should fall. If the test point were to fall outside of the envelope created, this would be a
sign that either the test data is incomplete or that the the model is inconsistent with the
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 596

reality of the system. This quality check cannot point the user towards which parameters
are causing the model to fall outside of the physical bounds but it does highlight
inconsistencies between the test data and the modelling data which should be
reviewed.

Please note that the Duns and Ros modified correlation will over-predict the pressure
drop in wells producing in the slug flow regime. This means that in cases where the test
point falls to the right of the correlation the flow regime should be checked to see which
regime it is in. If the Duns and Ros Modified correlation is predicting the flow to be in
slug flow, then the test point must fall inside the envelope to be valid. If the correlation
predicts that the flow regime is mist flow, then the correlation can no longer be used as
an upper boundary for quality checking purposes.

To carry out the quality check on any test point, select the Fancher Brown and Duns and
Ros Modified from the correlation list in the bottom left of the screen:

After the calculation has been run select Plot to see if the point falls within the envelope
between the two correlations:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 597 PROSPER

In the screenshot shown above, the test point (shown as a black point) can be seen to
fall between the two correlations and therefore can be said to pass the quality check.
This does not necessarily mean that the test point is correct, only that it is physically
feasible.
2.11.1.3VLP Matching
Before proceeding to this screen, an idea of the best correlation to use for matching
purposes should have been obtained by running a Correlation Comparison calculation.

Please note that matching the VLP is not a compulsory step. The main purpose
of the VLP/IPR matching methodology is to help to select the most
representative VLP correlation / model for the well. This is something that is
best done over time, were multiple test points can be used to select the VLP
correlation / model.

We would only recommend matching a VLP correlation / model if it is already

within 1% of the test point. This is to prevent deviations from future test points
due to over matching.

To compute the VLP match, click Match VLP to display the VLP matching screen.
Select the correlations and tests to match and select Match.

An example screen is shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 598

- Red - Tubing Correlation selection

- Blue - Test selection
- Yellow - Test data for highlighted test
- Green - Matching Parameters for each correlation
- Purple - Plot showing the matched and unmatched pressure difference for
each test

If necessary, match parameters can be edited or directly entered on this screen. This
should be done with extreme caution and only if previous work on similar wells has
yielded consistent match parameters or to apply match parameters for the same well in
a different PROSPER application.

PROSPER uses a non-linear regression to tune the VLP correlations to best match the
measured data. It does this by calculating a pressure traverse using a correlation and
determining the error between measured and calculated pressures. The gravity and
friction terms of the pressure loss equations are then adjusted and the process repeated
until the measured and calculated results agree within 1 psi, or 50 iterations have been
completed.

Notes on Matching Parameters

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 599 PROSPER

Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop
correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term.
If all the data is consistent, these two parameters should be within a 10%
tolerance from the unity.
If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then there is probably
an inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by the PVT model and the
field data (rates/pressures).

In cases in which the PVT has been correctly matched, the greatest source of
uncertainty in the VLP calculation for oil wells is usually the hold-up correlation.
PROSPER will attempt to make a gravity component (Parameter 1) match by adjusting
the hold-up correlation. If a match is not obtained with a Parameter 1 more than 5%
away from 1.0, the density is adjusted. For single phase applications, no hold-up
correction is possible, so any significant deviation from 1.0 for Parameter 1 indicates
inconsistencies in the PVT.

If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is possible that the equipment

description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect. As the effect of a shift in the friction
component on the overall pressure loss is less than for the gravity term, a larger range in
the value of Parameter 2 is expected. If scaling or some other build up occurs in the well
to increase the roughness or decrease the flowing radius, then this will also act to
increase parameter 2.

Once the matching process is complete, the match parameters will be shown alongside
each of the correlations that have been matched. Use the standard deviations and the
magnitude of corrections made to both parameters to aid the selection of matched
correlation.

Use the Correlation Comparison option of the Matching menu to compare the
optimised (matched) correlations with measured test data. To ensure that the process
has been successful, check that the matched VLP traverses plot close to the measured
pressure data points.

PROSPER VLP matching provides a logically consistent means to adjust flow

correlations to reproduce field measured pressures. Combined with IPR
matching, PROSPER provides the means to create a robust well model that is
capable of reproducing observed pressures and rates. This is a necessary
condition for making accurate performance predictions and optimisation studies.

Initiate the matching process. This may take some time so please be
Match patient.Click on the pop up Cancel button to terminate the matching
process.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 600

If you answer No to the question that follows then the calculation will
resume from the point where it was interrupted.

Reset This feature will reset all of the match parameters to equal one.

Report Produce a report of the tubing correlation parameters - similar to that

below

Export Export the input data, correlation parameter statistics and all calculated
data to printer, file clipboard or screen.
Main Return to the PROSPER main screen.

Done Return to the previous screen.

Help View this Help screen

2.11.1.3.1 VLP Correlation Applications

Fancher Brown is a no-slip hold-up correlation that is provided for use as a quality
control. It gives the lowest possible value of VLP since it neglects gas/liquid slip it
should always predict a pressure, which is less than the measured value. Even if it gives
a good match to the measured down hole pressures, Fancher Brown should not be used
for quantitative work. Measured data falling to the left of Fancher Brown on the
correlation comparison plot indicates a problem with fluid density (i.e. PVT) or field
pressure data. This is thus essentially, a correlation for quality control purposes.

For oil wells, Hagedorn Brown performs well for slug flow at moderate to high
production rates but well loading is poorly predicted. Hagedorn Brown should not be
used for condensates and whenever mist flow is the main flow regime. Hagedorn Brown
under predicts VLP at low rates and should not be used for predicting minimum stable
rates.

Duns and Ros Modified The Duns and Ros Modified correlation is derived from the
Duns and Ros Original correlation. The original correlation was modified by Petroleum
Experts to overestimate the pressure drop in oil wells for the slug flow regime. This
correlation should not be used for calculating the pressure drop in the wellbore or
pipelines and hence should not be used for lift curve generation either. This correlation

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 601 PROSPER

should only be used for quality checking of the input well test data.

Duns and Ros Original The Duns and Ros Original Correlation is derived from the
original published method. In PROSPER the original Duns and Ros correlation has been
enhanced and optimised for use with condensates. This correlation performs well in mist
flow cases and may be used in high GOR oil wells and condensate wells.

Petroleum Experts correlation combines the best features of existing correlations. It

uses the Gould et al flow map and the Hagedorn Brown correlation in slug flow, and
Duns and Ros for mist flow. In the transition regime, a combination of slug and mist
results is used. Has been superseded by PE2 so is not recommended for use.

Petroleum Experts 2 includes the features of the PE correlation plus original work
on predicting low-rate VLPs and well stability.

Petroleum Experts 3 includes the features of the PE2 correlation plus original work
for viscous and foamy oils.

Petroleum Experts 4 is an advanced mechanistic model for any angled wells

(including downhill flow) suitable for any fluid (including Retrograde Condensate).

Petroleum Experts 5. The PE5 mechanistic model is an advancement on the PE4

mechanistic model. PE4 showed some instabilities (just like other mechanistic models)
that limited its use across the board. PE5 reduces the instabilities through a calculation
that does not use flow regime maps as a starting point.
PE5 is capable of modelling any fluid type over any well or pipe trajectory. This
correlation accounts for fluid density changes for incline and decline trajectories. The
stability of the well can also be verified with the use of PE5 when calculating the gradient
traverse, allowing for liquid loading, slug frequency, etc. to be modelled.

Petroleum Experts 6 includes the features of the PE3 correlation plus original work
on the affects that water cut can have on a viscous oil.

Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured data. However, its
formulation includes a discontinuity in its calculation method. The discontinuity can
cause instability during the pressure matching process; therefore its use is not
encouraged.

Beggs and Brill is primarily a pipeline correlation. It generally over-predicts pressure

drops in vertical and deviated wells.

Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50
bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. Gray contains its own internal PVT model
which over-rides PROSPERs normal PVT calculations. The authors of this correlation
caution its use for tubing greater than 3.5".

Hydro 2P is a mechanistic model and considers two phase flow (gas and liquid).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 602

Hydro 3P is a mechanistic model and considers three phase flow (gas, oil, and water).

There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow correlation for a given
application. It is recommended that the Correlation Comparison always be
carried out. By inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results,
the User can select the correlation that best models the physical situation.

Further details can be found in the PROSPER Appendix B | Multiphase Flow

Correlations.
2.11.1.4VLP Matching - VLP/IPR
In order to match the IPR curve, the matching process should be completed on the VLP.
This is because the results from the VLP calcualtion are used as the basis of the IPR
matching. If the VLP results do not represent the reality of the system, then the matching
process will be based upon incorrect data and as such will itself be erroneous.

This feature allows the user to check the consistency of the flowing bottom hole pressure
data used in the VLP match and to adjust the IPR, if required, to match measured data.
Inconsistencies in test data resulting from changing reservoir pressures, for example,
can be easily identified.

As of IPM 11, the user is able to select the rate method to be used; either automatic
linear or automatic geometric.

Clicking VLP/IPR from the VLP/IPR Matching screen will display the following screen:

The screen is split into four main areas:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 603 PROSPER

- Red - Tubing Correlation selection

- Blue - Test selection
- Yellow - Test data for highlighted correlation and test
- Green - Calculated data for the highlighted correlation and test
- Purple - Plot showing the VLP/IPR intersection for the highlighted
correlation and test.

The correlations and test points can either be selected (by clicking on the box next to the
name and a tick will appear) or highlighted (by clicking on the name of the correlation or
test point so that that name is highlighted by a blue/grey box).

When the Calculate button is selected the following options become available to allow
the combinations of correlations and test points to be calculated:

This allows the selected, highlighted or all of the correlations and test points to be
calculated.

Once this calculation is completed, the system plots can be viewed by selecting Plot
from the top of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 604

The plots shows two points:

1. The square shows the operating point of the model (the VLP/IPR intersection)
2. The cross shows the test rate on the VLP curve.

In order for the model to calculate the same rate as the test, the square and cross should
overlap on the plot.

IPR data must be present before commencing a VLP/IPR Match.

The errors between calculated and measured data are shown on the side of the plot. If
the test points are not consistent with the IPR model, the skin, etc. can be adjusted until
a match is obtained.

To modify the data of the IPR scree, select IPR, which will access the IPR input screen.

It is also possible to run a regression to find the PI (if the PI IPR model is being used),
Skin (if the Skin Entered by Hand model is being used) or Reservoir Pressure required
to match the test point. This can be done using the Adjust IPR feature.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 605 PROSPER

2.11.1.4.1 VLP Matching Plot

In the plot legend:

Measured data is the extrapolation of the gauge pressure using the selected
correlation. (It is not a direct measured value)

Calculated data is determined from the intersection between the VLP curve and the
IPR curve

The following options are common to all plots:

Done Exits the plot back to the previous screen.

Main Exits the plot back to the main PROSPER screen.
Scales This allows the user to adjust the x- and y-axis scale.
Labels Allows the axes labels to be modified

Details Allows the user to hide/show specific curves and view the data
points.
Select Quick method for showing/hiding curves.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 606

Font Allows the axes, legend and test point fonts to be modified.

Replot If the plot has been zoomed in on, selecting Replot will automatically
zoom out to show the full graph.
Output Allows the graph to be exported, copied or printed.
Colours This allows the user to change the colours of the different curves.
Help Accesses the Help screen

To zoom in on the plot, simply click and drag over the area to be zoomed in on.
2.11.1.5Adjust IPR
The Adjust IPR screen is accessed by selecting Adjust IPR from the VLP/IPR matching
main screen. This feature allows a regression to be performed on selected parameters,
which are available depending on the model set up.

If the current IPR is found to be inconsistent with when the VLP/IPR match is carried out
the Adjust IPR function can be used to automatically find the values which allow a
match. The available parameters which can be matched are:

- Adjust PI (If the PI Entry IPR model is being used)

- Adjust Skin (If the Enter Skin by Hand skin model is being used)
- Adjust Pres (Reservoir Pressure)

Selecting any option will find the mathematical solution which will allow the IPR to match
the test data by changing only the selected variable. In reality it may be a combination
of factors which need to be adjusted and it is up to the judgement of the engineer to
decide which option best represents the actual case.

An example of the Adjust IPR screen is shown below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 607 PROSPER

When running a calculation, first the correlation to be used should be selected from the
drop down menu at the top of the screen.

Next the test (or tests) which are to be considered should be selected. This can be done
by either selecting the test (clicking on the box to the left of the name will 'tick' the box to
indicate it has been selected) or highlighting the test (clicking the name of the test will
mark a grey box around it to indicate it is highlighted).

Depending upon the matching calculation to be performed, select either Adjust PI,
Adjust Pres or Adjust Skin. Alternatively, select Calculate to calculate the current
VLP/IPR intersection point. When one of these options is selected, a number of options
are presented:

Once the calculation has been com pleted, the new value can be added to the m ain PROSPER file or sim ply
ignored depending upon the option selected:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 608

Once the matching has been carried out, the main VLP/IPR Matching screen can be
accessed by selecting Done.
2.11.1.5.1 Chart
After the desired adjustment calculation is performed, the chart can be viewed by
selecting Chart.

An example of this chart is shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 609 PROSPER

This screen displays the results of the IPR Adjust section by Test

Done Return to the previous screen.

Export This option allows the user to export selected data to Printer, File, Clipboard

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 610

or Screen.
Help View this Help screen

2.11.1.6PseudoPressure Table
This screen enables you to view the Pseudo-Pressure values associated with each
Test Point.
These are sorted by Rate rather than by Test Number

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 611 PROSPER

Done Return to the previous screen

Main Return to the main screen
Help View this Help Screen
Export Export the table data to a variety of locations
Plot Plot the Data

2.11.2 Gradient Matching

This facility enables the user to modify the existing correlations to fit to a measured
pressure gradient survey. It can also be used, as a quality control to identify which
correlation required the least adjustment to obtain a fit.

Selecting Matching | Matching | Gradient (traverse) will bring up the following screen:

The 'Gradient Matching' screen is split into three different sections:

Left Hand Side This section of the screen is used to inserted the test data
and select the correlations to be matched.
Middle The middle section is used to report the results of the
gradient calculation using the selected correlation.
Right Hand Side This section of the screen displays a plot of the pressure and
temperature gradient of the selected correlation.

The first node pressure is entered in the 'Input Parameters' section - do not include it in

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 612

the 'Match Data' table. The Transfer button copies the measured gradient data from
the 'Correlation comparison' data. The same guidelines for GOR apply as for VLP/IPR
Matching.

Select the correlations to be matched by clicking on them, and then click Match to start
the matching routine. Parameter 1 is the correction factor applied to the gravity
component of pressure drop whilst Parameter 2 is the factor applied to the frictional
element of pressure drop. The match algorithm continues until the standard error is less
than 1 psi, or 50 iterations have been performed. The adjusted correlation and
measured pressures can be visually compared by clicking Plot. A graph similar to the
following is displayed:

The match points appear as black squares in the figure reported above.

Returning to the Gradient Matching screen, click the Statistics button to display the
match parameters. Use the statistics and knowledge of well conditions and correlation
performance to guide the choice of VLP correlation.

Once a correlation has been matched, the match parameters are appended to the
correlation name for all subsequent operations. Should it be necessary to adjust or
clear the match parameters, click the Reset button for a particular correlation, or use
the Reset All button to reset all correlations to their un-matched state.

Best results are usually obtained by using VLP matching. VLP matching is
the preferred option. Gradient matching is only to be considered for

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 613 PROSPER

specialised artificial lift applications and where many (reliable) pressure Vs

depth data points are available.

2.11.2.1Plot

A plot similar to the one below will appear. This plot is the result of having done a
gradient match for selected correlations. Each curve (drawn with a line and a distinctive
symbol) is identified in the legend box at the right of the plot The match data will appear
as blue (depending on your colour choice) squares which should now be lying close to
the predicted pressure traverses displayed

Plotting Options

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 614

are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

For more information on how to plot different variables please refer to the Plotting
section of this help guide.
2.11.2.2Select Plot Axes

You will be presented with a screen similar to that below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 615 PROSPER

Select your required X axis, Y axis and the correlations you wish to plot.

All Select (or deselect) all correlations.

Done Record selections and redraw the plot according to your selections
Cancel Abandon changes and return to the original plot
Help View this Help screen

Best results are usually obtained by using VLP matching.

Gradient matching should only be used for specialised
artificial lift applications and where many pressure Vs
depth data points are available. If only one downhole
pressure measurement is present, please refer to the
Correlation Comparison section.

2.11.3 Surface Flowline Matching

Use this option to modify the existing surface flowline correlations to fit up to ten
pressure tests simultaneously. You will be presented with a screen similar to that below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 616

Test Point Date and Each test can have a date and comment associated with it to
Comment help identify each test.
Manifold Pressure The flowing pressure at the manifold for the test conditions
entered. The manifold is the furthest downstream point in the
system.
Manifold Temperature The recorded flowing temperature at the manifold at the time
of the test.
Water Cut / WGR The water cut (WGR for gas wells) at the time of the test
should be entered.
Liquid/Oil/Gas Rate For an oil well, the liquid or oil rate of the test can be entered
depending on the 'Rate Type' selected at the top of the
screen.
For a gas well, the gas rate is entered.
The rate is entered at standard conditions
Tubing Head Match The tubing head pressure at the time of the test.
Pressure
Gas Oil Ratio/ CGR/ Enter the solution GOR for an oil, the CGR for a gas or the
Separator GOR Separator GOR for a condensate
GOR Free Free gas production from a gas cap or injection
breakthrough. The measured total GOR during the test
(including the tank gas) must equal GOR + GOR Free. (Oil
Systems Only)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 617 PROSPER

Gas Lift Rate The gas lift injection rate at the time of the test. (Gas Lifted
Pipelines Only)

PROSPER uses a non-linear regression technique to adjust the surface flowline

correlations to best match the measured data. It does this by calculating a pressure
traverse using a correlation and determining the error between measured and
calculated pressures. The density and friction terms of the pressure loss equations are
then adjusted and the process repeated until the measured and calculated results agree
within 1 psi, or 30 iterations have been completed.

Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term

If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then either there is an
inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by your PVT model and the field data
(rate/pressure). If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that your
equipment description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect.

N.B. If the system description has no elevation difference between the wellhead and
manifold, there can be no gravitational component of the correlated pressure drop.
Therefore, Parameter 1 cannot be optimised, so it remains set to 1.0 for such cases
2.11.3.1Pipeline

This screen shows the values of the parameters associated with all the surface flowline
correlations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 618

Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term

If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then either there is an
inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by your PVT model and the field data
(rate/pressure). If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that your
equipment description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect.

Done Save changes and return to the previous screen

Cancel Return to previous screen without changing anything
Main Return to PROSPER main screen
Reset Set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions for each correlation.
Reset Set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions for every correlation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 619 PROSPER

All
Report Produce a hard copy report of the input data
Export the
correlation
###########################
parameter
# PIPE CORRELATION PARAMET
statistics to
###########################
printer, file
clipboard or
screen similar
to that Correlation Parameter 1 Param
depicted on ----------- ----------- -----
the right.
Fancher Brown 1
Mukerjee Brill 1 1
Beggs and Brill 1 0
Export
Dukler Flannigan 1 0
Dukler Eaton Flannigan 1 0
Beggs and Brill (Gas Head) 1
GRE (modified by PE) 1 1
GRE (with DSM) 1
GRE (original) 1
GRE (with AE ) 1
Petroleum Experts 4 1
Hydro-3P 1
OLGAS 2P 1 1
OLGAS 3P 1
OLGAS3P EXT 1

Help View this help screen.

2.11.3.2Calculation
You will be presented with a screen similar to that below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 620

Select the correlations you want to match on from the list box. You may do this by
clicking and highlighting as many correlations as required.

PROSPER uses a non-linear regression technique to adjust the surface flowline

correlations to best match the measured data. It does this by calculating a pressure
traverse using a correlation and determining the error between measured and
calculated pressures. The density and friction terms of the pressure loss equations are
then adjusted and the process repeated until the measured and calculated results agree
within 1 psi, or 30 iterations have been completed.

Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term

If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then either there is an
inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by your PVT model and the field data
(rate/pressure). If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that your
equipment description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect.

Once the matching process is complete, the match parameters will be shown alongside
each of the correlations that have been matched. By comparing standard deviations
and the magnitude of corrections made to both parameters, select the matched
correlation that best models your test data.

NOTE
If the system description has no elevation difference between the well head and
manifold, there can be no gravitational component of the correlated pressure drop.
Therefore, Parameter 1 cannot be optimised, so it remains set to 1.0 for such cases.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 621 PROSPER

All Select (or deselect) all correlations.

Initiate the matching process. This may take some time so please be
patient.Click on the pop up Cancel button to terminate the matching
process.

If you answer No to the question that follows then the calculation will
Match resume from the point where it was interrupted.

View the statistics for each correlation. You can use the standard
deviation as an indication of the goodness-of-fit for each modified
correlation to the match data. Use the statistics and your knowledge of
well conditions and correlation performance to guide your choice of
Statistics Pipeline correlation. Once a correlation has been matched, the match
parameters are appended to the correlation name for all subsequent
operations. Should it be necessary to adjust or clear the match
parameters, click the Reset button for a particular correlation, or use
the Reset All button to reset all correlations to their unmatched state.
Report Produce a hard copy report of the Pipeline Match Results.
Export Export the Pipeline Match Results to Printer, File, Clipboard or Screen.
Main Return to the PROSPER main screen.
Done Return to the previous screen.
Help View this Help screen.

2.11.4 Correlation Comparison

2.11.4.1Tubing
This module allows a pressure gradient (traverse) to be calculated at a specified
surface rate using any of the standard correlations. Actual measured pressures can be
input and plotted on the same graph for comparison with the pressure calculated from
the correlations. The correlations may be modified or unmodified (Matched or
Unmatched).

Click Matching | Correlation Comparison | Tubing to display the following data entry
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 622

The screen can be split into three main elements:

Left Hand Section Input Data Screen

Middle Section Gradient Results
Right Hand Section Gradient Plot

Input Data Screen

The top left corner of the screen should be filled with the data to be used in the
correlation comparison as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 623 PROSPER

First Node Pressure The flowing pressure at the first node for the test conditions
entered.
Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is the
wellhead only if there is no surface equipment or it has been
disabled.

The surface equipment is automatically disabled if this

screen is accessed through the VLP/IPR Matching screen.

Water Cut / WGR The water cut (WGR for gas wells) at the time of the test
should be entered.
Gas Oil Ratio/ CGR/ Enter the solution GOR for an oil, the CGR for a gas or the
Separator GOR Separator GOR for a condensate
GOR Free Free gas production from a gas cap or injection
breakthrough. The measured total GOR during the test
(including the tank gas) must equal GOR + GOR Free.
Please note that any value entered in this column will remain
free gas even if the oil is calculated to be under saturated.
(Oil Wells Only)
Liquid/Oil/Gas Rate For an oil well, the liquid or oil rate of the test can be entered
depending on the 'Rate Type' selected at the top of the
screen.
For a gas well, the gas rate is entered.
The rate is entered at standard conditions
Rate Type For oil wells, select to enter either liquid or oil rate.
Pipeline Correlation Enter the correlation to be used for the pipeline if surface
equipment is activated.
Barnea Criteria The Barnea criteria can be set to 'Yes' or 'No'

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 624

Slug Method The method to calculate the slugging properties of the well
can be set here. Three options are available:
- Brill
- RCS Mechanistic
- Petroleum Experts 5
More details on the slugging calculations can be found here.

For information on the additional options available when steam is being modelled,
please refer to the Steam Calculation Section.

For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift injection rate are
required to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas injection.

The centre section of the left hand section of the screen is used to insert pressure data
at different depths. Pressure data from a gradient survey can be entered versus depth in
these rows. The Transfer button at the top of the screen copies the measured depths
and pressures from the Gradient Match section. This data will be plotted with the
correlations to help see which is closest to the measured data:

Before the calculation is run, the correlations to be used should be selected from the list
in the bottom left corner of the screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 625 PROSPER

When the input data is complete, click on Calculate to button to compute the pressure
gradient. The results will appear in tabular form in the centre section of the screen and
as a plot in the right hand side.

The results of individual correlations can be examined sequentially by highlighting the

correlation to be viewed in the bottom left of the screen.

PROSPER displays the following parameters as a function of depth:

Temperature, Pressure.
Total Pressure Gradient, Static gradient, Friction Gradient.
Flow regime, Liquid Hold up, Water Hold up, cumulative hold ups.
Slip Liquid Velocity, Superficial Liquid Velocity, Slip Gas Velocity, Superficial
Gas Velocity, Slip Water Velocity, Superficial Water Velocity.
Mixture Density, Gas density, Oil density, Water density.
Frictional Pressure Loss, Gravity Pressure Loss
Pipe Diameter, Angle of the tubing From Vertical, calculation Node Length
Liquid Viscosity, Gas Viscosity, water viscosity, oil viscosity, Gas-Liquid IFT,
Gas-Water IFT, Gas-Oil IFT, Oil-Water IFT
C Factor and the max size of sand grain that can be transported
Cumulative volumes of phases till that depth.

A visual comparison of all selected correlations and the test data is easily made by
clicking on the Plot button. An example comparison plot is shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 626

Please remember that the lowest and highest pressure drops are given by
Fancher Brown (no slip) and Duns and Ros Modified (highest pressure drop
in the slug flow regime) for oil wells. These can serve as quality check boundaries
for downhole measurements. Fancher Brown should never be used for
actual calculations.
Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is the wellhead only if there is
no surface equipment or it has been disabled.
Ensure that the rate type is correct for the specific application.
The GOR should agree with the solution GOR entered in the PVT and at no time
should exceed the initial solution GOR.
The GOR Free variable is used to model the effect of free gas production from a
gas cap or injection gas breakthrough. Leave GOR Free set to zero if there is no
free gas production.
The sum of GOR and GOR Free should equal the producing GOR.
The GOR can also be entered as Total GOR (Solution + Free GOR), and GOR
Free set to nil. In this case the program will use the PVT model to determine how
much gas is in solution and how much is in the free phase.
For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift injection rate are required
to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas injection.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 627 PROSPER

Flow Correlations GOR Definitions

2.11.4.1.1 Plot
A plot similar to the one below will appear. This plot is the result of having done a
correlation comparison for selected correlations. Each curve (drawn with a line and a
distinctive symbol) is identified in the legend box at the right of the plot and corresponds
to the calculation for a particular correlation. This plot is a useful quality check on the
PVT and field production data. The Fancher Brown correlation does not allow for gas/
liquid slippage, therefore it should always predict a pressure that is less than the
measured value. Measured data falling to the left of Fancher Brown on the gradient
comparison plot indicates a problem with fluid density (i.e. PVT) or the field data
(pressure or rate). The use of the gradient comparison plot is recommended to help
identify flow regimes and assess input data quality.

Plotting Options

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 628

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

For more information on how to plot different variables please refer to the Plotting
section of this help guide.
2.11.4.1.2 Select Plot Axes

You will be presented with a screen similar to that below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 629 PROSPER

Select your required X axis, Y axis and the correlations you wish to plot.

All Select (or deselect) all correlations.

Done Record selections and redraw the plot according to your

selections
Cancel Abandon changes and return to the original plot
Help View this Help screen

2.11.4.2Pipeline
This module allows a pressure gradient (traverse) to be calculated at a specified
surface rate using any of the standard correlations. Actual measured pressures can be
input and plotted on the same graph for comparison with the pressure calculated from
the correlations. The correlations may be modified or unmodified (Matched or
Unmatched).

Click Matching | Correlation Comparison | Pipeline to display the following data

entry screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 630

The screen can be split into three main elements:

Left Hand Section Input Data Screen

Top Right Section Gradient Results
Bottom Right Section Gradient Plot

Input Data Screen

The top left corner of the screen should be filled with the data to be used in the
correlation comparison as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 631 PROSPER

First Node Pressure The flowing pressure at the first node for the test conditions
entered.
Note that in Correlation comparison, the first node is the
wellhead only if there is no surface equipment or it has been
disabled.

The surface equipment is automatically disabled if this

screen is accessed through the VLP/IPR Matching screen.

Water Cut / WGR The water cut (WGR for gas wells) at the time of the test
should be entered.
Gas Oil Ratio/ CGR/ Enter the solution GOR for an oil, the CGR for a gas or the
Separator GOR Separator GOR for a condensate
GOR Free Free gas production from a gas cap or injection
breakthrough. The measured total GOR during the test
(including the tank gas) must equal GOR + GOR Free.
Please note that any value entered in this column will remain
free gas even if the oil is calculated to be under saturated.
(Oil Wells Only)
Liquid/Oil/Gas Rate For an oil well, the liquid or oil rate of the test can be entered
depending on the 'Rate Type' selected at the top of the
screen.
For a gas well, the gas rate is entered.
The rate is entered at standard conditions
Rate Type For oil wells, select to enter either liquid or oil rate.
Barnea Criteria The Barnea criteria can be set to 'Yes' or 'No'
Slug Method The method to calculate the slugging properties of the well
can be set here. Three options are available:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 632

- Brill
- RCS Mechanistic
- Petroleum Experts 5
More details on the slugging calculations can be found here.

For information on the additional options available when steam is being modelled,
please refer to the Steam Calculation Section.

For gas lifted wells, both the injection depth and gas lift injection rate are
required to be input.
Note that the producing GOR should not include the lift gas injection.

The centre section of the left hand section of the screen is used to insert pressure data
at different depths. Pressure data from a gradient survey can be entered versus depth in
these rows. The Transfer button at the top of the screen copies the measured depths
and pressures from the Gradient Match section. This data will be plotted with the
correlations to help see which is closest to the measured data:

Before the calculation is run, the correlations to be used should be selected from the list
in the bottom left corner of the screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 633 PROSPER

When the input data is complete, click on Calculate to button to compute the pressure
gradient. The results will appear in tabular form in the centre section of the screen and
as a plot in the right hand side.

The results of individual correlations can be examined sequentially by highlighting the

correlation to be viewed in the bottom left of the screen.

PROSPER displays the following parameters as a function of depth:

Temperature, Pressure.
Total Pressure Gradient, Static gradient, Friction Gradient.
Flow regime, Liquid Hold up, Water Hold up, cumulative hold ups.
Slip Liquid Velocity, Superficial Liquid Velocity, Slip Gas Velocity, Superficial
Gas Velocity, Slip Water Velocity, Superficial Water Velocity.
Mixture Density, Gas density, Oil density, Water density.
Frictional Pressure Loss, Gravity Pressure Loss
Pipe Diameter, Angle of the tubing From Vertical, calculation Node Length
Liquid Viscosity, Gas Viscosity, water viscosity, oil viscosity, Gas-Liquid IFT,
Gas-Water IFT, Gas-Oil IFT, Oil-Water IFT
C Factor and the max size of sand grain that can be transported
Cumulative volumes of phases till that depth.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 634

A visual comparison of all selected correlations and the test data is easily made by
clicking on the Plot button. An example comparison plot is shown below:

2.11.4.2.1 Plot
A plot similar to the one below will appear. This plot is the result of having done a
correlation comparison for selected correlations. Each curve (drawn with a line and a
distinctive symbol) is identified in the legend box at the right of the plot and corresponds
to the calculation for a particular correlation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 635 PROSPER

Plotting Options

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 636

Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

For more information on how to plot different variables please refer to the Plotting
section of this help guide.
2.11.4.2.2 Select Plot Axis

You will be presented with a screen similar to that below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 637 PROSPER

Select your required X axis and the correlations you wish to plot.

All Select (or deselect) all correlations.

Done Record selections and redraw the plot according to your selections
Cancel Abandon changes and return to the original plot
Help View this Help screen

2.11.4.3Summary

Summary Plot
From the Tubing Correlation Comparison it is possible to visualise a Summary plot by
selecting Summary from the top toolbar.

This plot allows to compare the total dP and the components of the dp calculated by the
various correlations, as well as the difference between the correlation pressure and the
gauge pressure (Point i in the table):

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 638

Results This consists of a table containing the summary of all the results for all the
multiphase flow models

Chart Select from the drop-down menu the component of the pressure drop to
compare

Done Return to the previous screen.

Export This option allows the user to export selected data to Printer, File, Clipboard
or Screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 639 PROSPER

Help View this Help screen

2.11.5 QuickLook for Gas Lift

The Quicklook feature is used to analyse well test data for artificially lifted wells. From
the measured field data, it is possible to calculate the well production and injection
gradients from the surface downwards and from the sand-face upwards. If the
assumptions regarding well conditions (e.g. gas injection rates and depth, water cuts,
IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses should overlay. If these two traverses
are not overlaying, then this implies that the model is not representative of the reality of
the system.

Troubleshooting a gas lifted well is performed by considering a range of assumptions,

until a consistent calculation model can be obtained. By varying artificial lift and
production parameters in turn, the experienced user can determine if the well is
behaving as designed, or identify potential reasons to explain the deviation from design
conditions.

A QuickLook calculation can be carried out for a gas lifted well by selecting Matching |
Quicklook. There are two different options:

1. Single-point QuickLook
2. Multipoint QuickLook
2.11.5.1Calculation Details
Any Quicklook calculation consists of two parts:

- The Top Down Calculation

- The Bottom Up Calculation
2.11.5.1.1 Top Down (Measured)
The Top Down (or Measured) calculation uses the measured well head pressure and
measured casing head pressure as starting points of a gradient calculation. As the total
GOR (including the injected gas lift gas rate), water cut and liquid rate are inserted by
the User, it is possible to perform the calculations using the following steps:

1. From the measured well head pressure, the pressure gradient is calculated down to
the injection point using the Total GOR, water cut and liquid rate entered in the
Quicklook screen. This allows the 'Measured' tubing pressure at the injection depth to be
calculated.

2. From the injection point to the bottom hole depth, the gradient is calculated assuming
that only the produced gas (the Total GOR minus the injected GOR) is present. This
allows the 'Measured' bottom hole pressure to be calculated.

3. From the measured casing head pressure, the pressure gradient within the casing
can be calculated down to the injection point. The difference between the 'Measured'

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 640

casing pressure and 'Measured' tubing pressure at the injection depth allows the
'Measured' pressure drop across the injection valve to be calculated.
2.11.5.1.2 Bottom Up (Calculated)
The Bottom Up (or Calculated) calculation uses the Bottom Hole Pressure calculated
from the IPR as starting points of a gradient calculation. As the total GOR (including the
injected gas lift gas rate), water cut and liquid rate are inserted by the user, it is possible
to perform the calculations using the following steps:

1. The measured liquid rate is used to read the bottom hole pressure from the IPR curve
in the PROSPER file.

2. From this bottom hole pressure, the gradient up to first the injection point and then the
well head can be calculated using the fluid properties entered. This calculates the
'Calculated' well head pressure.

3. The 'Calculated' pressure at the injection point is then used, along with the injected
gas rate and port size to calculate the pressure drop across the injection valve. Adding
this dP to the tubing pressure allows the 'Calculated' casing pressure at the injection
depth to be found. A gradient calculation is then completed to find the 'Calculated'
Casing Head Pressure.
2.11.5.2Input data
Single-point quicklook can be accessed from the Matching | QuickLook | Single-
point Quicklook menu. Selecting this menu will display the following screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 641 PROSPER

The screen is split into five different parts:

- Red - Surface Measurements

- Yellow - Flowing Measurements
- Blue - Input Data
- Green - Static Measurements
- Purple - Valve Details

Surface Measurements

The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input. For analysing a
particular well at a particular flowing condition, enter data in the Minimum column only.
For unstable wells, enter the minimum and maximum conditions to be considered. The
program will calculate using average values.

The parameters required to be entered are:

Tubing Head Pressure This is the tubing head pressure measured at the time of

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 642

the test.
Tubing Head Temperature This is the temperature of the fluid at the tubing head at
the time of the test.
Liquid Rate The liquid rate recorded for the test should be entered.
Water Cut The water cut at the time of the test should be entered.
Total Gas Rate This is the total gas rate measured at the time of the
test. This includes both the injected gas rate and the gas
produced from the reservoir.
Gas Injection Rate Enter the gas rate which is being injected into the well.
Casing Head Pressure This is the pressure at the top of the injection casing.

Flowing Measurements

Pressure survey data can be entered in the flowing measurement table. This allows any
downhole pressures measured in the field to be compared to the downhole pressures
calculated by PROSPER. The purpose of this section is to check that all the data is
consistent. Downhole measurement entry is optional.

Input Data

The input data section is used to input the depth of injection, injection port size as well
as the correlations and corrections to be used in the calculations.

Orifice Diameter Enter the diameter of the orifice through which the gas lift gas
is being injected. This will be used to calculate the pressure
drop across the orifice during the 'bottom up' calculation.
Injection Depth This is the expected depth of injection. Quicklook will use this
(measured) depth as the injection depth even if it is calculated that this
depth cannot be reached by the casing pressure. Care
should therefore be taken during the analysis process to
ensure that the depth specified is the actual depth.
Thornhill-Craver This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas
DeRating injection rate that can be flowed through a valve or the orifice.
As the maximum gas rate is decreased, this means that to
flow the same gas rate as the original case (with no de-
rating), larger valve or orifice should be used
Vertical flow Select the most appropriate correlation for the application.
correlation Use a matched correlation where available.
Dome Pressure When set to Yes, the improved high-pressure dome pressure
Correction above temperature method is used.
1200 psi

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 643 PROSPER

Static Measurements

In addition to plotting flowing measurements on the plot, it is also possible to enter the
static reservoir pressure. To do this enter the bottom hole pressure and
If a static pressure is entered on the downhole measurement screen, this will be used to
calculate the sand face pressure from the IPR.

Valve Details

For PROSPER to determine which gas lift valves should be open and closed for the
current producing conditions, the valve depths and characteristics must first be entered
into the 'Valve Details' section.

The valve type (casing or tubing sensitive), setting depth, port size, R-value and dome
pressure at 60 °F are required to calculate whether valves are open or closed. Opening
pressure etc. fields will be blank until a Quicklook calculation has been performed.
Entering the valve data for the Quicklook is optional.

As an alternative to entering them by hand, gas lift valve characteristics can be

transferred from other sections of PROSPER. Click the Transfer Valves button on the
input entry screen, and the User will be prompted to select the source of valve data.
Select From Gas lift valves to transfer the valves from the Equipment | Gas Lift
screen or From Gas lift design to pick up the valves from the design screen. After
transferring the valve depths, select the valve type for each depth. To manually
investigate the effects of changing R-values and dome pressures, these values may be
edited or entered by hand.

The other buttons are described below:

Done Will exit the screen keeping changes.

Cancel Will exit the screen discarding changes.
Calculate Accesses the QuickLook calculation screen. Click here for
more information.
Export Allows the export of selected data.

Results Accesses the QuickLook results screen. Click here for more
information.
Transfer Allows data to be transferred from the Multi Point QuickLook
section.
Help Accesses the Help.
TRO -> Dome Allows the user to convert the test rack opening pressure to a
dome pressure for a specified R value. See the TRO section

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 644

for further details.

Transfer Valves Allows value data to be transferred from another section in
PROSPER. The User will be prompted for the location of this
data.
Reset Valves This option will clear all data shown in the "Valve Details"
section.
Reset Results This option will clear only the results (blue boxes) in the
"Valve Details" section.

2.11.5.2.1 Quicklook results

In the Results section, the following results are given:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 645 PROSPER

Flowing Bottom Hole This is the FBHP calculated from the IPR.
Pressure
Static Bottom Hole This is the reservoir pressure used in the calculation. This will
Pressure be either taken from the IPR section or from the 'Static
Measurements' if entered.
Tubing Pressure at Fluid pressure at the outlet of the injection valve.
Valve
Casing Pressure at Gas pressure at the inlet of the injection valve
Valve
Gas Oil Ratio GOR of the produced fluid as calculated from the total GOR,
injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
GOR free Free GOR entering the well as calculated from the total GOR,
injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
dP Across Valve Pressure drop calculated across the valve.
Calculated Casing Casing head pressure calculated using the 'Bottom Up'
Head Pressure calculation method.
Draw Down Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.
Equivalent Calculated When calculating above the bubble point, this is found by
PI dividing the production rate by the calculated draw down.
Calculated Critical The injection rate required for the sonic velocity to be
Flow Rate reached through the orifice.
Percentage of Critical The actual flow rate as a percentage of the calculated critical
Flow Rate flow rate.
Fitted Thermal The U value required for the model to have the same well
Coefficient head temperature as was recorded during the test.

2.11.5.2.2 TRO
This tool is used to convert the test rack opening pressure to a dome pressure for a
specified R value. This can then be transferred to Quicklook for the specified valve.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 646

TRO From the IPR at the current flow rate

R Value Valve R value
Valve Number Which valve
Dome Pressure Calculated dome pressure

Calculate Calculates the required dome pressure

Transfer Transfers the valve details to the Quicklook valve details

2.11.5.3Performing the QuickLook Calculation

Once the required (diagnostic) and optional (Downhole & Valves) data have been
entered, click Calculate to display the calculation screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 647 PROSPER

Calculate again to begin the computation of the gradients. PROSPER begins by

calculating from the top down, and then repeats the calculation from the sand face up.
More details on these calculations can be found in the Calculation Details Section.

The results of the 'Top Down' or 'Bottom Up' gradients can be seen in the centre of the
screen by selecting them from the bottom left of the screen.

In the Results section, the following results are given:

Flowing Bottom Hole This is the FBHP calculated from the IPR.
Pressure
Static Bottom Hole This is the reservoir pressure used in the calculation. This will
Pressure be either taken from the IPR section or from the 'Static
Measurements' if entered.
Tubing Pressure at Fluid pressure at the outlet of the injection valve.
Valve

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 648

Casing Pressure at Gas pressure at the inlet of the injection valve

Valve
Gas Oil Ratio GOR of the produced fluid as calculated from the total GOR,
injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
GOR free Free GOR entering the well as calculated from the total GOR,
injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
dP Across Valve Pressure drop calculated across the valve.
Calculated Casing Casing head pressure calculated using the 'Bottom Up'
Head Pressure calculation method.
Draw Down Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.
Equivalent Calculated When calculating above the bubble point, this is found by
PI dividing the production rate by the calculated draw down.
Calculated Critical The injection rate required for the sonic velocity to be
Flow Rate reached through the orifice.
Percentage of Critical The actual flow rate as a percentage of the calculated critical
Flow Rate flow rate.
Fitted Thermal The U value required for the model to have the same well
Coefficient head temperature as was recorded during the test.

Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 649 PROSPER

This plot enables the user to see at a glance which valves should be open or closed, and
how changes in operating pressures would impact on the valves. If the model is
representative of the test, then the 'Bottom Up' and 'Top Down' gradient lines should
overlay each other. If they do not, then the results should be analysed and the model
changed until the model becomes representative.
2.11.5.3.1 QuickLook plot
This plot is a powerful tool for determining whether a gas lift system is behaving as
designed and for isolating the cause of problems, enabling the user to see at a glance
which valves should be open or closed, and how changes in operating pressures would
impact on the valves. The results box displays the following computed values:

Flowing BHP From the IPR at the current flow rate

Static BHP Reservoir pressure input
Tubing pressure at Fluid side pressure at injection depth
valve
Casing pressure at Gas side pressure at injection depth
valve
Temperature at valve Interpolated for Predicting pressure only option. Can also
GOR be calculated using the Rough Approximation temperature
option
GOR Free Calculated from producing and injection rates and PVT
dP across valve Pressure loss resulting from injection through the valve
orifice
Theoretical casing Pressure at surface back calculated from the tubing
pressure pressure at injection depth plus the dP valve less the gas
pressure traverse back to surface
Producing drawdown Difference in static and flowing sandface pressures
Equivalent PI When flowing above bubble point, the production rate
divided by the producing drawdown
Critical flow rate Injection rate required for sonic velocity through the orifice
% Critical flow rate Actual injection rate as a fraction of critical rate

Plotting Options

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 650

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 651 PROSPER

2.11.5.4Notes on Quicklook for Gas Lift

Analysing the differences in the models and concluding the likeliest reasons for these
differences is an engineering judgement which should be taken by the user. Below is
some comments regarding the workflow which can be followed:

When carrying out the Quicklook calculation for a gas lifted well, the objective is to both
quality check the model and also understand more about the flowing conditions within
the well.

The first stage is to clarify the depth at which the gas lift gas is being injected. When the
Plot feature is used, the point of injection maybe marked with an 'Injection Not Possible'
tag. This indicates that the injection cannot occur at this depth as the measured casing
pressure is less than the measured tubing pressure at the same depth. The injection
depth specified in Quicklook should therefore be changed to the next deepest valve to
see if injection could occur at this depth.

Each valve on the plot is labelled as either OPEN or CLOSED depending upon the well
conditions and gauge settings inserted into the model. If the valves above the injection
point are labelled as OPEN, then this means that the pressure in the casing is greater
than the opening pressure of the valve (this is true for casing sensitive valves). To
operate the gas lift system to its optimum, only the valve at the injection depth should be
open. If other valves are open, this may lead to multi-pointing where the fluid is injected
at a number of different depths. Please note, Single-point Quicklook for Gas Lifted wells
does not model multi-pointing: this is can be captured in the Multipoint Quicklook or the
Transient Gas Lift Simulator. Checking which other valves may be open can be used to
troubleshoot reasons for unexpected production results and confirm a hypothesis that
multi-pointing may be occurring and this can be analysed further using Multipoint
Quicklook.

Once the depth of injection has been found, if downhole pressure data is available then
this can be compared to the measured gradient. If the pressure from the 'measured'
gradient at the gauge depth does not match the reading from the field, then this means
that the VLP is not representative of the pressure drop been seen. In this case, the VLP/
IPR Matching workflow should be carried out to ensure that the pressure drop calculated
by the model is consistent with the pressure drop measured. More information on the
'VLP/IPR Matching' workflow can be found in the following Section.

If the 'measured' gradient is found to match the pressure gauges then the next stage is
to make the 'calculated' and 'measured' gradients overlap and give the same results.
The 'calculated' gradient is based upon the FBHP obtained from the IPR for the given
test rate. If this does not match the FBHP calculated by the 'measured' gradient then the
System | Inflow Performance screen should be reviewed to ensure that the modelled
IPR is consistent with the real IPR of the well.

The final part of the model to review is the casing gradients. The 'measured' casing
gradient is calculated downwards from the measured casing head pressure to the
injection depth. This gives the 'measured' dP across the valve or orifice. The 'calculated'
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 652

casing gradient starts at the pressure at the injection point from the 'measured' tubing
gradient and calculates the dP across the valve or orifice based upon the entered port
size and gas rate. The 'calculated' casing head pressure is then calculated from the
casing pressure at the injection point using the gas gradient.

If these two methods do not match up, then either the pressure drop calculated across
the valve/orifice or the pressure drop calculated down the annulus are not correct. If a
blockage has occurred at the valve, the effective port size may be smaller than when the
valve was initially installed. Alternatively, a blockage in the annulus may be leading to a
greater pressure drop than is currently being modelled.
2.11.6 Multipoint QuickLook for GasLift
Capturing the valve response allows the impact on Gas-Lift performance can be
modelled. This includes troubleshooting test data to see if gas is being injected in more
than one of the valves in the wells.

DATA REQUIRED

WHP, WHT, Liquid Rate, WCT, Total Gas, Gas lift injection rate, CHP, valve depths,
types and dome pressures.

TOP DOWN

At each valve, the specified valve model is used to test and see if gas is injected and if
so how much. The amount of gas remaining below valve is then reduced.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 653 PROSPER

When we reach the last injection point any remaining gas is assumed to be injected:

In each section of the wellbore the total amount of lift gas that has been injected can be
determined. For example, above the shallowest gas injection valve all the gas must have
injected. If injection occurs at the shallowest valve then the valve response model can be
used to determine the quantity of gas injected and therefore the total lift gas between the
shallowest and next shallowest valve is the total lift gas injected minus the quantity
injected through the shallowest valve and so on.

Using this approach allows the BHP to be calculated for a given WHP and CHP.

BOTTOM UP

The bottom up approach uses the BHP calculated from the IPR for the specified test
rate and the injection rates from the top down approach to generate the curves. The
casing pressure required to inject the rates can then be calculated from the tubing
pressure at depth allowing casing pressure gradient to be compared as well as the
tubing pressure gradient.

The tubing curves can be used to analyse the IPR conditions and the casing curves to
analyse injection performance.

INPUT DATA

Multipoint QuickLook is accessed from the Matching | Quicklook | Multipoint

Quicklook menu. Selecting this menu will display the following screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 654

The screen is split into five different parts:

- Red - Surface Measurements

- Yellow - Flowing Measurements
- Blue - Input Data
- Green - Static Measurements
- Purple - Valve Details

Surface Measurements

The surface measurements section contains two columns for data input. To analyse a
particular well at a particular flowing condition, enter data in the Minimum column only.
For unstable wells, enter the minimum and maximum conditions to be considered. The
program will calculate using average values.

The parameters required to be entered are:

Tubing Head Pressure This is the tubing head pressure measured at the time of
the test.
Tubing Head This is the temperature of the fluid at the tubing head at
Temperature the time of the test.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 655 PROSPER

Liquid Rate The liquid rate recorded for the test should be entered.
Water Cut The water cut at the time of the test should be entered.
Total Gas Rate This is the total gas rate measured at the time of the test.
This includes both the injected gas rate and the gas
produced from the reservoir.
Gas Injection Rate Enter the gas rate which is being injected into the well.
Casing Head Pressure This is the pressure at the top of the injection casing.

Flowing Measurements

Pressure survey data can be entered in the flowing measurement table. This allows any
downhole pressures measured in the field to be compared to the downhole pressures
calculated by PROSPER. The purpose of this section is to check that all the data is
consistent. Downhole measurement entry is optional.

Input Data

The input data section is used to input the depth of injection, injection port size as well
as the correlations and corrections to be used in the calculations.

Orifice Diameter Enter the diameter of the orifice through which the gas lift
gas is being injected. This will be used to calculate the
pressure drop across the orifice during the 'bottom up'
calculation.
Injection Depth This is the expected depth of injection. Quicklook will use
(measured) this depth as the injection depth even if it is calculated
that this depth cannot be reached by the casing
pressure. Care should therefore be taken during the
analysis process to ensure that the depth specified is the
actual depth.
Thornhill-Craver This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas
DeRating injection rate that can be flowed through a valve or the
orifice. As the maximum gas rate is decreased, this
means that to flow the same gas rate as the original
case (with no de-rating), larger valve or orifice should be
used
Vertical flow correlation Select the most appropriate correlation for the
application. Use a matched correlation where available.
Dome Pressure When set to Yes, the improved high-pressure dome
Correction above 1200 pressure temperature method is used.
psi

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 656

Static Measurements

In addition to plotting flowing measurements on the plot, it is also possible to enter the
static reservoir pressure. To do this enter the bottom hole pressure and
If a static pressure is entered on the downhole measurement screen, this will be used to
calculate the sand face pressure from the IPR.

Valve Details

It is required to select the valves from the Valve Database along with the port size, the
valve response model (Thornhill Craver, Acuna or Neiberding), the valve depth and the
dome pressure. This information is used in conjunction with the model to determine if the
valve is open or closed, whether it is throttling (Acuna or Neiberding) or orifice and how
much gas is being injected.

The other buttons are described below:

Done Will exit the screen keeping changes.

Cancel Will exit the screen discarding changes.
Calculate Accesses the QuickLook calculation screen. Click here for
more information.
Export Allows the export of selected data.

Results Accesses the QuickLook results screen. Click here for more
information.
Transfer Allows data to be transferred from the Single-point
QuickLook section.
Help Accesses the Help.
TRO -> Dome Allows the user to convert the test rack opening pressure to a
dome pressure for a specified R value. See the TRO section
for further details.
Transfer Valves Allows value data to be transferred from another section in
PROSPER. The User will be prompted for the location of this
data.
Reset Valves This option will clear all data shown in the "Valve Details"
section.
Reset Results This option will clear only the results (blue boxes) in the
"Valve Details" section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 657 PROSPER

2.11.6.1Quicklook results

In the Results section, the following results are given:

Flowing Bottom Hole This is the FBHP calculated from the IPR.
Pressure
Static Bottom Hole This is the reservoir pressure used in the calculation. This will
Pressure be either taken from the IPR section or from the 'Static
Measurements' if entered.
Tubing Pressure at Fluid pressure at the outlet of the injection valve.
Valve
Casing Pressure at Gas pressure at the inlet of the injection valve

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 658

Valve
Gas Oil Ratio GOR of the produced fluid as calculated from the total GOR,
injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
GOR free Free GOR entering the well as calculated from the total GOR,
injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
dP Across Valve Pressure drop calculated across the valve.
Calculated Casing Casing head pressure calculated using the 'Bottom Up'
Head Pressure calculation method.
Draw Down Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.
Equivalent Calculated When calculating above the bubble point, this is found by
PI dividing the production rate by the calculated draw down.
Calculated Critical The injection rate required for the sonic velocity to be
Flow Rate reached through the orifice.
Percentage of Critical The actual flow rate as a percentage of the calculated critical
Flow Rate flow rate.
Fitted Thermal The U value required for the model to have the same well
Coefficient head temperature as was recorded during the test.

Calculated gas rates The calculated gas rates section displays the amount of gas
that is calculated according to the valve response model.
Used Gas Rates At each valve, the specified valve model is used to test and
see if gas is injected and if so how much. The amount of gas
remaining below valve is then reduced.

The used gas rate reflects the value of gas used in the model
on the basis of the valve response and the total lift gas
available.

2.11.6.2Results
Once the required data has been entered, click Calculate to display the calculation
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 659 PROSPER

Calculate again to begin the computation of the gradients. PROSPER begins by

calculating from the top down, and then repeats the calculation from the sand face up.

The results of the 'Top Down' or 'Bottom Up' gradients can be seen in the centre of the
screen by selecting them from the bottom left of the screen.

In the Results section, the following results are given:

Flowing Bottom Hole This is the FBHP calculated from the IPR.
Pressure
Static Bottom Hole This is the reservoir pressure used in the calculation. This will
Pressure be either taken from the IPR section or from the 'Static
Measurements' if entered.
Tubing Pressure at Fluid pressure at the outlet of the injection valve.
Valve
Casing Pressure at Gas pressure at the inlet of the injection valve
Valve
Gas Oil Ratio GOR of the produced fluid as calculated from the total GOR,
injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
GOR free Free GOR entering the well as calculated from the total GOR,
injected gas rate and fluid PVT.
dP Across Valve Pressure drop calculated across the valve.
Calculated Casing Casing head pressure calculated using the 'Bottom Up'
Head Pressure calculation method.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 660

Draw Down Difference in static and flowing sand face pressures.

Equivalent Calculated When calculating above the bubble point, this is found by
PI dividing the production rate by the calculated draw down.
Calculated Critical The injection rate required for the sonic velocity to be
Flow Rate reached through the orifice.
Percentage of Critical The actual flow rate as a percentage of the calculated critical
Flow Rate flow rate.
Fitted Thermal The U value required for the model to have the same well
Coefficient head temperature as was recorded during the test.

Calculated gas rates The calculated gas rates section displays the amount of gas
that is calculated according to the valve response model.
Used Gas Rates At each valve, the specified valve model is used to test and
see if gas is injected and if so how much. The amount of gas
remaining below valve is then reduced.

The used gas rate reflects the value of gas used in the model
on the basis of the valve response and the total lift gas
available.

Click Plot to display the two computed gradients plus the valve opening and closing
pressures on the same graph:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 661 PROSPER

If the model is representative of the test, then the 'Bottom Up' and 'Top Down' gradient
lines should overlay each other. If they do not, then the results should be analysed and
the model changed until the model becomes representative.
2.11.7 QuickLook for ESP
The Quicklook feature is used to analyse well test data for artificially lifted wells. The
ESP QuickLook principle is identical to that for gas lift wells, i.e. pressure traverses are
calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If the assumptions regarding well and ESP
conditions (e.g. pump frequency, wear factor, water cuts, wellhead pressure, IPR etc.)
are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay. If these two traverses are not
overlaying, then this implies that the model is not representative of the reality of the
system. In addition, an energy balance is performed across the electrical system
allowing surface voltage and power to be calculated and compared to measured data.

This function should not be used if the ESP has been placed within the surface
equipment rather than downhole.

Historically, ESP wells have been difficult to diagnose (particularly with limited down
hole pressure data) because of uncertainties below (IPR), across (pump head) and
above (tubing hydraulics) the pump. Using the ESP QuickLook, conditions in each of
these areas can be analysed separately.

A Quicklook calculation can be carried out for an ESP lifted well by selecting Matching |
Quicklook.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 662

The Quicklook calculation consists of two parts:

- From Fixed WHP

- From Static BHP

2.11.7.1From Fixed WHP

PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for ESP systems since, in order to find
the tubing GOR above the pump, conditions at the pump intake where gas separation
takes place must be known. Therefore, rather than start with the fixed WHP and working
downwards, this calculation is an iterative process which estimates the bottom hole
pressure and then calculates upwards until the calculated wellhead pressure matches
measured wellhead pressure from the field.

The following steps are preformed:

1. The bottom hole pressure is estimated and a gradient is calculated to find the pump
inlet conditions.

2. Based upon the pump inlet conditions, any free gas which is to be separated is
passed up the annulus.

3. The resulting fluid is passed through the pump and the pressure increase is
calculated from the pump performance curves. This gives the pump outlet pressure.

4. From the pump outlet pressure, a gradient is calculated to give a well head pressure.

5. This well head pressure is compared to the measured well head pressure. If this is
different, the calculation returns to step 1 and uses a new bottom hole pressure to begin
the calculation. If the pressure matches the measured value then the calculation stops
and the bottom hole pressure used at step one becomes the 'Measured' bottom hole
pressure.

2.11.7.2From Static BHP

The Bottom Up (or Calculated) calculation uses the Bottom Hole Pressure calculated
from the IPR as starting points of a gradient calculation. As the total GOR, water cut and
liquid rate are inserted by the User, it is possible to perform the calculations using the
following steps:

1. The measured liquid rate is used to read the bottom hole pressure from the IPR curve
in the PROSPER file.

2. From this bottom hole pressure, the gradient up to the pump inlet is calculated.

3. If a gas separator has been specified, then a percentage of the free gas at the inlet

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 663 PROSPER

will be removed from the production string and passed up the annulus. The free GOR is
dependent upon the inlet pressure and temperaure and the fluid's PVT.

4. The increase in pressure across the pump is calculated for the given conditions and
the pump outlet pressure is now known.

5. From the pump outlet pressure, a gradient is performed up to the well head to
calculate the 'Calculated' well head pressure.
2.11.7.3Input Data
The ESP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Selecting Design |
Quicklook displays the following screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 664

The following sections of the Quicklook input data screen should be filled in.

Input Data

The data from the test should be entered in this section:

Tubing Head This is the tubing head pressure measured at the time of the
Pressure test.
Liquid Rate The liquid rate recorded for the test should be entered.
Water Cut The water cut at the time of the test should be entered.
Produced GOR This is the GOR of the fluid produced from the reservoir.
Static Bottom Hole Enter the static reservoir pressure at the time of the test.
Pressure (measured)
Pump Depth This is depth of the pump expressed as a measured depth.
(Measured)
Operating Frequency Enter the operating frequency of the pump at the time of the
test.
Length of Cable This is the length of cable from the surface to the motor. The
length is used to calculate the total voltage from the surface
to the motor.
Gas Separation This is the percent of free gas at the pump inlet which is
Efficiency separated and so does not pass through the pump.
Number of Stages The number of stages that the pump had during the test.
Pump Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Selecting Transfer Wear Factor at the top of the screen will
transfer the pump wear factor from the System | Electrical
Submersible Pump screen.

Downhole Data

Pressure survey data can be entered in the flowing measurement table. This allows any
downhole pressures measured in the field to be compared to the downhole pressures
calculated by PROSPER. This allows the measured pump inlet and outlet pressures to
be plotted to ensure that the model is representative of the reality. Downhole
measurement entry is optional.

Surface Data

This section allows surface power data to be entered. These value do not affect the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 665 PROSPER

hydraulic calculations, however, entering them will allow the motor calculations to be
completed.

Select the required pump, motor and cable from the buttons at the top of the screen.

Current This is the current at the surface.

Surface Voltage This is the voltage at the surface.
Power This is the power at the surface.

Correlation

Select the multiphase correlation to be used to calculation the pressure gradients above
and below the pump. Preferably, a matched correlation should be used where possible.

Equipment

The bottom of the screen is used to select the equipment which was installed in the well
at the time of the test.

Select Pump Select the pump which has installed at the time of the test.
Select Motor Select the motor which has installed at the time of the test.
Select Cable Select the cable which has installed at the time of the test.

2.11.7.4Performing the QuickLook Calculation

Once the required data has been inserted, select Calculate to proceed to the
calculation screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 666

Select Calculate to run the gradient traverses.

To see the results of each calculation, select 'From Static BHP' or 'Fixed Top Node
Pressure' from the left hand side of the screen.

Select Results to see the results of the calculations:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 667 PROSPER

When the results have been reviewed, select Done to return to the calculation screen.

Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 668

If the well bore, inflow and ESP assumptions are all correct, the two pressure traverses
will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge pressures and
surface voltages should coincide.
2.11.7.5Notes on ESP Quicklook Matching

When the pressure gradients of the Quicklook plot don't match, the model is not
representative of the actual system. Analysing the differences in the models and
concluding the likeliest reasons for these differences is an engineering judgement which
should be taken by the User.Below are some comments regarding how to analyse the
possible causes:

The pump discharge pressure is the “tie” point for the system. If the gradient from the
measured WHP to this point is controlled solely by the multiphase correlation used and if
the gradient from the measured WHP does not match up with the measured pump
discharge pressure, this implies that the multiphase flow correlation does not represent
the reality of the system and should be matched. The Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality Check) can be used to match the correlation so that the measured discharge
pressure matches the calculated discharge pressure. If matching has been carried out
previously, the gas separator efficiency entered may also be incorrect. If the separation
is not modelled correctly, the fluid above the pump will be different to reality and
therefore even if the correlation has been matched it will not predict the correct pressure.

Next match the pump intake pressure from the 'Fixed WHP' traverse. The pump intake
pressure for the 'Fixed WHP' approach is dependent upon the duty provided by the
pump which is a function of the fluid properties, the pump performance curves, frequency

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 669 PROSPER

and wear factor.

If these two points are matched, the 'Fixed WHP' traverse should now give the resulting
bottom hole flowing pressure.

When reviewing the 'From Static BHP' traverse, the starting point is the inflow
performance. For the given rate, the IPR is used to calculate the bottom hole pressure. If
it is found that this bottom hole pressure is not consistent with the measured data, the
IPR should be reviewed.

2.11.8 QuickLook for HSP

The HSP QuickLook principle is identical to that for ESP wells, i.e. pressure traverses
are calculated from top to bottom and vice-versa. If the assumptions regarding well and
HSP conditions (e.g. pump and turbine speed, wear factor, water cuts, wellhead
pressure, IPR etc.) are correct, the two calculated traverses will overlay.

A Quicklook calculation can be carried out for an HSP lifted well by selecting Matching |
Quicklook.

HSP wells can be difficult to diagnose (particularly with limited downhole pressure data)
because of uncertainties below (IPR), across (pump head) and above (tubing
hydraulics) the pump. Using the HSP QuickLook, conditions in each of these areas can
be analysed separately.
2.11.8.1Input
The HSP QuickLook is accessed from the Matching menu. Selecting Design |
Quicklook displays the following screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 670

The following sections of the Quicklook input data screen should be filled in.

Input Data

The data from the test should be entered in this section:

Tubing Head This is the tubing head pressure measured at the time of the
Pressure test.
Liquid Rate The liquid rate recorded for the test should be entered.
Water Cut The water cut at the time of the test should be entered.
Produced GOR This is the GOR of the fluid produced from the reservoir.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 671 PROSPER

Static Bottom Hole Enter the static reservoir pressure at the time of the test.
Pressure (measured)
Pump Depth This is depth of the pump expressed as a measured depth.
(Measured)
Pump Speed Method The pump speed can either be entered by the user or
calculated by PROSPER. The differences in these methods
are discussed further in the Pump Speed Method Section.
Power Fluid Rate This is the total power fluid rate and includes the balance
supply rate.
If the Pump Speed Method is set to 'Calculated' then this
value will be used as the power fluid rate to calculate the
pump speed.
If the Pump Speed Method is set to 'Entered' then this value
will not be used and the power fluid rate will be calculated
based upon the pump speed.
Power Fluid Surface This is the pressure of the power fluid at the top of the casing
Back Pressure i.e. the surface.
Number of Pump The number of stages that the pump had during the test.
Stages
Pump Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Selecting Transfer Wear Factor at the top of the screen will
transfer the pump wear factor from the System | Hydraulic
Submersible Pump screen.
Number of Turbine The number of stages that the turbine had during the test.
Stages

Downhole Data

Pressure survey data can be entered in the flowing measurement table. This allows any
downhole pressures measured in the field to be compared to the downhole pressures
calculated by PROSPER. This allows the measured pump inlet and outlet pressures to
be plotted to ensure that the model is representative of the reality. Downhole
measurement entry is optional.

Correlation

Select the multiphase correlation to be used to calculation the pressure gradients above
and below the pump. Preferably, a matched correlation should be used where possible.

Equipment

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 672

The bottom of the screen is used to select the equipment which was installed in the well
at the time of the test.

Select Pump Select the pump which has installed at the time of the test.
Select Turbine Select the turbine which has installed at the time of the test.

2.11.8.1.1 Pump Speed Method

When an HSP is operating, the pump and turbine are required to be balanced. This
means that as well as operating at the same speed, the power required by the pump to
give the calculated head to the produced fluid needs to be generated by the turbine from
the power fluid.

The power provided by a given turbine is dependent upon both the speed of the turbine
(which is the same as the pump speed) and the rate of power fluid entering the turbine.
Therefore, if we fix either the turbine speed or the power fluid rate, then the other can be
calculated which will balance the system.

The two options for the Pump Speed Method are:

Entered The pump speed is entered by the user and is used by the
program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to
satisfy the condition that the power consumed by the pump is
equal to the power produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP
curves for simulators like GAP) as in general the pump
speed is known.
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to
operate the pump at the maximum overall efficiency for the
value of the power fluid rate entered and suitable to satisfy
the condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal
to the power produced by the turbine.

For some cases, more than one possible solution may be possible. In such cases, the
conditions with the maximum efficiency will be selected. This means that if the power
fluid rate calculated by the 'Entered' pump speed is entered when the pump speed is set
to 'Calculated', the original pump speed which was entered will be calculated.
2.11.8.2Performing the QuickLook Calculation

Once the required input data has been entered, selecting Calculate will bring up the
Calculation screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 673 PROSPER

Select Calculate to run the gradient traverses.

To see the results of each calculation, select 'From Static BHP' or 'Fixed Top Node
Pressure' from the left hand side of the screen.

Note that PROSPER always calculates from the bottom up for HSP systems since, if the
power fluid is mixed with the production fluid, the resultant mixture properties can only be
known if the flow fluid rate is also known. When calculating the 'Fixed Well Head
Pressure' traverse, the process is therefore iterative as an estimated bottom hole
pressure is used until the resultant well head pressure which is calculated matches the
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 674

measured well head pressure.

Select Results to see the results of the calculations:

Click Plot to display the pressure traverses and the calculated pump intake and
discharge pressures:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 675 PROSPER

If the well bore, inflow and pump and turbine assumptions are all correct, the two
pressure traverses will overlay and the measured and calculated intake and discharge
pressures should coincide.
2.11.9 Parameters
2.11.9.1VLP Matching Parameters

This screen shows the values of the parameters associated with all the tubing flowline
correlations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 676

Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term

If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then either there is an
inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by your PVT model and the field data
(rate/pressure). If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that your
equipment description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect.

Done Save changes and return to the previous screen

Cancel Return to previous screen without changing anything
Main Return to PROSPER main screen
Reset Set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions for each correlation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 677 PROSPER

Reset Set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions for every correlation.
All
Report Produce a hard copy report of the input data
Export the ###############################
correlation # TUBING CORRELATION PARAMETER
parameter ###############################
statistics
to printer,
file Correlation Parameter 1 Paramete
clipboard ----------- ----------- --------
or screen
similar to Duns and Ros Modified 1
that Hagedorn Brown 1
depicted Fancher Brown 1
Export on the Mukerjee Brill 1
right. Beggs and Brill 1
Petroleum Experts 1
Orkiszewski 1
Petroleum Experts 2 0.99654 1.05
Duns and Ros Original 0.99301 0.87
Petroleum Experts 3 1
GRE (modified by PE) 1
Petroleum Experts 4 0.99554 1.00
Hydro-3P 1
OLGAS 2P 1
OLGAS 3P 1
OLGAS3P EXT 1
Help View this help screen.

2.11.9.2Pipeline Matching Parameters

This screen shows the values of the parameters associated with all the surface flowline
correlations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 678

Parameter 1 is the multiplier for the gravity term in the pressure drop correlation
Parameter 2 is the multiplier for the friction term

If PROSPER has to adjust Parameter 1 by more than +-10%, then either there is an
inconsistency between the fluid density predicted by your PVT model and the field data
(rate/pressure). If Parameter 2 requires a large correction, then it is likely that your
equipment description is in error, or the flow rates are incorrect.

Done Save changes and return to the previous screen

Cancel Return to previous screen without changing anything
Main Return to PROSPER main screen
Reset Set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions for each correlation.
Reset Set the values back to default (unmodified) conditions for every correlation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 679 PROSPER

All
Report Produce a hard copy report of the input data
Export the
correlation
###########################
parameter
# PIPE CORRELATION PARAMET
statistics to
###########################
printer, file
clipboard or
screen similar
to that Correlation Parameter 1 Param
depicted on ----------- ----------- -----
the right.
Fancher Brown 1
Mukerjee Brill 1 1
Beggs and Brill 1 0
Export
Dukler Flannigan 1 0
Dukler Eaton Flannigan 1 0
Beggs and Brill (Gas Head) 1
GRE (modified by PE) 1 1
GRE (with DSM) 1
GRE (original) 1
GRE (with AE ) 1
Petroleum Experts 4 1
Hydro-3P 1
OLGAS 2P 1 1
OLGAS 3P 1
OLGAS3P EXT 1

Help View this help screen.

2.11.10Correlation Thresholds
This option allows the User to specify alternative correlations to use for tubing or
pipeline when the angle (from the vertical for tubing and from the horizontal for pipelines)
exceeds a user-specified threshold value. This option is useful for modelling the riser for
a long sub sea tieback or for a highly deviated surface pipeline.

Enter the appropriate angles and correlations which are to be used and then select Yes
to the question 'Use Threshold Angle' to enable the feature.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 680

When enabled, the calculation screens will indicate that this option is active:

2.11.11Correlation Summary
This screen can be used to define the default correlations used for tubing and pipeline
calculations.

Using the 'Set' button will automatically select the chosen flow correlation/model for all
tubing or pipeline calculations.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 681 PROSPER

2.12 Calculation Menu

This chapter describes all the calculation methods available in PROSPER and how to
calculate system production rates, run sensitivity analyses, generate lift curve tables etc.
The available calculation types are:

Inflow (IPR)
This option calculates the IPR, that is to say, the relationship between tubing intake rate
and the bottomhole flowing pressure (BHFP). The Inflow calculation allows to quickly run
sensitivities without the need to calculate the system solution rate. This is especially
convenient for e.g. frac program design, gravel pack design, perforation programming.

System (Ipr+Vlp)
This option will calculate both the tubing outflow (VLP) and tubing inflow (IPR) curves and
determine the system operating rate and bottom hole flowing pressure. It also allows to
perform sensitivity analyses with a wide range of variables. Sensitivity plots can easily
be generated.

Gradient (Traverse)
This option enables the user to generate gradient plots. If the correlations have been
matched, the gradients will be generated using the tuned correlations.

VLP (Tubing curves)

This option enables the generation of VLP curves that can be exported for use in various
commercial reservoir simulators and Petroleum Experts' MBAL and GAP programs.

Choke Performance

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 682

This is a convenient choke calculator for flow rates, pressure drop or choke settings.
Choke Performance Curves can be visualised.

ESP Performance
This is a convenient way of calculating the operating conditions of an ESP based upon a
given set of flow conditions.

Generate for GAP

Allows to automatically calculate well performance data for gas lifted or naturally flowing
wells for use in Petroleum Experts’ GAP production system network modelling program. Not
available when 'Enthalpy Balance' is in use.

Bottom Hole Pressure from Wellhead Pressure

This option allows to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead pressure.
This method is only available when using the 'Pressure and Temperature' and 'Rough
Approximation' options.

2.12.1 Inflow (IPR)

The Calculation | Inflow (IPR) calculation allows the user to determine the productivity
of the reservoir based upon the IPR curve. This screen can also be used to run
sensitivity studies to see the impact that certain parameters have on the deliverability of
the inflow and how the IPR changes with varying parameters.

The steps to take to generate an IPR plot are:

- Select Calculation | Inflow (Ipr) to enter the IPR calculation screen.

- Enter the Input data to be used to calculate the IPR curve(s).
- If a range of different IPR curves are to be generated for different variables, the
different sensitivity variables to be used can be defined using Cases.
- The IPR curves can then be generated by selecting Calculate.
- The plots can be viewed by selecting Plot or the results can be viewed on the
calculation screen.

Selecting Calculation | Inflow (IPR) from the main menu toolbar will bring up the
following screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 683 PROSPER

Along with the top toolbar, there are four different areas of the screen:

- Data Input (Top Left)

- Sensitivity Cases (Bottom Left)
- Results (Top Right)
- System Plot (Bottom Right)

Data Input

In the top left hand corner of the screen the user should insert the data to be used in the
calculation:

The following data should be entered:

Water Cut/Water Gas Enter the water cut (oil well) or WGR (gas well) of the well at
Ratio the conditions to be calculated.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 684

GOR/CGR Enter the producing GOR or CGR of the well.

If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Rate Method The System calculation requires a number of rates to be
selected so that the VLP and IPR pressures corresponding to
these rates can be calculated.
The rates can be specified in three ways:

- Automatic Linear - The program calculates the AOF

(IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various sensitivity
variables entered and for each AOF creates 20 evenly
spaced rates.
- Automatic Geometric - As for Automatic Linear, it
works out the AOF for various sensitivity variables
entered and for each AOF creates 20 geometrically
spaced rates.
- User Defined - One can either enter a table of up to 20
rates directly or use PROSPER to Generate them. To
generate the rates select ‘Generate’ on the top toolbar
to bring up the following menu:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the
number of entries required. Depending on the selection of
Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate the
required rate table.

Sensitivity Cases

The bottom left of the screen holds the sensitivity cases:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 685 PROSPER

If a sensitivity study is being carried out, the different sensitivity cases can be selected in
this section. This will then change the results and the plot to those of the selected case.

Results

The top right of the screen is used to display the results of the IPR calculation in tabular
form.

Plot

The bottom section of the screen will be filled by the IPR plot. The plot contains both the
pressure and temperature variation with rate:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 686

The toolbar at the top of the IPR Calculation screen can be used to carry out the
following functions:

Done Returns to the main PROSPER screen and saves any

changes made.
Cancel Returns to the main PROSPER screen and removes any
changes made to the System Calculation screen.
Cases This can be used to run sensitivity studies. See IPR Cases for
more information.
Calculate Will calculate the IPR for the input data and if any sensitivity
study cases have been selected, these will also be calculated.
Plot This option will plot the IPR.
Export The table of results can be exported to an external source.
Help Will bring up the online Help section.

2.12.1.1IPR Cases
It is often very useful to run multiple cases to see what the effect of changing one or more
variable will have on the results generated. This can be done by running a sensitivity
study.

To enter data for a sensitivity study select Cases on the top toolbar. This will bring up
the sensitivity screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 687 PROSPER

Up to 10 variables can be selected with 10 values for each inserted. The values of each
variable can be inserted manually or using the 'Generate' feature. Letting 'Generate' will
bring up the following screen:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate the
required values. Select Generate to add the calculated values to the table.

Select Done to return to the main calculation screen where the calculations can be
performed.

Once the appropriate data has been inserted into the Data Input section of the screen
(and sensitivity variables selected if relevant), the IPR can be calculated by selecting the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 688

Calculate button on the top toolbar.

The option to 'show' or 'hide' the calculating results will be given.

If 'Show Calculating Data' is selected, the data will be printed to the screen as soon as it
is calculated by the program.
If 'Hide Calculation Data' is selected, the data will only appear on the screen once all of
the calculations have been completed.

Once the calculation has been completed, the results and plot will be shown on the main
IPR Calculation screen. If more than one case has been run, then the results can be
scrolled through by selecting the different cases in the bottom left section.

Please note, when running PROSPER 32 BIT, it is not possible to perform in

excess of 32000 sensitivity combinations. If PROSPER 64 BIT is being run, the
calculation can be performed, however, a message will be displayed to alert the
user that this may take a long time to complete.
2.12.1.2IPR Plot
You are plotting the inflow curves produced by the Inflow(IPR) sensitivity calculator. The
plot will be similar to the one below

Plotting Options

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 689 PROSPER

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 690

For more information on how to plot different variables please refer to the Plotting
section of this help guide.

2.12.1.2.1 IPR test data entry

This screen enables you to enter real test data to plot against the calculated values. This
data is separate from the Test Data entered as part of a MultiRate IPR model.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 691 PROSPER

Up to 100 points can be entered consisting of:

Date
Comment
Liquid rate
Flowing Bottomhole Pressure (FBHP)

This data (enabled rows only) will be output on the IPR plot (if selected) and the
SYSTEM plot.

Done Save the data and return to the previous screen

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Import Import Data using the General Purpose Import Tool (See how to do
this)
Export Export data to a variety of locations
Report Produce a report to the Printer or .RTF file
Enable Enable selected rows
Disable Disable selected rows
Help View this Help Screen

2.12.2 System (IPR + VLP)

The Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) calculation allows the user to determine the
production of a well for a set of conditions by combining the VLP and IPR curves in one
plot. The principles of ‘nodal analysis’ dictate that any single point (in this case the
bottom hole) must observe mass balance and can only have one pressure associated
with it. This means that the rate at which the VLP and IPR curves across is the rate
which the well will produce under these conditions.

The steps to take to generate a System plot are:

- Select Calculation | System (Ipr + Vlp) to enter the System calculation screen.
- Enter the Input data and Multiphase Flow correlation to be used to calculate the
IPR and VLP curves.
- If a range of different System Plots are to be generated, the different sensitivity
variables to be used can be defined using Cases.
- The System Plots can then be generated by selecting Calculate.
- The plots can be viewed by selecting Plot or the results of the sensitivity can be
seen by selecting Sensitivity. If the gradient for a solution point is to be calculated,
select Sensitivity TvD.

To perform a ‘System Calculation’ select Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) from the
main toolbar to bring up the System Calculation screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 692

Along with the top toolbar, there are four different areas of the screen:

- Data Input (Top Left)

- Sensitivity Cases (Bottom Left)
- Results (Top Right)
- System Plot (Bottom Right)

Data Input

In the top left hand corner of the screen the user should insert the data to be used in the
calculation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 693 PROSPER

The following data should be entered:

Top Node Pressure This is the fixed pressure at the top node (most downstream
point) of the system. If the system includes a pipeline then the
top node will be the manifold at the end of the pipeline and if
no pipeline is present the top node will be the well head.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Water Cut/ Water Enter the water cut of the well (WGR for a gas well) at the
Gas Ratio conditions to be calculated.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
GOR/CGR Enter the producing GOR/CGR of the well.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Surface Equipment If surface equipment has been added to the system, select the
Correlation multiphase correlation to be used. If no surface equipment is
present, then this input will be ignored.
Vertical Lift Select the multi-phase flow correlation to be used in the
Correlation wellbore.
Solution Node This selects the node which will be used as the solution node.
Everything upstream of the node will be treated as the ‘IPR’
and everything downstream of the node will be part of the
‘VLP’.
There are three options:

- Bottom Node – This will select the node at the bottom

of the surface equipment as the solution node. This
means that the solution node pressure will correspond
to the FBHP.
- Top Node – This will select the top node (either the well
head or manifold depending if surface equipment is
activated) as the solution node.
- Well Head – This will select the well head as the
solution node.
Rate Method The System calculation requires a number of rates to be
selected so that the VLP and IPR pressures corresponding to
these rates can be calculated.
The rates can be specified in three ways:

- Automatic Linear - The program calculates the AOF

(IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various sensitivity
variables entered and for each AOF creates 20 evenly

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 694

spaced rates.
- Automatic Geometric - As for Automatic Linear, it
works out the AOF for various sensitivity variables
entered and for each AOF creates 20 geometrically
spaced rates.
- User Defined - One can either enter a table of up to 20
rates directly or use PROSPER to Generate them. To
generate the rates select ‘Generate’ on the top toolbar
to bring up the following menu:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the
number of entries required. Depending on the selection of
Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate the
required rate table.
The Solution Rate reported is given by the VLP and IPR
curves intersection. These curves are interpolated between
the selected calculation rates and so the result may change
according to the rate values used.

It is important that an appropriate rates range and distribution

is selected according to each case in order to avoid
significant interpolation errors.

An IPR is required for both Automatic rate methods. For wells

having very high AOFs (e.g. horizontal wells) the well rate is
determined mainly by the tubing size. Manual rate selection
may give better results in such cases.

Left - Hand Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing
Intersection for VLP/ pressures are declining (on the Left-Hand Side) are
IPR curves considered to represent unstable flow and are usually ignored.
When gas coning occurs, however the GOR is changing
constantly for different rates and it is possible to have two
solutions and for the Left-Hand Side intersection to represent

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 695 PROSPER

stable flow. This option allows to consider or not the left-hand

intersection.

Select either ‘Allow’ or ‘Disallow’.

PE5 Stability Flag The PE5 stability criteria calculation can be invoked to assess
the onset of instability in the well or pipe.

If a negative frictional pressure drop is evaluated by PE5, then

the PE5 stability flag will be activated.

For information on the additional options available when steam is being modelled,
please refer to the Steam Calculation Section.

Sensitivity Cases

The bottom left of the screen holds the sensitivity cases:

If a sensitivity study is being carried out, the different sensitivity cases can be selected in
this section. This will then change the results and the plot to those of the selected case.

Results

The top right of the screen is used to display the results of the system calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 696

These results are made up of the plot results (on the left) which detail the results of every
point in the curves and the solution results (on the right) which give details of the solution
point.

The solution results are obtained through interpolation of the VLP and IPR curves.

When artificial lift is enabled, additional results will be displayed related to the operation
of the lift system. When a pump is selected, the Free Gas In Pump (V/V) reported is the
free GLR in the pump.

Plot

The bottom of the screen is used to show the System plot and here the intersection point
of the VLP and IPR curves can be seen:

The toolbar at the top of the System Calculation screen can be used to carry out the
following functions:

Done Returns to the main PROSPER screen and saves any

changes made.
Cancel Returns to the main PROSPER screen and removes any
changes made to the System Calculation screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 697 PROSPER

Cases This can be used to run sensitivity studies. See the Sensitivity
Study section for more details.
Calculate Will calculate the system plot and solution point for set
conditions or series of cases if a sensitivity study is being
carried out.
Plot Can plot either the 'System Plot' or the 'Wellhead Plot'.
Sensitivity Plot Will bring up a plot showing the results of the sensitivity
calculations.
Sensitivity PvD Allows the user to carry out a gradient calculation (generally
plotting a variable such as pressure against depth) for
conditions equal to the solution point of the selected cases.
Export The table of results can be exported to an external source.
Options This will bring up the associated option screens relevant to the
System Calculation such as:
- Maximum Grain size
- Erosional velocity
- Liquid Loading
- Pigging
For more information on these options and the calculations
they affect please refer to Section 2.9.3.1 of this User Guide.
Lift Curves Will generate a lift curve file which can be exported to a
number of different file types so that it can be used in other
programs.
This function is not available if a pump is installed.
Help Will bring up the online Help section.

2.12.2.1Generate Rates

Use this screen to generate the rates for calculation purposes.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 698

Select the starting and ending values, the number of values and the distribution method.
For example, using geometric spacing gives a preponderance of low rates which is
useful when modeling low rate wells.

This will generate the results according to your Input

Generate Values and display them for your perusal on the
previous screen,

Done Accept the generated values and return to the previous

screen.

Cancel Discard the generated values; re-instate the original

ones and return to the previous screen.
Help View this Help screen.

2.12.2.2System Cases
It is often very useful to run multiple cases to see what effect changing one or more
variable will have on the results generated. This can be done by running a sensitivity
study.

To enter data for a sensitivity study select Cases on the top toolbar. This will bring up
the sensitivity screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 699 PROSPER

Up to 10 variables can be selected with 10 values for each inserted. The values of each
variable can be inserted manually or using the 'Generate' feature. Letting 'Generate' will
bring up the following screen:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate the
required values. Select Generate to add the calculated values to the table.

Select Done to return to the main calculation screen where the calculations can be
performed.

Please note, when running PROSPER 32 BIT, it is not possible to perform in

excess of 32000 sensitivity combinations. If PROSPER 64 BIT is being run, the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 700

calculation can be performed, however, a message will be displayed to alert the

user that this may take a long time to complete.

Once the calculations have been completed, if a sensitivity study has been carried out
on a certain variable, then a sensitivity plot can be created which plots how other
variables change as the sensitivity variable changes. This can be seen by selecting
Sensitivity Plot:

In the screenshot above, the effect that increasing the GOR of the well has on the oil rate
produced can be seen for a series of different water cuts. The variables shown on the
axis can be changed by selecting Variables at the top of the plot.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 701 PROSPER

Here the Y axis and X axis variables can be selected.

Flow Correlation
2.12.2.3System Plot
There are three possible options when selecting Plot for a System Calculation:

- System Plot
- Wellhead Plot
- Pump Plot (only activated when a pump is installed)

System Plot

Selecting the 'System plot' will show a plot of the VLP and IPR curves generated for the
given conditions:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 702

If different sensitivity study cases have been run these will also be plotted.

If additional variables are to be plotted, these can be selected from the bottom left of the
screen. Double clicking on the variable will add it to the plot for the case currently
selected. If it is to be added for more than one case, this can be done by selecting the
multiple add button at the bottom of the screen.

Plotting Options

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 703 PROSPER

Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

For more information on how to plot different variables please refer to the Plotting
section of this help guide.

Wellhead Plot

This will plot the wellhead pressure and temperature against rate. If the wellhead is the
end point of the system then this will be a fixed value. If surface equipment has been
defined, then the WHP and WHT will vay with rate:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 704

Pump Plot

When a pump has been included in the model, the operating point for the solution rate
can be displayed on the pump plot using this feature:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 705 PROSPER

2.12.2.3.1 IPR test data entry

This screen enables you to enter real test data to plot against the calculated values. This
data is separate from the Test Data entered as part of a MultiRate IPR model.

Up to 100 points can be entered consisting of:

Date
Comment
Liquid rate

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 706

Flowing Bottomhole Pressure (FBHP)

This data (enabled rows only) will be output on the IPR plot (if selected) and the
SYSTEM plot.

Done Save the data and return to the previous screen

Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the previous screen
Import Import Data using the General Purpose Import Tool (See how to do
this)
Export Export data to a variety of locations
Report Produce a report to the Printer or .RTF file
Enable Enable selected rows
Disable Disable selected rows
Help View this Help Screen

2.12.2.3.2 Old System Plot

System Plot

Selecting the System plot will show a plot of the VLP and IPR curves generated for the
given conditions:

The variables shown on the plot can be selected by clicking Variables on the top

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 707 PROSPER

toolbar.

If different sensitivity study cases have been run these will also be plotted and to select
which cases are to be plotted at any one time, select Details from the top toolbar.
2.12.2.3.3 Old System Plot - Variable Selection

The variables on the X and Y axis can be selected from the left and right hand columns.
2.12.2.3.4 Old System Wellhead Plot
Wellhead Plot

This will plot the wellhead pressure and temperature against rate. If the wellhead is the
end point of the system then this will be a fixed value. If surface equipment has been
defined, then the WHP and WHT will vay with rate:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 708

If only certain curves are to be plotted, then the User can select Details.

This allows the different curves to be turned on and off by selecting Show or Hide.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 709 PROSPER

2.12.2.3.5 Old Plot Details

This allows the different curves to be turned on and off by selecting Show or Hide. The
curve properties can also be altered by selecting Edit.

2.12.3 Gradient (Traverse)

The Calculation Gradient (traverse) feature allows the user to calculate flowing
pressure gradient curves at a specified flow rate for varying reservoir and fluid
conditions.

These curves can be compared with published pressure traverse curves or actual well
data. Pressure traverses can also computed for combinations of sensitivity variables.
The effect of changing tubing sizes, SSSV I.D. etc. can be evaluated visually by plotting
the gradient results.

The steps to take for performing a gradient calculation are:

- Select Calculation | Gradient (traverse) to enter the calculation screen.

- Enter the Input data and Multiphase Flow correlation to be used in the gradient
calculation.
- If a series of sensitivity cases are to be calculated, then these can be detailed
in Cases.
- The gradient can be performed by selecting Calculate.
- The results of each gradient calculation can be reviewed on the calculation
screen or plotted using the Plot feature.

To commence the gradient calculation, click Calculation | Gradient (traverse) from

the main menu and the following screen will be displayed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 710

As shown above, this screen can be split into four main sections:
- Data Input (Top Left)
- Sensitivity Study Cases (Bottom Left)
- Gradient Results (Middle)
- Gradient Plot (Right)

Data Input

In the top left hand corner of the screen the user should insert the data to be used in the
calculation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 711 PROSPER

The following data should be entered:

First Node Pressure This is the fixed pressure at the top node (most downstream
point) of the system. If the system includes a pipeline then the
top node will be the manifold at the end of the pipeline and if
no pipeline is present the top node will be the well head.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Water Cut Enter the water cut of the well at the conditions to be
calculated.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Total GOR Enter the producing GOR of the well.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Rate This option will change depending upon the 'Rate Type'
entered. Enter the rate of the appropriate phase which is to be
calculated.
Rate Type Select the fluid on which the rate is to be based. From this
rate, the other rates will be calculated.
The options are:
- Liquid Rate
- Oil Rate
- Gas Rate
- Hydrocarbon Mass Rate
First Node Select the node at which the calculation is to be started. By
default this is the top node within the system.
Last Node Select the node at which the calculation is to be finished. By

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 712

default this is set to the last node in the down-hole equipment

but it can be set to any node within the system.
Tubing Correlation Select the multi-phase flow correlation to be used in the
wellbore.
Pipeline Correlation If surface equipment has been added to the system, select the
multiphase correlation to be used. If no surface equipment is
present, then this input will be ignored.
Barnea Critera The Barnea criteria can be set to 'Yes' or 'No'
Slug Method The method to calculate the slugging properties of the well
can be set here. Three options are available:
- Brill
- RCS Mechanistic
- Worst Case (Hernandez-Perez
Frequency)
More details on the slugging calculations can be found here.

For information on the additional options available when steam is being modelled,
please refer to the Steam Calculation Section.

The bottom left of the screen holds the sensitivity cases:

If a sensitivity study is being carried out, the different sensitivity cases can be selected in
this section. This will then change the results and the plot to those of the selected case.

Once a calculation has been carried out, the results for the different calculated depths
are shown in the centre of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 713 PROSPER

The bar at the bottom of the screen can be used to scroll along to see more results such
as slugging results, fluid properties etc.

Please note that pressing Shift and Right clicking on one of the rows brings up the
flow regime map for that section:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 714

Once a gradient calculation has been completed, the right hand side of the screen will
show the pressure and temperature profiles against depth for the given conditions:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 715 PROSPER

The toolbar at the top of the 'System Calculation' screen can be used to carry out the
following functions:

Done Returns to the main PROSPER screen and saves any

changes made.
Cancel Returns to the main PROSPER screen and removes any
changes made to the System Calculation screen.
Cases This can be used to run sensitivity studies. See the Sensitivity
Study section for more details.
Calculate Will calculate the gradient for set conditions or series of cases
if a sensitivity study is being carried out.
Plot Allows the user to plot the calculated data
Export The table of results can be exported to an external source.
Options This will bring up the associated option screens relevant to the
System Calculation such as:
- Maximum Grain size
- Erosional velocity
- Liquid Loading
- Pigging
For more information on these options and the calculations
they affect please refer to the Options Section of this User
Guide.
Layout Changes the columns of calculated data which are displayed
in the Results section.
Help Will bring up the online Help section.

Flow Correlations

Barnea Criteria

Slugging Calculations
2.12.3.1Barnea Critera
The Barnea criteria is a 'Flow Pattern Prediction' method developed by D. Barnea to
cover the entire range of inclination angle in hilly pipelines.
It is applied on the Taitel-Dukler flow regime map and does not affect the gradient
results.

Ref: Barnea, D.: 'A Unified Model for Predicting Flow-Pattern Transition for the
Whole Range of Pipe Inclinations' Int. J. Multiphase Flow (1987) 13, No. 1.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 716

2.12.3.2Slugging Methods
When steady-state flow occurs in a pipeline, time-averaged mass flow rate at the
pipeline inlet and outlet are constant.

If slug flow occurs through this pipeline, gas and liquid rates and pressures are NOT
constant: liquid slugs and following gas bubbles will vary in velocity and length.

Two slug calculations method can be applied in PROSPER: Brill, or RCS and
Petroleum Experts 5.

The Brill method is the most common one, and a more detailed description of the
parameters used to describe the slug characteristics can be found below.

The slug model is assuming that the slug period includes:

- A gas bubble included within a liquid film.

- A liquid slug containing small gas bubbles.

The association of the gas bubble and the liquid slug forms the slug period.

The following assumptions have been taken to develop the hydrodynamic model:

1. Small gas bubbles and liquid in the liquid slug travel at the same velocity.
2. The Liquid film does not contain any gas bubbles.
3. Negligible liquid droplets exits in the gas bubble.

The hydrodynamic model is based on mass balance relationships for both the liquid and
the gas phase.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 717 PROSPER

This will state for instance that the mass of liquid flowing out of the pipe section
considered during one specific period of time is equal to the sum of:

- the mass of liquid in the liquid slug : m1.

- the mass of liquid in the liquid film associated with the gas bubble : m2.
- the mass of liquid that is bypassed by the gas bubble following the liquid slug
m3.

mtotal = m1 + m2 - m3

An equivalent mass balance principle will be applied to the gas phase flowing out of the
pipe section considered.

Empirical correlations relating the holdups in the different sections of the slug period
considered to the phase velocities as well as empirical correlations relating the slug
lengths to the mixture velocity are then used to estimate the slug properties.

The output variables that can be found in PROSPER are the following:

Slug Length - Pipe Diameters

Mean Slug Length and 1/1000 Mean Slug Length
Mean Bubble Length and 1/1000 Mean Bubble Length
Slug Liquid Rate and Slug Gas Rate
Bubble Liquid Rate and Bubble Gas Rate
Mean Slug Frequency and 1/1000 Slug Frequency:
Slug Hold-up (HLS) and Equilibrium Hold-up (HLE):
Slug Surge Factor (Liquid) and Slug Surge Factor (Gas)
Bubble Surge Factor (Liquid) and Bubble Surge Factor (Gas)

These are standard characteristics parameters for slug analysis, and their description
can be found in the references below.

The Taitel-Dukler flow map can be used in PROSPER to assess the extent of the
slugging phenomenon in the system. This flow map is accessible for each calculation
row by right-clicking on any results in the gradient calculation and selecting 'Flow
Regime Plot'.

Petroleum Experts 5 - Slug Model

The PE5 pressure drop model will perform a momentum and mass balance to calculate
most slugging characteristics:

Holdups (slug and bubble)

Velocities (liquid and and gas regions)
Ratio between the bubble and slug

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 718

The slugging characteristics will only be reported if slug flow exists according to PE5
model.

The absolute length for slug and bubble zones will be based on the Brill correlation with
a correction for deviation based on Hernandez-Perez frequency. The 1/1000 slug/
bubble length comes from a probability distribution.

A description of these slug calculation methods can be found for instance in the
following publications:
Beggs, H.D. A study of two phase flow in Journal of Petroleum technology,
and Brill, J.P inclined pipes 13 (October 1973). p.607
Brill, J.P. and Two phase flow in pipes Tulsa: University of Tulsa (1978)
Beggs, H.D.
Beggs, H.D. Production Optimization using OGCI publications (1991). p.88-90.
Nodal Analysis
Brown, K.E The technology of artificial lift vol.4 - p83-85.
methods
Crowley C.J. Investigation of Two-Phase AGA report TN-399 (Feb. 1986).
and Sam R.G. Flow in Horizontal and Inclined
Pipes at Large Pipe size and
High Gas Density
Crowley C.J. State of the Art Report on Guide to Computerised
and Rothe P.H. Multiphase Methods for Gas Calculations – Creare Inc. Report
and Oil Pipelines (Volume 2) TN-409 vol.2 (1986).
Hill, T.J. and A new approach to the SPE 20629. (1990).
Wood D.G. prediction of slug frequency
(RCS
Mechanistic
Slug Method).

Pigging Calculations in PROSPER

The gradient traverse calculations in PROSPER can include pigging calculations which
can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in pipelines.

These pigging calculations can be adapted to the system through the pigging efficiency
factor.

The pigging calculations are assuming that a sphere with a 100% removal efficiency
travels in the pipeline and that all the liquid removed by the sphere is in the form of a
continuous slug.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 719 PROSPER

The pigged slug volume can be then estimated by integrating the difference between the
liquid holdup and the no-slip holdup in the pipeline.

The pigging efficiency factor will correct the initial assumption to model a more realistic
situation where as the sphere travels along the pipeline, some amount of liquid will be
bypassed, affecting the sphere velocity, outlet liquid velocity and slug characteristics.

The additional results reported in the gradient traverse results and related to the pigging
calculations are pigged slug length, pigged slug volume, slug production time,
slug residency time, time to produce pigged slug length and time for the pigged slug to
reach the pipeline outlet.
2.12.3.3Gradient - Cases
It is often very useful to run multiple cases to see what effect changing one or more
variable will have on the results generated. This can be done by running a sensitivity
study.

To enter data for a sensitivity study select Cases on the top toolbar. This will bring up
the sensitivity screen:

Up to 3 variable can be included in a sensitivity study at any one time. The values of
each variable can be inserted manually or using the 'Generate' feature. Letting
'Generate' will bring up the following screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 720

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate the
required values. Select Generate to add the calculated values to the table.

Select Done to return to the main calculation screen where the calculations can be
performed.

Alternatively, the sensitivities can be carried out on a case by case basis. This can be
done by selecting Combinations at the top of the screen:

This allows up to ten cases to be set up each with different values for the selected
variables.

Once the cases have been set up, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
2.12.3.4Gradient - Plot
You are plotting the flowing gradient curves produced by a gradient sensitivity analysis.
You may vary the three sensitivity parameters with up to ten values each. This means

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 721 PROSPER

that up to 1000 curves could be plotted.

Plotting Options

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 722

View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

For more information on how to plot different variables please refer to the Plotting
section of this help guide.
2.12.3.5Gradient Test Data

Enter your data. This will be then plotted on all gradient plots.

Click Yes or No to control the display of the data on individual plots

Done Save the data and return to the plots

Cancel Abandon the edit and return to the plot
Help View this Help screen.

Import Access the importing subsystem to import data.

(See how to do this)
All Select all rows
Insert Insert rows at the selected rows

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 723 PROSPER

Delete Delete the selected rows

Copy Copy selected rows to the clipboard

Cut Copy selected rows to the clipboard and then delete the selection
from the table
Paste Copy the contents of the clipboard to the selected rows

2.12.3.6Layout

Screen and exports can be customised to display only the required variables. For
complex calculations, this can save printing large amounts of irrelevant data and
detailed reports can still be produced when required. To use the Layout feature, firstly
complete a set of calculations.

Click the Layout button on the calculation results screen and select the variables to
display from the layout screen (see below) :

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 724

Done Save the data and return to the gradient calculation

screen

Cancel Abandon the edit and return to the gradient

calculation screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 725 PROSPER

Main Return to the main menu.

Help View this Help screen.
Show All Select all columns for display
Hide All Hide all columns for display

Individual variables can be selected or de-selected by clicking them directly. When you
click Done, only the selected variables will be displayed on the calculation screen.

In addition to the calculation results screens, Layout also controls the variables
displayed in Exports (to file, clipboard, printer).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 726

2.12.3.7Gas Gradient

This screen describes the Gaslift Gas Gradient within the annulus. The following options
are available.

Done Return to previous screen

Main Return to the main PROSPER screen.
Help View this Help screen
Export Export Gaslift Gas Gradient data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 727 PROSPER

2.12.3.8Old Gradient Plot

You are plotting the flowing gradient curves produced by a gradient sensitivity analysis.
You may vary the three sensitivity parameters with up to ten values each. This means
that up to 1000 curves could be plotted.
In order to identify each curve individually, there is a label attached consisting of up to 3
numbers (depending on the number of sensitivity variables you have). The leftmost digit
(starting at 0) indicates which value of the first sensitivity variable was used to produce
this gradient curve. The middle digit (starting at 0) indicates which value of the second
sensitivity variable was used to produce this gradient curve. The rightmost digit (starting
at 0) indicates which value of the third sensitivity variable was used to produce this
gradient curve.
The following commands are specific to this plot.

Variables to change the x and y axes

Test Data to enter measured data to plot with the calculated data

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 728

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.

Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels

Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
Colours outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.

Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

2.12.3.8.1 Select Variables

Use this screen to select the plot axes following a gradient traverse calculation. You will
be presented with two possible lists of axes variables. If in the default mode or you have
pressed the "Original" button, then this screen will appear restricting the choice of Y
axis to Depth below the Xmas Tree or Cumulative pipe (Surface or Total) length.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 729 PROSPER

If you click on the "Extended" button then this screen will appear and you have
complete flexibility to plot any measured variable against other other.

Done Record the selected axes and return to the plot.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 730

Cancel Abandon plot axis selection.

Extended Display the screen with the "extended" set of available

axes choice

Original Display the screen with the "original" set of available

axes choice
Help View this Help screen

2.12.4 VLP (Tubing Curve)

VLP curves report the flowing bottom hole pressure (and various other results
depending on the well type) for various rates at a given set of flowing conditions (WHP,
GOR and Water Cut).

At each reported rate, a gradient calculation is carried out to find the FBHP and then
these pressures are joined together to form a curve.

An example curve for a multiphase naturally lifted well is shown below:

The curve above shows the typical shape of a VLP curve which can be split into two
sections; Right or left of the minimum inflexion point.

To the left-hand side of the minimum point is called the gravity dominated or unstable
region of the curve. In this section of the curve, an increase in the rate sees a decrease
in the FBHP required to lift the fluid to the surface. This may seem counter-intuitive but is
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 731 PROSPER

in part caused by the high phase slip between the gas and liquid phases because of the
low liquid velocity. The high slip leads to a higher mixture density and therefore larger
pressure drop.

The right hand side of the minimum point is called the friction dominated or stable region
of the curve. In this section of the curve, an increase in rate leads to an increase in the
FBHP required to lift the fluid to surface. The increased velocity (and therefore
increased friction) caused by the increase in rate acts to 'stabilise' the well and reduces
the likelihood of heading and other instabilities.

Due to these stability issues, the minimum point of the VLP curve is also often referred
to as the 'minimum point of stability' as any rate below this point will be within the
unstable region.
2.12.4.1VLP Calculation
An important PROSPER application is generating tubing lift curves for use in reservoir
and total system simulators. The Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves) option will allow
the user to generate vertical lift performance (VLP) curves for ranges of different
variables which can then be exported to a number of different formats and used in
conjunction with other software.

The steps to take for generating VLP curves are:

- Select Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves) to enter the VLP calculation

screen.
- Enter the input data and multiphase flow correlation to be used in the VLP
generation
- If a table of VLP curves are to be generated, the different sensitivity variables to
be used can be defined using Cases.
- The lift curves can then be generated by selecting Calculate.
- The generated lift curves can then be exported to the appropriate format by
selecting Export Lift Curves.

To commence the generation of VLP tables, click Calculation | VLP (tubing curves)
from the main menu and the following screen will be displayed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 732

As shown above, this screen can be split into four main sections:

- Data Input (Top Left)

- Sensitivity Study Cases (Bottom Left)
- VLP Results (Top Right)
- VLP Plot (Bottom Left)

Data Input

Before any calculations can be carried out the conditions to be calculated as well as the
correlation to be used must be defined. This is done in the top left corner of the VLP
screen. The values entered for first node pressure, water cut and GOR will be ignored if
the same parameters are selected as sensitivity variables.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 733 PROSPER

Top Node Pressure This is the fixed pressure at the top node (most downstream
point) of the system. If the system includes a pipeline then the
top node will be the manifold at the end of the pipeline and if
no pipeline is present the top node will be the well head.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Water Cut/ Water Enter the water cut of the well (WGR for a gas well) at the
Gas Ratio conditions to be calculated.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Total GOR/CGR Enter the producing GOR/CGR of the well.
If a sensitivity study is carried out on the top node pressure
then this value will be ignored.
Surface Equipment If surface equipment has been added to the system, select the
Correlation multiphase correlation to be used. If no surface equipment is
present, then this input will be ignored.
Vertical Lift Select the multi-phase flow correlation to be used in the
Correlation wellbore.
Rate Method The System calculation requires a number of rates to be
selected so that the VLP and IPR pressures corresponding to
these rates can be calculated.
The rates can be specified in three ways:

- Automatic Linear - The program calculates the AOF

(IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various sensitivity
variables entered and for each AOF creates 20 evenly
spaced rates.
- Automatic Geometric - As for Automatic Linear, it
works out the AOF for various sensitivity variables

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 734

entered and for each AOF creates 20 geometrically

spaced rates.
- User Defined - One can either enter a table of up to 20
rates directly or use PROSPER to Generate them. To
generate the rates select ‘Generate’ on the top toolbar
to bring up the following menu:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the
number of entries required. Depending on the selection of
Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate the
required rate table.
First Node Define the first node of the system. This will be the node which
corresponds to the first node pressure also defined in this
screen.
Last Node Defines the last node of the system. This will be the node at
which the VLP pressure is calculated and is most commonly
the bottom hole depth.
Calculate (Available when using a pump)
When calculating with a pump, the First and Last node options
are no longer provided. Instead, one of two options must be
selected:

- Tubing Curves (Standard)

- Lift Curves for Simulators

When generating VLP curves for external simulator such as

ECLIPSE, the Lift Curves for Simulators option must be
selected.
PE5 Stability Flag The PE5 stability criteria calculation can be invoked to assess
the onset of instability in the well or pipe.

If a negative frictional pressure drop is evaluated by PE5, then

the PE5 stability flag will be activated.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 735 PROSPER

For information on the additional options available when steam is being modelled,
please refer to the Steam Calculation Section.

If sensitivity study cases have been set, then the list of cases will be shown in the bottom
left hand corner of the screen. Selecting one of the cases will display the results and plot
in the right hand side of the screen.

Once the calculation has been run, the top right hand side of the screen will show the
results of the VLP calculation. The results shown match the sensitivity case which has
been selected in the bottom left hand side of the screen:

Once the calculation has been run, the bottom right hand side of the screen will show the
plot of the VLP curve. The curve shown match the sensitivity case which has been
selected in the bottom left hand side of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 736

The toolbar at the top of the System Calculation screen can be used to carry out the
following functions:

Done Returns to the main PROSPER screen and saves any

changes made.
Cancel Returns to the main PROSPER screen and removes any
changes made to the System Calculation screen.
Cases This can be used to run sensitivity studies. See the Sensitivity
Study section for more details.
Calculate Will calculate the VLP curves for set conditions or series of
cases if a sensitivity study is being carried out.
Plot Will plot the generated VLP curves.
Export Lift Curve When the VLP curves have been generated, they can be
exported to an external format using this option.
Export The table of results can be exported to an external source.
Help Will bring up the online Help section.

A Note on preparing lift curves for ESP, HSP, PCP, Jet Pump equipped wells
There are 2 options available for generating Pump lift curves:
Tubing Curves (standard)
Lift curves for simulators
The standard option prompts to enter the bottom hole pressure. PROSPER calculates
from the deepest node to the pump. The pump head for the given frequency, water cut
etc. is calculated to find the pump discharge pressure. PROSPER then determines the
PVT of the oil above the pump after accounting for possible gas separation and
calculates the pressure traverse above the pump to find the top node pressure for each
required production rate point.

Simulators require tables of rates and BHPs ordered by THP. The Lift curves for
simulators option allows input of Top Node pressure, water cut, operating frequency etc.
PROSPER iterates to find the pressure at the deepest node (VLP) given the top node

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 737 PROSPER

pressure. In both cases, the VLP is the bottom hole pressure for the specified
producing conditions.

A note on preparing lift curves for ECLIPSE

To generate lift curves for e.g. ECLIPSE, the VLP is generally calculated for the
following sensitivity variables:

Variable 1 Pressure at first node (i.e. THP)

Variable 2 Water Fraction (Water Cut or WGR for Gas wells)
Variable 3 Gas fraction (GOR or Dissolved and Free GLR)

GOR Definitions

Flow Correlations
2.12.4.1.1 VLP cases
When generating VLP curve tables for use in simulators or other programs, a series of
variables are required to be calculated. This can be done using the Sensitivity Cases
screen.

To enter data for a sensitivity study select Cases on the top toolbar. This will bring up
the sensitivity screen:

Up to 10 variables can be selected with 10 values for each inserted. The values of each

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 738

variable can be inserted manually or using the 'Generate' feature. Letting 'Generate' will
bring up the following screen:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate the
required values. Select Generate to add the calculated values to the table.

Select Done to return to the main calculation screen where the calculations can be
performed.

Please note, when running PROSPER 32 BIT, it is not possible to perform in

excess of 32000 sensitivity combinations. If PROSPER 64 BIT is being run, the
calculation can be performed, however, a message will be displayed to alert the
user that this may take a long time to complete.
2.12.4.1.2 VLP Plot
Plotting Options

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 739 PROSPER

fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.

Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

For more information on how to plot different variables please refer to the Plotting
section of this help guide.

2.12.4.1.3 VLP Export

Use this option to generate lift curve tables for your simulator or Material Balance
program

Lift Curve Formats

If you have a format you would like to see supported, please contact us with the
necessary file input format details.

A Note on Preparing Lift Curves

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 740

Because of the large number of calculations that must be performed, preparing lift
curves can be a time consuming process, so it is important to obtain good result at the
first attempt. Due to the extreme range of conditions that must be covered by the lift
curve tables, problems with the computations are occasionally encountered. The
following discussion covers some of the points that should be addressed when planning
a lift curve calculation run.
Finding a VLP correlation that performs well for the entire range of rates that must be
spanned by the lift curves is difficult. Some correlations handle slug flow (e.g.
Hagedorn Brown) but fail in the mist flow regime e.g. after injection gas breakthrough.
Care must be exercised in selecting correlations to ensure that the wells are properly
modelled for the most important ranges of flow to be modelled in the simulator.
Problems can occur for extremes of water cut and GOR. For a given oil production
rate, the liquid production rates becomes very high as the water cut approaches 100%
. To maintain lift in a high water cut well, a specific GLR is required. If injection gas is
expressed in terms of GOR injected, the required GOR approaches infinity as the
water cut approaches 100%. A large range of GOR injected is therefore required to
model the well. The use of liquid rates and GLRs in lift curve tables is recommended
to avoid such problems.
Depending on the particular simulator used, it is not possible to pass the variable
names or units between programs. Users are reminded to ensure that the sensitivity
variables and output units used in PROSPER are consistent with those expected by the
simulator. In particular, gas units (MMscf vs Mscf), gas lift (GLR vs GOR) and rates
(Oil vs Liquid) should be checked.
PVT correlations should only be used within the range of temperature and pressure
for which they were derived. Occasionally, combinations of tubing curve variables
require an excessive VLP pressure to pass the specified rate, and the PVT
correlation may fail. In PROSPER, the program execution is halted rather than
continuing the calculation with a fictitious result. You may have to revise the range of
variables or select a different PVT correlation in such cases.
GOR Definitions. In calculating lift curves, a variable name that expresses both the
solution and free gas has to be entered. Since prosper has a PVT model which
specifies how much the solution gas is, then it will use the rest as being free gas.
There are various names for variables that do this, for example "Gas Oil Ratio", "Total
GOR" or "Dissolved and Free GLR" etc. The reason different names exist is because
simulators us ethese names as keywords to identify numbers in the lift tables.
2.12.4.1.4 VLP Recommended Variables
A number of settings and variables have been found to improve the quality of the curves
which are generated for use in other programs. This is especially true for VLP curves
which are generated for the use in GAP as the derivatives of the curves benefit from
being smooth in order to help the solver and optimiser to calculate.

Rate Method

Geometric - The geometric rate method (either User Selected or Automatic) places
more rate values at lower rates. This gives more definition to the Unstable region of the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 741 PROSPER

VLP curves and allows the minimum stable rate to be more accurately captured.

Naturally Flowing Wells

For naturally flowing wells, it is normal to generate lift curves for ranges of well head
pressure, GOR and water cut. Below is some guidelines for the ranges and spacing
methods which should be used for each variable:

WHP - Normally generated between the separator pressure and the reservoir
pressure. The linear spacing option can be used.
GOR - The first value should be a value lower than the solution GOR and the
second value should be a high value such as 25000 scf/day. Geometric spacing is
recommended.
Water Cut - Generate from 0% to 95-99% with linear spacing.

For all these variables, it is recommended that the maximum number of values (10) be
generated.

Gas Lifted Wells

GLR Injected - When generating lift curves for Gas Lifted wells, the GLR Injected option
should be used as apposed to the Gas Injection Rate option. This is because at low
rates in the VLP curve, a fixed injection rate may cause an unrealistic value of FBHP to
be calculated. Using a fixed GLR injected for each curve ensures that they remain
smooth and without any significant discontinuities.

The recommended GLR Injected values are: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400,
12500, 25000 scf/STB.

Fully Compositional VLPs for ECLIPSE

When exporting VLP curves for use with fully compositional ECLIPSE (E300) it is
important that the new Total Molar Rate option is used to specify the fluid rates as this is
compatible with the reservoir simulator.
2.12.4.1.5 Lift Curve Formats
Once the lift curves have been generated, the next step is to export them in a format
which can be imported into a simulator or other program. This can be done using the
Export Lift Curves button.

This will bring up the export screen on which the format to be exported can be selected.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 742

Once the format has been selected, click Continue to save the file.

At present, PROSPER supports the following export formats:

Company Simulator Extension

Schlumberger ECLIPSE .ECL
Schlumberger INTERSECT .IFX
WellDrill SIMCO 3 .SIM

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 743 PROSPER

ExxonMobil PEGASUS .MOB

SSI COMP4 .CP4
FranLab FRAGOR .FRA
Beicip FranLab IFP PUMAFLOW .PUM
SSI COMP3 .CP3
LandMark VIP .VIP
Roxar MORE .MOR
Petroleum Experts GAP/MBAL .TPD
Shell MORES .MRS
FranLab Athos .ATH
BP GCOMP .GCM
ChevronTexaco CHEARS .CHE
ExxonMobil EMPOWER .EMP
ConocoPhillips PSIM .WBH
CMG (old format) IMEX/GEM .IMX
CMG (release 2009.10) IMEX/GEM .CMG
SaudiAramco POWERS .FG2

PROSPER appends the export file with a suffix corresponding to the selected file format
as shown in the table above. Depending on the export format selected, you will be
prompted for additional data such as table number, flow table I.D. etc. Refer to your
simulator documentation for further details.

As an additional note, the first time a format is exported the preview window that
appears my have scored through text, making it difficult to read as shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 744

This can be easily be corrected so that from now on the information can be viewed
clearly by selecting the font via Preferences | Font and selecting OK (if desired the font
can be changed from the default though this is not necessary):

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 745 PROSPER

Once this is done, all subsequent export files will appear clearly as below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 746

2.12.4.1.5.1 Lift Curve Variable Filter

When exporting in the *.tpd format for GAP/MBAL, it is possible to define the specific
variables which are included in the export file from 'select variables'. By default all
variables are included in the *.tpd export. The user defined variable selection allows for
less variables to be selected and the size of the *.tpd file to be reduced, as shown
below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 747 PROSPER

2.12.4.1.6 Old VLP Plot

This plot shows the VLP curves which have been generated for all of the different
sensitivity cases. The plot will be similar to the one below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 748

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 749 PROSPER

2.12.4.1.6.1 Variable Selection

The variables on the X and Y axis can be selected from the left and right hand columns. It
is possible to choose more than one Y axis, as long as the units are the same.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 750

2.12.4.1.6.2 Plot Details

This allows the different curves to be turned on and off by selecting Show or Hide. The
curve properties can also be altered by selecting Edit.
2.12.4.2Note on HSP
Two options of 'Pump Speed Method' are available:

Entered The pump speed is entered by the user in the HSP input data and is used
by the program to determine the power fluid rate that is able to satisfy the
condition that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power
produced by the turbine.
This method is the standard to calculate the gradient (or VLP curves for
simulators like GAP) as in general the pump speed is known
Calculated This method calculates the speed required in order to operate the pump
at the maximum overall efficiency for the value of the power fluid rate
entered in the HSP input data section and suitable to satisfy the condition
that the power consumed by the pump is equal to the power produced by
the turbine

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 751 PROSPER

In some cases there could be multiple solutions: PROSPER will determine the one with
highest overall efficiency. This means that once the pump operating parameters (pump
speed, power fluid rate, etc.) have been defined, both modes of calculation will be
equivalent.

2.12.5 Choke Performance

This is a general purpose choke performance calculator. Only PVT data input is
required to calculate flow rates given the choke size and pressures, choke setting to
achieve a specified flow rate etc. You will be presented with a screen similar to that
below.

The Choke Performance Plot is available for all methods.

This curve will be recalculated every time you change an appropriate input variable and
press Calculate depending on the calculation option chosen (Calculate Only or Calculate
+ Performance Curve Plot).

The Critical Values (Pressure, Temperature and Rate) are always calculated. Right-click
on the plot to output the plot.

NOTE: In the case of a continuous gas lift well, the gas lift gas will not be automatically
taken into account in the Total GOR. As such, the user must ensure that the "Total GOR"
includes gas lift gas in addition to the solution gas and free gas cap gas.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 752

Select your required calculation option from the following

Predict Mass Flow Determine the flow rate for specified choke opening and
Rate pressures
Predict Pressure Calculate the pressure drop across a specified choke opening
Drop at a given flow rate and pressure
Predict Choke
Find the choke size for a specified rate and upstream pressure.
Valve Setting

Select a choke calculation method from the following options

Petroleum Experts Internal Petroleum Experts Method

HYDRO The Hydro choke models are based on work done by DnV
(Norsk Hydro - now and subsequently improved and verified against multiphase

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 753 PROSPER

flow loop data in 1999 & 2002 by Norsk Hydro (now Statoil).
Statoil) The current model has been updated and revalidated by
Statoil 2013.
A model based on Perkin’s (SPE 20633) approach along
with discharge coefficients determined by the author (ELF
ELF (now Total) at Tulsa University Artificial Lift Project). This is
(Total) also the recommended method used to calculate pressure
drops downhole for Subsea Safety Valves and Restrictions. It
should always be the choke method used unless otherwise
directed.
Venturi equation assuming ideal mixing of gas and liquid
phases. This model has been implemented by Statoil 2013.

Note: this model is not designed for choke sizing

calculations as the outlet pressure reported is the pressure
VENTURI at the Venturi constriction, rather than the pressure at a
(Statoil) downstream point. As the pressures typically measured in
the field are the upstream and downstream pressures of the
choke, using the Venturi model to evaluate actual/equivalent
choke sizes will not be accurate.

This model can be used for metering/rate allocation

purposes.
The model solves the mass flow rate through a choke for both
sub-critical and critical conditions. This model has also been
MODIFIED verified against multiphase experiments. The model
SACHDEVA assumes the flow is 1D, the phase velocities are equal at the
throat, the predominant pressure term is acceleration, the
(Statoil)
quality is constant for high-speed processes, and the liquid
phase is incompressible. This model has been implemented
by Statoil 2013.

Click Calculate, and PROSPER will calculate the liquid and mass flow rates. Similar
screens are used to enter data for the dP and Choke Setting prediction options. For
critical flow conditions, it may take some time for the calculation to converge.

After a calculation the choke performance curve is plotted at the bottom

of the screen if the Performance Curve option has been selected

Selecting the choke model in PROSPER

To select the choke model to be used to model chokes, SSSVs and
Restrictions, access the 'Surface Equipment' screen and select from the drop-
down menu 'Choke Method' the desired model

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 754

When one of the enthalpy balance temperature models (Improved

Approximation or Enthalpy Balance) is selected, the choke calculation
will account for changes of temperature due to Joule-Thomson effect

2.12.5.1Elf or Petroleum Experts Method

Choke Methods

Petroleum Experts
This is an in-house developed choke model about which more information can be found
in the appendix of this guide.

No model data input is required by this model.

ELF Choke Model

This model is based on Perkin’s (SPE 20633) approach along with discharge
coefficients determined by the author (ELF (now Total) at Tulsa University Artificial Lift
Project).

The equations used are derived from the general energy equation which describes
isentropic flow of multiphase mixtures through chokes.

The flow equations developed by Perkin's are valid for both critical and subcritical flow
and have been compared against 1,432 sets of literature data points.

The original model makes the following assumptions:

That temperature varies with position, but at any point, all phases are at the same
temperature
That velocity varies with position, but at any point, all components are moving with the
same velocity
That the gas compressibility factor is constant
That the liquids have negligible compressibility compared to gas
That elevation changes are negligible
That the flow process is adiabatic and frictionless (note that the actual flow rate is
determined by multiplying the isentropic flow rate by the discharge coefficient)

No model data input is required by this model.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 755 PROSPER

2.12.5.2Hydro Choke Model

HYDRO CHOKE MODEL

Brief description of the models

The Hydro choke models are based on work done by DnV and subsequently improved
and verified against multiphase flow loop data in 1999 & 2002 by Norsk Hydro (now
Statoil). The current model has been updated and revalidated by Statoil 2013.

Two papers on the method can be found via the following references:

SPE 84961 - Evaluation of Multiphase Flow Rate Models for Chokes Under
Subcritical Oil/Gas/Water Flow Conditions, Schüller, R.B., T. Solbakken, and S.
Selmer-Olsen, (2003),
SPE 88813 - Critical and Subcritical Oil/Gas/Water Mass Flow Rate
Experiments and Predictions for Chokes, Schüller, R.B., S. Munaweera, S.
Selmer-Olsen and T. Solbakken, (2006

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 756

The models assume the following:

Conservation of mass and momentum in and out of the choke
Frozen flow model
Slip between phases over the choke
1D flow
Polytropic expansion
No viscous effects are included (apart from loss effects in the coefficients)
Short model (orifice type choke)
Long model (with additional losses, e.g. bean type chokes, cage chokes)

Hydro Short model

Hydro Long model

Solution of the Choke Equations

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 757 PROSPER

The models is solved in 2 steps.

Step 1: The flow into the choke is solved simultaneously with the choked flow equation
(examples shown are for the Hydro Short model)

Step 2: The flow into the choke is solved simultaneously with the flow out of the choke

Step 3: Chose the appropriate solution based on the resulting mass rates and throat
pressure

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 758

These equations use the effective momentum specific volume, re

Where

CT = A2/A1 = valve throttling coefficient (inlet/throat area) [-]

CD = AC/A2 = contraction coefficient (Vena Contracta) [-]
CX = A1/A3 = inlet/outlet area ratio [-]
And K, the slip ratio is

A =0.6 and B = 5
2.12.5.3Venturi Choke Model
This model has been implemented by Statoil 2013. Venturi equation assumes ideal
mixing of gas and liquid phases.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 759 PROSPER

The offset dP input is used to correct for inaccuracies associated with using two
absolute-pressure gauges rather than a differential one. At zero-flow, after correcting for
hydrostatic head, if there is still an inconsistency between the two pressure gauges
(upstream and downstream), the offset can be used to correct this difference i.e. the
offset is designed to correct systematic measurement errors.

If a differential pressure gauge is being used, then this value would always be zero.

It should be noted this model is not designed for choke sizing

calculations as the outlet pressure reported is the pressure at the
Venturi constriction, rather than the pressure at a downstream point.
Practically speaking, as the pressures typically measured in the field are
the upstream and downstream pressures of the choke, using the
Venturi model to evaluate actual/equivalent choke sizes will not be
accurate.

This model can be used for metering/rate allocation purposes.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 760

Venturi Equation

w C 1 p 1 g Z poff

1 xGm xOm xWm

M G O W

D22 2
4
4 D2
1
D1

Venturi equation: E.g: “Perry’s Chemical Engineers Handbook”

Assuming ideal mixing of gas and liquid

2.12.5.4Modified Sachdeva Choke Model

MODIFIED SACHDEVA (SPE 15657)

The model solves the mass flow rate through a choke for both subcritical and critical
conditions. This model has also been verified against multiphase experiments. The
model assumes the flow is 1D, the phase velocities are equal at the throat, the
predominant pressure term is acceleration, the quality is constant for high-speed
processes, and the liquid phase is incompressible.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 761 PROSPER

Modified Sachdeva Model

The modified Sachdeva model is based on SPE 109243 (Predictions of Two-Phase

Critical Flow Boundary and Mass Flow Across Chokes).This model is based on the
Sachdeva choke model with the inclusion of liquid/gas slip across the choke. This
model has been implemented and verified against multiphase flow loop data by Statoil
2013.

The assumptions in the model are

Incompressible liquid phases
Polytropic gas expansion
Slip only at the choke otherwise frozen flow
Use of 1D balance equations of mass, momentum and energy

This model requires 2 additional pieces of information compared to the ELF or

Petroleum Experts methods
1. Choke Diameter Out (D3) - this is used to correct the outlet pressure

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 762

back to throat conditions

2. Discharge Coefficient (Cd) - a typical range of value for this parameter is
0.6 - 0.9

The choke methodology consists of 3 main steps

1. Generate necessary PVT input data from Prosper model (mass fractions,
polytropic gas expansion coefficient, specific heats)
2. Check if there is critical flow over the choke (equation 1 in the paper) using
a. The outlet pressure corrected to the choke throat
b. The slip correlation proposed by Schüller et al (as used in the Hydro Choke
model)
3. Based on this, solve equation 4 to find the mass rate using the appropriate
pressure ratio & slip model
a. Critical pressure ratio + Hydro slip model if critical flow
b. Measured pressure ratio + Grolmes & Leung slip model if sub-critical

The assumptions/changes made to the paper for this implementation include

1. Calculation of the polytropic gas expansion coefficient
a. This is now calculated in the same way as in the Hydro choke models i.e.
Average Cp & Cv values for the well stream based on mass fractions of the
individual oil, water & gas phases
2. The variable, Alpha (α), is assumed to be dependant of whether there is critical
flow or not
a. It therefore uses the Hydro slip model where critical flow is detected and
Grolmes for sub-critical flow - This causes a discontinuity near the critical
point in the Choke performance curve
b. A small continuity fix was implemented to solve the issue of moving
between the 2 different empirical slip ratios at this point
3. There is an error in the paper with the unit constant C – the correct value should be
2 not 2000
2.12.6 Valve Performance
The valve performance calculator can be used to calculate the gas lift injection rate
through a gas lift valve and to identify the valve flow behavior (orifice flow or throttling).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 763 PROSPER

The following inputs are required to calculate the gas injection rate under the specified
conditions for the selected valve and valve model:

Injection pressure Casing pressure at valve depth

Valve
Valve Temperature
Temperature
Production
Tubing pressure at valve depth
Pressure
Dome pressure The pressure in the valve dome

Three models have been implemented to capture the valve response of gas-lift valves:

1. Thornhill-Craver
2. Acuna (1992)
3. Nieberding (1988)

At high casing pressures with respect to dome pressure, valves exhibit orifice flow. As
the casing pressure reduces the forces trying to keep the valve open reduce and
consequently the valve begins to close and the closing valve stem throttles the flow. The
transition between orifice and throttling flow can be estimated using either the test rack

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 764

opening pressure (Nieberding) or from the valve closing pressure and an experimentally
derived dynamic tubing sensitivity factor (Acuna).

ORIFICE FLOW

The Thornhill-Craver is an industry standard orifice flow equation which is widely utilised
to capture the performance of gas lift valves. The Acuna and Nieberding models both
use the TUALP orifice model for orifice flow but differ for throttling flow.

If the valve exhibits orifice flow for a defined casing pressure then either then the
Thornhill-Craver or the TUALP orifice model is used to capture the response. The valve
response for orifice flow can be divided into critical flow and subcritical flow. For
subcritical flow, the gas rate increases as the production pressure decreases for a
constant casing pressure at depth. At the critical production pressure the gas rate
reaches and maximum and within the critical region the rate is independent of the
production pressure (i.e. a constant critical rate). This is caused by the velocity reaching
the sonic velocity which means that the pressure disturbance cannot travel upstream.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 765 PROSPER

The Thornhill-Craver model has been found in many instances to overpredict the flow
through gas-lift valves. TUALP modified the Thornhill-Craver equation by introducing a
variable discharge coefficient:

Where A is an empirically derived slope, C an empirically derived constant for the valve
in question and K is the ratio of specific heat at constant pressure and specific heat at
constant volume Cp/Cv

The final form of the equation is:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 766

THROTTLING FLOW
If under the current conditions the valve is found to throttle then either the Acuna or
Neiberding models can be used to capture the throttling performance of the valve.

Neiberding

Based on experimental data, Neiberding proposed an expression to capture the

throttling performance of Gas-Lift valves. The expressions were later modified by
Rodriguez.

The dimensionless gas rate is given from the dimensionless production pressure (N)
and dimensionless maximum production pressure (Nmax):

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 767 PROSPER

Rodriguez proposed that the production closing pressure and the maximum production
pressure can be determined using the following empirically derived expressions:

Where A,E,C,D, E and F are empirically derived constants for a given valve.

The maximum rate can be determined from

Where a,b,c,d,e and f are also empirically derived for a given valve.

Acuna Model

In the Acuna ‘straight line’ throttling model, values of Nmax were experimentally
determined for a given valve. The maximum production pressure can be determined
from this value:

The production closing pressures can be estimated using another experimentally

derived parameter – the dynamic tubing sensitivity factor Fe.

If the production pressure is less than the maximum production pressure, then the gas
rate is assumed to have a linear relationship

Where the slopes can be determined from an empirically derived fit of an approximately
linear relationship which passes through the valve closing pressure

If the production pressure is greater than the maximum pressure, the gas rate is
calculated by correcting the TUALP Orifice model:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 768

Where the correction can be determined from setting the rate at the maximum pressure
equal to the rate predicted from the straight line model:

For more details, consult the following references:

Acuna, Schmidt, Doty, Modeling of Gas Rates Through 1-in., Nitrogen-Charged Gas-
Lift Valves, SPE 24839

Nieberding, Schmidt, Doty, Normalization of Nitrogen-Loaded Gas-Lift Valve

Performance Data, SPE Production & Facilities, Volume 8, Number 3, 203-210

Yula Tang,Transient Dynamic Characteristics of Gas-Lift Unloading Process, MSc

Thesis, University of Tulsa

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 769 PROSPER

2.12.7 ESP Performance

The ESP performance screen is split into three different sections.

- Data Input (Left hand side)

- Results (Top Right hand side)
- Pump Operating Plot (Bottom Right hand side)

After the required input data has been inserted, select Calculate from the top toolbar to
calculate the performance of the pump. The discharge conditions, pump results and
motor results are shown in the top right hand side of the screen and the operating point
is shown on a plot of the performance curve in the bottom left hand side.

Pump Depth The depth at which the pump is located within the well. This is
(Measured) defined with the measured depth used in the deviation survey
Operating Frequency Frequency of the pump.
Maximum Pump OD Sets the maximum outer diameter which the pump can have
and acts as a filter to remove all larger pumps from the
selection options.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 770

Cable Length Length of the power cable from the surface to the motor. This
is used to calculate the voltage drop along the cable and the
voltage delivered to the motor.
Gas Separator There are now three different models which can be used to
Method model gas separation at the pump inlet:
- Enter Separator Efficiency
- Calculate - Petroleum Experts
- Calculate - Natural
More information on these model can be found in the Gas
Separator Modelling section.
Gas Separator This input will change depending upon the model selected.
Efficiency For more information please refer to the Gas Separator
Modelling section.
Liquid Level This option is activated if the Model Produced Oil and Gas
in Annulus options is selected in the Options | Options
screen.

Allows the user to 'Decide to Enter' or 'Calculate the Liquid

Level' in the annulus.
Liquid Level/Casing Depending on the option selected above, either the liquid
Head Pressure level or the casing head pressure will be inserted here. The
program will calculate the other value based upon this input.
Number of Stages Number of stages in the pump.
If Allow Taper ESPs is selected, this value will be ignored
as the number of stages of each different tapered ESP is
entered.
Voltage at the This is the voltage at the top of the cable.
Surface
Pump Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Gas DeRating Model The de-rating effects that having free gas within the pump
has on the performance curves of the pump can be taken into
account using an external *.dll. For more information on
adding user defined models to PROSPER please refer to
the User Correlation section.
Allow Tapered ESPs PROSPER can now model different pump types in series.
This allows the first 50 stages of the pump to use the
performance curves of ESP A and the second 25 stages to
use the performance curves of ESP B. For more details on
setting this up, please refer to the Tapered ESP section.
Current Pump Select the pump which is to be used within the model.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 771 PROSPER

If Allow Taper ESPs is selected, this pump will not be

included in the system. Only those pumps entered in the
Tapered ESP section will be modelled.
Current Motor Select the motor which is to be used within the model.
Current Cable Select the cable which is to be used within the model.

2.12.8 Flow Assurance

A number of new flow assurance screens and calculators have been incorporated into
the PROSPER calculations to extend the flow assurance study capabilities of the tool in
IPM 10.

These new flow assurance screens and calculators can be accessed by right-clicking on
any of the results of a gradient calculation, as shown in the figure below.

Access to the gradient calculation and the flow assurance items can also be gained
from any System (VLP/IPR) or VLP calculation screen by right-clicking on the desired
result point and selecting Flow Assurance, as shown below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 772

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 773 PROSPER

2.12.8.1Flow Regime Plot

The Taitel-Dukler flow regime map can be accessed by right-clicking on a gradient
calculation point and selecting 'Flow Regime Plot' or pressing the shift key and right-
clicking on the desired result.

This plot can be used to identify the current operating point on a flow regime map and
how it stands compared to the flow regime boundary.

Please note that the operating point on the Taitel-Dukler flow regime map may differ to
the regime reported in gradient calculation as different flow correlations/models have
different methods of determining the flow regime.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 774

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 775 PROSPER

2.12.8.2Slugcatcher Calculator
The slugcatcher calculator is a powerful tool for sizing slugcatchers/separators as well
as validating slug catcher designs for potential carry over and carry under situations.

The slugcatcher calculator can be called upon from a gradient or VLP calculation for any
surface equipment pipeline results only or by navigating to Calculation | Flow Assurance
| Slug Catcher as shown below:

Invoking the slugcatcher calculator from a gradient calculation will automatically populate
all input fields with the current selected operating conditions. The slugging
characteristics imported will be dependent on the slug method selected in the gradient
calculation.

Flow Characteristics

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 776

Calculation Results

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 777 PROSPER

Based on the slugging characteristics determined by the slug method selected in the
gradient calculation or entered as input data, it is possible to calculate the surge volume
required to contain the slug.

First, the slugcatcher liquid rate (i.e. the slug and bubble liquid rate) can be determined
based on the average liquid rate and slug/bubble surge factor for liquid. The outlet liquid
rate is the steady state rate of production and is equal to the average liquid rate. The
diagram below illustrates the slugcatcher liquid rates plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 778

Now that the inlet and outlet liquid rates are known with time, the surge volume of liquid
in the slug catcher can be calculated based on a mass balance over the slug catcher
unit. The peak surge volume reflects the maximum liquid surge volume in the slugcatcher
and will occur at the end of the slug length and start of the bubble length. The position of
the peak surge volume over a unit slug period will be dependent on the slug and bubble
length.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 779 PROSPER

Once the surge volume with time in the slugcatcher can be determined, design rules
available in the slugcatcher calculator can be used to size and validate slugcatcher
designs in its ability to separate the liquid and gas effectively e.g.

Max gas velocity to be able to separate liquid droplets from the vapour phase
(Sounders-Brown Equation)
Max liquid velocity to be able to separate gas bubbles from the liquid phase (Based
on Stokes Law)
Normal liquid level
Retention time: API Spec 12J or User Specified

The following input data is required:

Input

The entered pressure, temperature, WCT and total GOR should reflect the fluid PVT and
insitu conditions in the slugcatcher.

Mean Slug or 1/1000 If the slugcatcher calculator has been accessed from the flow
Slug assurance options of the gradient calculation screen, the
mean slug or 1/1000 slug radio button selected will
determine the flow characteristics to be used in the calculator
(i.e. the mean or 1/1000 slug length, bubble length, slug

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 780

frequency)
Pigged Slug The pigged slug characteristics are used as input data for
the slug catcher calculation.
No Slugs The steady state production rates can be used to investigate
the separator liquid level variation

K Factor

The K factor is required in the Souden-Brown equation to determine the max gas
velocity. The K value is dependent on the separator geometry and internals, flow rate
and fluid properties.

Estimate K The estimated K value is based on recommendations from

GPSA "Engineering Data Book".
Enter K A user entered K value can be used to provide a more
thorough method of capturing the K factor.

Retention Time

This is the amount of time the liquid will remain in the slugcatcher unit.

API Spec 12J The API Spec 12J method is used to estimate the retention
time. This value calculated is sensitive to the fluid API
entered in the PVT data.

Oil Gravity Minutes (Typical)

Above 35° API 1
20 - 30° API 1 to 2
10 - 20° API 2 to 4

Enter Time User entered retention time.

Norm Liq Level This is available when the geometry is set to dimensional.
When selected the retention time will be back calculated.

Geometry

This will describe the shape of the slug catcher unit.

Dimensionless A dimensionless slug catcher unit will be used to illustrate the

evolution of the liquid and surge volume in time in the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 781 PROSPER

PlayBack.
Dimensional The dimensions entered will be used to identify potential
carry over and carry under situations and if there is sufficient
volume to contain the slug volume.
Horizontal The slug catcher is assumed to be horizontally positioned
and requires a diameter and (L/D) ratio to be entered.
Vertical The slug catcher is assumed to be vertically positioned and
requires a diameter and (L/D) ratio to be entered.

Flow Characteristics

Average Liq/Gas Rate This can be calculated based on the phase superficial
velocity multiplied by the pipe area.
Slug Surge Factor This is a ratio of the slug rate and average rate e.g. Slug
(Liq/Gas) Surge Factor (Liq) = Slug Liq Rate divided by the average
liquid rate.
Bubble Surge Factor This is a ratio of the bubble rate and average rate e.g.
(Liq/Gas) Bubble Surge Factor (Gas) = Bubble Gas Rate divided by
the average gas rate.
Slug Liq/Gas Rate Slug surge factor multiplied by the average phase rate.
Bubble Liq/Gas Rate Bubble surge factor multiplied by the average phase rate.
Slug/Bubble Length Length of the bubble or slug.
Slug Frequency Number of slugs per unit time.
Liquid Disposal Rate (Pigged Slug Only Input) Outlet liquid rate from separator.
Pigged Slug Rate (Pigged Slug Only Input) Pigged slug inlet rate.
Pig Prod Time (Pigged Slug Only Input) Time taken to produce the pigged
slug.

Results

The PlayBack tool can be used to visualise the liquid level in the slugcatcher over the
slug period. Some of the results displayed will be specific to the time step selected on
the PlayBack.

Peak Liquid Volume Sum of the peak surge volume and holdup volume.
Peak Surge Volume Maximum surge volume in separator, this occurs at the peak
surge time.
Holdup Volume The fixed volume of liquid in the separator during operation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 782

This is either calculated based on the retention time or norm

liquid level.
Peak Surge Time Time taken for all of the liquid slug to travel through the
slugcatcher. This is calculated as a fraction of the slug
clearance time based on the ratio of the slug/bubble length.
Slug Clearance Time Time taken for one unit slug to travel through the slugcatcher.
This includes the liquid slug and gas bubble section and is
the inverse of the slug frequency entered.
Outlet Liq Rate Steady state outlet liquid rate of the separator.
Max Gas Velocity The maximum allowable superficial velocity of the gas at
operating conditions to allow liquid droplets to settle out of
the moving gas. This is calculated using the Souden-Brown
equation.
Max Liquid Velocity The maximum allowable superficial velocity of the liquid at
operating conditions to allow gas bubbles to escape out of
liquid level in the separator. This is based on Stokes Law.
Normal Liquid Level (Dimensional Only) The normal liquid level in separator is
calculated based on the entered dimensions.
Retention Time This is the amount of time the liquid will remain in the
slugcatcher unit.
Liquid Volume The liquid volume in the separator at the current selected
time step on the PlayBack.
Surge Volume The surge volume in the separator at the current selected
time step on the PlayBack.
Surge Liquid Level The surge liquid level in the separator at the current selected
time step on the PlayBack.
Estimated Gas The gas velocity is estimated based on the cross-sectional
Velocity gas area for a horizontal or vertical separator and average
gas rate entered.

The value displayed is at the current selected time step on

the PlayBack.
Estimated Liquid The liquid velocity is estimated based on the cross-sectional
Velocity area for a vertical separator and the horizontal cylinder
segment for a horizontal separator and average liquid rate
entered.

The value displayed is at the current selected time step on

the PlayBack.
Surge Liquid Level The surge liquid level in the separator at the current selected
time step on the PlayBack.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 783 PROSPER

If a dimensional geometry has been entered into the slugcatcher calculator, then
potential carry over and under as well as sufficient volume to contain the slug will be
evaluated.

The following messages are reported for the liquid and vapour:

Liquid

No liquid carry over

Potential liquid carry over - velocity (if the estimated gas velocity exceeds the max gas
velocity)
Potential liquid carry over - gas height (if the surge liquid level is greater than 80% of
the slugcatcher height)

Vapour

No vapour carry under

Potential vapour carry under - velocity (if the estimated liquid velocity exceeds the max
liquid velocity)
Insufficient residence time and velocity (if the entered or calculated residence time is
less than 60 seconds)

Additional note on negative rates

A primary assumption of the slug method models (Brill, RCS and PE5) is that the mass
of liquid and gas in a slug unit is conserved.

Depending on the slugging characteristics evaluated, for example, this means that if the
slug liquid rate is too large (i.e. too much mass in the liquid slug) then the bubble liquid
rate will need to be negative to maintain mass balance. The same principle applies for
the slug/bubble gas rate.

Physically, a negative rate would indicate that the size of the slug is not fixed and that
liquid or gas is flowing backwards and feeding into the next slug.

As a negative inlet rate into the slugcatcher is not physical, PROSPER will assume the
inlet rate is zero and modify the slug/bubble length accordingly to maintain mass
balance.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 784

2.12.8.3Erosion
The erosion calculator in PROSPER is based on the DNV RP O501 model. This is a
empirical model which calculates erosion rate for different pipe components for sand
laden fluids.

This can be applied for dimensioning new pipes and determining the maximum flow rate
in existing pipes.

This empirical model has the general form shown below:

Where

E is the rate of erosion (thou/year or mm/year)

mp is mass flowrate of sand

K is a material constants

n is a velocity exponent

Up is the velocity

ρt is the density of the wall material

At is the area

C is a conversion factor

F(α) is a geometric term dependent upon the impact angle and the material deformation
characteristics.

Further details on the formulation of the above empirical model can be found in the DNV
RP O501 reference – ‘Recommended Practice RP O501, Erosive Wear in Piping
Systems.

The erosion calculator can be accessed by the flow assurance items in a gradient
calculation (which will populate the calculator with the results of the current operating
point) or by navigating to Calculation | Flow Assurance | Erosion as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 785 PROSPER

Invoking the erosion calculator from a gradient calculation will automatically populate all
input fiends with the current selected operating conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 786

The following input data is required:

Input Data

This input data will be used to calculate insitu fluid properties required by the erosion
model.

Erosion Properties
The calculation type drop down menu defines the different pipe geometry for the erosion
wear calculations to be performed on.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 787 PROSPER

Straight Pipe

Welded Joint /
Downstream Weld

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 788

Pipe Bend

Blind Tee

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 789 PROSPER

Reducer

Material Properties

This relates to the properties of the pipe element. The items in gray are the default
material property values from the DNV model.

Wall Material Describes the surface material of the pipe element

Velocity Exponent n in the general form of the empirical model
Material Constant K in the general form of the empirical model
Material Density Density of the pipe component
Deformation This will affect the F(α) parameter value and is a function of
impact angle input.

Sand Properties

Particle Mass Mass flow rate of sand produced

Particle Density Density of sand particle
Particle Diameter The DNV model assumes the particle to be spherical

Fluid Properties

These are the insitu properties of the fluid used by the DNV model. This is determined
using the fluid PVT data entered into the PROSPER model and the entered input data to
the erosion calculator.

Pipe Properties
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 790

Pipe Diameter Diameter of D1 from for the pipe element

Design Life Period of time that the pipe is expected to operate - this is
used to calculate the estimated loss
Impact Angle Angle at which the sand particle hits the pipe surface

Weld Height Height of weld - h

Curve Radius (R/D) Radius of curvature divided by pipe internal diameter
Diameter Ratio D2/D1 as per the diagram

Results

The following output data is reported.

Erosion Rate Calculated pipe wall thickness loss per year

Estimated Loss Design life divided by the erosion rate
Impact Angle Calculated for pipe bend only

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 791 PROSPER

2.12.8.4CO2 Corrosion
This corrosion model is based on the NORSOK CO2 corrosion model which was
developed for carbon steel in water containing CO2 at different temperatures, pHs, CO2
fugacity and wall shear stresses.

This is an empirical model based on flow loop experiments for carbon steel and will be
valid where pure CO2 corrosion is the dominating corrosion reaction. Acetic acid and
H2S are not taken into account in the model.

This empirical model has the general form shown below:

Where:

KT is a constant which depends on the temperature

fCO2 is the fugacity of carbon dioxide

n(T) is the exponential constant of 0.6

KpH,T is a factor for the effect of pH on the corrosion rate for each temperature

KS,T,FCO2 is a factor for wall shear stress

The above factors where best fitted from data taken from a database containing more
than 2400 data points.

The following ranges exist in the database used:

Temperature range: 20 - 160 °C

pH range: 3.5 - 6.5

Wall shear stress on smooth pipe: 1 - 150 Pa

Further information can be found in 'CO2 corrosion model for carbon steel including a
wall shear stress model for multiphase flow and limits for production rate to avoid mesa
attack, Halvorsen & Sontvedt, NACE International (1999)'.

The CO2 corrosion calculator can be accessed by the flow assurance items in a
gradient calculation (which will populate the calculator with the results of the current
operating point) or by navigating to Calculation | Flow Assurance | CO2 Corrosion as
shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 792

Invoking the corrosion calculator from a gradient calculation will automatically populate
all input fiends with the current selected operating conditions.

The following input data is required:

Calculation Options

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 793 PROSPER

Calculation Type Calculate Required Thickness:

Based on the entered design life and corrosion rate

calculated, the required allowance for corrosion will be
determined.

Calculate Required Availability:

Based on the corrosion allowance entered, the required

availability will be determined.
pH Calculation The fluid pH can either be a user entered value or calculated
based on the entered CO2%, pressure and temperature.

Properties

These values should reflect the point of interest at the pipe and will be used to calculate
the fluid properties displayed.

Other Properties

Inhibited Rate The amount the corrosion rate is inhibited

Pipe Diameter Internal pipe diameter
Design Life length of pipe life, this will be used to calculate the required
thickness
Inhibitor Availability The inhibitor availability is defined as the percentage of time
that the inhibitor is applied correctly i.e. a efficiency factor
Corrosion Allowance The required thickness to achieve the entered design life
Entered pH User entered pH value

Fluid Properties

These are the insitu properties of the fluid used by the NORSOK model. This is
determined using the fluid PVT data entered into the PROSPER model and the entered
properties in the corrosion calculator.

Results

The following output data is reported:

Corrosion Rate The corrosion rate calculated takes into account the entered
inhibitor rate and inhibitor availability i.e. the inhibited rate

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 794

multiplied by the inhibitor availability plus uninhibited rate

multiplied by 1 minus the inhibitor availability factor.
Uninhibited Rate This is the corrosion rate calculated by the NORSOK CO2
model
Calculated pH This is the pH used by the NORSOK CO2 model
Required Availability Based on the entered corrosion allowance entered, the
required inhibitor availability will be back calculated.
Severity Level The severity level reported is based on the uninhibited rate
calculated. The value reported follow 'Guidelines for
prediction of CO2 corrosion in oil and gas production
systems - IFE/KR/E-2009/003'

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 795 PROSPER

2.12.8.5Flow Assurance Plots

The flow assurance plots allow the user to visualise the change in fluid P&T in relation to
the PVT warning curve entered.

In order to perform the comparison, PVT warnings should be enabled in the PROSPER
summary options screen and the relevant PVT warning curves have to be entered.

The plots can be accessed by right-clicking on any result in a gradient calculation and
navigating to 'Flow Assurance Plots', as shown below.

An example of the 'Hydrates' flow assurance plot is shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 796

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 797 PROSPER

2.12.8.6Severe Slugging
Severe slugging can occur at the bottom of a riser base or at highly deviated sections of
tubing/pipeline.

The phenomena is caused by liquid falling back in the opposite direction of flow causing
it to block the passage of gas. As time progresses, the liquid level in the riser will
accumulate, grow and produce at the top of the riser.

After a period of liquid production, the gas builds up at the bottom of the riser and
begins to penetrate the liquid column. When the gas reaches the top of the riser, the
liquid is no longer lifted and begins to fall back down again and a new cycle begins.

Such an operating condition can lead to the development of severely long liquid slugs
and gas surges which may cause surface operation problems and possible liquid carry
over at the separator.

Two methods for determining the onset of severe slugging or liquid falling back down
are available:

Pots Severe Slugging Number

PE5 Stability
2.12.8.6.1 Pots Severe Slugging Number
The POTS number reported in PROSPER is based on the model presented in 'Severe
Slug Flow in Offshore Flowline/Riser Systems by Pots et al'.

The POTS number calculated is a dimensionless number which is the ratio of the rate of
hydrostatic pressure buildup in the riser resulting from the growth of the slug against the
rate of gas pressure buildup in the flowline.

The POTS number has the form shown below:

Where

LF length of flowline
ygF gas hold up in the flowline
wg gas mass flowrate

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 798

wL liquid mass flowrate

If the POTS number is greater than 1 then severe slugging is unlikely.

If the POTS number is less than 1 then severe slugging is likely.

It is important to note that the POT number is sensitive to the ratio of gas and liquid
mass rate. This means that at high GLRs tend to be stable and low GLRs are unstable.

The POTS number will be calculated for surface equipment only and if there is a
significant change in the deviation angle of the pipe element.

The gradient calculation will report the POTS number as a column of results. A plot of the
severe slugging locations in the pipe can be found by going to Severe Slugging Plots |
Pots Number, as shown below.

The plot will contain the pipeline deviation survey with an overlay of the severe slugging
locations, the POTS condition and current operating point, as shown below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 799 PROSPER

2.12.8.6.2 PE5 Stability Criteria

The PE5 stability criteria works on the basis of the friction gradient calculated by the
PE5 mechanistic flow model.

The momentum balance performed by the PE5 mechanistic model can capture the
falling of liquid back in the opposite direction of flow.

A positive friction gradient indicates stable flow while the onset of unstable flow can be
determined by a negative friction gradient.

The PE5 stability flag is designed to be conservative, with a 1e-4 psi/ft friction gradient
as the cut-off point.

If the flag = 0 then there is confidence that the flow is stable.

If the flag = 1 then it is possible that production is unstable (this can be investigated
further with a transient simulator).

This calculation will be performed for both surface and downhole equipment data.

The gradient calculation will report the PE5 stability flag as a column of results. A plot of
the severe slugging locations in the pipe can be found by going to Severe Slugging
Plots | PE5 Stability, as shown below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 800

The plot will contain the pipeline deviation survey with an overlay of the severe slugging
locations, the PE5 stability flag and current operating point, as shown below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 801 PROSPER

2.12.9 Generate for GAP

This option is used to calculate well performance curves for Petroleum Experts General
Allocation Program (GAP).
PROSPER can be run from within GAP in a batch mode for generating performance
curves for groups of wells or independently of GAP by selecting this option.

PROSPER will automatically calculate solutions for gas lifted or naturally flowing wells. If
the solutions are then saved in a .OUT file, GAP can pick up the data required to
calculate performance curves at a later time. For more information, refer to the GAP
documentation.

The performance curves are generated by carrying out a system calculation for a range
of wellhead pressures and set values of water cut, GOR and reservoir pressure.

The solution rates from these System Calculations are then combined to form a plot of
liquid rate against wellhead pressure.

Select Calculation | Generate for GAP to bring up the Generate for GAP main screen:

The top left hand corner of the screen is used to insert the data required to generate the
well performance curves. Single values for GOR, water cut and Reservoir Pressure
should be entered and the suitable multiphase correlations should also be selected.

A range of wellhead pressure should also be inserted and these will form the basis of

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 802

the calculates and resultant curve.

When all of the data has been inserted select Calculate. This will carry out the calculation
and fill the right hand side of the screen with the results and plots of the different 'System
Calculations' at the various wellhead pressures.

The system plots for the different pressures can be viewed by selecting Plot:

The resultant Well Performance Curve can be plotted by selecting PC Plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 803 PROSPER

2.12.10BHP from WHP

2.12.10.1
User Guide
This calculation is possible when modelling a well using the 'Rough Approximation'
temperature model.

The BHP from WHP calculation is used to calculate the flowing bottom hole pressure
from a set of surface conditions. Unlike the Gradient (Traverse) calculation, the BHP
from WHP calculation does not use the U value from the geothermal gradient screen but
rather calculates the required U value to match the wellhead temperature entered in the
calculation.

The screen below shows the calculation screen which can be accessed by selecting
Calculations | BHP from WHP:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 804

The data to be entered can be entered in a number of different formats and these can
be selected from the drop down menus at the top of the screen. If data has already been
inserted when the format is changed, the values will also change accordingly.

The required input data is:

Time This time is used to order the different tests.

Liquid/Oil/Gas Rate Enter the Liquid/Oil/Gas Rate which is to be used in the
calculation
Wellhead Pressure Pressure at the wellhead at the time of the test
Wellhead This temperature is used to calculate the Heat Transfer
Temperature Coefficient for use in the calculation.
GOR/Gas Rate/CGR Enter the GOR/Gas Rate/CGR at the time of the test
Water Cut/Water Enter the Water Cut/Water Rate/WGR at the time of the test
Rate/WGR

Before the calculation is carried out, the flow correlations to be used for both the tubing
and the pipeline should be selected at the top of the screen.

Selecting the Calculate button will calculate the bottom hole pressure for all of the
inserted tests. If any tests are to be ignored in the calculation, they can be disabled by
selecting the row and pressing Disable at the top of the screen. If a previously disabled
test is to be calculated, it must first be enabled by selecting the disabled row and
pressing Enable. The Sort button will sort the tests in order of increasing Time.

Once the tests have been calculated two results will be presented:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 805 PROSPER

Bottom Hole This is the calculated BHP from the test for the given
Pressure conditions and calculated U value.
Heat Transfer This is the U value which needs to be used to achieve the
Coefficient given wellhead temperature for the given rates and fractional
flows.

Once the data has been calculated it can be plotted against time by selecting Plot:

The plot shows a trend of the wellhead pressures, calculated bottom hole pressures and
liquid rates against time.

2.12.10.2
Input Screen
This screen allows you to calculate flowing bottom hole pressure from the wellhead
pressure.

It requires gas, water and oil rate information as well as wellhead temperature and
pressure. This information can be in one of several formats (e.g. Gas Rate or GOR, etc.)
and the correct format for your data can be selected at the top of the appropriate
columns. If you change the data type in a particular column while there in data already in
that particular column, then the data will be converted to the new type. If there is
insufficient data to convert all of the data in the column (for instance if there is data
missing in one of the dependent columns for one of the rows) the operation will not be
carried out and you will be warned of the problem. In the case of gas lifted wells the gas
lift gas rate is required and in the case of ESP lifted wells the pump frequency must be

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 806

entered.

The table is quite large allowing you to start off with up to 16000 rows of data which is
then expandable up to 32000 rows. The data can be scrolled with the scrollbar at the
right hand side of the screen.

Appropriate vertical lift and surface pipe correlations can be selected at the bottom of
the screen.

Selecting the import button allows you to bring in data from an outside source. Table
data can be saved to file using the export button and plots using either time or the log of
time can also be viewed and exported using the plot feature. Within the plot screen data
can be enabled or disabled point by point or in a block manner by using the right hand
mouse button.

Data can be sorted with relation to time by using the sort button.

Starts the calculations running. The progress of the calculations can be

Calculate seen on the screen as the table scrolls to the current row being
calculated.

Import Calls the Petroleum Experts importing system allowing the import of
data from text files or ODBC compliant databases. (See how to do this)
Selects or deselects all the rows in the table depending on their last
All selection state. This includes the rows not currently visible and is a good
way of clearing the selection states of the entire table.

Cut This cuts all selected rows to the clipboard. Empty rows are left in the
place of the rows cut.

Copy This copies all selected rows to the clipboard. The rows are left as they
were.

Paste This pastes the current clipboard contents into the table at the selected
rows.
Insert This inserts a blank row at the selected rows.
This deletes all selected rows to the clipboard. The selected rows are
Delete removed from the table and the surrounding rows are move to fill the
space left.
This enables the selected rows and determines whether they are
Enable included in the calculations or not. The default is that all rows are
enabled.
This disables the selected rows. Disabled rows are not included in the
calculations and are seen as being greyed out in the table. Disabled
Disable rows are shown with a different symbol when plotted but are still visible.
This is necessary to make full use of the enabling/disabling facilities in

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 807 PROSPER

the plot screen.

Export This calls the Petroleum Experts export facility which allows you to send
data to file, printer or the screen.
Sort This sorts the table in the order of increasing time.
This calls the plotting screen. This displays the wellhead pressure, the
Plot calculated bottom hole pressure and the appropriate rate for the given
fluid.

2.12.10.3
Plot

This plotting screen has features for enabling and disabling values in the underlying
table. These features work with the plotted wellhead pressure points. You can use the
right hand mouse button to double click on or near a point and this will bring up the
Activation dialogue:

You can then elect to enable or disable the point and the plot will be redrawn to show the
changes (if any) made. If you have made a mistake you can press the Esc key the
cancel the dialogue. If your double click is not near enough to a point no dialogue will
appear. If you want to enable or disable a group of points you can use the right hand
mouse button to define a bounding box and then the same dialogue will appear asking
whether you want the points enabled or disabled. The bounding box is defined by
holding down the right mouse button, dragging the mouse to a new position and then
releasing the mouse button.

Use the Variables option on the plot menu to choose the way in which the X axis is
displayed. The default is that the X axis is simply the time values in the table column but
you can choose to have the X axis displayed as the log of these time values.

User Guide

2.12.10.4
Select X Axis

This screen allows you to choose between having the X axis as time or as log(time).

Select your desired X axis.

Done to confirm your choice and return to the plot

Cancel to abandon the axis selection
Help to view this screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 808

2.12.11Sensitivity
2.12.11.1
Sensitivity Variables - Selection
It is often very useful to run multiple cases to see what effect changing one or more
variable will have on the results generated. This can be done by running a sensitivity
study.

To enter data for a sensitivity study select Cases on the top toolbar. This will bring up
the sensitivity screen:

Continue Save the current data and move to the next screen where the
calculations will be performed and the results displayed.
Cancel Return to the previous screen without saving the current data
Main Save the current data and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Help View this screen
Reset All Reset all sensitivity variables to initial values
Combinations Change to sensitivity combinations
For each variable there are, additionally, the following buttons
Reset Reset the variable to blank

Generate Generate values for the particular variables selected. Each variable
type maintains its own list of up to 10 values
Clear Data Clear the data for the currently selected variable type.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 809 PROSPER

Up to 10 variables can be selected with 10 values for each inserted. The values of each
variable can be inserted manually or using the 'Generate' feature. Letting 'Generate' will
bring up the following screen:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of Linear or Geometric spacing, PROSPER will calculate the
required values. Select Generate to add the calculated values to the table.

When tubing diameter is entered as a sensitivity variable, a screen will appear to input
the range of nodes over which the sensitivity is calculated: Obviously, tubing diameter
should not be varied in the casing below the tubing shoe. This option is also useful for
determining the effect of increasing tubing size above a safety valve while keeping the
diameter of the rest of the tubing string constant.

Select Done to return to the main calculation screen where the calculations can be
performed.

Please note, when running PROSPER 32 BIT, it is not possible to perform in

excess of 32000 sensitivity combinations. If PROSPER 64 BIT is being run, the
calculation can be performed, however, a message will be displayed to alert the
user that this may take a long time to complete.
2.12.11.2
Node Selection

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 810

Select the first and last tubing node between which you want to vary the diameter
variable.

Obviously, tubing diameter should not be varied in the casing below the tubing shoe.
This option is also useful for determining e.g. the effect of increasing tubing size above
a safety valve while keeping the diameter of the rest of the tubing string constant.

Proceed to the next screen where the calculations will be

Continue performed and the results displayed, having selected the First
Node and Last Node.
Return to the previous screen, without selecting the First Node
Cancel
and Last Node.
Return to the main menu, having selected the First Node and
Main
Last Node.
Help View this screen.

2.12.11.3
Sensitivity Combinations

This feature provides an alternative way to calculate sensitivities. Either the

Combinations or Variables screens can be used to set up tables of sensitivity
variables. The Variables method is best suited to design applications where a number
of hypothetical cases must be run. The Combinations option allows the user to enter
specific combinations of field data (or hypothetical cases) then allow the program to
calculate the unknowns.

Select up to 10 variables with a maximum of ten cases may be considered. Enter the
values for each selected variables for as many cases as you want to consider. If no
liquid rates are entered, the program uses the current list of rates (either internally
calculated or user input) and calculates the solution for the combination of sensitivity
variables for each of up to 10 cases. The program will then find the VLP and IPR.
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 811 PROSPER

pressures for each combination of sensitivity variables.

If liquid rates are entered in the Combinations screen, the calculations are performed
only for the entered rate. Note that a solution is not computed in this case.

Only the sensitivity variables relevant to the chosen system will be available.
For example, if a well is gas lifted you will be given the option of gas injection
rate as a variable. This option will not be available if the well is naturally flowing.

Continue Proceed to the next screen where the calculations will be

performed and the results displayed
Cancel Return to the previous screen
Main Return to the main menu
Help View this screen.
Variables Change to sensitivity Variables

2.12.11.4
Sensitivity Plot
This plot allows you to graph a 2D slice in any direction of the 3D space created by the
solution variables of your sensitivity analysis.

Select the Y-axis variable, then select the X-axis variable, parameter variable and fixed
variable as required. The program will automatically select the other variables.

The sensitivity plot enables to see more clearly the effects of each of the sensitivities on
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 812

bottom hole flow rate or pressure.

Each plot consists of an x axis variable that is one of the sensitivity variables. Each
curve represents a different value of another of the sensitivity variables (called the
parameter variable) and this is described in the legend box to the right of the plot. As
this plot represents a 2-D slice of a (possible) 3-D space the third variable must be fixed
(called the fixed variable) and its value is described in the plot title. Each sensitivity
variable can be any of the x-axis, parameter or fixed variables.

Done to plot with your new selection of variables

Variables to select the variable choices you require

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels

Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
Colours
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.

Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 813 PROSPER

2.12.11.5
Sensitivity Plot - Variables Selection

You are selecting which variables to plot on which axes in the Sensitivity Analysis plot.

This plot allows you to graph a 2D slice in any direction of the 3D space created by the
solution variables of your sensitivity analysis.

Select the Y-axis variable, then select the X-axis variable, parameter variable and fixed
variable as required. The program will automatically select the other variables.

This plot enables you to see more clearly the effects of each of the sensitivities on
bottom hole flow rate or pressure.

Each plot consists of an x axis variable that is one of the sensitivity variables. Each
curve represents a different value of another of the sensitivity variables (called the
parameter variable) and this is described in the legend box to the right of the plot. As
this plot represents a 2-D slice of a (possible) 3-D space the third variable must be fixed
(called the fixed variable) and its value is described in the plot title. Each sensitivity
variable can be any of the x-axis, parameter or fixed variables.

Click Done to select the variable choices you require.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 814

2.12.11.6
Sensitivity PvD

Select the combination whose gradient you want to see. Note that you can see the
solution rate and pressure for each solution combination. You can restrict the range of
the gradient analysis using the first and last node drop down boxes. Click on OK to
access the gradient calculation screen, then click on Calculate to generate the gradient.

2.12.11.7
Sensitivity PvD Calculation

Press on Calculate to initiate the analysis. This may take some time so please be
patient! You can interrupt the calculation at any time by clicking on the popup Cancel
button. If you answer No to the question that follows then the calculation will resume from
the point where it was interrupted.

Click on Plot for a graphical representation of all the gradients requested. You can
select either Pressure or Temperature or both for the X axis. The Y axis can be

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 815 PROSPER

measured depth, true vertical depth or cumulative surface length. If you select Pressure
v True vertical Depth with gas lift enabled then the gas gradient will also be plotted.

Done Returns the user to the previous screen.

Calculate Performs the gradient calculation.
Plot Opens a larger plot view.
Main Returns the user to the main PROSPER screen.
Export Exports results to file, printer or clipboard are required.
Options Allows solids data to be entered. Sand density, Turner
coefficient, erosion calculation properties etc.
Layout Allows the tables columns to be hidden/shown as required.
Help Accesses the help.

2.12.11.8
Sensitivity PvD Plot

This plot (similar to the one below) shows the flowing gradient produced by your
selected sensitivity analysis solution point (intersection of inflow and outflow curve).

Plotting Options

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 816

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option
Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 817 PROSPER

For more information on how to plot different variables please refer to the Plotting
section of this help guide.
2.12.11.9
Old Sensitivity Pvd Plot
This plot (similar to the one below) shows the flowing gradient produced by your
selected sensitivity analysis solution point (intersection of inflow and outflow curve).

To change the properties which are being viewed, select Variables.

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels
Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 818

zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
Colours outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.
Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
Options
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

2.12.12Graphical Utilities
As of IPM 11 there are some additional utilities added to all of the native plots within
PROSPER, where native plots refers to any plot that is built into a particular screen, that
allow extra information to be extracted from the plots. Plots that use TeeChart software
or are accessed from a calculation by selecting "Plot" in the menu bar will not have
these additional features.

The three features are:

1. Cross-Hair
2. Peak To Peak
3. Period

These can be accessed by right clicking on one of the native plots. The screenshot
below shows the quick view VLP/IPR plot of the System Calculation (Calculation |
System (Ipr + Vlp)) as an example:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 819 PROSPER

Cross-Hair

The cross-hair function provides a more accurate way of reading values from the plots.
Using the same System Calculation plot as before, the Cross-Hair feature has three
options, each of which can be shown or hidden:

1. Enable/Disable
2. Values
3. Gradient Values

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 820

Enable/ This option allows the cross-hairs to either be shown or hidden by

Disable selecting "Show" or "Hide".
Similarly to "Enable/Disable" this option can be used by selecting
Values "Show" or "Hide". In this case, the value of where the cross hairs cut the
various curves are displayed on the plot. Both the x and y co-ordinate
values are shown, as can be seen in the screenshot below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 821 PROSPER

This option allows the gradient of the curve at the point where the cross-
Gradient hairs cut the various curves to be shown. This gradient can either be
Values displayed as X/Y or Y/X, depending on what is selected by the user. An
example of Y/X is shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 822

Peak To Peak

The "Peak To Peak" feature allows the user to "measure" the difference in the y-axis
between points on a plot. The range can be modified by clicking and dragging the black
dashed lines until they are in the correct position, as shown below:

Period

The "Period" feature is the same as the "Peak To Peak" feature, except the user can
measure the difference in the x-axis between points, as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 823 PROSPER

2.12.13Reset Results
In the calculation menu the Reset Results option has the objective to erase any results
previously calculated in the model.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 824

After accessing this option, select the calculation to reset and then select Reset: the
program will erase the desired results.
2.12.14Calculation Options
This screen allows the user to specify key parameters used in several complementary
calculations in Prosper. Expand each option for a description of each

Maximum Grain Size Diameter

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 825 PROSPER

This calculation determines the maximum size of a grain of sand which can be dragged
away by the producing fluid.

The only parameter required is the Sand Density.

The model implemented in PROSPER is based upon a series of equations derived by

Thomas (Reference 3) to calculate the friction velocity at the limit of solid transport in a
liquid / solid system.

Sand will be lifted to the wellhead only if the velocity of the fluid in the wellbore is greater
than the “Critical Transport Velocity”.

This velocity is function of sand particle size, shape and density and the fluid density and
viscosity.

Two different equations are used: one for oil wells and one for gas well:

1. Oil Wells

The equation used in this case is more applicable to laminar flow, conditions that
are likely to be encountered in oil and / or water wells.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 826

Where:

- V = Critical Transport Velocity (cm/sec) - Equivalent to Superficial Fluid

Velocities in PROSPER

- N = Dynamic Fluid Viscosity (poise) - Equivalent to Mixture

Viscosity in PROSPER

- g = Gravity (980 cm/sec2)

- r = Particle Radius (cm) - This is the parameter

calculated by PROSPER

- = Fluid Density (gm/cm3) - By default, PROSPER uses a

2.65g/cc sand density. This can be changed in the System | Solids section of
the main PROSPER menu.

- = Particle Density (gm/cm3)

2. Gas Wells

The equation used in this case is applicable to high gas flows and does not
include a factor for viscosity: viscosity has only an insignificant effect on lifting
sand.

Where:

- V = Critical Transport Velocity (ft/sec) - Equivalent to Superficial Fluid

Velocities in PROSPER

- = Fluid Density (lb/ft3)

- = Particle Density (lb/ft3) - By default, PROSPER uses a 2.65g/

cc sand density. This can be changed in the System | Solids section of the
main PROSPER menu.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 827 PROSPER

- g = Gravity (32.2 ft/sec2)

- d = Particle diameter (ft) - This is the parameter calculated by

PROSPER

- Cd = Drag coefficient for the particle - Essentially a function of particle

shape at high Reynolds numbers. Cd value for sand grain is 0.85.

In both the oil/water and gas cases, PROSPER knows the fluid velocity in the wellbore.
Therefore, it will calculate the maximum particle diameter that can be transported by the
well flow.

These calculations are important when an attempt is made to cut back the production
rate so that the well will stop producing sand and will help determine if the formation
sand may be accumulating at the bottom of the well.

References:

1. Fairhurst.CP – “Sand Transport in the South East Forties Pipe Line”, BHRA,
1983

2. Smith.M – “A Model for Predicting Solids Transport in near Horizontal Multi-

Phase Oil and Gas Pipe Lines”, XFE report 8/2/1993

3. Wasp, Kenny & Gandhi – “Solid-Liquid Flow Slurry Pipe Line Transportation”,
Gulf Publishing Company, Clausthal, Germany 1979

Plot
After running any calculation (System, Gradient, Tubing Correlation Comparison, it is
possible to visualise a plot of the Critical Transport Velocities (velocity vs gravel size),
which represents the minimum velocity that is required to lift grains of sand of a certain
size for given produced fluid properties (density and viscosity).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 828

Erosional Velocity

The DNV erosion model will be used to calculate the rate of erosion based on the
entered Sand Production Rate, Wall Material and Deformation when performing a
gradient calculation.

When performing the gradient calculation, PROSPER will evaluate the rate of erosion
for the following geometries:

Straight Pipe

Reducing Union (if present)

Blend (if present from deviation survey entered)

The geometry with the largest rate of erosion is reported in the gradient calculation. In
VLP and System calculations, the maximum value at any depth is reported.

Further details on the DNV erosion model can be found in the flow assurance section of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 829 PROSPER

the PROSPER user manual.

The gradient calculation will also use the sand production rate, C-Factor and S-Factor
input to estimate the erosional velocity value

This erosion can be caused by the repeated impact of solid particles on tubings and
pipelines. To avoid this we attempt to estimate the velocity at which erosion will occur.
Normal practise is to use equation of API 14 E. This can be unreliable especially for
clean production where the limiting value of C (125) can be too restrictive. In practice,
values of 1000 for C have been recorded in pipes where no erosion has been detected.

C
Ve
m

Ve - Fluid Erosion Velocity (ft/sec)

C - Empirical constant (C-Factor)

m- Mixture Density (lbm/ft3 )

In PROSPER, we calculate and display the C value and it is the responsibility of the
User to work out whether for this C value, erosion will occur or not depending upon the
expected operating conditions. An interesting paper that deals with the subject is:
"Criteria for Sizing Multiphase Flowlines for Erosive/Corrosive Service" by S.J.
Svedeman - SPE Paper 26569.

The debate regarding the erosional velocity is still big concern; many investigators
reviewed the velocity limits specified in the RP 14E and concluded that the limits are
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 830

too conservative

Some investigators define the use the C value as follows:

C=100 for continuous service

C=125 for intermittent service
C=150- in cases where corrosion is controlled by
200 inhibitors

In cases where sand is present even at very low velocities erosion will be a problem and
there are no guidelines on the amount of reduction to the calculated velocity in this
cases.

Some times, limiting the velocity in flowlines to a unnecessarily low value will result in
costly oversised flowlines

Other investigators calculated that the velocity that would produce liquid impingement
erosion corresponds to C=300.

Other cases, for example the erosional velocity limits for water injection system
correspond to values of C=450 with out any solid and non corrosive conditions but when
corrosion is present this value can be reduced to C=250 depending on the corrosive
condition

It is precisely because a variety of different erosion / corrosion applications defined by

different investigators that PROSPER only displays the C factor and we leave it to the
user to work out, based on different criteria, whether erosion will occur or not depending
certain operating conditions.

New erosional velocity calculations for sand landen fluids

A ConocoPhillips paper (An Alternative to API14E Erosional Velocity Limits for

Sand Laden Fluids - ASME Transaction - Energy Resources Technology
Journal) challenges API14E on the basis that it can be very conservative for clean
service and is not applicable for conditions where corrosion or sand are present. It
proposes a simple alternative approach that has been verified by a comparison with
several multi-phase flow loop tests that cover a broad range of liquid-gas ratios and
sand concentrations. Values of S for different components are proposed in the paper

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 831 PROSPER

D m
Ve S
W
S - S Factor (depends on pipe geometry)

D - Pipe Diameter (mm)

m - Mixture Density (Kg/m 3 )

W - Sand Production (Kg/day)

The constants C and S for the two formulations can be customised by selecting System/
Solids and tab button Erosional Velocity or the Options button in any calculation screen.

When in this area a Sand Production Rate equal to nil is entered, then the program will
utilise the original API 14E equation. If a non-zero Sand Production Rate is entered then
the program will use the modified formulation subject to the following logic.

Calculate the Erosional Velocity for solid-free fluid using the C value entered (Vef).
If the Sand Production Rate (W) is greater than zero:
Calculate the Erosional Velocity using the ConocoPhillips method (Ves).
If the Vef (for solid free fluid) < Ves (for sand-laden fluid), set the erosional
velocity = Vef.

In order to see the values computed by the ConocoPhillips method set C sufficiently high
until the values do not change for changing values of C.

Liquid Loading (Turner Equation)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 832

The Turner Equation is used to study the continuous removal of liquid from gas wells.
This equation is used to determine the minimum velocity of the producing fluid
necessary to drag away the droplets of liquid. The original formulation of the equation is
the following:
1
1 4
σ (ρ l 4
ρg )
Vt 20.4 1
ρg 2

σ - Surface Tension (dynes/cm)

ρl - Liquid Density (lbm/ft 3 )
ρg - Gas Density (lbm/ft 3 )

Please note that this is the equation from the original paper where the units are
inconsistent with the constant given. The 20.4 constant in fact relates to when the surface
tension is defined in units of 'lbf/ft'.

Using the Petroleum Experts 4 mechanistic model it has been found that 2.04 gives
much more reliable results in a wide range of examples.

This constant can be however changed by the User by selecting System Solids from
the main menu, or the Options button and the Liquid Loading tab screen within any
calculation screen.

Corrosion

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 833 PROSPER

The NORSOK CO2 corrosion model will be used to calculate the rate of corrosion
reported in the gradient, VLP and system calculation screens.

The corrosion rate (CR) reported is:

CR = IRC * EFF + URC * (1-EFF)

The uninhibited rate of corrosion (URC) calculated by the NORSOK CO2 model will be
adjusted by the user entered inhibited rate (IRC) and inhibitor efficiency (EFF).

Further information on the NORSOK CO2 corrosion model can be flow assurance
section of the PROSPER user manual.

Please note that water and a %CO2 impurity must be present in the PVT data section of
PROSPER for the calculation to occur. The alkalinity entered acts as a buffer in the pH
calculations.

The VLP and System calculation will report the maximum value at any depth.

The standalone CO2 corrosion calculator can be accessed from Calculation | Flow
Assurance | CO2 Corrosion

Pigging

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 834

This calculation can be used to describe the pigging characteristics of the flow in
pipelines.

Assuming 100% removal efficiency of a sphere and that all the liquid removed by the
sphere is in the form of a continuous slug, the pigged slug volume can be estimated by
integrating the difference between the liquid holdup and the no-slip holdup in the
pipeline. Also the time to produce the slug can be calculated from

5 614 VL
Tpr
VSL
A 1- VSG
VSL VSG

These are the additional results reported in the Gradient Traverse results. These values
are all cumulative,
Pigged Slug Length
Pigged Slug Volume
Time to Produce Pigged Slug Length
Time for Pigged Slug to reach Outlet

Pigging Efficiency can be entered by User.

2.12.15Target GOR - Results

This screen describes the derived composition calculated from the requested Target
GOR and its equivalent Black Oil properties compared to the original composition and
properties. Use the arrow buttons to view each calculated composition.
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 835 PROSPER

Done Return to the previous screen.

Main Return to the main PROSPER screen.
Export Export Target GOR composition results to Screen, Printer, Clipboard or
File.
Help View this help screen.

Example of Exported Output

################################
# Eos Target GOR Composition #
################################

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 836

................................
. Target GOR - 700 (scf/STB) .
................................

.................
. Composition .
.................

Original Current
Component Mole Mole
Name Percent Percent
(percent) (percent)
--------- --------- ---------
N2 0.05 0.047172
CO2 0.15 0.14201
C1 37.6 35.4797
C2 9.7 9.20315
C3 9.8 9.50657
NC4 6.6 6.64995
NC5 4.3 4.51088
C6 3.5 3.75193
PS-1 28.3 30.7086

..........................
. Black Oil Properties .
..........................

Original Current
----------- -----------
Target GOR 800.074 700.05 (scf/STB)
Oil Gravity 34.2028 34.1204 (API)
Gas Gravity 0.89648 0.90142 (sp. gravity)
Mole Weight 101.134 107.533 (lb/lb.mole)

................................
. Target GOR - 820 (scf/STB) .
................................

.................
. Composition .
.................

Original Current
Component Mole Mole
Name Percent Percent

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 837 PROSPER

(percent) (percent)
--------- --------- ---------
N2 0.05 0.050514
CO2 0.15 0.15145
C1 37.6 37.9851
C2 9.7 9.79024
C3 9.8 9.85329
NC4 6.6 6.59093
NC5 4.3 4.2617
C6 3.5 3.45425
PS-1 28.3 27.8626

..........................
. Black Oil Properties .
..........................

Original Current
----------- -----------
Target GOR 800.074 820.077 (scf/STB)
Oil Gravity 34.2028 34.2186 (API)
Gas Gravity 0.89648 0.89565 (sp. gravity)
Mole Weight 101.134 99.9716 (lb/lb.mole)

.................................
. Target GOR - 2000 (scf/STB) .
.................................

.................
. Composition .
.................

Original Current
Component Mole Mole
Name Percent Percent
(percent) (percent)
--------- --------- ---------
N2 0.05 0.066203
CO2 0.15 0.19577
C1 37.6 49.747
C2 9.7 12.5464
C3 9.8 11.481
NC4 6.6 6.31383
NC5 4.3 3.09191
C6 3.5 2.0567
PS-1 28.3 14.5011

..........................
. Black Oil Properties .
..........................

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 838

Original Current
----------- -----------
Target GOR 800.074 2000.21 (scf/STB)
Oil Gravity 34.2028 34.9202 (API)
Gas Gravity 0.89648 0.87903 (sp. gravity)
Mole Weight 101.134 64.4754 (lb/lb.mole)

2.12.16Note on Enthalpy Balance Model

The Predicting Pressure and Temperature analysis option can be used to generate
temperature and pressure profiles in producing wells.

This rigorous thermodynamic model Enthalpy Balance considers heat transfer by

conduction, radiation, forced and free convection. Heat transfer coefficients are
calculated using thermodynamic data held in a User-definable database. The
temperature prediction calculations are transient, allowing sensitivities against flowing
time to be run for both wells and pipelines. This temperature model requires
considerably more input data and computation time for either Predicting Pressure Only
or the Rough or Improved Approximation temperature models. Enthalpy Balance
should be applied only when the desired result is the temperature. The additional
computational effort cannot be justified for pressure loss calculations.

Both pressure and temperature losses across chokes and restrictions are accounted
for. A theoretical outline of the Enthalpy Balance model is given in Appendix B.

Temperature prediction is useful for generating temperature profiles in:

pipelines
sub sea wells
high pressure/temperature exploration wells
predicting temperature/pressure profiles to help predict wax/hydrate deposits.
accounting for Joule-Thompson effects

PROSPER 's Enthalpy Balance temperature model is one of the most accurate
temperature prediction methods available.

The Enthalpy Balance (or Improved Approximation) temperature

calculations must commence from a known condition. For producers,
calculations iterate from a guess bottomhole pressure and known temperature
to converge to a set top node pressure at wellhead. For injectors, calculations
commence from the known wellhead pressure and temperature defined by the
user.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 839 PROSPER

2.13 Design Menu

The 'Design Menu' enables the user to perform various artificial lift designs.

From this menu the user can access the design modules for the following artificial lift
technologies:

Gas Lift (continuous)

Electrical Submersible Pump
Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
Progressive Cavity Pump
Coiled Tubing GasLift
Jet Pump
Sucker Rod Pump
Gas lift (intermittent)

The design menu is active only if an artificial lift method has been selected in the
main 'Options' screen.
The design option will correspond to the artificial lift method selection in the main
option screen.
Artificial lift design is not enabled when the Enthalpy Balance temperature model
is in use.

From the 'Design' menu the Database containing all the information about gas lift
valves, ESP pumps, motors, cables, etc. is accessible. A dedicated section is reported
at the end of the chapter.

In the following sections each of the design options are illustrated.

2.13.1 GasLift (Continuous)

The gas lift design can be used to design and optimise the design of gas lifted wells.

The program can be used to determine the spacing and size of unloading valves and
calculate the valve test rack setting pressures for a new well or, alternatively, designs
can also be performed for existing wells having mandrels installed at fixed depths.
2.13.1.1Menu Options
If gas lift was selected as a lift method in the Options menu the following additional
options will be available in the Designs | Gaslift menu:

New Well
Existing Mandrels

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 840

Gaslift Adjustments
Gaslift Valve Perfromance
Gaslift Equilibrium Plot
Transient Gaslift Simulator

The gas lift design section of the program can be used to determine the optimum gas lift
equipment for a given well. PROSPER calculates the maximum production rate
possible, the corresponding optimum gas lift rate, the valve spacing and size to unload
the well and the test rack setting pressure for each valve for surface calibration.

Designs can also be prepared for wells having mandrels already set at fixed depths.

Before the user can proceed ahead with artificial lift design, PVT, downhole equipment
and IPR information must be entered. Where possible, VLP matching should also be
carried out on the well to ensure that the multiphase flow correlation selected calculates
a pressure gradient which is consistent with the actual well.

2.13.1.2New Well
This option enables the user to design gas lifted artificial lift systems for new
installations. PVT, downhole equipment and IPR information are required to be present
before performing a design. If artificial lift equipment details have been entered in the
System section (System | Gaslift Data), they will be overwritten or ignored by the
design process. Once a design has been prepared using this section the Calculation
section (e.g. Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp)) enables the user to compute sensitivities
for new systems.

A new well design can be used to determine the optimum gas lift design of a well by
calculating the maximum production rate, the optimum gas lift rate, the valve spacing to
unload the well and the test rack setting pressure for each valve.

The figure below shows an example of the New Well Gaslift Design screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 841 PROSPER

- Red - Design Options and Input Data

- Blue - Valve Selection
- Green - Design Results Section
- Purple - Design Narrative section

The main buttons in this screen are explained below:

Design Performs the gaslift design calculation based of the options selected and
the data entered.
Results Accesses the gaslift design results screen. Please refer to the Gaslift
Design Results section for more information.
Done Returns the user to the previous screen, keeping changes.
Cancel Returns the user to the previous screen, discarding changes.
IPR Allows quick access to the IPR section so that any changes etc. can be
made if necessary.
Sensitivit Allows sensitivities to be performed on the input data. Please refer to the
y Design Sensitivity section for more information.
Export Allows specified data to be copied, saved to file or printed.
Report Creates a report of the input and calculated data.
Help Accesses the Help section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 842

PC Plot This will expand the Performance Curve Plot. Please refer to the GasLift
Design Performance Curve Plot section for more information.
Design Accesses the design plot, which shows the pressure gradients in the well
Plot with respect to the valve depths determined in the design. Please refer to
the Results - Design Plot section for more information.

Design Options

The following table describes the design options available:

Design rate Entered By Use this option when the design production
User rate and gas lift gas injection rate is already
known or when modeling the performance of
an existing installation. If Check Conformance
with IPR is selected, the program will modify
the rate and the gas injection rate, if necessary,
to honour the IPR.

If a maximum production calculation has been

previously done, the lift gas and design
production rates can be User Entered. The
design rate can be entered either in terms of
liquid or oil production only. The design lift gas
injection is entered as the Maximum gas
available
Calculated The program will optimise fluid production by
From Max placing the operating gas lift valve as deep as
Production possible in the well. Up to the user-entered
maximum, the program will call for as much lift
gas as it needs to achieve the maximum liquid
production.

When this option is used a maximum liquid

rate is required to be input. This allows the
user to honour production constraints imposed
by surface facilities or off take targets..
Calculated Using user-entered economic parameters for
From Max oil and sales gas revenue, produced water
Revenue processing and lift gas cost, the program will
find the gas lift design that maximises total
revenue up to the user-entered maximum rate.
The same search procedure as for Maximum
production is carried out using the cost
function in place of the oil production rate for

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 843 PROSPER

the design rate.

When this option is used a maximum liquid

rate is required to be input. This allows the
user to honour production constraints imposed
by surface facilities or off take targets.
Valve Type Casing Enter Casing Pressure Drop Per Valve. This is
Sensitive the reduction in casing pressure required to
close valves.
Tubing Enter Percentage Pwh-Pcasing. The
Sensitive percentage difference in surface pressures
required to close valves.
Proportional PROSPER determines the closing pressure as
part of the design calculations.
Valve Setting These options are for casing sensitive valves only.

All Valves Dome pressures are set so that valves open

PVo = Gas with the design casing pressure at depth. The
Pressure casing pressure must be reduced by at least
R(Pvo - Pt) to close valves for this option.

PROSPER designs using the maximum of either

the dP to close valves or the calculated closing
pressure drop. As this method is more
conservative and will help ensure that valves do
not close before they are intended to, however,
it reduces the available injection pressure and
will result in lower production rates.
This is the recommended design setting when
designing new wells.

Pmin - Pmax Enter fraction of the Tubing Effect Factor

(TEF). The TEF is the ratio of R/(1-R) where R
is the ratio of the area of the valve port and
area of the valve bellow (R=Ap/Ab), commonly
used by manufacturers.
Injection Point Injection The final injection point is considered to be an
point is orifice
Orifice
Injection The final injection point is considered to be a
point is Valve valve

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 844

Valve Spacing Normal Strict Gradient Spacing Procedure

Method
Spacing Line This procedure is for spacing mandrels when
Procedure the actual production rate is unknown, and
therefore a strict gradient design method for
spacing mandrels may be too optimistic and
mandrels can be spaced too far apart. Using a
spacing line method is more conservative and
usually adds one or two mandrels, giving more
flexibility in the future after the well is on
production and can be analyzed.

Spacing is constructed within the two lines that

form an envelope:

A. The line from the design spacing point at the

surface, Pd, to fluid pressure at the lift
operating depth, Pf.
B. The gas operating pressure column in the
casing that has a surface pressure, Pinj, and
gas pressure at the lift operating depth, Pg.
C. The procedure to obtain a spacing design
is:

1. Plot the fluid pressure (Pf) profile and the

operating gas pressure (Pg) profile
2. Create a design spacing line between two
points:
a) At the operating injection depth the point
would be Pf on the fluid profile.
Pd @ injection operating depth = Pf
@operating depth
b) At the surface the design spacing point
would be:
Pd @ 0 ft = Pwh + SF * (Pinj - Pwh)

where:
Pd @ 0 ft = design spacing point at
surface, psig
Pinj = operating gas injection pressure
at the wellhead, psig
Pwh = flowing wellhead pressure of
production fluid, psig
c) The spacing factor, SF, is related to well
productivity:
SPACING FACTORS (SF)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 845 PROSPER

SF PI
0.20 <2
0.25 2 to 20
0.30 >20

Dome Pressure There are two equations for dome pressure temperature
Correction > 1200 correction for dome pressures above 1200 psig.
psig
No PROSPER will use the standard API
temperature correction method for all
pressures. This method is known to be
inaccurate at high pressures. The option is
provided for convenience in comparing results
from hand calculations etc.
Yes Given the limitations of the standard API
method, a more accurate formulation is used
whereby different expressions are used for the
correction above and below 1200 psig. As this
method is applicable to high pressures, it is the
default and recommended option.
Check Rate When selected, PROSPER will re-calculate the system solution
Conformance with rate at each step in the design process to ensure that the design
IPR rate can be met. This prevents for example, a design being
done for an unrealistic Enter by User rate.

For speed in comparing designs, this option can be set to No. How
user must be aware that the design rate may not be able to be met by

For more information on the 'Check Rate Conformance with IPR'

option please refer to the Check Rate Conformance with IPR
section.
Use IPR for Yes This is the recommended PROSPER unloading
Unloading valve trim sizing method.

When each valve depth is calculated, the

optimum injection rate is found by running a
sensitivity on the injection rate at the valve
depth. The rate which provides the minimum
flowing pressure in the tubing at that depth is
used to size the valve.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 846

When the Use IPR for Unloading feature is

selected as Yes, the IPR is used to calculate
the well production rate which is produced from
the well at each injection rate. This ensures that
the injected gas rate used for the valve trim
sizing calculation is an accurate representation
of the actual flowing conditions.
No This is the standard hand-calculation method.

As with the Yes method, the optimum injection

rate is found at each valve by running a
sensitivity study on the injection rate. As the
injection rate increases the density of the
column above decreases (lowering the
pressure) until a rate is reached at which the
This injection rate is then used to size the
valves.

When the Use IPR for Unloading feature is

selected as No, the IPR is not used to calculate
the production rate and instead it is assumed
that the full design rate is produced. This leads
to a larger injection rate being required to reach
the minimum pressure within the tubing and
therefore the resultant valve trim sizes are
overestimated.

To compensate for this overestimation, the

Minimum Transfer dP is required to alter the
pressure that the tubing pressure has to be
lowered to. This means that less gas is
required and so the valve trim sizes which are
calculated are no longer overestimated.

For more information on the Using IPR for Unloading method

please refer to the Use IPR for Unloading section.
Orifice Sizing Calculated The orifice size is determined and the pressure
Method dP at Orifice drop across it is calculated.

Min dP The orifice is sized so that the dP is less than

Across
Orifice

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 847 PROSPER

the user-entered Desired dP Across Valve

Tubing This selects a correlation for downhole tubing/casing. If pipe

Correlation matching has been performed the modified correlations will be
used.
Pipeline This selects a correlation for surface pipelines. If pipe matching
Correlation has been performed the modified correlations will be used.

Valve Spacing

Valve spacing is not affected by the choice of unloading method, but the trim size
selection depends on whether the well IPR is used for calculating the unloading rate or
not. The following discussion refers to casing sensitive valves.

For the design rate and GLR injected, a pressure traverse is calculated from the top
node (including the flowline, if present) downwards using the gas lifted flowing gradient.
The injection depth is the depth at which the flowing tubing pressure equals the casing
pressure gradient less the design dP loss across the orifice or the Maximum Injection
Depth (packer depth), whichever is the shallower. This step establishes the flowing
tubing pressure gradient to be used for valve spacing.

The shallowest unloading valve is placed at the depth which balances the tubing load
fluid pressure with the casing pressure (less a 50 psi safety margin) at that depth.
Further unloading valves are placed by traversing down between the load fluid pressure
gradient and gas lifted tubing pressure gradient (calculated for the design gas lifted
production rate) lines.

Valves are placed ever deeper until the inter-valve spacing equals the pre-set minimum,
or the maximum injection depth has been reached. Once the first pass design is
complete, PROSPER re-calculates the flowing gradient tubing using the current operating
valve depth. For casing sensitive valves, the valve depths are re-calculated to allow for
the casing pressure drop to close valves. The process is repeated until the valve depths
no longer change. When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, the solution
rate is checked to ensure that it can be achieved. PROSPER reduces the design rate if
necessary and repeats the spacing exercise.

A note on Designing with Tubing Sensitive Valves

Tubing sensitive valves operate with a constant casing pressure and rely on increasing
tubing pressure as the well unloads to close the unloading valve and transfer injection to
lower valves. To prepare a design for tubing sensitive valves, the required input is the
same as for Casing Sensitive valves except that instead of entering the casing pressure
drop to close valves, the percentage Pcasing - Pwh to close valves is required.

Line Spacing Procedure

PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 848

The injection point is found as for casing sensitive valves by finding the intersection of
the minimum tubing gradient line and the casing pressure gradient (less a 50 psi safety
margin). The first unloading valve is spaced as for the casing sensitive case.

Intermediate unloading valves are spaced by traversing down using the load fluid
gradient from the transfer pressure to intersect the casing pressure gradient for the
operating injection pressure. The transfer pressure (tubing pressure at which the
unloading valve closes) is calculated using the value of % Pcasing -Pwh as follows:

· The surface pressure corresponding to the specified % difference between the

operating tubing and casing pressures is calculated.
· A straight line is extended from this point to intersect the tubing pressure at the
injection point. The valve transfer pressure is defined at any depth by this line.

A small value of % difference results in transfer pressures close to the flowing tubing
gradient. While this results in a design with few unloading valves, any small increase in
flowing tubing pressure may cause unloading valves to re-open.

A larger value of % Pcasing -Pwh will increase the transfer pressure further away from
the flowing tubing gradient. This provides a greater safety margin against multi-point
injection, but requires the unloading valves to be spaced more closely.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 849 PROSPER

Selecting transfer pressures using only the % Pcasing - Pwh straight line can result in
shallow valves having a too conservative transfer pressure, and the deeper valves may
transfer too close to the tubing gradient line. PROSPER adjusts the design transfer
pressures so that valves are spaced efficiently while at the same time ensuring a good
safety margin against multipoint injection.

Having performed a design, it is recommended that the Matching QuickLook and

Design Gas Lift Diagnostic sections are used to check your design and examine the
effect of varying design and producing conditions.

Current Valve Type

Use this panel to select the type of valves you want to use in the design from your Valves
database. Maximum Port size will automatically be updated as you choose a particular
valve.

Input Parameters

The following table describes the input parameters required:

Maximum Liquid Only required for the Calculated From Max Production/Revenue
Rate design rate options.
Maximum Gas Set to the maximum gas available at normal operating pressure.
Available
Maximum Gas Enter the maximum gas available at the unloading pressure for
During unloading the shallowest valve.
Unloading
Flowing Top Normal operating well head pressure
Node Pressure
Unloading Top Enter a lower unloading pressure if for example the separator is
Node Pressure bypassed during unloading. Otherwise leave the same as flowing
top node pressure.
Operating Available gas injection system pressure available at the casing
Injection head. This is not the final operating injection pressure.
Pressure
If the 'Safety equipment' option has been selected, pressure
losses along surface pipes are computed also.
Kick Off Injection Leave set to normal injection system pressure unless an auxiliary
Pressure source of high pressure kick off gas is available. This pressure is
used to space the first unloading valve. If a sufficiently high
pressure is entered, then no unloading valves will be needed.
Desired dP User selected design pressure loss across valve orifice to ensure
Across Valve well and gas injection system pressure stability. Usually in the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 850

order of 100-200 psi.

Maximum Depth Constrains the maximum injection depth to be shallower than the
Of Injection production packer.
Total GOR See GOR DEFINITIONS
Static Gradient Density of fluid to be balanced by casing pressure during
of Load Fluid unloading. Use the greater of tubing kill fluid or packer fluid density.
Minimum Only available when Use IPR for Unloading has been
Transfer dP selected as No and is used to size the valve trim.

During the unloading process, the optimum injection rate is found

at each valve by running a sensitivity study on the injection rate.
This injection rate is then used to size the valves.

When the Use IPR for Unloading feature is selected as No, the
IPR is not used to calculate the production rate and instead it is
assumed that the full design rate is produced. This leads to a
larger injection rate being required to reach the minimum pressure
within the tubing and therefore the resultant valve trim sizes are
overestimated.

To compensate for this overestimation, the Minimum Transfer dP

is used to alter the pressure to which tubing pressure has to be
lowered to. This means that less gas is required and so the valve
trim sizes which are calculated are no longer overestimated.

The new pressure which is to be reached becomes:

(Ptransfer) = Pmin *(1- % minimum transfer dP /100)
If set to zero, unloading valve trims will be sized to inject sufficient
gas to lower the unloading tubing pressure to the minimum
possible pressure at the valve depth.
Increasing the value of Minimum transfer dP will lower the
unloading GLR injected and reduce trim sizes.

Values of 5 to 25% are commonly used.

Safety For Extra dP to ensure that the last unloading valve before the orifice is
Closure Of Last closed.
Unloading Valve
Water Cut Design producing water cut.
Min CHP The minimum casing head pressure reduced expected for each
decrease per valve.
valve

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 851 PROSPER

Thornhill-Craver This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas injection
DeRating rate that can be flowed through a valve or the orifice. As the
Percentage for maximum gas rate is decreased, this means that to flow the same
Valves and for gas rate as the original case (with no de-rating), larger valve or
Orifice orifice should be used

2.13.1.2.1 Calculation - user entered rate

Performing the Design

The program will determine the depth of the operating valve and the spacing for the
unloading valves. Depending on the design settings, this will usually take more than one
pass. On the first pass, the injection and unloading valve depths are determined
assuming no casing pressure drop to close valves. Having determined the number of
valves to use, the operating valve depth is revised to reflect the new operating casing
pressure. The spacing procedure is repeated using the revised operating casing
pressure until the number of unloading valves and their setting depths no longer change.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 852

When Check Rate Conformance with IPR is set to Yes, PROSPER re-calculates the
solution rate and reduces the design rate if necessary. The final design production and
Gas Lift injection rates are displayed on the design gradient plot.

Design Performs the Gaslift Design. Based upon the design rate calculated, the
program determines the spacing for the unloading valves.
Plot Display the Position of the Unloading Valves
Results Calculate the Valve Test Rack Setting Pressures and (if required) amend
valve details.
Main Return to the main screen
Done Return to the previous screen
Help View this screen

2.13.1.2.2 Results
After the design calculation has been performed (by pressing Design), the results can
be view in the main design screen and via the Results button.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 853 PROSPER

When Results is pressed, the following screen will appear:

The buttons on the screen are described in the table below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 854

Calculate Calculate the Valve Test Rack Setting Pressures and

associated results.
Done Save the results and return to the previous screen.
Main Save the results and return to the main screen.
Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the main screen.
Report Produce a hard copy report of the results to the printer.
Export Export the results to a variety of locations.
Help View this help screen.
Change Valve Change some of the valve parameters (Port size, R Value)
prior to recalculating results.
Stability Use this screen to validate whether the design will ensure
stable flow.
Gradient Accesses a Sensitivity PvD calculation.
Simulator The opens the transient gaslift simulator.

The following table describes the results displayed:

Valve This number corresponds to the sequential number of the

valve
Number of Valves This number corresponds to the number of valves required to
pass the calculated volume of gas
Measured Depth Measured depth position of the valve
True Vertical Depth True vertical depth position of the valve.
Tubing Pressure Flowing tubing pressure at the valve depth.
Casing Pressure Casing Pressure at the valve depth
Transfer Pressure The pressure at which the tubing gradient allows injection in
the next valve.
Temperature @ Tubing fluid temperature at the depth of the valve.
Valve
Gas lift Rate Amount of gas lift through the unloading valves for the
calculated port size and conditions of pressure
Port size Orifice size in 64th of inch
R value Ratio between the area of the bellow and area of the port
Valve Opening Pressure for opening the valve at valve depth
Pressure

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 855 PROSPER

Valve Closing Pressure for closing the valve at valve depth

Pressure
Dome pressure Bellows pressure at 60 Deg F
Test Rack Opening Bellow pressure corrected to standard conditions with tubing
Pressure pressure set at 0.
Opening CHP Casing pressure at surface to open the valve.
Closing CHP Casing pressure at surface to close the valve.
Unloadable This is a post process calculation which is the maximum fluid
Gradient gradient that is possible under the design conditions for each
of the valves. It represents the gradient in the design from the
transfer pressure of the upper valve down to the casing
pressure of the next valve.

Dome Pressure & Test Rack Opening Pressure

Click on Calculate to calculate the Dome Pressure and the Test Rack Opening
Pressure (valve setting pressure at 60 C).

The valve depths, tubing pressure, unloading gas injection rate and trim sizes
are shown in the left screen panel.

The Dome pressure corresponds to the Dome Pressure at 60 deg F and not
at the valve operating temperature.

The test rack opening pressure is calculated using the relationship

Ptro = (Pd @ 60 deg F) / (1 – R)

Where:
Ptro = Test Rack Opening Pressure
Pd @ 60 deg F = Dome Pressure at 60 deg F.
R = Ratio of Port Area to Bellow Area of Valve.

Valve types are identified as Valve for unloading valves or Orifice for the last
mandrel if the injection point is selected as orifice. No opening or dome
pressure calculations are made for the orifice.

The design parameters such as valve depth, opening and closing pressures, orifice size
etc. are displayed in the table. Use the scroll thumb below the table to scroll right to see
items e.g. R-value, not visible in the display window.

Design Sensitivity on Port size

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 856

By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters associated to

the valve sises.

After Completed Design

Once a design has been completed, its performance should be checked over the range
of expected well conditions. There are multiple functionalities in PROSPER can be
used:

Transfer the gas lift design and valve setting details into Equipment Gas Lift, then use
Calculation System to compute sensitivities
Validate design using
o Criteria for Gas - Lift Stability
o Transient GasLift Simulator
GasLift Design Sensitivity
GasLift Adjustments

2.13.1.2.3 Results - Change Valve Details

Use this screen to amend the Port size and R Value for particular valves. You can then
return to the previous screen and recalculate the design results.

Use the valve database panel on the right-hand side of the screen to determine the
appropriate Port size and R Value to use for each valve you want to amend.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 857 PROSPER

Done Save your changes and return to the previous screen.

Main Save your changes and return to the main screen.
Cancel Abandon your changes and return to the previous screen.
Help View this Help Screen

2.13.1.2.4 Results - Stability

Once a design has been carried out, a study of the gas lift system's stability can be
performed using the Stability option.

Use this screen to validate whether the design will ensure stable flow. The stability

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 858

parameters F1 & F2 are automatically calculated on entry to the screen.

Done Return to the previous screen

Main Return to the main PROSPER screen.
Export Export Gaslift Stability calculation data to screen, printer, clipboard or
file.
Help View this Help screen

This option is based on the paper "Criteria for Gas-Lift Stability", Harald Asheim, SPE,
U. of Trondheim (JPT November 1988)

This paper describes two explicit stability criteria. The first quantifies stabilisation as a
function of the inflow responses of the reservoir fluid and the injected gas. The second
quantifies stabilisation as a function of the depletion of the casing pressure.

F1 should be reviewed first. If F1> 1, then F2 can be ignored as the

predicted well behaviour will be considered stable

If F1<1 then F2 must be reviewed and F2>1 for the well to be considered
stable

If both F1 and F2 <1 then the well is considered unstable

Inflow Response

A decrease in the downhole tubing pressure will cause increased flow of both reservoir
fluid and lift gas. If the flow of gas increases relatively more than the flow of liquid, the
density of the fluid mixtures decreases. This reduces the static head and the flow friction
and thus may accentuate instabilities.

If the reservoir fluid rate is more sensitive to pressure than the lift-gas rate, then the
average density of the mixture will increase in response to a decrease in tubing
pressure. This causes the tubing pressure to increase, which stabilises the flow. This
Criterion (F1) is calculated as

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 859 PROSPER

2
gsc Bg q gsc J
F1 * 2
1
qLsc EAi
where
gsc Lift - gas density at standard condtions
Bg FVF of gas at injection point
q gsc Lift - gas flow rate at standard conditions
qLsc Liquid flow rate at standard condtions
J Productivity Index
E Orifice Efficency Factor (assumed equal to 0.9)
Ai Injection Port Size

Pressure-Depletion Response

If the first criterion is not fulfilled, tubing pressure decrease will cause the injected gas
flow rate to increase more than the liquid flow rate. This will cause the tubing pressure to
decrease as well as the casing pressure. If the casing pressure decreases faster than
the tubing pressure, then the pressure difference between the casing and the tubing will
decrease and so will the injected gas rate. This stabilises the flow. This Criterion (F2) is
calculated as

Vt 1 Pt (q fi q gi )
F2 * * * 1
Vc gD ( fi gi ) q fi (1 F1 )
where
Vt Tubing volume downstream of injection point
Vc Casing volume
g Acceleration due to gravity
D Vertical depth to injection point
Pt Tubing Pressure
fi Reservoir fluid density at injection point

gi Lift - gas density at injection point

q fi Liquid flow rate at injection point
q gi Lift - gas flow rate at injection point
F1 Inflow Response Stability Criterion

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 860

2.13.1.2.5 Results - Design Plot

The Design Plot can be viewed in the results screen and via the Design Plot button.

This plot shows the tubing and casing pressure gradients for the design rate plus the
position of the operating and unloading valves. The unloading fluid gradients are plotted
also. The design data box lists the actual production and injection rates together with
the operating surface casing pressure.

The following options are common to all plots:

Done Exits the plot back to the previous screen.

Main Exits the plot back to the main PROSPER screen.
Scales This allows the user to adjust the x- and y-axis scale.
Labels Allows the axes labels to be modified

Details Allows the user to hide/show specific curves and view the data
points.
Select Quick method for showing/hiding curves.
Font Allows the axes, legend and test point fonts to be modified.

Replot If the plot has been zoomed in on, selecting Replot will automatically
zoom out to show the full graph.
Output Allows the graph to be exported, copied or printed.
Colours This allows the user to change the colours of the different curves.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 861 PROSPER

Variables Allows the axis variables to be changed.

Test Data Allows test data to be added to the plot.
Help Accesses the Help screen.

To zoom in on the plot, simply click and drag over the area to be zoomed in on.
2.13.1.2.6 Performance Curve Plot
When the designs calculations have finished, the results are displayed on the main
screen. In addition to this is the performance curve can be plotted by selecting PC Plot.
A graph similar to the following will appear:

The target design oil rate and gas injected can be read off the performance curve plot.

The design rate is:

The maximum oil production shown in the 'Performance curve' plot, provided that
the available gas injection and liquid production rate limits have not been
exceeded.
In case the maximum gas available is exceeded by the highest oil rate on the
plot, the oil rate corresponding to maximum available gas is taken as design
rate.
PROSPER will design for the maximum oil production rate entered in the main
input screen, if it exceeds the rate calculated from the performance curve.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 862

The performance curves can span several flow regimes. Discontinuities in

some flow correlations may cause occasional curve fitting problems. In such
cases, a correlation such as Hagedorn Brown may give better results.

The following options are are available:

Done Exits the plot back to the previous screen.

Main Exits the plot back to the main PROSPER screen.
Scales This allows the user to adjust the x- and y-axis scale.
Labels Allows the axes labels to be modified

Details Allows the user to hide/show specific curves and view the data
points.
Select Quick method for showing/hiding curves.
Font Allows the axes, legend and test point fonts to be modified.

Replot If the plot has been zoomed in on, selecting Replot will automatically
zoom out to show the full graph.
Output Allows the graph to be exported, copied or printed.
Colours This allows the user to change the colours of the different curves.
Help Accesses the Help screen.

To zoom in on the plot, simply click and drag over the area to be zoomed in on.

2.13.1.3Existing Mandrels
This option enables the user to design gas lifted artificial lift systems for new
installations. PVT, downhole equipment and IPR information are required to be present
before performing a design. If artificial lift equipment details have been entered in the
System section (System | Gaslift Data), they will be overwritten or ignored by the
design process. Once a design has been prepared using this section the Calculation
section (e.g. Calculation | System (Ipr+Vlp)) enables the user to compute sensitivities
for new systems.

An existing mandrel design can be used to determine the optimum gas lift design of a
well by calculating the maximum production rate, the optimum gas lift rate, the valve
spacing to unload the well and the test rack setting pressure for each valve.

The figure below shows an example of the Gaslift Design with existing mandrels screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 863 PROSPER

- Red - Design Options and Input Data

- Blue - Valve Selection
- Green - Design Results Section
- Purple - Design Narrative section

The main buttons in this screen are explained below:

Design Performs the gaslift design calculation based of the options selected and
the data entered.
Results Accesses the gaslift design results screen. Please refer to the Gaslift
Design Results section for more information.
Done Returns the user to the previous screen, keeping changes.
Cancel Returns the user to the previous screen, discarding changes.
IPR Allows quick access to the IPR section so that any changes etc. can be
made if necessary.
Sensitivit Allows sensitivities to be performed on the input data. Please refer to the
y Design Sensitivity section for more information.
Export Allows specified data to be copied, saved to file or printed.
Report Creates a report of the input and calculated data.
Help Accesses the Help section.
Mandrels The screen allows the positions of the existing mandrels to be specified.
Please refer to the GasLift Design - Existing Mandrels - Enter Mandrel

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 864

Depths section for more information.

PC Plot This will expand the Performance Curve Plot. Please refer to the GasLift
Design Performance Curve Plot section for more information.
Design Accesses the design plot, which shows the pressure gradients in the well
Plot with respect to the valve depths determined in the design. Please refer to
the Results - Design Plot section for more information.

Design Options

The following table describes the design options available:

Design rate Entered By Use this option when the design production
User rate and gas lift gas injection rate is already
known or when modeling the performance of
an existing installation. If Check Conformance
with IPR is selected, the program will modify
the rate and the gas injection rate, if necessary,
to honour the IPR.

If a maximum production calculation has been

previously done, the lift gas and design
production rates can be User Entered. The
design rate can be entered either in terms of
liquid or oil production only. The design lift gas
injection is entered as the Maximum gas
available
Calculated The program will optimise fluid production by
From Max placing the operating gas lift valve as deep as
Production possible in the well. Up to the user-entered
maximum, the program will call for as much lift
gas as it needs to achieve the maximum liquid
production.

When this option is used a maximum liquid

rate is required to be input. This allows the
user to honour production constraints imposed
by surface facilities or off take targets..
Calculated Using user-entered economic parameters for
From Max oil and sales gas revenue, produced water
Revenue processing and lift gas cost, the program will
find the gas lift design that maximises total
revenue up to the user-entered maximum rate.
The same search procedure as for Maximum
production is carried out using the cost

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 865 PROSPER

function in place of the oil production rate for

the design rate.

When this option is used a maximum liquid

rate is required to be input. This allows the
user to honour production constraints imposed
by surface facilities or off take targets.
Valve Type Casing Enter Casing Pressure Drop Per Valve. This is
Sensitive the reduction in casing pressure required to
close valves.
Tubing Enter Percentage Pwh-Pcasing. The
Sensitive percentage difference in surface pressures
required to close valves.
Proportional PROSPER determines the closing pressure as
part of the design calculations.
Valve Setting These options are for casing sensitive valves only.

All Valves Dome pressures are set so that valves open

PVo = Gas with the design casing pressure at depth. The
Pressure casing pressure must be reduced by at least
R(Pvo - Pt) to close valves for this option.

PROSPER designs using the maximum of either

the dP to close valves or the calculated closing
pressure drop. As this method is more
conservative and will help ensure that valves do
not close before they are intended to, however,
it reduces the available injection pressure and
will result in lower production rates.
This is the recommended design setting when
designing new wells.

Pmin - Pmax Enter fraction of TEF

Injection Point Injection The final injection point is considered to be an
point is orifice
Orifice
Injection The final injection point is considered to be a
point is Valve valve
Valve Spacing Normal Strict Gradient Spacing Procedure
Method
Spacing Line This procedure is for spacing mandrels when

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 866

Procedure the actual production rate is unknown, and

therefore a strict gradient design method for
spacing mandrels may be too optimistic and
mandrels can be spaced too far apart. Using a
spacing line method is more conservative and
usually adds one or two mandrels, giving more
flexibility in the future after the well is on
production and can be analyzed.

Spacing is constructed within the two lines that

form an envelope:

A. The line from the design spacing point at the

surface, Pd, to fluid pressure at the lift
operating depth, Pf.
B. The gas operating pressure column in the
casing that has a surface pressure, Pinj, and
gas pressure at the lift operating depth, Pg.
C. The procedure to obtain a spacing design
is:

1. Plot the fluid pressure (Pf) profile and the

operating gas pressure (Pg) profile
2. Create a design spacing line between two
points:
a) At the operating injection depth the point
would be Pf on the fluid profile.
Pd @ injection operating depth = Pf
@operating depth
b) At the surface the design spacing point
would be:
Pd @ 0 ft = Pwh + SF * (Pinj - Pwh)

where:
Pd @ 0 ft = design spacing point at
surface, psig
Pinj = operating gas injection pressure
at the wellhead, psig
Pwh = flowing wellhead pressure of
production fluid, psig
c) The spacing factor, SF, is related to well
productivity:
SPACING FACTORS (SF)
SF PI
0.20 <2

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 867 PROSPER

0.25 2 to 20
0.30 >20

Dome Pressure There are two equations for dome pressure temperature
Correction > 1200 correction for dome pressures above 1200 psig.
psig
No PROSPER will use the standard API
temperature correction method for all
pressures. This method is known to be
inaccurate at high pressures. The option is
provided for convenience in comparing results
from hand calculations etc.
Yes Given the limitations of the standard API
method, a more accurate formulation is used
whereby different expressions are used for the
correction above and below 1200 psig. As this
method is applicable to high pressures, it is the
default and recommended option.The API
method is used below 1200 psig, and an
improved algorithm is used above 1200 psig.
This is the default and recommended option.
Check Rate When selected, PROSPER will re-calculate the system solution
Conformance with rate at each step in the design process to ensure that the design
IPR rate can be met. This prevents for example, a design being
done for an unrealistic Enter by User rate.

For speed in comparing designs, this option can be set to No. How
user must be aware that the design rate may not be able to be met by

For more information on the 'Check Rate Conformance with IPR'

option please refer to the Check Rate Conformance with IPR
section.
Use IPR for Yes This is the recommended PROSPER unloading
Unloading valve trim sizing method.

When each valve depth is calculated, the

optimum injection rate is found by running a
sensitivity on the injection rate at the valve
depth. The rate which provides the minimum
flowing pressure in the tubing at that depth is
used to size the valve.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 868

When the Use IPR for Unloading feature is

selected as Yes, the IPR is used to calculate
the well production rate which is produced from
the well at each injection rate. This ensures that
the injected gas rate used for the valve trim
sizing calculation is an accurate representation
of the actual flowing conditions.
No This is the standard hand-calculation method.

As with the Yes method, the optimum injection

rate is found at each valve by running a
sensitivity study on the injection rate. As the
injection rate increases the density of the
column above decreases (lowering the
pressure) until a rate is reached at which the
This injection rate is then used to size the
valves.

When the Use IPR for Unloading feature is

selected as No, the IPR is not used to calculate
the production rate and instead it is assumed
that the full design rate is produced. This leads
to a larger injection rate being required to reach
the minimum pressure within the tubing and
therefore the resultant valve trim sizes are
overestimated.

To compensate for this overestimation, the

Minimum Transfer dP is required to alter the
pressure that the tubing pressure has to be
lowered to. This means that less gas is
required and so the valve trim sizes which are
calculated are no longer overestimated.

For more information on the Using IPR for Unloading method

please refer to the Use IPR for Unloading section.
Orifice Sizing Calculated The orifice size is determined and the pressure
Method dP at Orifice drop across it is calculated.

Min dP The orifice is sized so that the dP is less than

Across
Orifice

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 869 PROSPER

the user-entered Desired dP Across Valve

Tubing This selects a correlation for downhole tubing/casing. If pipe

Correlation matching has been performed the modified correlations will be
used.
Pipeline This selects a correlation for surface pipelines. If pipe matching
Correlation has been performed the modified correlations will be used.

Current Valve Type

Use this panel to select the type of valves you want to use in the design from your Valves
database. Maximum Port size will automatically be updated as you choose a particular
valve.

Input Parameters

The following table describes the input parameters required:

Maximum Liquid Only required for the Calculated From Max Production/Revenue
Rate design rate options.
Maximum Gas Set to the maximum gas available at normal operating pressure.
Available
Maximum Gas Enter the maximum gas available at the unloading pressure for
During unloading the shallowest valve.
Unloading
Flowing Top Normal operating well head pressure
Node Pressure
Unloading Top Enter a lower unloading pressure if for example the separator is
Node Pressure bypassed during unloading. Otherwise leave the same as flowing
top node pressure.
Operating Available gas injection system pressure available at the casing
Injection head. This is not the final operating injection pressure.
Pressure
If the 'Safety equipment' option has been selected, pressure
losses along surface pipes are computed also.
Kick Off Injection Leave set to normal injection system pressure unless an auxiliary
Pressure source of high pressure kick off gas is available. This pressure is
used to space the first unloading valve. If a sufficiently high
pressure is entered, then no unloading valves will be needed.
Desired dP User selected design pressure loss across valve orifice to ensure
Across Valve well and gas injection system pressure stability. Usually in the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 870

order of 100-200 psi.

Maximum Depth Constrains the maximum injection depth to be shallower than the
Of Injection production packer.
Total GOR See GOR DEFINITIONS
Static Gradient Density of fluid to be balanced by casing pressure during
of Load Fluid unloading. Use the greater of tubing kill fluid or packer fluid density.
Minimum Only available when Use IPR for Unloading has been
Transfer dP selected as No and is used to size the valve trim.

During the unloading process, the optimum injection rate is found

at each valve by running a sensitivity study on the injection rate.
This injection rate is then used to size the valves.

When the Use IPR for Unloading feature is selected as No, the
IPR is not used to calculate the production rate and instead it is
assumed that the full design rate is produced. This leads to a
larger injection rate being required to reach the minimum pressure
within the tubing and therefore the resultant valve trim sizes are
overestimated.

To compensate for this overestimation, the Minimum Transfer dP

is used to alter the pressure to which tubing pressure has to be
lowered to. This means that less gas is required and so the valve
trim sizes which are calculated are no longer overestimated.

The new pressure which is to be reached becomes:

(Ptransfer) = Pmin *(1- % minimum transfer dP /100)
If set to zero, unloading valve trims will be sized to inject sufficient
gas to lower the unloading tubing pressure to the minimum
possible pressure at the valve depth.
Increasing the value of Minimum transfer dP will lower the
unloading GLR injected and reduce trim sizes.

Values of 5 to 25% are commonly used.

Safety For Extra dP to ensure that the last unloading valve before the orifice is
Closure Of Last closed.
Unloading Valve
Water Cut Design producing water cut.
Min CHP The minimum casing head pressure reduced expected for each
decrease per valve.
valve

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 871 PROSPER

Thornhill-Craver This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas injection
DeRating rate that can be flowed through a valve or the orifice. As the
Percentage for maximum gas rate is decreased, this means that to flow the same
Valves and for gas rate as the original case (with no de-rating), larger valve or
Orifice orifice should be used

2.13.1.3.1 Enter mandrel depths

After setting up the input for the design parameters, next, click Mandrels. Use this
screen to enter the mandrel depths when doing a gas lift design for existing mandrels

This table is effectively a list of the potential valve depths and can be used to prepare
designs for new wells where equipment limitations determine the available mandrel
depths.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 872

Enter the depth of all mandrels in the well, including those fitted with dummy
valves.

PROSPER will select the best depths for the operating and unloading valves
from this list.

When more mandrels are available than needed for the current design,
PROSPER will automatically set dummies at the intermediate depths.

The valve type initially entered is unimportant.

PROSPER will overwrite the valve type when it performs the design.

If entries are made in the Casing Pressure drop or Max. Gas Injected fields
on the mandrel depth screen shown in the figure above, these values will
overwrite the values entered on the main design screen.

Leave these fields blank to design using the same values of pressure drop or
gas injection for each unloading valve.

The mandrel depths can be picked up from either Matching | QuickLook or

Equipment | Gas Lift using the Transfer button, or they can be entered by
hand. The usual PROSPER editing facilities are available for manipulating
the table entries.

Once the mandrels have been entered, select Done to return to the previous screen.

Done Save the data and return to the previous screen.

Cancel Abandon the edit and return to the previous.
Main Save the data and return to the main screen.
Transfer Transfer mandrel data from QuickLook or GasLift data entry
screens .
Help View this screen.
Enable Enable all selected mandrel.
Disable Disable all selected mandrels.
Export Export the data to a variety of locations.
Import Import data using the generic Import Filter Tool. (See how
to do this)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 873 PROSPER

2.13.1.3.2 Results
After the design calculation has been performed (by pressing Design), the results can
be view in the main design screen and via the Results button.

When Results is pressed, the following screen will appear:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 874

The buttons on the screen are described in the table below:

Calculate Calculate the Valve Test Rack Setting Pressures and

associated results.
Done Save the results and return to the previous screen.
Main Save the results and return to the main screen.
Cancel Abandon any changes and return to the main screen.
Report Produce a hard copy report of the results to the printer.
Export Export the results to a variety of locations.
Help View this help screen.
Change Valve Change some of the valve parameters (Port size, R Value)
prior to recalculating results.
Stability Use this screen to validate whether the design will ensure
stable flow.
Gradient Accesses a Sensitivity PvD calculation.
Simulator The opens the transient gaslift simulator.

The following table describes the results displayed:

Valve This number corresponds to the sequential number of the

valve
Number of Valves This number corresponds to the number of valves required to
pass the calculated volume of gas

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 875 PROSPER

Measured Depth Measured depth position of the valve

True Vertical Depth True vertical depth position of the valve.
Tubing Pressure Flowing tubing pressure at the valve depth.
Casing Pressure Casing Pressure at the valve depth
Transfer Pressure The pressure at which the tubing gradient allows injection in
the next valve.
Temperature @ Tubing fluid temperature at the depth of the valve.
Valve
Gas lift Rate Amount of gas lift through the unloading valves for the
calculated port size and conditions of pressure
Port size Orifice size in 64th of inch
R value Ratio between the area of the bellow and area of the port
Valve Opening Pressure for opening the valve at valve depth
Pressure
Valve Closing Pressure for closing the valve at valve depth
Pressure
Dome pressure Bellows pressure at 60 Deg F
Test Rack Opening Bellow pressure corrected to standard conditions with tubing
Pressure pressure set at 0.
Opening CHP Casing pressure at surface to open the valve.
Closing CHP Casing pressure at surface to close the valve.
Unloadable This is a post process calculation which is the maximum fluid
Gradient gradient that is possible under the design conditions for each
of the valves. It represents the gradient in the design from the
transfer pressure of the upper valve down to the casing
pressure of the next valve.

Dome Pressure & Test Rack Opening Pressure

Click on Calculate to calculate the Dome Pressure and the Test Rack Opening
Pressure (valve setting pressure at 60 C).

The valve depths, tubing pressure, unloading gas injection rate and trim sizes
are shown in the left screen panel.

The Dome pressure corresponds to the Dome Pressure at 60 deg F and not
at the valve operating temperature.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 876

The test rack opening pressure is calculated using the relationship

Ptro = (Pd @ 60 deg F) / (1 – R)

Where:
Ptro = Test Rack Opening Pressure
Pd @ 60 deg F = Dome Pressure at 60 deg F.
R = Ratio of Port Area to Bellow Area of Valve.

Valve types are identified as Valve for unloading valves or Orifice for the last
mandrel if the injection point is selected as orifice. No opening or dome
pressure calculations are made for the orifice.

The design parameters such as valve depth, opening and closing pressures, orifice size
etc. are displayed in the table. Use the scroll thumb below the table to scroll right to see
items e.g. R-value, not visible in the display window.

Design Sensitivity on Port size

By selecting Change Valve it is possible to re-calculate the parameters associated to

the valve sises.

After Completed Design

Once a design has been completed, its performance should be checked over the range
of expected well conditions. There are multiple functionalities in PROSPER can be
used:

Transfer the gas lift design and valve setting details into Equipment Gas Lift, then use
Calculation System to compute sensitivities
Validate design using
o Criteria for Gas - Lift Stability
o Transient GasLift Simulator
GasLift Design Sensitivity
GasLift Adjustments

2.13.1.3.3 Results - Design Plot

The Design Plot can be viewed in the results screen and via the Design Plot button.

This plot shows the tubing and casing pressure gradients for the design rate plus the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 877 PROSPER

position of the operating and unloading valves. The unloading fluid gradients are plotted
also. The design data box lists the actual production and injection rates together with
the operating surface casing pressure.

The following options are common to all plots:

Done Exits the plot back to the previous screen.

Main Exits the plot back to the main PROSPER screen.
Scales This allows the user to adjust the x- and y-axis scale.
Labels Allows the axes labels to be modified

Details Allows the user to hide/show specific curves and view the data
points.
Select Quick method for showing/hiding curves.
Font Allows the axes, legend and test point fonts to be modified.

Replot If the plot has been zoomed in on, selecting Replot will automatically
zoom out to show the full graph.
Output Allows the graph to be exported, copied or printed.
Colours This allows the user to change the colours of the different curves.
Variables Allows the axis variables to be changed.
Test Data Allows test data to be added to the plot.
Help Accesses the Help screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 878

To zoom in on the plot, simply click and drag over the area to be zoomed in on.
2.13.1.3.4 Results - Change Valve Details
Use this screen to amend the Port size and R Value for particular valves. You can then
return to the previous screen and recalculate the design results.

Use the valve database panel on the right-hand side of the screen to determine the
appropriate Port size and R Value to use for each valve you want to amend.

Done Save your changes and return to the previous screen.

Main Save your changes and return to the main screen.
Cancel Abandon your changes and return to the previous screen.
Help View this Help Screen

2.13.1.4Design Sensitivity
2.13.1.4.1 Calculation Screen
When carrying out a gas lift design for either a new or existing well, it is possible to do
these designs for a range of different sensitivity variable values.

To access the sensitivity screen, select the Sensitivity button on the main design
screens:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 879 PROSPER

This will bring up the Gas Lift Design Sensitivity screen:

The Gas Lift Sensitivity screen allows variables to be changed to see the effect on the
gas lift design.

To carry out a sensitivity calculation, first the variable which are to be changed can be
selected in the Cases screen.

Once these have been selected, a gas lift design can be carried out for each
permutation of variables by selecting Calculate.

The top left hand corner of the screen shows the different cases which have been
calculated. Selecting each one will show the corresponding results in the rest of the
screen.

The top right of the screen shows the valve depths and properties of the design.

The bottom left hand corner shows the calculated data used in the design.

The plots at the bottom of the screen show the final design and also the performance
curve for the well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 880

Done Returns the user to the previous screen.

Cases Allows sensitivity cases to be added.
Calculate Performs the design calculation.
Plot Opens a larger plot view of the design plot.
Export Exports results to file, printer or clipboard are required.
Help Accesses the help.

2.13.1.4.2 Gaslift Cases

To carry out a sensitivity on the Gas Lift design, the sensitivity variables which are being
altered need to be set.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 881 PROSPER

Up to 3 variables can be selected with 20 values for each inserted. The values of each
variable can be inserted manually or using the 'Generate' feature. Selecting 'Generate'
will bring up the following screen:

Enter values for the first and last rates in the table plus the number of entries required.
Depending on the selection of the spacing, PROSPER will calculate the required values.
Select Generate to add the calculated values to the table.

Select Done to return to the main calculation screen where the calculations can be
performed.

Once these have been selected, a gas lift design can be carried out for each
permutation of variables by selecting Calculate.

The criteria entered on the previous Design Parameters screen will be used to carry out
the design of each case. If the design rate has been set to be calculated, then this will
come from the well performance curve which will be plotted in the bottom right hand
corner of the screen. The gas lift design plot (with mandrel depths and unloading
gradients) will be shown at the centre of the bottom section of the screen.

To see the plots in more detail, select Plot from the top ribbon.

For more details on the steps being performed in the design, please refer to the
Unloading with Gas Lift Section.
2.13.1.5Gaslift Adjustments
2.13.1.5.1 GasLift Adjustments
The existing Gaslift Design sections allow the user to select and size gas lift equipment
for specified design conditions. Gaslift Adjustments provides additional calculations
for testing gas lift designs under operating conditions. Surface casing pressures when
re-starting production are presented in addition to input parameters needed for setting
up automatic well controllers.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 882

To set up a Gaslift Adjustments calculation, enter the following items:

Downstream Pressure Surface pressure the well must flow against.

Constraint
Kick off Casing Head Absolute maximum available casing injection
Pressure pressure
Lift Gas Network Normal Normal operating pressure of injection gas system
Pressure
Safety Margin For Lift Gas Control pressure drop across gas injection choke
Control
Maximum CHP Under Normal Injection pressure available downstream of control
Operation choke. Difference of network and control
pressures. (Calculated not entered)
Min CP Decrease To Close Specified pressure drop to close deepest unloading
Last Unloading Valve valve
Lift Gas Temperature Temperature of injected gas at the casing head.
Target Liquid Production Design production rate for Gaslift adjustments
Rate calculations.
Water Cut Design water cut for Gaslift adjustments calculations
Production (Total) GOR Solution and free gas production (does not include
injection gas)
Vertical Flow Correlation Select appropriate correlation. Matched
correlations should be used where available.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 883 PROSPER

Dome Pressure Correction Given the limitations of the standard API method, a
(above 1200 psig) more accurate formulation is used whereby different
expressions are used for the correction above and
below 1200 psig. As this method is applicable to
high pressures, it is the default and recommended
option.
Performance Curve Defines the way the performance curve at valve is
determined.

Automatic: the program automatically determines

the range of rates for the PCs.

User Spedified: the user selects the range rates

used for the PCs.
Flowing Calculation Mode All valves. It determines the PCs for all the valves
Orifice Only. It determines the PCs for the injection
orifice only
Gradient Only. It determines the gradients on
tubing and casing side, independently on the valves
present

Once the input data entry is complete, the gaslift equipment details are viewed (and
possibly amended by Transfer) by clicking the Valves button. The Gaslift Adjustment
Calculations are accessed by clicking the relevant button. The button functions are
described below:

Flowing

Calculations are made for flowing conditions at the user-entered target production rate.
PROSPER calculates well performance curves for gas injection at each mandrel depth.
Production rates and pressures at surface and mandrel depth are determined. Annulus
volume and bottoms up times are also calculated. The flowing gradient for the operating
condition can be plotted with opening and closing pressures for each unloading valve
displayed.

Static

Calculations are made for shut-in conditions. The static tubing gradient is determined
using the liquid density calculated for the producing water cut. When the reservoir
pressure cannot support a full liquid column, a gas gradient is used back to surface.
Surface and downhole pressures are determined for each valve. The Static calculations
estimate the pressures when a well must be re-started after a shut-in period.

The pseudo flowing gradient represents the gradient in the tubing during the unloading

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 884

process, and corresponds to the point when the FBHP just reduces below the reservoir
pressure. In other words, during the unloading process for a well that has been shut in,
there will be a point when the FBHP starts reducing below the reservoir pressure and
the reservoir starts providing fluid. The pseudo flowing gradient is the gradient in the
tubing at that time.

Done Save entered data and return to the main screen

Cancel Abandon data entry/modification and return to the
main screen
Export Export the input data and results to a variety of
locations.
Help View this Help Screen

GOR Definitions
2.13.1.5.2 Performance Curves Calculations

Click Calculate and PROSPER will calculate performance curves for each mandrel
depth. These can be plotted by selecting Plot.

To find the production rate solutions, PROSPER begins with a low injection GLR and flow
rate. The VLP pressure is calculated down to the current mandrel depth using the gas
lifted GLR and naturally flowing GLR below. The rate is increased and the calculation
repeated until the VLP and IPR intersect at the solution rate. The injection GLR is
increased in steps until the maximum production rate (and hence inversion GLR) is
found.

For each mandrel, the program displays the maximum oil and liquid rates plus the gas
injection rate required to achieve it. Where the target production rate is less than the
maximum production rate, the required gas injection for the target rate is displayed.
Detailed results can be displayed by clicking the Results button and printed using the
Export button. Note that the rates, VLP and IPR values displayed on the Mandrel
Performance screen are for the last rate point calculated.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 885 PROSPER

2.13.1.5.3 Flowing Results

The following screen can be accessed by selecting Results under the Flowing
Calculation section.

The calculated values are summarised as follows:

Gas Injected Injection gas rates for each performance curve rate
solution point.
Production Values Oil and liquid rates, plus wellhead temperature and
pressure for each performance curve rate solution point.
Tubing Values Calculated tubing fluid temperatures and pressures at
mandrel depth.
Minimum Casing Head Minimum casing pressure required to inject gas at the
Pressure current mandrel assuming no pressure drop across the
gas lift valve.
Additional parameters are calculated for the injection orifice.
Casing Pressure at Valve Casing side pressure at orifice depth.
Depth
Critical Injected Gas Rate Injection rate to achieve choked flow through the orifice.
Critical Gas Flow Rate Ratio of injection rate to critical injection rate.
Ratio
Pressure Drop Across Calculated pressure drop across orifice at current
Valve injection rate.
Casing Pressure at Surface casing pressure at current conditions.
Surface
Differential Injected GOR Additional lift gas required to produce 1 additional unit

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 886

of production

Individual mandrel performance curves can be displayed by clicking the Plot button on
the right of the main screen. Alternatively, performance curves for all mandrels can be
displayed simultaneously by clicking the Plot All button, again from the main screen.

The Mandrel Performance results summarise production rates as a function of gas

injection rate for each mandrel depth. To display the results for the target rate vs depth,
click the Gradient button.

GOR Definitions
2.13.1.5.4 Gradient Results Screen

PROSPER lists the following parameters for each valve at the target production rate

Tubing Pressure Calculated values at the target production rate

Tubing Temperature Calculated values at the target production rate

Casing Temperature Computed as a straight line interpolation of reservoir and

surface injection temperatures.

Casing Pressures Downhole valve opening and closing pressures for

unloading valves.
Lift Gas Pressure Casing pressure difference between surface and injection
Difference depth. Calculated using maximum casing head pressure.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 887 PROSPER

Casing Head Surface casing pressure to open and close valves when
Pressures producing at the target rate.

Annulus Volume Volume between tubing and casing down to the specified
valve depth.

P/Gas Quantity Gas injection volume to increase casing pressure by one

Bar.

Liquid/Gas Time top Time for liquid or gas to travel from valve depth to surface
at target production rate.

The Annulus Volume and P/Gas Quantity can only be calculated when the
N.B. annulus geometry has been entered. Use the Gaslift - Friction dP option to
enable input of the required downhole equipment.

Once the Gradient calculations have been completed, click Plot to display a plot
showing both tubing and casing pressure gradients together with the opening and
closing casing pressures at each valve depth.
2.13.1.5.5 Mandrel Data

Viewing/Entering Mandrel Data

The details of the well gaslift equipment are viewed in this section of the screen. Data is
available for each mandrel, whether a valve is fitted or not. Dummy valves require only
mandrel size and depth data.

Valve Type Select P Type for a pressure operated valve, Orifice or Dummy.
Mandrel
Measured depth for each mandrel. The vertical depth is computed
Measured
using the deviation survey.
Depth

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 888

Valve Orifice
Diameter of orifice or unloading valve trim
Diameter
Manufacturer Label to identify valve manufacturer on reports.
Model Label to identify valve model on reports.

R Value R value (ratio of port to bellows diameter) for the specified valve. Not
required for dummies or an orifice.
Test Rack
Opening Valve opening pressure at 60 deg F in test rack (i.e. with zero tubing
Pressure side pressure)
(60F)
Valve Flow
The Thornhill Craver equation is used currently. Will allow selection of
Equation
other equations in future.
Type

Where valve data are available from an existing design, the depths can be imported into
the gaslift adjustments screen using the Transfer button.
2.13.1.5.6 Static Gradient Calculations

This section calculates a static tubing gradient using the produced water cut prior to shut
in, then estimates the pressures required to re-start the well. If the static reservoir
pressure cannot support a full liquid column, a static gas gradient is used back to
surface. The calculated results are summarised as follows:

Opening pressure at Casing pressure to open the valve with the static tubing
Valve Depth pressure.
Minimum Gas
This is the higher of the valve opening pressure and the
Pressure at depth for
static tubing pressure.
Start-up
Lift Gas Pressure Pressure difference between surface and mandrel depth
Difference calculated at maximum casing head pressure.
Minimum Casing Head Surface casing pressure to begin injecting gas at each
Pressure mandrel.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 889 PROSPER

Calcula
This will perform the static calculation.
te

Results List the calculated Static Tubing Gradient, the calculated Pseudo Flowing
Gradient, the Gas Injection Gradient or other results calculated.

Plot Display the static gradient plot. The valve opening pressures are displayed
on the plot also.
Export View a report of the Static Gradient.

The pseudo flowing gradient represents the gradient in the tubing during the unloading
process, and corresponds to the point when the FBHP just reduces below the reservoir
pressure. In other words, during the unloading process for a well that has been shut in,
there will be a point when the FBHP starts reducing below the reservoir pressure and
the reservoir starts providing fluid. The pseudo flowing gradient is the gradient in the
tubing at that time.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 890

2.13.1.5.7 Static Gradient Calculation Results

To display the above results screen, click the Results button within the Static
Calculation screen.

This results screen shows the static gradient, pseudo flowing gradient and gas injection
gradient results as well as other results.

Done Returns the user to the previous screen.

Main Returns the user to the main menu.
Help View this screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 891 PROSPER

Plot Plot the displayed results

Export View,print or copy the displayed results.

2.13.1.6GasLift Valve Performance

To access the Gaslift Valve Performance interface, go to Design | Gaslift | Gaslift
Valve Performance.

Parameters
Valve Name Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.
Valve Type Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.
Temperature Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.
Sensitive
Bellows Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.
Effective area
Volume Of Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.
Nitrogen Dome
Most nitrogen charged gaslift valves have silicon fluid in the dome
Silicon Liquid
to help suppress vibrations when the valve is open and flowing.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 892

Silicon fluid has a coefficient of thermal expansion that is five times

that of water. When these valves are subjected to the downhole
temperatures, the silicon fluid expands and increases the Ptro
Fill above that normally computed. The more silicon fluid the greater
the effect. Ask your gaslift vendor how much Silicon fluid is put in
the dome.

Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.

The loadrate of a valve is a measure of the resistance to opening.
This parameter is automatically loaded when you select a valve.
Normally a valve has a specific loadrate and usually this parameter
should not be changed, however, the field is available for edit if you
know the loadrate is different that the one indicated. For nitrogen
LoadRate @ charged valves , the loadrate is a function of the set pressure. This
Ptro = 800 psig is automatically computed based on the Ptro parameter. For
spring loaded valves, the loadrate is constant for all Ptro’s. The
loadrate for nitrogen charged valves should be the loadrate at Ptro
= 800 psig.

Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.

The stem travel of a valve is the maximum amount of travel away
from the port that is available for a near linear loadrate. The stem
travel is automatically loaded when you select a valve. The stem
travel listed is the maximum physical stem travel and not
necessarily the maximum effective stem travel. The maximum
effective stem travel is determined from a loadrate test and is
Maximum always less than the maximum physical stem travel. Some nitrogen
charged valves have maximum physical stem travels of .27 inch,
Effective Travel
however, when set to high Ptro’s (above 1000 psig) the maximum
effective stem travel is considerably less. Consult the gaslift vendor
for the maximum effective stem travel of your valve. Stem travel
makes a significant difference in the amount of gas flow through the
valve.

Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.

Slope Of Automatically filled in based on the selection from the Valve list.
Loadrate Curve

Conditions
Ptro is the test rack opening pressure of the valve at a reference
temperature of 60 degrees Fahrenheit or 15 degrees Celsius.
Ptro @ 60F Note that this pressure will change for the temperature at depth.
The graph will display the PvoT which is the test rack opening
pressure at temperature.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 893 PROSPER

Pcf @ Depth Pcf is the annulus pressure at depth.

Temperature The temperature parameter is the temperature at depth. Units are

as chosen in the Units dialogue box.

Gas Gravity The specific gravity parameter is for the gas flowing through the
valve.

There are two accepted methods of displaying the performance of a gaslift valve as a
function of pressure. The flow rate can be plotted as a function of tubing pressure or the
upstream pressure can be plotted as a function of flow rate. For a given valve,
parameters, and equivalent pressure conditions, both methods will show the same flow
rate. This program will plot the performance curve as a graph of flow rate versus tubing
pressure for a given annulus pressure. The pressure range on the X-axis will go from 0
to the annulus pressure and approximately 20 intermediate calculations will be plotted.

The method of testing valves has been standardised by the API 11V2 Recommended
Practice. This document also stipulates that either of the above methods can be used,
however, a preference is shown for the CPPT plot when using injection pressure
operated valves and the CIPT plot when using production pressure operated valves.
API testing has proven that either test method and plot technique will work for either type
of valve.

The program looks for the Valve Performance Database file (VPC2005.vpc) firstly in the
same directory as p. If it cannot be found there, then it searches for the Key
"VPCDirectory" in prosper.ini. This should contain the directory pointing to the location
of the above mentioned file. Prosper does not attempt to load the database until the first
time you enter the Gaslift Valve Performance main screen.The location of the VPC
database can be specified on the Preferences screen

2.13.1.6.1 Performance Correlations

2.13.1.6.1.1 Valve Performance Clearinghouse Correlation

This correlation uses test data from all the recommended API 11V2 tests. The method
of developing the correlation is proprietary to Decker Technology. In general, the VPC
correlation will predict flow rates within +/-20% over the entire pressure range. The
correlation will also accurately predict choking, orifice flow, throttling flow, and the
closing pressure of the valve.

The VPC correlation is the best of the available correlations. This correlation requires a
substantial amount of test data. In cases where existing data is available but of poor
quality or lacking in quantity, either the API Simplified, VPC Limited , or Bertovic
correlations will be used.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 894

2.13.1.6.1.2 API Simplified Correleation

This correlation is explained in the API 11V2 RP. The correlation requires tested Flow
Coefficient data and tested Loadrate data. The stem position of the valve is computed
using the static force balance equationwith an additional term for the Loadrate. This
stem position is computed for the given annulus, tubing, and set pressure of the valve.
The stem position is then used to compute a Flow Coefficient and Critical Pressure
Ratio Factor. These are then used in an equation to compute flow rate using the Flow
Coefficient equation.

The API Simplified correlation is good for valves with ports less than or equal to 3/16"
port with accuracies of about +/-30%. For large ports, the API Simplified begins to over
predict flow rate. Accuracy is about +/-50% for the larger ports. Even so, the API
Simplified is much better than Thornhill-Craver for any port size.

The API 11V2 Recommended Practice is a document that describes the equipment and
manner in which gaslift valve should be performance tested. The document is in
publication now and will be updated in 1998 to include clarifications.

The document prescribes three tests; the loadrate test, the flow coefficient test, and the
dynamic test. Traditionally, only the dynamic tests have been conducted on gaslift
valves but, this data alone is normally insufficient to fully characterise the flow
performance of a gaslift valve.

The Loadrate test determines the amount of increase in casing pressure above the Ptro
which is necessary to cause the stem to move off seat. The test also determines the
maximum effective stem travel of the valve.

The Flow Coefficient test determines the flow capacity of the valve for a fixed amount of
stem travel. This test is very important for the purpose of building a correlation of the
performance. The flow coefficient test is modelled after the ISA S75 procedure which
has been in use for over 30 years. Flow coefficients enable the ability to compute liquid
flow as well as gas flow and to predict the point at which the valve will choke.

Dynamic tests subject the valve to pressure conditions normally encountered in a well.
Two types of tests can be performed; the constant injection pressure test or the constant
production pressure test. Both test yield the same data.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 895 PROSPER

The static force balance equation has traditionally been used to compute the test rack
opening pressure for a tubing and annulus pressure for many years. This equation, as
originally written was good only for the case when the valve was closed. The inclusion of
a term to account for the loadrate of the valve makes the equation good for conditions
when the valve is open and flowing.

The equation is for a static condition. In the case when the valve is closed, the equation
is very appropriate for computing opening pressures, however, when the valve is open
and flowing, the static force balance equation is not quite correct. The tubing pressure
term in the equation assumes that the pressure acting on the valve stem is the tubing
pressure, however, tests have shown that the actual pressure acting on the stem is less
that the tubing pressure.

Static Force Balance Equation

Ptro * (Ab-Ap) + Rl * dx * Ab = Pcf * (Ab-Ap) + Pt f *Ap

Ptro = Test rack opening pressure

Pcf = Annulus pressure
Ptf = Tubing pressure
Ab = Effective area of bellows
Ap = Area of port
Rl = Loadrate of valve
dx = stem travel from port

Flow coefficients (Cv) are a function of geometry. Flow coefficients are tested on gaslift
valves at a number of fixed stem positions. The flow coefficients are then plotted versus
the stem travel and a curve is fitted to the data.

To compute flow rate, the Cv for the stem position is determined from the fitted curve
and inserted into the flow coefficient equation.

Flow Coefficient Equation

Mscfd = 32.64*Cv*Pcf*Y*sqr(x/R/Sg/Z) where....

Cv = From curve for a specific stem travel

Pc = annulus pressure at valve
Y = Expansion factor
x = Pressure ratio (Pcf-Ptf)/Pcf
R = Temperature in degrees Rankine
Sg = Specific gravity of gas

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 896

Z = Compressibility factor

2.13.1.6.1.3 Thornhill/Craver Correlation

The Thornhill/Craver equation was developed to predict gas flow rate through surface
chokes with beans. The bean is an elongated tube with an inside diameter of various
sises. Flow through this type of choke is markedly different from gaslift valves.

The T/C equation assumes the port is always full open. This is definately not the case.
Very rarely is a valve ever full open. The T/C equation was never intended to be used to
compute flow through gaslift valves, however, due to its long time use, it has become a
standard for gaslift design and port sizing. T/C will overpredict flow rate by as much as
200% in most cases.

Some operators and gaslift vendors have realised the inaccuracy of the T/C equation
and have modified it by using a correction factor. The correction factor is usually .865,
however, even with this correction factor, T/C grossly overpredicts flow rate.

The T/C equation used in VPC utilises the .865 correction factor and is offered only for
the purpose of showing the vast difference between T/C predictions and other
correlations.

2.13.1.6.1.4 Winkler/Eads Correlation

The Winkler-Eads correlation is a variation on the Thornhill/Craver equation. This

correlation does not require any tested valve data. The T/C equation is used with a
modification for the size of the port. The stem position of the valve is computed using
the static force balance equation. Knowing the stem postion and assuming a square
edge port and a ball as the valve, the amount of area open to flow is computed. This
amount of flow area is then used in the T/C flow equation rather than the full area of the
port.

Actually, the W/E equation works quite well for small ported valves with accuracies on
the order of about +/-30%. As the port sises get larger and differential pressures
increase, the accuracy of the predictions drop off to about +/-50%.

In lieu of test data, use the W/E equation rather than the T/C equation. If flow coefficient
data is available, use the API Simplified and if a full set of data is available, use the
VPC correlations . W/E will always be better then T/C and is a good default in the
absence of test data.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 897 PROSPER

2.13.1.6.1.5 VPC Limited Correlation

The VPC Limited correlation uses dynamic test data gathered by TUALP. The test data
did not include Loadrate or Flow Coefficient testing and therefore the data set is limited.
The correlation is developed using a statistical approach.

Because the correlation is statistical, caution should be exercised in applying the

correlation beyond the range of test data. In most cases, the test data was collected at
pressures less than 1500 psig.

The VPC Limited Correlationhas an accuracy of about +/-30% for most ports and
pressure ranges, however, significant errors can result with the calculation of flow rates
nearing the closing pressure of the valve. Likewise, the predicted closing pressure can
be as much as 100 to 200 psig in error.

The VPC Limited is better than Thornhill/Craver TC_Correlation , about as good as API
simplified API_Correlation and Winkler/Eads WE_Correlation . The VPC Correlation
VPC_Correlation is the best when available.

2.13.1.6.1.6 Bertovic Correlation

The Bertovic correlation was developed at TUALP. This correlation attempts to

compute the pressure acting on the valve stem. This pressure is usually less than the
tubing pressure. This intermediate pressure is then used to compute the critical
pressure ratio. If the flow is critical, then an orifice flow equation is used. If the flow is
sub-critical, a throttling flow equation is used.

The Bertovic correlation is perhaps one of the best to come out of the TUALP program.
It still lacks the mechanistic features of the VPC correlation VPC_Correlation and
continues to rely on a statistical approach but, is still quite good. The development of
the Bertovic correlation requires a considerable amount of dynamic test data.

The Bertovic correlation is best used for PPO valves and works reasonably well for IPO
valves. Bertovic is better than Thornhill/Craver TC_Correlation, Winkler/Eads
WE_Correlation , or the API Simplified API_Correlation .

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 898

2.13.1.6.2 Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC)

The Valve Performance Clearinghouse (VPC) is a non-profit making organisation
formed by a consortium of major oil companies. Its objective – to become a repository
for the collection, analysis, and distribution of gas lift valve performance data and
correlations to member companies and licensees. Tests are conducted at the
Southwest Research Institute compliant to the API 11V2 RP specification. Test data
and correlations are proprietary to member companies, and are licensed to non-
members for a fee on a per-valve basis.

This information has been made available to Petroleum Experts and a framework to
utilise VPC is included in PROSPER.

The database required to implement this feature will not be distributed with PROSPER
by Petroleum Experts and must be obtained from VPC.

The current custodian of the Valve Performance Clearinghouse is Louisiana State

University. For further information on VPC, please contact [email protected], which is a
general mailbox for all VPC queries.
2.13.1.7GasLift Equilibrium Plot
This option allows the user to create a gaslift equilibrium curve.

The gaslift equilibrium curve is used to illustrate the effect of injection depth on the tubing
and casing pressures in the well.

The equilibrium curve represents the tubing pressure at depth for the specified depth of
injection.

N.B. the equilibrium curve is not the tubing gradient.

The gaslift equilibrium plot is constructed as follows:

1. For the specified valve depths and gas injection rate, a system (VLP/IPR) calculation
is performed to determine the production rate and valve tubing pressure
2. Based on the valve settings, a dP across the valve is determined
3. With the valve casing pressure known, a bottom-up gradient calculation is performed
to determine the casing head pressure

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 899 PROSPER

Input Data

Top Node Pressure This is the fixed pressure at the top node (most
downstream point) of the system. If the system includes a
pipeline then the top node will be the manifold at the end of
the pipeline and if no pipeline is present the top node will
be the well head.
Water Cut Enter the water cut of the well at the conditions to be
calculated.
Total GOR Enter the producing GOR (solution + free gas)
Surface Equipment If surface equipment has been added to the system, select
Correlation the multiphase correlation to be used. If no surface
equipment is present, then this input will be ignored.
Vertical Lift Correlation Select the multi-phase flow correlation to be used in the
wellbore.
Rate Method - Automatic Linear - The program calculates the AOF
(IPR Absolute Open Flow) for various sensitivity
variables entered and for each AOF creates 20
evenly spaced rates.
- Automatic Geometric - As for Automatic Linear, it
works out the AOF for various sensitivity variables
entered and for each AOF creates 20 geometrically

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 900

spaced rates.

Left-Hand Intersection Normally VLP/IPR intersections that occur when the tubing
pressures are declining (on the Left-Hand Side) are
considered to represent unstable flow and are usually
ignored.

Select either ‘Allow’ or ‘Disallow’.

Options

Equilibrium Curve Sensitivity on Injection Depth:

Method
PROSPER will linearly space injection depths from
wellhead to the maximum depth of injection entered

Valve Depths Specified:

Manually enter up to ten valve details. Additional valve

detail will be required - dP across valve, valve size, valve
de-rating
Injection Rate Method Fixed Injection Rate:

Enter a fixed lift gas injection rate for all valves

Optimum Injection Rate:

A sensitivity on lift gas injection rate is performed to find the

lift gas injection rate which maximises production
Gas Injection Rate / The amount of lift gas injected or the maximum lift gas that
Maximum Gas can be injected
Available
Valve Settings dP across valve:

Manual specify the valve dP to a fixed value

Orifice Diameter:

Enter valve dimensions to calculate the valve dP using the

Thornhill-Craver model.
Orifice Diameter / Valve Valve Port Size
size
Thornhill-Craver This coefficient is used to scale down the maximum gas
DeRating injection rate that can be flowed through a valve or the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 901 PROSPER

orifice. As the maximum gas rate is decreased, this means

that to flow the same gas rate as the original case (with no
de-rating), larger valve or orifice should be used
dP Across Valve Fixed dP across all valve
Maximum Depth of Deepest point of injection
Injection
Valve Depth Location of the valveq

2.13.1.8Transient GasLift Simulator

Conventional approaches to gas lift design assume steady-state flow. However in reality
all gas-lift wells begin production through a transient process of unloading the well.
Therefore the use of empirical design methodologies based on steady-state
assumptions to factor the valve spacing and mechanics can result in multi-point gas
injection, unstable production and low lift efficiency.

The gas lift simulator in PROSPER can capture the characteristics of gas lift unloading
through a transient dynamic model and simulator. This can be used for verification of
gas lift design and troubleshooting to provide a basis for optimal design and gas
allocation.

The gas lift simulator is based on original work by Tulsa University Artificial Lift Projects
(TUALP). The methodology is discussed in 'Transient Dynamic Characteristic of Gas-
Lift Unloading' - Yula Tang, The University of Tulsa, 1998.

The transient gas lift model uses conversation equations for mass, momentum and
energy which couples the pressure and temperature change during the unloading
process and captures the following:

- IPO and PPO TUALP’s valve dynamic performance models (capturing orifice and
throttling flow)
- Nozzle - Venturi and orifice valves
- Co-current and counter-current multiphase flow pressure drop
- Multiphase flow through Subsurface Safety Valve
- Reservoir inflow and back flow performance
- Transient formation and wellbore heat transfer
- Joule-Thompson effects for two-phase mixtures (Alves, et al)
2.13.1.8.1 Description of Unloading Process
The transient unloading process occurs in two phases:

Phase 1

Initially at time zero, the well is stagnant with kill fluid at a specific liquid level depending

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 902

on the wellhead and casing pressure.

At the beginning of the transient unloading process, the casing head pressure is
increased which causes the high pressure gas to displace downwards the annulus liquid
level.

During this process, the gas lift valves can become open due to the high hydrostatic
pressure on both the tubing and annulus side. This will allow the annulus kill fluid to flow
through the valve into the tubing.

As the liquid level in the casing reduces, the tubing liquid level increases. This will
increase the hydrostatic pressure in the tubing causing the bottomhole pressure to
increase. Thus back flow can begin in the reservoir which can cause the tubing liquid
level to decrease.

If kill fluid could damage the formation, an operator may install a check valve (standing
valve) at the bottom of the tubing to prevent the loss of kill fluid into the formation.This
can be modelled in the transient GasLift simulator.

The casing pressure increase continues to reduce the annulus liquid level and increase
the tubing liquid level. During this period it is possible for the kill fluid to be produced by
the well as well as lost to the formation.

This phase continues until the first open valve is reached by the injected gas in the
annulus i.e. the liquid level in the annulus drops to the first valve.

*Note that the end of phase 1 does not require the first valve to inject lift gas as it is

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 903 PROSPER

possible for the valve to throttle - this will be displayed as OPEN - NO FLOW in the
playback plot.

Phase 2

When injected gas enters the tubing from the annulus via the gas lift valve, phase 2
begins.

Initially, kill fluid can still back flow into the formation because the bottomhole pressure
has not decreased below the static reservoir pressure. During this period, counter-
current two-phase flow (rising gas and failing liquid) may exist in phase 2.

As gas begins to be injected into the tubing, the liquid column above the gas lift valve
lightens. This in turn rises the tubing liquid level until any remaining kill fluid is produced
at the top of the well and the formation fluid begins to produce at the bottom of the well.

During this process, the lower valves continue to transfer liquid from the annulus and
drop the liquid level in the annulus so that deeper injection can be achieved.

As more gas lift valves are exposed, it is possible for multipoint injection to occur.

Additionally, once formation fluid is produced, a transient temperature distribution in the

wellbore will exist. As hot reservoir fluid is produced, heat transfer from the tubing to
annulus and surrounding formation will occur.

This can affect the dynamic valve performance as the change in tubing temperature can
change the valve dome temperature which would consequently affect the valve dome
pressure. This can affect the control and performance of the valve.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 904

Once formation fluid is produced, a transient temperature distribution in the wellbore will
exist due to the difference in fluid temperature, annulus and surrounding formation
temperature.

Eventually, the flowing conditions in the well stabilise with time and the unloading
process is complete. The system can be said to be stable.

If the system continually changes with time (e.g. injection depth constantly switch) then
the system never reaches steady flowing conditions and can be said to be unstable.

2.13.1.8.2 Models for GasLift Unloading

The simulator combines the unloading process (transient pressure) with heat transfer
(transient temperature) through a double iteration method to obtain the true unloading
characteristic.

The following assumptions and simplifications have been made to the modelling of
transient pressure change:

- Injection gas pushes liquid in the annulus in a piston-like manner without mixing
- The gas lift valve is assumed to behave like an orifice port for liquid flow
- Pressure loss caused by friction and acceleration are neglected in the annulus, while
gas column weight and liquid column weight are considered
- Existing steady-state multiphase flow correlations/models are applicable for transient
flow.

The movement of fluids in the production and injection conduit are calculated based on
mass and momentum equations. During early phase 2, models for counter-current flow
are based on experimental correlations developed by Hasan & Kabir.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 905 PROSPER

The reservoir inflow performance is modelled based on the IPR data entered into
PROSPER. Reservoir backflow performance is modelled as 50% of the inflow.

Two-phase flow through Subsurface Safety Valve is modelled using Perkin’s

mechanistic model. A discharge coefficient, Cd = 0.987 is used as per
recommendations by Rastoin et al.

The dynamic performance of gas-lift valve is dependent on the selected in the gas-lift
simulator. Valves can be modelled using Acuna, Nieberding or Thornhill-Craver valve
flow models.
2.13.1.8.3 Models for Heat Transfer during GasLift Unloading
The following assumptions have been made for the transient temperature calculations:

- The formation medium is assumed to be symmetrical

- Heat transfer between the wellbore and formation is represented by the Fourier law of
heat conduction. The principle of superposition is used to account for change in heat
transfer rate
- Neglected fluid temperature change from formation to bottomhole
- Phase 1: isothermal, linear temperature profile in the wellbore
- Phase 2: transient temperature change calculations begin due to the production of hot
formation fluid
- Formation thermal physical properties are held constant

The wellbore heat transfer is divided into two regions: Lower Region for wellbore below
the operating valve (orifice), Upper Region for wellbore above the operating valve.

In Lower Region, the liquid in the annulus is not flowing, thus heat transfer in the annulus
is modelled as natural convection.

In Upper Region, both injection gas and annulus liquid are in motion, thus heat transfer in
the annulus is modelled as forced convection.

The valve dome temperature is calculated based on 30% of the production fluid
temperature and 70% of the injection gas temperature. This is based on numerical
results of a finite element analysis by Faustinelli.
2.13.1.8.4 GasLift Simulator Menu
The GasLift simulator can be accessed from the main menu Design | GasLift or
through the GasLift Design - Results.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 906

Options + Input Data

Production Type Annular Injection - Tubing Production

or
Tubing Injection - Annular Production
Check Valve If kill fluid could damage the formation, an operator may
install a check valve (standing) at the bottom of the tubing to
prevent the loss of kill fluid into the formation
Temperature Yes - The transient temperature calculations are performed
Calculation to calculate the wellbore/formation heat transfer, bellow
temperature and JT effects

No - The temperature profile is assumed to be equal to the

formation temperature gradient
Time Step Length Length of each dt timestep performed by the simulator
Number of Time Steps Number of time steps performed during phase 2
(Phase 2)
Use Casing Head Value Yes - The casing head pressure is entered by the user. This
/ Casing Head Pressure is the maximum CHP pressure available during phase 1.
The total injected gas rate is fixed to the actual injection
rate entered.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 907 PROSPER

No - Surface Gas Injection Pressure and Choke Diameter

is entered by the user and used to calculate the casing
head pressure and gas injection rate
Actual Injection Rate This is the total gas lift injection available during the
uploading process
Surface Gas Injection Surface Gas Injection Pressure is upstream of the casing
Pressure / Choke side choke. This is used to calculate the CHP and gas
Diameter injection rate
Orifice Meter / Orifice An additional pressure drop to calculate the CHP due to
Diameter the presence of an orifice meter
SubSea Safety Valve If Yes, the location of the SSV will need to be entered
Well Head Pressure Top node pressure
Mid-Perf Depth Depth of last node in downhole equipment
Surface Gas Injection Lift gas temperature at surface
Temperature
Formation Temperature Geothermal temperature gradient of the surrounding
at Surface/Bottom-Hole formation
Holdup Correlation Flow correlation/model used to calculate pressure drop in
the production string

PVT

PVT input data for the formation fluid and lift gas should be entered into this tab. If PVT
DATA and GASLIFT INPUT DATA has been entered into the PROSPER model, this will
be automatically transferred.

Reservoir

This input data will be carried over from the IPR DATA screen. The inflow performance
relationship used in the simulator will be a straight line + vogel type IPR. Liquid backflow
into the reservoir is modelled as 50% of reservoir productivity.

Deviation Survey / Tubing / Casing

This input data will be transferred from the Equipment Data screen. Please note that if
outside diameters have not been entered, then this will need to be manually entered
before the transient simulator can be run.

Valves

Valve Class Up to four different valve classes can be defined:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 908

TUALP Tested - Dynamic valve performance capturing

orifice and throttling flow

TUALP Untested - Thornhill - Craver orifice model is used

Orifice - Thornhill - Craver orifice model is used

Venturi - A venturi model is used

Valve Type IPO - injection pressure operated valve (casing sensitive)

PPO - production pressure operated valve (tubing

sensitive)
No. of Valves The number valves at the entered measured depth. Multiple
valves can be placed if a single valve cannot injected the
required lift gas rate due to critical flow.
Measured Depth Location of the gas-lift valve
Diameter Size of the port diameter
Port Size Size of the port diameter
R Value Area ratio of port to bellow
Dome Pressure The pressure in the valve dome (bellow) at 60°F
Manufacturer Valve manufacturer and type
Valve Flow Model Valve flow model used to calculate the valve performance
during simulation

It is important to ensure that valves are not positioned at the exact same
depth as nodes in the downhole equipment. For example, if the downhole
equipment lists "Tubing" to 6000 ft, then a valve should not be positioned at
6000 ft. A 5 ft offset would be recommended.

Note on Venturi:

The nozzle- Venturi gas-lift valve has a converging-diverging aperture. This has been
designed to reach critical flow when the downstream pressure is about 10% less than
the upstream pressure. This can be used to help eliminate instability in gas-lift
operation.

Note on Valve Flow Model:

For PPO valves, Cordero's model and coefficients are used.

For IPO valves, in orifice flow both Acuna and Nieberding use the TUALP orifice flow

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 909 PROSPER

model which is a a modified Thorn - Craver flow model which contains a variable
discharge coefficient based on port size.

In throttling flow, Acuna and Nieberding will differ.

Thermal Properties

The entered thermal properties of the wellbore and formation and reservoir fluid will be
used to calculate the transient temperature change from reservoir fluid to formation
during phase 2 of the unloading process.

Additional notes:

Initial Conditions:

The following initial conditions are assumed at time zero of the transient simulation:

Tubing and casing initially filled with kill fluid to certain height
Bottomhole pressure caused by kill fluid is equal to the static reservoir pressure
No flow exists through the tubing, annulus, surface choke or gas-lift valve
Liquid holdup equals one below static liquid level and zero above static liquid level
Initial CHP is assumed to be zero
Gas-lift valve upstream pressure is gas column weight + static liquid pressure
Gas-lift valve downstream pressure is wellhead pressure + static pressure liquid
pressure above valve

Boundary Conditions:

Constant wellhead pressure

Constant injection gas pressure upstream of surface choke
Bottomhole is a mass source (fluid out) or sink (fluid in)
Liquid backflow into reservoir half of reservoir productivity index
2.13.1.8.4.1 Summary
This screen gives summary of the transient gas lift simulator results on the last timestep
of phase 2.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 910

The well flowing pressure refers to flowing bottomhole pressure.

Multi-point injection can be reported if more than one valve is injecting on the last
timestep of phase 2.
2.13.1.8.4.2 Plot
This screen allows the various calculations performed by the transient gas lift simulator
to be visualised as a plot.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 911 PROSPER

The results of both phase 1 and phase 2 are included. It is possible to view the following:

Liquid level and production rate

Bottom hole, well head and casing head pressure
Valve upstream production and downstream injection pressure
Valve gas injection rate
Valve dome pressure and temperature
Flowing wellhead temperature
Valve by valve results

Note:

Oscillations in rate and pressure during the unloading process are physical and due to
instabilities in valve and production response e.g. multi-pointing, throttling valve
response, inflow instability, lack of casing pressure.
2.13.1.8.4.3 Detail
The detailed results give a breakdown of the phase 1 and phase 2 results in a tabled
format.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 912

Each tab contains the following information:

Phase 1-1 Liquid levels, tubing/casing pressures, gas lift rate and
liquid volumes through valves
Phase 1-2 Summary of system condition at the end of phase 1
Phase 1-3 Summary of valve results during phase 1
Grid Breakdown of the dimensional grid used by the transient
gas lift simulator
Phase 2-1 Temperature profile in wellbore during phase 2
Phase 2-2 Liquid levels, tubing/casing pressures, gas lift rate and
liquid production
Phase 2-3 Pressure profile in wellbore during phase 2
Valves Summary of valve results during phase 2

2.13.1.8.4.4 Compare

The following screen allows for quick comparison between the standard gas lift design
and the transient simulator.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 913 PROSPER

2.13.1.8.4.5 PlayBack
The PlayBack tool can be used to visualise the transient unloading process. Both the
pressure and temperature profile is reported.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 914

Note:

The temperature profile during phase 1 is assumed to be linear, isothermal in the

wellbore by the simulator. Only during phase 2 do the transient temperature change
calculations begin - this will occur once the bottomhole pressure is less than the
reservoir pressure for a short period of time.

2.13.1.9Notes on Gas Lift Design

The following section is intended to give a back ground on the theory used during a gas
lift design.
2.13.1.9.1 Gas Lift Performance Curve
Gas lift is an artificial lift method which involves injecting gas at a given depth to lighten
the fluid column and reduce the bottom-hole pressure in order to increase oil production.
The reduction in the pressure results in an increase in the velocity of the fluid which
increases the pressure drop due to friction in the well. There is therefore a compromise
between the amount of gas injected and the optimum oil production as when too much
gas is injected the pressure drop due to friction becomes dominant and starts to impact
negatively on the oil production. This is represented by a performance curve which
provides the design rate used to construct the objective gradient along with the optimum
gas injection:

In PROSPER the performance curve is generated when the “Get Rate” option is selected
and the optimum oil rate/gas injection rate is calculated. The resultant performance
curve can be viewed by selecting “plot”:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 915 PROSPER

Each point on the curve has a different maximum depth of injection associated with it
based on the gas rate. The objective of any gas lift design is to inject as deep as
possible. How deep injection can occur depends on the injection/casing pressure and
the gas available e.g. If the pressure is too low then there will not be enough energy to
inject the gas from the casing into the tubing and also if there is not enough gas then it
will not lighten the fluid column enough to lower the bottom-hole pressure so that fluid can
flow in from the reservoir.

To reproduce this manually in PROSPER modify the gas lift data to “optimum depth of
injection” and use the same input data as in the gas lift design input:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 916

Perform a system calculation with different gas injection rates and the results will show
an optimum depth of injection with each rate.

To generate the performance curve go to sensitivity and plot the Oil Rate vs. Gas
Injection Rate.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 917 PROSPER

2.13.1.9.2 Unloading with Gas Lift

The following question then arises; is it physically possible to inject the gas at the
optimum injection depth? The deeper one goes then the higher the pressure that is
required for injection. For example the pressure at 8000ft with a kill fluid gradient of
0.45psig/ft is 3760psig. The pressure required at surface will be approaching the
structural limits of the casing and also the compressor outlet may not be able to reach
such high pressures.
This then introduces the concept of unloading. The objective remains the same (to inject
as deep as possible) but to reduce the amount of surface pressure required. This is
done by spacing valves down the well and triggering the shallower valves to close so
that the gas can be passed to the deeper valves.

Consider first a single valve located at a specified depth:

As the gas is injected through the valve, the original static fluid gradient line will change
as the gas fills the column and the well begins to flow again. Eventually the well will
stabilise to a rate which will be lower than the design rate.

Below the valve the original static fluid gradient in reality no longer applies as the well is
now flowing so there will be a slight pressure drop due to friction. Also, the effect of the
gas injected changes the distribution of pressure along the well which changes the
amount of solution gas evolving from the oil. The reality is that the column below the
valve will be lighter and therefore should be represented with a lower gradient.

All the spacing methods use the original static gradient to determine the location of the
subsequent valve including PROSPER. Depending on the spacing method or whether or
not the valves are casing or tubing sensitive determines how the static gradient line is
projected to find the valve depths.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 918

The advantages/disadvantages change with each method however most will

compensate in one way or another so that they conservatively select a valve depth that
will work.
2.13.1.9.2.1 Spacing Procedure for Casing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER

With casing sensitive valves the casing pressure has to be reduced in order to close the
valves and this is incorporated into the spacing method. To find the valve depth the
static fluid line is projected from the objective gradient until it intersects the
corresponding casing pressure curve.

There is an input that enables the user to specify the reduction in the casing pressure to
close the valve. This is typically around 50psig.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 919 PROSPER

2.13.1.9.2.2 Spacing Procedure for Tubing Sensitive Valves in PROSPER

One of the advantages of tubing sensitive valves is that the casing pressure does not
need to be lowered and hence the valve spacing method uses a fixed casing pressure
gradient throughout. The transfer pressure line is defined by projecting a line between
the pressure at 0 depth given by the formula %(Pc-WHP)+WHP to the pressure at the
maximum depth of injection on the objective gradient (where the objective gradient and
the Casing gradient intersect). The percentage chosen is a user input.
2.13.1.9.2.3 Valves
The next thing which has to be considered is the valve design and how this allows the
gas to be transferred to the deeper valve. A schematic diagram of a Casing Sensitive
Valve is shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 920

From a force-balance the following expression can be derived:

The design consists of a charged dome, typically filled with pressured gas, which will
provide the energy to close the valve once the tubing pressure reduces. Nitrogen is
generally used as the properties will not change with time and it will not be subject to
fatigue effects that would have to be considered if for example a spring was used as a
replacement.

This particular design is a casing sensitive design due to the small ratio of the port area
to the bellow area, R. Reducing the area that the tubing pressure acts over minimises
the force due to the tubing pressure. By varying the R values it is possible to control how
the valve will respond to the tubing/casing pressure. A large R value is synonymous
with a tubing sensitive valve design.

The expression for the casing pressure at which the valve will close is given by the
formula:

The user can specify the closing pressure to equal the casing pressure at depth within
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 921 PROSPER

PROSPER.

This method as can be used to ensure the maximum injection depth. Once the dome
pressure is known then it is possible to calculate the opening pressure from:

The R value or the port size is chosen based on how much gas the valve will need to
pass. How this is chosen is explained further on but the gas rate for the individual valves
can be viewed in the design results window.

2.13.1.9.2.4 Unloading with Valves

Consider the valve when it is open due to the high casing pressure which is applying a
large enough delta P across the valve to inject gas. As the gas is injected and the static
fluid column lightens the tubing pressure will reduce. At this stage unless the casing
pressure is lowered there is no way to close the valve and increase the injection depth:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 922

To increase the injection depth by allowing gas to be injected through the next valve the
dome pressure is calibrated so that the top valve gradually closes as the lower valve
gradually opens. The pressure at which the tubing gradient allows injection into the next
valve is termed the transfer pressure.

The Pressure vs. Depth plot shows conceptually how the casing pressure must be
reduced so that the valves will close. The arrows indicate the opening/closing pressures
and the same convention is applied in PROSPER.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 923 PROSPER

This is a critical feature of casing sensitive valves. The casing pressure must be
reduced in order to go deeper however reducing the casing pressure will reduce the
maximum depth of injection. This not the case for tubing sensitive valves as the design
is such that the valve will close due to the reduction in the tubing pressure and for this
reason they may be preferred over casing sensitive valves as it is possible to inject
deeper. However there is a lot less control over the tubing pressure which introduces a
lot more uncertainty into the design.
2.13.1.9.2.5 Sizing the Valves
A few points should be noted regarding the size of the trim (valve). The spread (which is
the difference between the opening and closing pressure) is given by the formula:

Where is known as the tubing effect factor (TEF).

The TEF increases significantly with port size and therefore increases the spread also:

The greater the spread the more the gas can flow however this can result in instabilities
during the unloading process. Also a larger spread requires a greater reduction in
valuable casing pressure.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 924

The port size needs to be small enough so that critical flow is reached and changes in
tubing pressure do not effect the gas rate flowing through the valve but also should be
large enough to pass the right amount of gas so that the column is lightened.

So the port size is in fact an optimisation problem. To calculate the port size requires
the flow rate performance curves of the valves which display how much gas can be
passed through the valve at a corresponding tubing pressure. This can be expressed
more generally as,

Where,

In the original API method the gas rate through the valve was found by determining GLR
required to lower the static gradient to a predefined transfer pressure which is input into
the PROSPER window as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 925 PROSPER

In the original method this was based on the design rate as it was done by hand as the
VLPs would have to be completely re-generated if it was based on the actual rate that
would be flowing through the well if a valve was injecting gas into it. This meant the gas
rate was over-estimated and too large a port size was calculated. To compensate for
this the transfer pressure was introduced so that a lower port size would be chosen. The
idea is simply to ‘correct’ the delta P across the valve so that the magnitude of the valve
diameter that is calculated is reduced.

This correction is done via the transfer pressure.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 926

This new, adjusted dP is used to calculate the port size using the equation below:

Where,

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 927 PROSPER

2.13.1.9.2.6 Use IPR for Unloading

The transfer pressure is not used when the “Use IPR for Unloading” is activated which is
the method developed by PETEX. The in house method calculates the gas rate based
on the actual rate that would occur ensuring that the valve is not oversized.

With the “Use IPR for Unloading” method the gas injection rate at the valve is optimised
to find the minimum tubing pressure taking into account the actual flow rate in the well
which is given by the VLP/IPR intersection. The optimised gas injection rate along with
the minimum tubing pressure is then used to determine the port size.

This can be done manually by specifying a fixed depth of injection (at the depth
corresponding to the valve) and carrying out a sensitivity on gas rate using the SYSTEM
calculation.

The gradient that corresponds to each gas lift rate can be reproduced by selecting the
Sensitivity PvD option.

The tubing pressure can then be read off at the corresponding valve depth.

The performance plot is built by plotting the tubing pressure (at the valve depth) against
the corresponding gas injection. The gas rate that gives the minimum tubing pressure is
the gas rate that is then used to size the valve.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 928

2.13.1.9.2.7 Check Rate Conformance with IPR

The final feature within PROSPER is the 'check rate conformance with IPR'. When the
maximum depth of injection of the design is determined and it differs from the initial
estimate of maximum depth of injection then the bottom-hole pressures will be different
and therefore the rates cannot be the same. This will change the shape of the gradient
curve:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 929 PROSPER

PROSPER then recalculates the maximum rate for the new depth of injection and redoes
the whole design based on a new objective gradient. This process is then repeated until
the difference in the injection depths is minimised.
2.13.1.9.3 Proportional Valves

Merla proportional valves are a hybrid of tubing- and casing- sensitive characteristics.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 930

Some points to note about proportional valves are:

a) The dome is not charged with any gas. As such dome pressure is 0 psig.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 931 PROSPER

b) The closing pressure for the valve is provided by a spring which is set to apply a
certain compression force.

c) The valve stem has a tapered end which fits into the tapered end of the port.

d) As such even when the valve is in the open position, the tubing pressure will have
an influence on the opening or closing of the valve.

Advantages of a Proportional Response Valve:

a) Since there is no gas charge, the valve is unaffected by well temperature. As

such the design of these valves becomes simpler. Errors due to inconsistent
flowing temperature are also eliminated.

b) The valves proportional response to production pressure fluctuations makes it

automatically maintain tubing pressure gradient and the right gas injection rate.

In the database of PROSPER for a Proportional Valve, a number of parameters are

required. The following describes these various parameters

a) Fe: this represents the dynamic value of the Av / Ab ratio (Av = Valve Port Area &

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 932

Ab = Bellow Area), which is calculated from experimental data by solving the

valve opening / closing pressure equations. The parameter Fe corresponds to
the term R for a Casing Sensitive Valve.

b) SMALL, MEDIUM, LARGE: there are three configurations for the same valve. For
each configuration a value of Fe and the slope of K and M are defined

c) Pcf: this corresponds to the Injection Pressure i.e. the Gas pressure in the casing
annulus.

d) Pvc: this corresponds to the Spring Adjustment Pressure

e) K: this is a correction parameter that is used to quantify the maximum possible

rate that can be injected through the valve.

f) M: represents the slope of throttling line. (The throttling line represents the rate
that can be injected through the valve for reducing values of tubing pressure for a
constant Injection pressure)

Further information about these various parameters can be found in “Gas Lift Manual” by
Gabor Takacs. (PennWell Corp).

2.13.2 Electrical Submersible Pump

2.13.2.1Design
Please note that 'Model Produced Oil and Gas In Annulus' is a more advanced
method than 'Model Produced Oil Only' and is the recommended method. This
can be enabled in the 'Options' menu.

If a ESP lifted system is to be designed, the Design | Electrical Submersible Pump

menu should be selected. The following section details the steps a user should take to
complete the design.

Designing an ESP installation using PROSPER is divided into three phases:

1. Input Data
Enter the design criteria and conditions which are to be considered.
2. Calculate
The head and power requirements are found by using a gradient calculation.
3. Design
This is where, on the basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.

The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 933 PROSPER

ESP data entered in System Electrical Submersible Pumps is not utilised by the
ESP design section and will be overwritten by the design.

The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.

Enter the following data:

Pump Depth
Measured depth at which the pump is located
(Measured)
Operating
Pump operating frequency
Frequency
Maximum OD Maximum OD of the pump
Length Of Cable Length of the cable
Gas Separator % of separation of gas modeling a gas separator located at the
Efficiency pump inlet
Design Rate Target rate to produce

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 934

Water Cut Produced water cut

Total GOR Produced Gas Oil Ratio (GOR Definitions)
Top Node
Design target wellhead pressure
Pressure
Parameter used to oversise the motor power requirement. For
Motor power example, if one enters 10%, then the motor will be chosen in
Safety Margin order to provide a power 10% higher than the one strictly
required to achieve the target rate

Pump Wear factor Parameter used to reduce/increase the pump performance as

per manufacturer's specification(See Pump Wear Factor)
Pipe and Tubing Multiphase flow correlations used to determine the dP in surface
Correlation and downhole equipment
Gas DeRating It is possible to import in PROSPER a library (.dll) to account for
model variation of pump performance with gas amount

Designing an ESP installation using PROSPER is divided into two main phases -
Calculate and Design.

ESP Calculate

This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate. This is found by carrying out the following steps:

PROSPER uses the IPR from System | Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face from the design rate.
The specified VLP correlation is then used to find the pump intake pressure for
the design production rate.
Based upon the pump inlet conditions, the percentage of gas specified will be
separated from the produced stream.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure using the fluid properties calculated after
the gas separation.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.

This process is shown in the diagram below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 935 PROSPER

Select Calculate to carry out this calculation and see the results of the gradient
traverses.

ESP Design

Enter reasonable estimates for operating frequency, maximum practical pump O.D. and
length of pump cable. If required, an additional pump power safety factor and a wear
allowance can be entered. Click on Design and the program will select a pump from its
internal database that is capable of meeting the required service conditions.

PROSPER selects the smallest pump can meet the following criteria:
Inlet rate within range
Discharge rate within range
Head developed at design well rate is near pump's maximum efficiency point
Pump O.D. < user input maximum

Once satisfied with the first pass pump sizing, select a motor from those listed in the
database. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that the motor selected is physically
compatible with the pump and that the most economical combination of operating
voltage and current is chosen.

The program will automatically select the smallest cable that is capable of supplying the
required current. Accept the selection or choose another cable to complete the first
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 936

pass design. Click on Plot to display the design operating point on the pump
performance curve.

Normally, the program will design a system with an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with time, this
may not be the best design for the life of the installation. Different combinations of pump
and motor can be quickly experimented with in the ESP design section until an optimum
design is obtained. A report can be generated which gives details of the pump
selection and design conditions.

The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the Calculation menu .
PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump parameters
such as pump setting depth and operating frequency.

The ESP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections until the final design is optimised in terms of equipment cost and
performance over the projected pump run life.

Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections are
applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no ESP viscosity corrections will be
applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT section, then the emulsion
viscosity can be optionally used in the ESP calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned
in the PVT section, emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood.
The emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should
be used with caution.

Disclaimer
2.13.2.2ESP Design Calculation
Once the design parameters have been entered, select Calculate to enter the
calculation screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 937 PROSPER

This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.

Select Calculate to carry out this calculation and see the results of the gradient
traverses.

Done Return to previous screen.

Calculate Calculate the pump duty necessary to achieve the design rate.
PROSPER will display the pump duty solution.
Main Return to the main PROSPER screen.
Help View this Help screen
Export Export ESP design calculation data to screen, printer, clipboard or file.
Sensitivity Display the intake pressure and intake GLR plotted over a range of gas
separator efficiency curves. Check that the design operating point lies
above the empirical limit represented by the Dunbar Factor line.

Sensitivity

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 938

Once the ESP calculation has been completed, the separator efficiency chosen in the
input can be check against the Dunbar Criterion to ensure it is acceptable.

To view the Dunbar plot, select Sensitivity on the calculation screen:

This displays a plot of the 'Intake Pressure' against the 'Intake GLR' for a range of
different gas separator efficiency curves. Check that the design operating point lies
above the empirical limit represented by the Dunbar Factor line.

The reference for the Dunbar plot is:

Dunbar C E, 'Determination of Proper Type of Gas Separator', Microcomputer

Applications in Artificial Lift Workshop, SPE Los Angeles Basin Section, October 1989.

If Emulsions have been selected on the Options or PVT screen, viscosity

corrections are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no ESP
viscosity corrections will be applied.

If an inlet gas separator is to be used, enter the separator efficiency before

carrying out the calculation. The program allows the percentage of free gas set
by the separator efficiency to be produced up the annulus, and the remainder to
be compressed through the pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids
can be different below and above the pump.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 939 PROSPER

For wells where the ESP pump is landed high up in the well it is possible that
the fluid can not reach the pump intake. For such cases, PROSPER will report a
pump intake pressure (PIP) of 10 psi. Therefore the user should be cautious
when the calculated PIP = 10 psi as this indicates that the fluid can not reach the
pump intake and the design can not be completed.

Disclaimer
2.13.2.3ESP Design Calculation Sensitivity Plot - Test Data

Use this screen to enter the data points for drawing your own equivalent of the Dunbar
Line on the Sensitivity Plot

2.13.2.4ESP Design Select Equipment

Having determined the required pump duty and ensured that the separator efficiency is
acceptable, click on Done to go back to the ESP Design Parameters.

The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable of providing the calculated
duty at the given conditions.

Select Design in the ESP Design Parameters screen to bring up the below screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 940

Select Pump
PROSPER lists pumps that can meet the following criteria:

The inlet rate calculated by PROSPER falls within the range of the performance
curves
The discharge rate calculated by PROSPER falls within the range of the
performance curves
Pump outer diameter is less than the maximum pump O.D. specified in the
design parameters screen.
Pump outer diameter is less than the casing inner diameter.

The user must select a pump from those listed. The suitability of the selected pump can
be reviewed by selecting Plot to see where the design operating point falls on the pump
performance curve. More information on this plot can be found in checking the Pump
Design.

Please note, it is the users responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
representative of the information provided by the manufacturer.

Select Motor
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 941 PROSPER

Once a pump has been selected, the pump efficiency and required power are known;
the motor power requirement can now be calculated.

Proceed to the motor drop-down box and select a motor from those listed.

PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics. It is the users responsibility to ensure that the motor selected is
physically compatible with the pump and that the most economical combination
of operating voltage and current is chosen.

Select Cable

Once the motor power and voltage option have been determined, a suitable cable must
be selected.

PROSPER displays those cables capable of passing the required current.

Disclaimer

Use the following OpenServer strings to access the data on this screen

Input Data
Head Required PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PMPREQ
Average Downhole Rate PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMRAT
Total Fluid Gravity PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPGR
Free GOR Below Pump PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPGF
Total GOR Above Pump PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPGA
Pump Inlet Temperature PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPIT
Pump Intake Pressure PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPIP
Pump Intake Rate PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPIR
Pump Discharge Pressure PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPXP
Pump Discharge Rate PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPDR
Pump Mass Flow Rate PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPMF
Average Cable Temperature PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPAT
Select Pump PROSPER.SIN.ESP.DesPump
Select Motor PROSPER.SIN.ESP.DesMotor

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 942

Select Cable PROSPER.SIN.ESP.DesCable

Input Data Array PROSPER.OUT.ESP.ESPDRQ[$]
Results
Number Of Stages PROSPER.OUT.ESP.NSTAGE
Power Required PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPOW
Pump Efficiency PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PEFFIC
Pump Outlet Temperature PROSPER.OUT.ESP.PUMPOT
Current Used PROSPER.OUT.ESP.XMTAMP
Surface KVA PROSPER.OUT.ESP.XMTAMP
Motor Efficiency PROSPER.OUT.ESP.XMTEFF
Power Generated PROSPER.OUT.ESP.XMTPOW
Motor Speed PROSPER.OUT.ESP.XMTRPM
Voltage Drop Along Cable PROSPER.OUT.ESP.VOLDRP
Voltage Required At Surface PROSPER.OUT.ESP.VOLTSF
Torque On Shaft PROSPER.OUT.ESP.TORQUE
Results Array PROSPER.OUT.ESP.ESPRES[$]

2.13.2.5Checking the Pump Design

Click Plot to display the design operating point on the pump performance curve as
shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 943 PROSPER

Normally, the first pass design will have an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with
time, this may not be the best design for the life of the installation

Different combinations of pump and motor can be quickly experimented with in

the ESP design section until an optimum design is obtained.
A report can be generated which gives details of the pump selection and design
conditions
The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running System sensitivities in the
Calculation | System (VLP+IPR) menu.
PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump
parameters such as pump setting depth and operating frequency

The ESP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run life.

Viscosity corrections, if enabled, will be considered in choice of available pumps and

the number of stages required.
2.13.3 Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump
2.13.3.1Design
If a HSP lifted system is to be designed, the Design | Hydraulic Submersible Pump
menu should be selected. The following section details the steps a user should take to

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 944

complete the design.

Designing an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into three phases:

1. Input Data
Enter the design criteria and conditions which are to be considered.
2. Calculate
The head and power requirements are found by using a gradient calculation.
3. Design
This is where, on the basis of the calculations, the equipment is selected.

The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.

HSP data entered in System Hydraulic Submersible Pumps is not utilised by the
HSP design section and will be overwritten by the design.

The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.

Designing an HSP installation using PROSPER is divided into two main phases -
Calculate and Design.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 945 PROSPER

Enter the following data:

Pump Depth
Measured depth at which the pump is located
(Measured)
Pump Maximum
Pump maximum outer diameter
Allowable OD
Turbine Maximum
Turbine maximum outer diameter
Allowable OD
Design (Liquid)
Target rate to produce
Rate
Water Cut Produced water cut
Top Node
Design target wellhead pressure
Pressure
Pump Speed Speed at which both pump and turbine are operated
Total GOR Produced Gas Oil Ratio (GOR Definitions)
% Power Fluid Of
A value of 100% indicates a power fluid/produced fluid ratio of 1
Reservoir Fluid

Pump Wear factor Parameter used to reduce/increase the pump performance as

per manufacturer's specification(See Pump Wear Factor)
Pipe and Tubing Multiphase flow correlations used to determine the dP in surface
Correlation and downhole equipment
Gas DeRating It is possible to import in PROSPER a library (.dll) to account for
model variation of pump performance with gas amount

HSP Calculate

This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate. This is found by carrying out the following steps:

PROSPER uses the IPR from System | Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face from the design rate.
The specified VLP correlation is then used to find the pump intake pressure for
the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure. If the power fluid is commingled with the
production fluid, the % Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid input is used to add
power fluid. This new commingled fluid is used to calculate the pressure drop
from the wellhead down to the pump discharge.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 946

required pump head.

PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.

Select Calculate to carry out this calculation and see the results of the gradient
traverses.

For certain configurations, the produced and power fluids can be commingled above the
pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and above the
pump.

HSP Design

Enter reasonable estimates for pump and turbine speed and the maximum practical
O.D. If required, an additional pump power safety factor and a wear allowance can be
entered. Click on Design and the program will select a pump from its internal database
that is capable of meeting the required service conditions.

PROSPER selects the smallest pump can meet the following criteria:
Inlet rate within range
Discharge rate within range
Head developed at design well rate is near pump's maximum efficiency point
Pump O.D. < user input maximum
Once you are satisfied with the first pass pump sizing, select a turbine from those listed
in the database. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that the turbine selected is
physically compatible with the pump. Please refer to manufacturer's guidlines in all
instances.

Click on Pump Plot or Turbine Plot to display the design operating point on the
appropriate performance curve.

Normally, the program will design a system with an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with time, this
may not be the best design for the life of the installation. Different combinations of pump
and turbine can be quickly experimented with in the HSP design section until an
optimum design is obtained. A report can be generated which gives details of the pump
selection and design conditions.

The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the Calculation
menu . PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump
parameters such as pump setting depth and speed.

The HSP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections until the final design is optimised in terms of equipment cost and
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 947 PROSPER

performance over the projected pump run life.

HSP System Calculation

You can perform a system sensivity calculation from within the HSP Design section.
This is a specialised form of the calculation that ensures that the turbine power
produced is always equal to the power required by the pump. This is achieved by
varying the power fluid injected until this requirement is met. The calculation is therefore
somewhat slower than the normal system calculation. Click on the System button to
perform this calculation.

Emulsions

If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections are
applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity corrections will be
applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT section, then the emulsion
viscosity can be optionally used in the HSP calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned
in the PVT section, emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood.
The emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should
be used with caution.

Disclaimer
2.13.3.2HSP Design Calculate
Once the design parameters have been entered, select Calculate to enter the
calculation screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 948

This section determines the head required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate. This is found by carrying out the following steps:

PROSPER uses the IPR from System | Inflow Performance to calculate the
flowing pressure at the sand face from the design rate.
The specified VLP correlation is then used to find the pump intake pressure for
the design production rate.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at
the required pump discharge pressure. If the power fluid is commingled with the
production fluid, the % Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid input is used to add
power fluid. This new commingled fluid is used to calculate the pressure drop
from the wellhead down to the pump discharge.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the
required pump head.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the
pump, so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet.
The mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump fluid
power requirement.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 949 PROSPER

Select Calculate to carry out this calculation and see the results of the gradient
traverses.

For certain configurations, the produced and power fluids can be commingled above the
pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and above the
pump.

If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections are
applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity corrections will be
applied.

Disclaimer
2.13.3.3HSP Design Select Equipment
Having determined the required pump duty and ensured that the separator efficiency is
acceptable, click on Done to go back to the HSP 'Design Parameters'.

The next step is to select the pump, motor and cable capable of providing the calculated
duty at the given conditions.

Select Design in the HSP design parameters screen to bring up the below screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 950

In the select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.

Select Pump
PROSPER presents pumps that can meet the following criteria:
The entered pump speed is within the range of the performance curves
The discharge rate is within the range of the performance curves
Pump outer diameter is less than the maximum outer diameter set by the user in
the design parameters screen.

The user must select a pump from those listed.

Please note, it is the users responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
consistent with the information provided by the manufacturer

Select Turbine

Once a pump has been selected, the power required to be provided by the turbine is
known. When a turbine is selected, the number of stages required can be calculated.
This is done by dividing the total power required by the power provided per stage on the
performance curve. The flow rate passing through the turbine (and therefore the rate
used in the performance curve) is taken from the design rate and the % Power Fluid of
Reservoir fluid defined in the 'Design Parameter' screen.

Proceed to the turbine drop down box and select a turbine from those listed.

PROSPER lists pumps and turbines on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics. It is the users responsibility to ensure that the turbine selected is
physically compatible with the pump.

Disclaimer
2.13.3.4Checking the Pump/Turbine Design
Click Pump Plot or Turbine Plot to display the design operating point on the
performance curve as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 951 PROSPER

The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the Calculation | System
(VLP+IPR) menu.

To access the system calculation from the design screen, select the System button
within the HSP design parameters screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 952

The HSP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections, until the final design is optimised over the projected pump run life.

Viscosity corrections, when activated, will be considered in choice of available pumps

and the number of stages required.
2.13.4 Progressive Cavity Pump
2.13.4.1PCP Design Input Data
If a PCP lifted system is to be designed, the Design | Progressive Cavity Pump
menu should be selected. The following section details the steps a user should take to
complete the design.

Although the PCP is a positive displacement pump, the design process follows the
same steps as an ESP or HSP design. The major difference is that the pump speed
controls the rate which can be produced and so this is calculated during the design
rather than being entered as a design parameter. The head required is then used as a
selection criterion to ensure that it does not exceed the maximum head of the selected
pump which is provided by the manufacturer.

Designing a PCP installation requires a systems analysis method that is different to that
for a naturally flowing well. The PCP solution begins at the sand face, calculating the
pressure drop up to the pump intake using standard the PVT and tubing size data at the
user-specified production target rate. The PCP Design section allows the user to
determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate and to select
a suitable combination of pump and rods or pump, motor and cable for the application.

Designing an PCP installation using PROSPER is divided into three phases:

1. Input Data
Enter the design criteria and conditions which are to be considered.
2. Calculate
A gradient calculation is performed to calculate the inlet and outlet conditions
required to meet the design. From these results, the conditions within the pump
can also be calculated.
3. Design
Based upon the conditions found by the calculations, the equipment is selected by
the user.

The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.

Designing an PCP installation using PROSPER is divided into two main phases -
Calculate and Design.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 953 PROSPER

Enter the following data:

Pump Depth This is the measured depth at which the pump is located.
(Measured)
Maximum OD The maximum diameter of the pump. This will be used to filter
out pumps which can be selected for use in the design.
Gas Separator This is the percent of free gas at the pump inlet which is
Efficiency separated and so does not pass through the pump.
Pump Wear Factor This is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published curves due to wear. Please refer to the Pump
Wear Factor section for more details.
Design Rate The liquid rate to be used in the design.
Water Cut Water cut of the produced well stream.
Total GOR Enter the total GOR being produced.
Top Node Pressure Pressure at the well head.
Total GOR Enter the total GOR being produced.
Total Rod Length If the PCP drive method is selected to be 'Sucker Rod', the
rod length must be entered.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 954

Cable Length If the PCP drive method is selected to be 'Down-hole Motor',

the length of the cable must be inserted. This is used in the
voltage drop calculations.
Voltage @ Surface If the PCP drive method is selected to be 'Down-hole Motor',
the available voltage at surface should be entered.
Motor Power Safety If the PCP drive method is selected to be 'Down-hole Motor',
Margin this is the safety margin used when selecting a motor.
For example, if a pump requires 500 hp and the Safety
Margin has been entered as 10%, then only motors which
can provide 550 hp will be listed. Entering '0%' means that
only the required power needs to be provided.
Pipe Correlation Select the multiphase flow correlation to be used when the
fluid is in the surface equipment. If no surface equipment has
been entered, this correlation will not be used.
Tubing Correlation Select the multiphase flow correlation to be used when the
fluid is in the down hole equipment.

PCP Calculate

This section determines the lift required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.

Enter the design liquid rate, water cut, top node pressure and a first estimate of the
pump setting depth in this screen. Click on Calculate to display a blank pump duty
calculation screen. Click on Calculate to have the program find the pump duty
necessary to achieve the design rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution.

PROSPER uses the IPR from the System section to calculate the flowing pressure at the
sand face and the specified correlations to find the pump intake pressure. The program
works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at the required pump
discharge pressure. The difference in the pressures represents the required pump duty.
PROSPER allows for fluid compressibility and gas going back into solution as the
pressure increases across the pump.

The integrated mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump
power requirement.

If an inlet gas separator is to be used, enter the separator efficiency before carrying out
the calculation. The program allows the percentage of free gas set by the separator
efficiency to be produced up the annulus, and the remainder to be compressed through
the pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and above
the pump. In order to account for the back pressure on the pump due to the tubing/
casing annulus area, both the tubing O.D. and casing I.D. are required to be entered in
the System Equipment screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 955 PROSPER

PCP Design

Enter reasonable estimates for maximum practical pump O.D. and either Total Rod
Length or Cable Length and Voltage At Surface. If required, an additional pump power
safety factor (Downhole Motor Drive only) and a wear allowance can be entered. Click
on Design and the program will select a pump from its internal database that is capable
of meeting the required service conditions.

PROSPER selects the smallest pump can meet the following criteria:
Inlet rate within range
Discharge rate within range
Head developed at design well rate is near pump's maximum efficiency point
Pump O.D. < user input maximum
Once you are satisfied with the first pass pump sizing, select a rod type or motor and
cable from those listed in the database. It is the user's responsibility to ensure that
the motor selected is physically compatible with the pump and that the most economical
combination of operating voltage and current is chosen.

The program will automatically select the smallest cable that is capable of supplying the
required current. Accept the selection or choose another cable to complete the first
pass design. Click on Plot to display the design operating point on the pump
performance curve.

Normally, the program will design a system with an operating point fairly close to the
selected pump's optimum efficiency. However, as well conditions change with time, this
may not be the best design for the life of the installation. Different combinations of pump
and rod or motorand cable can be quickly experimented with in the PCP design section
until an optimum design is obtained. A report can be generated which gives details of
the pump selection and design conditions.

The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the Calculation menu .
PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump parameters
such as pump setting depth and operating frequency.

The PCP system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections until the final design is optimised in terms of equipment cost and
performance over the projected pump run life.

Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections are
applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no PCP viscosity corrections will be
applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT section, then the emulsion
viscosity can be optionally used in the PCP calculations and elsewhere. As mentioned
in the PVT section, emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is poorly understood.
The emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical corrections and should
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 956

be used with caution.

Disclaimer

When a PCP is selected with Sucker Rod drive the type of flow is always annular. This is
because fluid flows through the space between Sucker Rod and Tubing, hence,
modelled as an annular flow in PROSPER (Figure 1).

If separator efficiency is set to 100% the free gas separated at the pump intake will be
sent through the annular space between Tubing OD and Casing ID. If separator
efficiency is less than 100% only fraction of free gas at the pump intake will be
separated; this fraction is defined by the efficiency value.

In summary, there are two different annular spaces for the PCP with Sucker Rod drive;
one is between Sucker Rod OD and Tubing ID (for oil and water), and another one is
between Tubing OD and Casing ID (for free gas separated at the pump inlet).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 957 PROSPER

Figure 1 PCP production for Sucker Rod drive

2.13.4.2PCP Database Pump Plot

This plot displays the relationship of flowing rate and shaft power with head and pump
speed.

The green lines represent the relation of flow rate vs pump speed for various values of
the head, whilst the red dotted line represents the relation between pump speed (or flow
rate) vs shaft power for various values of the head.

For further details please refer to the manufacturer.

2.13.4.3PCP Design Calculations
Once the design parameters have been entered, select Calculate to enter the
calculation screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 958

This section determines the volumetric rate which will pass through the pump to achieve
a specified production rate and also the subsequent head which will be deliver to the
fluid. This is found by carrying out the following steps:

PROSPER uses the IPR from System | Inflow Performance to calculate the flowing
pressure at the sand face from the design rate.
The specified VLP correlation is then used to find the pump intake pressure for the
design production rate.
Based upon the pump inlet conditions, the percentage of gas specified will be
separated from the produced stream.
The program then works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at the
required pump discharge pressure using the fluid properties calculated after the gas
separation.
The difference between the intake and discharge pressures represents the required
pump head. This is used as a limit when selecting the pump.
PROSPER compresses the liquid and gas as the pressure increases across the pump,
so the volumetric rate will be less at the discharge than at the pump inlet. These in-situ
volumetric rates will later be used to calculate the speed required for the pump.

Select Calculate to carry out this calculation and see the results of the gradient

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 959 PROSPER

traverses.

Emulsions
If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections
are applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no HSP viscosity
corrections will be applied.

The integrated mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump
power requirement.

If an inlet gas separator is to be used, enter the separator efficiency before carrying out
the calculation. The program allows the percentage of free gas set by the separator
efficiency to be produced up the annulus, and the remainder to be compressed through
the pump. Hence, the PVT properties of the well fluids can be different below and above
the pump. In order to account for the back pressure on the pump due to the tubing/
casing annulus area, both the tubing O.D. and casing I.D. are required to be entered in
the System Equipment screen.

Having determined the required pump duty, Click on Done or press return to return to
the PCP design screen.

Disclaimer
2.13.4.4PCP Design Select Equipment
Depending on the drive method selected in the Options | Options screen, the user will
select a PCP and either a sucker rod or down-hole motor. Below details the steps
required when Sucker Rod Drive has been selected.

Having calculated the average down-hole rate through then pump and the head required,
select Design on the design parameters screen to select the appropriate equipment:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 960

In the select drop-down boxes, PROSPER lists the equipment in its database that is
capable of meeting the design requirements.

It is important to ensure that any pump selected has a maximum head value which is
higher than the head required calculated by the design.

When the pump has been selected, the required pump speed will be calculated which
will allow the calculated down-hole rate to be produced.

In order to calculate the dynamic loading, a Sucker Rod must also be selected. The
stresses, stretches and torques for the selected rod at the design conditions are then
displayed.

If the downhole motor-drive option is selected the motor and cable should be picked
from the drop down lists.

PROSPER lists pumps and motors on the basis of diameter and performance
characteristics. It is the users responsibility to ensure that the pump selected is
consistent with the information provided by the manufacturer and to ensure
that the rod selected is physically compatible with the pump.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 961 PROSPER

Select Done and then Done on the Design Parameters screen to exit to the main
screen. When the design has been completed, the newly selected pump and sucker rod
will automatically be transferred to the System | Progressive Cavity Pump screen.
This setup will then be part of the model and will be used in any subsequent calculations.

As seen for ESP and HSP installations, the PCP design should be checked by
performing sensitivities in system calculation, in order to verify the design against the
expected change of conditions along the life of the well. This can be carried out in the
Calculation | System (IPR+VLP) screen and more information on this calculation can
be found in the System Calculation Section.

Disclaimer
2.13.5 Coiled Tubing GasLift
2.13.5.1Design Input Data
The gas lift design can be used to design and optimise the design of Coiled Tubing gas
lifted wells. The initial and maximum depths of injection for a given set of design
conditions can be found.

The Design Coiled Tubing Gas Lift section allows the user to perform a design of
gas lift using coiled tubing.

This option enables the User to design coiled tubing gas lift systems for new
installations. The design follows similar steps as the gas lift design, with the difference
that no unloading valves are present, the injection is done by means of a coiled tubing
and the production is annular.

Enter the following data:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 962

Input parameters

Maximum Gas Enter injection volume constraint

Available
Maximum Gas Enter the maximum gas available at the unloading pressure
During
Unloading
Flowing Top Normal operating well head pressure
Node Pressure
Unloading Top Insert a lower pressure if the well is to be unloaded to e.g.
Node Pressure atmospheric pressure rather than against separator pressure.
Otherwise set to WHFP.
Operating Available gas injection system pressure available at the coiled
Injection tubing head. This is not the final operating injection pressure.
Pressure
Kick Off Injection Leave set to normal injection system pressure unless an auxiliary
Pressure source of high pressure kick off gas is available.
Desired dP User selected design pressure loss across coiled tubing orifice to
Across Valve ensure well and gas injection system pressure stability. Usually in
the order of 100-200 psi.
Maximum Depth Constrains the maximum injection depth to be shallower than the
Of Injection production packer.
Water Cut Normal producing water cut.
Static Gradient Density of fluid to be balanced by casing pressure during
Of Load Fluid unloading. Use the greater of tubing kill fluid or packer fluid density.
Total GOR Produced Gas Oil Ratio (GOR Definitions)

Design Rate Method

Entered By Use this option when the design production rate and gas lift gas
User injection rate is already known or when modeling the performance of
an existing installation. If Check Conformance with IPR is selected,
the program will modify the rate and the gas injection rate, if
necessary, to honour the IPR. If a maximum production calculation
has been previously done, the lift gas and design production rates
can be User Entered. The design rate can be entered either in terms
of liquid or oil production only. The design lift gas injection is entered
as the Maximum gas available

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 963 PROSPER

Calculated The program will optimise fluid production by placing the operating
From Max gas lift valve as deep as possible in the well. Up to the user-entered
Production maximum, the program will call for as much lift gas as it needs to
achieve the maximum liquid production.
Calculated Using user-entered economic parameters for oil and sales gas
From Max revenue, produced water processing and lift gas cost, the program
Revenue will find the gas lift design that maximises total revenue up to the user-
entered maximum rate.

Check Rate Conformance With IPR

When selected, PROSPER will re-calculate the system solution rate at each step in the
design process to ensure that the design rate can be met. This prevents for example, a
design being done for an unrealistic Enter by User rate. For speed in comparing
designs, this option can be set to No. However, the user must be aware that the design
rate may not be able to be met by the well.

Use IPR for Unloading

YES This is the recommended PROSPER unloading valve trim sizing method.
Unloading valves are sized to achieve a minimum flowing gradient above the
valve assuming that the load fluid is being produced. The IPR is used to
calculate the well production rates during unloading.
NO This is the standard hand-calculation method. Unloading valve trims are
sized to achieve the GLR required to lower the tubing pressure to the transfer
pressure. The GLR is based on the full design production rate - the actual
production rate during unloading is not calculated. This results in the
selection of larger valve trims.

Orifice Sizing On
Two options are available:
Calculated dP at Orifice
Min dP Across Orifice

Vertical Lift Correlation

Select a vertical lift correlation. If VLP or gradient matching has been performed the
modified correlations will be used.

Surface Pipe Correlation

Select a surface pipe correlation. If pipe matching has been performed the modified
correlations will be used.
2.13.5.2Design Calculations - Automatic Rate
Once the design parameters have been entered, select Continue to show the Design
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 964

Before the design is carried out, the optimum injection rate must be found. This is done
by calculating the oil rate which will be produced when different gas injection rates are
used to form a injection performance curve. This can be calculated by selecting Get
Rate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 965 PROSPER

On the design screen, the values at the top of the screen will now be filled in:

The GLR Injected, Liquid Rate, Oil Rate, VLP Pressure and IPR Pressure all relate to the
final point calculated in the performance curve generation. By themselves they contain little
value to the user.

The Standard Deviation is the standard deviation between the calculated points and the
fitted curve displayed on the plot.

The Design Rate is the optimum injection rate based upon the design criteria which
produces the Oil Production. These calculations have yet to consider the unloading process.
2.13.5.3Design Calculations - User Entered Rate
Once the design rate has been found, select Design to calculate the initial depth of
injection, maximum depth of injection, design injection rate and design oil rate.

To visualise this calculation select Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 966

The design screen also shows the results of the design at the bottom:

Once the design has been carried out, the resultant depth of injection can be manually
transferred to the System | Coiled Tubing Gas Lift section.

2.13.6 Jet Pump

If a Jet Pumped system is to be designed, the Design | Jet Pump menu should be
selected. The following section details the steps a user should take to complete the
design.

The design is performed in three steps:

1. Enter the design conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 967 PROSPER

2. Determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate.

3. Select a suitable pump for the application.

Any Jet Pump data entered in System | Jet Pumps screen is not utilised by the design
section and will be overwritten when the design has been completed.

The Jet Pump Power Fluid properties are entered into the PVT section as detailed in
the PVT Section of this manual.
2.13.6.1Jet Pump Theory
This is a type of pump which operates on the principle of a high-pressure fluid jet and the
venturi effect it creates. Jet pumps can be relatively inefficient but can tolerate a wide
range of operating conditions, including easily handling sand-laden or abrasive fluids.
The jet pump employs no moving parts and achieves its pumping action by means of
momentum transfer between the power fluid and the produced fluid. One of the main
drawbacks for jet pumping is the need for a relatively high suction pressure to avoid
cavitation. This phenomenon can cause severe damage and it is important to be able to
predict and avoid this when designing a system using jet pumps.

Below is a diagram detailing the parts of a Jet Pump:

Pressure Rate Total Head

Power Fluid P1 Q1 H1
Produced fluid P3 Q3 H3
Discharge Fluid P2 Q2 H2

The following section details how the Jet Pump Design is carried out.

1. From the design Surface Injection Pressure and Rate, a gradient is calculated down

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 968

to the Nozzle Inlet using the Power Fluid properties. This determines P1 and Q1.
2. From the IPR curve and using the Design Rate, the BHP can be calculated. From this
value, a gradient calculation can be performed using the reservoir fluid properties to
the Pump Inlet. This determines P3 and Q3.
3. From the design Wellhead Pressure, and the combined production and power fluid
rates and properties, the pump discharge pressure (P2) can be found. This assumes
that Q2=Q1+Q3.
4. The Dimensionless Flow Rate (M) and Dimensionless Head Recovery Ratio (H)
can now be calculated using the equations below:

5. The value for N can be calculated from H and M using the equation given below:

6. Using the equation below, it is possible to iteratively determine the value for R by
solving for an estimated R and comparing the newly calculated N value to the known N
value calculated above.

Where:
Kj Nozzle Loss Coefficient (0.15)
Ks Suction Loss Coefficient (0.0)
Kt Throat Loss Coefficient (0.28)
Kd Diffuser Loss Coefficient (0.1)
R Area Ratio Aj/At
Aj Flow area of Nozzle
At Flow area of Throat

7. Finally the theoretical limit of M to avoid cavitation (Mc ) is found using the following
equation:
1 R P3
Mc 1 Kj
R I c ( P1 P3 ) P3

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 969 PROSPER

Where
Ic = Experimentally determined Cavitation Index

Numerous tests by different investigators have placed the value of Ic between 0.8 and 1.67,
with 1.35 being a conservative design value.

References:
'The Technology of Artificial Lift Methods - Volume 2b' Chapter 6, Kermit
Brown
SPE 19713 - 'Modelling and Design of Jet Pumps', D.T. Hatziavramidis
2.13.6.2Jet Pump Design

Designing a Jet Pump installation requires a systems analysis method that is different to
that for a naturally flowing well. The Jet Pump solution begins at the sand face,
calculating the pressure drop up to the pump intake using the PVT and tubing size data
at the User-specified production target rate. The Jet Pump Design section allows the
User to determine the required pump head to achieve a specified production rate and to
select the suitable pump . Jet Pump data entered in the System input menu is not
utilised by the Jet Pump design section.

The following description assumes that input of the well details and PVT data have
already been correctly completed and that where applicable, pressure drop correlations
have been matched to field data.

Designing a Jet Pump installation using PROSPER is based on the following workflow:

1. Enter the desired design conditions in 'Input Data'

2. Calculate 'Pump Duty'
3. Select a pump with achieves the designed design results

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 970

Input Data

Pump Depth (Measured) Measured depth at which the pump is located

Maximum OD Maximum OD of the pump
Design (Liquid) Rate Target liquid rate to produce
Water Cut Produced water cut
Total GOR Produced Gas Oil Ratio (GOR Definitions)
Top Node Pressure Design target wellhead pressure
Surface Injection Rate Rate of power fluid injected
Surface Injection
Injection Pressure
Pressure
The loss coefficients are a measure of the energy loss
Nozzle Loss Coefficient due to the friction in the above quoted sections of the
Suction Loss Coefficient pump.
Throat Loss Coefficient
The coefficients are provided by the Jet Pump
Diffuser Loss Coefficient manufacturers and can also be used by the user to
match to measured pump performance

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 971 PROSPER

Pipe and Tubing Multiphase flow correlations used to determine the dP

Correlation in surface and downhole equipment

Pump Duty

This section determines the lift required to be supplied by the pump to achieve a
specified production rate.

Click on 'Calculate Pump Duty' to have the program find the pump duty necessary to
achieve the design rate. PROSPER will display the pump duty solution.

PROSPER uses the IPR from the System section to calculate the flowing pressure at
the sand face and the specified correlations to find the pump intake pressure. The
program works down from the specified top node pressure to arrive at the required
pump discharge pressure. The difference in the pressures represents the required
pump duty. PROSPER allows for fluid compressibility and gas going back into solution
as the pressure increases across the pump.

The integrated mass flow rate and the required head are used to determine the pump
power requirement.

In order to account for the back pressure on the pump due to the tubing/casing annulus
area, both the tubing O.D. and casing I.D. are required to be entered in the System
Equipment screen.

Select Pump

The final step of the design consists of choosing a pump from the database which
matched the Desired parameters determined in the pump calculation.
Selecting different pumps will display in the green table the characteristic parameters
(pump intake pressure and rate, etc.). Choose the pump that better fits the data reported
in the Desired column.

Click on Plot to display the design operating point on the appropriate performance
curve.

The robustness of the first pass design must then be checked over the range of
expected well operating conditions by running sensitivities in the System Calculation
menu . PROSPER allows sensitivities to be run on both well performance and pump
parameters such as pump setting depth and speed.

The Jet Pump system design process is completed by iterating between the Calculation
and Design sections until the final design is optimised in terms of equipment cost and
performance over the projected pump run life.

Emulsions

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 972

If Emulsions have been selected on the Options screen, viscosity corrections are
applied to pump capacity and head. Otherwise, no Jet Pump viscosity corrections will
be applied. If an Emulsion PVT model has been built in the PVT section, then the
emulsion viscosity can be optionally used in the Jet Pump calculations and elsewhere.
As mentioned in the PVT section, emulsion behaviour in oilfield systems analysis is
poorly understood. The emulsion PVT model provides the means to apply empirical
corrections and should be used with caution.

Jet Pump Theory

Disclaimer

2.13.7 Sucker Rod Pump

The Design Sucker Rod Pump section allows the User to perform a design of a
sucker rod pump installation.

Also, along with the design, a series of diagnostic plots (the Dynamometer card, the
Torque and Rod Speed plot) are provided, which can be used to verify the actual pump
operating regime and in the case troubleshoot the design itself.

The design consists of the following steps:

1. Enter design input parameters (PVT, pump data, design input data)
2. Perform the design
3. Perform Rod Sensitivity

Below is a screenshot of the Sucker Rod Pump Design screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 973 PROSPER

Sucker Rod Pump Theory

2.13.7.1Background
The schematic of a conventional Sucker Rod Pump installation is sketched in the
following figure along with the downhole pump:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 974

Working principle:

A prime motor moves the gearbox, which rotates the crank. The crank is attached to a
counterweight and is connected to the Pitman arm. The Pitman arm is then connected to
the walking beam.
The rotary movement of the crank is propagated and translated into a reciprocating
movement of the rod connected to the downhole pump.
From the figure above it is possible to see that as the crank rotates, the rod shifts the
plunger up (upstroke) and down (downstroke) in the pump barrel.
The downhole pump is composed of a barrel with a ball-and-seat valve at the bottom
(standing valve) and a plunger with another ball-and-seat valve (traveling valve).
During the downstroke the plunger is lowered in the barrel, the traveling valve is opened
and standing valve is closed; in this way the fluid is displaced in the tubing above the
plunger.
During the upstroke, the traveling valve is closed, whilst the standing valve is opened,
letting the fluid flow from the formation into the barrel. The fluid that was in the tubing in
the previous step is pushed towards the surface.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 975 PROSPER

Troubleshooting the performance of the Pump

It is possible to monitor the pump performance by measuring the variation of the rod
load against the position of the rod itself by means of a dynamometer.

The resulting plot is called "dynamometer card". This plot is a very useful method to
verify that the pump is working fine and to diagnose eventual problems.

The example reported below illustrates the shape of a dynamometer card for the ideal
case of pump and rod perfectly rigid, no friction, perfect pump action:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 976

With reference to the figure above:

- Point A: the plunger is in the lowest point. This is the starting point of the upstroke

- A-B: The travelling valve closes and the standing valve opens. As this is an ideal case,
the total load of the fluid above the plunger is taken over by the sucker rod

- B-C: The plunger travels all the way to the highest point the distance between points B
and C represents the stroke length

- C-D: The travelling valve opens and the standing valve closes. This is the starting point
of the downstroke. The rod unloads

- D-A: The plunger travels back to the lowest point of the stroke A

As mentioned above, the dynamometer illustrated in the figure represents an ideal

situation. However, the examination of actual dynamometer cards allows the Engineer to
identify problems related to pump operative problems, like leaking valves, fluid
pounding, gas locking, etc.

Details about the use of dynamometers cards for pump performance diagnostics can be
found in the references reported in Appendix A.

Design

The design of a Sucker Rod Pump installation is a trial and error procedure that consists
of:
- starting from assumptions on the pump hardware (pump and rod type, depth,
size), flow conditions and design stroke rate or production rate, and then
- determining the operating parameters, like: pump displacement, peak polished

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 977 PROSPER

rod load, minimum polish rod load, peak torque, polished rod horsepower,
counterbalance effect (CBE) etc.
- verifying how the pump installation behaves through the dynamometer card and
torque chart

This is achieved by solving the wave equation:

2 2
u(x, t) 2 u(x, t) u(x, t)
a c g
t2 x2 t
Solutions to this equation have been provided by Gibbs (ref. Appendix A).

The solutions to the equation above allow to determine the surface and downhole
dynamometer card and then a torque analysis can be performed to determine the
torque.

These diagnostic plots can be used to verify the working conditions of the designed
pump and sucker rod and in the case the design can be reviewed by changing
assumptions and restarting the design.
2.13.7.2Perform Design
Design Input

These inputs specify the design operating conditions (flowing wellhead and bottomhole
temperature, wellhead pressure, pump characteristics and efficiencies, pump position)

After entering the input data, select Calculate to perform the design of the Sucker Rod
Pump.

The program will calculate the production rate and all the information related to rod load,
torque, stress, etc.
On the right hand side of the screen the plots related to Rod Load, Torque and Pump
velocity are reported.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 978

The Top Rod Loading and Top Rod % Of Goodman Diagram are measurements of
the stress in the top rod based upon the peak polished rod load and the cross-sectional
area of the top rod. The API RP11BR paper discusses the Modified Goodman
Diagram and its construction.

PROSPER will display in red any parameters which exceed 100%. There are two ways
of lowering those values below 100%; the first is to increase the area of the sucker rods
and the second is to reduce the peak load.

The Index of Torsional Effectiveness (ITE) is a measurement of the ability of the

beam pump unit type to smooth out and idealise the net crankshaft torque load (under
normal conditions handling a full pump barrel of incompressible fluid). The ITE is ratio of
the average net torque to the peak net torque expressed as percentage and the higher
the ITE is, the more effective the unit geometry is in converting the polished rod load into
a smoother and more ideal torsional load.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 979 PROSPER

ITE Beam Pump Unit

Performance
Under 15% Very Poor
20-25% Fair
25-30% Average
30-35% Good
35-40% Very Good

The input parameters consist of:

PVT Data Enter the PVT data for the produced fluid.
Calculation Mode Two different design modes are possible:
- Enter Stoke Rate and Calculate Production Rate
- Enter Production Rate and Calculate Stroke Rate
Pumping Unit and These options allow the pumping unit and rod to be used in
Rod Selection the design to be selected. These units and rods are taken
from the Artificial Lift Database.
Service Factor Three options are available:
- Non-Corrosive
- Salt Water
- Hydrogen Sulphide
Pump Intake The pump intake pressure can be calculated in one of three
Pressure ways depending upon the option selected:
- Entered Value
- Calculated from IPR
- Calculated from Fluid Level
More details on these three options are given below.
Design Input These inputs specify the design operating conditions such as
FWHP, FWHT, FWBT, pump position, characteristics and
efficiencies.

Pump Intake Pressure

It is possible to specify the pump intake pressure in one of three ways as discussed
below:

Entered Value The pump intake pressure is defined directly by the User.
Calculated from IPR From the entered or calculated design production rate, the
bottom hole pressure is calculated from the IPR curve. This is
then corrected to the pump intake depth.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 980

Calculated from The casing head pressure, fluid level and annulus size are
Fluid Level used to calculate the pump intake pressure based upon the
height of the column.

2.13.7.3Estimate Pump Intake Pressure

Sucker Rod Pump Theory

2.13.7.4Rod Sensitivity
To perform a sensitivity to see the impact that selecting different types of rods will have
on production, press the Rod Sensitivity button at the top of the screen.

Select Calculate to carry out the calculations and see the comparison plots:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 981 PROSPER

The chart can to viewed in one of three different visualisations:

Production Rate by Rod Type

HorsePower Required by Rod Type
Production Rate Per HorsePower by Rod Type

Sucker Rod Pump Theory

2.13.8 GasLift Intermittent
2.13.8.1Intermittent Gas Lift Design Theory
If a Intermittent gas lifted system is to be designed, the Design | Intermittent Gas Lift
menu should be selected. The following section details the steps a user should take to
complete the design.

This is the default artificial lift method in gas lifted fields where formation pressures to
not allow continuous flow any more.

It is also suitable for wells with relatively high formation pressure but low productivity.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 982

Method of Operation

Lift gas is periodically injected into the well at a depth close to the perforations. This gas
is used to displace the column of liquid that accumulated while the gas lift valve was
closed. If the correct amount of gas is injected, the liquid slug of oil is lifted to the well
head and into the surface flowline. Efficient operation occurs when the slug arrives at the
surface intact, in advance of gas bubble breakthrough.

Basic Operation of 1 cycle

A. Operating Valve is closed – formation fluids are accumulating above it. Casing &
Tubing pressures at depth increase until desired slug length has accumulated.
B. Lift gas is injected at a high instantaneous rate, creating a large gas bubble.
C.This gas bubble lifts the slug to surface
D.After the slug enters the flow line, high pressure gas produces entrained liquid
droplets until pressure falls to separator pressure; the operating valve closes; the
standing valve re-opens and the cycle commences again.

The Intermittent cycle

• Accumulation period – starts as soon as the standing valve opens and allows wells

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 983 PROSPER

fluids to accumulate in the well adding to the slug remaining from the previous cycle of
fluid that did not reach surface
• Injection-lifting period – starts as soon as the gas lift valve opens and gas enters the
well and lasts until the slug has completely entered the flowline
• After flow period – when the slug leaves the wellhead, the well contains high
pressure gas column with entrained liquid droplets and the high velocity gas also lifts
part of the liquid film wetting the tubing inside wall – thus adding to the amount of well
fluid produced. This period ends when the decreasing gas pressure allows the
standing valve to re-open and the accumulation period commences again.

During the whole of the lifting period, the slug length is reduced by liquid fallback and
gas breakthrough.

Since the lifting of liquid slugs in intermittent gas lift is a transient process – accurate
analytical solutions do not exist. The approaches used require some assumptions.

Daily Production = Production per cycle * no. of cycles per day

Slug length is user-determined, but one should consider that a long slug requires a long
production time and fewer cycles per day, whereas a shorter slug length allows more
cycles per day. This relationship is not necessarily linear. In practise, it has been found
that maximum daily production is obtained when a starting slug length equal to 40-50%
of the static liquid column is used.

Liquid FallBack

This needs to be determined in order to be able to design an accurate Intermittent Gas

Lift installation. Empirical studies of liquid slug and gas bubble velocity (e.g. White et al
JPT 1963) showed that gas velocity was fairly constant whereas slug velocity varies with
the ratio of injection and production pressures but reaches an essentially constant value
very rapidly. Liquid fallback is minimised if slug velocity is maximised.

Liquid Fallback is determined by

D
FB
Vs
1
Vb
Bubble velocity is assumed constant and slug velocity is determined by solving
simultaneously, the flow rate through an orifice and the equation of the forces acting on a
liquid slug in motion up the tubing.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 984

Valve Spacing
In order to use normal gas lift pressure, it is usually necessary to design a valve
unloading string to allow the stepwise transfer of the injection point from the surface
down to the operating valve

Constant surface closing pressure – commonly used for single-point injection

systems assumes a constant surface closing pressure for all valves in the unloading
valve string

Optiflow design procedure – is suited for wells with poor information on well
potential. Assuming that the operating point as well as the production rate are unknown
this permits injection of gas at the deepest possible point at all times. This is done by
moving the operating point down the well such that the inflow is sufficient to prevent
operation of the next lower valve. Assumes 50% of the lift gas pressure at depth as the
tubing pressure at each valve depth.

2.13.8.2Intermittent Gas Lift Design

Selecting Design | Intermittent Gas Lift will bring up the design input data screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 985 PROSPER

The input data consists of the following fields:

Surface Injection Pressure of the gas lift gas at the top of the casing.
Pressure
Injection Depth The depth at which the gas lift gas is being injected.
Gaslift Gas Gravity Enter the gas gravity of the injected gas.
Wellhead Pressure Enter the wellhead pressure for the design.
Valve Port size The diameter of the injection port should be entered.
Water Cut Enter the water cut of the well.
Tubing Liquid Level Enter the liquid level in the well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 986

The flowing conditions of the well can be calculated by selecting Calculate. The results
of this calculation will be shown in the 'Results' section at the bottom of the screen.

It is also possible to find the estimated valve depths using on of the following options:

- the constant surface closure method

- the optiflow design procedure.

Please refers to "Gas Lift Manual" by Gabor Takacs, for more details about the theory
behind both options.

Intermittent Gas Lift Theory

2.13.8.3Valve Spacing
To carry out the valve depth calculations select Valves.

When selected the option of 'Constant Surface Closing Pressure' and 'Optiflow Design
Procedure' is given:

Select the method which is to be used.

Constant Surface Closing Pressure

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 987 PROSPER

Enter the design data in the 'Input Data' section and then select Calculate to find the
valve depths.

The 'Spacing Factor' indicates the slope of the green line on the plot, which represents
the pressure gradient in the tubing string. This is the minimum tubing pressures during
the production cycle. The spacing factor is a function of the wells production rate and
tubing size and can be obtained from figure 6.25 of 'Gas Lift Manual' by Gabor Takacs.
The value varies between 0.04 and 0.2 psi/ft.

Optiflow Design Procedure

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 988

Once the design data has been entered into the 'Input Data' , select 'Calculate' to carry
out the design. The resultant valve depths can be seen in the 'Results' section at the
bottom of the screen.
2.13.9 Artificial Lift Database
The Artificial Lift Database contains all the information concerning the artificial lift
equipment used in PROSPER.

The Database contains:

Gas Lift Valves
Electrical Submersible Pumps (ESP): pumps, motors and cables
Hydraulic Submersible Pumps (HSP): pumps and turbines

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 989 PROSPER

Progressive Cavity Pumps (PCP): pumps, sucker rods, motors and

cables
Jet pumps
MultiPhase pumps
Sucker Rod Pumps (SRP): pumps and sucker rods

In the following sections there is a description of the information stored in the Artificial
Lift Database and how to update with new data.

To access the database select Design | Database or Options | Artificial Lift

Database.

The Options tab screen collect information on the location of the database and its
version:

An initial database is distributed along with the software.

EQUIPMENT DATABASE DISCLAIMER

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 990

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases supplied are
correct, however, it is the User's responsibility to ensure they are both accurate
and up-to-date. For critical design work, always refer to the equipment supplier
for the latest performance data.

To improve the quality of the Artificial Lift Database, Petroleum Experts is more
than happy to accept the contribution of users who have updated data. In cases
like this, please email us at [email protected]

2.13.9.1Database Toolbar
A number of different options are available to the User when the artifical lift database is
accessed. A screenshot is shown below:

Done Will exit out of the Database and save any changes made.
Cancel Will exit out of the Database without saving the changes
made.
Add This option can be used to Add new equipment to the
database. Please refer to each individual equipment type to
see how to add a new entry.
Amend This option can be used to amend existing entries in the
Database.
Delete Will delete the currently selected entry from the Database.
All Will select all of the current equipment type.
Import It is possible to Import a previously created Database into
PROSPER. This allows many new pieces of equipment to be
imported quickly.
Export Allows the equipment to be exported to a file, the clipboard,
the screen or the printer.
Report Will create a report of the currently selected equipment
section.
Create Import File This option can be used to create an Import File which can
then be shared with other Users.
Selecting this option will allow the User to save the database
as a *.Dat file.
Help Opens the PROSPER Online Help.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 991 PROSPER

Select Previous Entry Will move to the previous piece of equipment.

Select Next Entry Will move to the next piece of equipment.

2.13.9.2Equipment Database Disclaimer

Equipment Database Disclaimer

Every effort is made to ensure that the sample equipment databases supplied are
correct.
However, it is the User’s responsibility to ensure they are both accurate and up-
to-date.
For critical design work, always refer to the equipment supplier for the latest
performance data.
2.13.9.3Gas Lift Valve Database
To perform a Gas Lift design, PROSPER must have appropriate valve data loaded in
its database. Additionally, to capture the valve response using the Acuna or Neiberding
model it is necessary to include the empirically derived parameters for the valve.

To enter and maintain the valve data that PROSPER requires, select the Gas Lift tab
button in the database:

The database is completely editable: it is possible to Add, Amend or Delete any record.

The Create Import File option allows to create back-ups of the database in format
.GLD, which can be recalled by PROSPER to restore the database using the 'Import'
button.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 992

2.13.9.3.1 Adding a New Valve

To add a gas lift valve select Add. An entry screen is displayed, where the valve specs
can be entered:

The sample gas lift valve database is provided to allow the User to run
the examples. Before designing for field installation, the User must
first ensure that the database contains current and accurate valve
characteristics.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 993 PROSPER

An new valve entered requires the following data to be included:

Manufacturer
Valve type
Type
Specification
Port size
R value

Additionally, for the TUALP Orifice model and the Acuna and Neiberding throttling
model, the following empirically derived parameters are required.

TUALP Orifice Model

TUALP modified the Thornhill-Craver equation by introducing a variable discharge coefficient:

A Value A is an empirically derived slope

C Value C an empirically derived constant
p-Crit Value Critical pressure ratio

Acuna Model
In the Acuna ‘straight line’ throttling model, values of Nmax were experimentally determined for
a given valve. The maximum production pressure can be determined from this value

The production closing pressures can be estimated using another experimentally derived
parameter – the dynamic tubing sensitivity factor Fe.

If the production pressure is less than the maximum production pressure, then the gas rate is
assumed to have a linear relationship

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 994

Where the slopes can be determined from an empirically derived fit of an approximately linear
relationship which passes through the valve closing pressure

If the production pressure is greater than the maximum pressure, the gas rate is calculated by
correcting the TUALP Orifice model:

Where the correction can be determined from setting the rate at the maximum pressure equal to
the rate predicted from the straight line model

Nmax Value Dimensionless production pressure at maximum throttling flow

m Value Slope of the the throttling flow slope equatioon
b Value Intercept of the throttling flow slope equation
p-Crit Value Critical production pressure
Fe Dynamic tubing sensitivity factor
p-Crit Value Critical pressure ratio

Neiberding Model

Rodriguez proposed that the production closing pressure and the maximum production pressure
can be determined using the following empirically derived expressions:

Where A,E,C,D, E and F are empirically derived constants for a given valve.

The maximum rate can be determined from

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 995 PROSPER

Where a,b,c,d,e and f are also empirically derived for a given valve.

n01 A above
n02 B above
n03 C above
n04 D above
n05 E above
n06 F above
n07 a above
n08 b above
n09 c above
n10 d above
n11 e above
n12 f above

2.13.9.3.2 Import

You are importing gas lift valve data (in the specified format) data into your Artificial Lift
Database

Append Add new records at the end of the database

Overwrite Delete the existing records and add new records at the beginning of
the database
Cancel Abandon importing the database.
Help View this screen.

The Import will affect only the Gaslift Database. All other artificial lift databases will be
unaffected.

Disclaimer

Sample File Format

PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 996

Casing Sensitive Valves

Ba k e r 0 B1 Ty p e _ a 3 2 0 . 0 1 2
Ba k e r 0 B1 Ty p e _ a 3 6 0 . 0 1 6
Ba k e r 0 B1 Ty p e _ a 4 2 0 . 0 2 2
.
.
.
Tubing Sensitive Valves
Ca mc o 1 BK- F6 Ca r b i d e 8 0 . 0 6 8
Ca mc o 1 BK- F6 Ca r b i d e 1 2 0 . 1 1 9
.
.
.
Proportional Valves
Me r l a 2 L N- 2 0 R 1 . 5 " 0 0 . 1
0. 34 0. 46 0. 6
! Fe
1. 0 1. 2 1. 4 1. 6 1. 8 2. 0 2. 2 2. 4
! Pc f / Pv c
0. 68 0. 77 0. 82 0. 86 0. 89 0. 91 0. 92 0. 92
! K ( Sma l l )
0. 68 0. 77 0. 82 0. 86 0. 89 0. 91 0. 92 0. 92
! K ( Me d i u m)
0. 58 0. 67 0. 74 0. 78 0. 82 0. 84 0. 86 0. 87
! K ( Lar ge)
225. 0 275. 0 300. 0 500. 0 800. 0 1200. 0 1600. 0 2000. 0
2800. 0 4000. 0 ! Pv c
2. 5 2. 9 3. 0 4. 1 5. 0 5. 8 6. 4 6. 8
7. 2 7. 4 ! M ( Sma l l )
6. 1 6. 6 6. 7 7. 8 8. 9 10. 0 11. 0 11. 8
13. 0 14. 4 ! M ( Me d i u m)
8. 8 9. 8 10. 2 12. 5 14. 3 15. 6 16. 3 16. 8
17. 4 17. 8 ! M ( Lar ge)

2.13.9.4ESP Database
The ESP Database contains the performance curves of pumps and motors and the
characteristics of the cables.
2.13.9.4.1 Pumps Database
Select the tab screen ESP in the Database to access the ESP database:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 997 PROSPER

The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to add, amend or delete any record.

The performance curve for each pump can be viewed by selecting the desired pump
and clicking Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 998

Select Variables to select between Head, Horsepower and Efficiency on the plot.

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records
All to select (or deselect) all records
Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen
>> to select the next record

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 999 PROSPER

<< to select the previous record

To create an Import file for the database, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Database Maintenance
Performance curves are supplied in the form of coefficients for a polynomial equation
fitted to actual performance data.

To add a record (new pump), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it, then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is given in Appendix
D of the manual. The number of stages variable tells the program whether the pump
characteristic polynomial refers to an individual stage, a group of stages (e.g. 100
stages) or a complete pump assembly.

The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button. A plot of pump characteristics can be made using the Plot button.
To guard against errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked against
published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations are made to existing
entries.

The user can change the location of the databases on the Artificial Lift Database Screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.4.1.1 ESP Pumps Database Add/Amend Record
To add a new pump select Add when in the ESP section of the database and enter the
required information into the Operating Data Section:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1000

The following inputs are required:

Pump Size The diameter of the pump. Will be used for filtering purposes
to ensure that it will not be selected if it is too large to fit in the
casing.
Number of Stages Enter the number of stages which the performance curve
represents.
Frequency Enter the frequency of the pump which the performance curve
represents.
The performance curves for all other pump frequencies will
be calculated using the Affinity Laws.
Min Rate Enter the minimum operating rate (at pump conditions) for
the entered frequency of the pump.
Max Rate Enter the maximum operating rate (at pump conditions) for
the entered frequency of the pump.

If the coefficients for the polynomials which describe the head and horsepower for the
pump are known, these can be directly inserted into the program.

If these coefficients are not available, the next step is to enter the performance data for
head and power as per manufacturer’s performance curves and fit them to a polynomial.
To do so, select either Head Coefficients and HP Coefficients and enter the
operating rate and corresponding head or horsepower data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1001 PROSPER

Select Fit to calculate the polynomial coefficients which best fit the input data. Selecting
Done will go back to the previous panel and also transfer the newly calculated
coefficients:

The Horse Power coefficients can be calculated in the same way.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1002

If the performance curves of the pump are only known in the form of Outlet Pressure
curves, then these would need to be converted to Head curves externally using the fluid
properties of the fluid used during their generation.

To prevent errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked

against published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations
are made to existing entries.

Disclaimer
2.13.9.4.1.2 ESP Pumps Database Plot - Select Y Axis
Select your desired Y axis.

Done to replot with your selection of Y-axis

Cancel to abandon axis selection and return to the plot
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.4.1.3 ESP Pump Plot

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1003 PROSPER

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.

Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels

Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
Colours outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.

Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per
axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.
Help View this Help screen

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

2.13.9.4.2 Motors Database

Select the tab screen 'Motors' in the database to access the motors database:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1004

Motor characteristics are entered in form of polynomials fitted to performance data.

Coefficients are required for Nameplate Amps, RPM, and Efficiency and Power factor.

As plotted, motor speed curves may exceed synchronous speed at low %

power values. This is a characteristic of the polynomial fitting technique used.
The accuracy of motor (and pump) performance curve fits is optimised in the
usable efficiency range.

The motor performance curves can be viewed by selecting Plot. An example of a motor
efficiency plot is shown below:

Select Variables to select between Nameplate Amps, Pump Speed, Efficiency and

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1005 PROSPER

Power Factor on the plot.

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records
All to select (or deselect) all records
Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen
>> to select the next record
<< to select the previous record

To create an Import file for the database, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Database Maintenance
Performance curves are supplied in the form of coefficients for a polynomial equation
fitted to actual performance data.

To add a record (new motor), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it, then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is given in Appendix
D of the manual.
The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button. A plot of motor characteristics can be made using the Plot button.
To guard against errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked against
published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations are made to existing
entries.

The user can change the location of the databases on the Artificial Lift Database Screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1006

Disclaimer
2.13.9.4.2.1 ESP Motors Database - Enter Horsepower

To enter a new HorsePower option or amend the currently selected option enter or
Amend the following Data.

Type
HorsePower
Voltage
Current

Done to save the current data and return to the previous screen
Cancel abandon and return to the previous screen
Main to save the changes and return to the main menu
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.4.2.2 ESP Motors Database Add/Amend Record
To add a new motor select Add when in the ESP Motor section of the database and
enter the required information into the Motor Data Section:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1007 PROSPER

The following inputs are required:

Size (OD) The diameter of the motor. Will be used for filtering purposes
to ensure that it will not be selected if it is too large to fit in the
casing.
Speed Enter the speed which the entered performance curve
represents.
Frequency Enter the frequency of the motor which entered the
performance curve represents.

If the coefficients for the polynomials which describe the Name Plate Amps, Speed,
Efficiency and Power Factor for the motor are known, these can be directly inserted into
the program.

If these coefficients are not available, the next step is to enter the performance data for
each as per manufacturer’s performance curves and fit them to a polynomial. To do so,
select one of Name Plate Amps, Speed, Efficiency or Power Factor and enter the
Percentage Name Plate Power and corresponding curve data:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1008

Select Fit to calculate the polynomial coefficients which best fit the input data. Selecting
Done will go back to the previous panel and also transfer the newly calculated
coefficients:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1009 PROSPER

This same process should be carried out for each of the required variables.

On the right hand side of the screen above, enter the different Power, Voltage and
Current the motor is compatible with into the Power Options section by selecting Add.
To prevent errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked
against published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations
are made to existing entries.

Disclaimer
2.13.9.4.2.3 ESP Motors Database Plot - Select Y Axis
Select your desired Y axis.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1010

Done to replot with your selection of Y-axis

Cancel to abandon axis selection and return to the plot
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.4.3 Cables Database
To access the 'Cables' section of the database, select the Cables tab:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1011 PROSPER

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records
All to select (or deselect) all records
Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen
>> to select the next record
<< to select the previous record

To create an Import file for the database, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Performance curves are supplied in the form of a coefficient for Voltage drop per 1000ft
and a maximum allowable current.
To add a record (new pump), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it , then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is given in Appendix
D of the manual.

The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button.

The user can change the location of the databases on the Artificial Lift Database Screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.4.3.1 ESP Cable Database Add/Amend Record
To add a new cable type to the database, select Add.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1012

The voltage drop per 100ft of cable (per Amp when the cable is at 20oC) and the
maximum current which can be passed through the cable are required to be inserted.
Selecting Done will add the new cable to the database.

It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the data being entered
is accurate and representative of the actual equipment being used.

Done to save the current data and return to the previous screen
Cancel abandon and return to the previous screen
Main to save the changes and return to the main menu
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.5HSP Database
The HSP Database contains the performance curves of Hydraulic Submersible Pumps
and Turbines.
2.13.9.5.1 Pump Database
Select the tab screen HSP in the Database to access the HSP database:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1013 PROSPER

The performance curves are provided in the form of coefficients for a polynomial
equation fitted to actual performance data.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to add, amend or delete any record.

Clicking on Plot displays the pump performance curve:

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1014

Amend to amend all selected records

Delete to delete all selected records
All to select (or deselect) all records
Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen
>> to select the next record
<< to select the previous record

If you want to know the import file format, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Database Maintenance
Performance curves are supplied in the form of coefficients for a polynomial equation
fitted to actual performance data.

To add a record (new pump), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it, then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is given in Appendix
D of the manual. The number of stages variable tells the program whether the pump
characteristic polynomial refers to an individual stage, a group of stages (e.g. 100
stages) or a complete pump assembly.

The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button. A plot of pump characteristics can be made using the Plot button.
To guard against errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked against
published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations are made to existing
entries.

The user can change the location of the databases on the Artificial Lift Database Screen

Disclaimer

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1015 PROSPER

2.13.9.5.1.1 HSP Pumps Database Add/Amend Record

A new HSP can be added to the database by selecting Add and inserting the required
operating data:

The following inputs are required:

Pump Size The diameter of the pump. Will be used for filtering purposes
to ensure that it will not be selected if it is too large to fit in the
casing.
Speed Enter the speed which the entered performance curve
represents.
The performance curves for all other pump speeds will be
calculated using the Affinity Laws.
Minimum Speed The minimum speed at which the pump can operate.
Maximum Speed The maximum speed at which the pump can operate.
Minimum Rate Enter the minimum operating rate (at pump conditions) for
the entered performance curve of the pump.
Maximum Rate Enter the maximum operating rate (at pump conditions) for
the entered performance curve of the pump.
Number of Stages Enter the number of stages which are represented by the
entered performance curves.
Max Number of The maximum number of stages which can be set when this
Stages pump is modelled.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1016

If the coefficients for the polynomials which describe the head and horsepower for the
pump are known, these can be directly inserted into the program.

If these coefficients are not available, the next step is to enter the performance data for
head and power as per manufacturer’s performance curves and fit them to a polynomial.
This can be done by following the steps described in the ESP Pumps Database Add/
Amend Record.

To prevent errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked

against published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations
are made to existing entries.

Disclaimer
2.13.9.5.1.2 HSP Pumps Database Plot - Select Y Axis

Select your desired Y axis.

Done to replot with your selection of Y-axis

Cancel to abandon axis selection and return to the plot
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.5.2 Turbine Database
Select the 'Turbines' tab to display the turbines database:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1017 PROSPER

The performance data are provided as polynomials fitted to performance data.

The turbine database can be altered using the Add, Amend or Delete buttons on the
top toolbar.

Select Plot to see the turbine performance curves:

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records
All to select (or deselect) all records
Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1018

Help to see this screen

>> to select the next record
<< to select the previous record

If you want to know the import file format, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Database Maintenance
Performance curves are supplied in the form of coefficients for a polynomial equation
fitted to actual performance data.

To add a record (new turbine), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it, then
click on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When
finished data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly
imported from ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is
given in Appendix D of the manual. The number of stages variable tells the program
whether the turbine characteristic polynomial refers to an individual stage, a group of
stages (e.g. 100 stages) or a complete pump assembly.

The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button. A plot of turbine characteristics can be made using the Plot button.
To guard against errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked against
published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations are made to existing
entries.

The user can change the location of the databases on the Artificial Lift Database Screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.5.2.1 HSP Turbines Database Add/Amend Record
To add a new turbine to the database, select Add and enter the required data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1019 PROSPER

The required inputs for the turbine constraints are:

Reference Speed Enter the speed which the entered performance curve
represents.
The performance curves for all other turbine speeds will be
calculated using the Affinity Laws.
Maximum Speed The maximum speed at which the turbine can operate.
Maximum Test
Pressure
Maximum Working
Pressure
Minimum Stage
Pressure
Maximum Number of The maximum number of stages which can be set when this
Stages pump is modelled.
Maximum Turbine The maximum supply fluid rate which can pass through the
Supply Flow turbine.
Maximum Total Shaft The maximum torque which the shaft can operate under.
Torque
Maximum Stage Maximum torque to be produced by any stage
Torque
Turbine Casing The diameter of the turbine. Will be used for filtering
Outside Diameter purposes to ensure that it will not be selected if it is too large
to fit in the casing.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1020

Max Velocity Over

Turbine Casing

Done to save the current data and return to the previous screen
Cancel to abandon and return to the previous screen
Main to save the changes and return to the main menu
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.5.2.2 HSP Turbines Database Add/Amend Blade Record
The Turbine performance is entered by selecting 'Add' in the Turbine Settings area:

Enter or amend the required data.

Efficiency
Minimum Rate
Maximum Rate
Head Curve Coefficients
Horsepower Curve Coefficients

Done to save the current data and return to the previous screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1021 PROSPER

Cancel to abandon and return to the previous screen

Main to save the changes and return to the main menu
Help to see this screen
Head Coefficients Fit observed data to a polynomial curve of the appropriate
order for Turbine Head
HP Coefficients Fit observed data to a polynomial curve of the appropriate
order for Turbine Horse Power

The steps to enter the performance data and fit the curves to polynomials is the same
as that for entering the ESPs and HSPs. Please refer to the ESP Pumps Database
Add/Amend Record section for more details.
To prevent errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked
against published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations
are made to existing entries.

Disclaimer
2.13.9.5.2.3 HSP Turbines Database Fit Curve

You are fitting observed data to a polynomial of appropriate order. Enter your observed
data. The program attempts to calculate appropriate coefficients in order to reproduce
your observed data using a non-linear regression technique. After this process is
complete, the program calculates estimates at the values you have entered and also a
chi-squared "goodness of fit" statistic so that you may judge whether the fit is sufficiently
good enough. The Plot button will also give a visual indication of the goodness of fit.

Done Leave the screen. You will be prompted as to whether you

wish to save the coefficients if a match has been
performed
Cancel Leave the screen without saving any changes
Fit Start the matching process
Plot Plot actual versus estimated values. To decide if the fit is
"good enough"
Main Save the changes and return to the main menu
Help View this screen

Disclaimer

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1022

2.13.9.5.2.4 HSP Turbines Database Plot - Select Y Axis

Select your desired Y axis.

Done to replot with your selection of Y-axis

Cancel to abandon axis selection and return to the plot
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.6PCP Database
The PCP database contains data concerning the performance of pumps and the
characteristics of sucker rods, motors and cables.
2.13.9.6.1 PCP Pumps Database
Select the PCP tab in the database to access the PCP database:

In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to add, amend or delete any record.

Clicking on Plot displays the pump performance curve:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1023 PROSPER

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records
All to select (or deselect) all records
Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen
>> to select the next record
<< to select the previous record

If you want to know the import file format, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Database Maintenance
Performance curves are supplied in the form of curves fitted to actual performance data.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1024

To add a record (new pump), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it, then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is given in Appendix
D of the manual.

The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button. A plot of pump characteristics can be made using the Plot button.
To guard against errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked against
published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations are made to existing
entries.

Disclaimer
2.13.9.6.1.1 PCP Pumps Database - Add/Amend Record
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturers'
specs:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1025 PROSPER

Enter the required data.

Manufacturer Company Name Of The Manufacturer

Pump Series Series Of The Pump
Pump Model Model Of The Pump
Pump size External Diameter Of The Pump
Maximum Head Maximum Head That The Pump Can Achieve
Reference Speed Best Efficiency Pump Rotational Speed
Reference Rate Pump Rate At Reference Speed
Pump Volume Volume Of Pump Cavity FROM One Revolution Of The Rotor
Pump Length Length Of The Stator
Stator Pitch Length Between Two Consecutive Similar structures Of The
Stator e.g. Two Stator Highs Or Two Stator Lows
Rotor ID Diameter Of The Area Covered By The Rotor During One
Complete Revolution. See Diameter And Eccentricity Definition
Below.
Rotor Elements Number of Cavities Created By the Rotor/Stator Combination
Within The Pump.

It is only necessary to enter Performance Chart Data for one speed as the performance
is corrected for other speeds using the reference rate/speed gradient.

The Optional Data input section in the above screen shot is used to calculate the
frictional torque and shaft axial load. If no data is input in the optional data section,
results will not be displayed for the given parameters.

The "Optional Data" may be proprietary, and can be obtained from the given
pump manufacturer.

Please note that the pump displacement is expressed in volume and can directly be
calculated from the nominal pump displacement.

As far as the stator pitch is concerned, this should be provided by the manufacturer.

Done Save the current data and return to the previous screen.
Cancel Abandon and return to the previous screen.
Main Save the changes and return to the main menu.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1026

Plot Plot the Pump Performance Curve

Export Export the data to screen, printer, file or clipboard
Report Produce a formal report of the Pump Performance Data
Help View this screen.

Disclaimer

Some of the definitions/calculations used in Prosper to define the PCP Performance

are described below.

Diameters and Eccentricity Definitions

The definitions of the different parameters considered in the PCP database and in the
PCP design procedure are illustrated using one of the most common type of rotor /
stator association.

The following definitions are used:

Specific Rotor ID Internal diameter of the pump rotor.

Specific Stator ID Internal diameter of the pump stator.
Specific Rotor External diameter of the pump rotor.
OD
Specified Stator External diameter of the pump stator.
OD

These different diameters are represented in the graphic below, for an elliptical rotor.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1027 PROSPER

The pump eccentricity factor is then calculated according to the following relationship:

e = (Specific Stator OD - Specific Stator ID) / 4

This eccentricity factor will be used to calculate the pump volume, as described below.

Calculation of the Fluid Volume Displaced by the Pump

The fluid volume displaced by the pump will be a function of the following parameters:
The stator pitch, which will be noted p.
The pump eccentricity factor e.
The rotor specific diameter D.
The area occupied by the fluid between the starting point and the ending point of
one rotor revolution, noted A.

The pump volume could then be calculated using this area and the distance covered by
one cavity during one revolution, noted h.

The pump volume will then obey the following relationship:

V=A h

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1028

If we consider the rotor / stator association described before, the following stages can
be considered during one rotor revolution:

It is possible to notice that when the rotor made a half turn, the fluid cavities originally
described are located vertically to their initial position, therefore each fluid cavity has
been submitted to a translation corresponding to the rotor pitch.

Therefore, the distance covered by each cavity during one revolution will be equal to
twice the rotor pitch:

(i) h = 2 p

In this case, the area A can be expressed as follows:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1029 PROSPER

(ii) A = (6 3 - 2 ) e D + e2

Both i and ii relationships lead to the pump volume relationship:

(iii) V = ((6 3 - 2 ) e D + e2) 2p

This relationship can be generalised to every type of rotor / stator association by

defining a new variable, m.
This variable will be defined as follows: a fluid cavity will be translated by a length
equivalent to the rotor pitch after 1/m rotor revolution.

Therefore, the (i) relationship can be generalised as follows:

(iv) h = m p

And the following relationship can be obtained for the pump volume:

(v) V = (4 + (m - 1) 2e) 4e p

where E = 2 e
2.13.9.6.2 PCP Rods Database
Select the Sucker Rods tab to display the corresponding database:

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1030

All to select (or deselect) all records

Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen
>> to select the next record
<< to select the previous record

If you want to know the import file format, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Database Maintenance

Rod data are required in order to compute the Shaft Axial Load, Rod stresses, thermal
and Hydraulic expansions and Hydraulic Torque. The following Data can be obtained
from manufacturers' catalogues.

Rod Inside Diameter

Rod Outside Diameter
Rod linear Density
Young's Modulus (default = 30457926 psi)
Thermal Expansion Coefficient ( default = 7.7778e-6 1/deg F)

To add a record (new pump), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it, then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option.

The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button.

Disclaimer
2.13.9.6.2.1 PCP Rods Database - Add/Amend Record
To add a new sucker rod select Add and enter the required data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1031 PROSPER

Enter the required data.

Done to save the current data and return to the previous screen
Cancel to abandon and return to the previous screen
Main to save the changes and return to the main menu
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1032

2.13.9.6.3 PCP Motors Database

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records
All to select (or deselect) all records
Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1033 PROSPER

>> to select the next record

<< to select the previous record

If you want to know the import file format, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Database Maintenance
Performance curves are supplied in the form of coefficients for a polynomial equation
fitted to actual performance data.

To add a record (new motor), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it, then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is given in Appendix
D of the manual.
The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button. A plot of motor characteristics can be made using the Plot button.
To guard against errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked against
published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations are made to existing
entries.

Disclaimer
2.13.9.6.3.1 PCP Motors Database - Add/Amend Record

Enter the required data.

Done to save the current data and return to the previous screen
Cancel to abandon and return to the previous screen
Main to save the changes and return to the main menu
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.6.4 PCP Cables Database

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1034

All to select (or deselect) all records

Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer
Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment
Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen
>> to select the next record
<< to select the previous record

If you want to know the import file format, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

Performance curves are supplied in the form of a coefficient for Voltage drop per 1000ft
and a maximum allowable current.
To add a record (new pump), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it , then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is given in Appendix
D of the manual.

The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button.

The user can change the location of the databases on the Artificial Lift Database Screen

Disclaimer
2.13.9.6.4.1 PCP Cables Database - Add/Amend Record

Enter the required data.

Done to save the current data and return to the previous screen
Cancel to abandon and return to the previous screen
Main to save the changes and return to the main menu
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1035 PROSPER

2.13.9.7Jet Pump Database

This screen provides access to the Jet Pump Database used by the program to perform
the Jet Pump Design.

Done Save all the changes made to the database.

Cancel Abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add Add a new record to the database.
Amend Amend all selected records.
Delete Delete all selected records
All Select (or deselect) all records.
Import Import data from an ascii file. (See how to do this)
Export Export a database report file to the screen, clipboard, file or
printer.
Report Produce a hard copy report of the database contents to the
printer.
Create Import Create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or for
File backup purposes)
Help View this screen.
>> Select the next record.
<< Select the previous record.

If you want to know the import file format, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

The user can change the location of the databases on the Artificial Lift Database Screen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1036

Disclaimer

2.13.9.7.1 Jet Pump Database -Add/Amend Record

You will be presented with a screen similar to that below.

Enter or Amend the required data.

Done Save all the changes made to this JET Pump record
Cancel Abandon all changes made and return to the previous menu
Main Save all the changes made to this JET Pump record and return
to the main menu
Export Export a JET Pump record report to the screen, clipboard, file
or printer.
Report Produce a hard copy report of the database contents to the
printer.
Help View this screen.

Disclaimer

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1037 PROSPER

2.13.9.8MultiPhase Pumps Database

2.13.9.8.1 Pump Database
The MultiPhase database contains the characteristics of the Multiphase Pumps.

Select the tab screen 'MultiPhase' in the database to access the Multiphase Pumps
database:

In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to add, amend or delete any record.

Done to save all the changes made to the database

Cancel to abandon all changes made and return to the main menu
Add to add a new record to the database
Amend to amend all selected records
Delete to delete all selected records
All to select (or deselect) all records
Import to import data from an ascii file
Export to export a database report file to the screen, clipboard,
file or printer
Report to produce a hard copy report of the database contents to
the printer

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1038

Plot to plot the performance curve for the selected equipment

Create Import File to create an ascii import file for another Prosper User. (or
for backup purposes)
Help to see this screen
>> to select the next record
<< to select the previous record

If you want to know the import file format, use the Create File Import option and examine
the format of the file produced.

To add a record (new pump), click on Add. To edit an existing entry, select it, then click
on Amend. Jump between records using the Tab key or the mouse. When finished
data entry, click on OK to save the changes. Data tables can be directly imported from
ASCII files using the Import option. The required data file structure is given in Appendix
D of the manual. The number of stages variable tells the program whether the pump
characteristic polynomial refers to an individual stage, a group of stages (e.g. 100
stages) or a complete pump assembly.

The contents of the database can be listed to the screen or printer using the Export
button. A plot of pump characteristics can be made using the Plot button.
To guard against errors, it is recommended that a plot be made and checked against
published curves whenever new data is entered or alterations are made to existing
entries.

The user can change the location of the databases on the Artificial Lift Database Screen

N.B.
The Add option makes it possible to specify a user defined MultiPhase pump.

The MultiPhase Pump hydraulic name reflects the nominal flowrate and
maximum differential pressure.

OneSubsea Pump Information

Disclaimer
2.13.9.8.2 Pump Database Add/Amend Record
To add a new pump select Add and enter the required data as per manufacturers'
specifications:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1039 PROSPER

Enter the required data.

Done to save the current data and return to the previous screen
Cancel to abandon and return to the previous screen
Main to save the changes and return to the main menu
Help to see this screen

Disclaimer

OneSubsea Pump Information

2.13.9.8.3 Pump Database - Pump Plot
Click on Plot, to view the performance curves of the selected pump:

This plot displays the Pump Intake Rate vs the Differential Pressure for different values
of the pump speed.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1040

2.13.9.9Sucker Rod Pump

The Sucker Rod Pumps database contains the characteristics of pumps and sucker
rods.
2.13.9.9.1 Pump database
Select the SRP tab in the Database to access the Sucker Rod Pump database:

In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to add, amend or delete any record.

It is also possible to Export the database to different locations (file, spreadsheets, etc.)
or create an Import file.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1041 PROSPER

2.13.9.9.1.1 Adding a New Pump

To add a new pump select Add and enter the required information:

API Sizes of Pumping Unit Designations

Pumping unit sizes and the load that can be suspended safely from the sucker rods are
reduced to 5 designations that can be written in a single coded line. A permanent metal
plate is attached to the gearbox with these identifying numbers printed on them. This
code takes the form:

X-pppD-III-sss

where:
X Enter the type of pumping unit from:
A - Air balanced
C - Conventional (standard)
M - Mark II UniTorque
ppp Peak Torque Rating (Thousands of Inch Pounds)
D Double Reduction Gear Reducer
III Polished Rod Load Rating (Hundreds of Pounds)
sss Stroke Length (Inches)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1042

The following schematic illustrates the above required inputs for a conventional type
pump:

The inputs required for Air balanced pumps and Mark II pumps are related to the
conventional pumps by the following schematics:

Conventional:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1043 PROSPER

Air balanced:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1044

Mark II:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1045 PROSPER

2.13.9.9.2 Sucker Rods Database

Select the Sucker Rods tab button to display the correspondent database:

In the database parameters concerning the pump configuration are stored.

The database is completely editable: it is possible to add, amend or delete any record.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1046

2.13.9.9.2.1 Adding a New Sucker Rod

To add a new Sucker Rod select Add and enter the required data:

The rod can be tapered by selecting different percentages of different rod diameters.
The total should always add up to 100%.

2.14 Stimulation Menu

The Stimulation menu provides the user with the ability to perform various scoping
studies on reservoir stimulation design.

From this menu the user can access screening tools for the following stimulation
methods:

Hydraulic Fracturing
Acid Fracturing
Mud Acid Stimulation of Sandstone
Acid Stimulation of Carbonates

The functionality available within PROSPER provides a rapid means to assess the
viability of stimulation and whether it is worth pursuing more rigorous investigation. It is
important to note, however, that whilst these tools provide a method of accessing /
screening each stimulation method, they are not a replacement for specialist reservoir
studies (in REVEAL) to capture the full time dependent and integrated response.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1047 PROSPER

2.14.1 Hydraulic Fracturing

This tool provides a rapid analytical platform to predict the width, extent and ultimately
the productivity improvement of hydraulically induced fractures. The hydraulic fracturing
tool also generates the treatment / pumping schedule required to obtain the desired
fracture dimensions.

The figure below shows an example of the Hydraulic Fracture Design screen:

- Red - Design Options and Input Data

- Blue - Treatment / Pumping Schedule Results
- Green - Detailed Results

2.14.1.1Model Inputs
The model inputs are entered via a tabular dialogue, with the general workflow being to
work from the left tab to the right. This section details the data entry of each tab in turn.

Options

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1048

Minimum Specifies the lower value of the treatment volume to be used for
Treatment Volume generating the results.
Maximum Specifies the upper value of the treatment volume to be used for
treatment Volume generating the results.
Minimum Specifies the lower value of the treatment rate to be used for
Treatment Rate generating the results.
Maximum Specifies the upper value of the treatment rate to be used for
Treatment Rate generating the results.
Fracture Defines the orientation of the fracture. Either linear/vertical where
Orientation the fracture is assumed to be the height of the entire perforation
interval, or radial/horizontal where the fracture is transverse to
the well bore.
Part of Fracture Fraction of the fracture area which is contributing to fluid loss.
Wall Taking
Fracture Fluid
Fracture Wall Area Increase in the area of the fracture wall due to irregularities in the
Increase Due to fracture.
Irregularities
Surface Temperature at surface.
Temperature
Surface Pressure Pressure losses in surface equipment.
Losses

Reservoir Data

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1049 PROSPER

Gross Thickness Gross reservoir thickness.

Overburden Pressure gradient imposed by the weight of the overlying
Gradient material.
Drainage Area Drainage area of the reservoir.

Well Data

Borehole Diameter Diameter of the borehole.

Perforated Interval Thickness of producing reservoir rock.
Shot Density Shots per foot.
Perforation Tunnel Diameter of the perforation tunnel.
Diameter

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1050

Test Data

Liquid Production Liquid production data from test.

Rate
Test Water Cut Water cut from test.
Permeability From Reservoir permeability from test.
Test

Rock Properties

Porosity Reservoir porosity.

Formation Effective phase permeability.
Permeability

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1051 PROSPER

Rock Bulk Density of dry formation, considering both the solids and the pore
Density space.
Rock Tensile Tensile strength of the formation.
Strength
Poisson's Dimensionless factor relating the normal to the axial deformation in
Ratio axial stress experiments.
Young's Entered Manually enter the Young's modulus of the formation.
Modulus
(model) Calculated Calculate the Young's modulus from the sonic travel
time of the formation.

Proppant

Fracture Fluid User defined fluid name.

Name
Fracture Fluid Specify whether the fracture fluid is newtonian or non-newtonian
Type
Spurt Loss Instantaneous loss of fluid to the formation at the beginning of the
stimulation job.
Fluid Loss Used to describe the rate of fluid loss (i.e. leak off) per unit of
Coefficient exposed fracture.
Fluid Density Density of fracture fluid.
Proppant Name User defined proppant name.
Proppant Material Material used as proppant.
Proppant Size Size range of the proppant meterial
Range

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1052

Maximum Maximum concentration of proppant in fluid.

Concentration

Fracture Fluid
Dialogue used to define the viscosity of the fracture fluid (newtonian or non-newtonian).

2.14.1.2Model Results
The model results provided are via two dialogues; one providing an overview of the
results (graphically), and the other providing more detailed results.

Each dialogue is presented tabularly. This section details the results data of each tab in
turn for these two dialogues.
2.14.1.2.1 Results
Initial Length Plot
Graphical representation of how the initial fracture length varies with treatment volume
for different delivery rates.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1053 PROSPER

Initial Width Plot

Graphical representation of how the initial fracture width varies with treatment volume for
different delivery rates.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1054

Final Length Plot

Graphical representation of how the final fracture length varies with treatment volume for
different delivery rates.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1055 PROSPER

Final Width Plot

Graphical representation of how the final fracture width varies with treatment volume for
different delivery rates.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1056

Productivity Plot
Graphical representation of how the productivity index varies with treatment volume for
different delivery rates.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1057 PROSPER

Results Table
Tabular results for the graphs shown above.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1058

2.14.1.2.2 Detailed Results

The detailed results are presented for a range of 'cases'. These cases are generated for
the range of treatment volumes / treatment rates defined within the input data (options
tab) and the results for each can be cycled through using the arrows.

Treatment

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1059 PROSPER

Treatment Volume Treatment volume of specific result set (case 1 in above

screenshot)
Pump Rate Pump rate of specific result set (case 1 in the above screenshot)
Fracture Fluid Viscosity of fracture fluid.
Apparent
Viscosity
Total Fluid Loss Total volume of fluid loss per unit area of fracture exposed.
Coefficient
Initial Closing Initial closing pressure - initial effective horizontal stress based
Pressure on initial conditions.
Actual Closing Actual closing pressure - estimate of closing pressure based on
Pressure the conditions at the end of the fracturing job.
Fracture Bottom hole pressure required to propagate the fracture from the
Propagation well bore.
Pressure
Fracture Initiation Bottom hole pressure required to initiate the fracture from the
Pressure well bore.
Fracture Pressure gradient required from surface in order to create the
Breakdown fracture.
Gradient
Perforation Frictional pressure losses through the perforation
Friction Losses
Tubing Friction Frictional pressure losses in the tubing.
Losses
Tubing Hydrostatic head of the fluid.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1060

Hydrostatic Head
Tubing Head Pressure at the wellhead.
Pressure
Surface Pressure Pressure losses in the surface equipment.
Losses
Pump Power Power requirement of the pumping unit.
Requirement
Bottom Hole Bottom hole temperature during the fracture job.
Temperature
During Job
Surface Surface temperature of fluid during fracture job.
Temperature
During Job

Fracture Dimensions

Initial Fracture The initial height of the fracture.

Height
Initial Fracture The initial length of the fracture.
Length/Radius
Initial Fracture The initial width of the fracture.
Width
Effective Fracture Height of the fracture that is open / contributing to hydrocarbon
Height production after the fracture treatment.
Effective Fracture Length / radius of the fracture that is open / contributing to
Length/Radius hydrocarbon production after the fracture treatment.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1061 PROSPER

Effective Fracture Width of the fracture that is open / contributing to hydrocarbon

Width production after the fracture treatment.

Productivity Improvement

Fracture Conductivity of the resulting fracture.

Conductivity
Effective Wellbore Effective wellbore radius after fracture stimulation.
Radius
Productivity Index Productivity index prior to fracturing (from IPR data entry System
- Before | Inflow Performance)
Productivity Index Productivity index after fracture stimulation.
- After

Pumping Schedule
Detailed results of the pumping schedule, including the proppant bank.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1062

Pad

Pad Time Fracturing pad time

Pad Volume Fracturing pad volume
Fracture Length Length of fracture
Fracture Width Width of fracture

2.14.2 Acid Fracturing

This tool provides a rapid analytical platform to predict the width, extent and ultimately
the productivity improvement of Acid Fracturing treatments. Instead of propping open
the fracture (as per the hydraulic fracturing tool), acid is injected into the fracture,
reacting with the formation and etching away a flow channel that will stay open when the
well is put back on production. The acid fracturing tool also generates the treatment /

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1063 PROSPER

pumping schedule required to obtain the desired fracture dimensions.

The figure below shows an example of the Acid Fracture Design screen:

- Red - Design Options and Input Data

- Blue - Treatment / Pumping Schedule Results
- Green - Detailed Results
2.14.2.1Model Inputs
The model inputs are entered via a tabular dialogue, with the general workflow being to
work from the left tab to the right. This section details the data entry of each tab in turn.

Options

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1064

Minimum Specifies the lower value of the treatment volume to be used for
Treatment Volume generating the results.
Maximum Specifies the upper value of the treatment volume to be used for
treatment Volume generating the results.
Minimum Specifies the lower value of the treatment rate to be used for
Treatment Rate generating the results.
Maximum Specifies the upper value of the treatment rate to be used for
Treatment Rate generating the results.
Initial Fracture with Specifies whether initial fracture is with a high viscousity fluid
High Viscous Pad (ahead of the acid treatment), or if the acid itself is used to
create the fracture.
Part of Fracture Fraction of the fracture area which is contributing to fluid loss.
Wall Taking
Fracture Fluid
Fracture Wall Area Increase in the area of the fracture wall due to irregularities in the
Increase Due to fracture.
Irregularities
Surface Temperature at surface.
Temperature
Surface Pressure Pressure losses in surface equipment.
Losses

Reservoir

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1065 PROSPER

Gross Thickness Gross reservoir thickness.

Overburden Pressure gradient imposed by the weight of the overlying
Gradient material.
Drainage Area Drainage area of the reservoir.

Well

Borehole Diameter Diameter of the borehole.

Perforated Interval Thickness of producing reservoir rock.
Shot Density Shots per foot.
Perforation Tunnel Diameter of the perforation tunnel.
Diameter

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1066

Test Data

Liquid Production Liquid production data from test.

Rate
Test Water Cut Water cut from test.
Permeability From Reservoir permeability from test.
Test

Rock Properties

Porosity Reservoir porosity.

Formation Effective phase permeability.
Permeability

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1067 PROSPER

Rock Bulk Density of dry formation, considering both the solids and the pore
Density space.
Rock Tensile Tensile strength of the formation.
Strength
Poisson's Ratio Dimensionless factor relating the normal to the axial deformation in
axial stress experiments.
Young's Entered Manually enter the Young's modulus of the formation.
Modulus
(model) Calculated Calculate the Young's modulus from the sonic travel
time of the formation.

Acid Data

Fracture Fluid User defined fluid name.

Name
Fracture Fluid Specify whether the fracture fluid is newtonian or non-newtonian.
Type
Spurt Loss Instantaneous loss of fluid to the formation at the beginning of the
stimulation job.
Fluid Loss Used to describe the rate of fluid loss (i.e. leak off) per unit of
Coefficient exposed fracture.
Fluid Density Density of fracture fluid.
Maximum Acid Maximum concentration of acid.
Concentration
Acid Spurt Loss Instantaneous loss of acid to the formation at the beginning of
the stimulation job.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1068

Acid Apparent Apparent viscosity of acid.

viscosity (gelled
acid only)
Acid Fluid Loss Used to describe the rate of acid loss (i.e. leak off) per unit of
Coefficient exposed fracture.

Frac Fluid
Dialogue used to define the viscosity of the fracture fluid (newtonian or non-newtonian).

Chemical Composition
Dialogue used to define the chemical composition of the formation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1069 PROSPER

2.14.2.2Model Results
The model results provided are via two dialogues; one providing an overview of the
results (graphically), and the other providing more detailed results.

Each dialogue is presented tabularly. This section details the results data of each tab in
turn for these two dialogues.
2.14.2.2.1 Results
Initial Length Plot
Graphical representation of how the initial fracture length varies with treatment volume
for different delivery rates.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1070

Initial Width Plot

Graphical representation of how the initial fracture width varies with treatment volume for
different delivery rates.

Final Length Plot

Graphical representation of how the final fracture length varies with treatment volume for
different delivery rates.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1071 PROSPER

Final Width Plot

Graphical representation of how the final fracture width varies with treatment volume for
different delivery rates.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1072

Productivity Plot
Graphical representation of how the productivity index varies with treatment volume for
different delivery rates.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1073 PROSPER

Results Table
Tabular results of the graphs shown above.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1074

2.14.2.2.2 Detailed Results

The detailed results are presented for a range of 'cases'. These cases are generated for
the range of treatment volumes / treatment rates defined within the input data (options
tab) and the results for each can be cycled through using the arrows.

Treatment

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1075 PROSPER

Treatment Volume Treatment volume of specific result set (case 1 in above

screenshot)
Pump Rate Pump rate of specific result set (case 1 in the above screenshot)
Fracture Fluid Viscosity of fracture fluid.
Apparent Viscosity
Total Fluid Loss Total volume of fluid loss per unit area of fracture exposed.
Coefficient
Initial Closing The initial width of the fracture.
Pressure
Actual Closing Height of the fracture that is open / contributing to hydrocarbon
Pressure production after the fracture treatment.
Fracture Bottom hole pressure required to propagate the fracture from
Propagation the well bore.
Pressure
Fracture Initiation Bottom hole pressure required to initiate the fracture from the
Pressure well bore.
Fracture Pressure gradient required from surface in order to create the
Breakdown fracture.
Gradient
Perforation Frictional pressure losses through the perforation
Friction Losses
Tubing Friction Frictional pressure losses in the tubing.
Losses
Tubing Hydrostatic head of the fluid.
Hydrostatic Head

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1076

Tubing Head Pressure at the wellhead.

Pressure
Surface Pressure Pressure losses in the surface equipment.
Losses
Pump Power Power requirement of the pumping unit.
Requirement
Bottom Hole Bottom hole temperature during the fracture job.
Temperature
During Job
Surface Surface temperature of fluid during fracture job.
Temperature
During Job

Fracture Dimensions

Initial Fracture The initial height of the fracture

Height
Initial Fracture The initial length of the fracture.
Length/Radius
Initial Fracture The initial width of the fracture.
Width
Effective Fracture Height of the fracture that is open / contributing to hydrocarbon
Height production after the fracture treatment.
Effective Fracture Length / radius of the fracture that is open / contributing to
Length/Radius hydrocarbon production after the fracture treatment.
Effective Fracture Width of the fracture that is open / contributing to hydrocarbon
production after the fracture treatment.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1077 PROSPER

Width

Productivity Improvement

Fracture Conductivity of the resulting fracture.

Conductivity
Effective Wellbore Effective wellbore radius after fracture stimulation.
Radius
Productivity Index Productivity index prior to fracturing (from IPR data entry System
- Before | Inflow Performance)
Productivity Index Productivity index after fracture stimulation.
- After

Pumping Schedule
Detailed results of the pumping schedule.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1078

Pad

Pad or PreFlush Fracturing preflush volume.

Volume
Main Acid Volume Acid volume to be injected in order to etch open a flow channel
for when the well is put back on production.
OverFlush Volume Volume of overflush to be used to displace acid treatment away
from the well bore at the end of the stimulation.
Acid Concentration of acid used.
Concentration

2.14.3 Mud Acid Stimulation of Sandstones

The mud acid stimulation of sandstones tool has the objective of acidizing the near well
bore matrix to remove siliceous particles such as clay and quartz fines that are blocking
pores (e.g. well bore damage). This tool generates the required pumping schedule for
the treatment and the resulting productivity improvement.

The figure below shows an example of the Mud Acid Stimulation of Sandstone Design
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1079 PROSPER

- Red - Design Options and Input Data

- Blue - Stimulation Results
2.14.3.1Model Inputs
The model inputs are entered via a tabular dialogue, with the general workflow being to
work from the left tab to the right. This section details the data entry of each tab in turn.

Options

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1080

Damage Type No Damage No damage zone exists in the near well bore.
Zone Exists
Shallow Shallow damage zone caused by mud filtrate
Damage Zone penetrating the pore space of the formation
adjacent to the well bore.
Deep Naturally damaged formation exhibiting a
Damage Zone reduction in virgin permeability as a result of
swelling of water sensitive clays to plug the
formation flow channels.
General Assumes the damage zone permeability is a
Assumption quarter of the formation permeability.
about the
Damage

Calculation Type Standard Uses the standard mud acid formulation of 3%

Mud Acid HF and 12% HCl.
Formulation
Calculate Calculates the optimum mud acid formulation
Optimum (% of HF and HCl).
formulation
Volume of Acid Maximum volume of available acid
Available

Reservoir Parameters

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1081 PROSPER

Overburden Pressure gradient imposed by the weight of the overlying

Gradient material.
Drainage Area Drainage area of the reservoir.

Well Parameters

Borehole Diameter Diameter of the borehole.

Perforated Interval Thickness of producing reservoir rock.
Shot Density Shots per foot.
Perforation Tunnel Diameter of the perforation tunnel.
Diameter

Latest Well Test Data

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1082

Liquid Production Liquid production data from test.

Rate
Test Water Cut Water cut from test.
Permeability From Reservoir permeability from test.
Test

Rock Properties

Porosity Reservoir porosity.

Rock Bulk Density of dry formation, considering both the solids and the pore
Density space.
Rock Tensile Tensile strength of the formation.
Strength

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1083 PROSPER

Poisson's Ratio Dimensionless factor relating the normal to the axial deformation in
axial stress experiments.

Formation Composition
Dialogue used to define the chemical composition of the formation.

2.14.3.2Model Results
The model results are presented via a tabular dialogue. This section details the results
data of each tab in turn.

Calculated Rock Properties

Given Bulk User defined Bulk density.

Density

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1084

Calculated Matrix Calculated density of the formation matrix.

Density
Calculated Bulk Bulk density after stimulation.
Density
Aluminium in Concentration of aluminium in bulk rock.
Bulkrock
Na, k, Mg etc in Concentration of other minerals in bulk rock.
Bulkrock
Calcium in Concentration of calcium in bulk rock.
Bulkrock

Treatment Results

Concentration of Concentration of hydrogen fluoride.

HF
Concentration of Concentration of hydrogen chloride.
HCl
Porosity Increase Porosity increase relative to initial value.
Porosity Before Porosity prior to stimulation.
Treatment
Porosity After Porosity after stimulation.
Treatment
Permeability Permeability increase relative to initial value.
Increase
Permeability Permeability prior to stimulation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1085 PROSPER

Before Treatment
Permeability After Permeability after stimulation
Treatment
Total Dissolved Total mass of solids dissolved per liter.
Minerals
Ammonium Mass of ABF required to prepare mud acid composition (HF /
Biflouride (ABF) HCl).
1000gals of HCL 1000 gal HCl concentration required to prepare mud acid
Concentration composition.

Pumping Schedule

Number of Number of pumping stages.

Stages
Maximum Maximum allowable injection rate in order to prevent fracturing.
Injection
Rate
Maximum Maximum tubing head pressure in order to prevent fracturing.
Tubing Head
Pressure
Fracture Pressure gradient required from surface in order to create the fracture.
Gradient
Pump Power requirement of the pumping unit.
Requirement
Recommend Gasoil preflush volume
ed flushes

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1086

per stage 1
Gasoil
- 2 Alcohol IPA preflush volume
(IPA)
- 3 HCL HCL preflush volume
PreFlush
- 4 MudAcid Mud acid treatment volume
- 5 Alcohol IPA overflush volume
(IPA)
- 6 Gasoil Gasoil overflush volume

Damage Removal

Radius Radius which as been treated by the mud acid stimulation.

Treated Zone
Permeability Permeability of the damaged zone.
Damaged
Zone
Productivity Productivity index prior to fracturing (from IPR data entry System |
Index Before Inflow Performance)
Treatment
Productivity Productivity index after mud acid stimulation.
Index After
Treatment
Skin Factor Skin factor after the treatment.
After

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1087 PROSPER

Treatment

2.14.4 Acid Stimulation of Carbonates

The acid stimulation of carbonates tool has the objective of acidizing the near well bore
to create large flow channels known as 'wormholes' to increase inflow performance and
bypass near well bore damage. This tool generates the required pumping schedule for
the treatment and the resulting productivity improvement.

The figure below shows an example of the Acid Stimulation of Carbonates Design
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1088

- Red - Design Options and Input Data

- Blue - Stimulation Results

2.14.4.1Model Inputs
The model inputs are entered via a tabular dialogue, with the general workflow being to
work from the left tab to the right. This section details the data entry of each tab in turn.

Options

Damage Type No Damage No damage zone exists in the near well bore.
Zone Exists
Shallow Shallow damage zone caused by mud filtrate
Damage Zone penetrating the pore space of the formation
adjacent to the well bore.
Acid Used Specifies the acid to be used for the stimulation calculation.
Volume of Acid Maximum volume of acid available.
Available

Reservoir Parameters

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1089 PROSPER

Overburden Pressure gradient imposed by the weight of the overlying

Gradient material.
Drainage Area Drainage area of the reservoir.

Well Parameters

Borehole Diameter Diameter of the borehole.

Perforated Interval Thickness of producing reservoir rock.
Shot Density Shots per foot.
Perforation Tunnel Diameter of the perforation tunnel.
Diameter

Latest Well Test Data

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1090

Liquid Production Liquid production data from test.

Rate
Test Water Cut Water cut from test.
Permeability From Reservoir permeability from test.
Test

Rock Properties

Porosity Reservoir porosity.

Formation Effective phase permeability.
Permeability
Rock Bulk Density of dry formation, considering both the solids and the pore
Density space.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1091 PROSPER

Rock Tensile Tensile strength of the formation.

Strength
Poisson's Ratio Dimensionless factor relating the normal to the axial deformation in
axial stress experiments.

Formation Composition
Dialogue used to define the chemical composition of the formation.

2.14.4.2Model Results
The model results are presented via a tabular dialogue. This section details the results
data of each tab in turn.

Treatment Results

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1092

Acid Concentration of acid in treatment fluid.

Concentration
Acid efficiency Measure of the quantity of acid which has reacted (acid
Coefficient concentration / initial acid concentration).
Dissociation Dissociation constant for acid solution.
Constant
Calcite Dissolved/ Volume of calcite dissolved per volume of acid reacted.
Acid Reacted
Dolomite Volume of dolomite dissolved per volume of acid reacted
Dissolved/Acid
Reacted
Acid Concentration of acid at equilibrium.
Concentration at
Equilibrium
Acid Reacted at Acid which has reacted with the formation at equilibrium.
Equilibrium
Porosity Increase Porosity increase relative to initial value.
Porosity Before Porosity prior to stimulation.
Treatment
Porosity After Porosity after stimulation.
Treatment
Permeability Permeability increase relative to initial value.
Increase
Permeability Permeability prior to treatment.
Before Treatment
Permeability After Permeability after stimulation.
Treatment
Total Dissolved Total mass / volume of minerals dissolved.
Minerals

Pumping Schedule

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1093 PROSPER

Number of Stages Number of pumping stages.

Maximum Injection Maximum allowable injection rate in order to prevent fracturing.
Rate
Maximum Tubing Maximum allowable tubing head pressure in order to prevent
Head Pressure fracturing.
Fracture Gradient Pressure gradient required from surface in order to create the
fracture.
Pump Power requirement of the pumping unit.
Requirement
Acid Pumped Per Volume of acid pumped per stage
Stage
AfterFlush After flush volume. (over flush)

Damage Removal

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1094

Number of Number of wormholes created in the surrounding formation.

Wormholes
Created
Diameter of Diameter of wormholes created in the surrounding formation.
Wormholes
Radius Treated Radius which as been treated by the mud acid stimulation.
Zone
Permeability Permeability of the damaged zone.
Damaged Zone
Productivity Index Productivity index prior to fracturing (from IPR data entry
Before Treatment System | Inflow Performance)
Productivity Index Productivity index after mud acid stimulation.
After Treatment
Skin Factor After Skin factor after the treatment.
Treatment

2.15 Output Menu

Output Section:

Export
Export - Printer Options
Report
Setting Up the Reporting System
Reports
Plot
Selecting Plotting Method

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1095 PROSPER

New Plot Screen

Plotting Variables
Saving and Recalling Plots
Old Plot Menu Options
Plot Annotation
Plot Options
Plot Scales
Plot Labels
Plot Output
Plot Colours
Plot Hard Copy - Printer Options

2.15.1 Export

Use this option to export data from a current analysis, or from a previously saved .OUT
file.

When clicking Export a series of screens leads through the process of selecting the
data required for the export. To include a section in an export, click on the check box to
the left of the item and depending on the selection, further input screens will be
presented. This process ensures that only relevant sections are exported.
After entering the export choices, Click Done to return to the main export dialogue box

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1096

above. Then select a destination for the export. Clicking Print initiates generation of
the export and sends it to the selected destination.

Exported data can be sent to a choice of:

Printer The primary printer as set up under Windows.

Creates an ASCII export file and saves it. Clicking Print brings up
a dialogue box that requests a file name and destination. Enter a
suitable file name (the program automatically appends a .prn
File
extension) and click Done to save the file. Use the Tab Delimited
format to save a file suitable for importing directly into a
spreadsheet.
Clicking Print after selecting this option copies the exported data
Clipboard onto the Windows clipboard. From the Clipboard it is possible to
view, edit and paste the data directly into another Windows
application.
Clicking Print after selecting this option allows to view the
Screen exported data on the screen. Scroll through the data using the
scrolling thumbs or arrows. When finished viewing, click on Done
to return to the main menu.

Done Save current settings and returns to the main menu.

All Sets (or resets) all items for inclusion in the exported data.
Help View this Help screen.
Print Outputs the selected exported data to the selected device
Goes to the Printer Setup screen to select the output printer and /or
Setup
modify its current settings.

2.15.1.1Export - Printer Options

Use this screen to select the type of output required if exporting to the printer.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1097 PROSPER

Use this screen to change the margins, the print orientation, the Font used and also
the number of copies to print.
The "Report Border" option will draw a rectangle around the print at the specified
margins.
The "Report Date Stamp" and "Report Version Stamp" information will be written at
the top of the border, if selected.

Done Record any changes made and return to the previous screen.
Cancel Discard any changes made and return to the previous screen.
Help View this Help screen
You will be presented with a screen similar to that below. Use
this to change the selected printer and/or its particular setup for
this output

Setup

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1098

If you have any difficulties printing, please ensure that the number of copies is
greater than zero. Also reselecting the font can cure some plotting problems.

2.15.2 Report
The 'Report' option is used to prepare reports and plots from a current analysis. This
section describes how to use the reporting system with the templates provided with the
system and how to customise these templates.

2.15.2.1Setting Up the Reporting System

The set up of the reporting system begins with defining the default locations where the
reports will be created. To define the directories, select File | Preferences:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1099 PROSPER

In the File tab, enter the “Location Of Report Output Files”. This is the default directory
where reports printed to file are to be placed. Also enter the “Location Of User-Created
Reports”. This is the path to a directory where User-defined report templates are to be
stored.

2.15.2.2Reports
The reporting interface gives the user complete control over how the reports are
formatted and what information is utilised to make up the report. This is facilitated by the
use of report templates, which can be edited to suit the specific requirements. It is
possible to choose to use the default report templates provided with the system or to
choose to create slightly different versions of these reports. The selected templates can
then be used to generate the actual reports, which can be sent to a variety of places
(printer, file or screen). The report templates are displayed in a hierarchy and all
templates which have been selected (by double-clicking on it) show an X in the check-
box beside the template name.

To access the 'Reports' area, select Output Reports form the menu toolbar.

There are two modes for the editing of report templates: System and User. System
mode does not allow the user to change any template whereas user mode allows
creating new user-defined templates from scratch or based on an already existing

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1100

system report template and also allows editing an existing user-defined report template.
Selecting user mode also makes the User Reports section of the template hierarchy
visible. The User Reports hierarchy contains all report templates which have been
tagged as being a derivation of a system report template as well as any free standing
User-defined templates.

The reporting main window consists of four main parts: The command segment at the
top of the dialogue containing the buttons, the report selection hierarchy, the output
device selection group and the template type selection group. The output device group
is only used when printing from selected report templates.

The available commands are:

OK Print the selected reports to the selected output device and

terminate the dialogue

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1101 PROSPER

Cancel Exit the Report screen without generating a report.

Help Access the on-line help.
Setup Select a printer if report is to be printed.
User Switches between System and User edit mode. This shows
or hides the User Reports section of the report hierarchy and
enables or disables the Create and Edit buttons. If in User
mode this button shows the text ‘System’ and vice-versa.
View View a previously saved native format file on-screen. This
brings up a file selection box for choosing the appropriate
report and passes this file name to the Report Executor.
Print Print the selected reports to the selected output device.
Create Create a new user report (only visible in User edit mode).
Edit Edit an existing user report template or create a new
template from a system template (only visible in User edit
mode)
Group Allows the grouping of report templates references and the
storing of the group information in a file for later recall. This
allows batch printing of reports for any analysis.

The available output types are:

Printer Sent the report to the current printer.

Screen The reports are displayed on-screen in a report executor
window.
Native File The reports are saved as .FR files in the output reports
directory.
RFT File The reports are saved as .RTF files in the output reports
directory.
Text File The reports are saved as tab delimited text files for easy
spreadsheet import.

The native (.FR) file format can only be read by the reporting system whereas the RTF
format can be read by many Windows word processing applications. When printing to
file the user will be presented with the following dialogue:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1102

The default directory will be set to the default output directory but this can be altered
using the Select Directory button. This can then be applied to all output files by using
Change All. If it is necessary to change the output directory of one of the files, this can
be achieved by using the Browse button (this is the button to the right hand side of the
filename box labelled '...') associated with each report. The filenames can themselves
be edited in the text box, which contains them.

For any given report in the system hierarchy the user can choose to view or print a report
using either the system report template provided or a user-defined report template
based on that system report template (or at least that position in the hierarchy) or it is
possible to choose a report grouping which can be made up from a combination of
userand system reports. Choose between these options using the report template type
selection group at the bottom right of the main window. If the user report template option
for any hierarchy position is selected and there are multiple User-defined report
templates for that position, then a dialogue appears which allows selecting the desired
template.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1103 PROSPER

Double clicking on any of the report templates (or selecting and pressing OK) will cause
it to become the User-defined report template for that hierarchy position for the current
reports session. The default choice is the topmost user defined report template. It is
possible to stop a User-defined report template from being associated with that
hierarchy position by selecting it and then pressing Delete. This does not actually delete
the report template (it can still be seen within the User Reports section of the hierarchy).

If a report grouping is selected, then a similar dialogue appears and the user can select
the appropriate group file. After selecting a file all the reports referenced in the group will
appear ‘checked’ in the hierarchy and then it is possible to press print for all of these
reports to be sent to the selected output device.

Template Editor Commands

The template editor works on the principle of moveable fields or groups of fields where
the inputs to these fields can be any value from PROSPER. Headers and footers can be
defined, which can be shown on each page, have fields which have a value which is the
result of a calculation or even have groups of fields which are displayed only if a
condition is met.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1104

Data fields from PROSPER are added using the F2 key, selecting the data items
required and then pressing Ok when finished. The selected data items will then appear
as fields, one by one, as the left mouse button is clicked. The fields can be roughly
positioned in this way. The useris not limited to one pass at adding data items to the
report template. More items can be added at any time in the same manner.

Once a field has been added to the report template the usercan edit some of the
properties of the text which will be shown in the field and assign a group number to the
field by double clicking the left mouse button on it and the font properties can be
changed by double clicking the right mouse button on it. Other properties, such as
whether the field has a box around it, etc., can be changed through the menu options, a
full description of which are given below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1105 PROSPER

The template editor commands can be selected by using the menu, toolbar or keyboard
shortcuts. Help can be obtained on any menu item by highlighting the menu item and
then pressing the F1 key or by consulting the index of help topics under the help menu.

File Menu
This menu contains commands for saving the current report template file and specifying
the report template parameters.

Save:
Use this selection to save the current report template to the current file name. If a file is
not yet specified, the form editor will prompt for a file name. If a file extension is not
provided, the editor automatically appends an .FP extension to the report file. If a file
with the same name already exists on the disk, the form editor will save the previous file
with a backup extension (.RE).

Save As:
This selection is similar to Save File. In addition, it allows saving the report template to a
new file name.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1106

Report Parameters:
This option allows setting certain report parameters. Firstly, it allows specifying the
name of the report. The margin for the printed page can be set. It is possible to instruct
the report executor to print trial records for adjusting forms such as labels and invoices
and set the default date format for input. The date format that specified here will be
enforced for parameter input during the report execution session, and any date constant
used in expressions.

Report Filter:
This option allows entering a filter criterion for the report. Each data record will be tested
with the expression provided here. A record is selected only if this expression evaluates
to a TRUE value. For example, if the expression was sales->amount>100, then only the
records with the sales amount more than 100 will be selected.

Printer Setup:
This option allows selecting a printer from a list of installed printers and invoking a
printer specific dialogue box for the selected printer. Select the parameters from a set of
printer specific options. These options include page size, page orientation, resolution,
etc. The printer options selected here determine the width and height of the report.

Exit:
Use this function to exit from the form editor session. If the current file is modified, a
prompt will ask to save the modifications.

Edit Menu:
This menu contains commands to edit the report objects. One or more report objects
must be selected before using this option.

Cut:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard. The copied items are deleted from the form.

Copy:
Use this option to copy the current item or all the items in the current selection to the
clipboard.

Paste:
Use this option to paste the items from the clipboard to the current form.

Position Text:
Use this option to position the text within the item boundaries. The text can be justified
on the left, right, top, or bottom edges or it can be centred horizontally or vertically. This
option is valid for the label and field type items only.

Item Outlines:
Use this option to specify the item boundaries (left, right, top, and bottom) to draw for

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1107 PROSPER

one or more selected items. The colour and width of the boundary lines can be specified
too.

Item Background:
Use this option to set the background colour or pattern for one or more selected items.

Centre Horizontally:
This option is used to centre horizontally one or more selected items. When more than
one item is selected, the form editor first centres the selection rectangle and then moves
the selected items such that the position of the selected items relative to the selection
rectangle does not change.

Delete Item:
Use this option to delete one or more currently selected items. If the current section is
being deleted, the program asks for confirmation before the deletion. All items within the
section are also deleted.

Fonts:
Use this function to change the font and colour for the text for one or more selected
objects. This option is valid for the field and label type objects only.
When selecting this option, the form editor shows the font and colour selection dialogue
box. The current font and colours are pre-selected in the dialogue box. Use this dialogue
box to specify the selections.

Snap to Grid:
This option allows turning on or off the invisible grid on the form. When the grid is turned
on and an item is moved, it automatically aligns to the closest grid location. This option
also allows setting the grid width.

Report size:
The following options shrink or elongate the report in the horizontal or vertical direction
by the amount equal to the width or the height of the selection rectangle.

Expand Horizontally
Use this option to create horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. If a new item between the items A
and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired space
between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To move
the items B and C toward right, create a selection rectangle after the item A and select
this option. The width of the selection rectangle specifies the movement of the items B
and C toward right (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include all items
to be moved). All items toward the right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical
placement between the vertical spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.

Expand Vertically
Use this option to create additional vertical space by moving the items downward. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. If a new item between
items A and B is to be inserted, it is possible to use this function to create the desired
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 1108

space between these two items and place the new item in the newly created space. To
move items B and C downward, create a selection rectangle below the item A and
select this option. The height of the selection rectangle specifies the downward
movement of items B and C (noted that the selection rectangle does not need to include
all items to be moved). All items below the selection rectangle are moved.
This option also expands (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.

Compress Horizontally
Use this option to delete extra horizontal space by moving items horizontally. For
example, consider three items, A, B, and C placed horizontally. The usercan use this
function to bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C toward left,
create a selection rectangle after the item A and select this option. The width of the
selection rectangle specifies the movement of items B and C toward left (noted that the
selection rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items toward the
right of the selection rectangle and with the vertical placement between the vertical
spaces spanned by the selection rectangle are moved.

Compress Vertically
Use this option to delete vertical space by moving the items upward. For example,
consider three items, A, B, and C placed vertically. It is possible to use this function to
bring items B and C closer to the item A. To move items B and C upward, create a
selection rectangle below the item A and select this option. The height of the selection
rectangle specifies the upward movement of items B and C (noted that the selection
rectangle does not need to include all items to be moved). All items below the selection
rectangle are moved.
This option also shrinks (vertically) the current section by the height of the selection
rectangle.

Field Menu:
This menu contains options to insert, modify, delete and maintain fields.

Insert New Fields:

Data Field: This option is used to paste a new data field to the report template. This
option will display a list of data files and data fields to choose from. When selecting a
field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the field
rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed using
the Edit Current Field Option.

Calculation Field: This option is used to paste a calculation field to the report template.
This option will prompt for the name of the field, and the field expression. The field
expression can contain any number of valid operators, functions, system fields, dialogue
fields, and data fields. The field type is determined by the result of the execution of the
field.
After entering the field expression, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use
the mouse to position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field
attributes can be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1109 PROSPER

System Field: This option is used to paste a system field to the report template. This
option will display a list of system fields (date, time, page, etc.) to choose from. When
selecting a field, the form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to
position the field rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can
be changed using the Edit Current Field Option.

Dialogue Field: This option is used to paste a dialogue field to the report template. A
dialogue field must have been created using the Edit Dialogue Field Table before using
this option. The dialogue fields are used to prompt the userfor data during the report
execution session.
The option will display a list of dialogue fields to choose from. When selecting a field, the
form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the field
rectangle and click any mouse button. The current field attributes can be changed using
the Edit Current Field Option.

Edit Current Field: This option is used to edit the field attributes for the current field.
This option is available only when a 'field' type object is selected.

Edit Field Expression: This option is used to edit the field expression for the current
calculation field. This option is available only when a 'calculation field' type object is
selected (see Insert Calculation Field). The option shows the existing calculation
expression and allows making any modifications.

Edit Dialogue Field Table:

Create: This option is used to create a new dialogue field. Once a dialogue field is
created, it can be inserted in the report by using the Insert Dialogue Field selection.
A dialogue field is used to prompt the user for data during report execution. For
example, it can allow the user to set the begin and end dates for the report. A dialogue
field can be used in the field expressions and can be inserted in the report template for
information purposes. A dialogue field in the report filter can be used to reject records
not meeting a specific user criterion.

Modify: This option is used to modify the user prompt, width and prompt order of a
dialogue field. The prompt order determines the order at which the dialogue fields are
presented to the user for data input.

Delete: This option is used to delete a dialogue field from the dialogue field table. The
user cannot delete a dialogue field that is being currently used in the report.

Section Menu:
This menu contains commands to insert, edit and delete report sections.

New: This option is used to create a new section. A section is identified by the section
banner and the separation line at the bottom of a section. There are three basic types of
sections. A header section displays the data that remain constant or changes only when
a sort field changes. The detail section displays the transaction record fields. A footer
section is used to display totals and summary information. ReportEase allows up to 9
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 1110

header and footer sections. A higher numbered header section is allowed only when all
the lower numbered headers are already selected. Similarly, a footer section is allowed
only when the corresponding header section is already selected.

Edit Current: This option is used to modify the properties of the currently selected
section. For the 'detail' section, the user can specify the number of records to print
across the page. This option can be used to print multiple address labels across the
page.

Sort Field: This option is used to specify a sort field for a header section. A sort field is
used to sort the data records.

Break Field: This option is used to specify a break field for a header section. The
break field is used to determine a sort break. Typically, the break field would be the
same as the sort field. However the break field can be specified differently from the sort
field. A calculation expression can also be specified for a break field.

Filter: This option is used to enter a filter criterion to print a section. Normally, every
section included in the report template is printed in its appropriate sequence. However,
if the user wishes to print a section depending upon a condition, he can enter this
condition expression using this option. The expression must evaluate to a logical value
(TRUE or FALSE). During the report execution, the section will be printed only if the
expression evaluates to a TRUE value.

Line: This menu contains commands to create and edit a line object:

Create a Line: Use this option to draw a line. When selecting this option, the form
editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle and
click any mouse key. The line will be drawn within the position rectangle. The line size
can be changed using the sizing tabs.

Edit Current Line: Use this option to edit the angle, colour, and thickness of a 'line' type
object.

Label: This menu contains commands to create and edit a label object:

Create a Label: Use this option to create a new label. When selecting this option, the
form editor displays a positioning rectangle. Use the mouse to position the rectangle
and click any mouse key. The 'label' object will be created within the positioning
rectangle. By default, the form editor inserts the text 'label' in the label item. The label text
can be edited in the editing window.

Edit Current Label: A label text can be edited by simply selecting the desired label
item and clicking on the edit window.
As the user inserts or deletes the text, the length of the label text changes. Normally, the
form editor will automatically adjust the item box boundaries to completely enclose the
new text. However, this automatic size adjustment ceases if the user manually resizes
the item boundary by pulling on the sizing tab. This feature can be used to enclose the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1111 PROSPER

text in an item box larger than the default size.

Picture: This menu contains picture import functions:

Import Picture from Clipboard

Use this command to copy a picture bitmap from the clipboard.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to the
dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and click any
mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The picture size can
be changed using the sizing tabs.

Import Picture from Disk File

Use this command to read in a picture bitmap from a disk file.
When selecting this option, the form editor creates a positioning rectangle equal to the
dimensions of the picture. Use the mouse to position the picture rectangle and click any
mouse key. The picture will be placed within the position rectangle. The picture size can
be changed using the sizing tabs.

Arrange:
This menu contains commands to align size and space a set of selected objects:

Alignment At:

Horizontal Top Edge:

Use this option to horizontally align the top edge of the selected items to the top edge of
the leftmost item in the selection.

Horizontal Bottom Edge:

Use this option to horizontally align the bottom edge of the selected items to the bottom
edge of the leftmost item in the selection.

Horizontal Centre Line:

Use this option to align the horizontal centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to the
centre line of the leftmost item in the selection.

Vertical Left Edge:

Use this option to vertically align the left edge of the selected items to the left edge of the
topmost item in the selection.

Vertical Right Edge:

Use this option to vertically align the right edge of the selected items to the right edge of
the topmost item in the selection.

Vertical Centre Line:

Use this option to align the vertical centre line (imaginary) of the selected items to the
centre line of the topmost item in the selection.

Even Spacing:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1112

Horizontally:
Use this option to place the selected items horizontally at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two leftmost
items.

Vertically:
Use this option to place the selected items vertically at an equal distance from each
other. The inter-item distance is equal to the distance between the first two topmost
items.

Even Sizing:

Width:
Use this option to change the width of the selected items to the width of the topmost
item.

Height:
Use this option to change the height of the selected items to the width of the leftmost
item.

Undo Previous Arrangement Command:

Use this function to undo the previous arrangement command.

Report Executor Commands:The report executor allows viewing reports that have
been generated and saved to a native format file. It is invoked by using the View option
from the reporting main window and selecting a file from the file selection box. The file
selection box will point to the default data directory and will have the filter extension set
to the correct file type (.FR).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1113 PROSPER

The options available on this window are:

Jump Go to a particular page in the document.

Print Send the document to the defined printer.
Preview Look at the page layout of the document.
Save Save the document to a file (native or RFT)
Exit Leave the current window.

2.15.3 Plot
New plots and graphs have been implemented within PROSPER v12.0 and the
following section is intended to guide the user around these plots and see how different
cases and variables can be viewed.

The Output Plots Screen gives you access to all of the plots available in the program.
Either double-click on the selected plot or highlight a plot in the list box and click Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1114

Done Click on this button return to the main menu.

Plot Click on this button to plot the currently highlighted

selection

Setup Click on this button to gain access to the Plot Settings

Screen.
Help Click on this button to view this screen.

2.15.3.1Selecting Plotting Method

While the new plotting method has been added to PROSPER, it is still possible to select
the old plotting method if this is preferred. This can be done in the File | Preferences
menu and going to the Plot tab:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1115 PROSPER

If the new plots are to be used, set 'Display New Plots' to 'Yes' while if the old plotting
method is to be used, select 'No'. A third option is also possible; 'Choose'. This option
will give the user the choice of which plot to use every time a plot is selected.
2.15.3.2New Plot Screen
An example of the new plotting screen is shown below:

The screen can be split into 5 main sections as detailed below:

- Red - Sensitivity Cases

- Yellow - Variables available to plot
- Green - The Plot
- Blue - Plotting Options
- Black - General Plot Data (Only present within certain plots)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1116

Sensitivity Cases

The top left of the plotting screen shows the different sensitivity cases which have been
run. Selecting a given case will allow the saved variables to be added to the plot.

If previously saved plots have been loaded, these will also be seen in this screen.

Variables

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1117 PROSPER

The bottom left of the plot screen displays the different variables which can be plotted for
the sensitivity case selected in the box above. How to add single or multiple variables is
discussed in the subsequent sections of this manual.

Plotting Options

The top of the plotting screen has a number of different plotting options available. These
are shown above and more details about each are given in the table below:

Edit Plot Settings This option accesses the Tee-Chart Editor. From here the
fonts, scales, legends etc. can be changed.
Redraw Select to zoom out to the original scale and redraw plots.
Remove Single If a single series is to be removed from the plot this option

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1118

Series from Plot can be used and the series to be removed selected from the
drop down list.
Remove Multiple If a group of series are to be removed, this option can be
Series from Plot used to remove them in a single operation.
Save Current Plot If the results from a model are to be compared with another
Results to File model, the current plot results can be saved using this option.
Reload Saved Plot If previous results have been saved, they can be reloaded
Results from File into the current plot using this option.
Save Current Plot If a certain plot setup (for example axis and variables) is used
Setup often, it is good to be able to recall it quickly and easily. This
option allows a plot setup to be saved so it can be recalled at
a later time.
Reload Saved Plot If a plot setup has previously been saved, this option can be
Setup used to recall it.
Access Online Help Select to access the online help.
Edit Scales, Legend The scales, legends, colours etc can be edited from within
etc PROSPER by selecting this option.
Print Hard Copy Select to print a hard copy of the plot.
Edit/Enter Test Data Test Points can be entered which will be shown on the plot.
View Plot Results (Available in certain plots) If results are available for the plot
(for example in the IPR plot) these can be viewed by
selecting this option.

Plot

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1119 PROSPER

The centre of the screen is taken up by the plot itself. Above or to the side of the plot
resides the legend which shows which case is represented by each coloured line on the
plot. If a certain curve is to be removed, the box next to the case name in the legend can
be unticked.

General Plot Data

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1120

In certain plots (such as the IPR calculation plot) the right hand side of the screen is filled
with additional information. If the information cannot be seen in the screen space, the
scroll bar at the bottom of the screen can be used.
2.15.3.3Plotting Variables
The purpose of the plots is to visualise the results of the calculations so as to better
understand them and aid in analysing them. In order to do this, different variables can be
plotted against each other depending upon the situation to be modelled.

Plotting Variables for Single Case

If a single case is to be plotted, then the variable to be plotted can be selected from the
bottom left hand corner of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1121 PROSPER

Double clicking on a variable will add it to the plot (if there is a free axis to add it to) or
alternatively, a variable can be right clicked on and then the option of adding it to the
right or left axis is presented.

Variables can be plotted on the same axis if they share the same units. For example

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1122

pressure, dP Total Skin and dP Gravel Pack could all be plotted on one axis but
temperature would require to be added to the second axis.

Adding Variables to the Bottom Axis

If the variable is to be added to the bottom axis (for example when performing a gradient
calculation to see temperature against depth) then it can be dragged and dropped onto
the bottom axis.

Plotting Variables for Multiple Cases

Sometimes it will be necessary to plot the same variable for multiple cases so that the
different results can be compared. Rather than doing this for each individual case
multiple times, it is possible to do this in one batch operation. This is detailed below
using the example of Bottom Measured Depth.

The Bottom Measured Depth for multiple cases can be plotted by selecting Bottom
Measured Depth from the bottom left corner of the plotting screen and then selecting the
'clock' button:

This will bring up all of the different result streams which contain this data. If a certain
case is to be added to the plot, place a tick next to that case while if it is not to be
included then do not place a tick. If multiple streams have been saved and reloaded
these can also be selected.
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1123 PROSPER

In this case all the possible cases are selected:

To plot the curves for each, select OK.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1124

2.15.3.4Saving and Recalling Plots

When running different cases which require different options to be enabled within the
model, it is not always possible to simply run a sensitivity and compare plots directly.
Instead, plots from one model can be saved and then recalled to be compared against
the altered model. The models are saved for as long as PROSPER remains open. If the
instance of PROSPER is closed, the saved plots will also be lost.

Saving A Plot

To save a plot, first select the variable(s) which are to be plotted using the methods
discussed above.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1125 PROSPER

When the plot which is to be saved is displayed select the left hand red disk above the
plot:

This will bring up the save plot screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1126

Enter the name under which the plot is to be saved and then select Add. This will
transfer the results stream to the Master List which can be called back at any time.

When this has been done select OK to return to the previous screen.

Recalling a Plot

Once a plot has been saved it will appear in the left hand side of the screen along with
the current plot results:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1127 PROSPER

The results can be recalled to the plot using the methods described in the Plotting
Variables Section.
2.15.3.5Old Plot Menu Options

The following options are common to all plots

Finish Close plot and return to the previous screen.

Main Close plot and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Annotate Add annotations to your plot.

Scales Rescale your plot. You will need to enter new minimum and maximum
values for the X and Y axes.
Labels Change the plot labels

Replot Redraw the plot, using the original settings. Use this after you have
zoomed the plot.

Output Use this option to generate a printer, plotter or file copy of your plot, or
to transfer it to the clipboard.
This option enables you to change the colours of the plot background,
Colours outline, axes and plot lines and/or labels to generate a screen display
more to your liking. Once you have made your selection, make sure
you use the Save option to save your selection.
Options Use this option to change plotting defaults such as number of grids per

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1128

axis, grid line types, scaling methods etc.

Help View this Help screen

If you wish to view a particular section of your graph more closely, you can magnify or
zoom in on any portion of the plot. To magnify, first place the plot cross-hair cursor over
the area of interest. Next , press down the mouse left hand button and keep the button
depressed. A rectangle will appear which you can "stretch" or drag over the area you
want to magnify. Release the mouse button and you will automatically zoom in on the
area inside the rectangle.
When selecting the area to magnify, first place the cross-hair cursor on any outside
corner of the box you wish to draw, drag the mouse in the diagonally opposite direction.
When the magnifying rectangle is large enough, release the mouse button.

2.15.3.5.1 Plot Annotation

This screen allows the addition of annotations to the plot layout.

The annotation can be entered in the large text box in the centre of the dialog. As many
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1129 PROSPER

annotations as you wish can be entered; to select a particular annotation, select an item
from the Annotation Number drop down list (when the dialog is first produced, this list
will contain only one, blank, entry).

When the dialog is first realised, create an annotation simply by typing the text into the
Annotation field. Further annotations can be added by pressing the Add button: this
clears the text box and creates a new entry in the drop down list. Remove annotations by
pressing the Delete button, or all the annotations can be cleared by pressing Clear All.
To remove an annotation from the display without deletion, uncheck the Show
checkbox. See also the Show All and Hide All buttons below.

The alignment of the annotations can be switched between horizontal and vertical by
clicking the alignment radio buttons. Vertical alignment is only possible with True-type
fonts.

The annotations are displayed on the plot inside a rectangle. This can be set to be filled
by clicking the Fill check box, and the colours of the fill and the border can be changed
by pressing the Border and Fill pushbuttons to bring up colour dialogs. Finally, the font
of the annotations can be changed by pressing the Fonts button.

When you have added all the annotations that you require, press OK. The dialog will be
removed (with the annotations saved in local memory) and the annotations will be
placed in the centre of the plot screen. They can now be moved to the required location
on the plot by holding down the <shift> key while dragging them with the left hand mouse
button.

To edit the annotations, either re-invoke the annotation option or double-click on the item
that you wish to edit.

Done Removes the dialog, saving changes, and displays the annotations on
the main plot.
Cancel Removes the dialog, ignoring any changes
Main Removes the dialog, saves the changes, and returns to the main screen
Help Displays this screen
Allows a report to be written directly as an annotation. The standard
report dialog (see, for example, Reports menu item) is produced but
Data allows only the writing of the data to the clipboard. After you have
selected the report that you require and pressed OK, the report is
automatically pasted into the text entry field.
Show All Enables the showing of all annotations in the list.
Hide All Hides all the annotations in the list.
Add Adds an annotation to the list and clears the text box.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1130

Delete Removes the current annotation from the list.

Clear Clears the contents of the text box
Cut Removes the contents of the text box and pastes it to the clipboard.
Copy Copies the contents of the text box to the clipboard.
Paste Pastes the contents of the clipboard to the text box
Undo Undoes the last text box edit action

Clear All Removes all annotations from the list. A new annotation can not be
created until Add is pressed.

2.15.3.5.2 Plot Options

Use this screen to set defaults for all aspects of the plot.

X grid blocks number of gaps between grid lines on X axis. (Range 1-20)
Y grid blocks number of gaps between grid lines on Y axis. (Range 1-20)
Plot labels show or hide the plot labels.
Plot scales show or hide the plot scales

Plot legend show or hide the plot legend. If the legend is hidden, the body of
the plot will expand to fill the whole window.
Endpoint or rounded. Endpoint means the scales are taken from
Scaling method the exact extremities of the data being plotted. Rounded means
that ranges are chosen to surround the data but with whole
numbers ensured for the end points and the grid line intervals.
Grid line type Select from dotted lines, dashed lines, solid lines or tick marks.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1131 PROSPER

Mouse readout Switch the mouse cursor position readout on or off.

Date stamp title Select to append the current data and time to the plot title or not
Line Thickness To select the thickness of plotted lines

OK Save the changes and return to the plot.

Cancel Abandon changes and return to the plot..

Main Save the changes and return to the main

PROSPER screen.

ReScale Adjust the scales if you have changed the number of

grid blocks and/or scaling method.
to revert to the plot defaults entered in the plot
Defaults options dialog on the main menu under the plot
section..
Font Select appropriate Horizontal and Vertical fonts.

2.15.3.5.3 Plot Scales

Depending on the number of X and Y axis you will be presented with a screen similar to
that below

You will need to enter new minimum and maximum values for the X and Y axes and
select the appropriate scaling method (rounded or endpoint).
The plot extent values determine the relative size of the plot on the actual page.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1132

Increasing these numbers will leave more space to the right and bottom of the plot. You
can then use this space to enter a plot annotation box to display any specif info you
require to customise this particular plot.

Done Save the changes and return to the plot.

Cancel Abandon scale changes and return to the plot.
Main Save the changes and return to the main PROSPER screen.
Help View this Help screen.

ReScale to adjust the scales if you have changed the grid blocks and/or
scaling method.
Defaults Revert to the default scales for this particular plot.

2.15.3.5.4 Plot Labels

You will be presented with a screen similar to that below. Enter the labels you require for
the X and Y axis and the Plot Title.

Done Save the label changes and return to the plot.

Cancel Abandon label changes and return to the plot

Main Save the label changes and return to the

PROSPER main screen.
Help View this Help screen
Defaults Reset the labels back to defaults for this plot.
DateStamp Add a date and time stamp to the Plot Title.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1133 PROSPER

2.15.3.5.5 Plot Output

This option enables to get a copy of the current plot in a format that is convenient for your
current needs.
For each of the hard copy options you have the choice of specifying which colour
scheme you want to use

The choices of output destination are :

Hard copy (printer/ output to the currently selected printer or plotter

plotter)
Clipboard output to the Clipboard for use by another program

Windows Metafile output to a file in a format that gives maximum flexibility

in customising the plot picture in a graphics package.

The choices of colour scheme are:

Monochrome
Grey Scale
Colour

2.15.3.5.6 Plot Colours

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1134

Select the colour scheme you want to alter, by clicking on the appropriate check box.
The choices are monochrome, grey scale or colour.
Select the plot component whose colour you want to alter by highlighting it in the list box
on the left.
Use the three colour bars to mix the colour of your choice for the selected plot
component. You can also use the coloured edit boxes to the right of the colour bars to
enter the colour mix value directly.

Save the changes for this session and return to

Done
the plot.
Cancel Abandon changes and return to the plot.
Save Save the changes permanently.
Colours
Default Revert the colours back to system default values.
Colours
Help View this Help screen.

2.15.3.5.7 Plot Hard Copy - Printer Options

This screen enables you to determine the size and orientation of your plot on the screen:

Use this screen to change the margins, the plot orientation, Vertical Font used,
Horizontal Font used and also the number of copies to print.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1135 PROSPER

The "Plot Border" option will draw a rectangle around the plot at the specified margins.
The "Plot Date Stamp" and "Plot Version Stamp" information will be written at the
top of the border, if selected.
If you have used the Comments option on the plot, then the information you have typed
in will be printed underneath the bottom margin. Therefore you will need to ensure there
is enough space by setting the bottom margin appropriately.

Done Record any changes made and return without producing any Hard
Copy.

Cancel Discard any changes made and return without producing any Hard
Copy.
Help View this Help screen
Print Send current output to selected Hard Copy Destination
You will be presented with a screen similar to that below. Use
this to change the selected printer and/or its particular setup for
this output

Setup

If you have any difficulties printing, please ensure that the number of copies is
greater than zero. Also reselecting the horizontal and vertical font can cure
some plotting problems.

2.16 Units Menu

This chapter describes the system of units which is used by PROSPER. The built in
flexibility of the units system enables the user to select any variable and define the unit of
measurement to be used. This feature allows the units system to be modified so that it
corresponds to data reports supplied by a service company or customise the units

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1136

system to suit the users own personal preferences.

PROSPER always works internally in Field units. To facilitate data entry and output
display in any units system, PROSPER accepts data in the specified Input units and
converts it to Oilfield units for calculation. The results (in Field units) are converted back
to the specified Output unit set if necessary. By making selections from the different
categories, it is possible to work in the preferred units and save the results in the units
required by company policy.

The changes made to the units system are retained in the program memory and apply to
all files opened during the current processing session. The program allows to create a
custom units system.
2.16.1 Units Summary
To access the units system, select Units Units form the menu toolbar. This will display
the 'Units Summary' screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1137 PROSPER

This units summary screen contains the list of parameters and their unit’s options:

Unit selections
Select the units for the input and output of the variables

Validation
This sets up the validation range for each variable. If the user enters a value outside of
this range in a model, a warning message will be displayed. For most purposes, the
default validation limits are adequate; however, for particular applications, the user can
change the validation limits if required by entering new values directly from the units
definition screen.

Click on the Details buttons to the right of each variable name in order to view the
conversion values and precision of each particular variable.

2.16.2 Unit Systems

The user can change the global units' system from tool bar menu Units | ...

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1138

The following default Units Systems are provided:

Oilfield Units
Norwegian S.I.
Canadian S.I.
German S.I.
French S.I.
Latin S.I.

Selecting on of these options will change units of EVERY variable to that which is used
in the selected system.

Customised unit systems can be created and saved under new names. Different units
can be selected for both input and output.

2.16.3 Changing Unit Systems for some Variables

It is possible to change the units for an individual variable (rather than the entire unit
system) by right clicking the mouse cursor on the unit to be changed; this option is
available at screen for any input variable:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1139 PROSPER

2.16.4 Changing the Units

The Input and Output units for each variable on the list can be changed on the Units |
Units screen.

To change or customise the default Units System:

Scroll through the measurement variables list until the unit item to modify is
visible on the screen.
Select the unit category (Input and/or Output) to modify.
Select the unit field corresponding to the measurement item and click on the
arrow to its right to display the list of unit options.
Select the preferred measurement unit.

To save changes, click Save. A prompt will be displayed to enter a name for the new
Units System:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1140

This new system can now be recalled and applied to any file. Custom unit sets can be
erased by clicking the Delete button, then selecting the unwanted units system. The
ability to have separate input and output unit systems allows the user to work with
familiar units and to create reports or export data in any required unit system.

As PROSPER carries out calculations internally in Oilfield Units the unit conversion
factors can be validated by clicking the button located to the right of the particular
variable (labelled Sh/Mu):

The multiplier and shift used for unit conversion will be displayed.

Clicking Report | Print will create a summary report of conversion factors in use.

If some particular units have been modified during the course of a PROSPER session,
the changes will be written into the .SIN and .OUT files when the input data are saved.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1141 PROSPER

Irrespective of the current units system settings, recalling a previously saved .SIN (or
OUT) file will cause PROSPER to revert to the units saved in the recalled file. To
permanently impose a new set of units on the recalled file, open a custom units file (or
use one of the internal unit sets) and then save the file. The new units settings will be
used whenever the file is loaded.
2.16.5 Validation Limits
To reduce the possibility of entering incorrect data, PROSPER checks that input data
falls within predetermined validation limits. For most purposes, the default validation
limits are adequate. For particular applications, the user can change the validation limits
if required by entering new values directly from the units definition screen.

Find the required variable by scrolling through the list, and then enter required changes
in the low and high validation limit boxes.

Enter the custom validation limits in the units currently in use. To permanently attach the
new validation limits to a custom units system, click Save before leaving the validation
screen by clicking OK.

2.16.6 Units Details

The purpose of the 'Units Details' screen is to allow adjustment of the precision of data
displayed for both the input and output of each unit type. To set the display precision,
select Details on the row of the unit to be changed:

The precision of the input and output units can be set from this screen from 1 to 7 or also
set to free:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1142

The screen also shows the multiplier and shift used to convert each unit to the equivalent
value in oilfield units for the internal calculations in PROSPER.

2.16.7 Units Reset

Use the Reset button at the bottom of the Units | Units screen to quickly reset the units
system back to default values. To specify what Units System is default are please go to
the Units tab in the Preferences screen (File | Preferences).

2.17 Wizard Menu

This feature allows the user to set up models and perform certain tasks following a pre-
defined sequence.

The use of Wizards is of particular benefit to inexperienced users, as it allows to easily

set up a model based on active wizard examples by advancing through the input
screens in the correct sequence and asking at any step the user for the required
information. In this way the user will familiarise with PROSPER windows as well as with
the essential steps required to set up, match and use the models.

The Wizard is based on a VB script. The script consists of a series of VB commands

using OpenServer strings to set the values of the input parameters or to call up the
appropriate data entry screen , perform calculations, and retrieve or plot results.

Please refer to the OpenServer User Guides for further details about the basic
OpenServer functions.

These are the options available:

Edit Modify existing wizard scripts

Run Run the selected wizard
New Create a new wizard script

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1143 PROSPER

Delete Delete an existing script

Copy Copy a script
Done Validate and exit the Wizards section
Wizards Directory Select the location whee the wizard scripts are saved

2.17.1 Running the Wizard

A few wizard examples are available when installing PROSPER. These examples are
step-by-step guides to build typical models, like naturally flowing wells, ESP, etc.

In order to run wizard examples follow first of all select Wizard from the main menu
toolbar:

Then select the desired Wizard and click on Run to start it. The user will then be
presented with a number of prompt screens and input data screens which will act as a
guide through the selected task.

2.17.2 Creating/Editing a Wizard

From the main Wizard window it is possible to access a series of functions that allow
the user to create his own wizard or edit an already existing one.

To modify an existing wizard select Edit. This will access the wizard script window:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1144

To create a new wizard select instead New. This will display an empty script window.

The script consists of a series of Visual Basic commands using OpenServer strings to
set the values of the input parameters, perform calculations, and retrieve results.
Please refer to the OpenServer User Guides for further details about the basic
OpenServer functions.

On the top part of the script window there is the Commands list window, which provides
immediate access to all the OpenServer variables. This window allows selecting the
desired variable and getting a copy of it, which can be pasted in the script window
below.
2.17.2.1Notes of OS strings
A class of OpenServer strings - the so-called menu commands - allow displaying each
of the input screens. The structure of these commands is in general:

DoCmd(“PROSPER.MENU.<tag>”)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1145 PROSPER

If <tag> is for example Options, the command will display the main PROSPER options.

To display a plot, instead, the command is:

DoCmd(“PROSPER.PLOT.<number>”)

If <number> is 1, for example, the command will display the IPR plot.

2.17.2.2Wizard examples
As above mentioned, a number of Wizards are available along with the software. These
examples lead the user step-by-step through the screens in order to build typical
models.

The example scripts can also be used by experienced Users as templates to build their
own scripts.

Recommendation

Petroleum E xperts recommends that models be set up according to the worked

examples shown in the Examples Guide. Introducing new users to PROSPER This will
allow the user to have a better understanding of the physics that is behind the software
and the importance of the matching process.
2.17.3 Wizards Script Copy
The current selected Wizard Script can be copied with a new Wizard Script name.

This can be done to use one of the internal Wizard Scripts as a template for further
modification.

2.18 Help Menu

2.18.1 Contents
Load Help System and jumps to Contents Tab
2.18.2 Index
Load Help System and jumps to Index Tab
2.18.3 Search
Load Help System and jumps to Seach Tab
2.18.4 What's New
Load Help System and jumps to Whats' New Section

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1146

2.18.5 Examples
A full list of the different tutorials which are available in the PROSPER User Guide can
be found here - Prosper Tutorials

The User Guide can be found in the folder ~pdf\prosper where Petroleum Experts
software in installed and the completed example files are in the folder ~\samples
\PROSPER. The location of this directory depends on where the program has been
installed.

2.18.6 Definitions & References

Load Help System and jumps to Definitions & References Section

2.18.7 Glossary
Load Help System and jumps to Glossary

2.18.8 Manual
Loads the Prosper (PDF) Manual
2.18.9 Flow Correlation
Load Help System and jumps to Flow Correlation Section

2.18.10OpenServer
2.18.10.1
Commands
The list with the available OpenServer Commands is displayed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1147 PROSPER

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Search for a string in the available commands. Each press of the button
Find searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Variables
Evaluate OpenServer - Functions

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1148

2.18.10.2
Variables
The list with the available OpenServer Variables is displayed.

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Search for a string in the available variables. Each press of the button
Find searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1149 PROSPER

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Commands
Evaluate OpenServer - Functions

2.18.10.3
Functions
The list with the available OpenServer Functions is displayed.

Done Exits the screen

Copy Copies to the Clipboard the string selected

Export Exports the entire list to a series of locations (clipboard, screen, export file,
printer)
Help View the help screen
Find Search for a string in the available functions. Each press of the button

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1150

searches from the current location forward until we return to the current
position

Evaluate OpenServer Statement

Evaluate OpenServer - Commands
Evaluate OpenServer - Variables

2.18.11Keyboard

Choose from the following list to review the keys used in Windows:

Cursor Movement Keys

Dialog Box Keys
Editing Keys
Help Keys
Menu Keys
System Keys
Text Selection Keys
Window Keys
2.18.11.1
Windows Basics

This section explains a few of the techniques used in Microsoft Windows and describes
some basic Windows terms.

If you are new to the Windows operating system, we recommend you read the relevant
sections in the Microsoft Windows User's Guide to learn more about Windows
procedures. However, if you are short of time or a Windows manual is not available, this
section will provide you with sufficient information to start you working with PROSPER.
While some knowledge of Windows is advantageous, it is not essential to begin using
the program.

Parts of a Window
The following figure illustrates the basic PROSPER application window. The descriptions
that follow explain the basic elements of a window.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1151 PROSPER

Control Menu Box

The Control menu box, located in the upper left corner of a window lets you to move, re-
size and close a window or switch to another application. To open the control-menu box
use the mouse and click on the Prosper icon at the far left of the title bar or press Alt
Key+Spacebar. A menu will appear similar to that below

Title Bar
The title bar shows the name of the application followed by the directory path and name
of your open file. The title bar will display (Untitled) after the application name when no
file is open or the file you are creating has not been saved.

Menu Bar
The menu bar lists the menu items available in PROSPER. When you select a menu
name, a list of that menu's commands are displayed. A command is an instruction to
PROSPER to perform a specific action.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1152

Minimise/Maximise/Close Buttons
These buttons are located in the upper right corner of your window. The Minimise
button reduces the window to an icon on the desktop, while the Maximise button
enlarges the window to fill the entire screen. If a window is maximised, the Restore
button (which contains both up and down arrows) replaces the Maximise button. The
Restore button, or Restore command under the control-menu box, will restore the
window to its previous size and position. The Close button shuts down the program
To minimise a window when using the keyboard, press Alt Key Spacebar N. To
maximise a window press Alt Key Spacebar X.

The Mouse and Keyboard

The following section briefly describes some of the basic techniques you will need to
move around the windows.

Using the Mouse

The mouse controls a white arrow shaped pointer on the screen which enables you to
select menu commands, data entry fields or items from drop down list boxes. To move
the pointer, slide the mouse over a flat surface in the direction you want the pointer to go.
Do not press the mouse buttons when you move the mouse. If you run out of room while
moving the mouse, pick up the mouse and place it down again. The pointer will not
move on the screen while the mouse is in the air. The mouse has two buttons. As a
general rule, the LEFT mouse button is used to point, click and drag in Windows. If you
are left-handed, the functions for the left and right mouse buttons can be swapped. The
mouse clicking speed can also be customised to suit your personal preference.

To move around windows, the following techniques are used for selecting and choosing
items.

Pointing - moving the mouse pointer and placing it over an item on the screen. This
method is used to select menus or input fields.

Clicking - pointing to an item on the screen then quickly pressing and releasing the
mouse button. This method is used to select a menu, data entry field or list option.
Selected items are highlighted and/or surrounded by a dotted rectangle. When used in
selecting command buttons, clicking will activate the procedure indicated (e.g.
Calculate).

Double-clicking or quickly pressing the mouse button twice is also a convenient

shortcut for many tasks. Double-clicking should be used with caution, as it may have
different effects from one window to the next.

Dragging - holding the mouse button as you move the mouse in any direction across
the screen. This method is used in the plot screens where areas of interest can be
magnified for a closer view.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1153 PROSPER

Using the Keyboard

The keyboard is another way of effectively moving around windows or executing
commands. As you work with PROSPER, you will notice that all menus, menu items
and command buttons have a single letter underlined.

These are activated by using the ALT key followed by the underlined letter. For
example, to execute the Save command in the File menu, press Alt F S. Commands
can also be executed by using a combination of keys or shortcuts, for example Ctrl+O.
These combinations are always listed to the right of a menu item and eliminate the need
to select a command via a menu.

While you proceed through the menus, you will see that some of the menus items
appear dimmed and several have ellipses (....) or black triangles after their names.
These are Windows menu conventions.

Dimmed menu items

Indicate these options are not available at this time. It usually means you have to enter
something before you can use the option, or this option cannot be used with your
particular application.

Ellipses (...)
After menu item indicates a screen will appear when the menu or command button is
chosen. You will be required to make a selection before the program can carry out the
command.

Black Triangles
After a menu item indicates additional options are available.

Choosing and Selecting Items

Once a menu is displayed, menu items can be selected by either using the mouse to
click the item name, typing the underlined letter of the item name or using the directional
arrow keys. The following pages describe some useful keys which accomplish much of
the same functions as the mouse.

Arrow Keys
The collective name for the directional , , and arrow keys. These keys cannot be used
to move between data entry fields, but the and arrow keys are useful for viewing the
choices in the drop-down list boxes. The keys will move you forward or back one row at
a time. To display the contents of a field list box, press ALT .

Enter
Once a menu item has been selected, the key activates the item or carries out the
action of the selected command button. A selected item/command button is usually
highlighted, shadowed and/or surrounded by a dotted rectangle. This key should not be
used for selecting items from list boxes as it will exit you from the window. To select an
item and close the list box, use the TAB key instead.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1154

Esc
This key cancels the current selected menu or quits the current screen display.

Del or Delete
The delete key on the numeric key pad and extended keyboards will erase the entire
contents of a data entry field. As an alternative, the Backspace () key can also be used.
These keys will not delete items in list boxes.

Tab and Back tab

These keys move the insertion point forward or backward to the next/previous field. You
will not change or delete any data that is currently in the field. To back tab press the
Shift and back tab keys together.

PgUp/ PgDown and Home / End

Let you move forward or back a screen page at a time. These keys are useful for
viewing choices in list boxes. The Home and End keys move you to the very top or
bottom of a list box.

First Letter
Lets you select an item in the list boxes. Simply type the first letter of your choice (e.g. T
for Temperature) and the program will highlight the first item that begins with that letter. If
more than one item begins with the same letter, type the letter again to select the next
item.

List Boxes
List boxes are columns of choices listing correlations or parameters that can be
selected for your application. Fields where more than one choice is offered are
indicated by an underlined arrow to the right of the entry. To display the available
choices point and click on the arrow or press
ALT . The currently selected (default) item will be highlighted in the list box. Only one
item from the list can be selected at a time.

If there are more choices than can fit in the list box, the complete list can be viewed by
using the scroll bar to the right of the box. To move within the box, drag the scrolling
thumb in the direction required or use the and directional arrows.
2.18.11.1.1 Keyboard Usage

Key(s) Function
Alt+Spacebar Opens the Control menu for an application window.
Alt+Hyphen Opens the Control menu for a document window.
Alt+F4 Closes a window.
Alt+Esc Switches to the next application window or minimised icon,

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1155 PROSPER

including full-screen programs.

Alt+Tab Switches to the next application window, restoring applications that
are running as icons.
Alt+Enter Switches a non-Windows application between running in a window
and running full screen.
Direction key Moves a window when you have chosen Move from the Control
menu.Or, changes the size of a window when you have chosen size
from the Control menu.

2.18.11.1.2 Choosing and Selecting Items

Once a menu is displayed, menu items can be selected by either using the mouse to
click the item name, typing the underlined letter of the item name or using the directional
arrow keys. The following notes describe some useful keys which accomplish much of
the same functions as the mouse.

Key(s) Function
Arrow Keys The collective name for the directional arrow keys. These keys cannot
be used to move between data entry fields, but the Up Arrow and Down
Arrow keys are useful for viewing the choices in the drop-down list
boxes. The keys will move forward or back one row at a time. To
display the contents of a field list box, press ALT (Down Arrow)
Enter key Once a menu item has been selected the Enter key activates the item
or carries out the action of the selected command button. A selected
item/command button is usually highlighted, shadowed and/or
surrounded by a dotted rectangle. This key should not be used for
selecting items from list boxes as it will exit from the window. To select
an item and close the list box, use the TAB key instead
Esc This key cancels the current selected menu or quits the current screen
display
Del or The delete key on the numeric key pad and extended keyboards will
Delete erase the entire contents of a data entry field. As an alternative, the
Backspace key can also be used. These keys will not delete items in
list boxes
Tab and This key moves the insertion point forward or backward to the next/
Back Tab previous field. The user will not change or delete any data that is
currently in the field. To back tab press the Shift back tab keys together
PgUp/ Move forward or back a screen page at a time. These keys are useful
PgDown for viewing choices in list boxes. The Home and End keys move to the
and Home / very top or bottom of a list box

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1156

End
First Letter Selects an item in the list boxes. Simply type the first letter of choice
(e.g. T for Temperature) and the program will highlight the first item that
begins with that letter. If more than one item begins with the same
letter, type the letter again to select the next item
List Boxes List boxes are columns of choices listing correlations or parameters
that can be selected for the specific application. Fields where more
than one choice is offered are indicated by an underlined arrow to the
right of the entry. To display the available choices point and click on the
arrow or press ALT (Down Arrow) The currently selected (default) item
will be highlighted in the list box. Only one item from the list can be
selected at a time.
If there are more choices than can fit in the list box, the complete list
can be viewed by using the scroll bar to the right of the box. To move
within the box, drag the scrolling thumb in the direction required or use
the up and down arrow directional keys.

2.18.11.1.3 Cursor Movement Keys

Keys Function
Direction key Moves the cursor left, right up or down
End or Ctrl+Right Move to the end of a field
key
Home or Ctrl+Left Moves to the beginning of a field
key
Page Up or Page Moves up or down in a field, one screen at
Down a time

2.18.11.1.4 Editing Keys

Key(s) Function
Backspace Deletes the character to the left of the cursor or deletes
selected text.
Delete Deletes the character to the right of the cursor or deletes

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1157 PROSPER

selected text.

2.18.11.1.5 Help Keys

Key(s) Function
F1 Gets Help and displays the Help Index for the application. If the
Help window is already open, pressing F1 displays the "Using
Windows Help" topics.
SHIFT+F1
Changes the pointer to so you can get Help on a specific
command, screen region, or key. You can then choose a
command, double click the screen region, or press a key or key
combination you want to know more about.

2.18.11.1.6 Text Selection Keys

Key(s) Function
Shift+Left or Right Selects text one character at a time to the left or right.
Arrow
Shift+Down or Up Selects one line of text up or down.
Shift+End Selects text to the end of the line.
Shift+Home Selects text to the beginning of the line.
Shift+Page Down Selects text down one window. Or, cancels the selection if the
next window is already selected.
Shift+Page Up Selects text up one window. Or, cancels the selection if the
previous window is already selected.

Ctrl+Shift+Left Arrow Selects text to the previous word.

Ctrl+Shift+Right Selects text to the next word.
Arrow
Ctrl+Shift+Up Arrow Selects text to the beginning of the paragraph.
Ctrl+Shift+Down Selects text to the end of the paragraph.
Arrow
Ctrl+Shift+End Selects text to the end of the document.
Ctrl+Shift+Home Selects text to the beginning of the document.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1158

2.18.11.1.7 Dialog Box Keys

Key(s) Function
Tab Moves from field to field (left to right and top to bottom).
Shift+tab Moves from field to field in reverse order.
Alt+letter Moves to the option or group whose underlined letter matches
the one you type.
Direction key Moves from option to option within a group of options.
Enter Executes a command button.
Or, chooses the selected item in a list box and executes the
command.
Esc Closes a dialogue box without completing the command.
(Same as Cancel)
Alt+down arrow Opens a drop-down list box.
Alt+up arrow Selects item in a drop-down list box.
Alt+down arrow Selects item in a drop-down list box.
Spacebar Cancels a selection in a list box.
Ctrl+slash Selects all the items in a list box.
Ctrl+backslash Cancels all selections except the current selection.
Shift+ direction key Extends selection in a text box.
Shift+ home Extends selection to first character in a text box.
Shift+ end Extends selection to last character in a text box
D

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1159 PROSPER

2.18.11.1.8 Menu Keys

Key(s) Function
Alt Selects the first menu on the menu bar.
Letter key Chooses the menu, or menu item, whose underlined letter
matches the one you type.
Alt+letter key Pulls down the menu whose underlined letter matches the one
you type.
LEFT or RIGHT Moves among menus.
ARROW
UP or DOWN Moves among menu items.
ARROW
Enter Chooses the selected menu item.

2.18.11.1.9 System Keys

The following keys can be used from any window, regardless of the application you are
using.

Key(s) Function
Ctrl+Esc Switches to the Task List.
Alt+Esc Switches to the next application window or minimised icon, including full-
screen programs.
Alt+Tab Switches to the next application window, restoring applications that are
running as icons.
Alt+PrtSc Copies the entire screen to Clipboard.
Ctrl+F4 Closes the active window.
F1 Gets Help and displays the Help Index for the application. (See Help
Keys)

2.18.12About Prosper
Click Help | About PROSPER and the following screen will be displayed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1160

If the user needs to contact Petroleum Experts about a problem with the program, please
have the version number and licence number shown on this screen available should it be
required.
2.18.13Web Home Page

This option will load your Internet Browser at Petroleum Experts' Web Home Page
(www.petex.com)
2.18.14Web User Area

This option will load your Internet Browser at Petroleum Experts' Web User Area.
2.18.15Technical Support

This option will load your Internet Browser at Petroleum Experts' Technical Support Area
2.19 Appendix
The following appendix contains the references used through this manually and also
details some of the equations derived within PETEX for use in the tools.

A - References
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1161 PROSPER

PVT Calculations
CO2 Injection
PVT Separator Pressure
IPR Calculations
Multiphase Flow Calculations
Temperature Calculations
Artificial Lift Design
B - Equations
Black Oil Model for Condensate
Multiphase Pseudo Pressure
Temperature Models
Rough Approximation Temperature Model
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient
Enthalpy Balance
Default Thermal Properties Database
Steam Calculation
Choke Calculation
Sand Control Calculations
Multi-Phase Flow Correlations
C - Dietz Shape Factors
D - File Formats
E - Glossary
F - Importing Data from Text Files
2.19.1 A - References
2.19.1.1PVT Calculations

1 Sutton, R.P. & 'Evaluation of Empirically Derived PVT Properties SPE Reservoir Engineering,
Farshad, F.F. for Gulf of Mexico,' (Used for Glaso, Lasater, (Feb. 1990), 79-86.
Standing & Vazquez-Beggs)
2 Beal, C. 'The Viscosity of Air, Water, Natural Gas, Crude Trans., AIME (1946) 165, 94-
Oil and its Associated Gases at Oil Field 98.
Temperatures and Pressures,'
3 Beggs, H.D. & 'Estimating the Viscosity of Crude Oil Systems,' JPT (Sept. 1975), 1140-1144.
Robinson, J.R.
4 Carr, N.L., et 'Viscosity of Hydrocarbon Gases Under Trans., AIME (1954), 264-268.
al Pressure,'
5 Eilerts et al 'Phase Relations of Gas Condensate Fluids,' Monograph 10, U.S. Bureau of
Mines, Washington D.C.
(1957).
6 Brinkman, 'Equilibrium Ratios for Reservoir Studies', SPE (Nov. 1959), SPE reprint
F.H. & Sicking, series No. 15, 240-246.
J.N.
7 Katz, D. & 'Retrograde Condensation', Ind. Eng. Chem. (June, 1940)
Kurata, F. 32, No. 6, 817-827.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1162

8 Katz, D., 'Surface Tension of Crude Oils Containing Trans., AIME (1943), 1624,
Monroe, R. & Dissolved Gases,' 285-294.
Trainer, R.
9 Lee, et al 'The Viscosity of Natural Gases' Trans., AIME (1966), 997-
1002.
1 Lohrenz et al 'Calculating Viscosities of Reservoir Fluids From JPT (Oct. 1964), 1171-1176.
0 Their Compositions'
1 Coats, K.H. 'An Equation of State Compositional Model' SPE 8284 SPE ATCE, Las
1 Vegas, Nevada, Sept. 23-26,
1979.
1 Nghiem, L.X., 'Compositional Modelling with an Equation of SPE 9306 SPE ATCE, Dallas,
2 Fong, D.K. & State' Texas, Sept. 21-24, 1980.
Aziz, K.
1 Winkler, H.W. 'Algorithm for More Accurately Predicting SPE 18871 SPE POS,
3 & Eads, P.T. Nitrogen-Charged Gas-Lift Valve Operation at Ok lahoma City, March 13-14,
High Pressures and Temperatures' 1988.
1 Peng, D.-Y. 'A New Two-Constant Equation of State' I.&E.C. Fundamentals (1976)
4 and Robinson, 15, No.1, 59-64.
D.B.
1 Bradley et al 'Effect Of Pressure On The Viscosity Of Water' Petroleum Engineering
5 Handbook . SPE 1987
1 Bukacek, 'Equilibrium Moisture Content Of Natural Gases' Research Bulletin Vol 8,
6 Richard F. Institute of Gas Technology,
Chicago USA, 1955.
1 Muhammad "PVT Correlations for Middle East Crude Oils" JPT (May 1988), 650-666
7 All Al-
Marhoun
1 E. O. Egbogah "An Improved Temperature-Viscosity Correlation Journal of Petroleum Science
8 & J. T. Ng For Crude Oil Systems" and Engineering, 5, (1990),
197-200
1 Weinaug, C.F. "Surface Tensions of Methane-Propane Ind. and Eng. Chem (1943) 35,
9 & Katz, D. Mixtures" 239

2.19.1.1.1 CO2 Injection

The best approach to model CO2 Injection is to use an Equation Of State PVT Model
and set the Fluid Type as "Retrograde Condensate" and not "Dry And Wet Gas". The
reason behind this is that the "Dry And Wet Gas" models considers the fluid as a single
phase throughout the entire system and modifies the gas properties to account for the
condensate. The "Retrograde Condensate" model assumes multiphase flow modelling
allowing for gas and/or liquid phases to be present anywhere in the system (depending
on the prevailing pressure and temperature).

N.B. In CO2 Injection, depending on the conditions of pressure and temperature, it is

possible to have phase changes somewhere in the system (Gas-.Liquid->Gas)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1163 PROSPER

The Gray (and Modified Gray) correlation uses its own internal PVT calculator that
overrides the Prosper-calculated PVT properties and therefore this should not be used
to model CO2 Injection.

2.19.1.1.2 PVT Separator Pressure

The dry-wet gas model in PROSPER assumes that the condensate drops out at the
separator and therefore treats the hydrocarbons as a single phase (gas) in the tubing.
(Any water present will of course be treated as a separate phase, resulting in two-phase
flow).

The objective is to obtain the properties of the "well stream" gas from the separated
gas, tank vented gas and condensate. (As per the diagram below).

The ideal way to do this is to perform a compositional analysis where the composition of
the gas separated, condensate and the gas vented are known. Then these fluids are
recombined to get the well stream composition and properties.

In many cases, however, the compositions are unknown, and also the quantity and gas
specific gravity of the stock tank gas vented are often not measured.

The below diagram shows the inputs into PROSPER for two different scenarios,
depending upon available data.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1164

In cases where scenario 1 applies (i.e. the stock tank gas is unknown), correlations can
be used to calculate the gas specific gravity and the .

Commonly, the gas specific gravity of the stock tank gas vented is not measured (as in
scenario 1), and correlations are used to calculate the equivalent gas. PROSPER uses a
proprietary correlation, which uses the separator pressure (as well as gas gravity, CGR,
condensate gravity) to determine the equivalent gas in order for the properties of the
well stream gas can be determined.

The GE (gas equivalent) or VEQ (volume equivalent) represents the volume of gas
vented in the tank plus the volume in scf that would be occupied by a barrel of stock-tank
liquid if it were gas.

The GE is added to the gas rate and used to calculate the pressure losses in the tubing
using the energy balance equation.

We know that there is a dependency between the tank vent gas and the separator
pressure. For instance if the separator pressure is 0 psig, the tank vented gas will be
zero, if the separator pressure is higher then more gas will pass in solution with the
liquid towards the tank. So the separator pressure has an impact on GE.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1165 PROSPER

Other correlations of GE available in the literature that depends on the separator

pressure can be found in the following references: “An Improved method for the
determination of the Reservoir gas specific gravity for retrograde gases” Gold et.al.
(1989), also the in the book “The properties of Petroleum Fluids” W. McCain (Chapter
7: Properties of Wet Gases) explains and show some these correlations available.
2.19.1.2IPR Calculations

1 Dietz 'Determination of Average Reservoir Trans., AIME.(1965).

Pressure From Build Up Surveys,'
2 Fetkovich M.J. 'The Isochronal Testing of Oil Wells,' SPE 4529 SPE ATCE, Las
Vegas, Sept. 30-Oct. 3.
3 Forcheimer et al Zeits V. Dutching, (1901), 45,
1782-1786.
4 Goode P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Horizontal Wells,' SPE 21460 Reservoir Engineering
Kuchuk F.J. (Aug. 1991) 6, No. 3, 319-323.
5 Jones L.G., 'Use of Short Term Multiple Rate Flow SPE 6133 SPE ATCE, New
Blount, E.M. et al Tests to Predict Performance of Wells Orleans, Oct. 3-6.
Having Turbulence,'
6 Vogel J.V. 'Inflow Performance Relationships for JPT (Jan. 1968), 83-92.
Solution Gas Drive Wells,'
7 Houzé, O.P., 'Infinite Conductivity Vertical Fracture in a SPE 12778 SPE Regional
Horne, R. & Reservoir with Double Porosity Behaviour' Meeting, Long Beach, California,
Ramey, H.J. Jr. April 11-13, 1984.
8 Karakas, M. & 'Semi-Analytical Productivity Models for SPE 18271 SPE ATCE,
Tariq, S. Perforated Completion' Houston, Texas, Oct. 2-5, 1988.
9 Dikken, B.J. 'Pressure Drop in Horizontal Wells and its Journal of Petroleum Technology,
Effect on Their Production Performance' November, 1990; Trans., AIME,
289.
1 Chaperon, I. 'Theoretical Study of Coning Towards SPE 15377 SPE ATCE, New
0 Horizontal and Vertical Wells in Orleans, Oct. 5-8.
Anisotropic Formations'
1 Goode, P.A. & 'Inflow Performance of Partially Open SPE 19341 1989 SPE Eastern
1 Wilkinson, D.J. Horizontal Wells' Region Meeting, Morgantown,
WV, Oct. 24-27. Also JPT,
August 1991, pp 983-985.
1 Papatzacos, P., 'Cone Breakthrough Time for Horizontal SPE 19822 SPE ATCE, San
2 Herring, T.R., Wells' Antonio, Texas, Oct. 8-11.
Martinsen, R. &
Skjaeveland, S.M.
1 Cinco-Ley, H., 'Transient Pressure Behaviour For a Well SPE 6014 SPE ATCE, New
3 Samanieogo, F. & With a Finite-Conductivity vertical Fracture Orleans, Louisiana, Oct 3-6 1976
Dominguez, N. '

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1166

1 Mavor, M.J. & 'Transient Pressure Behaviour of Naturally SPE 7977 California Regional
4 Cinco Ley, H Fractured Reservoirs' Meeting SPE, Ventura, California,
April 1979
1 Wong, D., 'Application of the Pressure Derivative SPE 13056 SPE ATCE,
5 Harrington, A. & Function in th Pressure Transient testing Houston, Texas, Sept. 16-19,
Cinco Ley, H of Fractured Wells' 1984
1 Warren, J.E. & 'The behaviour of Naturally Fractured SPE 426, SPEJ (Spet 1963),
6 Root, P.J. Reservoirs' 245-255

1 Hegre, T.T. & 'Productivity of Multifractured Horizontal SPE 28845 SPE European
7 Larsen, L. Wells' Petroleum Conference, London,
UK, October 1994
1 Urbanczyk, C.H, & 'Optimization of Well Rates under Gas SPE Advanced Technology
8 Wattenbarger, R.A Coning Conditions.' Series, Vol. 2, No. 2, April 1994.
1 Larsen, L. 'Productivity Evaluations of Wells in Long
9 Rectangular Drainage Areas.'
H. Cinco, F. G. 'Unsteady-State Pressure Distribution SPE 5131
2 Miller, H. J. Ramey, Created by A Directionally Drilled Well'
0 Jr.
Pucknell, J. K. and 'Calculation of Total Skin Factors' SPE 23100 (1991)
2 Clifford, P. J.
1
2 Marting, V.E and 'The Effect of Restricted Fluid Entry on Journal of Petroleum
2 Brons, F. Well Productivity' Technology, February 1961

2.19.1.3Stimulation Calculations

1 Harry A. Wahl 'Sand Movement in Horizontal Fractures' SPE 564

et al
2 B. B. 'Design of Acid Fracturing Treatments' SPE 3720
Williams et al
3 D. E Nierode 'An Evaluation of Acid Fluid Loss Additives, SPE 4549
Retarded Acids, and Acidized Fracture
Conductivity'
4 J. Geertsma 'A Rapid Method of Predictiing Width and SPE 2458
Extent of Hydraulically Induced Fractures'
5 T. K. Perkins 'Widths of Hydraulic Fractures' SPE 89
6 B. B. 'Acidizing Fundamentals' Monograph Volume 6 SPE
Williams et al Henry L. Doherty Series
7 Society of 'NO. 32 Acidizing' SPE Reprint Series
Petroleum
Eng.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1167 PROSPER

2.19.1.4Multiphase Flow Calculations

See Also MultiPhase Flow Correlations

For deviated wells, the Beggs and Brill hold up correction is used.

To determine interfacial tension, the Parachor technique is used.

Petroleum Experts correlation uses the Gould et al Flow Map and for
the various flow regimes the following are used

Bubble Flow Wallis and Griffith

Slug Flow Hagedorn and
Brown
Transition Duns and Ros
Annular Mist Flow Duns and Ros

References

1 Anand, et 'Predicting Thermal JPT (Oct. 1980).

al Conductivities of Formations
from Other Known
Properties,'
2 Ashford, 'The Determination of SPE 5161 1974 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Houston Oct.
F.E, & Multiphase Pressure Drops 6-9.
Pierce, and Flow Capacities in
P.E. Downhole Safety Valves
(Storm Chokes)'
3 Beggs, 'A Study of Two Phase Flow JPT (May 1973), 606-617.
H.D. & in Inclined Pipe,'
Brill, J.P.
4 Churchill- 'Correlating Equations for International Journal Heat Mass Transfer (1975) 18,
Chu Laminar and Turbulent Free 1049-1053.
Convection from a Horizontal
Cylinder'
5 Fancher, 'Prediction of Pressure SPE Journal (Mar. 1963), 59-64.
& Brown, Gradients for Multiphase
G.G. Flow in Tubing'
6 Fortunati 'Two Phase Flow Through SPE 3742 1972 SPE European Spring Meeting,
Well-head Chokes,' Amsterdam, May 17-18.
7 Hagedorn 'Experimental Study of JPT (Apr. 1965), 475-484.
, A.R. & Pressure Gradients
Brown, Occurring During Continuous
K.E. Two-Phase Flow in Small-

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1168

Diameter Vertical Conduits,'

8 Mandhan 'A Flow Pattern Map for International Journal Multiphase Flow, 1, 537-541.
e et al Gas-liquid Flow in Horizontal
Pipes,'
9 Moody 'Friction Factor for Pipe Trans., AIME (1944), 66, 671-675.
Flow,'
1 Mukherje 'Liquid Holdup Correlations JPT (May 1983), 1003-1008.
0 e, H. & for Inclined Two-Phase
Brill, J.P. Flow,'
1 Oranje 'Condensate Behaviour in Oil and Gas Journal (July 1973), 39-43.
1 Gas Pipeline is Predictable,'
1 Orkiszews 'Predicting Two Phase JPT (June 1967), 829-833.
2 ki Pressure Drop in Vertical
Pipes,'
1 Duns, H. 'Vertical Flow of Gas and Proc., Sixth World Petroleum Congress, Frankfurt (1963)
3 Jr & Ros, Liquid Mixtures in Wells,' 451.
N.C.J.
1 Tansev, E. 'Predicting Pressure Loss SPE 5584 1975 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, Dallas, Sept.
4 Startzman and Heat Transfer in 28-Oct. 1.
, R. & Geothermal Wellbores,'
Cooper,
A.
1 Gould, 'Two-Phase Flow Through JPT, August, 1974, 915-925.
5 T.L, Tek, Vertical, Inclined, or Curved
M.R. & Pipe,'
Katz, D.L.

2.19.1.5Temperature Calculations

1 Chiu, K. and 'Modeling of Wellbore Heat Losses in SPE 22870 1991 SPE Annual Fall
Thakur, S.C. Directional Wells Under Changing Injection Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9. pp 517 -
Conditions,' 528.
2 Hasan, A.R. 'Heat Transfer During Two-Phase Flow in SPE 22866 1991 SPE Annual Fall
and Kabir, Wellbores: Part I - Formation Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9. pp 469 -
C.S. Temperature,' 478.
3 Hasan, A.R. 'Heat Transfer During Two-Phase Flow in SPE 22948 1991 SPE Annual Fall
and Kabir, Wellbores: Part II - Wellbore Fluid Meeting, Dallas, Oct. 9-9. pp 695 -
C.S. Temperature,' 708.
4 Carslaw, H.S. 'Conduction of Heat in Solids,' Oxford Science Publications, Oxford,
and Jaeger, U.K., 1959.
J.C.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1169 PROSPER

2.19.1.6Artificial Lift Design

1 Gibbs 'Predicting the Behavior of Sucker- SPE 588 SPE Rock y Mountain Regional Meeting,
S.G. Rod Pumping Systems' May 27-28, 1963, in Denver, Colorado, 769-788.
2 Schmidt 'System Analysis for Sucker-Rod SPE 15426 SPE ATCE, October 5-8, 1986, in New
Z., Doty Pumping' Orleans, Louisiana, 125-130.
D.R.
3 Gibbs 'Computer Diagnosis of Down-Hole SPE 1165 SPE Annual Fall Meeting, October 3-6,
S.G., Conditions in Sucker Rod Pumping 1965, in Denver, Colorado, 91-98.
Neely Wells'
A.B.
4 Patton 'A Computer Technique for SPE 1986 SPE 38th California Regional Meeting,
L.D. Analyzing Pumping Well October 26-27, 1967, in Los Angeles, California,
Performance' 243-249.
5 Jennings 'Design of Sucker-Rod Pump SPE 20152 Petroleum Technology in the Second
J.W. Systems' Century, October 16-19, 1989, in Socorro, New
Mexico, 77-87.
6 Gibbs 'A Review of Methods for Design SPE 9980, December 1982, 2931-2942.
S.G. and Analysis of Rod Pumping
Installations'
7 Gabor 'Gas Lift Manual" Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Ok lahoma 2005
Takacs
8 Gabor 'Sucker-Rod Pumping Manual' Penn Well Corporation Tulsa, Ok lahoma 2003
Takacs

2.19.2 B - Equations
2.19.2.1Black Oil Model for Condensate

PSEP
TSEP

TANK
gtot

gsep gtnk
GOR sep GOR tnk

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1170

Total GOR is the total of separator and tank GOR.

Rtot Rsep Rtnk

Feed gas gravity ( gtot ) is the weighted average of separator and tank gas gravities.

( g sep Rsep + g tnk Rtnk )

g tot =
Rtot

2.19.2.1.1 Mass Balance Calculations

Based on the principles of mass balance the following equations can be derived.

Known Parameters:

Produced Gas Gravity ggt

Condensate specific gravity γc
The condensate to gas ratio CGR STB/SCF
Air Mol. Wt. 28.966 lb/lb.mol
Water density 62.43 lb/cu.ft
Air density @ SC 0.0764 lb/Scf
Mol.wt of condensate Mc lb/lb.mol

Basis of calculations : 1 SCF of Produced gas.

The gas gravity of the mixture g can be evaluated using the following equation

Total inlet mass calculation:

Mass of Produced gas = Vol of gas @SC x Density of gas @SC

= Vol of gas @SC x Gas gravity x Density of air @SC

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1171 PROSPER

Mass of Condensate = Vol of Cond @SC x Density of Cond. @SC

= Vol of Cond.@SC x sp.gravity x Density of water @SC

Thus, Total mixture mass = Mass of Produced gas + Mass of

Condensate

Total inlet moles calculation:

Moles of Produced gas = Mass of gas/ Mol.Wt.of gas

= Mass of gas / Gas gravity x Mol.Wt. air

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1172

Moles of Cond. = Mass of Cond./ Mol.Wt.of Cond

Thus, total mixture moles = Moles of Produced gas + Moles of

Condensate

Thus the gas gravity of the inlet mixture is

This expression thus gives, the average gas gravity of a mixture, which has

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1173 PROSPER

a condensate to gas ratio of CGR STB/SCF, with the gas having a gas
gravity of ggt and the condensate having a specific gravity of γc and
molecular weight of Mc.

This also can be used to work out the condensate to gas ratio of a mixture
gas if the gas gravity is known as shown in the following equation.

2.19.2.1.2 Using the mass balance results to define Condensate Model

Based on this formulation, the separator gas gravity and the average total gas gravity,
the effective CGR vaporised in separator gas is estimated as follows

g sep - g tot
CGR sep =
4588 .3 c - 132904 g sep c /M c

Separator liquid/gas ratio ( ) referred to separator liquid.

Also assuming that the condensate is above dew point, the initial CGR under reservoir
conditions is,
1
CGR res =
Rsep + Rtnk

Thus, the gas gravity under reservoir conditions can be found as

g tot + 4588 .3 c CGR res
g res =
1 + 132904 c CGR res / M c

The conversion factors are:

cu .ft lb 1 cu .ft
4588 .3 5.615 62 .4
bbl cu .ft 0.0764 lb

cu .ft lb
132 ,904 4588 .3 28 .966
bbl lb .mol

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1174

Thus, we can have two independent equations, which are

At Reservoir conditions:
g t + 4588 csc CGR res
g res =
1 + 132904 csc CGR res / M c

At Separator Conditions:
g sep - g tot
CGR sep =
4588 .3 csc - 132904 g sep csc /M c
NOTE:
gt > gsep CGRsep negative

At and above Dew Point:

1
CGR res =
Rsep + Rtnk
The CGR at pressures lower than dew point is estimated by a second degree
polynomial as shown
2
P f
CGR CGR min (CGR res CGR min )
Pdewpoint 1 f

where Pmin being the maximum liquid dropout pressure and a function of the dewpoint
pressure.
i.e.
Pmin F Pdewpoint

Pdew is an input to the model.

The vaporised CGR curve as a function of pressure looks as below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1175 PROSPER

comp

f
P 1
Pdew
f is from maximum liquid dropout or mix condensate in solution.
2
P
- f
Pdewpo int
1- f
CGR = CGR min + (CGR res - CGR min )
*

2.19.2.1.3 Estimation of CGRmin

First calculate condensate mole fraction:

7.08
f = 0.15 + + 1.45 * % Condensate
TRES - 161
(From Eilerts et al)
Bg
CGR min = CGR res - Lmax
561 .5 Bo

Where
Lmax is the maximum liquid dropout percentage.

Thus we need to estimate Bo and Bg to find CGRmin.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 1176

2.19.2.2Multiphase Pseudo Pressure

ko P
qo 2 rh
o r
kg P
qg 2 rh
g r
kw P
qw 2 rh
w r
Total Mass Flow Rate:
ko kg kw P
mr 2 rh o g w
o g w r

Change of Mass Flow Rate Across Annulus:

mr ko kg kw P
2 h r o g w
r r o g w r
......................1

Change in Mass Flow Rate = Change in Density / Mass accumulation in Annulus

mr
= 2 rh
r t ..............................................................2
So o Sg g Sw w

ko kg kw P
r o g w r
r o g w r t
1 and 2
.....................3
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1177 PROSPER

By Definition:

Equation 3 becomes:
_
o g w P P
r ko kg kw r c
r o g w r t

To Linearise this Equation:

p
ko g w
m( p ) o kg kw P
0 o g w

p
ko kg o kw o
o g w P
0 o ko g ko w
p
ko qg qw
o g w P
0 o qo qo
p
ko GOR out B g WOR out Bw
o g w P
0 o Bo Bo
Combining we get:
m( p ) r rc o m( p )
r ko
r r F t

Where
GOR out Bg WOR out Bw
F o g w
Bo Bo

2 _
m( p ) 1 m( p ) m( p )
2
+ = c o
r r r Bo t

So o + Sg g + Sw w
C = c
F
For Condensates:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1178

2
m( p ) 1 m( p ) g m( p )
2
+ = c
r r r kg t
So o + Sg g + Sw w
C=c
Fg
Bo CGR out Bw WGR
Fg = o + g + w
Bg Bg

2.19.2.3Temperature Models
2.19.2.3.1 Rough Approximation Temperature Model

The diagram above shows the ambient temperature varying along the length of the well.
This allows us to calculate the ambient temperature at any point along the well (x) using
the following equation:

The Rough Approximation temperature model assumes that the heat transferred
between fluid and the surroundings by all the different heat transfer mechanisms can be

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1179 PROSPER

captured using an Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient (also called the U Value). This U
value has the units BTU/h/ft2/oF where the area is referenced to the internal wall of the
tubing or casing (depending which the fluid is travelling through). This means that the
heat transferred is equal to:

The ‘A’ refers to the area of the inner tubing or casing wall and will be equal to the inner
diameter multiplied by pi multiplied by the height of the segment. The TSurroundings is the
formation temperature at the segment depth (Ta (x)) and is found from the geothermal
gradient as shown above. TFluid, average is the average temperature of the fluid within
the segment.

Once the heat transferred to the surroundings is known, we assume that the energy
transferred is obtained from the heat generated when the fluid drops in temperature.
This can be calculated by multiplying the average heat capacity of each phase by the
mass flow rate of the phase and then by the temperature drop in the fluid:

If we equate the heat transferred with the heat obtained from the drop in temperature we
get get a single equation which implies that the rate of change of temperature with depth
is:

Where:

Ta1 = Ambient temperature at L1

T = Average fluid temperature in the segment.
= Deviation angle
= Fluid mass flow rate
Cp = Weighted average specific heat capacity for all the phases
U = Overall heat transfer coefficient referred to pipe inside diameter

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1180

D = Pipe inside diameter

G = Geothermal gradient

2.19.2.3.1.1 Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient

This value is used to calculate heat loss in surface or downhole equipment. This should
not be confused with the thermal conductivity for a particular type of pipe. The overall
heat transfer coefficient accounts for the heat flow through the pipe, annulus (in a well)
and insulation (if present) to the surroundings and is referenced to the pipe inside
diameter. Heat transfer by forced and free convection, conduction and radiation must all
be accounted for in the value of the overall heat transfer coefficient. Insulated buried
flowlines can have heat transfer coefficients as low as 0.1 (BTU/hr/ft2/0F) whereas
uninsulated, unburied flowlines can be higher than 100.

Typical values for individual flowlines are :-

Buried Carbon Steel Flowlines 1.0

Unburied Carbon Steel
16.0
Flowlines
Carbon Steel Risers in Water 18.0
Carbon Steel Risers in Air 5.6
Flexible Pipe in Water 2.8

The overall heat transfer coefficient (U value) used to determine the heat exchange in the
Surface Equipment (Xmas Tree to Manifold) is entered in the Surface Equipment
section of the Equipment Data input area.
The overall heat transfer coefficient entered in the Geothermal Gradient section is the
one used to determine the heat exchange in the Downhole Equipment (Xmas Tree
downward).
The U values entered in the two sections mentioned above will be used throughout the
model when running a calculation like System, Gradient, VLP calculation, or also the
VLP matching itself.
As “rule of thumb” we suggest to use as starting values of U the following:

Dry and Wet Gas 1-3 BTU/(hr×ft2×0F)

Retrograde Condensate 5-7 BTU/(hr×ft2×0F)
Oil and Water 8-10 BTU/(hr×ft2×0F)
The values of the heat transfer coefficient above reported are the ones that we suggest
to use as starting point during the temperature matching process, as we found out that

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1181 PROSPER

in many cases they are not too far from the actual values. The actual value should always
be estimated as part of the VLP/IPR Matching process.

Please, note that the heat transfer coefficient, which accounts at the same time for the
different mechanisms of heat transfer, may have very different values, depending on
all the factors affecting the heat transfer (the packer fluid, fluid characteristics, flow
regime, type of completion, materials used, thickness of tubing and casing etc.).

2.19.2.3.2 Enthalpy Balance

Enthalpy Balance temperature model in PROSPER applies the general energy
equation for flowing fluid:

In terms of Enthalpy

, this is written:

In other terms:

If heat transfer with the surroundings (Q) is neglected, the usual pressure equation
solved in multiphase flow results. PROSPER solves the general energy equation by
considering the enthalpy balance across an incremental length of pipe. The enthalpy
term includes the effects of pressure (including Joule-Thomson effect) and phase
changes.
The algorithm commences by calculating the
enthalpy at the known pressure and
temperature of the first calculation node. i.e.
H1 at (T1,P 1)

For a given pipe increment, the enthalpy (H2)

at the other end of the pipe is estimated. The
difference (H2-H1) is compared to H.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1182

Where

If previous calculations exist, then:

dt
P2 P1 G L; T2 T1 L
dz
to give the first estimate of H2

We now deal with a piece of tubing of pipe length L,

and
P1 P2 T1 T2
P ; T
2 2

The total heat transfer coefficient is estimated for the T, P of the iteration step to
calculate the heat exchanged. Using the energy equation, we can find dh. If dh does not
equal H2-H1, the iteration continues until convergence. The Enthalpy Balance method
solves the energy equation simultaneously for both temperature and pressure. The
solution temperature at the downstream side of the pipe increment is therefore the value
of T2 when the iteration has converged.

The heat transfer coefficient is used to calculate dQ within the enthalpy balance
iterations and not the temperature.

The heat transfer coefficient is itself a function of the temperature of both the fluid and
the surroundings; therefore iteration is required to find both the heat transfer coefficient
and the enthalpy balance. The formation is a thermal sink at temperature Te. The
temperature profile near the wellbore is dependent upon producing time and the thermal
diffusivity of the formation. The heat diffusivity equation accounts for localised heating
(or cooling) of the formation by the well fluids.

For a pipe increment, the heat flow is calculated using:

Where: is the temperature difference between the fluid and the formation at

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1183 PROSPER

infinity.

is the effective thermal conductivity of the formation (including allowance for well fluids
in porous formations)
is the solution of the heat diffusivity equation

The exact solution of heat diffusivity equation is:

(Carslaw and Jaeger Page 336)

This integral poses numerical problems as u0 and is slow. This equation is evaluated
for very early times only.

For intermediate times, PROSPER uses a fit of the TD vs tD generated using the exact
solution. At later times a logarithmic approximation is used:

Where thermal diffusivity

This formulation approximates the exact solution with less than 1% error. (From Kwan-
Chu and Subash Thakur).

is the overall heat transfer coefficient.

The overall heat transfer coefficient takes into account forced convection inside the pipe
and free convection outside the pipe plus radiation and conduction.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1184

Heat transfer from the pipe is in three terms:

Conduction

Forced Convection

Free Convection
and Radiation

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1185 PROSPER

Now, let us examine the components of the overall heat loss coefficient individually:

is due to forced convection inside the pipe

Where k is the average conductivity.

= mixture Reynolds number (depends on VLP correlation used)

i.e. mixture Prandtl number

In the annulus, the free convection term is:

where: i.e. mixture Grashof number

and mixture density

thermal expansion coefficient

The convection terms are themselves a function of temperature. Iteration is therefore

required to find the annulus temperature for the convection term and determine the
overall heat transfer coefficient

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1186

H2

H1

rti H1 P1 , T1
rto
rci
rco

rcem

The radiation term is given by:

where is the Stefan-Boltzman constant and is emissivity.

The Conduction Terms can be expressed as (considering the tubing), where:

h = heat transfer coefficient in W / (K m2)

k = effective thermal conductivity in W / (m K)

Similar expressions are used for each casing string and each term combined to find the
total conductivity term,

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1187 PROSPER

2.19.2.3.2.1 Default Thermal Properties Database

The data listed below is at standard conditions. Correlations are used to estimate
thermal properties at other temperatures and pressures.

Dry Rock Properties

Specific
Cp Conductivity
Gravity
BTU/lb/
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
deg F
Sandstone 0.183 1.06 2.64
Shale 0.224 0.7 2.4
Limestone 0.202 0.54 2.71
Dolomite 0.219 1.0 2.87
Halite 0.219 2.8 2.17
Anhydrite 0.265 0.75 2.96
Gypsum 0.259 0.75 2.32
Lignite 0.3 2.0 1.5
Volcanics 0.2 1.6 2.65

Rock In Situ Fluids

Cp Conductivity
BTU/lb/deg
BTU/hr/ft/deg F
F
Water (Low
1.0 0.35
salinity)
Water (High
1.02 0.345
Salinity)
Heavy Oil 1.04 0.34
Medium Oil 0.49 0.083
Light Oil 0.5 0.0815
Gas 0.26 0.0215

The dry rock properties are modified to wet rock properties using the in-situ porosity,
permeability and rock consistency.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1188

Downhole Equipment

Conduction
Heat Transfer Emmissivity
Coefficient
BTU/ft/hr/deg F
Mild Steel Tubing 26 0.65
Plactic Coated
20 0.65
Tubing
Stainless Steel
18 0.4
(13% )
Stainless Steel
15 0.3
(15% )
Line Pipe 27 0.9
Plactic Coated Pipe 20 0.9
Flexible 0.3 0.95
Bitumen 0.6 0.95
Foam 0.02 0.8
Concrete 0.1 0.9

2.19.2.4Steam Calculation
Steam injection is a technique of Enhanced Oil Recovery. Steam is injected in the
reservoir in order to displace and at the same time heat up the oil, making it easier to
flow.

When modelling Steam Injection, it is important to take in account that the following
parameters are interrelated:
- pressure
- temperature
- steam quality (vapour fraction)
- Enthalpy

To properly model Steam injection an Enthalpy Balance model needs to be used

(Enthalpy Balance or Improved Approximation):

where:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1189 PROSPER

HT = total enthalpy
HL,V = liq., vap. Enthalpy
xV = steam quality

Re-arranging:

This shows that Steam quality is calculated from knowledge of enthalpy.

As steam quality, pressure, temperature and Enthalpy are interdependent, the Enthalpy
Balance model has to iterate on:
- Pressure
- Temperature
- Enthalpy
until convergence is found

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1190

2.19.2.5Choke Calculation

From Bernoulli:

From Mass Conservation:

In the throat, the maximum velocity is the speed of sound. Under critical conditions, the
choke becomes independant of the downstream pressure and temperature.

Vms : 2 phase sound velocity from FORTUNATI, Vms will be much lower than the
velocity of either phase. Critical conditions are reached at much lower velocities.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1191 PROSPER

For a mono phase

2.19.2.6Sand Control Calculations

This section is intended to review the calculations used in PROSPER to determine the skin as
a function of the available sand control methods.

These methods are:

Gravel Pack
Pre-Packed Screen
Wire Wrapped Screen
Slotted Liner

Before addressing each method individually, it is best to understand the objectives and
reasons for which the sand models are defined as in PROSPER.

Skin values are traditionally applied as constant values by assuming constant fluid properties
at any place in the reservoir. These values are designed to account for an added pressure
drop around the wellbore due to non-radial flow (as assumed by Darcy).

This results in the following relationship for a radial reservoir:

S being the constant skin value.

Looking at a radial reservoir, the pressure drop is a function of the velocity at which the fluid
travels from the outer drainage area to the wellbore:

By implementing a constant skin, it is assumed that the same fluid properties will be observed
whether the fluid is at the initial reservoir pressure or at bottomhole pressure. Having

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1192

accounted for the log term in the pressure drop calculation allows for the pressure profile
towards the wellbore to be analysed:

When applying sand control, the permeability directly around the wellbore is therefore known.

The gravel pack thickness and permeability are known which means that the pressure drop
across it can be calculated.

Knowing the above information and with such a drastic change in conditions (having
established that constant fluid properties are unrealistic), the pressure drop across the sand
control would be most reliably determined if the fluid properties at Prwsf were known.

When calculating the pressure drop between the sandface and the gravel pack, there are two
options in PROSPER:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1193 PROSPER

These two options regard the how the fluid properties are to be modelled, should the bubble
point be reached at the sandface.

If ‘Single Phase’ is selected, the fluid properties will be recalculated assuming that the same
proportions of the same phases will always be present.
If ‘Multi Phase’ is selected, should the bubble point be reached; the fluid properties of any new
phases (i.e. gas) will also be calculated and their impact on the pressure drop will be
accounted for.

It is important to note the presence of these options.

One of the assumptions made by analytical inflow models is that they are single phase.

By calculating the pressure drop between the sandface and the gravel pack, the following
relationship for a radial reservoir can now be used:

This means that for each change in the pressure around the wellbore (and corresponding
change in rate), a new ∆Pskin can be calculated.

For those who are still more comfortable with overall skin values, these are also calculated
and displayed:

The overall relationships used to determine the ∆Pskin remains the same regardless of which

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1194

sand control method is in use:

∆P sf= AQ² + BQ

The rates (Q) entered in the pressure drop equation are a function of whether two-phase or
three-phase fluids are to be accounted for.

For oil and water:

If gas is also present and a three phase liquid is to be accounted for:

The overall relationships used to determine the Darcy and non-Darcy components entered in
the above relationship remains constant, the input data will however vary depending on the
type of system being modelled.

For Oil and Water:

For Gas:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1195 PROSPER

Ksc Sand Control Permeability

β (1.47E7)/(Kg^0.55)
PerfDi Perforation Diameter
SPF Shots per ft
PRFINT Perforation Interval
A Area Open To Flow = π (PerfDi/24)2SPF*PRFINT
µo Oil Viscosity in cp

Bo Oil FVF

ρo Oil Density

L Gravel pack length

It is of importance to note that these parameters are calculated at the sandface and
across the sand control with respect to the conditions at the sandface and sand
control.
So the viscosities, gravities etc. have been recalculated at the pressures at the
sandface and sand control before calculating the above values.
2.19.2.6.1 Pressure Drop Across Sand Control
The following text describes the overall methodology applied to each sand control method to
determine the skin.
2.19.2.6.1.1 Gravel Pack
1. Fluid PVT at initial reservoir conditions is known (already as user entered values).

2. The IPR to the sandface is calculated, so the objective is now to calculate the dP
across the gravel pack:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1196

3. Having determined the sandface pressure and dP across the gravel pack;
Pw = Pw1 – dP (gravel pack).
The steps taken to determine the dP (gravel pack) remain the same as previously
defined.

4. Fluid properties are recalculated at Pw.

5. Skin due to the gravel pack can then be defined using the newly calculated PVT at Pw:

2.19.2.6.1.2 Pre-Packed Screen

1. Fluid PVT at initial reservoir conditions is known (already as user entered values).

2. The IPR to the sandface is calculated, so the objective is now to calculate the dP
across the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1197 PROSPER

3. Having determined the sandface pressure, the skin due to the pre-packed screen is
calculated and is made up of a Darcy and non-Darcy components.

Total Skin = S + DQ:

(Darcy skin at rw + Darcy skin between rw and rwsf)
+ (non-Darcy skin at rw + non-Darcy skin between rw and rwsf)·Ql

4. Fluid properties are recalculated at Pwsi (pressure at inside of screen).

5. Skin due to the gravel pack can then be defined using the newly calculated PVT at
Pwsi:

6. Bottomhole pressure can now be calculated: Pw = Pwsf – ∆Pscreen

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1198

2.19.2.6.1.3 Wire-Wrapped Screen

1. Fluid PVT at initial reservoir conditions is known (already as user entered values).

2. The IPR to the sandface is calculated, so the objective is now to calculate the dP
across the screen:

3. Having determined the sandface pressure, the skin due to the wire wrapped screen is
calculated and is made up of Darcy and non-Darcy components:

Total Skin (wire wrapped) = S + DQ:

(Darcy skin at rw + Darcy skin between rw and rws)
+ (non-Darcy skin at rw + non-Darcy skin between rw and rws)·Ql

4. Fluid properties are recalculated at Pw.

5. Skin due to the gravel pack can then be defined using the newly calculated PVT at Pw:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1199 PROSPER

6. Bottomhole pressure can now be calculated: Pw = Pwsf – ∆Pscreen

2.19.2.6.1.4 Slotted Liner
1. Fluid PVT at initial reservoir conditions is known (already as user entered values).

2. The IPR to the sandface is calculated, so the objective is now to calculate the dP
across the slotted liner:

3. Having determined the sandface pressure, the skin due to the liner is calculated and is
made up of a Darcy and non-Darcy components.

4. The following definitions are used

Rs Screen outer radius (ft)

Ri Inner Radius Of Slotted Liner (ft)

Ro Outer Radius Of Slotted Liner (ft)

Rw Wellbore Radius (ft)

Rse Radius such that between Rs and Rse, radial flow centred on the well is
assumed
Roe Radius such that between Roe and Rw, radial flow centred on the well is
assumed
Risl Radius of Flow centred on the inner side of the slot

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1200

Ros Radius of Flow centred on the outer side of the slot

l
Wsl Width Of Slot (ft)
ot
Hsl Height Of Slot (ft)
ot

DARCY COMPONENTS

When determining the Darcy skin, there are a few more components which need to
be accounted for when referring to slotted liners.

- SPF = The number of slots per foot (Slot Density)

- the average number of slots around the circumference of the liner:

Spc = SPF * Hslot

- We then consider 2 cases

o where the half distance between slots is greater than the distance to Rs or Ro
o where it is not.

- if SLo/2 > (Rw – Ro)

Rosl = Rw – Ro
Else
Rosl = SLo/2

- if SLi/2 > (Ri – Rs )

Risl = Ri – Rs
Else
Risl = SLi/2

Roe and Rse are calculated by assuming that the whole area is covered by radial flow into the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1201 PROSPER

slot or radial flow centred on the well. Rse is assumed zero if no screen present.

Roe = ( (Ro)² + 0.5* (Spc ) * (Rosl)² )0.5

Rse = ( (Ri)² + 0.5* (Spc ) * (Risl)² )0.5

The skin due to linear flow through the slot and radial flow on each side of the slot is
made up of three components:

Overall Darcy skin = skin due to linear flow +skin due to radial flow

NON-DARCY COMPONENTS

The non-Darcy skin due to linear flow through the slot

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1202

The non-Darcy skin due to radial flow centred on the slot is made up of two
components:

i. This D value is required for the inside of the slotted liner and as such is corrected
with respect to the properties specific to the inside of the slotted liner:

ii. This D value is required for the outside of the slotted liner and as such is corrected
with respect to the properties specific to the outside of the slotted liner:

The non-Darcy factor due to radial flow centred on the well is also made up of two
components:

i. With respect to the fluid travelling between the liner and wellbore:

ii. With respect to the fluid travelling across the screen:

Overall non-Darcy skin = De = Dsl + Dosl + Disl + Doe + Dse

Total Skin (Ssl) = S + DQ : (linear flow skin + Radial flow skin) + (non-Darcy
skin)·Ql

5. Fluid properties are recalculated at Pw.

6. The Pressure Drop due to the Slotted Liner Skin can then be defined using the newly

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1203 PROSPER

calculated PVT at Pw:

7. Bottomhole pressure can now be calculated: Pw = Pwsf – ∆Pslotted liner

2.19.2.7Multi-Phase Flow Correlations

The flowing pressure gradient in a producing well comprises 3 terms:

Gravity due to density of the produced fluid mixture

Friction from shear stress between the flowing fluids and the pipe wall
Acceleration as a result of expansion of fluids as the pressure reduces

For oil wells, the main component of pressure loss is the gravity or hydrostatic term.
Calculation of the hydrostatic pressure loss requires knowledge of the proportion of the
pipe occupied by liquid (holdup) and the densities of the liquid and gas phases.
Accurate modeling of fluid PVT properties is essential to obtain in-situ gas/liquid
proportions, phase densities and viscosities.

Calculation of holdup is complicated by the phenomenon of gas/liquid slip. Gas, being

less dense than liquid flows with a greater vertical velocity than liquid. The difference in
velocity between the gas and liquid is termed the slip velocity. The effect of slip is to
increase the mixture density and hence the gravity pressure gradient.

Multi-phase flow correlations are used to predict the liquid holdup and frictional pressure
gradient. Correlations in common use consider liquid/gas interactions - the oil and
water are lumped together as one equivalent fluid. They are therefore more correctly
termed 2-phase flow correlations. Depending on the particular correlation, flow regimes
are identified and specialised holdup and friction gradient calculations are applied for
each flow regime.

As yet, no single correlation performs better than others for all flow conditions.

Fancher The Fancher Brown correlation is a no-slip hold-up correlation that is

Brown provided for use as a quality control. It gives the lowest possible value
of VLP since it neglects gas/liquid slip it should always predict a
pressure which is less than than the measured value. Even if it gives a
good match to measured downhole pressures, Fancher Brown should
not be used for quantitative work. Measured data falling to the left of
Fancher Brown on the correlation comparison plot indicates a problem
with fluid density (i.e PVT) or field pressure data. Please see the VLP

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1204

Quality Check Section for mode information.

Hagedorn The Hagedorn Brown correlation performs well in oil wells for slug flow
Brown at moderate to high production rates (well loading is poorly predicted).
Hagedorn Brown should not be used for condensates and whenever
mist flow is the main flow regime. It under predicts VLP at low rates
and should not be used for predicting minimum stable rates.
Duns and The Duns and Ros Modified correlation is derived from the Duns and
Ros Ros Original correlation. The original correlation was modified by
Modified Petroleum Experts to overestimate the pressure drop in oil wells for the
slug flow regime. This correlation should only be used for quality
checking of the input well test data and should never be used for
calculating the pressure drop in the wellbore or pipelines and hence
should not be used for lift curve generation either.
Duns and The Duns and Ros Original Correlation is derived from the original
Ros Original published method. In PROSPER the original Duns and Ros correlation
has been enhanced and optimised for use with condensates. This
correlation performs well in mist flow cases and may be used in high
GOR oil wells and condensate wells.
Petroleum The Petroleum Experts correlation combines the best features of
Experts existing correlations. Petroleum Experts correlation uses the Gould et al
Flow Map and for the various flow regimes we use the following:

Bubble flow: Wallis and Griffith

Slug flow: Hagedorn and Brown
Transition: Duns and Ros
Annular Mist flow: Duns and Ros

Petroleum The Petroleum Experts 2 correlation includes the features of the PE

Experts 2 correlation plus original work on predicting low-rate VLPs and well
stability.
The PE2 correlation has been tested for numerous high flow rate
cases and found to provide a good estimate of the pressure drops.
Examples include oil wells exceeding 40000STB/d and gas wells with
7in casing capable of producing up to 1Bscf/day.
PE2 has also been externally tested as the most reliable well flow
correlation irrespective of fluid type, flow regime or pipe specification.

J.E. Norman Liley; Stuart Oakley; "Downhole Pressure Boosting in

Natural Gas Wells: Well Candidate Selection and Project Progress"
SPE 96037-PA

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1205 PROSPER

Shah Kabir et al, SPE109868

Petroleum The Petroleum Experts 3 correlation includes the features of the PE2
Experts 3 correlation plus original work for viscous and foamy oils. This attempts
to model the impact that shear dependent properties have on the
flowing conditions.
Petroleum The Petroleum Experts 4 model is an advanced mechanistic model
Experts 4 which was derived to be suitable for any angled wells (including
downhill flow) suitable for any fluid (including Retrograde Condensate).
Due to the advancements made in the Petroleum Experts 5 it is
recommended that this correlation is not used within integrated
production models and instead Petroleum Experts 5 can be used.
Petroleum The PE5 mechanistic model is an advancement on the PE4
Experts 5 mechanistic model. PE4 showed some instabilities (just like other
mechanistic models) that limited its use across the board. PE5 reduces
the instabilities through a calculation that does not use flow regime
maps as a starting point.
PE5 is capable of modelling any fluid type over any well or pipe
trajectory. This correlation accounts for fluid density changes for incline
and decline trajectories.
The stability of the well can also be verified with the use of PE5 when
calculating the gradient traverse, allowing for liquid loading, slug
frequency, etc. to be modelled.
Orkiszewski The Orkiszewski correlation often gives a good match to measured
data. However, its formulation includes a discontinuity at velocity = 10
ft/s in its calculation method. The discontinuity can cause instability
during the pressure matching process and VLP generation and
therefore its use is not recommended.
Beggs and The Beggs and Brill correlation is primarily a pipeline correlation. It
Brill generally over-predicts pressure drops in vertical and deviated
trajectory.
Beggs and The original Beggs & Brill correlation over-predicts the head gained in
Brill (Gas downwards trajectory. The PETEX 'gas head' modification uses the
Head) gas properties for head calculations of downhill pipeline sections.
Gray The Gray correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate
ratios up to around 50 bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios.
Gray contains its own internal PVT model which over-rides PROSPER's
normal PVT calculations.
For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT
and the Duns and Ros Original correlation.
Petroleum The Petroleum Experts 6 correlation is an alteration of the Petroleum
Experts 6 Experts 3 correlation which accounts of the effect that changing water
cuts have on the possible shear effects experienced by the fluid.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1206

GRE The original GRE model and its variations (DSM and AE) are
mechanistic flow models developed by BP. Some additional
information can be found in SPE-27960. The GRE (modified by PE)
model applies a correction to the flow regime calculations.
HYDRO 3P This is a mechanistic pressure drop model proprietary to Norsk Hydro
Statoil.
OLGAS This is commercially available mechanistic pressure drop model
(proprietary to Schlumberger)
LEDAFLOW This is commercially available mechanistic pressure drop model
(proprietary to KongsBerg Gruppen)

For the references to the papers on which these models are based, please refer to the
References Appendix.

Barnea Criteria

Slugging Calculations

Note
There is no universal rule for selecting the best flow correlation for a given application.
It is recommended that a Correlation Comparison always be carried out. By
inspecting the predicted flow regimes and pressure results, the user can select the
correlation that best models the physical situation.

Additional Information on Multiphase Flow can be found through the links below:

Multiphase Flow Fundamentals

Single-Phase Energy Balance Equation
Multi-Phase Energy Balance Equation
Multi-Phase Flow
Flow Regimes
PVT
Historical Development
VLP Flow Correlations
Hagedorn Brown
Duns and Ros
Gray
Aziz Govier and Fogarisi
Beggs and Brill
Orkisewski
Pipeline Correlations
Dukler
Dukler Flanigan

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1207 PROSPER

2.19.2.7.1 Multiphase Flow Fundamentals

The following section considers some the fundamental elements which constitute multi-
phase phase.
2.19.2.7.1.1 Single-Phase Energy Balance Equation
Consider an element of pipe through which a fluid is flowing at a steady-state rate.
The energy associated with a unit mass of fluid entering the element plus any shaft work
done by the fluid plus any heat exchanged with the surroundings plus change of energy
with time must equal the energy leaving the pipe element. The energy balance can be
expressed as:

d(PV) + dU + d(1/2 u2) + d(gCosL) = Q -

W
Pressure Internal Kinetic Potential Heat
External
energy energy energy energy added
work done

The energy per unit mass entering the element is the sum of the internal and kinetic
energy terms at that point. This must equal the sum of the internal and kinetic leaving the
element plus the heat loss (or gain) from the element plus any work done by the fluid.

For single phase conditions, the terms can be expressed as follows:

d(PV) = PdV + VdP

dU = (Q + F - PdV) (F is a frictional dissipation term)
d(1/2 u2) = udu
d(gCosL) = gCos.dL

the energy balance can be written:

(PdV + VdP) + (Q + F - PdV) + udu + gCos.dL = Q - W

which simplifies to:

VdP + udu + gCos.dL + F + W = 0

Assuming no external work is done on the system

dP dF du
gCos G
dL dL dL (G is the mass flow rate)

This is the single phase pressure gradient expression:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1208

dP dP dP dP
dL Total dL Gravity dL Friction dL Acceleration

2.19.2.7.1.2 Multi-Phase Energy Balance Equation

For MultiPhase flow of oil, water and gas, the energy balance is derived in a similar
manner.

The energy per unit mass entering the pipe element is the sum of internal and kinetic
energy at point L:
ug2 uo2 uw2
q
g g U g q
o o U o q
w w U w
2 2 2
L

The energy per unit mass leaving the pipe element is the sum of internal and kinetic
energy at point L+L:
ug2 uo2 uw2
q
g g U g q
o o U o q
w w U w
2 2 2
L L

Heat exchange to or from the pipe is proportional to the temperature difference between
the well fluids and the surroundings, the heat transfer area and the overall heat transfer
coefficient Uc:

dQ
U c Tf Te D. L
dt

The rate of work done by the system is the change in potential energy plus the change of
enthalpy (h = U + /). Defining the mass flow rate in the pipe as:

D2
m g g ug o u
o o w w wu
4

The energy balance can be written for multi-phase flow as follows:

d
g q g ( hg ug2 / 2 ) o qo ( ho uo2 / 2 ) w qw ( hw uw2 / 2 )
dL
DU c (Tf Te ) mgCos

Summing the enthalpies for all phases, this can be simplified to:

dH du 1 dQ
u gCos 0
dL dL m dL

The pressure traverse for a well or pipeline can be computed by numerical integration of
the pressure gradient equation over the length of the pipe. This requires knowledge of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1209 PROSPER

the proportion of each phase present and its density for the pressure and temperature of
each incremental pipe segment. The densities and gas/liquid proportions are found
from a PVT model. To find the total pressure gradient requires the above equation to be
simultaneously solved for pressure and temperature.

If the flowing temperature profile is available, then the equation can be evaluated directly
for pressure. In the majority of applications, the flowing temperature has a minor effect
on the calculated pressure drop. If the flowing temperature profile is available, the
pressure gradient can be evaluated directly.

Total Pressure Gradient Components

The total pressure gradient is the sum of 3 terms:

Cos
Gravity
The gravity term reflects the fluid density and the angle of deviation from vertical.
Evaluation of the fluid density is straightforward for single-phase applications. For
MultiPhase flow, the mixture density is required. This requires knowledge of the density
of each phase and the proportion of the pipe occupied by each (holdup).

u2
f
Friction 2D
The frictional pressure gradient is proportional to the friction factor f and the square of
the flow velocity. The frictional pressure gradient comprises a greater proportion of the
total pressure drop as the flow velocity increases.

du
u
Acceleration dL
The magnitude of the acceleration component of the total pressure gradient is
insignificant except when the produced fluid is rapidly changing in velocity e.g. in a gas
well operating with low well head pressure.

In a properly designed oil well completion, the gravity component comprises around
75% of the total pressure gradient. The accuracy of liquid density and holdup values are
the main factors affecting the accuracy of the total pressure gradient calculations.
2.19.2.7.1.3 Multi-Phase Flow
The density difference between gas and either water and oil is far greater than the
density difference between oil and water. So-called multi-phase flow correlations lump
oil and water together as liquid and calculations are based on liquid/gas interactions.
Such flow correlations are more accurately described as 2-phase methods.

The calculation errors resulting from lumping the water and oil together have been found
to be insignificant for the majority of oil well pressure calculations. Errors have been
observed for large diameter tubing in deviated wells.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1210

Holdup
Holdup is the proportion of the pipe cross-section occupied by liquid as shown in the
following sketch:

Since the sum of the area occupied by liquid plus that occupied by gas must equal the
total pipe cross-section, the following relation must always be obeyed:
hl (1 hg )
The mixture density is calculated from the phase densities and the liquid holdup.
m l hl g (1 hl )

The liquid density is that of the mixture of oil and water.

Estimation of the liquid holdup (and hence the mixture density) for a wide range of flow
conditions is a main goal of flow correlations.

Superficial Velocity
The superficial velocity is the velocity of each phase if it were flowing alone in the pipe.
For the prevailing pressure and temperature, the superficial velocities are calculated
from the volumetric flow rate and pipe cross-sectional area as follows:
Vsup l q l / A p
Vsup g q g / Ap
Defining the mixture velocity as the sum of the phase superficial velocities (Vm = Vsupl
+ Vsupg), the 'no-slip' holdup can be calculated:
Vsup l
hno slip
Vsup l Vsup g
Slip
The density difference between gas and liquid results in a buoyancy force between
them. In inclined flow, the gas will rise up through the liquid. This increases the gas flow
velocity relative to the liquid. Since the gas is travelling faster than the oil, a smaller area
of the pipe will be required to produce the same mass flow of gas. The effect of slip is
therefore to increase the liquid holdup, and hence the mixture density.

The amount of gas/liquid slip depends on factors such as density difference, the relative
proportions of oil and gas, flow velocities and pipe diameter. A major factor is the flow
regime.

Gravity vs Friction Head

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1211 PROSPER

At low flow rates, the increase in mixture density due to gas/liquid slip can be significant.
As rates increase, the flowing velocity increases and the liquid 'catches up' with the gas.
At very high flow rates, slip is insignificant since both phases are travelling with virtually
the same velocity. On the other hand, the frictional loss increases rapidly with flow
velocity.
The total gradient is the sum of gravity, friction and acceleration terms. The flowing
bottom hole pressure displays a minimum when the rate of change of the gravity
gradient equals the rate of change of friction gradient.
The rate corresponding to the minimum flowing bottom hole pressure is termed the
minimum stable rate. Rates less than this are termed 'head dominated'. Higher rates
are termed 'friction dominated'. Wells cannot sustain steady state flow for rates less
than the minimum stable rate. The unstable production is termed 'heading' where
alternate slugs of oil and gas are produced. While some wells may be able to continue
unstable production for rates below the minimum stable rate, VLP correlations cannot
be used, since they apply only to steady state flow conditions.
2.19.2.7.1.4 Flow Regimes
Observation of flow loop experiments has identified characteristic patterns that occur
under varying conditions of multi-phase flow. Different flow patterns occur depending on
many factors including the proportion of phases present, flow velocity, viscosities and
interfacial tension. Most methods use 'flow maps' to identify flow regimes. A flow map
is a presentation of flow regime as a function of dimensionless liquid and gas velocity
parameters. The correlating parameters vary between authors.

Gould et al Flow Map

Frictional losses and liquid holdup can vary widely between flow regimes. Most
pressure loss correlations require accurate flow regime prediction so that the
appropriate calculation methods can be applied.

The major flow regimes encountered in producing wells are discussed below:

Single Phase Oil

An undersaturated reservoir producing above bubble point pressure will have single
phase oil production at the sand face. As the oil is produced towards surface, the
wellbore pressure will decline in response to the reduction in hydrostatic head and
frictional losses until the bubble point pressure is reached.

Bubble Flow
When the bubble point is reached, small evenly dispersed gas bubbles within the liquid
will form. As both the liquid and gas expand, the flowing velocity will increase. This
relatively well ordered flow regime can be modelled with a good degree of precision.

Slug Flow
As the pressure reduced further, more gas is evolved. The gas bubbles interact and
coalesce to form slugs of gas that can occupy most of the pipe cross-section.
Production is by alternate slugs of liquid and gas. This moderately chaotic flow regime
can be modelled with acceptable precision.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1212

Annular Mist
As the pressure decreases, both the volumetric proportion and the flow velocity of the
gas increases greatly. A liquid film forms on the walls of the pipe and gas production
occurs through the central pipe core. Some fine liquid droplets can be entrained in the
gas as a mist.

Transition Flow Regimes

For conditions that fall between the main flow regimes described above, transitional flow
regimes may be observed. The onset of highly chaotic flow regimes can be difficult to
predict. Pressure drop correlations generally handle transition flow regimes by
averaging results calculated using the adjacent fully developed flow regime methods.

Although many methods have been proposed, the prediction of flow regimes is
imprecise and remains the subject of on-going research.
2.19.2.7.1.5 PVT
Pressure loss correlations require values for the in-situ gas/liquid ratio, flow velocities,
fluid densities and viscosity for the entire range of temperatures and pressures in the
calculations. The accuracy of pressure gradient calculations critically depends on the
accuracy of fluid density values used.

The following example (in field units) illustrates how surface flow rates and PVT data are
used to calculate densities and velocities at downhole conditions.

Densities
If the surface densities of oil, water and gas are o ,w and g. at standard conditions, the
corresponding densities at downhole conditions are:
Rs g (0.0764)
o ( 62.4)
56146
.
o
Bo
w
w
Bw
g (0.0764)
g
Bg
Velocities
Superficial velocities are calculated from the surface oil production at standard
conditions, solution GOR and the water cut. Defining:

WOR = qw / qo and GLR = Rs * (1 - Water cut)

and Ap = d2 / 4
qo
561
.
WCut B 1 WOR
VsL o Bw
86,400 Ap 1 WOR 1 WOR

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1213 PROSPER

qo 1
GLR Rs
WCut 1 WOR
Vsg Bg
86,400 Ap
These basic parameters at downhole conditions, together with gas and liquid viscosities
are passed to the flow correlation for calculation of the pressure gradient terms.

Black oil and compositional methods may be used to predict PVT properties. For
oil wells, the liquid density is the most important PVT parameter. Prediction of
liquid density is a weakness of compositional PVT methods. The use of
compositional PVT cannot be recommended for the majority of oil well pressure
loss calculations.
2.19.2.7.2 Historical Development
Methods of modeling vertical two-phase flow can be divided into 3 classes in order of
complexity:

1. Liquid holdup and friction losses are expressed an equivalent single phase
energy loss factor. The flowing mixture density is used in place of the in-situ mixture
density to calculate the gravity component. No attempt is made to identify flow regimes.
2. The effect of two-phase holdup and friction losses are evaluated separately. No
attempt is made to identify flow regimes.
3. Flow regimes are identified and correlations specialised to flow regimes are
used to estimate holdup and friction losses.

The first experimental work in the field of multi-phase flow is generally credited to Davis
and Weidner. Most pressure loss correlations have been developed from laboratory
experimental work with air-water mixtures in short lengths of small diameter tubing. Thus
the effects of large scale inter-phase mass transfer are not included. The results attempt
to correlate liquid holdup and tubing wall friction with measured fluid properties and
flowing phase fraction. Table 1 shows those correlations that have made some
contribution to the problem of vertical MultiPhase flow.

Poettmann and Carpenter developed a simple practical model, but its simplicity limits
its accuracy. They related the irreversible energy losses of 49 well tests with a Fanning
type friction factor term which was in turn related to the Reynolds number of the fluid
mixture. This correlation is typical of a Category 1 method as defined above.
Baxendall extended the Poettmann and Carpenter method to higher flow rates and
Fancher and Brown applied the same method to 94 tests from an experimental well .
Fancher and Brown introduced produced gas-liquid ratio as an additional parameter in
the friction factor correlation.

Much of the early work in developing both flow maps and correlations have been
attributed to Griffith and Wallis and Duns and Ros. They concentrated on the
definition of the flow boundaries of the flow regimes and presented the results in the
form of a flow pattern map. Ros and also Duns and Ros gathered laboratory data on

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1214

pressure drop for two-phase flow and they considered the dependency of the flow
regimes on dimensionless parameters.

Hagedorn and Brown developed a correlation from 475 tests in a 1,500 foot
experimental well using fluids with viscosities up to 110 centipoise. An average mixture
density corrected for downhole conditions was used for calculating friction and
acceleration pressure losses. Liquid holdup was not measured directly - it was
calculated from the total measured pressure loss. Further work by Brill and Hagedorn
has improved the correlation prediction of holdup and slip and included the Griffith
bubble flow correlation.

Orkiszewski developed a pressure drop prediction method based on a new flow

pattern map and a combination of features from existing correlations. He combined the
work of Griffith for bubble flow and that of Griffith and Wallis for slug flow together with
the Duns and Ros correlation for mist flow. In addition, new friction and density
correlations for slug flow based on a liquid distribution parameter were developed. The
data of Hagedorn was used to develop a correlation with tubing size, superficial mixture
velocity and liquid viscosity.

Aziz et al developed a mechanistically based model and concentrated their research

on the bubble and slug flow regimes. Predictions for 48 wells were compared to field
data and with the predictions from Orkiszewski, Duns and Ros and Hagedorn and
Brown with favourable results.

Beggs and Brill developed a correlation for prediction of pressure gradient and holdup
from experiments carried out in 1 inch and 1 1/2 inch smooth circular pipes at any angle
of inclination. They found that in inclined flow, the liquid holdup reaches a maximum
about 50º from horizontal and a minimum at around -50º from horizontal. The result that
the holdup is approximately equal at 90 and 20 confirms the observation that vertical
flow correlations can often be successfully used in horizontal flow. The Beggs and Brill
correlation is the first method to explicitly account for the effect of deviation on holdup.

Cornish developed a simple homogeneous flow model which assumes no slippage

occurs in high flow rate wells. However for two-phase Reynolds numbers <105, slip will
be significant and the method may not apply.
2.19.2.7.3 VLP Flow Correlations
The primary purpose of a flow correlation is to estimate the liquid holdup (and hence the
flowing mixture density) and the frictional pressure gradient. This section details the
methods used by some of the most widely applied correlations.
2.19.2.7.3.1 Hagedorn Brown
The Hagedorn-Brown correlation is probably the most widely applied of all oil well VLP
correlations. It works well for bubble and slug flow regimes in a wide range of
applications. At low flow rates it under-predicts flowing pressures. This can result in
optimistic predictions for minimum stable flow rates.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1215 PROSPER

The Hagedorn-Brown correlation was developed from data obtained from a 1500 ft test
well using fluids with a wide range of viscosities. The liquid holdup was not measured,
but was back-calculated to satisfy the measured pressure gradient after the pressure
drop due to friction and acceleration were accounted for. The liquid holdup is not a true
indicator of the proportion of the pipe occupied by fluid, it is merely a correlating
parameter.

Hagedorn and Brown found the liquid holdup could be correlated to four dimensionless
parameters:
NLV = 1.938 VSL (L/L)1/4 Liquid Velocity Number
NGV = 1.938 VSG (L/L)1/4 Gas Velocity Number
Nd = 120.872 d (L/L)1/2 Pipe Diameter Number
NL = 0.15726 L (1/LL3)1/4 Liquid Viscosity Number
The above expressions are dimensionless when the parameters are expressed in the
appropriate field units as shown below:
VsL = ft/sec Liquid superficial velocity
VsG = ft/sec Gas superficial velocity
L = lbm/ft3 Liquid density
L = dyne/cm Interfacial tension
L = centipoise Liquid viscosity
d = feet Pipe diameter
The liquid comprises both oil and water, therefore the issue of calculating mixture
properties arises. In the Hagedorn-Brown correlation a weighted average approach is
used:
L = O fO + W fW
L = O fO + W fW
L = O fO + W fW
Where the fractional flow of oil and water are defined as follows:
fO = qO/(qO+qw)
fW = qW/(qO+qw) = 1 - fO

The correlating function is entered with a value of CNL. The corrected liquid number is
read from a plot of CNL vs NL:
The secondary holdup correction factor is determined from a correlation of NGV, NL
and Nd. Once the correction factors have been determined, the holdup can be
calculated. The pressure gradient due to elevation change (gravity term) is calculated
from:
dP g
l hl g (1 hl )
dL Gravity g c
The pressure gradient due to friction is given by:
2
dP f Vm
f
dL Friction 2 gc d

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1216

where:
2
n
f
s

s l l h g (1 hl )
n l l g (1 l )
VM VSL VSG
l VSL / V M
The friction gradient can be written in terms of the mass flow rate (w) as follows:
dP w2
f
dL Friction 2 g c dA 2 s
This expression simplifies to:
dP w2
f
dL Friction 2.9652 1011 s d 5
Where:
w = mass flow rate lbm/day
s = density based on liquid holdup lbm/ft3
d = pipe inside diameterfeet
f = two phase friction factor dimensionless
The two-phase friction factor is correlated with a two-phase Reynolds number using the
standard Moody diagram. The two-phase Reynolds number is defined as follows:
nVm d
N Re
s

where:
hL (1 h L )
s L g

The acceleration due to acceleration is given by:

2
dP s (Vm )

dL Acceleration 2 g c dL
Where Vm is the difference in mixture velocity between the inlet and outlet ends of a
pipe element. The Acceleration gradient is applied as a correction (Ek) to the sum of
the Gravity and Friction gradients as follows:
2
dL dP s (Vm )
Ek
dP dL 2 g c dP
the total pressure drop can be calculated from:
dP dP
dP dL Gravity dL Friction
dL Total 1 Ek
The refinements suggested by Brill and Hagedorn have been implemented in PROSPER:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1217 PROSPER

· Griffith correlation for bubble flow.

· Limit on liquid holdup to be always greater than the no-slip holdup.

Some additional refinements have been added to the basic Hagedorn-Brown

correlation:

· Beggs and Brill deviation correction for liquid holdup.

· Explicit calculation of Acceleration term instead of using the Ek correction
method.

Field experience has shown that Hagedorn Brown gives excellent results for oil wells in
bubble and slug flow away from the gravity dominated flow region. Errors are greatest
for large bore deviated wells in the 35-70º range with moderate water cuts where water/
oil slip may be significant.
2.19.2.7.3.2 Duns and Ros
Duns and Ros
The Duns and Ros correlation is the result of an extensive laboratory study in which
liquid holdup and pressure gradients were measured. Correlations were developed for
slip velocity (from which the holdup can be calculated) and friction factor for 3 distinct
flow regimes. The flow regimes are defined as functions of the dimensionless quantities
NGV, NLV, La, Ls, Lm and Nd where:
1
4
L
N GV Vsg
g
1
4
L
N LV VsL
g
1
2
L g
Nd d
1
4
g
NL L 3
L

Ls = 50 + 36 NLV
Lm = 75 + 84 NLV0.75
Flow regimes are determined using the following relations:
Region I (Bubble) 0 <= Ngv <= ( L1 + L2 * NLV )
Region II (Slug) ( L1 + L2 * NLV < Ngv < ( 50 + 36NLV )
Region III (Mist) Ngv > ( 75 + 84NLV0.75 )
Duns and Ros Flow Map
Duns and Ros developed a dimensionless slip velocity correlation from which the actual
slip velocity and liquid holdup can be calculated using the following relations:
1
4
L
S Vs
L g

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1218

where:
Vsg VsL
Vs Vg Vl
(1 h L ) hL
Solving for liquid holdup yields:
2
Vs Vm (Vm Vs ) 2 4VsVsL
hs
2Vs
The procedure for calculating the gravity pressure gradient is:
1. Calculate the dimensionless slip velocity S using the appropriate correlation.
The correlation for S is different for each flow regime.
2. Solve for the slip velocity, Vs
3. Solve for the liquid holdup hL
4. Calculate the mixture density, s = LhL + g(1-hL)
5. Calculate the gravity pressure gradient
dP g
s
dL Gravity g c
Bubble Flow Regime
The Bubble Flow regime is defined by a Gas Velocity number falling between zero and
an upper limit (0 <= Ngv <= L1 + L2NLV).

For bubble flow, the parameters are calculated as follows:

Dimensionless slip velocity:
2
'
N gv
S F1 F2 N LV F3
1 N Lv
The bubble slip velocity numbers F1 F2 F3 and F4 are correlated with the liquid
viscosity number NL. F3' is obtained from:
F4
F3' F3
Nd
The Duns and Ros friction term for bubble flow is given by:
dP LVSLVm
fm
dL Friction 2 gc d
From experimental data, Duns and Ros obtained the following expression for fm:
fm f1 f 2 / f 3
f1 is obtained from the Moody diagram as a function of the liquid Reynolds number:
LVSL d
N Re L
L

Note that for low values of Reynolds number corresponding to laminar flow conditions
that the friction factor becomes independent of pipe roughness.
The factor f2 is a correction for the in-situ gas - liquid ratio.
The factor f3 is an additional correction for both liquid viscosity and in-situ gas-liquid
ratio. It becomes important for viscosities greater than approximately 50 centistokes.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1219 PROSPER

1
2
Vsg
f3 1 f1
50VsL
The acceleration term is insignificant for the bubble flow regime and is therefore not
calculated.

Slug Flow Regime

For the slug flow regime ( L1 + L2 * Nlv < Ngv < ( 50 + 36nlv )) the dimensionless slip
velocity is calculated as follows:
( N gv ) 0.982 F6'
S (1 F5 )
(1 F7 N Lv ) 2
The slug slip velocity numbers F5, F6 and F7 are found from a plot as a function of liquid
viscosity number NL:

The friction pressure gradient is calculated using the same procedure as for bubble flow.
The acceleration term is considered to be negligible in the slug flow regime.

Mist Flow Regime

For the Mist flow regime ( Ngv > ( 75 + 84 Nlv0.75 )), the slip velocity is taken as zero.
This is because with the high gas flow rates, the liquid and gas travel with essentially the
same velocity. With no slip, the mixture density can be calculated directly from:
VsL Vsg
n L L g g L g
Vm Vm
In the mist flow regime, the friction term is based on the gas phase only:
2
dP gVsg
f
dL Friction 2 gc d
The friction factor f is read from the Moody diagram as a function of the gas Reynolds
number:
gVsg d
N Re
g

In mist flow, there is a film of liquid on the pipe wall. The ripples of the wall film cause a
drag on the gas. This process is governed by a form of the Weber number:
2
gVsg
N We
L

Liquid viscosity also has an influence which is accounted for by making Nwe a function
of a dimensionless number containing the liquid viscosity:
2
L
N
L L

The value of pipe roughness may be very small, but /d never becomes smaller than the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1220

value for the pipe itself. At the transition to slug flow, /d approaches 0.5. Between these
limits, /d can be calculated from the following equations:
0.0749 L
N We N 0.005: 2
d gVsg d

Values of f for the mist flow regime can be found for /d > 0.05 from:
1
f 4
4 Log10 (0.27 / d ) 1.73
As the wave height on the walls increases, the actual area available for flow of gas is
reduced to d-. Duns and Ros suggested that the prediction of friction loss could be
refined by substitution of (d-) for d and
Vsg d 2
(d )2
for Vsg throughout the calculation of friction gradient. In this case, the determination of
roughness is iterative.

In mist flow, the acceleration term can be written as:

dP VmVsg n
dL Acceleration g c pdL
Define an acceleration parameter Ek as follows:
VmVsg n
Ek
gc p
then the total pressure gradient can be calculated from
dP dP
dP dL Gravity dL Friction
dL 1 Ek

Transition (Slug-Mist) Flow Regime

For the region (Ls < Ngv < Lm) linear interpolation of the total pressure gradients is used
to determine the total pressure gradient. This means that when Ngv falls between Ls
and Lm, pressure gradients must be calculated using both slug flow and mist flow
correlations as follows:
dP dP dP
A B
dL dL Slug dL Mist

where:
Lm N gv N gv Ls
A ,B 1 A
Lm Ls Lm Ls
The Duns and Ros correlation has been found to perform better in mist flow than most

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1221 PROSPER

others. It is particularly useful for condensate wells. Although the accuracy of pressure
gradient predictions in slug flow is generally inferior to Hagedorn-Brown, prediction of
minimum stable flow rates using the minimum value of the Duns and Ros flowing bottom
hole pressure is generally accurate.

In PROSPER additional refinements have been made to the basic Duns and Ros
method:

· Beggs and Brill deviation correction for holdup is implemented

· Gould et al flow map which more accurately predicts the onset of mist flow for
some conditions
· Explicit calculation of the Acceleration term
2.19.2.7.3.3 Gray
Gray is a gas and gas condensate multi-phase correlation used in the API 14B
Subsurface Safety Valve sizing program. The Gray correlation contains an internal
Black Oil PVT model this internal PVT routine will override the primary PROSPER PVT
model in use.
This correlation gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50
bbl/MMscf and high produced water ratios. For very high liquid dropout wells, use a
Retrograde Condensate PVT and the Duns and Ros correlation.

In condensate wells, the liquid holdup is small or zero at the sand face, and increases as
the pressure reduces towards the surface. Depending on the condensate PVT
properties, the liquid holdup can reduce to zero as the pressure is further reduced. This
is in contrast to oil wells where the gas fraction always increases towards the surface.

The effect of holdup on the friction gradient can be adequately expressed as a change in
pipe wall roughness rather than rely on a Moody friction factor. The Gray correlation
utilises the following parameters:
2 4 2
mVsm
g( L g )D Vso Vsg
Nv ; Nd ;R
g m( L g) m Vsg
where:
m = Mixture density
Vsm = Superficial mixture velocity
m = Mixture surface tension
L,g = Liquid and gas densities
D = Pipe diameter
Vso,w,g = Oil, water, gas superficial velocity
The gas volume fraction is estimated using:
fg = (1 - ec) / (R + 1)
where:
C = -2.314 AB
A = Nv (1 + 205.0 / Nd)
B = 0.0841 (1 - 0.0554 ln (1 + 730 R / (R + 1)))

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1222

The mixture surface tension is defined as:

q o o 0.617q w w
m
q o 0.617q w
The Katz correlations for oil and water surface tensions are as follows:
w = (2.115 - 0.119 ln P) * (0.174 - 2.09 * 10-4 * (T - 460))
o = 0.044 - 1.3 * 10-4 (T - 460) * ( PD - P) / (PD - 2120)2.5
where:
PD = Dew point pressure
T = Temperature (ºR)
The Colebrook-White equation is used to calculate the friction factor with roughness
evaluated as follows:
r = rL = 28.5 m / m V2sm R >= 0.007
r = rg + (rL - rg) R / 0.007 R < 0.007
subject to the limit r >= 2.77 * 10-5

Gray gives good results in gas wells for condensate ratios up to around 50 bbl/MMscf
and high produced water ratios for pressure loss and prediction of minimum stable flow
rates.. For very high liquid dropout wells, use a Retrograde Condensate PVT and the
Duns and Ros correlation.

2.19.2.7.3.4 Aziz Govier and Fogarisi

The Aziz et al correlation recognises four flow regimes. The Duns and Ros method is
used for mist flow and new correlations are presented for bubble and slug flow. The
slug-mist transition is handled using the Duns and Ros interpolation method. The Aziz et
al correlation can be classed as a 'mechanistic' model. This tag is applied since some
aspects of the holdup are calculated in a manner that assigns a physical significance to
parameters such as the bubble rise velocity. These parameters are then used to enter
empirical correlations as in other methods.

Flow regimes are defined using the following variables:

1
3
g
NX Vsg
0.0764
1
4
72 L
NY VsL
62.4 L

Flow regime numbers are defined as follows:

N1 = 0.51 (100 NY)0.172
N2 = 8.6 + 3.8 NY
N3 = 70 (100 NY)-0.152
where:
VsL = ft/sec Liquid superficial velocity
VsG = ft/sec Gas superficial velocity
L = lbm/ft3 Liquid density

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1223 PROSPER

g = lbm/ft3 Gas density

L = dyne/cm Gas/liquid interfacial tension

Bubble Flow
For the bubble flow regime, (NX < N1) liquid holdup is given by:
Vsg
hL 1
Vbf
where:
Vbf = Bubble rise velocity in the flowing stream
Vbf = 1.2 Vm + Vbs
1
4
L g( L g )
Vbs 141
. 2
L
and
The bubble flow friction term is given by:
2
dP sVm
f
dL Friction 2 gc d
f is obtained from the Moody diagram using the Reynolds number:
LVm d
N Re
L

The acceleration is considered to be negligible in the bubble flow regime.

Slug Flow
The slug flow regime is defined by (N1 < NX < N2 for NY < 4; N1 < NX < 2.65 for NY >
4). In the slug flow region, the liquid holdup is given by:
Vsg
hL 1
Vbf
Vbf 12
. Vm Vbs
1
2
gd ( L g )
Vbs C
L

3.37 NE
C 0.345 1 exp( 0.029 N V ) 1 exp
m
gd 2 ( L g )
NE
L
3
d g L ( L g )
NV
L

and m is evaluated from the following table:

NV m
>250 10
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 1224

250 > NV > 18 69 NV-0.35

<=18 25

The slug flow friction term is given by:

2
dP L h LVm
f
dL Friction 2 gc d
f is obtained from the Moody diagram using the same Reynolds number as for Bubble
flow.

The acceleration term is considered to be negligible in the slug flow regime.

Slug-Mist Transition Regime

The transition regime is defined by (N2 < NX < N3 and NV < 4; transition flow does not
exist for NY > 4). Pressure gradients are calculated using both slug and mist flow
correlations. Linear interpolation is used to determine the total pressure gradient:
dP dP dP
A B
dL dL Slug dL Mist
where:
N3 NX NX N2
A ,B 1 A
N3 N2 N3 N2

Mist Flow Regime

The mist flow regime is defined by (NX > N3 and NY < 4; NX > 26.5 and NY > 4). In mist
flow, the Duns and Ros technique is used.
2.19.2.7.3.5 Beggs and Brill
The Beggs and Brill correlation can be used in both horizontal and inclined flow. It was
developed from experimental data in 1 inch and 1.5 inch acrylic pipe which could be
inclined at any angle. Air and water were the fluids used. Liquid and gas rates were
varied to enable all flow patterns to be observed. This correlation was developed from
584 measured tests.

With a flow rate set, the pipe inclination was varied so that the effect of angle on holdup
could be observed. Holdup correlations were developed for each flow regime. The
liquid holdup is first calculated as if the pipe were horizontal and then corrected for pipe
inclination. Beggs and Brill found that the holdup was at a maximum at approximately
+50º from the horizontal and a minimum at approximately -50º.

Beggs and Brill modified their flow map from that originally published to include a
transition zone between the segregated and intermittent flow regimes.

For full details on the Beggs and Brill method, please refer to Chapter 4 of SPE

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1225 PROSPER

Monograph Volume 17 "Multiphase Flow in Wells" but James P. Brill and

Hemanta Mukherjee.

One important thing to note, is that although the acceleration pressure gradient is small,
it is included for increased accuracy.

dP VV
s m sg dP
dL Acceleration gc P dL

If the acceleration term is defined as:

VV
s m sg
Ek
gc P
The total pressure gradient can be expressed as:

dP dP
dP dL Gravity dL Friction

dL Total 1 Ek

where

dP g
s
dL Gravity gc

The approach of including the acceleration term as an overall correction factor to the
total gradient is convenient and sufficiently accurate when the acceleration term is small.
To improve accuracy when acceleration is large, PROSPER calculates the acceleration
term explicitly and adds it to the Gravity and Friction terms to find the total pressure
gradient.
2.19.2.7.3.6 Orkisewski
Orkisewski conducted an extensive study of existing correlations, comparing field data
and calculated results. The Orkisewski correlation combines the Griffith and Wallis
method for bubble flow with a new correlation for slug flow and the Duns and Ros
method for mist flow. The data of Hagedorn and Brown was used as the basis for the
slug flow correlation.

Bubble Flow
The bubble flow regime is defined by:
Vsg / Vm < LB
where:
LB = 1.071 - (0.2281 Vm2 / d)
The value of LB is constrained to be greater than 0.13.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1226

Liquid holdup in the bubble flow regime is given by:

1 Vm 1
hL 1 1 (1 Vm / Vs ) 2 4Vsg / Vs 2
2 Vs
The value of the bubble slip velocity Vs is taken to be constant at 0.8 ft/sec.
The friction term is given by:
2
dP L (VsL / hL )
f
dL Friction 2 gc d
The friction factor f, is read from the Moody diagram using a Reynolds number defined
as:
L dVsL
N Re
hL L
The acceleration term is considered to be negligible in the bubble flow regime.

Slug Flow
The slug flow regime is defined by: Vsg / Vm > LB, and Ngv Ls. For slug flow, the two
phase density is given by:
L (VsL Vb ) gVsg
s L
Vm Vb
where
is the liquid distribution coefficient
and
Vb = C1 C2 (gd)1/2
C1 and C2 are presented as functions of NReb and NReL
where:
LVb d
N Re b
L

Vm d
L
N Re L
L

Vb can be calculated using the following expressions:

For NReb <= 3000
Vb = (0.546 + 8.74 * 10-6 NRel ) (gd)1/2
For NReb >= 8000
Vb = (0.35 + 8.74 * 10-6 NRel ) (gd)1/2
For 300 < NReb < 8000

1 2 1359
. L
Vb 2 1
2
L d
where
= (0.251 + 8.74 * 10-6 NReL ) (gd)1/2
Since Vb is a function of NReb and NReb is in turn a function of Vb, an iterative solution
is required for Vb.
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1227 PROSPER

The value of is calculated using different expressions depending on the mixture velocity
and the continuous liquid phase as shown in the following table:

Continuous Liquid Phase Mixture Velocity Equation

water <10 1
water >10 2
oil <10 3
oil >10 4
Orkisewski did not define criteria for determining whether oil or water is the continuous
phase. In a water / oil emulsion, water will generally be the continuous phase above a
water cut of approximately 75%.

Liquid distribution coefficient expressions:

1. = (0.013 log L) / d1.38 - 0.681 + 0.232 log Vm - 0.428 log d

2. = (0.045 log L) / d0.799 - 0.709 + 0.162 log Vm - 0.888 log d
3. = (0.0127 log (L + 1)) / d1.415 + 0.284 + 0.167 log Vm + 0.113 log d
4. = (0.0274 log (L + 1)) / d1.371 + 0.161 + 0.569 log d + X
X = -log Vm (0.01 log (L + 1) / d1.371) + 0.397 + 0.63 log d
The value of is constrained by the following limits:
For Vm < 10 , >= -0.065 Vm
Vb
(1 s / L)
Vm Vb
For Vm > 10 , >= - 0.065 Vm
These constraints are designed to eliminate pressure discontinuities between flow
regimes. However, significant discontinuities still occur at Vm of 10 ft/sec. This can
cause significant problems, especially in large diameter pipes. Although Orkisewski
can give excellent results in many wells, the use of Orkisewski is discouraged due to the
danger of encountering a pressure discontinuity during pressure matching and VLP
calculations.

The friction term for slug flow is given by:

dP V 2 VsL Vb
f L m
dL Friction 2 gc d Vm Vb
where f is taken from the Moody diagram using the Reynolds number:
L dVm
N Re L
L

The acceleration term is considered to be negligible in the slug flow regime.

Transition Flow
The transition flow regime is defined by Lm > Ngv < Ls. The total pressure gradient is
found by linear interpolation between the slug and mist flow boundaries using the
interpolation scheme of Duns and Ros.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1228

Mist Flow
The mist flow regime is defined by Ngv > Lm. The method of Duns and Ros is used for
mist flow.
2.19.2.7.4 Pipeline Correlations
Enter topic text here.
2.19.2.7.4.1 Dukler
The Dukler correlation was based on similarity analysis. The friction factor and liquid
holdup correlations were developed from field data. Dukler's friction factor is given by:
2
dP k Vm
f
dL Rriction 2 gc d
where:
L 2
L g g
k
hL 1 hL
A normalised friction factor f / fn was correlated with a Reynolds number.
The correlation can be expressed as:
fn = 0.0056 + 0.5 NRek-0.32
where:
k Vm d
N Re k
n

Vm VsL Vsg
n L L g g

The normalised friction factor is calculated from:

f y
1
fn 1281
. 0.478 y 0.444 y 2 0.094 y 3 _0.00843y 4
where:
y = -ln (L)
An iterative procedure is required to find the liquid holdup. The holdup is a function of
liquid fraction and Reynolds number. However, the Reynolds number is also a function
of the holdup. NRek is plotted vs hL and L.
The acceleration pressure gradient is given by:
2
dP 1 gVsg LVsL2
dX Acceleration gc dX 1 hl hl
or
1 g Vsg2 LVsL2
Ek
gc dP 1 hl hl
The total pressure gradient is corrected using the Ek factor:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1229 PROSPER

dP
dP dX Friction
dX Total 1 Ek

2.19.2.7.4.2 Dukler Flanigan

The Dukler Flanigan correlation calculates the friction gradient using Dukler's technique
and applies Flanigan's inclined flow method.

Flanigan developed a correlation from data taken on a 16 inch diameter pipeline.

Liquid holdup in the uphill sections of the pipeline were correlated with superficial gas
velocity.
Pressure recovery in downhill sections is ignored. The pressure drop due to the hills is
calculated from:
dP g
L hl Z
dX Gravity gc
where Z is the sum of the vertical heights of all the hills. The holdup factor hL is a
function of the superficial gas velocity and is determined from:
1
hL
1 0.3264 Vsg1.006
The Dukler-Flanigan total pressure gradient is found by summing the Dukler friction
gradient and the Flanigan elevation pressure gradient then applying an acceleration
correction.

Dukler Flanigan has been found to give good results in a wide range of conditions.
2.19.3 C - Dietz Shape Factors

List of the Dietz Shape factors:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1230

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1231 PROSPER

2.19.4 D - File Formats

2.19.4.1Introduction
This appendix contains examples of some file formats used by PROSPER. For further
details and advice regarding interfacing PROSPER with other applications, please
contact Petroleum Experts Limited customer support.

2.19.4.2External PVT Tables

PROSPER can directly import proprietary PVT table files generated by Petroleum Experts
PVT Package. The following file format description can be followed to re-format PVT
tables obtained from other sources.

* TEST EXAMPLE OF AN OIL PVT TABLE IMPORT FILE

* (BLANK LINES AND LINES WITH AN ASTERISK (*) IN COLUMN 1
* ARE IGNORED)

*
* UNITS for the imported PVT variables must be defined in
field units

* NUMBER OF TABLES (MAX 10)

5

* DATA COLUMN IDENTIFIERS

* - CAN BE IN ANY ORDER
* - COLUMNS CAN BE MISSING
* - ANY INDIVIDUAL ITEM > 3.4e35 = missing item
*
*
* PRES - Pressure
* GOR - Gas-Oil Ratio]
* OFVF - oil Formation Volume Factor
* OVIS - oil Viscosity
* ODEN - oil Density
* OCOM - oil Compressibility
* GFVF - gas Formation Volume Factor
* GVIS - gas Viscosity
* WVIS - water Viscosity

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1232

* WCOM - water Compressibility

* ZFAC - Z Factor
* GDEN - gas density
* CGR - Reservoir CGR
*
OFVF GOR OVIS ODEN PRES

*
* TABLE IDENTIFIER RECORD
*
* N LINES TEMP BP
*
* N - Table Number
* LINES - Number of lines in the table (max 15)
* TEMP - Table Temperature
* BP - Table Bubble Point Pressure (Dew Point for
condensate)

1 3 100 1300
1.21 453 .99 46 2000
1.31 454 .98 47 2010
1.41 455 .97 49 2020
2 3 200 1310
2.21 553 .89 56 3000
2.31 554 .88 57 3010
2.41 555 .87 59 3020
3 3 300 1390
3.21 653 .79 76 4000
3.31 654 .78 77 4010
3.41 655 .77 79 4020
4 3 400 1400
4.21 753 .69 86 5000
4.31 754 .68 87 5010
4.41 755 .67 89 5020
5 3 500 1800
5.21 853 .59 96 6000
5.31 854 .58 97 6010
5.41 855 .57 99 6020

Note:
Import table units must be defined in field units. Once the data has been imported the
PROSPER units system can be used to display the values in any desired units.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1233 PROSPER

2.19.4.3Lift Curves
The following is an example of a flowing well lift curve in ECLIPSE format:

-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER --

VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 514.696 5014.7 /
0 0.5 0.9 /
0.8 1 5 /
0/
1 1 1 1 2002.17 1258.71 2733.66 /
1 1 2 1 1479.42 1083.09 2655.25 /
1 1 3 1 413.537 806.953 4503.13 /
1 2 1 1 3948.98 2376.35 3439.27 /
1 2 2 1 3619.42 1985.43 3270.18 /
1 2 3 1 494.134 928.339 3352.16 /
1 3 1 1 4913.94 4485.14 4672.16 /
1 3 2 1 4895.27 4343.38 4563.92 /
1 3 3 1 3925.4 2141.93 3460.48 /
2 1 1 1 3629.53 2559.11 3358.56 /
2 1 2 1 3539.7 2209.16 3216.7 /
2 1 3 1 1098.95 1408.86 4038.35 /
2 2 1 1 4817.47 3863.58 4190.39 /
2 2 2 1 4746.81 3540.81 3985.01 /
2 2 3 1 1916.92 1594.64 3434.72 /
2 3 1 1 5347.77 5166.94 5283.46 /
2 3 2 1 5337.64 5102.83 5210.6 /
2 3 3 1 5138.74 3590 4155.85 /
3 1 1 1 8202.54 8206.84 8494.42 /
3 1 2 1 8081.09 8085.64 8397.43 /
3 1 3 1 7436.73 7142.24 8450.65 /
3 2 1 1 9393.27 9014.22 9196.49 /
3 2 2 1 9308.64 8911.21 9105.01 /
3 2 3 1 8567.24 7774.64 8436.27 /
3 3 1 1 9912.37 9798.83 9952.61 /
3 3 2 1 9906.65 9776.86 9924.11 /
3 3 3 1 9813.74 9404.22 9463.37 /

Gas Lifted Well (4 Variable) Lift Curves

-- VFP TABLE for PRODUCER --

VFPPROD
1 10430 'LIQ' 'WCT' 'GOR' /
100 1000 10000 /
114.696 1014.7 /
0.5 0.9 /

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1234

0.82 5 /
0 0.2 0.5 /
1 1 1 1 4236.42 2633.35 3373.19 /
1 1 1 2 3825.95 2143.51 3274.85 /
1 1 1 3 3124.78 1852.12 3267.76 /
1 1 2 1 679.721 1006.21 3341.52 /
1 1 2 2 663.546 996.833 3405.81 /
1 1 2 3 641.284 977.228 3341.56 /
1 2 1 1 4983.68 4569.28 4613.82 /
1 2 1 2 4855.84 3445.19 4260.77 /
1 2 1 3 4234.42 2708.11 3888.35 /
1 2 2 1 4324.78 2288.63 3403.99 /
1 2 2 2 3770.29 1978.18 3361.59 /
1 2 2 3 2893.22 1811.06 3390.73 /
2 1 1 1 5416.3 4901.7 4903.34 /
2 1 1 2 5416.24 4900.79 4902.04 /
2 1 1 3 5416.15 4899.42 4900.17 /
2 1 2 1 4853.52 2622.82 3962.47 /
2 1 2 2 4853.36 2606.9 3962.25 /
2 1 2 3 4853.12 2591.41 3961.94 /
2 2 1 1 5925.14 5771.07 5819.76 /
2 2 1 2 5925.09 5770.6 5819.25 /
2 2 1 3 5925.01 5769.9 5818.5 /
2 2 2 1 5814.71 4954.63 4912.08 /
2 2 2 2 5814.64 4953.02 4911.18 /
2 2 2 3 5814.53 4950.61 4909.88 /

2.19.4.4IPR

The Curve Label and Curve Units entries are text-only values and are used merely for
identification purposes in plots and sensitivity selection labels. No units conversion
will be done.

Use the IMPORT (or EXPORT) button to import (or export) data from (to) an externally-
generated text file. Below is an example of an IPR IMPORT FILE

*
* This is an example IPR input file
*
* The format is rate, pressure, curve value
*
* The numbers can be space, tab or comma delimited
* Up to twenty points per curve, up to five curves
*
* Blank lines or lines with an asterisk (*) in the first

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1235 PROSPER

* column are ignored.

*
* You can enter the curve label and units text anywhere in
the file
* The format is
* label=curve label
* units=units label
* all txt after the equal sign (=), apart from leading
spaces, is copied into the appropriate label
* maximum text length in 256 characters

label = My Curve Label

units = My Curve Units

*
* the units text is merely a label, no units conversion will
be done.
*

0 5000 1000
1000 4000 1000
2000 3000 1000
3000 2000 1000
4000 1000 1000
5000 0 1000

*
* Next curve
*

0 3000 2000
1000 2000 2000
2000 1000 2000
3000 0 2000

*
* etc...
*
2.19.4.5ESP PUMPS
* Blank lines or lines begining with an asterisk are ignored.
* The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (ins) frequency(hz) Min. rte Max. rate No. of
Stages
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water)
* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1236

* Curves are polynomials of the form

* Y = AO + A1*x + A2*x*2 + A3*x**3 + A4*x**4 + A5*x**5

****************************
****************************
****************************
*** CENTRILIFT PUMPS ***
****************************
****************************
****************************

CENTRILIFT DC-800 3.38 60 550 950 1

* A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
-1.695826E-14 3.474714E-11 -3.873426E-08 8.776504E-06 -7.290256E-04
2.06500E+01
3.389608E-16 -6.347699E-13 1.397720E-10 1.695927E-07 1.838891E-05
9.70000E-02

CENTRILIFT DC-1000 3.38 60 700 1300 1

0.0000000000 1.629606E-13 -3.038773E-09 -4.764406E-07 -2.538143E-03
2.05000E+01
-1.535787E-17 8.375897E-14 -1.485183E-10 4.492726E-08 1.474800E-04
8.501001E-02

2.19.4.6ESP MOTORS
*Manufacturer

Reda

* Number of motors, rpm, frequency

2 3450. 60.0

*Series OD
456 4.56

*amps
6.53822E-01 -1.34128E+00 8.86349E-01 -1.06114E-01 5.61883E-01 3.43896E-01
*
*rpm
-6.24718E+01 2.04999E+02 -3.03911E+02 1.45552E+02 -1.15803E+02 3.58291E

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1237 PROSPER

+03 *
*efficiency
-5.57129E-01 1.60591E+00 -7.30540E-01 -1.98693E+00 2.49918E+00 1.91886E-
03 *
* power factor
-5.44220E-01 2.16557E+00 -2.81504E+00 7.11957E-01 1.04810E+00 2.49609E-
01 *

*Series OD
540 5.4

*amps
-2.16508E-01 6.79101E-01 -5.79651E-01 3.59379E-01 5.24583E-01 2.26834E-01
*
*rpm
-2.14557E+01 8.55182E+01 -1.66122E+02 9.44086E+01 -1.44510E+02 3.58175E
+03 *
*efficiency
3.67150E-01 -1.64327E+00 3.01018E+00 -3.02514E+00 1.72215E+00 4.17187E-
01 *
* power factor
4.64765E-01 -2.48102E+00 5.12024E+00 -5.23541E+00 2.71560E+00 2.75835E-
01 *

*Series Type HP VOLTS AMPS

456 S 100.0 1075 51
456 S 100.0 1355 46
456 S 100.0 2205 29
456 S 110.0 1190 60
456 S 120.0 1255 70
456 S 120.0 1295 59
456 S 120.0 2245 35
456 T 200.0 2710 46
456 T 220.0 2380 60
456 T 240.0 2250 70
456 T 240.0 2590 59

540 S 180.0 945 120

540 S 180.0 1945 59
540 S 200.0 1100 115
540 S 200.0 2140 54
540 S 225.0 1135 127
540 S 225.0 2235 64
540 T 450.0 2270 127
540 T 480.0 2475 122
540 T 480.0 3345 89
540 T 540.0 2835 120
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 1238

540 T 600.0 3300 115

2.19.4.7ESP CABLES
* Cable Type
* Volt drop coefficient Maximum ampage
#1 Copper
0.26 115
#2 Copper
0.33 95
#4 Copper
0.53 70
#6 Copper
0.84 55
#8 Copper
1.32 50
#10 Copper
2.08 50
#12 Copper
3.32 50

#1 Aluminium
0.33 95
#2 Aluminium
0.53 70
#4 Aluminium
0.84 55
#6 Aluminium
1.32 50
#8 Aluminium
2.08 50
#10 Aluminium
3.32 50

2.19.4.8HSP PUMPS
*
* H Y D R A U L I C D R I V E D O W N H O L E P U M P S* =================
========= =============== =========

* This is a sample pump import file. Blank lines or lines begining

* with an asterisk are ignored. The format for the pump data is
* Line 1 Manufacturer pumpname size (mm) reference Speed(rpm) Min.
* operating rate Max. operating rate No. of stages Max no. of Stages Min
* Speed Max Speed
* Line 2 six coefficients for head curve (ft of water) (a0 to a5)
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1239 PROSPER

* Line 3 six coefficients for power curve (HP) (a0 to a5)

* This data is supplied FOR EXAMPLE PURPOSES ONLY

********** DO NOT USE FOR SYSTEM DESIGN
* Contact the pump supplier for current performance data

****************************
****************************
****************************
*** WEIR PUMPS ***
****************************
****************************
****************************

WEIR TPL115 118 11500 2000 12200 1 18 3825 11500

439.726 -0.0145605 1.7487e-7 -4.0609e-11 -1.2e-15 6.7794e-20
15.0445 0.00470131 -8.1656e-7 9.018e-11 -5.0595e-15 9.7463e-20

2.19.4.9HSP TURBINES
Turbine Manufacturer
WEIR* Number of Turbines1***************** ** WEIR T30 **
****************** Turbine TypeT30* Reference Speed (rpm)
15000.0

* Maximum Speed (rpm)

15000.0

* Maximum Test Pressure (psi)

8910.00

* Maximum Working Pressure (psi)

5940.00

* Maximum Stage Pressure (psi)

370.00

* Maximum Number Of Stages

50

* Maximum Turbine Supply Flow (bbl/day)

3911.67

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1240

* Maximum Total Shaft Torque (lb.ins)

843

* Maximum Stage Torque (lb.ins)

128

* Turbine Casing OD (inches)

3.46

* Max. Velocity Over Turbine Casing (ft/sec)

25.000

* Number of Settings
4

* Setting should be an alphanumeric string with NO embedded spaces (up to 8

characters)

* Setting Efficiency Mininum Maximum Head Head Head Power

Power Power
* Rate Rate (a1) (a2) (a3) (a1) (a2) (a3)
* (percent) (bbl/day) (bbl/day)

A 52.750 1235.26 2038.18 0.000311733 -0.53145 447.209 2.2765e-

6 -0.00245738 0.551433
B 56.000 1523.49 2460.23 0.000146428 -0.163852 184.132 1.6612e-
6 -0.00126675 -0.431372
C 60.460 1873.48 3232.27 0.000116043 -0.281785 395.769 1.8284e-
6 -0.0037038 2.46547
D 64.000 2367.59 3788.14 6.97987e-5 -0.150449 243.193 2.0903e-6
-0.00670166 7.15005

2.19.5 E - Glossary

Bottom Hole Flowing Pressure measured at the producing formation. Intake node
Pressure pressure.
A volume ratio that indicates the deviation of the actual
Compressibility volume from that which has been determined by the Ideal Gas
Laws. The Compressibility Factor is a multiplier
The temperature at which the vapour will start to condense.
Dew Point Dew point of a gas mixture is the temperature at which the
highest boiling point constituent will start to condense.
Dimensionless Dimensionless fracture conductivity is a key design
Fracture parameter in well stimulation that compares the capacity of

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1241 PROSPER

the fracture to transmit fluids down the fracture and into the
Conductivity (FCD) wellbore with the ability of the formation to deliver fluid into the
fracture.
Any gas or gas mixture which contains no water vapour, and
Dry Gas where all of the constituents are substantially above their
respective saturated vapour pressure at the existing
conditions.

Energy A substance's capacity, either latent or apparent, to exert a

force through a distance.
The sum of the internal and external energies. Enthalpy is
defined as
H = U + P*V
where U is the energy of a system, P the pressure, and V the
Enthalpy
volume. At constant volume and temperature, the differential
change in enthalpy as pressure and entropy S are varied is
therefore
dH = TdS + VdP
A measure of the unavailable energy in a substance. The
concept of entropy in thermodynamics is central to the second
law of thermodynamics, which deals with physical processes
and whether they occur spontaneously. Spontaneous changes
occur with an increase in entropy. Spontaneous changes tend
to smooth out differences in temperature, pressure, density,
and chemical potential that may exist in a system, and entropy
is thus a measure of how far this smoothing-out process has
progressed. Entropy change is defined as a change to a
Entropy more disordered state at a molecular level. In recent years,
entropy has been interpreted in terms of the "dispersal" of
energy. Entropy is an extensive state function that accounts for
the effects of irreversibility in thermodynamic systems.
Quantitatively, entropy, symbolised by S, is defined by the
differential quantity dS = δQ / T, where δQ is the amount of
heat absorbed in a reversible process in which the system
goes from one state to another, and T is the absolute
temperature. Entropy is one of the factors that determines the
free energy of the system.
The energy represented by the product of pressure and
External Energy volume. It may be regarded as the energy a substance
possesses by virtue of the space it occupies.
Formation Gas-Oil Quantity of oil dissolved in 1 stock tank barrel of oil at
Ratio prevailing pressure and temperature. Also known as the
Solution GOR. See the GOR Definitions for more details.
Volume occupied by 1 barrel of stock tank oil and its
Formation Volume
associated solution gas at a given pressure and temperature.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1242

Factor (Bo)

Gas Gravity Ratio of the gas density to density of air. Equal to ratio of
molecular weight to that of air (28.97).

Geothermal Gradient Rate of increase in earth temperature with depth. One

example: 1.8 degrees F per 100 feet of TVD.
When oil is brought to surface conditions it is usual for some
gas to come out of solution. The gas/oil ratio (GOR) is the
ratio of the volume of gas that comes out of solution, to the
volume of oil. A point to check is whether the volume of oil is
measured before or after the gas comes out of solution, since
the oil volume will shrink when the gas comes out. In fact gas
dissolution and oil volume shrinkage will happen at many
GOR stages during the path of the hydrocarbon stream from
reservoir through the wellbore and processing plant to export.
For light oils and rich gas condensates the ultimate GOR of
export streams is strongly influenced by the efficiency with
which the processing plant strips liquids from the gas phase.
Reported GORs may be calculated from export volumes
which may not be at standard conditions.Can refer to solution
GOR or Total GOR (i.e. including free gas production). See
the GOR Definitions for more details.

Heat The energy transferred because of a temperature difference.

There is no transfer of mass.
Heat Transfer Coefficient describing the total resistance to heat loss from a
Coefficient (HTC) producing pipe to its surroundings. Includes heat loss by
conduction, convection and radiation.
(Liquid holdup). Proportion of pipe area occupied by liquid.
Holdup Equal to 1.0 for single phase liquid and 0.0 for single phase
gas.
A gas which perfectly obeys Boyle's Law (unlike any gases
dealt with in the oil and gas industry). This gas obeys the
Ideal Gas equation of state PV=RT/m where V is specific volume, T is
absolute temperature, R is the universal gas constant and m
is the molecular weight. Real gases deviate from ideal
behaviour at atmospheric pressures.
The relation between reservoir pressure, flowing bottom hole
Inflow Performance pressure and production rate. Can be calculated from
Relationship (IPR) reservoir properties (reservoir pressure, permeability, skin) or
fitting an empirical relation to measured pressures. See IPR
Definition

Injection Gas Gas injected into a reservoir for pressure maintenance. Not
to be confused with gas lift injection.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1243 PROSPER

Slope of inflow performance relation for injection. Expressed

Injectivity Index as injection volume per unit of injection pressure. (BBL/psi,
Sm3/Bar).
The energy which a substance possesses because of the
Internal Energy motion and configuration of its atoms, molecules and sub
atomic particles.
Isentropic Process A process during which there is no heat added to or removed
(Adiabatic) from the system.
Isothermal Process A process during which there is no change in temperature.
The Joule-Thomson effect, or Joule-Kelvin effect, is a
process in which the temperature of a real gas is either
decreased or increased by letting the gas expand freely at
constant enthalpy (which means that no heat is transferred to
or from the gas, and no external work is extracted). It's named
after James Prescott Joule and William Thomson, 1st
Baron Kelvin who established the effect in 1852 following
earlier work by Joule on Joule expansion in which a gas
expands at constant internal energy.
The relationship between temperature, pressure and volume
of a gas is simply described by the various gas laws. When
volume is increased in an irreversible process, the gas laws
do not uniquely determine what happens to the pressure and
temperature of the gas. Reversible adiabatic expansion, in
which the gas does positive work in the process of expansion,
always causes a decrease in temperature. However, when a
real gas (as differentiated from an ideal gas) expands freely
Joule-Thomson at constant enthalpy, the temperature may either decrease or
Coefficient increase, depending on the initial temperature and pressure.
For any given pressure, a real gas has a Joule-Thomson
(Kelvin) inversion temperature, above which expansion at
constant enthalpy causes the temperature to rise, and below
which expansion at constant enthalpy causes cooling. For
most gases at atmospheric pressure, the inversion
temperature is fairly high (above room temperature), and so
most gases at those temperature and pressure conditions are
cooled by isenthalpic expansion.
The change of temperature with respect to a change of
pressure in a Joule-Thomson process is the Joule-
Thomson (Kelvin) coefficient

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1244

Definition of the Joule-Thom son Coefficient

The value of µ depends on the specific gas, as well as the

temperature and pressure of the gas before expansion. For all
real gases, it will equal zero at some point called the inversion
point and the Joule-Thomson inversion temperature is the
temperature where the coefficient changes sign (i.e., where
the coefficient equals zero).
In any gas expansion, the gas pressure decreases and thus
the sign of P is always negative. The following table explains
when the Joule-Thomson effect cools or heats a real gas
If the gas then µ is since P T must so the gas
temperatu is be
re is
below the
inversion always
positive negative cools
temperatur negative
e
above the
inversion always
negative positive heats
temperatur negative
e

It should be noted that µ is always equal to zero for ideal

gases (i.e., they will neither heat nor cool upon being
expanded at constant enthalpy).

Kinetic Energy The energy a substance possesses by virtue of its motion or

velocity.

Measured Depth Depth measured along the flow path from the depth reference
to a point in the well.
A reference point in the well. A calculation node is inserted
Node whenever there is a change of I.D., deviation angle or
temperature gradient.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1245 PROSPER

Partial Pressure The absolute pressure exerted by a constituent portion of the

mixture.
Permeability (commonly symbolised as κ, or k) is a measure
of the ability of a material (typically, a rock or unconsolidated
material) to transmit fluids. It is of great importance in
determining the flow characteristics of hydrocarbons in oil and
gas reservoirs. The intrinsic permeability of any porous
material is:
k = C * d2
where
k is the intrinsic permeability
C is a dimensionless constant that is related to the
configuration of the flow-paths
d is the average, or effective pore diameter
Permeability needs to be measured, either directly (using
Darcy's law) or through estimation using empirically derived
formulas.
A common unit for permeability is the darcy (D), or more
commonly the millidarcy (mD) (1 darcy Other units
Permeability 2
are cm² and the SI m .
Permeability is part of the proportionality constant in Darcy's
law which relates discharge (flow rate) and fluid physical
properties (e.g. viscosity), to a pressure gradient applied to
the porous media. The proportionality constant specifically for
the flow of water through a porous media is the hydraulic
conductivity; permeability is a portion of this, and is a property
of the porous media only, not the fluid. In naturally occurring
materials, it ranges over many orders of magnitude. For a
rock to be considered as an exploitable hydrocarbon
reservoir, its permeability must be greater than approximately
100 mD (depending on the nature of the hydrocarbon - gas
reservoirs with lower permeabilities are still exploitable
because of the lower viscosity of gas with respect to oil).
Rocks with permeabilities significantly lower than 100 mD can
form efficient seals. Unconsolidated sands may have
permeabilities of over 5000 mD.
A homogeneous body of material which differs in its intensive
Phase properties from that of its neighboring phases. e.g. Gas,
liquid.

Potential Energy The energy a substance possesses because of its elevation

above the earth or above some chosen datum plane.

Pressure Traverse Calculation of well pressure vs depth by integrating the

pressure gradient for increments of pipe.
Produced Gas/Oil Gas production divided by oil production. Includes gas in

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1246

Ratio solution and any free gas production. Excludes lift gas
returned to surface with the produced fluids.
Productivity Index Measure of a well's ability to flow. Expressed in bbl/psi (Sm3/
(PI) day / Bar) of drawdown. Applies above the bubble point.

Pseudo-Critical The Critical Temperature is defined as the highest

Temperature temperature at which a gas can be liquefied. When calculated
for a mixture it is called the Pseudo-Critical Temperature.
The Critical Pressure of a gas is defined as the saturation
Pseudo-Critical pressure at the Critical Temperature. It is the highest vapour
Pressure pressure the liquid can exert. Critical conditions must be
determined experimentally for each gas. When calculated for
a mixture, it is called the Pseudo-Critical Pressure.
Quality Weight percent of vapour present in a two-phase mixture.

Reduced Pressure The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas pressure to the
critical pressure of the gas.
Reduced The ratio in absolute units of the actual gas temperature to the
temperature critical temperature of the gas.
Reservoir Accumulation of hydrocarbon in permeable rock.

Residual Oil Liquid remaining in a PVT cell at the completion of a

differential liberation experiment.
Retrograde Hydrocarbon existing as a gas at reservoir conditions from
Condensate which liquid drops out as the pressure drops. The liquid may
evaporate as the pressure drops further.

Saturated Oil Oil in equilibrium with its vapour at a specified temperature

and pressure.
The pressure existing at a given temperature in a closed
Saturated Vapour volume containing a liquid and a vapour from that liquid after
Pressure equilibrium conditions have been reached. It is dependent
only on temperature and must be determined experimentally.
Pressure at which vapor and liquid are in equilibrium. For oils
Saturation Pressure this is equivalent to bubble point and for condensates, the
dew point.
Decrease in volume of oil from reservoir conditions to the
Shrinkage stock tank. Shrinkage occurs as oil gives up solution gas and
temperature drops.
Shrinkage Factor Reciprocal of Formation Volume Factor.
Solution Gas Gas dissolved in oil at elevated pressure and temperature.

Solution Gas Oil Volume of gas dissolved in stock tank unit of oil at saturation
Ratio (Rs) pressure (scf/STB, Sm3/Sm3). See the GOR Definitions for
more details.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1247 PROSPER

Specific Gravity Ratio of fluid density to that of water at 60 degrees F. For

gases, ratio of gas density to that of air at standard
(Liquid)
conditions.
Ratio of the density of a given gas to the density of dry air,
Specific Gravity both measured at the same specific conditions of pressure
(Gas) and temperature. These conditions are usually 14.696 psiA
and 60ºF, or 1 barA and 0ºC.
The rate of change in enthalpy with temperature. It may be
Specific Heat or Heat measured at constant pressure or at constant volume. The
Capacity values are different and are known as Cp and Cv,
respectively.
The volume of a given weight of gas usually expressed as
Specific Volume cubic feet per pound, or cubic meters per kilogram (cubic
centimeters per gram).
Static Reservoir Stabilised reservoir pressure if all wells were shut in and built
Pressure up.
STB Stock Tank Barrel.

Steady-State A state of the system in which none of the variables (such as

pressure, temperature, flow rates) varies with time.

Stock Tank Oil Oil in equilibrium with its surrounding conditions of

temperature and pressure.

Temperature The property of a substance which gauges the potential or

driving force for the flow of heat.

True Vertical Depth Vertical displacement from reference depth to a point in a

well.
Oil capable of dissolving additional gas at a specified
Under Saturated Oil temperature and pressure. i.e current pressure is above the
fluid's bubble point.
Empirical inflow performance relation that accounts for
Vogel Equation reduced oil permeability when producing below bubble point
due to gas breakout.

Water Cut Ratio of water production to total fluid production. (Water

Rate) / (Oil Rate + Water Rate)
Water Formation Volume occupied at prevailing pressure and temperature by 1
Volume Factor (Bw) stock tank unit of water.
Water / Oil Ratio Ratio of oil production to water production (stock tank
(WOR) conditions)
Wet Gas Any gas or gas mixture in which one or more of the
constituents is at its saturated vapour pressure. The
constituent at saturation pressure may or may not be water

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1248

vapour.

Work The energy transition and defined as force times distance.

Work cannot be done unless there is motion.

2.19.5.1GOR Definitions

Solution The solution GOR of the oil as it resides in the reservoir. Used in the
PVT definition for an oil. This value should be entered on the PVT Input
GOR
Screen only

Total GOR GOR that includes Solution and Free Gas from the reservoir (Gas
Cap).

Gas Oil Same as Total GOR

Ratio

Dissolved Same idea as Total GOR but using liquid instead of oil rates in the
and Free denominator
GLR

GOR Free Includes only the free gas from the reservoir (Gas Cap)

Similar to GOR Free but using liquid instead of oil rates in the
GLR Free
denominator

Free Gas This is free gas in the wellbore (irrespective of its origin).
Rate

GLR Amount of gas injected divided by the liquid produced

Injected

In calculating lift curves, a variable name that expresses both the solution and free gas
has to be entered. Since prosper has a PVT model which specifies how much the
solution gas is, then it will use the rest as being free gas. There are various names for
variables that do this, for example "Gas Oil Ratio", "Total GOR" or "Dissolved and Free
GLR" etc. The reason different names exist is because simulators use these names as
keywords to identify numbers in the lift tables.

NOTE: In the Choke Performance calculation, for a well with continuous gas lift, the gas
lift gas will not be automatically taken into account. As such, the user must ensure that
the "Total GOR" includes gas lift gas in addition to the above definition.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1249 PROSPER

2.19.5.2Turner Velocity
Minimum Flow Rate For Continuous Liquid Removal

A model for calculating the minimum gas velocity for removing liquid droplets from wells
was presented by Turner et al in 1969 (see ref below). The model was based on the
fact that a freely falling particle in a fluid will reach a terminal velocity when the drag
forces are equal to the gravitation forces. The terminal velocity is a function of the size,
shape and density of the particle and the density and viscosity of the fluid in which it is
falling. The inter facial tension between the two fluids also influences this velocity since
the droplet will shatter if the surface tension of the liquid is too small.The force balance
equation on a droplet suspended in gas was obtained and modified experimentally to
evaluate the drag coefficient to give
1
1 4
4
( l g )
Vt 20 .4 1
2
g

- Surface Tension (dynes/cm)

l - Liquid Density (lbm/ft 3 )

g - Gas Density (lbm/ft 3)

Please note that this is the equation from the original paper where the units are
inconsistent with the constant given. The 20.4 constant in fact relates to when the surface
tension is defined in units of 'lbf/ft'.

Using the Petroleum Experts 4 mechanistic model it has been found that 2.04 gives
much more reliable results in a wide range of examples.

This constant can be changed by the user.

References
Turner, R.G, Hubbard, M.G., and Dukler, A.E: "Analysis and Prediction of Minimum
Flow Rate for the Continuous Removal of Liquids from Gas Wells," J. Pet. Tech (Nov.
1969), 1475-1482
2.19.5.3Pump Wear Factor

The Pump Wear Factor is used to account for deviation from the manufacturer's
published performance curves due to wear etc. For example, entering 0.05 causes the
program to scale the pump head curves down by 5% (i.e. head is 95% of the database
value).

Pump Performance = Database Pump Performance * ( 1.0 - Pump Wear Factor )

Enter 0 for unmodified pump performance (i.e. use database curves directly).
Enter 1 to simulate no lift from the device.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1250

A negative number can be entered to simulate a particular pump that performs better
than the database curves.
2.19.5.4AOF
Absolute Open Flow potential - the maximum theoretical possible rate that the reservoir
can flow at. This is the well's potential flow rate against a zero sand face pressure

i.e PI * Reservoir pressure

2.19.5.5VLP
The flow in the well is from top of the perforations to surface is known as the Vertical Lift
Performance.

The plot of Producing Rate versus Bottomhole Flowing Pressure is called a variety
of names :- VLP Curve, Lift Curve, Outflow Curve or Tubing Curve to name a few

Systems Analysis Approach

This approach consists of selecting a node in the well and dividing the system at this
point. This is often called the solution node. In PROSPER this can be the bottom node,
top node or wellhead.

All the components upstream of the solution node comprise the Inflow section and all
the components downstream of the solution node comprise the Outflow section. A
relationship between flowrate and pressure must be available for each section.

The flow rate through the system can be determined once the flow into the solution node
equals flow out of the solution node. The inflow and outflow pressures at the solution
node can be calculated separately for a number of given flow rates to produce an inflow
and an outflow curve. A plot of solution node pressure versus flow rate will produce two
curves, the intersection of which will give the solution node pressure and flow rate that
satifies the inflow and outflow sections simultaeneously. This intersection thus
represents the actual condtions at which the well will flow for a given set of constraints
( reservoir pressure and separator pressure).
2.19.5.6IPR
The flow from the reservoir into the well is known as the Inflow Performance.
The plot of Producing Rate versus Bottomhole Flowing Pressure is called the
Inflow Performance Relationship or IPR or Inflow Curve

To calculate the pressure drop occurring in a reservoir an equation is needed that

expresses the pressure losses as a function of flow rate. There are various forms of this
equation depending on fluid type and formation type, but all are based on the
fundamental equation known as Darcy's Law which can be expressed as:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1251 PROSPER

k A p
q
µ x
q flow rate
k permeabili ty of the porous medium
A area open to flow
µ fluid viscosity
p
pressure gradient in the direction of flow
x

Systems Analysis Approach

This approach consists of selecting a node in the well and dividing the system at this
point. This is often called the solution node. In PROSPER this can be the bottom node,
top node or wellhead.

All the components upstream of the solution node comprise the Inflow section and all
the components downstream of the solution node comprise the Outflow section. A
relationship between flowrate and pressure must be available for each section.

The flow rate through the system can be determined once the flow into the solution node
equals flow out of the solution node. The inflow and outflow pressures at the solution
node can be calculated separately for a number of given flow rates to produce an inflow
and an outflow curve. A plot of solution node pressure versus flow rate will produce two
curves, the intersection of which will give the solution node pressure and flow rate that
satisfies the inflow and outflow sections simultaneously. This intersection thus
represents the actual conditions at which the well will flow for a given set of constraints
( reservoir pressure and separator pressure).
2.19.6 F - Importing Data from Text Files
This Section describes how to import data from a text file to a PROSPER model.

It is assumed that the data to be imported is saved in a text file. It is also assumed that
the data is imported for the tables in PVT section of PROSPER. The technique can
however be applied at any place where data import is required to be done.

1) After clicking on the ‘Import’ tab, select the particular text file where the data is
saved on screenshot below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1252

2) When the import file is selected, press Continue to see the next screen shown
below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1253 PROSPER

3) Select the particular File format in which the data is saved. The following example
is for a Comma Separated format. Press Continue to proceed to the next
screen shown below.

4) To select a particular column for a Field Name, one can directly click on the
column and this will assign that column to that field.This can also be checked by
the column number that is appended to the field name.

5) Make sure that the units for each column are correctly selected according to the
input data.

6) The procedure can be repeated for all the columns.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1254

7) By selecting continue, PROSPER will update the data in the corresponding

columns in the tables.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1255 PROSPER

2.19.7 G - Reservoir Thickness

For many of the analytical IPR models available in PROSPER, the reservoir thickness is
a required input.

In cases where the reservoir is considered to be horizontal, this input is straight forward,
i.e. the net pay height of the reservoir.

In cases where a reservoir is tilted however, it may be more difficult to know what to
enter for the reservoir height.

Take the following two examples, the reservoir on the left is "horizontal" with a vertical
well within it, whereas the reservoir of the right is tilted with a vertical well in it. As the
reservoir thickness is always taken as true stratigraphic thicknesses, this is represented
as the thickness of the layer/reservoir measured perpendicularly to the base of the layer.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 User Guide 1256

In other words, it will represent the shortest distance between the top and the bottom of
the layer.

As such, when modelling a tilted reservoir in PROSPER, this should be done by

converting it into a horizontal reservoir and changing the deviation of the well to now
match the new orientation of the reservoir (as illustrated above). This is because most
analytical reservoir models that are based on Darcy only consider the height of the
reservoir as a volumetric parameter and not a ‘spatial parameter’ (i.e. gravity is not
considered therefore the geometry of the reservoir does not need to be known at this
point).

2.20 Contact Petroleum Experts

2.20.1 Technical Support
In Petroleum Experts we aim to provide the highest level of support we possibly can in
order to assist our users with their work involving the IPM suite of tools. Technical
support is provided to all users who maintain yearly their licenses.

2.20.1.1Contact Technical Teams in Edinburgh and Houston

There are various ways that the users can get in touch with us:

Edinburgh, UK: Monday to Friday, 09:00 to 18:00 hrs

e-mail at: [email protected]

Phone: +44 (0)131 474 7030
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1257 PROSPER

Fax: +44 (0)131 474 7031

Houston, USA: Monday to Friday, 08:30 to 17:30 hrs.

e-mail at: [email protected]

Phone: +1 281 531 1121
Fax: +1 281 531 0810

From the programs themselves, a feature allows accessing the technical support web
area (under Help | Technical Support).

2.20.1.2Technical Support via the Web

A web area that only users of the software can access has been implemented. This can
be accessed from any of the programs:
From PROSPER for instance:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1258

Selecting this option will start your Web Browsing software, e.g Internet Explorer and
show the following screen, first time you log on:

For the first logon the user needs to enter their details and then have access to the area.
These details are then stored and used for subsequent entries, provided your PC allow
Cookies to be stored on your PC.

Clicking on submit will present the web page and links:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1259 PROSPER

If technical support is required, the Technical Support tab can be selected, as

highlighted above.

On the following page, there are a number of options to select from. The user can
access our searchable FAQ database or send us an e-mail directly from the webpage.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1260

The highlighted "Questions to Support" option can be used to enter technical requests:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1261 PROSPER

The fields required are:

Name
Company
Email
Phone
Context - general background of the project and detailed objectives
the model is meant to achieve
Problem/Question - specific question or problem encountered
Attachment - the model file can be attached to the support request

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 User Guide 1262

2.20.2 IPM User Manuals and Worked Examples

The User Guides for the software can be accessed through:

A screen will appear from which it is possible to access the different User Guides (GAP,
PROSPER, MBAL, etc)

These documents are in Acrobat Reader format (pdf). Acrobat reader 6 or later versions
are required in order to read them.
If Acrobat Reader is not already installed on the computer, a web link is provided where
the newest version of Acrobat Reader can be installed.

We would suggest for the user to go through some of the worked examples to
familiarise themselves with the functionality and workflows of the software.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1263 PROSPER

2.20.3 User Group Meeting

Petroleum Experts publish an annual development plan for each software product in the
IPM suite.

Every year a week long forum, the User Meeting, is held in Edinburgh UK where the
company is based. This is an opportunity for the user community to discuss the use of
the software and take decisions on future developments for the software.

The decisions are based on practical needs of the client companies after presentations
of the problems or proposals by company representatives.

Any user of a current, maintained licence is entitled to attend this meeting. Please
contact, in the first instance, your company-appointed IPM representative or Petroleum
Experts directly.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

Chapter

3
 1265 PROSPER

3 Examples Guide
The User Guide can be found in the folder ~pdf\prosper where Petroleum Experts
software is installed and the completed example files are in the folder ~\samples
\PROSPER. The location of this directory depends on where the program has been
installed.

The User Guide can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown below.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

This chapter contains a collection of tutorials designed to help jump-start the use of
PROSPER. The tutorials are grouped by subjects:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1266

Integrated Oil Well Model

Basic Tutorials for Naturally Flowing Wells
PVT Matching Tutorials
Pipeline Tutorial
Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials
Skin and Sand Control Tutorials
Well Test Matching Tutorials
Artificial lift design tutorials
Tutorials on Trouble-shooting Artificially Lifted Wells
Tutorials on Compositional Modelling
Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance Studies
Tutorials on Special Topics

Integrated Well-bore Model

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
00 Integrated oil well model T00_Integrated_Oil_Well.OUT

Basic tutorials for naturally flowing wells

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
01 Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer T01_Basic_Oil_Well.OUT
02 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T02_Basic_Gas_Well.OUT
03a Water Injection Well T03a_Water_Injector.OUT
03b Basic Water Injection Well T03b_Basic_Water_Injector.OUT
04 Modelling a Gas Injection Well T04_Gas_Injector.OUT

PVT Matching

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
05 Modelling an Naturally Flowing Oil Producer T05_PVT_Match_Oil_Well.OUT
06 Modelling a Dry Gas Producer T06_PVT_Match_Gas_Well.OUT

Pipeline Tutorial

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
07 Modelling a Surface Pipeline T07_Modelling_Surface_Pipeline.O
UT

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1267 PROSPER

Modelling Well Inflow Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
08 Modelling a Darcy IPR T08_Darcy_IPR_Model.OUT
09 Modelling an IPR using SPOT T09_SPOT_lPR_Model.OUT
10 Modelling a Horizontal Well T10_Modelling_A_Horizontal_Well.
OUT
11 Modelling a Multilayer Well with dP Loss inT11_Modelling_A_Multilayer_Well.
Wellbore OUT
12 Modelling a Multilateral Gas Producer T12_Modelling_A_Multilateral_Wel
l.OUT

Skin and Sand Control Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
13 Modelling Skin T13_Modelling_Skin.OUT
14 Modelling an oil well with gravel-pack T14_Modelling_A_GravelPack.OUT
15 Modelling a 'frac and pack' well T15_Frac_And_Pack_Oil_Well.OUT
16 Modelling a well with wire-wrapped screens T16_Modelling_Wire_Wrapped_scr
een.out
17 Modelling a well with pre-packed screens T17_Modelling_PrePacked_Screen.
OUT
18 Modelling a well with slotted liners T18_Modelling_A_Slotted_Liners.o
ut

Well Test Matching Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
19 Matching a Naturally Flowing Oil Well Test T19_Matching_Well_Test_For_Oil_Well
.OUT
20 Matching a Gas Well Test T20_Matching_Well_Test_For_Gas_Wel
l.OUT
21 Matching a Water Injection Well Test T21_Matching_Water_Injection_Well_T
est.OUT
22 Matching a Gas Injection Well Test T22_Matching_Gas_Injection_Well_Tes
ts.OUT

Artificial Lift Design Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
23 Continuous Gas lift design T23_Continuous_GasLift_Design.OUT

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1268

24 Intermittent Gas Lift Design T24_Intermittent_GasLift_Design.OUT

25 Coiled Tubing Gas lift Design T25_Coiled_Tubing_Gas_Lift_Design.O
UT
26 Design of an ESP system for an oilT26_ESP_Design.OUT
producer
27 Design of an HSP system for an oilT27_HSP_Design.OUT
producer
28 Design of a Sucker Rod Pump for an oilT28_Sucker_Rod_Design.OUT
producer
29 Design of a PCP lift system for an oilT29_PCP_Design.OUT
producer
30 Diluent Injection tutorial T30_Diluent_Injection_with_GasLift.O
UT
31 Multiphase pump in a pipe connected to a T31_Modelling_Surface_Multiphase_P
single well ump.OUT
32 Design of a Jet Pump system for an oilT32_Designing_A_Jet_Pump.OUT
producer

Tutorials on Trouble-shooting of Artificially Lifted Wells

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
33a Tutorial 33a - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted T33a_GasLift_QuickLook.OUT
Well
33b Troubleshooting a gas lifted well - Multipoint T33b_GasLift_QuickLook.OUT
Quicklook
34 Trouble-shooting an ESP-Lifted Well T34_ESP_Quicklook.OUT
35 Trouble-shooting an HSP-Lifted Well T35_HSP_Quicklook.OUT
36 Trouble-shooting a Sucker Rod Lifted Well No reference file

Compositional Modelling Tutorials

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
37 Fully Compositional Retrograde Condensate T37_Compostional_Condensate_We
Well ll.Out
38 Validation of the Black Oil PVT Model for a T38_BO_Condensate_Validation.Ou
Retrograde Condensate Producer t
39 Fully compositional CO2 injection well T39_Compostional_CO2_Injector.Ou
t

Tutorials on Temperature Modelling and Flow Assurance studies

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
40 Full Enthalpy Balance Example T40_Enthalpy_Balance.OUT

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1269 PROSPER

41 Improved Approximation Tutorial T41_Improved_Approximation.OUT

42 Modelling a Steam Injection Well T42_Steam_Injector.OUT
43 General Flow Assurance Features T43_Flow Assurance.OUT

Tutorials on Special Topics

Tutoria Description Reference File

l
44 Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids T44_Modelling_Non_Newtonian_Fl
uids.OUT
45 Modelling a Coal Bed Methane (CBM) Water T45_CBM_Dewatering_Well.OUT
Producer
46 Modelling Emulsions T46_Modelling_An_Emulsion.OUT
47 Gas Lift in a Gas Well T47_Gas_Lift_For_Gas_Wells.OUT
48 Foam Lift T48_Foam_Lift.OUT

3.1 Introduction to Tutorials in PROSPER

This tutorial section is aimed at introducing the different capabilities of PROSPER to the
user through a series of interlinked tutorials. This tutorial section is aimed at introducing
the different capabilities of PROSPER to the user through a series of interlinked tutorials.

The tutorials are envisaged to tell the story of a new field, the Logie field, so as to show
how the different elements within PROSPER can be combined during the different stages
of a wells life.

The tutorials have therefore been created to continue on from each other and so the files
become more advanced as the tutorials progress. Using the completed tutorial files
located in the ‘~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/Prosper/’ folder, it is possible to
pick up and start any tutorial without having already completed the previous steps but
there is also the option to start from the beginning to see how the whole well model has
been created.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1270

The tutorials have been grouped into different topics:

Naturally flowing producer and injector wells

Inputting PVT data

IPR Modelling

Skin and Sand Control Modelling

Matching Models to Well Test Data

Design of Artificial Lift Methods

Troubleshooting of Artificial Lift Methods

Temperature Modelling

Compositional Modelling

Pipeline and Flow Assurance Modelling

Other Specialist Topics

3.1.1 Advise on Input Data

Depending on the information available to the user, different approaches may be more
advantageous in order to build a more robust well model. Below are a number of
considerations the user may wish to make when inserting different sets of data into
PROSPER.

3.1.1.1 PVT Data

When building a PROSPER well model, there are in general two possible situations to
consider with respect to the PVT data. There can be a situation where enough PVT data
is available and a second contrasting situation when there is very little PVT data
available.

If comprehensive black oil PVT data is available, then it is recommended to match the
PVT data to the black oil correlations.

The advantages of matching the black oil data to correlations are:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1271 PROSPER

The PVT matching process offers an opportunity to check the quality of the PVT
data themselves by analyzing the magnitude of the correction required to
reproduce the various PVT data: GOR, Oil FVF, Bubble point pressure and oil
viscosity.

At the end of the PVT matching process, the most suitable black oil correlation
for the particular crude is selected and used for further calculations.

Unlike PVT look-up tables, carefully matched black oil correlations may generally
be used for operating conditions beyond the values used for the PVT matching.

In the event no extensive PVT data or no reliable PVT data are available, the black oil
correlation may generally be used directly without any matching to start with. The
selection of the appropriate black oil correlation is a matter of engineering judgment that
is at the discretion of the project engineer. For details about the published validity range
of each black oil correlation in PROSPER, the relevant references listed in the appendix
of this manual may be consulted.

It is strongly recommended to match the black oil correlations against lab

measurements as soon as a PVT report becomes available.

If PVT tables are used in PROSPER, it is imperative that the range of the tables (for both
temperature and pressure) cover every possible operating condition within the model. If
conditions within the model fall out with the range of the tables, PROSPER will extrapolate
fluid properties based on the tables. These may be unrepresentative of the actual fluid
and lead to errors within the model.

3.1.1.2 Reservoir Data

The purpose of each specific study determines the type of reservoir model to be
selected and consequently the parameters required.

In the absence of typical reservoir properties such as permeability, net pay, skin etc, the
simple Productivity Index (PI entry) or its equivalent for gas (C & n) may be used.

If extensive reservoir and skin parameters are available, then an alternative inflow model
that better fits the purpose of the study should be considered.

3.1.1.3 Well Equipment Data

The well equipment data (deviation survey, surface equipment, down-hole equipment
and geothermal gradient) are generally available from well bore schematic and
temperature logs.

The overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the well bore can be either

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1272

computed with the enthalpy balance model or derived from well test data.

When the rough approximation method is being used, the following overall heat transfer
coefficients values may be considered as rules of thumb:

For oil and water wells: 8 - 10 Btu/h/ft2/F.

For retrograde condensate wells: 5 - 7 Btu/h/ft2/F.

For gas wells: 1 - 3 Btu/h/ft2/F.

It is recommended to fine-tune the overall heat transfer coefficient with well test data as
soon as well test are available.

It is advised that the default average heat capacities displayed in the program under
‘System | Equipment | Average Heat Capacities’ are kept unaltered for the vast
majority of cases.

3.1.1.4 Well Test Data

Well test data are generally used to:

Back-calculate the overall heat transfer coefficient in the surroundings of the well
when the rough approximation temperature method is selected.

Select the multiphase correlation most suitable for the particular well model

Fine-tune the inflow performance parameters like reservoir pressure, skin,

permeability and so on.

It can be noted that it is perfectly possible to develop a PROSPER model in the absence
of well test data. In this case, reasonable assumptions are to be made based upon the
specific operating conditions of the well and based upon existing relevant experiences.

Generally, the use of the Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation may be

considered when no well test data is available as the Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase
correlation has so far consistently given reasonable results in very diverse operating
conditions.

However, since there is no universal multiphase correlation, it is recommended to verify

the suitability of the selected multiphase correlation (Petroleum Experts 2) as soon as
well test data become available.

PROSPER offers a coherent and consistent VLP matching methodology that helps the
user to select the most suitable correlation for any particular well. This consistent VLP

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1273 PROSPER

matching methodology will be described and applied in the ‘Matching Models to Well
Test Data’ section of tutorials.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1274

3.2 Tutorial 00 - Integrated Oil Well Model

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.2.1 Statement of the Problem
A new field, the Logie field, has been located and is currently being produced. As an
engineer in the operating company, you have been asked to create a well model for the
1st well of an oil reservoir using PROSPER.

The well has been producing for some time and so information is available on the fluid
being produced, tubing which has been installed, the completion into the reservoir and
also for a number of well tests which have already been carried out.

A model should therefore be built using the basic data available and then matched to the
test data to ensure that it is representative of the actual flowing conditions of the well.
Once this matching has been carried out, management would like to have an idea of the
impact that water-cut will have on production if the reservoir pressure is maintained at
4000 psig. This should be carried out for wellhead pressures of 250, 500 and 750 psig.

3.2.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a robust well model which can be used with confidence.

Learn what the input data required to build a PROSPER model is.

Learn how to input PVT data and match a black oil correlation to lab data.

Learn how to input data to generate an IPR curve for the well.

See how skin can be modelled using an analytical approach.

Install a gravel pack to see the impact that this has on the production.

Learn which data is required to generate a VLP curve for the well.

Match the VLP and IPR curves to well test data.

Estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of each test by matching the IPR to
the measured data.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1275 PROSPER

Calculate the impact of increasing water cut on production if the reservoir

pressure is maintained at 4000 psig for WHPs of 250, 500 and 750 psig.

3.2.3 General Approach

In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the VLP
and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and viscosity
which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the vertical lift
performance and is controlled by the data in the 'Equipment Data' section of PROSPER.
These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted by the well at given conditions.
Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how much fluid can flow
from the reservoir into the wellbore at given conditions.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. PVT data will be used with black oil correlations to predict the properties of the
fluid at the different conditions within the model. To ensure that they are
recreating the actual fluid, the correlations will be matched to laboratory data.

b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.

c. Reservoir information will be inserted based on the completion and geological

data which is available. The skin will be approximated using an analytical skin
model and the impact of a previously installed gravel pack will also be assessed.

d. Test data will be inserted and a multi-phase flow correlation will be matched to
his data to ensure that it is recreated the conditions which we have observed in
our field.

e. Find the reservoir pressure for each test so that the VLP/IPR intersection point
gives the same rate as the measured data.

f. Run a sensitivity study using the system calculation to see the impact of water cut
on production at different WHPs.

3.2.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.2.4.1 Basic Data

This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Oil and Water

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1276

Method Black Oil

Separator Single-Stage Separator

3.2.4.2 PVT Data

This is the preliminary PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise
the fluid as well as results from a flash calculation.

GOR 800 scf/STB

Oil Gravity 37 API

Gas Gravity 0.76 Specific Gravity

Water Salinity 23000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

Flash Experiment Data

Temperature of Test 210 oF

Bubble Point at Test Temperature 3500 psig

Pressure GOR Oil FVF Viscosity

4000 800 1.42 0.364
3500 800 1.432 0.35
3000 655 1.352 0.403
2400 500 1.273 0.48
1000 190 1.12 0.7205

3.2.4.3 Equipment Data

This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model the

well.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1277 PROSPER

3.2.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

The first line is the reference depth for the PROSPER model and must start with 0, 0
(MD, TVD). This can be defined to any reference as required e.g. platform, sea level,
sea bed. Please note due to this reason, the reference depth has to be at or above the
wellhead.

In this example, this is an offshore well and the reference depth of 0, 0 (MD, TVD) refers
to the mean sea level.

MD (ft) TVD (ft)

0 0
600 600
1005 1000
4075 4000
7700 7500
9275 9000

3.2.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.

As this is a sub-sea well, the X-mas tree is located 600 ft below the reference depth of
the mean sea level.

The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1278

Inside Inside
Type MD (ft) Diameter Roughness Rate Multiplier
(Inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 600 1
Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 1
SSSV 3.72 1
Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 1
Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

3.2.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient Data

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference between
the fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are the minimum data required. More data points can be inserted if they
are known as this will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 60

600 40
9275 210

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.2.4.3.4 Average Heat Capacity Data

The default values for the heat capacities of the fluids will be used for this well but they
can be altered if necessary.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1279 PROSPER

Heat Capacity (BTU/lb/oF)

Oil 0.53
Gas 0.51
Water 1

3.2.4.4 IPR Data

There is a number of different IPR models which can be used in PROSPER and the
model used is dependent on the purpose of the study. In this case the Darcy model will
be used to calculate the IPR of the well.

Below is the data required for entry for the Darcy model:

IPR Model Darcy Model

Reservoir Pressure 4000 psig
Reservoir Temperature 210 oF
Water Cut 0%
Total GOR 800 scf/STB
Skin Model Karakas+Tariq / Cinco(2)/Martin-Bronz

Reservoir Permeability 50 md
Reservoir Thickness 100 ft
Drainage Area 500 acres
Dietz Shape Factor 31.6
Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft

3.2.4.5 Completion Data

The following completion data is available for use within the analytical skin model:

Reservoir Permeability 50 md
Shot Density 8 ft -1

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1280

Perforation Diameter 0.43 inches

Perforation Length 9.2 inches

Perforation Efficiency 0.9
Damaged Zone Thickness 8 inches
Damaged Zone Permeability 25 md

Crushed Zone Thickness 0.2 inches

Crushed Zone Permeability 12.5 md
Shot Phasing 120o
WellBore Radius 0.354 ft
Vertical Permeability 5 md
Deviation 13o
Penetration 1

3.2.4.6 Sand Control Data

The following data has been provided by the service company installing the gravel pack:

Gravel Pack Permeability 35000 md

Gravel Pack Length 6 inches
Perforation Interval 100 ft

Beta (Turbulence) Calculated

Method Multiphase

3.2.4.7 Test Data

Test Date 16/03/2011 21/05/2011 07/10/2011
Tubing Head Pressure 230 521 765
(psig)
Tubing Head 143.8 134.2 118
Temperature (oF)
Water Cut (% ) 0 0.5 1.9

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1281 PROSPER

Liquid Rate (STB/day) 9784.1 7915.3 5636.9

Gauge Depth (ft) 6250 6250 6250
Gauge Pressure (psig) 1322.6 1623.8 1962.6
Reservoir Pressure 4000 4000 4000
(psig)
Gas Oil Ratio (scf/STB) 800 800 800
GOR Free (scf/STB) 0 0 0

3.2.5 Step-by-Step Guide

3.2.5.1 Setting Up the Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.

The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the fluid type is Oil and Water using the Black Oil PVT method. We know that
a gravel pack has been installed in this well and therefore Sand Control option should
be set to Gravel Pack:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1282

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.2.5.2 Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the ‘PVT | Input Data’ tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

GOR 800 scf/STB

Oil Gravity 37 API
Gas Gravity 0.76 Specific Gravity
Water Salinity 23000 ppm
Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1283 PROSPER

3.2.5.2.1 PVT Matching

PVT data from a laboratory flash test has been provided to help us ensure that the fluid
properties calculated by the black oil correlations are representative of the actual fluid:
Flash Experiment Data

Temperature of Test 210 oF

Bubble Point at Test Temperature 3500 psig

Pressure GOR Oil FVF Viscosity

4000 800 1.42 0.364
3500 800 1.432 0.35
3000 655 1.352 0.403
2400 500 1.273 0.48
1000 190 1.12 0.7205

Insert the match data in the Match Data tab of the "Matching" section in the main PVT

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1284

screen.

Once this has been done, select the "Matching" button at the top of the screen, shown
below, which will allow us to proceed to the regression screen:

3.2.5.2.2 Matching the Correlations

On first entering the "Matching" regression screen, the following will be seen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1285 PROSPER

Selecting Match All at the top of the screen will match all of the correlations to all of the
available data. If Match is selected then only the correlations selected will be matched.

In this case select Match All to match all of the correlations and data. As shown below,
the matching parameters for each correlation can be seen and the plots for each
property can be viewed for each correlation with respect to the match data.

Alternatively by selecting the Plot option it is possible to see the graph of the matched

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1286

correlation compared to the laboratory data points. The correlation which will be shown
in the plotting is the correlation which has been selected in the Correlations section of
the above screen. The option of plotting the data either By Pressure or By
Temperature is given. Selecting By Temperature will plot each different variable
against pressure and have a different trend line for each temperature, while the By
Pressure option will show trend lines depending on pressure and plot against
temperature. In this case select By Temperature:

To plot the required variable, first select the PVT Matching Plot - Temperature = 210
(deg F) stream in the top left hand corner of the plot. Once the stream has been
selected, double click the variable Gas Oil Ratio in the bottom left hand corner. This
should also be carried out for the PVT Matching Data - Temperature = 210 (deg F)
stream to plot the test data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1287 PROSPER

The different properties can be plotted by selecting them from the bottom left hand
corner. It can be seen from these plots that the Glaso and Beal et al correlations give
good matches with the test data. To exit the plot, select the red cross in the top right
hand corner of the screen.

It is possible to plot other correlations against the test data by selecting Plot All in the
main PVT matching screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1288

From the regression screen it is possible to view all the resultant matching parameters
by selecting Parameters:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1289 PROSPER

For a good match, parameter 1 should be as close to 1 as possible and parameter 2

should be as close to 0 as possible. Upon reviewing the parameters it can be seen that
the best correlations to select are the Glaso and Beal et al correlations, and so these
should be selected from the drop down menus.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1290

Note that PROSPER will not automatically select the "best" correlation. It is up
to the user to select the correlation they wish to use.

Select Done at each screen until the main PVT screen is seen.
3.2.5.2.3 Selecting the Correlation
Now that the correlations have been matched and the parameters and plots reviewed, it
is necessary to select the correlation which is most representative of the laboratory data.
This is done on the main PVT 'Input Data' screen. The correlations in the drop down
menu are those which will be used in the model and for this oil the Glaso and Beal et al
correlations should be selected:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1291 PROSPER

A green banner can also be seen which tells the user that the correlations have been
matched.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.2.5.3 Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1292

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1293 PROSPER

3.2.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1294

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering option,
please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.2.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1295 PROSPER

3.2.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found in the
table below:

Inside Inside
Rate
Type MD (ft) Diameter Roughness
Multiplier
(Inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 600 1

Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.72 1

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1296

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the solution node depth
which splits the well into the VLP and IPR. This depth is also therefore the depth at which
the static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the
top of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.2.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences as it
travels up the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should account for the
heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal gradient and U value
entered can be seen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1297 PROSPER

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.2.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The average heat capacities of water, oil and gas are used in the Rough
Approximation temperature model to calculate the energy which is provided when the
fluid changes temperature. These are to be kept equal to the default values:

Selecting Done will move the user on to the final input screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1298

3.2.5.3.6 Gauge Details

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported
result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Done to return to
the main 'Equipment Data' screen:

3.2.5.3.7 Equipment Summary

From the equipment input screen it is possible to see a summary of the equipment by
selecting the Summary button on the top right of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1299 PROSPER

This brings up the equipment summary screen:

It is then possible to see a drawing of the down-hole equipment by selecting Draw

Downhole:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1300

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1301 PROSPER

To gain direct access to the main PROSPER screen, the Main button can be selected
from the plot ribbon bar.

3.2.5.4 Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER is used to describe the inflow from the reservoir and into
the bottom of the well. A relationship between the flow rate which will come into the well
and the pressure at the bottom of the well will be developed.

Select System | Inflow Performance to bring up the IPR input screen:

The different models can be selected on the Reservoir Model panel and in this case
the reservoir model should be set to Darcy, the Mechanical/Geometrical skin should be
set to Karakas+Tariq and the Deviation and Partial Penetration skin should be set to
Cinco (2)/Martin Bronz. Sand Control should be selected as Gravel pack.

The reservoir pressure, temperature, water cut and total GOR should be entered as
shown above.

When the Darcy model is selected, the reservoir model data tab updates to reflect the
selected IPR. The Reservoir Model data should be entered as above. The cells being
green indicates that the data is valid (yellow is on the limit of the validation range and
red outside).
3.2.5.4.1 Entering Data for Skin Models
At the top of the screen, tabs can be seen such as the Mech/Geom Skin tab and the
Dev/PP Skin tab and the sand control tab.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1302

Selecting the Mech/Geom 8Skin tab will bring up the input screen for the Karakas and
Tariq model:

The Karakas and Tariq model requires the damaged zone, crushed zone and vertical
permeabilities. These values are not always known and so the Karakas and Tariq paper
gave a set of guidelines to estimate there values:

Damaged 50% of
Zone Reservoir
Permeability Permeability
Crushed Zone 25% of
Permeability Reservoir
Permeability
Vertical 10% of
Permeability Reservoir
Permeability

Once these values have been inserted, the next tab can be accessed to see the
deviation and partial penetration skin inputs:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1303 PROSPER

During the process of inserting data into the model it may be noticed that some values
are already inserted. If a value, such as well bore radius has been inserted into a
different screen in the IPR section, the value will be copied across to ensure the
consistency of the model. If the value is changed, it will also be changed on the other
screens as well.

Please note that the Cinco model is based upon correlations and is not valid for
wells with deviations of greater than 65o. For highly deviated wells, the Wong
Clifford skin model should be selected.
3.2.5.4.2 Entering Data for Sand Control
The final tab at the bottom of the screen is the 'Sand Control' tab.

Select this tab and enter the required data as shown below:

Some of this data (which has previously been entered in earlier screens) will already be
present. When variables are repeated in the different screens (such as shot density or

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1304

perforation diameter) in order to keep the model consistent the same value is used for
each. Therefore, changing it in one screen will also change it on all other screens.

When the data has been inserted select Calculate and Plot:

Exit the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen. The IPR curve
should now be displayed in the top right hand corner of the main screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1305 PROSPER

3.2.5.5 VLP/IPR Matching

Now that all of the well data has been inserted, and the PVT has been matched to
ensure that it recreates the laboratory experiments, well test data can be used to see if
the current model can recreate the conditions measured in the field. We can match the
VLP and IPR correlations to this data so that the model becomes representative of the
actual flowing conditions of the well.

To access the VLP/IPR Matching screen, select the Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality Check) menu from the top ribbon. This will bring up the screen shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1306

3.2.5.5.1 Entering Well Test Data

The test data below should be entered into the matching screen:

Test Date (DD/MM/YYY) 16/03/2011 21/05/2011 07/10/2011

Tubing Head Pressure 230 521 765
(psig)
Tubing Head 143.8 134.2 118
Temperature (oF)
Water Cut (% ) 0 0.5 1.9
Liquid Rate (STB/day) 9784.1 7915.3 5636.9
Gauge Depth (ft) 6250 6250 6250
Gauge Pressure (psig) 1322.6 1623.8 1962.6
Reservoir Pressure 4000 4000 4000
(psig)
Gas Oil Ratio (scf/STB) 800 800 800
GOR Free (scf/STB) 0 0 0

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1307 PROSPER

3.2.5.5.2 Matching U Value

Once the data has been entered, the Overall heat Transfer Coefficient required to
match the measured well head temperature can be found for each test. To carry out this
calculation select Estimate U Value:

This will display the following screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1308

Select Calculate and the results will be displayed as below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1309 PROSPER

The U value for each test as well as the average across all three test can be seen.

For the mean value to be used in the model, select "Transfer Calculated Mean to
Current HTC" to see the current value be replaced. This will also update the Geothermal
Gradient screen with this value.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1310

Select Done to return to the matching screen.

3.2.5.5.3 VLP Quality Check
With the U value matched, we can be confident that the temperature profile in the well is
being captured accurately. The next step is to carry out a quality check to ensure that the
model, test data and gauge pressure which has been measured are consistent.

For the quality check we use two correlations, the Fancher Brown and the Duns and
Ros Modified, to create an envelope inside which a test point should fall. The Fancher
Brown correlation is a no slip correlation (as it assumes that the gas and liquid travel at
the same velocity in the tubing) and therefore will under predict the pressure drop for an
oil well. The Duns and Ros Modified correlation has been adapted to over predict the
pressure drop for oil wells producing in the slug flow regime. Therefore, if a test point
falls either below the Fancher Brown or is greater than the Duns and Ros Modified then
we can consider the quality of the test point or model to be in question. If it falls between
the two we can say that it has passed this initial test.

To carry out the quality check, select the Correlation Comparison button from the top
of the VLP/IPR Matching screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1311 PROSPER

When the prompt is shown, select OK:

The measured data for the first test will be automatically bought into this screen:

In order to carry out the quality check, select the Duns and Ros Modified and Fancher
Brown correlations from the bottom left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1312

Select Calculate to carry out the calculations for each correlation:

To see if the test point falls between the two gradients, select Plot and select the
pressure for both correlations:

For the case of test point one, we can see that it does indeed fall between these two

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1313 PROSPER

correlations and can therefore be said to have passed the quality check.

After exiting the plot, select Done in the Correlation Comparison screen:

A prompt will now appear for the second test point. Select OK to enter the correlation
comparison with the test data from test two:

The exact same steps as shown above should be carried out for test points two and
three. When this is done, the points will also be found to fall within the envelope and
therefore pass the quality check:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1314

The same process can be repeated for the third test point as below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1315 PROSPER

When all three have been completed, selecting Done will return the user to the VLP/IPR
Matching screen.

3.2.5.5.4 Correlation Comparison

All three test points have been found to pass the quality check test and so the next step
is to find the correlation which best represents the measured pressure drop. This can be
done by selecting Correlation Comparison:

When the prompt is shown, select OK:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1316

As before this will transfer the first set of test data into the Correlation Comparison
screen:

At the bottom left corner of the screen, the correlations to be used in the comparison can
be selected. There are many rationals for selecting correlations to test (i.e. experience
of the field and fluid etc.) so in this case for illustrative purposes, the following
correlations will be selected to demonstrate the procedure: Hagedorn Brown, Beggs
and Brill, Petroleum Experts 2 and Petroleum Experts 3 :

Next, select Calculate to perform the gradient calculation for each of the selected
correlations:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1317 PROSPER

Select Plot to see how close each correlation comes to the measured data point:

In this case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is the closest to the measured gauge
pressure.

Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit from the plot and then select
Done to return to the Correlation Comparison screen:

Selecting Done again will leave the Correlation Comparison screen and a prompt
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the next test:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1318

Select OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd set of test data.
The same steps as shown above should be performed to see the plot:

For the second case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is still the closest to the test
data.

Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit from the plot and then select

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1319 PROSPER

Done to return to the Correlation Comparison screen:

Selecting Done again will leave the Correlation Comparison screen and a prompt
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the final test. Select
OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd test's data. The same
steps as we performed for the first and second tests should also be carried out for the
third and the correlations are compared to the test data:

For the final case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is again close to the test data.

Based upon these three test, therefore, we can say that the correlation which gives the
most consistently close results when compared to the gauge pressures is Petroleum
Experts 2.

Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit from the plot and then select
Done on the next two screens to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1320

3.2.5.5.5 VLP Matching

The correlation which was found to be closest to all three test data points was found to
be Petroleum Experts 2. This correlation will now be matched so that it recreates each
point exactly. This can be done by selecting Match VLP:

This will display the matching screen:

Select the correlation to be matched (in this case Petroleum Experts 2) and the tests to
be matched to on the left hand side of the screen. In this case, all three tests will be
used. Select Match to carry out the regression:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1321 PROSPER

When the match has been completed, the match parameters are displayed in the right of
the screen. Parameter 1 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to gravity while
Parameter 2 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to friction.

The centre of the screen shows both the measured gauge pressure and the pressures
which are calculated with the newly matched correlations. As can be seen, the
correlation now recreates the gauge pressures very closely. This can be visually
confirmed using the plots at the bottom of the screen which show the difference between
the measured values and calculated values both before and after matching the
correlation.

Select Done to return to the previous screen.

3.2.5.5.6 IPR Matching
The pressure and temperature profiles in the well have now been matched to the test
data. The next step is to see where the VLP and IPR curves will intersect for the given
model. If the model is correct, they should intersect at the same rate as was measured
during each test.

We have been told that based on other tests, we are confident that the IPR curve is
accurate for this well and so if the IPR and VLP curves do not intersect at the correct

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1322

rates we can use this information to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of the
test.

Select VLP/IPR to enter the VLP/IPR Matching screen:

On the left hand side of the screen, select all three tests (by ticking the boxes next to
them) and also select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation. As can be seen the P1 and
P2 VLP matching parameters are shown next to the correlation, indicating that it has
been matched.

Select Calculate and a prompt box will appear asking which tests and correlations are
to be calculated: Select "Calculate SELECTED Correlations, SELECTED Tests" as
below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1323 PROSPER

After the calculation has been completed, select Plot to see if the intersections match
the test rates:

The screen above shows that the test points (represented by the blue squares) and
calculated intersection points (represented by the brown plus symbols) do not match up.
It appears that in each case a different reservoir pressure will be required to match each
test. This can be done using the Adjust IPR option.

Select Finish to exit the plot and then Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1324

3.2.5.5.6.1 Adjust IPR

In order to calculate the reservoir pressure at the time of each well test, select Adjust
IPR:

This will bring up the 'Adjust IPR' screen:

Before performing the calculation, ensure that the matched correlation is selected. In
this case Petroleum Experts 2 is the desired correlation and also the default correlation.
The matched correlation will not be selected automatically so it is up to the engineer to
ensure the correct correlation is selected.

It is possible to match each test one at a time, or select multiple tests to be matched at
the same time. If multiple tests are matched, an average reservoir pressure will be
calculated which would imply that the tests were all carried out at the same pressure. As
the tests here were carried out months apart, the reservoir pressure is most likely
different and so each test should be matched individually and the reservoir pressure
calculated saved.

Select test 1 by placing a tick in box next to it as shown above and press Adjust Pres.
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1325 PROSPER

A prompt will appear asking which test is to be matched. The selected tests should be
matched as shown below:

When the match has been carried out, a new reservoir pressure will be calculated. This
should be transferred to the VLP/IPR Match screen by selecting the option below and
pressing OK:

This same process should be carried out for tests 2 and 3. When this has been
completed press Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen and see the calculated
reservoir pressure at the time of each test:

Select VLP/IPR and then Calculate, followed by Plot to see that the VLP/IPR

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1326

intersection points now match up with the test rates:

This completes the VLP/IPR matching process as the model is now recreating the test
results measured in the field. Select Main from the top of the plot to return to the main
PROSPER screen.
3.2.5.6 Water Cut Sensitivity
Now that the model has been adjusted to match field data, we can use the model to
predict what may happen over various operating conditions.

The objective of this sensitivity is to find the impact of increasing water cut on production
if the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig. This should be carried out for first node pressures
of 250, 500 and 750 psig.

This can be achieved by running a System Calculation by selecting Calculation |

System (Ipr + Vlp).
3.2.5.6.1 Setting Variables
Fill the top left hand side of the screen with the relevant data for these calculations:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1327 PROSPER

As the Top Node Pressure and Water Cut are to be used in the sensitivity study, the
values entered here will be overwritten.

Ensure that the matched correlation is selected and that the rate method is changed to
Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more definition within the unstable region of
the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the different sensitivity variables. Each variable can be selected
from the drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be
entered on the right hand side:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1328

The values for Water Cut can either be entered manually or the Generate function can be
used as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1329 PROSPER

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.2.5.6.2 System Calculation
Select Calculate to carry out the System Calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1330

After the calculation has been completed, select Sensitivity Plot. Press Variables at
the top of the screen to change the values being plotted:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1331 PROSPER

To see the intended plot, we should select to see Liquid Rate on the y-axis, Water Cut
on the X-axis and have First Node Pressure as the parameter variable:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1332

This plot shows us the impact of the water cut on the production as the increasing water
cut leads to a lower production rate. When the first node pressure is 750 psig, the well
will stop producing at between 60 and 70% water cut while first the pressure is dropped
to 500 psig then it will stop producing between 80 and 90%. With a well head pressure
of 250 psig, the well is able to produce all the way up to 90% water cut when the
reservoir pressure is 4000 psig.

This marks the end of Tutorial 00. This is the equivalent to completing tutorials
01, 05, 08, 12, 14 and 19. After completing this tutorial the user should be able to:

Build an integrated oil well which represents the real flowing conditions of the
well.
Insert and match PVT data to reproduce the results of laboratory experiments.
Insert the required equipment data to build a VLP curve.
Build a Darcy IPR model and include an analytical skin model to account for the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1333 PROSPER

differences between the 'ideal' Darcy reservoir model and the real life well.
Insert the required data to include the impact of a gravel pack on the IPR.
Match the VLP curve to test data.
Use the matched VLP curve to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of
the test when the productivity is known.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that water cut has on well production.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1334

3.3 Tutorial 01 - Basic Oil Well Model

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.3.1 Statement of the Problem
A new field, the Logie field, has been located and is currently being drilled. As an
engineer in the operating company, you have been asked to create a well model for the
first well of an oil reservoir using PROSPER.

Limited information is available at this time but as the well is completed and tested this
will change and the extra data will allow the model to be progressively improved.
Currently, it is known that the well will have a subsea well head and is slightly deviated.
The casing and tubing sizes to be used are also known and it is envisaged that a
subsea safety valve will be located beneath the well head.

From other wells in the area, an initial estimation of the reservoir productivity has also
been made.

Management would also like to have an initial idea of what the flow rate of the well would
be if no water was produced and the flowing well head pressure was 500 psig.

3.3.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a preliminary well model to which more information can be added.

Learn what the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model is.

Learn to perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.

3.3.3 General Approach

In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the VLP
and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and viscosity
which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the vertical lift
performance and is controlled by the data in the 'Equipment Data' section of PROSPER.
These VLP curves define how much energy is required to lift the fluid at given
conditions. Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how much fluid
can flow from the reservoir into the wellbore at a range of different bottom hole
pressures.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1335 PROSPER

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Basic fluid PVT data will be used with black oil correlations to predict the
properties of the fluid at the different conditions within the model.

b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to calculate the VLP curves.

c. Basic IPR information will be inserted based on other fields within the area.

d. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the

given conditions by combining the VLP and IPR curves.

3.3.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.3.4.1 Basic Data

This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Oil and Water

Method Black Oil

Separator Single-Stage Separator

3.3.4.2 PVT Data

This is the preliminary PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise
the fluid.

GOR 800 scf/STB

Oil Gravity 37 API

Gas Gravity 0.76 Specific Gravity

Water Salinity 23000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%
Mole % CO2 0%
Mole % N2 0%

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1336

3.3.4.3 Equipment Data

This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model the

well.

3.3.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

MD (ft) TVD (ft)

0 0
600 600
1005 1000
4075 4000
7700 7500
9275 9000

3.3.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

Inside Inside
Type MD (ft) Diameter Roughness Rate Multiplier
(Inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 600 1
Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 1
SSSV 3.72 1

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1337 PROSPER

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

3.3.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient Data

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference between
the fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are the minimum data required. More data points can be inserted if they
are known as this will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 60

600 40

9275 210

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.3.4.3.4 Average Heat Capacity Data

The default values for the heat capacities of the fluids will be used for this well but they
can be altered if necessary.

Heat Capacity (BTU/lb/oF)

Oil 0.53
Gas 0.51
Water 1

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1338

3.3.4.4 IPR Data

There is a number of different IPR models which can be used in PROSPER and the
model used is dependent on the purpose of the study. In this case the 'PI Entry' model
will be used until more information on the reservoir becomes available.

Reservoir Model PI Entry

Reservoir Pressure 5200 psig
Reservoir Temperature 210 oF
Water Cut 0%
Total GOR 800 scf/STB
Productivity Index 5 STB/day/psi

3.3.5 Step-by-Step Guide

The following section presents a step-by-step guide to how to complete this tutorial.
3.3.5.1 Setting Up the Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.

The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the data is kept as the default for all the options with the fluid being ‘Oil and
Water’:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1339 PROSPER

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.3.5.2 Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data which will be used to calculate our
fluid's properties in the model. The PVT input screen can be accessed by selecting the
PVT | Input Data tab and the PVT data to be entered can be seen below:

GOR 800 scf/STB

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1340

Oil Gravity 37 API

Gas Gravity 0.76 Specific Gravity

Water Salinity 23000 ppm
Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO 0%
2
Mole % N2 0%

Select Done to return to the main screen.

3.3.5.3 Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1341 PROSPER

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1342

3.3.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1343 PROSPER

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering option,
please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.3.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1344

3.3.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found in the
table below:

Inside Inside
Type MD (ft) Diameter Roughness Rate Multiplier
(Inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 600 1

Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.72 1

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1345 PROSPER

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the solution node depth
which splits the well into the VLP and IPR. This depth is also therefore the depth at which
the static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the
top of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.3.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences as it
travels up the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should account for the
heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal gradient and U value
entered can be seen below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1346

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.3.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The average heat capacities of water, oil and gas are used in the Rough
Approximation temperature model to calculate the energy which is provided when the
fluid changes temperature. These are to be kept equal to the default values:

Selecting Done will move the user on to the final input screen.

3.3.5.3.6 Gauge Details

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported
result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1347 PROSPER

In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Done to return to
the main 'Equipment Data' screen:

3.3.5.3.7 Equipment Summary

From the equipment input screen it is possible to see a summary of the equipment by
selecting the Summary button on the top right of the screen:

This brings up the equipment summary screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1348

It is then possible to see a drawing of the down-hole equipment by selecting Draw

Downhole:

To gain direct access to the main PROSPER screen, the Main button can be selected
from the plot ribbon bar.

3.3.5.4 Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore how
productive the reservoir is. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1349 PROSPER

each is applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance. In
the Reservoir Model screen, the IPR model can be selected. The current reservoir
properties such as reservoir pressure and temperature, water cut and producing GOR
can be entered in the Reservoir Data section. In this case, the PI reservoir model
should be selected, which allows the PI to be entered in the model data screen as
shown below:

When this data has been inserted, click Calculate and Plot to view the IPR curve:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1350

The plot shows how both the bottom hole pressure and bottom hole temperature vary
with flow rate.

The IPR should be recalculated any time the properties are changed as the AOF of the
well is used in many calculations to obtain the maximum range of rates to be used.

Close the plot window by selecting the 'X' in the top left of the window to return to the IPR
screen and the select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen. Please note that if
this window is exited using Cancel, none of the changes made will be saved.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1351 PROSPER

3.3.5.5 Running System Calc

Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate the
rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the use
of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the system
point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR):

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1352

The screen is split into 4 main elements;

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.
- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).

3.3.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1353 PROSPER

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.3.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1354

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig and the Water
Cut is 0% then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 12130 STB/day
and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is
2686 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

Close the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 1. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Build a basic PROSPER model using the different sections to input data about
the well.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1355 PROSPER

3.4 Tutorial 02 - Basic Gas Well Model

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.4.1 Statement of the Problem
A new over-pressured gas field, the Powderhall field, has been located and has just
been drilled. As an engineer in the operating company, you have been asked to create a
well model for the first well of a gas reservoir using PROSPER.

Limited information is available at this time but as the well is completed and tested this
will change and the extra data will allow the model to be progressively improved. The
reservoir is on-land, and as the well has been drilled, the deviation survey is known. The
casing and tubing sizes to be used are also known and it is envisaged that a safety
valve will be located beneath the well head.

Currently the well is producing 1 STB/MMscf of water and it is believed that part of this
water is vaporised within the gas when it is travelling up the well. The model should
therefore be set up to take into account the condensation or vaporisation of this water
within the wellbore.

It is foreseen that the well will produce at approximately 1500 psig flowing well head
pressure and therefore an estimate of the gas rate which will be produced in this case is
sought.

3.4.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a preliminary gas well model to which more information can be added.

Learn what the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model is.

Insert an IPR Model for the well.

Learn to perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.

3.4.3 General Approach

In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the VLP
and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and viscosity
which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the vertical lift
performance and is controlled by the data in the 'Equipment Data' section of PROSPER.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1356

These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted by the well at given conditions.
Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how much fluid can flow
from the reservoir into the wellbore at given conditions.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Basic fluid PVT data will be entered to be used with PVT correlations to predict
the properties of the fluid at the different conditions within the model.

b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.

c. An IPR is to be built using the Petroleum Experts IPR Model.

d. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the

given conditions.

3.4.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.4.4.1 Basic Data

This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Dry and Wet Gas

Method Black Oil
Separator Single-Stage Separator
Water Vapour Calculate Condensed Water Vapour

3.4.4.2 PVT Data

This is the preliminary PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise
the fluid.

Gas Gravity 0.58 Specific Gravity

Separator Pressure 200 psig
Condensate Gas Ratio 1 STB/MMscf
Condensate Gravity 50 API
Water Gas Ratio 1 STB/MMscf

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1357 PROSPER

Water Salinity 100000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0.5%

Mole % N2 2%

3.4.4.3 Equipment Data

3.4.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important concept is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner
with respect to the reference depth selected.

Measured Depth Total Vertical

(ft) Depth (ft)
0 0
1500 1500
2000 1980
2500 2450
3000 2883
3500 3300
4000 3721
4500 4140
5000 4560
5400 4900

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1358

3.4.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

Type Measured Inside Inside Rate

Depth (ft) Diameter Roughness Multiplier
(inches) (inches)
Xmas Tree 0
Tubing 1000 3.958 0.0006 1
SSSV 3 1
Tubing 5000 3.958 0.0006 1
Casing 5400 6 0.0006 1

3.4.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 45
1500 75
5400 166

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1359 PROSPER

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 3 BTU/hr/ft2/oF.

3.4.4.4 IPR Data

The following information can be used to generate a Petroleum Experts IPR Model.

Inflow Model Petroleum Experts

Skin Model Enter Skin By Hand

Reservoir Pressure 5300 psig

Reservoir Temperature 166 oF

CGR 1

WGR 1

Reservoir Permeability 25 md
Reservoir Thickness 55 ft
Drainage Area 500 acres

Dietz Shape Factor 31.6

WellBore Radius 0.354 ft
Perforation Interval 55 ft
Time Since Production Started 50 days
Reservoir Porosity 0.15
Connate Water Saturation 0.25
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D) Calculated
Permeability Entered Total Permeability
SKIN 2

3.4.5 Step-by-Step Guide

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1360

3.4.5.1 Setting Up The Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.
The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the data is kept as the default for all the options with the fluid being Dry and
Wet Gas and the Water Vapour option set to Calculate Condensed Water Vapour:

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.4.5.2 Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

Gas Gravity 0.58 Specific Gravity

Separator Pressure 200
Condensate Gas Ratio 1 STB/MMscf

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1361 PROSPER

Condensate Gravity 50 API

Water Gas Ratio 1 STB/MMscf

Water Salinity 100000 ppm
Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO 0.5%
2
Mole % N2 2%

As the Calculate Condensed Water Vapour option has been enabled, the PVT screen
is also used to calculate the Minimum WGR. This Minimum WGR is the WGR which is
vaporised within the gas at the reservoir conditions which therefore must be produced
even if no other free water is produced. If a WGR value lower than the calculated
Minimum WGR is input for use in a calculation, then this will be replaced by the
Minimum WGR. In this case, when the reservoir conditions (5300 psig and 166oF) are
entered the Minimum WGR is found to be 0.27114 STB/MMscf as shown in the water
vapour tab.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1362

It is also possible to see how this Minimum WGR changed with pressure and
temperature by selecting Water Vapour Plot:

3.4.5.3 Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1363 PROSPER

appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1364

3.4.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1365 PROSPER

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering option,
please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.4.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1366

3.4.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found in the
table below:

Inside Inside
Type MD (ft) Diameter Roughness Rate Multiplier
(Inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 0 1

Tubing 1000 3.958 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.0 1

Tubing 5000 3.958 0.0006 1

Casing 5400 6.0 0.0006 1

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1367 PROSPER

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the solution node depth
which splits the well into the VLP and IPR. This depth is also therefore the depth at which
the static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the
top of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.4.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences as it
travels up the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should account for the
heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal gradient and U value
entered can be seen below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1368

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.4.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The average heat capacities of water, oil and gas are used in the Rough
Approximation temperature model to calculate the energy which is provided when the
fluid changes temperature. These are to be kept equal to the default values:

Selecting Done will move the user on to the final input screen.

3.4.5.3.6 Gauge Details

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1369 PROSPER

result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Done to return to
the main 'Equipment Data' screen:

3.4.5.3.7 Equipment Summary

From the equipment input screen it is possible to see a summary of the equipment by
selecting the Summary button on the top right of the screen:

This brings up the equipment summary screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1370

It is then possible to see a drawing of the down-hole equipment by selecting Draw

Downhole:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1371 PROSPER

To gain direct access to the main PROSPER screen, the Main button can be selected
from the plot ribbon bar.

3.4.5.4 Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore how productive
the reservoir is. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and each is
applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.

The reservoir model selected should be Petroleum Experts and the Skin model should
be Enter Skin by Hand. The reservoir data and model data should then be entered as
below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1372

Select the Mech/Geom Skin tab to input the skin data for the well:

When this data has been inserted, click Calculate and Plot to view the IPR curve:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1373 PROSPER

The IPR curve shows both the variation in bottom hole pressure and bottom hole
temperature as rate changes.

To close the plot, select the red cross in the top right hand corner. Selecting Done will
return the user to the main PROSPER screen.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1374

3.4.5.5 Running System Calc

Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate the
rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the use
of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the system
point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR):

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1375 PROSPER

The screen is split into 4 main elements;

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.
- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).
3.4.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 1500 psig and the CGR and WGR are both set as 1 STB/MMscf. This
data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1376

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.4.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1377 PROSPER

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 1500 psig and the
WGR is 1 STB/MMscf then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately
83.14 MMscf/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is
equivalent to the FBHP) is 2724 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

Close the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 2. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Build a PROSPER model for a gas well using the different sections to input
data.
Build an IPR using the Petroleum Experts IPR model.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1378

3.5 Tutorial 03a - Water Injection Model

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.5.1 Statement of the Problem
The Logie field has now been producing for some time and the development team has
begun to run field development strategies to calculate the optimum way to obtain the
most from the field.

One of the strategies being considered is to use water to maintain the reservoir
pressure. In order to see if this strategy is feasible, the injection capabilities of a water
injection well needs to be considered. The team expects that as water is injected, the
cool water will act to decrease the temperature of the near well bore region and may
lead to fracturing in the reservoir. The best place to carry out this analysis would be a
numerical simulator which can calculate the dynamic stresses within the system and
model both the initial fracture, its propagation through the reservoir and the impact that
the fracture has on the production.

The objective of this tutorial is therefore to build a PROSPER file from which lift curves
representing the water injection well can be generated and then exported.

An additional objective has been set to estimate the initial injection rate if the reservoir
pressure is 4100psig, the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model and the well head
pressure is 1250 psig.

3.5.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a preliminary water injection well model.

Learn the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model.

Use the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model to predict the injectivity of the
well..

Learn to perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.

3.5.3 General Approach

In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the VLP
and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and viscosity

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1379 PROSPER

which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the vertical lift
performance and is controlled by the data in the 'Equipment Data' section of PROSPER.
These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted by the well at given conditions.
Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how much fluid can flow
from the reservoir into the wellbore at given conditions.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert 'dummy' PVT data for the hydrocarbon fluid as the water cut of this well will
be 100%. Also enter the correct water salinity which will be used to model the
water properties.

b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.

c. An IPR is to be built using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR Model to model
the inflow at a certain instance in time.

d. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the

given conditions.

3.5.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.5.4.1 Basic Data

This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Oil and Water

Method Black Oil

Separator Single-Stage Separator

Well Type Injector

3.5.4.2 PVT Data

This is the preliminary PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise
the fluid.

GOR 0 scf/STB
Oil Gravity 37 API

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1380

Gas Gravity 0.7 Specific Gravity

Water Salinity 200000 ppm
Mole % H2S 0%
Mole % CO2 0%
Mole % N 0%
2

3.5.4.3 Equipment Data

It can be assumed for the time being that the temperature of the injected fluid at the
wellhead will be 60oF.

3.5.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

In this case, we have a vertical well.

Measured Depth (ft) Total Vertical Depth (ft)

0 0
9000 9000

3.5.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

Type Measured Inside Inside Rate Multiplier

Depth (ft) Diameter Roughness

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1381 PROSPER

(inches) (inches)

Xmas Tree 600

Tubing 8500 5.2 0.0006 1
Casing 9000 6.4 0.0006 1

3.5.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the Rough Approximation temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 60

600 40

9000 210

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.5.4.4 IPR Data

The following information can be used to generate a Thermally Induced Fracture
Model.

Inflow Model Thermally Induced Fracture

Reservoir Pressure 4100 psig
Reservoir Temperature 210 oF

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1382

Water Cut 100%

GOR 0
Injected Fluid Temperature 120 oF
Skin 3

Please note: In reality, the temperature of the injected fluid will be dependent upon the
rate which is being produced and is a results which is calculated by the VLP curves. If a
thermal reservoir simulator is used to model the inflow of an injector, this will be taken
into account and becomes a more robust model as a result.

Injectivity Data:

Reservoir Permeability 50 md

Reservoir Thickness 100 ft

Drainage Area 250 acres

Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft

Time 20 days

Reservoir Porosity 0.18

Mean Historical Injection Rate 12000 STB/day

Thermo-Mechanical Data:

Initial Reservoir Stress 5300 psig

Sweep Efficiency 0.75
Injected Fluid Specific Heat 1 BTU/lb/F
Capacity
Overall Reservoir Conductivity 2.5 BTU/hr/lb/F
Overall Reservoir Specific Heat 0.25 BTU/lb/F
Capacity
Overall Reservoir Density 140 lb/ft3
Top and Bottom Surroundings 0.9 BTU/hr/lb/F
Conductivity

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1383 PROSPER

Top and Bottom Surroundings 0.2 BTU/lb/F

Specific Heat Capacity
Top and Bottom Surroundings 200 lb/ft3
Density
Reservoir Thermal Expansion 5e-6 oF-1
Biot's Constant 0.7

Poisson's Ratio 0.2

Reservoir Young's Modulus 3000000 psi

3.5.5 Step-by-Step Guide

3.5.5.1 Setting Up The Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.
The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the fluid type should be altered to Oil and Water and the well type to Injector:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1384

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.5.5.2 Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab.

As we are injecting water, no gas or oil will be present within the system. However, as
we are going to use the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model, a description of the fluid
in the reservoir is required. When modelling, the water cut will be set to 100% and so
only the water salinity will be used in the calculations in the wellbore (VLP). The PVT
data to be entered can be seen below:

GOR 800 scf/STB

Oil Gravity 37 API
Gas Gravity 0.7 Specific Gravity

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1385 PROSPER

Water Salinity 200000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

3.5.5.3 Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows. This is done in the Equipment Data
section. This can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. The injected fluid temperature (at the
wellhead) should be inserted into this screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1386

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

3.5.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1387 PROSPER

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button.

As this well is vertical, only two points are required.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done.

3.5.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1388

3.5.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is injected down the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found
below:

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the depth at which the
static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the top of
the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.5.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1389 PROSPER

the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences and
so is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient is
also input into this screen. The geothermal gradient can be seen below:

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.5.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The heat capacities of water, oil and gas are to be kept equal to the default values:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1390

Selecting Done will return the user to the ‘Equipment Input’ screen as all the equipment
data has been inserted.

3.5.5.3.6 Gauge Details

If we have any gauges downhole, we can define their depths on this screen. The
pressure and temperature at these points will be reported when calculations are carried
out so they can be compared to any real data which may be available:

This well has no gauges therefore the screen can be left blank.

Selecting Done will return to the equipment screen and then selecting Done again will
return us to the main PROSPER screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1391 PROSPER

3.5.5.4 Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well or in the case of an injection
well, it defines the relationship between the bottom hole pressure and the rate which can
be injected into the reservoir.. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and
each is applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

When dealing with injection systems, due to the changing conditions around the well, it is
normally best to carried out the injectivity modelling with a reservoir simulator which can
account for the effects of the cooled region around the well bore and also consider the
impact of rock mechanics and water chemistry on our ability to inject over time.

If the modelling is to be carried out using PROSPER, it is recommended that water

injector wells be defined using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model.

The IPR screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.

The reservoir model selected should be the Thermally Induced Fracture model and the
skin model should be selected as Enter Skin by Hand. TheThe injected temperature of
the fluid is a required input and this is the fluid temperature at the bottom hole depth. As
the fluid will gain heat from the surroundings as it travels down the wellbore, the
temperature at the bottom hole will be dependent upon the rate which is to be injected.
When using VLP curves with a numerical simulator, this temperature and rate
relationship is known and will be used by the simulator to ensure that the correct fluid
temperature is used in subsequent calculations. In this case, a single value will be
entered which is independent of rate, as shown above.
The injectivity and thermo-mechanical data can be defined in the model data
section.This screen allows the reservoirs geo-mechanical and thermo-mechanical
properties to be entered which will be used by the model to predict if a fracture is likely
to occur for the given conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1392

When the data has been inserted, select the Mech/Geom Skin tab to enter the skin
value:

Click Calculate and Plot to view the IPR curve:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1393 PROSPER

From this plot we can see that the AOF is reported as 410000 STB/day. As this is an
injector, the principle of the AOF no longer has a physical meaning as there is no limit to
what the bottom hole pressure can be (unlike a production well which is limited by 0
psig). As the range of values used is so wide, the curve shown may not be
representative of the actual injectivity at lower rates. We will see this in more detail when
the system calculation is performed.

Selecting Main will return the user to the main PROSPER screen.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed.

3.5.5.5 Running System Calc

Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate the
rate which the well can inject at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the use

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1394

of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the system
point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR):

The screen is split into 4 main elements;

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.
- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).
3.5.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
The conditions which are to be studied should be inserted into the top left hand corner of
the screen and the first node pressure is set to 1250 psig and the water cut and GOR
are set as 100% and 800 scf/STB respectfully.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1395 PROSPER

The rate method should be changed to User Selected. As mentioned previously, the
AOF of an injection well has no physical meaning and if used to generate the rates to be
used in the calculations can reduce the accuracy of the results. Instead, it is possible to
generate a range of rates manually to be used in the system calculation. This can be
done by selecting Generate:

When the ranges have been inserted, select Generate to calculate the values and then
Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.5.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1396

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 1250 psig then the
model predicts that the well can inject at approximately 11670 STB/day and that the
corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 5400 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1397 PROSPER

Now that the resolution is better on the lower rates of the IPR curve, we can see the
different shapes it takes. The curve can be seen to have three distinct sections. The first
(at low rates) shows that an increase in pressure is required to inject a higher rate. The
second region is a flat shape which shows that the rate being injected can increase
without a rise in the bottom hole pressure. This is the point at which the modelling is
predicting that a thermally induced fracture may occur. In the third section (at higher
rates) the relationship of increasing pressure being required to inject a higher rate is
reestablished.

As our intersection occurs within the third section, the model is predicting that at these
conditions the reservoir rock may fracture. To analyse this in more detail, calculate the
propagation of the fracture through the reservoir and to judge the impact that this fracture
will have on our injection rate over time, we would have to consult a reservoir simulator
which can deal with both the thermal and fracture mechanics aspects that have been
highlighted here.

Close the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 3. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Build a PROSPER model for a water injection well using the different sections
to input data.
Build an IPR using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the injection rate for a well at a given
set of conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1398

3.6 Tutorial 03b - Basic Water Injection Model

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.6.1 Statement of the Problem
When a IPR is generated in GAP only a single value of PI is transferred. In the previous
case (03a) there is a potential to have two gradients if the reservoir is fractured during
injected. It is possible to enter this data into GAP as a Fracture dP and a Fracture PI.
However, if a representative value of PI is desired to be transferered to GAP then it may
be desirbale to use a simplified IPR which does not capture the more detailed thermal
and mechanical effects such as the standard Darcy model.

In this example a simplified injector model is created using the Darcy inflow model. This
approach does not capture the thermal effects (cooling reduces the viscosity and
therefore the fluid mobility) or thermal or hydraulic fracturing which can be an issue for
water injectors wells.

3.6.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a preliminary water injection well model.

Learn the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model.

Use the Darcy IPR model to estimate the injectivity of the well.

3.6.3 General Approach

In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the VLP
and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and viscosity
which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the vertical lift
performance and is controlled by the data in the 'Equipment Data' section of PROSPER.
These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted by the well at given conditions.
Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how much fluid can flow
from the reservoir into the wellbore at given conditions.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Use simplified water PVT data.

b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1399 PROSPER

the down-hole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.

c. An IPR is to be built using the Darcy IPR Model to model the inflow.

3.6.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.6.4.1 Basic Data

This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Oil and Water

Method Black Oil

Separator Single-Stage Separator

Well Type Water Injector

3.6.4.2 PVT Data

The water has the following total solid content.

Water Salinity 200000 ppm

3.6.4.3 Equipment Data

It can be assumed for the time being that the temperature of the injected fluid at the
wellhead will be 60oF.

3.6.4.3.1 Deviation Survey_2

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

In this case, we have a vertical well.

Measured Depth (ft) Total Vertical Depth (ft)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1400

0 0

9000 9000

3.6.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment_2

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

Type Measured Inside Inside Rate Multiplier

Depth (ft) Diameter Roughness
(inches) (inches)
Xmas Tree 600
Tubing 8500 5.2 0.0006 1
Casing 9000 6.4 0.0006 1

3.6.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient_2

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the Rough Approximation temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 60
600 40

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1401 PROSPER

9000 210

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.6.4.4 IPR Data

The following information can be used to generate a Thermally Induced Fracture
Model.

Inflow Model Darcy

Reservoir Pressure 4100 psig

Reservoir Temperature 210 oF

Water Cut 100%

GOR 0

Injected Fluid Temperature 120 oF

Skin 3

Please note: In reality, the temperature of the injected fluid will be dependent upon the
rate which is being produced and is a results which is calculated by the VLP curves. If a
thermal reservoir simulator is used to model the inflow of an injector, this will be taken
into account and becomes a more robust model as a result.

Injectivity Data:

Reservoir Permeability 50 md

Reservoir Thickness 100 ft

Drainage Area 250 acres

Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft

Time 20 days

Reservoir Porosity 0.18

Mean Historical Injection Rate 12000 STB/day

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1402

3.6.5 Step-by-Step Guide

3.6.5.1 Setting Up The Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.
The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the fluid type should be altered to Oil and Water and the well type to Water
Injector:

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.6.5.2 Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab.

As we are injecting water, no gas or oil will be present within the system. The water has
the following total solid content.

Water Salinity 200000 ppm

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1403 PROSPER

3.6.5.3 Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows. This is done in the Equipment Data
section. This can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. The injected fluid temperature (at the
wellhead) should be inserted into this screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1404

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

3.6.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button.

As this well is vertical, only two points are required.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done.

3.6.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1405 PROSPER

3.6.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is injected down the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found
below:

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the depth at which the
static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the top of
the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.6.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1406

the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences and
so is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient is
also input into this screen. The geothermal gradient can be seen below:

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.6.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The heat capacities of water, oil and gas are to be kept equal to the default values:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1407 PROSPER

Selecting Done will return the user to the ‘Equipment Input’ screen as all the equipment
data has been inserted.

3.6.5.3.6 Gauge Details

If we have any gauges downhole, we can define their depths on this screen. The
pressure and temperature at these points will be reported when calculations are carried
out so they can be compared to any real data which may be available:

This well has no gauges therefore the screen can be left blank.

Selecting Done will return to the equipment screen and then selecting Done again will
return us to the main PROSPER screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1408

3.6.5.4 Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well or in the case of an injection
well, it defines the relationship between the bottom hole pressure and the rate which can
be injected into the reservoir.. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and
each is applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

When dealing with injection systems, due to the changing conditions around the well, it is
normally best to carried out the injectivity modelling with a reservoir simulator which can
account for the effects of the cooled region around the well bore and also consider the
impact of rock mechanics and water chemistry on our ability to inject over time.

If the modelling is to be carried out using PROSPER, it is recommended that water

injector wells be defined using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model (Tutorial
03a). However, in this case the simplified Darcy model will be used instead.

The IPR screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.

The reservoir model selected should be the Darcy model and the skin model should be
selected as Enter Skin by Hand.

When the data has been inserted, select the Mech/Geom Skin tab to enter the skin
value:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1409 PROSPER

Click Calculate and Plot to view the IPR curve:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1410

From this plot we can see that the AOF is reported as 410000 STB/day. As this is an
injector, the principle of the AOF no longer has a physical meaning as there is no limit to
what the bottom hole pressure can be (unlike a production well which is limited by 0
psig). As the range of values used is so wide, the curve shown may not be
representative of the actual injectivity at lower rates. We will see this in more detail when
the system calculation is performed.

Selecting Main will return the user to the main PROSPER screen.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed.

3.6.5.5 Running System Calc

Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate the
rate which the well can inject at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the use
of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the system
point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR):

The screen is split into 4 main elements;

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1411 PROSPER

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.
- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).
3.6.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
The conditions which are to be studied should be inserted into the top left hand corner of
the screen and the first node pressure is set to 1250 psig.

3.6.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation_3

It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1412

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 1250 psig then the
model predicts that the well can inject at approximately 10,046 STB/day and that the
corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 17 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

Close the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 3. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Build a PROSPER model for a water injection well using the different sections
to input data.
Build an IPR using the Thermally Induced Fracture IPR model.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the injection rate for a well at a given
set of conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1413 PROSPER

3.7 Tutorial 04 - Basic Gas Injection Model

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.7.1 Statement of the Problem
A new gas condensate field has been discovered and is currently under development.
For the first five years of production, there is no market for the gas being produced and
so it cannot be sold on. One development strategy under consideration is to produce the
gas for the first five years so that the condensate can be sold. The resultant dry gas will
then be re-injected into the reservoir to help maintain the pressure and also in the hope
that any condensate which has dropped out in the reservoir may be vaporised and
produced to increase the yield. Due to the complexity of injecting a cooler fluid into a
reservoir, the best way to obtain an accurate idea of the injectivity of the well would be to
use a numerical simulator which can account for the effects of changing temperature and
the chemical reacts which may results from introducing a different composition into the
reservoir.

The current objective is to create a PROSPER file which can be used to create the lift
curves which can then be imported into the reservoir simulator to run predictions. Using
the Petroleum Experts IPR model, management would also like an idea of the volume
of gas which can be injected if the reservoir pressure was 2750 psig and the wellhead
pressure of the well is 2000 psig.

3.7.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a preliminary gas injection well model.

Learn what the basic input data required to build a PROSPER injection well model
is.

Learn to perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.

3.7.3 General Approach

In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the VLP
and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and viscosity
which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the vertical lift
performance and is controlled by the data in the 'Equipment Data' section of PROSPER.
These VLP curves define the relationship between the top node pressure and the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1414

bottom hole pressure for various flow rates at given conditions. Finally, the IPR (or Inflow
Performance Relationship) defines how much fluid can flow into the reservoir from the
wellbore at given conditions.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Basic fluid PVT data will be used with PVT correlations to predict the properties
of the fluid at the different conditions within the model.

b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.

c. An IPR is to be built using the Petroleum Experts IPR model.

d. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely injection when the
reservoir pressure is 2750 psig and the well head pressure is 2000 psig.

3.7.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.7.4.1 Basic Data

This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Dry and Wet Gas

Method Black Oil

Well Type Injector

3.7.4.2 PVT Data

This is the preliminary PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise
the fluid.

Gas Gravity 0.769 Specific Gravity

Separator Pressure 100 psig
Condensate Gas Ratio 0 STB/MMscf
Condensate Gravity 67 API
Water Gas Ratio 0 STB/MMscf

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1415 PROSPER

Water Salinity 100000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0.368%

Mole % N2 4.005%

3.7.4.3 Equipment Data

3.7.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

Measured Total Vertical

Depth (ft) Depth (ft)
0 0
1500 1500
1982 1980
2460 2450
2905 2883
3335 3300
4650 4560
5010 4900

3.7.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel from the
surface to the bottom hole. The final depth from this data will be used as the solution
node where the bottom-hole pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1416

reservoir pressure is defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir
or the top of the perforations.

Type Measured Inside Inside Rate Multiplier

Depth (ft) Diameter Roughness
(inches) (inches)
Xmas Tree 0

Tubing 1000 4.5 0.00006 1

SSSV 4.0 1
Tubing 4800 4.5 0.00006 1
Casing 5010 6.13 0.00006 1

3.7.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the Rough Approximation temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 45

1500 75

5010 166

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 3 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1417 PROSPER

3.7.4.4 IPR Data

The following information can be used to generate a Petroleum Experts IPR Model.

Inflow Model Petroleum Experts

Skin Model Enter Skin By Hand

Reservoir Pressure 2750 psig

Reservoir Temperature 166 oF

CGR 0

WGR 0

Reservoir Permeability 25 md
Reservoir Thickness 55 ft
Drainage Area 500 acres
Dietz Shape Factor 31.6
WellBore Radius 0.354 ft
Perforation Interval 45 ft
Time Since Production Started 100 days
Reservoir Porosity 0.15
Connate Water Saturation 0.25

Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D) Calculated

Permeability Entered Total Permeability
SKIN 2

3.7.5 Step-by-Step Guide

3.7.5.1 Setting Up The Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1418

The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the fluid is set to Dry and Wet Gas and the well type is changed to Injector:

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.7.5.2 Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

Gas Gravity 0.769 Specific Gravity

Separator Pressure 100 psig
Condensate Gas Ratio 0 STB/MMscf
Condensate Gravity 67 API

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1419 PROSPER

Water Gas Ratio 0 STB/MMscf

Water Salinity 100000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0.368%

Mole % N 4.005%
2

When the data has been inserted, select Done to return to the main screen.

3.7.5.3 Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1420

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. The injected fluid temperature is the
temperature of the injection fluid at the top node of the well. In this case, this is the fluid
temperature at the wellhead and the value to be entered is 100oF. In order to fill in data
for all of the appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up
ticks next to each section:

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1421 PROSPER

3.7.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1422

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering option,
please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.7.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1423 PROSPER

3.7.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is injected down the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found in
the table below:

Inside Inside
Type MD (ft) Diameter Roughness Rate Multiplier
(Inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 0 1

Tubing 1000 4.5 0.00006 1

SSSV 4.0 1

Tubing 4800 4.5 0.00006 1

Casing 5010 6.13 0.00006 1

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1424

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the solution node depth
which splits the well into the VLP and IPR. This depth is also therefore the depth at which
the static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the
top of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.7.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences as it
travels down the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should account for the
heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal gradient and U value
entered can be seen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1425 PROSPER

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.7.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The average heat capacities of water, oil and gas are used in the Rough
Approximation temperature model to calculate the energy which is provided when the
fluid changes temperature. These are to be kept equal to the default values:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1426

Selecting Done will move the user on to the final input screen.

3.7.5.3.6 Gauge Details

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be reported when
calculations such as VLPs are completed.

In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Done to return to
the main 'Equipment Data' screen:

From the main Equipment Data screen, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1427 PROSPER

3.7.5.4 Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore when modelling
an injector, it is the relationship between the bottom hole pressure and the flow rate of
fluid which can be injected into the reservoir. There are over 20 IPR models available in
PROSPER and each is applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.

The reservoir model selected should be Petroleum Experts and the skin model should
be set to Enter Skin by Hand. Care should be taken if using this model for predictive
purposes as the injectivity of the well may change over time as the thermal and chemical
effects of injecting a cooler fluid with a different composition is felt by the reservoir. In
this case, as an initial study is being carried out, the model can be selected. It is
recommended that a reservoir simulator which can consider the complex interactions of
the rock mechanics, temperature variation and water chemistry be used when more
detailed analysis is required for gas injection wells.

The reservoir properties (such as pressure, temperature) and the fluid's properties can
be inserted as can the model data:

Selecting the Mech/Geom Skin tab, the skin value can be entered:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1428

When this data has been inserted, click Calculate to view the IPR curve:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1429 PROSPER

The IPR curve shows both the variation in bottom hole pressure and bottom hole
temperature as rate changes. From this plot we can see that the AOF is reported as
2991 MMscf/day. As this is an injector, the principle of the AOF no longer has a physical
meaning as there is no limit to what the bottom hole pressure can be (unlike a
production well which is limited by 0 psig). As the range of rates is so high, the IPR
pressure can be seen to be very high. To get an accurate representation of the
relationship between FBHP and rate at lower rates, a sensitivity could be performed
with User Selected rates.

Exit the plot and the select Done to return to the main screen.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed.

3.7.5.5 Running System Calc

Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate
the rate which the well can inject at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR):

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1430

The screen is split into 4 main elements;

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.
- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).

3.7.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

The conditions which are to be studied should be inserted into the top left hand corner of
the screen and the first node pressure is set to 1250 psig and the water cut and GOR
are set as 100% and 0 scf/STB respectfully.

The rate method should be changed to User Selected. As mentioned previously, the
AOF of an injection well has no physical meaning and if used to generate the rates to be
used in the calculations can reduce the accuracy of the results. Instead, it is possible to
generate a range of rates manually to be used in the system calculation. This can be
done by selecting Generate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1431 PROSPER

When the ranges have been inserted, select Generate to calculate the values and then
Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.7.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 2500 psig then the
model predicts that the well can inject at approximately 9.46 MMscf/day and that the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1432

corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 2985 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

Close the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 4. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Build a PROSPER model for a gas injection well using the different sections to
input data.
Build an IPR using the Petroleum Experts IPR model.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the injection rate for a well at a given
set of conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1433 PROSPER

3.8 Tutorial 05 - Matching PVT of an Oil

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 01. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.8.1 Statement of the Problem
The Logie field has now been drilled and samples of the reservoir fluid have been
tested in the laboratory.

In Tutorial 01 a black oil correlation was used to calculate our fluid properties based on
the black oil properties of the fluid. As more data is now available, the objective is to
ensure that the PVT data being calculated by the correlation is consistent with that of the
laboratory tests. This is done through a process called PVT Matching.

When the PVT has been matched, the flow rate of the well when the well head pressure
is 500 psig is required.
3.8.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Ensure that the PVT data in PROSPER is representative of the laboratory data.

Learn to match the black oil correlations to laboratory data.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1434

Carry out a system calculation to see the impact of the new PVT properties.

3.8.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created it is not necessary to input new
data for the VLP or the IPR. Instead, only the PVT section will be reviewed.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. The available laboratory PVT data will be entered into the model.

b. This data will be used as the basis of a matching calculation to ensure that the
PVT properties calculated are representative of the actual fluid.

c. A system calculation will be performed to assess what effects these changes in

PVT will have on the likely production at the given conditions.

3.8.4 Available Data

The laboratory report has provided data which can be used in the matching process.
3.8.4.1 PVT Match Data
Temperature of Test 210 oF
Bubble Point at Test Temperature 3500 psig

Pressure GOR Oil FVF Viscosity

4000 800 1.42 0.364
3500 800 1.432 0.35
3000 655 1.352 0.403
2400 500 1.273 0.48
1000 190 1.12 0.7205

3.8.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 01. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.
3.8.5.1 Inserting Match Data
From the main PROSPER screen, open the PVT section by selecting PVT | Input Data
from the main ribbon bar:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1435 PROSPER

In the match data tab located at the bottom left of this interface enter the laboratory data.

Select Matching to proceed to the regression screen.

3.8.5.2 Matching the Correlations
Having selected Match, the following screen will be displayed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1436

Selecting Match All at the top of the screen will match all of the correlations to all of the
available data. If Match is selected then only the correlations selected will be matched
and this will be done to which ever properties are selected in the Match On box to the
left of the screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1437 PROSPER

In this case select Match All to match all of the correlations and data.

By selecting the Plot option it is possible to see the graph of the matched correlation
compared to the laboratory data points. The correlation which will be shown in the
plotting is the correlation which has been selected in the Correlations section of the
above screen. The option of plotting the data either By Pressure or By Temperature is
given. Selecting By Temperature will plot each different variable against pressure and
have a different trend line for each temperature, while the By Pressure option will show
trend lines depending on pressure and plot against temperature. In this case select By
Temperature:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1438

To plot the required variable, first select the PVT Matching Plot - Temperature = 210
(deg F) stream in the top left hand corner of the plot. Once the stream has been
selected, double click the variable Gas Oil Ratio in the bottom left hand corner. This
should also be carried out for the PVT Matching Data - Temperature = 210 (deg F)
stream to plot the test data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1439 PROSPER

The different properties can be plotted by selecting them from the bottom left hand
corner. It can be seen from these plots that the Glaso and Beal et al correlations give
good matches with the test data. To exit the plot, select the red cross in the top right
hand corner of the screen.

It is possible to plot other correlations against the test data by selecting Plot All in the
main PVT matching screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1440

From the regression screen it is possible to view the resultant matching parameters by
selecting Parameters:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1441 PROSPER

For a good match, parameter 1 should be as close to 1 as possible and parameter 2

should be as close to 0 as possible. Upon reviewing the parameters it can be seen that
the best correlations to select are the Glaso and Beal et al correlations:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1442

Select Done at each screen until the main PVT screen is seen.
3.8.5.3 Selecting the Correlation
Now that the correlations have been matched and the parameters and plots reviewed, it
is necessary to select the correlation which is most representative of the laboratory data.
This is done on the main PVT input data screen. The correlations in the drop down menu
are those which will be used in the model and for this oil the Glaso and Beal et al
correlations should be selected:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1443 PROSPER

A green banner can also be seen which tells the user that the correlations have been
matched.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.8.5.4 Running System Calc
Now that the PVT used in the model has been matched to laboratory data, the next step
is to calculate the impact that this has had on the rate that our model will predict. This
can be done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR
plots to find the system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).
3.8.5.4.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1444

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.8.5.4.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1445 PROSPER

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig and the Water
Cut is 0% then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 16116 STB/day
and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is
3101 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

This marks the end of Tutorial 5. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Match the Black Oil correlations to laboratory data.

Select the most suitable Black Oil correlation for use within the model.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1446

3.9 Tutorial 06 - Matching PVT of a Gas

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 02. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.9.1 Statement of the Problem
The Powderhall gas field has now been drilled and samples of the reservoir fluid have
been tested in the laboratory.

In Tutorial 02, a correlation was used to calculate our fluid properties based on the gas
gravity and black oil properties of our fluid. As more data is now available, the current
objective is to ensure that the PVT data being calculated by the correlation is consistent
with that of the laboratory tests. This is done through a process called PVT Matching.

When the PVT has been matched, the flow rate of the well when the well head pressure
is 1500 psig is required.
3.9.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Ensure that the PVT data in PROSPER is representative of the laboratory data.

Learn to match the PVT correlations to laboratory data.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1447 PROSPER

Carry out a system calculation to see the impact of the new PVT properties.

3.9.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created it is not necessary to input new
data for the VLP or the IPR. Instead, only the PVT section will be reviewed

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. The PVT correlations used to predict the properties of the fluid at the different
conditions within the model will be matched to ensure they are representative of
the laboratory data.

b. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affects that these changes
in PVT will have on the likely production at the given conditions.

3.9.4 Available Data

The laboratory report has provided data which can be used in the matching process.
3.9.4.1 PVT Match Data
Temperature of Test 166 oF

Pressure (psig) Z Factor Gas Viscosity (cp) Gas FVF

(ft3/scf)
5300 1.03183 0.024644 0.0034174
3020 0.9053 0.01869 0.005239
2140 0.89365 0.01648 0.06733
1000 0.9287 0.014213 0.016213

3.9.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 02. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.
3.9.5.1 Inserting Match Data
From the main PROSPER screen, open the PVT section by selecting PVT | Input Data
from the main ribbon bar:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1448

In the match data tab located at the bottom left of this interface enter the laboratory data.

Select Matching to proceed to the regression screen.

3.9.5.2 Matching the Correlations
Having selected Match, the following screen will be displayed:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1449 PROSPER

Selecting Match All at the top of the screen will match all of the correlations to all of the
available data. If Match is selected then only the correlations selected will be matched
and this will be done to whichever properties are selected in the Match On box to the
left of the screen.

In this case select Match All to match all of the correlations and data.

By selecting the Plot option it is possible to see the graph of the matched correlation
compared to the laboratory data points. The correlation which will be shown in the
plotting is the correlation which has been selected in the Correlations section of the
above screen. The option of plotting the data either By Pressure or By Temperature is
given. Selecting By Temperature will plot each different variable against pressure and
have a different trend line for each temperature, while the By Pressure option will show
trend lines depending on pressure and plot against temperature. In this case select By
Temperature:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1450

To plot the required variable, first select the PVT Matching Plot - Temperature = 166
(deg F) stream in the top left hand corner of the plot. Once the stream has been
selected, double click the variable Z Factor in the bottom left hand corner. This should
also be carried out for the PVT Matching Data - Temperature = 166 (deg F) stream to
plot the test data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1451 PROSPER

The different properties can be plotted by selecting them from the bottom left hand
corner. To exit the plot, select the red cross in the top right hand corner of the screen.

From the regression screen it is possible to view the resultant matching parameters by
selecting Parameters:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1452

For a good match, parameter 1 should be as close to 1 as possible and parameter 2

should be as close to 0 as possible. For this case the correlations are all within a
reasonable range of these conditions:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1453 PROSPER

For the viscosity correlation, we can see that the Carr et al correlation has match
parameters of exactly 1 and 0. When these numbers are exactly equal to 1 and 0 this
implies that the regression has failed to find a solution. Therefore, the Lee et al
correlation should be selected and it was seen in the earlier plots that this gives a very
good match to the test data.

Select Done at each screen until the main PVT screen is seen.
3.9.5.3 Selecting the Correlation
Now that the correlations have been matched and the parameters and plots reviewed, it
is necessary to select the correlation which is most representative of the laboratory data.
This is done on the main PVT input data screen. The correlations in the drop down menu
are those which are to be used. For this gas the Lee et al viscosity correlation should be
selected:

A green banner can also be seen which tells the user that the correlations have been
matched. Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.9.5.4 Running System Calc
Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate the
rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the use

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1454

of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the system
point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

3.9.5.4.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 1500 psig and the CGR and WGR are both set as 1 STB/MMscf. This
data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.9.5.4.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1455 PROSPER

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 1500 psig and the
WGR is 1 STB/MMscf then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 68
MMscf/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the
FBHP) is 3462.7 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1456

This marks the end of Tutorial 6. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Insert PVT test data and match the gas correlations to ensure that they
reproduce this test data.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1457 PROSPER

3.10 Tutorial 07 - Adding a Surface Pipeline

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.10.1 Statement of the Problem
The Logie field is a sub-sea well with a pipeline which takes the fluid to the separator on
a near by platform.

The model currently in use has assumed that the well head pressure is constant when
the well rate is being estimated. However, as the well head pressure is dependent upon
the rate which will pass through the pipeline and riser to the platform, the pressure at the
well head is in fact dependent upon this additional pressure drop. Management would
like to understand the impact that varying the manifold pressure will have on the
production rate.

The liquid rate which can be produced for a range of different manifold pressures is to
be estimated.

3.10.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1458

Learn how to add a surface pipeline to an existing PROSPER model.

Carry out a system calculation to see the impact of the additional pipeline.

Perform a sensitivity study to assess the impact of different manifold pressures

on our production.

3.10.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created it is only necessary to add the
surface equipment to the model.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Add the surface equipment to the equipment data.

b. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affects that changing the
manifold pressure will have on production.

3.10.4 Available Data

The following pipeline connects the wellhead to the surface manifold.
3.10.4.1Pipeline Data
Surrounding Temperature 52 oF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient 8.5

This corresponds to the the following input:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1459 PROSPER

Type Pipe True Pipe Inside Inside Rate

Length (ft) Vertical Diameter Roughness Multiplier
Depth (ft) (inches) (inches)
Manifold 0
Pipeline 250 250 4 0.0006 1
Pipeline 500 475 4 0.0006 1

Pipeline 1000 475 4 0.0006 1

Pipeline 750 600 4 0.0006 1
Pipeline 1250 600 4 0.0006 1

3.10.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.
3.10.5.1Inserting Pipeline Data
From the main PROSPER screen, enter the surface equipment screen by selecting
System | Equipment (Tubing etc):

To enter the Surface Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Surface
Equipment. This will bring up the screen below:
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 Examples Guide 1460

Once the required data has been entered, select Done to return to the previous screen
and then Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.10.5.2Running System Calc
Now that the gas lift system has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how
the production rate will change when the gas injection rate is varied.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).
3.10.5.2.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the manifold
pressure is changed over a range of different values. The water cut for this test should
be 0% and the GOR should be set to 800 scf/STB. This can be entered in the top left
hand corner of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1461 PROSPER

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

The Top Node Pressure in this case will represent the manifold pressure as this is the
furthest downstream point in our system. As this is to be used as a sensitivity variable,
the value entered on the main screen will be ignored by the program.

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. First Node Pressure (which is the same
as the Top Node Pressure and Manifold Pressure) can be selected from the drop down
lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the right
hand side:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1462

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.10.5.2.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

This will run the System Calculation for each different injection rate. To see how the
production rate varies with injection rate, select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the oil rate against injection rate, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1463 PROSPER

Select Done to view the plot:

As would be expected, as the manifold pressure is increased, the oil rate produced will
drop.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1464

Selecting Variables again, allows the Wellhead Temperature to be selected:

Press Done to see the relationship between the temperature at the wellhead and the
manifold pressure:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1465 PROSPER

The temperature at the wellhead can be seen to drop as the manifold pressure
increases. This is due to the fact that the higher pressure leads to a lower rate and
subsequently a lower velocity of the fluid. As the fluid is traveling more slowly up the
wellbore, it spends more time transferring heat with the surroundings and so the fluid
temperature at the wellhead reduces.

Select Finish and then Done to return to the main screen.

This marks the end of Tutorial 07 After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Include a surface pipeline in a well model.

Carried out a sensitivity study to see the impact that the manifold pressure has
on the production rate and temperate.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1466

3.11 Tutorial 08 - The Darcy IPR Model

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.11.1 Statement of the Problem
The fluid being produced from the Logie field has now been characterised and the black
oil correlations used within PROSPER have been matched to ensure that they are
representative of the actual fluid.

Now that more work as been carried out on the field additional information has become
available. Up to this point the PI Entry method has been used to define the IPR but now
the use of a Darcy model is to be investigated. The Darcy model is an analytical model
which uses the properties and dimensions of the reservoir to predict the relationship
between the bottom hole pressure and the flow rate. The impact that the water cut has
on this IPR model is also to be investigated.

Once the model has been implemented, an estimate of the flow rate when the well head
pressure is 500 psig is required.
3.11.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1467 PROSPER

Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Darcy model.

Learn what data is required to build a Darcy IPR model in PROSPER.

Perform a sensitivity study to see the effect of increasing water cut on the IPR
model.

Run a system calculation to gain an estimate of the liquid rate.

3.11.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created only the IPR section will be
modified in this example. For details of how the model was created up to this point,
Tutorials 01 and 05 should be consulted.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Darcy model based on the reservoir
properties provided.

b. Use the Cases option in the IPR calculation screen to calculate the IPR curves for
various water cut values.

c. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affect this new IPR model
will have on the likely production at the given conditions.

3.11.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.11.4.1IPR Model Data
IPR Model Darcy Model
Skin Model Enter Skin By Hand
Reservoir Permeability 50 md
Reservoir Thickness 100 ft
Drainage Area 500 acres
Dietz Shape Factor 31.6
WellBore Radius 0.354 ft
Skin 0

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1468

3.11.4.2Sensitivity Study Data

The effects that water cut has on the IPR is to investigated over the following range of
values:

0%, 10%, 20%, 50%, 75% and 90%

3.11.5 Step-by-Step Guide
To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.
3.11.5.1Selecting the Darcy Model
When the file has been opened select System | Inflow Performance to bring up the
IPR input screen:

The reservoir model selected should be Darcy and the Mechanical/Geometrical skin
should be set to Enter Skin By Hand. The reservoir pressure, temperature, water cut
and total GOR should be kept the same.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1469 PROSPER

When the Darcy model is selected, the Model Data tab in the top right hand corner
cahnges so that the input data selects the IPR choice.
3.11.5.2Inserting IPR Data
The IPR Model Data can be seen below and should be filled with the new IPR data:

Insert the reservoir properties which were provided into the table to complete the model.
If the Dietz Shape Factor is not known, it is possible to calculate the value for a given
shape by selecting Calculate Dietz. Selecting Validate will alert the user to any fields
which have not yet been completed or values which fall outside of the validation ranges.

When the data has been inserted on this screen, select the Mech/Geom Skin tab at the
bottom of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1470

This screen allows the skin to be inserted by the user. In this case it is assumed that the
skin is currently zero.

Once this has been inserted, select Calculate and the IPR curve will be calculated and
displayed:

The Formation PI and AOF can be read from the top right of the screen.

To return to the PVT screen, select the red cross at the top left of the screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1471 PROSPER

3.11.5.3Performing a Sensitivity Study

Now that the IPR data has been inserted, the impact of increasing the water cut is to be
modelled by performing a Sensitivity Study. Select Sensitivity to start the process:

This will bring up the IPR Calculation screen where the user can insert the input data to
be calculated into the top left corner. The GOR is still the solution GOR (800 scf/STB)
and as the water cut is to form part of the sensitivity study, any value can be entered: 0

Select Cases to enter the water cut values:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1472

Select Water Cut in the Variables section of the screen and then enter the 6 water cut
values to be calculated in the Variable Data. Once the data has been entered, select
Done to exit.

Select Calculate to carry out the calculations.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1473 PROSPER

The new IPR curves can be viewed by selecting Plot:

In this case, the IPR Temperature curves have been removed from the plot by unticking
them at the top of the plot screen. This leaves only the IPR Pressures to be plotted.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1474

The results show that as the water cut increases, the AOF of the well also increases.
This is because the increasing water cut decreases the effect that the gas has on the
model and therefore the Vogel curve below the fluid's bubble point is seen to have less
and less of an impact.

To return to the main PROSPER screen, click the red cross in the top right hand corner of
the plot and select Done on the next two screens.
3.11.5.4Running System Calc
Now that the new IPR data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

3.11.5.4.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1475 PROSPER

3.11.5.4.2 Running a System Calculation

It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig and the Water
Cut is 0% then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 16135 STB/day
and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is
3096 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1476

This marks the end of Tutorial 8. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Build an IPR using the Darcy inflow model.

Perform a sensitivity study on the IPR.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1477 PROSPER

3.12 Tutorial 09 - The SPOT IPR Model

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.12.1 Statement of the Problem
The fluid being produced from the Logie field has now been characterised and the black
oil correlations used within PROSPER have been matched to ensure that they are
representative of the actual fluid.

Now that more work as been carried out on the field additional information has become
available. Up to this point the 'PI Entry' method has been used to define the IPR but now
a better understanding of the well completion and the impact that the perforations have
on production is required. In order to achieve this, the Shell Perforation Optimisation
Tool (SPOT) is to be used to generate an IPR.

Once the model has been implemented, an estimate of the flow rate when the well head
pressure is 500 psig is required.
3.12.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a SPOT model.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1478

Understand the impact perforation skin has at different depths.

Carry out a System Calculation to estimate the production rate when the well is
flowing at 500 psig.

3.12.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a SPOT model based on the reservoir
properties provided.

b. Review the IPR results to see the impact of the perforation skin at different layers.

c. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affect this new IPR model
will have on the likely production at the given conditions.

3.12.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected.
3.12.4.1IPR Model Data
IPR Model SPOT

SPOT Options:

Correction Type Conventional

Calculate Non-Darcy Skin No

Activity New Well
Well Type Deviated
Inflow Equation Fetkovich
Log Data Input None Available
Perforating Method Single Run
Invasion Method No Invasion
Sanding Model None

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1479 PROSPER

Crushed Zone Model Entered

Lower Completion Type Casing and Perforated

Use Down hole Standoff No
Enter Gun per Layer No
Use SPOT IPR Extensions Yes

Input Phase Ratios Yes

Crushed Zone Inputs:

Permeability Factor 0.1

Thickness 1.2 inches

Deviated Survey:

Measured True Vertical

Depth (ft) Depth (ft)
9275 9000

9385 9100

Layer Data:

Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft

Drainage Area 4200 ft

Mean Sea Level wrt Origin 0 ft

Sea Bed Level wrt Origin 600 ft

Perforation Efficiency 0.9

Top MD 9275 ft
Bottom MD 9385 ft
Layer Pressure 4000 psig

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1480

Under Balance Pressure 100 psi

Overburden Pressure Gradient 1 psi/ft

Water Saturation 20 %
Bottom Hole Temperature 210 oF
Kv/Kh 0.1

Downhole Rock Type Sandstone

Perforating Gun Baker - 2007 Predator XP LS (6
spf / 60o Phasing/ wireline)

Relative Permeability Curves:

Phase Oil Water

Residual Saturation 0.15 0.2

End Point Relative Permeability 0.8 0.6

Corey Exponent 1.5 1.5

Log Data:

Uniaxial Compressive Strength 8000 psig

Horizontal Permeability 50 md

Porosity 0.18

Top Reservoir MD 9275 ft

Bottom Reservoir MD 9385 ft

Log Depth Increment 1 ft

Completion Data:

Completion Type Casing

Outer Diameter 6.7 inches
Weight 10 lb/ft

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1481 PROSPER

Material J55

Top MD 9275 ft
Bottom MD 9385 ft
Drift 6.35 inches
Holdup Depth 9385 ft

Note: The holdup depth is the deepest point to which the perforating gun can be lower.
The Drift is the inside diameter which is guaranteed by the manufacturer and may
be lower than the nominal inside diameter. This is the diameter which should be used for
selecting tools to see if they will fit downhole.

3.12.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 07. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.
3.12.5.1Selecting the SPOT Model
When the file has been opened select System | Inflow Performance to bring up the
IPR input screen:

The reservoir model selected should be SPOT. When SPOT is used, the reservoir
pressure is entered by layer and the water cut is calculated on the basis of relative

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1482

permeability curves and so only the Total GOR needs to be entered in the reservoir data
section.
3.12.5.2Inserting IPR Data
In the model data seection, the user must insert data into four screens; Options, Layers,
Log Data and Completion. The tabs at the top of the screen can be used to navigate
through each one.
3.12.5.2.1 SPOT Options
The first screen to be filled is the SPOT options screen. This allows the different SPOT
calculation methods to be selected depending on which are suitable for the current case
to be modelled:

Once the above data has been selected and entered, press Deviation Survey to enter
the deviation survey of the completion:
99

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1483 PROSPER

Select Done to return to the main SPOT screen.

3.12.5.2.2 SPOT Layers
The next screen to enter data into is the layers screen. This can be accessed by
selecting the Layers tab:

This screen contains the properties of each layer. For this well, only one layer is to be
defined using the data given below:

Layer Data:

Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft

Drainage Area 4200 ft
Mean Sea Level wrt Origin 0 ft
Sea Bed Level wrt Origin 600 ft
Perforation Efficiency 0.9

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1484

Top MD 9275 ft

Bottom MD 9385 ft

Layer Pressure 4000 psig

Under Balance Pressure 100 psi

Overburden Pressure Gradient 1 psi/ft

Water Saturation 20 %

Bottom Hole Temperature 210 oF

Kv/Kh 0.1

Downhole Rock Type Sandstone

Perforating Gun Baker - 2007 Predator XP LS (6

spf / 60o Phasing/ wireline)

To enter the relative permeability curves (based upon which the water cut will be
calculated) select Edit:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1485 PROSPER

Select Done to exit the screen.

The final stage of the Layers screen is to specify the perforation gun to be used. Press
Select Gun:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1486

This will bring up an empty perforation gun screen. To bring in the required gun, select
Select Gun from Database:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1487 PROSPER

The filter in the bottom left hand corner can be used to search through the database
more easily. Once the gun (in this case the Baker - 2007 Predator XP LS - wireline) has
been found, double click it to select it:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1488

Select Done to return to the main SPOT screen.

3.12.5.2.3 SPOT Log Data
SPOT requires log data for its calculation as each producing layer is divided up into
smaller segments. No log data is currently available for this well and so a pseudo-log will
be created.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1489 PROSPER

Select the Log Data tab at the top of the screen to start the process:

When this is selected, layer data is required with which the log will be created:

The log will be generated with 1 foot deep increments. Select Generate to construct the
log:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1490

3.12.5.2.4 SPOT Completion

The final screen that needs to be filled is the completion screen. This will detail the type
of completion (such as cased or open-hole) and also contains information on the
materials used.

Select the Completion tab at the bottom of the screen:

This screen should be filled with the following data:

Completion Type Casing

Outer Diameter 6.7 inches

Weight 10 lb/ft

Material J55

Top MD 9275 ft

Bottom MD 9385 ft

Drift 6.35 inches

Holdup Depth 9385 ft

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1491 PROSPER

Once the data has been entered, select Calculate and Plot. This will bring up a plot of
the new IPR:

3.12.5.3Viewing SPOT Skin Results

When the calculation has been completed, the IPR results can be viewed by selecting
the View Results button at the top of the plot:

The total IPR results can be viewed at the top of the screen. These are averaged results
for the whole layer:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1492

To see the log results of each different segment of the layer, enter a FBHP (in the
screenshot above this is 2750 psig) and select Log Results at:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1493 PROSPER

This gives the IPR and skin results on a segment by segment basis for the layer. As can
be seen above, as the depth increases, the perforation length into the reservoir
decreases and this leads to an increase in the perforation skin. From these segment by
segment results, the average layer results shown on the previous screen are calculated.

To return to the main PROSPER screen, select Done | Done and then close the plot and
select Done.
3.12.5.4Running System Calc
Now that the new IPR data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1494

System(VLP + IPR).
3.12.5.4.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.12.5.4.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1495 PROSPER

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig and the Water
Cut is 0% then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 3474 STB/day
and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is
2273 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1496

This marks the end of Tutorial 9. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Build an IPR using the SPOT inflow model.

Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1497 PROSPER

3.13 Tutorial 10 - Horizontal Well IPR Model

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.13.1 Statement of the Problem
The fluid being produced from the Logie field has now been characterised and the black
oil correlations used within PROSPER have been matched to ensure that they are
representative of the actual fluid.

Now that more work as been carried out on the field additional information has become
available. Up to this point the 'PI Entry' method has been used to define the IPR but now
a horizontal well model should be used to better understand the relationship between the
flowing bottom-hole pressure and flow rate. It is thought that the well will produce a high
flow rate and therefore the impact that the pressure drop due to friction will have as the
fluid moves from the toe of the well to the heel should be taken into account.

This study should be carried out for the well when it is flowing at a WHP of 500 psig.
3.13.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1498

Wellbore model.

Learn which data is required to build a Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in

Wellbore IPR model in PROSPER.

Perform a the System Calculation to estimate the well flow rate at the given
conditions.

3.13.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Horizontal well - dP loss in wellbore
model based on the reservoir properties provided.

b. A system calculation will be performed to find the solution rate for the given
conditions.

3.13.4 Available Data

The following data has be collected for use with the horizontal well model.
3.13.4.1IPR Model Data
Reservoir Properties:

IPR Model Horizontal Well - dP Loss in the Wellbore

Reservoir Pressure 5200 psig

Reservoir Temperature 210 oF

Water Cut 0%

Total GOR 800 scf/STB

Compaction Permeability No
Reduction Model

Model Properties:

Horizontal Well model Kuchuk & Goode

Reservoir Permeability 50 md

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1499 PROSPER

Reservoir Thickness 100 ft

Horizontal Anisotropy 1
Vertical Anisotropy 0.1
Well Length 800 ft
Reservoir Length 4200 ft

Reservoir Width 4200 ft

Length Distance to 2100 ft
Reservoir Edge
Width Distance to 2100 ft
Reservoir Edge
Bottom of Reservoir to 50 ft
Well Centre

Zone One:

Zone Type Perforated

Skin Method Enter by Hand
Zone Length 800 ft
Zone Permeability 50 md
Flowing Radius 0.3175 ft
Zone Roughness 0.0006

Skin 3
Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft

3.13.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.13.5.1Selecting the Horizontal Well Model
When the file has been opened select System | Inflow Performance to bring up the
IPR input screen:
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 Examples Guide 1500

The reservoir model selected should be Horizontal Well - dP Friction Loss in Wellbore.
The reservoir pressure, temperature, water cut and total GOR should be kept the same.
3.13.5.2Inserting IPR Data
Data for both the reservoir and the different zones should be entered for this IPR model.
To enter all of the reservoir data, use the scroll bar at the right hand side of the upper
section of the screen:

To complete the insertion of the zone data, select Enter on the right hand side of the
zone row:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1501 PROSPER

This screen is used to the skin and the wellbore radius for the zone. Select Done to
save the inserted data.

Once this has been inserted, select Calculate and the IPR curve will be calculated and
displayed. The Formation PI and AOF can be read from the top right of the screen.

To return to the PVT screen, select the red cross at the top left of the screen. Select
Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.13.5.3Running System Calc
Now that the new IPR data has been updated in PROSPER, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

3.13.5.3.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1502

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.13.5.3.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1503 PROSPER

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig and the Water
Cut is 0% then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 21109 STB/day
and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is
3657 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

This marks the end of Tutorial 8. After completing this tutorial the user should be
able to:

Build a Horizontal Well - dP loss in Wellbore IPR model.

Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1504

3.14 Tutorial 11 - Multilayer Well IPR Model

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.14.1 Statement of the Problem
The fluid being produced from the Logie field has now been characterised and the Black
Oil Correlations used within PROSPER have been matched to ensure that they are
representative of the actual fluid.

It appears that the reservoir may in fact be made up of a number of layers and therefore
this scenario is to be investigated using the Multi-layer IPR model in PROSPER. While
each layer is believed to have the same fluid in place (which can be presented by the
PVT matching which was previously performed), each layer does have different
reservoir properties and it is believed that each will produce a different water cut.

The management would like to know the total rate which would be expected if the well
was produced with a wellhead pressure of 500 psig and also the contribution which
each layer makes to this value.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1505 PROSPER

3.14.2 Objectives
The objectives for the tutorial are to:

Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Multilayer - dP Loss in Wellbore model.

Learn what data is required to build a Multilayer - dP Loss in Wellbore IPR

model in PROSPER.

Find the contribution that each layer will give to the total production when the
wellhead pressure is 500 psig.

3.14.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Multilayer - dP Loss in Wellbore model
based on the reservoir properties provided.

b. A system calculation will be performed to assess the affect this new IPR model
will have on the likely production at the given conditions.

c. The contribution of each layer will be found from the results of the system
calculation.

3.14.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected.
3.14.4.1IPR Model Data
Reservoir Temperature 250 oF
Top Measured Depth 9275 ft
Top TVD 9000 ft

Perforated Layers:

Layer 1 Layer 3 Layer 5

IPR Model Darcy Darcy Darcy
Skin Model By Hand By Hand By Hand

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1506

Measured Depth of 9305 ft 9350 ft 9405 ft

Bottom
TVD to Bottom of 9025 ft 9060 ft 9100 ft
Layer
Layer Pressure 5200 5320 5325
Layer Flowing 0.3175 ft 0.3175 ft 0.3175 ft
Radius
Layer Roughness 0.0006 inches 0.0006 inches 0.0006 inches

Layer GOR 800 scf/STB 800 scf/STB 800 scf/STB

Layer Oil Gravity 37 API 37 API 37 API
Layer Gas Gravity 0.75 0.75 0.75
Layer Water Cut 5% 0.5% 7.4%
Permeability 71 md 65 md 100 md
Drainage Area 400 acres 400 acres 400 acres
Dietz Shape Factor 31.6 31.6 31.6
Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft 0.354 ft 0.354 ft
Skin 2.4 1 1.5

Blank Layers:

Layer 2 Layer 4

Layer Type Blank Blank

Measured Depth of Bottom 9318 ft 9035 ft

TVD to Bottom of Layer 9035 ft 9075 ft

Layer Flowing Radius 0.3175 ft 0.3175 ft

Layer Roughness 0.0006 in 0.0006 in

3.14.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1507 PROSPER

3.14.5.1Selecting the Multilayer Model

When the file has been opened select System | Inflow Performance to bring up the
IPR input screen:

The reservoir model selected should be Multilayer - dP Loss in Wellbore. Each layer
will have a unique reservoir pressure, water cut and GOR and therefore only the
reservoir temperature needs to be added. This same temperature will be used for every
layer.

When the 'Multilayer' model is selected the Reservoir Model section in the Model Data
interface will turn red. This signifies that there is missing data which must be filled in.
Press the Validate button to see which data must be included.
3.14.5.2Inserting IPR Data
The model data can be entered as below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1508

The layer data can be seen on the screen shown above. The type of layer can be set on
the left hand side of the screen and then the layer properties can be entered dependent
upon the type selected. When the basic layer properties have been entered, the PVT,
reservoir model and skin data for each layer can be inserted by selecting the
appropriate button on the right hand side. Selecting PVT will allow the PVT properties of
each layer to be inserted, where the user can toggle between layers using the arrows (1)
either side of the layer name. Below shows the input data (2) for each producing layer in
order:

After entering data for all of the layers, select Done (3) to exit. Next, select Model to
enter the reservoir model properties for each layer in order:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1509 PROSPER

Again, select Done to exit. The final input for each layer is the skin. Select Skin to enter
the skin of each layer in turn:

When data is entered in multiple screens, it is often easy to forget to enter it in one of
them by mistake. Using the Validate (1) button on the IPR screen will check to see if
data has been inserted into every required field and if it falls within the validation range
of the variable. If it does not, an error message will be displayed showing which values
have been missed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1510

Once the screen has been validated, select Calculate (2) and the IPR will be generated.
A pop up window will follow, where if Plot Results is selected, the IPR is displayed as
below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1511 PROSPER

The three blue/purple/pink lines present the inflow of each individual layer while the red
line is the total IPR. To see the table of results for the each layer select the results button
at the top of the plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1512

This will bring up the table of results:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1513 PROSPER

The tabs at the top of the table can be used to change the layer which is being viewed.
The TOP layer shows the results of the total IPR.

If we switch to Layer 1 we can see that at high bottom node pressures (i.e. when the well
is shut in) the rate being produced is negative. This means that rather than producing
fluid, fluid is being injected into the layer. This is a sign that the layers are not at
equilibrium and that cross-flow will occur into layer 1 if the well is shut in. Further analysis
shows that the fluid being injected into layer 1 is coming from both layers 1 and 3.

When the results have been reviewed, select Main to return to the main screen.
3.14.5.3Running System Calc
Now that the new IPR data has been updated in PROSPER, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1514

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).
3.14.5.3.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig, as below. As both the water cut and GOR are dependent
upon the contribution of each layer, these are not inserted and become dependent upon
the IPR pressure.

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.14.5.3.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1515 PROSPER

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig the model
predicts that the well will flow at approximately 16,305 STB/day. If the scroll bar on the
right hand side of the screen is rolled down, the different layer contributions can be seen
to be 4391 STB/day, 4862 STB/day and 7051 STB/day respectfully.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1516

This marks the end of Tutorial 11. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a Multilayer - dP loss in Wellbore IPR model.

Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions and the contribution that comes from each layer.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1517 PROSPER

3.15 Tutorial 12 - Multilateral Well IPR

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 06. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.15.1 Statement of the Problem
The Powderhall gas field is soon to be produced and different completion strategies are
being considered. One possible strategy is to drill a multilateral well with two different
branches which are produced up the same production string. The initial design is shown
below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1518

Management would like as assessment of the productivity of this design using a pre-
existing PROSPER file as the base. An idea of the total possible flow from the well is
required as well as some additional information on the contribution of each branch and
how the production rate changes over the length of the two branches when the bottom
hole pressure is 5000 psig.
3.15.2 Objectives
The Objectives of the tutorial are to:

Replace the Petroleum Experts IPR model with a Multilateral IPR model.

Learn what data is required to build a Multilateral IPR model in PROSPER.

Calculate the contribution and rate distribution along the length of each branch
when the well is producing at 5000 psig.

3.15.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Replace the PI Entry IPR model with a Multilateral well model based on the
reservoir properties provided.

b. Within the Multilateral Well model, calculate the contribution of each branch and
the inflow long each branch.

3.15.4 Available Data

The following data has be collected for use with the multilateral well model.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1519 PROSPER

3.15.4.1IPR Model Data

Reservoir Properties:

IPR Model Multilateral - Petroleum Experts

Reservoir Pressure 5300 psig

Reservoir Temperature 250 oF

Water Gas Ratio 1 STB/MMscf

Condensate Gas Ratio 1 STB/MMscf

Condensate Gravity 50 API

Gas Gravity 0.58

Water Salinity 100000 ppm

Reservoir Permeability 25 md

Reservoir Thickness 55 feet

Drainage Area 390 acres

Reservoir Top Depth 4900 feet

(TVD)
Vertical Permeability 2.5 md

Reservoir Porosity 0.18

Connate Water Saturation 0.2

Tie Point:

Measured Depth 5400 feet

True Vertical Depth 4900 feet

T1 tubing:

Vertical Flow Model Petroleum Experts 2

Use Threshold Angle No

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1520

Measured True Vertical Azimuth

Depth (feet) Depth (feet) (degrees)
Start of Tubing 5400 4900 0
End of Tubing 5408 4905 0

Measured Tubing Inside Tubing Inside Rate

Depth (feet) Diameter Roughness Multiplier
(inches) (inches)
Start of Tubing 5400

End of Tubing 5408 2.8 0.0006 1

Branch One:

Vertical Flow Model Petroleum Experts 2

Use Threshold Angle No

Tubing Measured True Vertical Azimuth

Section Depth (feet) Depth (feet) (degrees)
1 5408 4905 0

2 5430 4920 54

3 5465 4940 58

4 5510 4945 62

5 5532 4940 68

6 5562 4930 74

Measured Tubing Tubing Rate

Depth (feet) Inside Inside Multiplier
Diameter Roughness
(inches) (inches)
Start of Tubing 5408

End of Tubing 5562 2.8 0.0006 1

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1521 PROSPER

Perforatio Perforatio Perforati Perforatio Perforatio Skin Non- Local

n Interval n Interval on n Interval n Interval Model Darcy Skin
Number MD Start Interval TVD Start TVD Start Choice Entry
(feet) MD Start (feet) (feet) Method
(feet)
1 5420 5470 4913.18 4940.56 By Calculat 1
Hand e
2 5510 5560 4945 4930.67 By Calculat 1
Hand e

Branch Two:

Vertical Flow Model Petroleum Experts 2

Use Threshold Angle No

Tubing Measured True Vertical Azimuth

Section Depth (feet) Depth (feet) (degrees)
1 5408 4905 0

2 5435 4920 240

3 5454 4925 235

4 5480 4915 227

5 5500 4910 221

6 5550 4920 214

7 5570 4935 210

Measured Tubing Tubing Rate

Depth (feet) Inside Inside Multiplier
Diameter Roughness
(inches) (inches)
Start of Tubing 5408

End of Tubing 5570 2.8 0.0006 1

Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Perforatio Skin Non- Local

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1522

n Interval n Interval n Interval n Interval n Interval Model Darcy Skin

Number MD Start MD Start TVD Start TVD Start Choic Entry
(feet) (feet) (feet) (feet) e Metho
d
1 5420 5470 4911.67 4918.85 By Calcul 1
Hand ate
2 5510 5560 4912 4927.5 By Calcul 1
Hand ate

3.15.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 06. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.15.5.1Setting up the Model
In order to model a multilateral well, the corresponding option must be enabled in the
Options | Options screen on the main toolbar:

When the multilateral option is enabled, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.15.5.2Multilateral IPR Model
The Multilateral IPR Model is built as a network which connects the different laterals
which may produce in the reservoir to a single point to be connected to a VLP curve
representing the well. The system can consist of four different element types:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1523 PROSPER

Tie-Point This is the top of the system. It represents the solution

node which connects the IPR to the VLP and should
have the same measured and true vertical depth as the
bottom of the downhole equipment.
Tubing Connects the Tie-Point to a joint and has a defined
length and size. No production can occur within its length
but the pressure drop will be calculated.
Junction A joint acts as the connection for the multilaterals within
the reservoir. Even if there is only one completion, it still
needs to be connected to a joint before being joined to
the tie-point.
Completion A model can have a number of completions all
connected to the same joint and reservoir. Each
completion represents a different lateral within the
model.
Reservoir This controls the layer properties such as reservoir
permeability, water cut, GOR etc.

The multilateral IPR model works on the principle of parent/child relationships. The tie-
point (the furthest downstream point in the system) acts as the first parent. When the
tubing is used to connect the tie-point to a junction, the depth of the tie-point becomes
the first point of the tubing. This is passed automatically and cannot be changed to
ensure that the model is consistent between the different elements. The end of the tubing
is then passed downwards to the next child (the junction) and this becomes the depth of
the joint. This passing of the last point in the parent to form the first point of the child is
continued all the way through the system.

To open the Multilateral interface, select System | Inflow Performance:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1524

The steps to build the Multilateral network are detailed below.

3.15.5.2.1 Building the Multilateral Network
The different elements within the Multilateral network can be added by either selecting
them from the drop-down list in the top left hand corner or selecting the corresponding
button:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1525 PROSPER

To place each element on the screen, click on the place where the element is to be
added.
3.15.5.2.1.1 Adding the Tie-Point
The Tie-Point is the end of the IPR system and should correspond to the same depth as
the bottom of the downhole equipment. To add this element, select it from the drop down
menu and then click at the top of the blank page:

Name this element Tie-Point and then select Done to return to the main screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1526

3.15.5.2.1.2 Adding the Junction

In order for two laterals to be modelled within the same layer, we need to add a joint at
which they can connect and commingle before travelling up the well-bore. This can be
done by selecting the Add Junction icon at the top of the screen and then placing the
Junction below the tie-point:

Enter the name Joint and then select Done.

3.15.5.2.1.3 Adding the Completions
As we have two different laterals within the same reservoir, two different Completion
elements need to be added. Select the Add Completion option from the drop down
menu and select a space on the screen to add the first completion:

Name this Branch 1 and select Done. The same should also be done for the second
completion (Branch 2):

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1527 PROSPER

3.15.5.2.1.4 Adding the Reservoir

The final element to add to the model is the reservoir. Select Add Reservoir from the
drop down menu and then select at the bottom of the screen to add:

Name this Reservoir and select Done.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1528

3.15.5.2.1.5 Adding the Links

When adding links in the Multilateral model, they should be added in the direction from
parent to child. In this case that is in the direction opposite to flow. Select Add Link from
the drop down menu and then draw links from the tie-point downwards to the junction
and so on until the reservoir is reached:

At the junction, two links are required; one going to each of the completions. The
reservoir also has both completions connected to it as both are going to produce from
this single tank.

When the links are connected, the building of the model has been completed. The next
step is to add the data.
3.15.5.2.2 Inputting Model Data
As mentioned above, the multilateral model is a parent child model and so the data
should first be entered to the highest parent and this will pass the information
downwards to each corresponding child.

To start inputting the model data, double click on the Tie-Point at the top of the page.
This will open the tie-point input data screen where the measured and true vertical
depths can be entered (1):

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1529 PROSPER

Once the data has been inserted, to move down to the next element (T1) select it from
the right hand screen (2).
3.15.5.2.2.1 T1 Input
The data is entered into the tubing screen in two main sections; Select Model and Input
Data. First enter the Select Model screen:

This screen is used to select the different correlations used in the model. The Threshold
Angle is used to decide the angle at which the model will change between the selected
horizontal and vertical flow correlations. In this case, as the Use Threshold Angle has
been set to No and therefore the Vertical Flow model will always be used for the
pressure drop calculations.

When the data has been inserted, select Input Data. The first screen is the deviation
survey screen where the deviation of the completion is entered. In this case the tubing is
vertical:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1530

As the tubing starts with the tie-point depth, this data has already been passed down
from the parent and therefore is set in the model. Only the remainder of the tubing
requires to be entered.

When the deviation has been entered, select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the
screen to enter the tubing size:

The tubing is 2.8 inches in diameter along the entire length with a roughness of 0.0006
inches. Again, the starting depth of the tubing has been passed from the tie point and

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1531 PROSPER

therefore cannot be altered. If any of these properties were to change along the length,
multiple sections can be entered.

When the data has been inserted, select Joint from the right hand side of the screen.
3.15.5.2.2.2 Joint 1 Input
The joint is a single point in the system from which multiple branches can split and
continue into the reservoir. To define the joint the measured and true vertical depth of the
point requires to be entered:

As these depths must correspond to the last point in the T1 tubing, the data has already
been passed down and no changes need to be made.

Select Branch 1 from the menu on the right hand side of the screen.
3.15.5.2.2.3 Branch 1 Input
The data is entered into the tubing screen in two main sections; Select Model and Input
Data. First enter the Select Model screen:

This screen is used to select the different correlations used in the model. The Threshold
Angle is used to decide the angle at which the model will change between the selected
horizontal and vertical flow correlations. In this case, as the Use Threshold Angle has
been set to No and therefore the Vertical Flow model will always be used for the
pressure drop calculations. The Wellbore Radius of the completion and the equivalent
Dietz Shape Factor should also be included.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1532

When the data has been inserted, select Input Data. The first screen is the deviation
survey screen where the deviation of the completion is entered. In this case the tubing is
vertical:

As the completion starts with the joint depth, this data has already been passed down
from the parent and therefore is set in the model. Only the remainder of the tubing
requires to be entered.

When the deviation has been entered, select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the
screen to enter the tubing size:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1533 PROSPER

The tubing is 2.8 inches in diameter along the entire length with a roughness of 0.0006
inches. Again, the starting depth of the tubing has been passed from the joint and
therefore cannot be altered. If any of these properties were to change along the length,
multiple sections can be entered.

When the equipment data has been inserted, select the Perforation Details tab:

Each section of perforations is entered in its own row and is defined by the start and end
depth of the perforations. When the measured depths are entered, the true vertical
depths are automatically entered.

If the Non-Darcy Entry Method is set to Calculate then additional data is required to be
entered in the Calculate screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1534

This should be done for both of the perforation intervals being entered. When the data
has been entered, select Branch 2 from the bar on the right hand side of the screen.

3.15.5.2.2.4 Branch 2 Input

The data is entered into the tubing screen in two main sections; Select Model and Input
Data. First enter the Select Model screen:

This screen is used to select the different correlations used in the model. The Threshold
Angle is used to decide the angle at which the model will change between the selected
horizontal and vertical flow correlations. In this case, as the Use Threshold Angle has
been set to No and therefore the Vertical Flow model will always be used for the
pressure drop calculations. The Wellbore Radius of the completion and the equivalent
Dietz Shape Factor should also be included.

When the data has been inserted, select Input Data. The first screen is the deviation
survey screen where the deviation of the completion is entered. In this case the tubing is
vertical:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1535 PROSPER

As the completion starts with the joint depth, this data has already been passed down
from the parent and therefore is set in the model. Only the remainder of the tubing
requires to be entered.

When the deviation has been entered, select the Equipment tab at the bottom of the
screen to enter the tubing size:

The tubing is 2.8 inches in diameter along the entire length with a roughness of 0.0006
inches. Again, the starting depth of the tubing has been passed from the joint and

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1536

therefore cannot be altered. If any of these properties were to change along the length,
multiple sections can be entered.

When the data has been inserted, select the Perforation Details tab:

Each section of perforations is entered in its own row and is defined by the start and end
depth of the perforations. When the measured depths are entered, the true vertical
depths are automatically entered.

If the Non-Darcy Entry Method is set to Calculate then additional data is required to be
entered in the Calculate screen:

This should be done for both of the perforation intervals being entered. When the data
has been entered, select Reservoir from the bar on the right hand side of the screen.

3.15.5.2.2.5 Reservoir Input

This screen is used to describe the reservoir layer from which the fluid is being
produced. Once again, the main two screens to insert data into are the Select Model
and Input Data screens:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1537 PROSPER

In this case the Petroleum Experts reservoir model is to be used however it is also
possible to select the Hydraulically Fractured Well model. The basic reservoir
properties (reservoir pressure/temperature) and fluid properties should be entered.

Once the data has been inserted, select the Input Data button to insert the specific
reservoir model data:

Once this data has been inserted, the IPR data input has been completed. Select Done
to return to the main Multilateral Well screen.
3.15.5.2.3 Viewing the Well
Now that the well data has been inserted it is important to view the resultant wells to
ensure that the inserted data builds a well which represents the reality of the system.
This can be done by selecting Visualise | All:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1538

This shows the well within the reservoir from 3 different views; Front View, Side View
and Top View. The purple line represents the well while the yellow zones represent the
perforation intervals along each branch. The checkered zone is the reservoir which can
be produced from.

It is very important to ensure that all the completed (perforated) zones of the wells fall
within the bounds of the reservoir as it is not possible to produce from an undefined
zone.

In this case, the shape of the wells can be seen to fall within the reservoir and that the
shape matches that which was specified in the original objectives.
3.15.5.2.4 Calculating the IPR
Now that we are happy that the model geometry matches the reality, we can continue to
calculate the IPR. It is possible to calculate either the well's response to a certain fixed
top node pressure or to calculate the entire IPR curve.

To carry out the calculations select Analyse | Calculate...

3.15.5.2.4.1 Single Pressure Point
To carry out a calculation for a single pressure, select One Point from the Point or Curve
option:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1539 PROSPER

If the Conductivity Switch is set to Finite Conductivity then this means that the pressure
drop due to friction will be considered along the pipeline lengths. If cross-flow is to be
modelled the Allow Crossflow options should be set to Yes. In this case it will be left as
No.

To carry out the calculation, insert the pressure to be analysed in the top right of the
screen. This is the pressure at the Tie-Point and corresponds to the bottom hole
pressure. Select Calculate to carry out the calculation.

To view more details about the results select Details:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1540

This screen shows the results along each branch and from each layer. The different
branches can be select from the drop down menu. To see a graph of the results select
Plot.

We are interested in seeing the rate which is being produced along the length of each
branch and therefore select Variables to change the results being viewed:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1541 PROSPER

When the selections shown have been made, select Done to return to the plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1542

This shows the rate per segment along each of the branches. When this data has been
viewed, select Finish and then Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.15.5.2.4.2 IPR Curve
While we can carry out analyse of a single bottom hole pressure using the method
shown above, the objective of the model is often to carry out a System calculation to
estimate the flow rate of the well and therefore an IPR curve is required to be generated.

To do this, change the Point or Curve option to Curve on the calculation screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1543 PROSPER

The range and number of pressures to be calculated should be set in the middle of the
screen. It is normal to run from reservoir pressure to a low value such as 100 or 50 psig.
For high productivity systems, using low pressures can cause convergence issues as
the low pressures will allow a high rate to flow (due to high drawdowns) but the high rate
will lead to high friction pressure drops which will lead to lower drawdowns.

Once this data has been inserted, select Calculate to carry out the calculation. The
option to plot the IPR will be automatically presented; select Done to view the IPR curve:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1544

To retain the changes made, select Finish, then Done and then Finish | Done to return
to the main PROSPER interface. Please note that if Finish | Cancel is selected, all the
changes will be lost. Once on the main screen, the file can be saved by selecting File |
Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 12. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a Multilateral Well model for a well with multiple branches.

View the pressure and rates being produced in each branch for a given BHP.
Generate an IPR curve for a given set of FBHP values.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1545 PROSPER

3.16 Tutorial 13 - Modelling Skin

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 08. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.16.1 Statement of the Problem
The well producing from the Logie field has now been drilled and perforated. Details of
the completion are now to be used to better model the inflow performance relationship
of the well.

The well model has now been modified to include a Darcy model to capture the inflow
response of the well based upon the available reservoir data.. However, during the
derivation of this model the reservoir is assumed to be a perfectly cylindrical reservoir
with uniform permeability which has a vertical well perforating the entire depth. This is
not the case in any real reservoir and hence the concept of skin was developed which
adds a pressure drop to attempt to take into account the effects the differences between
the ideal and real reservoirs would cause.

The skin of this well is to be modelled using the Karakas and Tariq skin model, which
will account for the mechanical and geometrical skin, and the Cinco (2)/ Martin-Bronz
model which will account for the partial penetration and deviation skins.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1546

An idea of how this skin affects the IPR curve at different flow rates is also required.

3.16.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Add a skin model to the IPR section to account for the assumptions made in the
derivation of the Darcy model.

Learn what data is required to build a Karakas and Tariq skin model in
PROSPER.

Learn what data is required to build a Cinco(2)/Martin-Bronz skin model in

PROSPER.

Learn to view the effects that the skin has on the IPR and how this varies with flow
rate.

3.16.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Use an analytical model to account for the skin rather than enter a value by hand.
This is done by entering the completion data into the IPR section of PROSPER.

b. View the resultant IPR and see the effects that skin has on the model and how
this varies with flow rate.

c. Finally, a system calculation will be performed to see the impact that the skin has
on the produced rate.

3.16.4 Available Data

Data on the completion has been provided by engineers within the company.
3.16.4.1Completion Data
Reservoir Permeability 50 md
Shot Density 8 ft -1
Perforation Diameter 0.43 inches
Perforation Length 9.2 inches

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1547 PROSPER

Perforation Efficiency 0.9

Damaged Zone Thickness 8 inches

Damaged Zone Permeability 25 md
Crushed Zone Thickness 0.2 inches
Crushed Zone Permeability 12.5 md

Shot Phasing 120o

WellBore Radius 0.354 ft
Vertical Permeability 5 md
Deviation 13o
Penetration 1

3.16.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 08. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.
3.16.5.1Selecting the Skin Models
To activate the skin model first open the IPR section by selecting System | Inflow
Performance:

The Mechanical/Geometrical skin option should be changed to Karakas + Tariq and the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1548

Deviation and Partial Penetration Skin option should be selected as Cinco(2)/Martin-

Bronz.

Once these models have been chosen, select Mech-Geom Skin tab to proceed to the
skin model input screen.
3.16.5.2Inserting Skin Data
Selecting the Mech/Geom Skin tab will bring up the input screen for the Karakas and
Tariq model:

The Karakas and Tariq model requires the damaged zone, crushed zone and vertical
permeabilities. These values are not always known and so the Karakas and Tariq paper
gave a set of guidelines to estimate there values:

Damaged Zone Permeability 50% of Reservoir Permeability

Crushed Zone Permeability 25% of Reservoir Permeability

Vertical Permeability 10% of Reservoir Permeability

Once these values have been entered, the next tab can be accessed to see the
deviation and partial penetration skin inputs:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1549 PROSPER

During the process of inserting data into the model it may be noticed that some values
are already inserted. If a value, such as well bore radius has been inserted into a
different screen in the IPR section, the value will be copied across to ensure the
consistency of the model. If the value is changed, it will also be changed on the other
screens as well.

Please note that the Cinco model is based upon correlations and is not valid for
wells with deviations of greater than 65o. For highly deviated wells, the Wong
Clifford skin model should be selected.
3.16.5.3Viewing Calculated Skin
When the data has been inserted, the IPR curve can be plotted be selecting Calculate,
and then Plot Results in the window which appears:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1550

In order to reduce the number of variables being plotted, the IPR Temperature can be
removed from the plot by selecting the red cross icon highlighted above and selecting
IPR-Calc:Results-Temperature.

The dP Perforation Skin and dP Deviation Skin can now be added to the plot by double
clicking on the variable names in the bottom left hand corner of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1551 PROSPER

The pressure drop due to each one of these skins is then displayed on the plot. This
shows that the pressure drop caused by the Perforation skin increases as the flow rate
increases and that the pressure drop due to the Deviation skin is negative. This means
that it is assisting the flow rather than impeding it as the deviation leads to a longer
length of well being placed in the reservoir than if the well were vertical. This provides
more area for the fluid to flow into and is therefore an assistance.

For more details of the skin values, select Results from the taskbar at the top of the
screen. This will show the table of rates, pressures and skin values:

The impact of these different skins has now been plotted and reported for analysis.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1552

Select Done to return to the plot and click Finish in the top left hand corner to exit the
plot.
3.16.5.4Running System Calc
Now that the new IPR data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).
3.16.5.4.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.16.5.4.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1553 PROSPER

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 500 psig and the Water
Cut is 0% then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 14485 STB/day
and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is
2928 psig.

We can also view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1554

This marks the end of Tutorial 13. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a skin model to account for the assumptions made in the derivation of the
Darcy model.
View the effects that the different skins have on the IPR curve and how these
vary with rate.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1555 PROSPER

3.17 Tutorial 14 - Modelling a Gravel Pack

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 13. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.17.1 Statement of the Problem
Now that production has started out of the well drilled in the Logie field, it has been
noticed that there is an increasing volume of sand being produced. An economic
assessment is being conducted in order to see if the revenue lost through the reduction
in production caused by the gravel pack is off set by the costs of replacing pipelines and
equipment damaged by erosion due to the sand..

In order to assist this assessment, a gravel pack is to be included within the PROSPER
file and the results compared with the previous example where no gravel pack is
present. The comparisons should include a direct comparison of the reduction in the IPR
as well as the reduction in rate achieved when the well is producing at a constant well
head pressure of 500 psig.

An estimate of the fluid's velocity through the gravel pack when the well head pressure is
500 psig, is also sought.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1556

3.17.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Learn to add a gravel pack to the model to pack into account the pressure drop
across the it.

Learn how to save plots from previous files and reload them to compare them
with new data.

Perform a calculation which allows the fluid velocity in the gravel pack to be
estimated.

3.17.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Before the new gravel pack is added, the pre-gravel pack IPR should be
calculated and saved so that it can be compared to the IPR with the gravel pack.

b. Add a gravel pack to the IPR model and see this has changed the IPR.

c. Run a system calculation to obtain the fluid velocity through the gravel pack at set
conditions.

3.17.4 Available Data

The company installing the gravel pack has provided the following data:
3.17.4.1Sand Control Data
Gravel Pack 35000 md
Permeability
Gravel Pack Length 6 inches
Perforation Interval 100 ft
Beta (Turbulence) Calculated
Method Multiphase

3.17.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 13. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1557 PROSPER

3.17.5.1Saving a Previous Plot

Before the gravel pack is added to the file, the previous IPR (without gravel pack) is to
be saved so it can be recalled later. First, go to System | Inflow Performance and
select Plot:

This will bring up the IPR plot. The IPR pressure is to be saved and compared, so first
the IPR Temperature curve can be removed from the plot by selecting the red cross
shown below which is located above the plot in the plotting options:

To save the current plot (which now displays only the IPR Pressure) select the left hand
save icon shown above. This will bring up the Save/Delete Results Stream screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1558

Add a new name of the stream (given above as 'Without Gravel Pack' and select Add.
Select Done to return to the plotting screen.
3.17.5.2Setting up Sand Control
Before a gravel pack can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand control option
must be selected in the main options. The main options screen can be accessed by
selecting Options | Options:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1559 PROSPER

Or directly in the IPR section:

3.17.5.3Gravel Pack Input Data

Now that the Gravel Pack option has been enabled, the input data can be added to the
IPR section by selecting the Sand Control tab. Select this tab and enter the required
data as shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1560

Some of this data (which has previously been entered in earlier screens) will already be
present. When variables are repeated in the different screens (such as shot density or
perforation diameter) in order to keep the model consistent the same value is used for
each. Therefore, changing it in one screen will also change it on all other screens.

When the data has been inserted select Calculate and Plot Results:

3.17.5.4Plotting Saved Streams

To make the previously saved 'Without Gravel Pack' stream visible, select the disk icon
used to save the stream. The 'Without Gravel Pack' stream can then be passed from
the Master List to the Current List using the arrow between the two lists, and then click

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1561 PROSPER

Done:

In the top left hand corner of the plot screen, two streams can now be seen; the present
IPR Input Section data and the saved stream called 'Without Gravel Pack':

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1562

To add the 'Without Gravel Pack' stream, select the IPR Results which is reported
under the heading and then select Pressure from the variable list in the bottom left hand
corner of the screen:

This now displays the current IPR and the previous IPR to see the impact that the newly
installed gravel pack will have on the inflow.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1563 PROSPER

3.17.5.5Running System Calc

Now that the gravel pack data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).

3.17.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.17.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1564

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

From the previous example (Tutorial 13) we know that at these flowing conditions a well
without a gravel pack will produce 14485 STB/day.

We cab see from the results above that when a gravel pack is installed then the model
predicts that the well will flow at approximately 12230 STB/day and that the
corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 2693 psig.
This means that the gravel pack has lead to a decrease in production of 2258 STB/
day.

The results also report the pressure drop across the gravel pack is 608 psi and the
velocity at the gravel pack casing is 1.6 ft/sec.

We can then view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1565 PROSPER

This marks the end of Tutorial 14. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Add a gravel pack to the IPR model.

Save and Recall plots from previous calculations.
Report the calculated gravel pack conditions (such as dP loss across the gravel
pack and velocity in the gravel pack) for a given set of flowing conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1566

3.18 Tutorial 15 - Modelling a Frac and Pack Well

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.18.1 Statement of the Problem
When producing some reservoirs, it is often necessary to fracture the reservoir around
the well to improve production. When this fracturing is carried out, the flow pattern into
the well changes considerably and to capture the effects that this has on the production,
an IPR model which accounts for a fracture should be used. When such fractures are
also filled with a gravel pack, the resulting completion is referred to as a 'Frac and Pack'
completion. This tutorial is intended to demonstrate how such a well can be modelled
within PROSPER.

In order to assess the impact of having a 'Frac and Pack' completion, a gravel pack is to
be included within the PROSPER file and the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR model
should be used.

Once the model has been set up, an estimate of the fluid velocity through the gravel pack
is sought when the WHP is 500 psig, the water cut is 0% and the GOR is 800 scf/STB.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1567 PROSPER

3.18.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Learn to add a gravel pack to the model to take into account the pressure drop
across the it.

Input the required data to build a Hydraulically Fracture Well IPR model.

Perform a calculation which allows the fluid velocity in the gravel pack to be
estimated when the WHP is known.

3.18.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Activate the gravel pack option.

b. Add a gravel pack to the Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR model to account for
the 'Frac and Pack' completion.

c. Run a system calculation to obtain the fluid velocity through the gravel pack at the
given conditions.

3.18.4 Available Data

The company carrying out the frac and pack completion has provided the following data:
3.18.4.1Fracture Data
Reservoir Permeability 20 md
Reservoir Thickness 100 ft
Drainage Area 320 acres
Dietz Shape Factor 31.6
Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft
Time 5 days
Reservoir Porosity 0.16
Fracture Height 100 ft

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1568

Fracture Half-length 35 ft

Dimensionless Fracture Conductivity (FCD) 4500

Fracture Face Skin 0

3.18.4.2Sand Control Data

Gravel Pack Permeability 25000 md
Perforation Diameter 0.26
Shot Density 8

Gravel Pack Length 4 inches

Perforation Interval 100 ft
Perforation Efficiency 0.87
Beta (Turbulence) Calculated
Method Multiphase

3.18.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 05. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.18.5.1Setting up Sand Control
Before a gravel pack can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand control option
must be selected in the main options. The main options screen can be accessed by
selecting Options | Options:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1569 PROSPER

Or directly in the IPR section:

3.18.5.2IPR Input Data

Any equipment which will affect the flow of fluid from the reservoir into the well will be
defined in the IPR section of PROSPER. This means that both the fracture and the gravel
pack will be defined in this section and it can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow
Performance:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1570

In the Reservoir Model section of the IPR screen, select the Hydraulically Fractured
Well model and also select Enter Skin by Hand and Gravel Pack. The basic reservoir
properties, as seen in the bottom right hand corner of the screen, are kept the same as
the previous example.

The model data for the IPR can be inserted at the top of the screen. The Hydraulically
Fracture Well model data can be entered on the Reservoir Model tab as shown below:

When this data has been entered, select the Mech-Geom Skin tab to enter the skin
data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1571 PROSPER

The skin value entered in this screen is the Fracture Face Skin and therefore cannot
be negative.

This completes the entry of data for the IPR model; the next step is to enter the gravel
pack data.

3.18.5.3Gravel Pack Input Data

Select the Sand Control tab and enter the required data as shown below:

When the data has been inserted select Calculate and then Plot Results:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1572

3.18.5.4Running System Calc

Now that the 'frac and pack' data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).

3.18.5.4.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1573 PROSPER

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.18.5.4.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1574

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

We cab see from the results above that when a 'frac and pack' is installed then the
model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 9241 STB/day and that the
corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 2400 psig.

The results also reports the velocity at the gravel pack casing is 3.28 ft/sec.

We can then view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

This marks the end of Tutorial 15. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Model a well which has a 'frac and pack' completion by using both the
Hydraulically Fractured Well IPR model and a gravel pack.
Report the calculated gravel pack conditions (such as velocity in the gravel
pack) for a given set of flowing conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1575 PROSPER

3.19 Tutorial 16 - Modelling a Wire-wrapped Screen

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 13. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.19.1 Statement of the Problem
Now that production has started out of the well drilled in the Logie field, it has been
noticed that there is an increasing volume of sand being produced. An economic
assessment is being conducted in order to see if the revenue lost through the reduction
in production caused by the installation of a wire-wrapped screen is off set by the costs
of replacing pipelines and equipment damaged by erosion due to the sand.

In order to assist this assessment, a wire-wrapped screen is to be included within the

PROSPER file, and the resultant pressure drop when the well is produced at a well head
pressure of 500 psig is to be calculated.

3.19.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1576

Learn to add a wire wrapped screen to the model.

Perform a calculation which allows the pressure drop across the screen to be
estimated when the WHP is known.

3.19.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Activate the sand control option.

b. Add a wire-wrapped screen to the IPR model.

c. Run a system calculation to obtain the pressure drop across the screen at the
given conditions.

3.19.4 Available Data

The company installing the wire-wrapped screen has provided the following data:
3.19.4.1Sand Control Data
Sand Control Type Wire-Wrapped Screen
Production Interval 100ft
Screen Outer Radius 0.28 ft
Outside Permeability Formation Sand

Outside Beta Calculated

(Turbulence)

3.19.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 13. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.19.5.1Setting up Sand Control
Before a wire-wrapped screen can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand
control option must be selected in the main options. The main options screen can be
accessed by selecting Options | Options:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1577 PROSPER

Or directly in the IPR screen:

3.19.5.2Wire-wrapped Screen Input Data

Now that the Wire-wrapped Screen option has been enabled, the input data can be
added to the IPR section by selecting System | Inflow Performance:

Select the Sand Control tab in the model data section and enter the required data, as
illustrated below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1578

Some of this data (which has previously been entered in earlier screens) will already be
present. When variables are repeated in the different screens (such as Reservoir
Thickness), in order to keep the model consistent, the same value is used for each.
Therefore, changing it in one screen will also change it on all other screens.

In this case, both the Outside Permeability and Outside Beta (Turbulence) are left
blank. This is because the area between the screen and the sandface has been said to
be full of formation sand and the turbulence factor is to be calculated by PROSPER,
rather than user defined.

When the data has been inserted, select Calculate and then Plot Results:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1579 PROSPER

When the plot is exited, the input screen shows the calculated value for the Outside Beta
(Turbulence) term:

Select Done to exit to the main screen.

3.19.5.3Running System Calc
Now that the 'frac and pack' data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).

3.19.5.3.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1580

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.19.5.3.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1581 PROSPER

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

We cab see from the results above that when a wire-wrapped screen is installed then
the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 14300 STB/day and that the
corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 2909 psig.

The results also reports the pressure drop across the screen is 52.4 psi.

We can then view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

This marks the end of Tutorial 16. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Model a well which has a wire-wrapped screen completion.

Report the impact that this screen has on production for a given set of flowing
conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1582

3.20 Tutorial 17 - Modelling a Pre-Packed Screen

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 13. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.20.1 Statement of the Problem
Now that production has started out of the well drilled in the Logie field, it has been
noticed that there is an increasing volume of sand being produced. An economic
assessment is being conducted in order to see if the revenue lost through the reduction
in production caused by the installation of a pre-packed screen is off set by the costs of
replacing pipelines and equipment damaged by erosion due to the sand.

In order to assist this assessment, a pre-packed screen is to be included within the

PROSPER file and the resultant pressure drop when the well is produced at a well head
pressure of 500 psig is to be calculated.

3.20.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1583 PROSPER

Learn to add a pre-packed screen to the model.

Perform a calculation which allows the pressure drop across the screen to be
estimated when the WHP is known.

3.20.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Activate the sand control option.

b. Add a pre-packed screen to the IPR model .

c. Run a system calculation to obtain the pressure drop across the screen at the
given conditions.

3.20.4 Available Data

The company installing the pre-packed screen has provided the following data:
3.20.4.1Sand Control Data
Sand Control Type Pre-Packed Screen
Production Interval 100ft
Screen Inner Radius 0.25 ft
Screen Outer Radius 0.33 ft

Screen Permeability 500 md

Screen Beta (Turbulence) Calculated
Outside Permeability Formation Sand
Outside Beta (Turbulence) Calculated

3.20.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 13. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1584

3.20.5.1Setting up Sand Control

Before a pre-packed screen can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand control
option must be selected in the main options. The main options screen can be accessed
by selecting Options | Options:

Or directly in the IPR screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1585 PROSPER

3.20.5.2Pre-Packed Screen Input Data

Now that the Pre-Packed Screen option has been enabled, the input data can be added
to the IPR section by selecting System | Inflow Performance:

Select the Sand Control tab in the model data section and enter the required data, as
illustrated below:

Some of this data (which has previously been entered in earlier screens) will already be
present. When variables are repeated in the different screens (such as Reservoir
Thickness), in order to keep the model consistent, the same value is used for each.
Therefore, changing it in one screen will also change it on all other screens.

In this case, the Screen Beta (Turbulence), Outside Permeability and Outside Beta
(Turbulence) are left blank. This is because the area between the screen and the sand-
face has been said to be full of formation sand and the turbulence factors for the screen
and outside are to be calculated by the PROSPER, rather than specified directly.

When the data has been inserted select Calculate and then Plot Results:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1586

When the plot is exited, the input screen shows the calculated values for the Screen
Beta (Turbulence) and Outside Beta (Turbulence) term:

Select Done to exit to the main screen.

3.20.5.3Running System Calc
Now that the pre-packed screen data has been entered into PROSPER, the next step is
to calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1587 PROSPER

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).
3.20.5.3.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.20.5.3.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1588

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

We cab see from the results above that when a pre-packed screen is installed then the
model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 14407 STB/day and that the
corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 2920 psig.

The results also reports the pressure drop across the screen is 22 psi.

We can then view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1589 PROSPER

This marks the end of Tutorial 17. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Model a well which has a pre-packed screen completion.

Report the impact that this screen has on production for a given set of flowing
conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1590

3.21 Tutorial 18 - Modelling a Slotted Liner

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 13. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.21.1 Statement of the Problem
Now that production has started out of the well drilled in the Logie field, it has been
noticed that there is an increasing volume of sand being produced. An economic
assessment is being conducted in order to see if the revenue lost through the reduction
in production caused by the installation of a slotted liner is off set by the costs of
replacing pipelines and equipment damaged by erosion due to the sand.

In order to assist this assessment, a slotted liner is to be included within the PROSPER
file and the resultant pressure drop when the well is produced at a well head pressure of
500 psig is to be calculated.

3.21.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1591 PROSPER

Learn to add a slotted liner to the model.

Perform a calculation which allows the pressure drop across the screen to be
estimated when the WHP is known.

3.21.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, only the IPR section will be
modified in this example.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Activate the sand control option.

b. Add a slotted liner to the IPR model .

c. Run a system calculation to obtain the pressure drop across the screen at the
given conditions.

3.21.4 Available Data

The company installing the slotted liner has provided the following data:
3.21.4.1Sand Control Data
Sand Control Type Slotted Liner
Production Interval 100ft
Liner Inner Radius 0.32 ft
Liner Outer Radius 0.34 ft

Slot Height 4 inches

Slot Width 0.02 inches
Slot Density 4 ft-1
Screen Outer Radius No screen (Blank
or 0)
Outside Permeability 50000 md
Outside Beta Calculated
(Turbulence)

3.21.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 13. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1592

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.21.5.1Setting up Sand Control
Before a slotted liner can be included in the PROSPER model, the sand control option
must be selected in the main options. The main options screen can be accessed by
selecting Options | Options:

Or directly in the IPR screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1593 PROSPER

3.21.5.2Slotted Liner Input Data

Now that the Pre-packed Screen option has been enabled, the input data can be added
to the IPR section by selecting System | Inflow Performance.
Select the Sand Control tab in the model data section and enter the required data, as
illustrated below:

Some of this data (which has previously been entered in earlier screens) will already be
present. When variables are repeated in the different screens (such as Reservoir
Thickness), in order to keep the model consistent, the same value is used for each.
Therefore, changing it in one screen will also change it on all other screens.

In this case, the Screen Outer Radius has been set to zero as there is not one present
and the Outside Beta (Turbulence) is left blank as it to be calculated by the program

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1594

rather than specified directly.

When the data has been inserted select Calculate and then Plot Results:

When the plot is exited, the input screen shows the calculated value for the Outside Beta
(Turbulence) term:

Select Done to exit to the main screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1595 PROSPER

3.21.5.3Running System Calc

Now that the 'frac and pack' data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).

3.21.5.3.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.21.5.3.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1596

The results screen will now show the System Plot at the bottom of the screen. The
details of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

We cab see from the results above that when a slotted liner is installed then the model
predicts that the well will flow at approximately 13595 STB/day and that the
corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the FBHP) is 2836 psig.

The results also reports the pressure drop across the liner is 242 psi.

We can then view the System Plot by selecting Plot | System Plot from the top ribbon:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1597 PROSPER

This marks the end of Tutorial 18. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Model a well which has a slotted liner completion.

Report the impact that this liner has on production for a given set of flowing
conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1598

3.22 Tutorial 19 - Matching an Oil Well Test

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 14. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.22.1 Statement of the Problem
So far, we have built our model on the basis of reservoir parameters, completion data
and a PVT report. The next step is to ensure that the results we are getting from the file
are representative of the actual flow rates recorded in the field.

We have now been producing from our well from some time and a number of well tests
have been carried out on the well. It is important that we ensure that the models we have
created for the well are an accurate representation of the actual well. To achieve this, the
measured well test data can be used to adjust the pressure drops calculated by the
multiphase correlations in our VLP calculations.

After the VLP has been matched to ensure that the pressure drop in the well is being
captured, it is also possible to match the IPR so that when we combine the two together
in a System Calculation, the results are consistent. From previous test data it has been
confirmed that the IPR models being used are accurate, however, it is unclear what the
reservoir pressures were at the time each test was performed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1599 PROSPER

Once this matching has been carried out, management would like to have an idea of the
impact that water-cut will have on production if the reservoir pressure is maintained at
4000 psig. This should be carried out for wellhead pressures of 250, 500 and 750 psig.
3.22.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Match our VLP curves to the measured well test data

Estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of each test by matching the IPR to
the measured data.

Calculate the impact of increasing water cut on production if the reservoir

pressure is maintained at 4000 psig for WHPs of 250, 500 and 750 psig.

3.22.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, the focus of this tutorial will be on
inputting the test data and matching the model to this data.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert the test data and match the U value so that the fluid temperature gradient is
representative of reality.

b. Compare the different flow correlations to see which gives the closest results to
the test point.

c. Match the closest correlation so that the calculated gauge pressure matches the
recorded pressure.

d. Find the reservoir pressure for each test so that the VLP/IPR intersection point
gives the same rate as the measured data.

e. Run a sensitivity study using the system calculation to see the impact of water cut
on production at different WHPs.

3.22.4 Available Data

The following well test data has been reported for this well:
3.22.4.1Well Test Data
Test Date 16/03/2011 21/05/2011 07/10/2011
Tubing Head Pressure 230 521 765
(psig)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1600

Tubing Head 143.8 134.2 118

Temperature (oF)
Water Cut (% ) 0 0.5 1.9
Liquid Rate (STB/day) 9784.1 7915.3 5636.9
Gauge Depth (ft) 6250 6250 6250
Gauge Pressure (psig) 1322.6 1623.8 1962.6
Reservoir Pressure 4000 4000 4000
(psig)
Gas Oil Ratio (scf/STB) 800 800 800
GOR Free (scf/STB) 0 0 0

3.22.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 14. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.22.5.1VLP/IPR Matching
The VLP/IPR matching process is intended to be used to match our model to field data.
This matching consists of four different stages:

1. From the measured Tubing Head Temperature, calculate the U value which will result
in the model predicting the same temperature for the well test conditions. When this
value has been found, it can be automatically transferred for use in the model.
2. A gradient calculation is carried out to see which correlation best represents the
measured pressure drops. This is done by seeing which correlation predicts a
pressure nearest to the gauge pressure measured.
3. Once the most representative correlation has been selected, a match is carried out
so that the gauge pressure calculated exactly matches the measured pressure. This
is done by applying a multiplier to both the gravity pressure drop term (parameter 1)
and the friction pressure drop term (parameter 2).
4. When the VLP has been matched, the IPR can also be matched. The IPR should be
adjusted so that the VLP/IPR intersection point matches the gas rate measured in the
field.

Once these four steps have been completed, the model will predict the correct test rate
at the given test conditions and can be said to be representative of the actual flowing
conditions in the well. Once we are happy that a model is reproducing results seen in the
field, we can use the model to run predictions to see how the well's response may
change when the boundary conditions are changed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1601 PROSPER

To access the VLP/IPR Matching screen, select the Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality Check) option from the top ribbon. This will bring up the screen shown below:

3.22.5.1.1 Entering Well Test Data

The test data below should be entered into the matching screen:

Test Date 16/03/2011 21/05/2011 07/10/2011

Tubing Head Pressure 230 521 765
(psig)
Tubing Head 143.8 134.2 118
Temperature (oF)
Water Cut (% ) 0 0.5 1.9
Liquid Rate (STB/day) 9784.1 7915.3 5636.9
Gauge Depth (ft) 6250 6250 6250
Gauge Pressure (psig) 1322.6 1623.8 1962.6
Reservoir Pressure 4000 4000 4000
(psig)
Gas Oil Ratio (scf/STB) 800 800 800
GOR Free (scf/STB) 0 0 0

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1602

3.22.5.1.2 Matching U Value

Once the data has been entered, the Overall heat Transfer Coefficient required to
match the measured well head temperature can be found for each test. To carry out this
calculation select Estimate U Value:

The next step is to calculate the U value for each test and determine the mean of the
three U Values, which can be achieved by selecting Calculate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1603 PROSPER

The individually calculated U values will be displayed in the top left of the window, with
the mean on the right hand side.

Once the mean has been calculated, the Transfer Calculated Mean to Current HTC
can be selected to pass the mean U Value of the three tests to be passed to the working
Heat Transfer Co-efficient. This mean value is to be used in the model and therefore this
step should be followed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1604

Select Done to return to the matching screen.

3.22.5.1.3 VLP Quality Check
With the U value matched, we can be confident that the temperature profile in the well is
being captured accurately through time. The next step is to carry out a quality check to
ensure that the model, test data and gauge pressure which has been measured are
consistent.

For the quality check we use two correlations, the Fancher Brown and the Duns and
Ros Modified, to create an envelope inside which a test point should fall. The Fancher
Brown correlation is a no slip correlation (as it assumes that the gas and liquid travel at

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1605 PROSPER

the same velocity in the tubing) and therefore will under predict the pressure drop for an
oil well. The Duns and Ros Modified correlation has been adapted to over predict the
pressure drop for oil wells producing in the slug flow regime. Therefore, if a test point
falls either below the Fancher Brown or is greater than the Duns and Ros Modified then
we can consider the quality of the test point or model to be in question. If it falls between
the two we can say that it has passed this initial test.

To carry out the quality check, select the Correlation Comparison button from the top
of the VLP/IPR matching screen:

When the prompt is shown, select OK:

The measured data for the first test will be automatically bought into this screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1606

In order to carry out the quality check, select the Duns and Ros Modified and Fancher
Brown correlations from the bottom left hand corner of the screen:

Select Calculate to carry out the calculations for each correlation:

To see if the test point falls between the two gradients, select Plot, ensure both
correlations are selected and the pressure is to be plotted on the X-axis in the
subsequent interface and then Done:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1607 PROSPER

For the case of test point one above, we can see that it does indeed fall between these
two correlations and can therefore be said to have passed the quality check.

After exiting the plot, select Done in the Correlation Comparison screen:

A prompt will now appear for the second test point. Select OK to enter the correlation
comparison with the test data from test two:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1608

The exact same steps as shown above should be carried out for test points two and
three. When this is done, the points will also be found to fall within the envelope and
therefore pass the quality check:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1609 PROSPER

When all three have been completed, selecting Done will return the user to the VLP/IPR
Matching screen.

3.22.5.1.4 Correlation Comparison

All three test points have been found to pass the quality check and so the next step is to
find the correlation which best represents the measured pressure drop. This can be
done by selecting Correlation Comparison:

When the prompt is shown, select OK:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1610

This will transfer the first set of test data into the Correlation Comparison screen:

At the bottom left corner of the screen, the correlations to be used in the comparison can
be selected. In this case we will select Hagedorn Brown, Beggs and Brill, Petroleum
Experts 2, and Petroleum Experts 3:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1611 PROSPER

Next, select Calculate to perform the gradient calculation for each of the selected
correlations:

Select Plot and then all of the correlations in the window which appears, to see how
close each correlation comes to the measured data point:

In this case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is the closest to the measured gauge

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1612

pressure.

Select Finish in the top left hand corner to exit the plot and then select Done to return to
the Correlation Comparison screen, where the prompt screen will appear so that the
same process can be carried out for the next test:

Select OK to proceed to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd test's data.
The same steps as shown above should be performed to see the plot:

For the second case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is still the closest to the test

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1613 PROSPER

data.

Select Finish in the top left hand corner to exit the plot and then select Done to return to
the Correlation Comparison screen, where the prompt screen will appear once again
so that the same process can be carried out for the final test. Select OK to return to the
Correlation Comparison screen with the 3rd test's data. The same steps as we
performed for the first and second tests should also be carried out for the third and the
correlations compared to the test data:

For the final case, both the Petroleum Experts 2 and Petroleum Experts 3 correlations
are close to the test data.

Based upon these three test, therefore, we can say that the correlation which gives the
most consistently close results when compared to the gauge pressures is Petroleum
Experts 2.

Select Finish in the top left hand corner to exit the plot and then select Done to return to
the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.22.5.1.5 VLP Matching
The correlation which was found to be closest to all three test data points was found to
be Petroleum Experts 2. This correlation will now be matched so that it recreates each
point exactly. This can be done by selecting Match VLP:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1614

This will display the multiphase flow correlation/model matching interface. Select the
correlation to be matched (in this case Petroleum Experts 2) and all of the tests on the
left hand side of the screen, and then select Match to carry out the regression:

When the match has been completed, the match parameters are displayed on the right
hand side of the screen. Parameter 1 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to
gravity (1.03) while Parameter 2 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to
friction (1.00).

The centre of the screen shows both the measured gauge pressure and the pressures
which are calculated with the newly matched correlations for the selected test (in this
case test 1).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1615 PROSPER

As can be seen, the correlation now recreates the gauge pressure. Test 2 and 3 should
also be checked for consistency between the measured and calculated data, where the
correlation can be seen to also recreate the gauge pressures.

Select Done to return to the previous screen.

3.22.5.1.6 IPR Matching
The pressure and temperature profiles in the well have now been matched to the test
data. The next step is to see where the VLP and IPR curves will intersect for the given
model. If the model is correct, they should intersect at the same rate as was measured
during each test.

We have been told that based on other tests, we are confident that the IPR curve is
accurate for this well and so if the IPR and VLP curves do not intersect at the correct
rates we can use this information to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of the
test.

Select VLP/IPR to enter the VLP/IPR Matching screen:

On the left hand side of the screen, select all three tests (by ticking the boxes next to
them) and also select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation. Also set the Rate Method at

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1616

the top of the screen to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more definition within
the unstable region of the VLP curve:

Please note that Parameter 1 and 2 from the VLP matching are displayed next to the
correlation above, and will be applied to any calculations moving forward.

Select Calculate and a prompt box will appear asking which tests and correlations are
to be calculated:

As all of the tests and the required correlation have been selected (with a tick placed
next to them) select Calculate SELECTED Correlations, SELECTED Tests. After the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1617 PROSPER

calculation has been completed, select Plot to see if the intersections match the test
rates:

The screen above shows that the test points (represented by the blue squares) and
calculated intersection points (represented by the maroon crosses) do not match up. It
appears that in each case a different reservoir pressure will be required to match each
test. This can be done using the Adjust IPR option.

Select Finish to exit the plot and then Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.22.5.1.6.1 Adjust IPR
In order to calculate the reservoir pressure at the time of each well test, select Adjust
IPR:

This will bring up the 'Adjust IPR' screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1618

On the top of the screen, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation should be selected.

It is possible to match each test one at a time, or select multiple tests to be matched at
the same time. If multiple tests are matched, an average reservoir pressure will be
calculated which would imply that the tests were all carried out at the same pressure. As
the tests here were carried out months apart, the reservoir pressure is most likely
different and so each test should be matched individually and the reservoir pressure
calculated saved.

In the top left of the screen, select test 1 by placing a tick in box next to it:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1619 PROSPER

Once it is selected, press Adjust Pres. A prompt will appear asking which test is to be
matched. The selected test should be matched:

When the match has been carried out, a new reservoir pressure will be calculated. This
should be transferred to the VLP/IPR Match screen by selecting the option and pressing
OK:

This same process should be carried out for tests 2 and 3. When this has been
completed press Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen and see the calculated
reservoir pressure at the time of each test:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1620

Select VLP/IPR and then Done, followed by Plot to see that the VLP/IPR intersection
points now match up with the test rates:

This completes the VLP/IPR matching process as the model is now recreating the test
results measured in the field. Select Main from the top of the plot to return to the main
PROSPER screen.
3.22.5.2Water Cut Sensitivity
Now that the model has been adjusted to match field data, we can use the model to
predict what may happen over various operating conditions.
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1621 PROSPER

The objective of this sensitivity is to find the impact of increasing water cut on production
if the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig. This should be carried out for first node pressures
of 250, 500 and 750 psig.

This can be achieved by running a System Calculation by selecting Calculation |

System (IPR + VLP).
3.22.5.2.1 Setting Variables
The top left hand side of the screen should be filled with the relevant data for these
calculations:

As the Top Node Pressure and Water Cut are to be used in the sensitivity study, the
values entered here will be overwritten.

Ensure that the matched correlation is selected and that the rate method is changed to
Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more definition within the unstable region of
the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the different sensitivity variables. Each variable can be selected
from the drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be
entered on the right hand side:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1622

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1623 PROSPER

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.22.5.2.2 System Calculation
Select Calculate to carry out the System Calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1624

After the calculation has been completed, select Sensitivity Plot. Press Variables at
the top of the screen to change the values being plotted:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1625 PROSPER

To see the intended plot, we should select to see Liquid Rate on the y-axis, Water Cut
on the X-axis and have First Node Pressure as the parameter variable:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1626

This plot shows us the impact of the water cut on the production as the increasing water
cut leads to a lower production rate. When the first node pressure is 750 psig, the well
will stop producing at between 60 and 70% water cut, while if the first node pressure is
dropped to 500 psig then it will stop producing between 80 and 90%. With a well head
pressure of 250 psig, the well is able to produce all the way up to 90% water cut when
the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig.

This marks the end of Tutorial 19. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Match the VLP curve to test data.

Use the matched VLP curve to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of
the test when the productivity is known.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that water cut has on well production.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1627 PROSPER

3.23 Tutorial 20 - Matching a Gas Well Test

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 06. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.23.1 Statement of the Problem
The Powderhall gas well has been producing for some time now and data from a
number of well tests is available. So far, our model has been built on the basis of
different models using the reservoir and completion properties as a basis. The next step
is to ensure that the models which have been built are representative of the actual
flowing conditions within the well and this can be done using the VLP/IPR Matching work
flow in PROSPER.

The reservoir pressure of the Powderhall field has been monitored very well and
therefore this is considered to be recorded accurately at the time of each test. The
productivity of the well, however, (which is captured in the IPR) is not as well known and
therefore may be required to be adjusted to match the well tests.

Once the model has been matched to the test data, management would like to obtain an
idea of how an increase in WGR may affect the production of the well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1628

3.23.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Match our VLP curves to the measured well test data.

Ensure that the IPR curves are an accurate representation of the actual well's
inflow.

Predict the impact that an increasing WGR will have on the well if the wellhead
pressure is either 1500 psig or 1000 psig.

3.23.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created, the focus of this tutorial will be on
inputting the test data and matching the model to this data.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert the test data and match the U value so that the fluid temperature gradient is
representative of reality.

b. Compare the different flow correlations to see which gives the closest results to
the test point.

c. Match the closest correlation so that the calculated gauge pressure matches the
recorded pressure.

d. Match the IPR so that the VLP/IPR intersection point gives the same rate as the
measured data.

e. Run a sensitivity study using the system calculation to see the inpact of the WGR
at different wellhead pressures.

3.23.4 Available Data

The following well test data has been reported for this well:
3.23.4.1Well Test Data
Test Date 18/02/2007 20/03/2007 14/04/2007
Tubing Head Pressure 430 2680 1420
(psig)
Tubing Head 151.63 146.0 149.95
Temperature (oF)
Water Gas Ratio (STB/ 1 1 1

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1629 PROSPER

MMscf)
Condensate Gas Ratio 1 1 1
(STB/MMscf)
Liquid Rate (STB/day) 72.773 50.411 64.459
Gauge Depth (ft) 4250 4250 4250
Gauge Pressure (psig) 2589.6 3613.64 2913.8
Reservoir Pressure 5300 5240 5200
(psig)

3.23.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 06. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.23.5.1VLP/IPR Matching
The VLP/IPR matching process is intended to be used to match our model to field data.
This matching consists of four different stages:

1. From the measured Tubing Head Temperature, calculate the U value which will result
in the model predicting the same temperature for the well test conditions. When this
value has been found, it can be automatically transferred for use in the model.
2. A gradient calculation is carried out to see which correlation best represents the
measured pressure drops. This is done by seeing which correlation predicts a
pressure nearest to the gauge pressure measured.
3. Once the most representative correlation has been selected, a match is carried out
so that the gauge pressure calculated exactly matches the measured pressure. This
is done by applying a multiplier to both the gravity pressure drop term (parameter 1)
and the friction pressure drop term (parameter 2).
4. When the VLP has been matched, the IPR can also be matched. The IPR should be
adjusted so that the VLP/IPR intersection point matches the gas rate measured in the
field.

Once these four steps have been completed, the model will predict the correct test rate
at the given test conditions and can be said to be representative of the actual flowing
conditions in the well. Once we are happy that a model is reproducing results seen in the
field, we can use the model to run predictions to see how the well's response may
change when the boundary conditions are changed.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1630

3.23.5.1.1 Entering Well Test Data

To match the test data, select the Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR (Quality Check)
menu and insert the test data as shown below:

At the top right of the screen, the Tasks to be carried out during the matching process
can be seen. These four steps should be carried out in order and details of each
different task are given in the subsequent sections of this guide.
3.23.5.1.2 Matching U Value
The first step is to match the Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient. This can be done by
selecting Estimate U Value:

The next step is to calculate the U value for each test and determine the mean of the
three U Values, which can be achieved by selecting Calculate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1631 PROSPER

The individually calculated U values will be displayed in the top left of the window, with
the mean on the right hand side. For this data, all of the individual tests can be seen to
have very similar U values and therefore an average of these three would be the best
representation of our model.

Once the mean has been calculated, the Transfer Calculated Mean to Current HTC
can be selected to pass the mean U Value of the three tests to be passed to the working
Heat Transfer Co-efficient. This mean value is to be used in the model and therefore
this step should be followed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1632

Any calculation performed by this model from now on, will use this new U value.

Select Done to return to the matching screen.

3.23.5.1.3 Correlation Comparison
Now that the temperature gradient within the well at the time of the test has been
matched, the next step is to find the correlation which best represents the measured
pressure drop. This can be done by selecting Correlation Comparison:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1633 PROSPER

When the prompt is shown, select OK to transfer the first set of test data into the
Correlation Comparison screen:

At the bottom left corner of the screen, the correlations to be used in the comparison can
be selected. In this case we will select Hagedorn Brown, Mukerjee Brill, Beggs and
Brill, Petroleum Experts 2, Petroleum Experts 3 and Petroleum Experts 5:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1634

Next, select Calculate to perform the gradient calculation for each of the selected
correlations:

Select Plot, then ensure all of the correlations are selected and the pressure is to be
plotted on the X-axis in the subsequent interface, and then Done:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1635 PROSPER

In this case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is the closest to the measured gauge
pressure.

Select Finish in the top left hand corner to exit the plot and then select Done to return to
the Correlation Comparison screen, where the prompt screen will appear so that the
same process can be carried out for the next test:

Select OK to proceed once again to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd
test's data. The same steps as shown above should be performed to see the plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1636

For the second case, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation is still the closest to the test
data.

Select Finish in the top left hand corner to exit the plot and then select Done to return to
the Correlation Comparison screen, where the prompt screen will appear so that the
same process can be carried out for the final test.

Select OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 3rd test's data. The
same steps as we performed for the first and second tests should also be carried out for
the third, and the correlations compared to the test data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1637 PROSPER

For the final case, the Petroleum Experts 2, Petroleum Experts 3 and Beggs and Brill,
Mukerjee Brill and Hagedorn Brown correlations are all close to the test data.

Based upon these three test, therefore, we can say that the correlation which gives the
most consistently close results when compared to the gauge pressures is Petroleum
Experts 2.

Select Finish in the top left hand corner to exit from the plot and then select Done to
return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.23.5.1.4 VLP Matching
The Petroleum Experts 2 multiphase correlation has been found to be the closest
representation of all three test points. This now has to be matched to ensure that it
reproduces our test points.

Select Match VLP from the top ribbon:

This will display the multiphase flow correlation/model matching interface. Select the
correlation to be matched (in this case Petroleum Experts 2) and all of the tests on the
left hand side of the screen, and then select Match to carry out the regression:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1638

When the match has been completed, the match parameters are displayed on the right
hand side of the screen. Parameter 1 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to
gravity (1.0395) while Parameter 2 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to
friction (0.969).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1639 PROSPER

The centre of the screen shows both the measured gauge pressure and the pressures
which are calculated with the newly matched correlations for the selected test (in this
case test 1).

As can be seen, the correlation now recreates the gauge pressure. Test 2 and 3 should
also be checked for consistency between the measured and calculated data, where the
correlation can be seen to also recreate the gauge pressures.

Select Done to return to the previous screen.

3.23.5.1.5 IPR Matching
Now that we are confident that the pressure drop calculated by our model is an accurate
representation of the pressure drop measured in the field, we can use the calculated
FBHP to ensure that the IPR is also representative of the performance of the well. If both
are representative, the intersection point of the IPR and VLP curves should match the
flow rate measured at the time of the test if the same conditions are used.

Select VLP/IPR from the matching screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1640

On the left hand side of the screen, select all three tests (by ticking the boxes next to
them) and also select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation. Also set the Rate Method at
the top of the screen to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more definition within
the unstable region of the VLP curve:

Please note that Parameter 1 and 2 from the VLP matching are displayed next to the
correlation above, and will be applied to any calculations moving forward.

Select Calculate and a prompt box will appear asking which tests and correlations are
to be calculated:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1641 PROSPER

As all of the tests and the required correlation have been selected (with a tick placed
next to them) select Calculate SELECTED Correlations, SELECTED Tests. After the
calculation has been completed, select Plot to see if the intersections match the test
rates:

The screen above shows that the test points (represented by the blue squares) and
calculated intersection points (represented by the maroon crosses) do not match up. As
the intersection points do not match up with the measured data, this implies that the IPR
model is not representative of the actual flowing conditions. In this case, we are
confident of the reservoir pressure measurements which have been taken but we are
unsure how representative the actual IPR is. We can therefore try to find a Skin value
which will match all of these points. Skin is a measure of the deviation of the reality from
the mathematical model which has been set up to predict the flow from the reservoir.
This can be done using the Adjust IPR option.

Select Finish to exit the plot and then Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.23.5.1.5.1 Adjust IPR
From the VLP/IPR Matching Screen, select Adjust IPR:

As we are basing our analysis on the matched VLP correlation, the first step is to select
it in the top left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1642

In this case, we want to find a single skin value which will be valid for all three of our
tests. Therefore all three tests should be on the left hand side of the screen. Select
Adjust Skin to carry out the calculation. A dialogue box will appear asking which tests
are to be considered:

Select Calculate For All SELECTED Tests and then select OK. Once the calculation
has been completed for all three tests, an average skin to match the points will be found:

This is to be transferred to the IPR section and so select the Update Skin (in IPR
Section) With Calculated Value option. Select OK to confirm.

Return to the main VLP/IPR Matching screen by selecting Done and then recalculate the
VLP/IPR intersection points by going to VLP/IPR | Calculate. When the calculation has

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1643 PROSPER

been completed, select Plot to see if the matching has been completed correctly:

We can see that by using a skin value of 5.025, all three tests now match. The model
can now be said to be matched to the available test data and to be representative of the
actual flowing conditions within the well.

Select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.23.5.2WGR Sensitivity
Now that the model has been adjusted to match field data, we can use the model to
predict what may happen over various operating conditions.

The objective of this sensitivity is to find the impact of increasing WGR on production if
the reservoir pressure is 4000 psig. This should be carried out for first node pressures
of 250, 500 and 750 psig.

This can be achieved by running a System Calculation by selecting Calculation |

System (IPR + VLP).
3.23.5.2.1 Setting Variables
The top left hand side of the screen should be filled with the relevant data for these
calculations. Ensure that the matched correlation is selected and that the rate method is
changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more definition within the unstable
region of the VLP curve:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1644

As the Top Node Pressure and WGR are to be used in the sensitivity study, the values
entered here will be overwritten.

Select Cases to enter the different sensitivity variables. Each variable can be selected
from the drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be
entered on the right hand side:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1645 PROSPER

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.23.5.2.2 System Calculation
Select Calculate to carry out the System Calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1646

After the calculation has been completed, select Sensitivity Plot. Press Variables at
the top of the screen to change the values being plotted:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1647 PROSPER

To see the intended plot, we should select to see Gas Rate on the y-axis and the Water
Gas Ratio on the X-axis, and then select Done:

This plot shows the deceasing trend in gas rate when the WGR is increasing. The
heavier fluid will be harder to lift and also the increase in mass within the tubing will
mean a higher velocity and hence higher frictional pressure drop.

The plot can be exited by selecting Main to return to the main screen. To save the file,
select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 20. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Match the VLP curve to test data for a gas well.

Use the matched VLP curve to find the skin value required to match the IPR to
the test data.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that the water gas ratio has on well
production.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1648

3.24 Tutorial 21 - Matching a Water Injection Well Test

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 03. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.24.1 Statement of the Problem
So far, we have built our water injection model on the basis of reservoir parameters,
completion data and a PVT report. The next step is to ensure that the results we are
getting from the file are representative of the actual flow rates recorded in the field.

Data from a number of well tests have now become available and it is possible to adapt
our model so that the results obtained for the same conditions match those measured in
the field. Once we have a model which can recreate the flowing conditions of the well
tests, lift curves are to be generated which can then be imported into GAP to form part of
an integrated field model which will use REVEAL to capture the conditions and injectivity
of the reservoir at each time step.
3.24.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Match our VLP curves to the measured well test data

Use the well tests to see if the IPR conditions are changing over time.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1649 PROSPER

Generate VLP curves for use in GAP for an injection well.

3.24.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the focus of this tutorial will be on
inputting the test data and matching the model to this data.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert the test data and match the U value so that the fluid temperature gradient is
representative of reality.

b. Compare the different flow correlations to see which gives the closest results to
the test point.

c. Match the selected correlation so that the calculated gauge pressure matches the
recorded pressure.

d. Find the skin for each test so that the VLP/IPR intersection point gives the same
rate as the measured data.

e. Generate VLP tables for use within GAP.

3.24.4 Available Data

The following well test data has been reported for this well:
3.24.4.1Well Test Data
Test Date 17/08/2011 23/09/2011 07/12/2011
Injected Fluid Pressure 1250 1075 985
(psig)
Downstream 99.3 112.1 123.6
Temperature (oF)
Water Cut (% ) 100 100 100
Liquid Rate (STB/day) 8467 5897 4456
Gauge Depth (ft) 8000 8000 8000
Gauge Pressure (psig) 4910 4747 4662
Reservoir Pressure 4100 4100 4100
(psig)
Gas Oil Ratio (scf/STB) 800 800 800
GOR Free (scf/STB) 0 0 0

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1650

3.24.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 03. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.24.5.1VLP/IPR Matching
The VLP/IPR matching process is intended to be used to match our model to field data.
This matching consists of four different stages:

1. From the measured Tubing Head Temperature, calculate the U value which will result
in the model predicting the same temperature for the well test conditions. When this
value has been found, it can be automatically transferred for use in the model.
2. A gradient calculation is carried out to see which correlation best represents the
measured pressure drops. This is done by seeing which correlation predicts a
pressure nearest to the gauge pressure measured.
3. Once the most representative correlation has been selected, a match is carried out
so that the gauge pressure calculated exactly matches the measured pressure. This
is done by applying a multiplier to both the gravity pressure drop term (parameter 1)
and the friction pressure drop term (parameter 2).
4. When the VLP has been matched, the IPR can also be matched. The IPR should be
adjusted so that the VLP/IPR intersection point matches the gas rate measured in the
field.

Once these four steps have been completed, the model will predict the correct test rate
at the given test conditions and can be said to be representative of the actual flowing
conditions in the well. Once we are happy that a model is reproducing results seen in the
field, we can use the model to run predictions to see how the well's response may
change when the boundary conditions are changed.

To access the VLP/IPR Matching screen, select the Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality Check) menu from the top ribbon. This will bring up the screen shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1651 PROSPER

3.24.5.1.1 Entering Well Test Data

The test data below should be entered into the matching screen:

Test Date 17/08/2011 23/09/2011 07/12/2011

Injected Fluid Pressure 1250 1075 985
(psig)
Downstream 99.3 112.1 123.6
Temperature (oF)
Water Cut (% ) 100 100 100
Liquid Rate (STB/day) 8467 5897 4456
Gauge Depth (ft) 8000 8000 8000
Gauge Pressure (psig) 4910 4747 4662
Reservoir Pressure 4100 4100 4100
(psig)
Gas Oil Ratio (scf/STB) 800 800 800
GOR Free (scf/STB) 0 0 0

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1652

3.24.5.1.2 Matching U Value

Once the data has been entered, the Overall heat Transfer Coefficient required to
match the measured well head temperature can be found for each test. To carry out this
calculation select Estimate:

The calculated U value for each test will be displayed:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1653 PROSPER

Select OK at each screen to continue. When all three values have been shown, the
average will be calculated:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1654

This value is to be used in the model and therefore select Yes to transfer it to the
Geothermal Gradient screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1655 PROSPER

Select OK to return to the matching screen.

3.24.5.1.3 Correlation Comparison
The next step is to find the correlation which best represents the measured pressure
drop. This can be done by selecting Correlation Comparison:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1656

When the prompt is shown, select OK. This will transfer the first set of test data into the
Correlation Comparison screen:

At the bottom left corner of the screen, the correlations to be used in the comparison can
be selected. In this case we will select Hagedorn Brown, Mukerjee Brill, Beggs and
Brill, Petroleum Experts 2, Petroleum Experts 3 and Petroleum Experts 5:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1657 PROSPER

Next, select Calculate to perform the gradient calculation for each of the selected
correlations and then select Plot to see how close each correlation comes to the
measured data point:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1658

As this is a water injection well, the only phase present within the system is water and
therefore the fluid is in a single phase. As the multi-phase correlations are used to
estimate the hold-up (the ratio of the liquid to the total fluid) they will all predict the same
pressure drop as the hold-up is always going to be 1. This can be see in the plot above.

Select the Finish to exit from the plot and then select Done to return to the Correlation
Comparison screen:

Selecting Done again will leave the Correlation Comparison screen and a prompt
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the next test. Select
OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd test's data. The same
steps as shown above should be performed to see the plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1659 PROSPER

Again, every correlation predicts the same pressure drop.

Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit from the plot and then select
Done to return to the Correlation Comparison screen:

Selecting Done again will leave the Correlation Comparison screen and a prompt
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the final test. Select
OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd test's data. The same
steps as we performed for the first and second tests should also be carried out for the
third and the correlations are compared to the test data:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1660

The objective of using the correlation comparison in the case of single phase fluids is
not to compare the different correlations (as there is no difference to compare) but
rather to see if the measured data is close to the calculated data. Based upon these
three test, therefore, we can say the pressure drop calculation is consistently over
estimating the pressure drop in the well but only by a very small amount each time.

Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit from the plot and then select
Done on the next two screens to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.24.5.1.4 VLP Matching
As mentioned previously, as a single phase fluid is being modelled, any correlation can
be used in the pressure drop calculations as they all predict the same results. We have
to select a correlation to match to the test data and in this case, Petroleum Experts 2
will be used. This correlation will now be matched so that it recreates each point exactly.
This can be done by selecting Match VLP:

This will display the matching screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1661 PROSPER

Select the correlation to be matched (in this case Petroleum Experts 2) on the left hand
side of the screen and then select Match to carry out the regression:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1662

When the match has been completed, the match parameters are displayed in the center
of the screen. Parameter 1 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to gravity
while Parameter 2 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to friction. These
parameters are now also added to the end of the correlation name which is now
Petroleum Experts 2 0.99 1.00.

The right hand side of the screen shows the both the measured gauge pressure and the
pressures which are calculated with the newly matched correlations. As can be seen, the
correlation now recreates the gauge pressures.

Select Done to return to the previous screen.

3.24.5.1.5 IPR Matching
The pressure and temperature profiles in the well have now been matched to the test
data. The next step is to see where the VLP and IPR curves will intersect for the given
model. If the model is correct, they should intersect at the same rate as was measured
during each test.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1663 PROSPER

We have been told that based on other tests, we are confident that the IPR curve is
accurate for this well and so if the IPR and VLP curves do not intersect at the correct
rates we can use this information to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of the
test.

Select VLP/IPR to enter the VLP/IPR Matching screen:

On the left hand side of the screen, select all three tests (by ticking the boxes next to
them) and also select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation:

Select Calculate and a prompt box will appear asking which tests and correlations are
to be calculated:

As all of the tests and the required correlation have been selected (with a tick placed
next to them) select Calculate SELECTED Correlations, SELECTED Tests. After the
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 Examples Guide 1664

calculation has been completed, select Plot to see if the intersections match the test
rates:

The screen above shows that the test points and calculated intersection points do not
match up. For a water injection well, we could assume that the conditions around the well
bore are changing (due to the cold water cooling the near wellbore region or scaling
occurring around the well) and therefore we will try to find the skin required for each test
to match the data using the Adjust IPR feature.

Select Finish to exit the plot and then Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.24.5.1.5.1 Adjust IPR
In order to calculate the reservoir pressure at the time of each well test, select Adjust
IPR:

This will bring up the 'Adjust IPR' screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1665 PROSPER

On the top of the screen, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation should be selected as this
is the correlation which has been matched to the test data.

It is possible to match each test one at a time, or select multiple tests to be matched at
the same time. If multiple tests are matched, an average skin will be calculated which
would imply that the tests could be modelled with a single value. While this is often the
case for production wells, we are going to test to see if the skin is effectively time
dependent due to the changes in the reservoir which the injection is causing. We can
find a skin value for each test independently and if they are close, we can then carry out
the tests all together to find the average skin.

In the top left of the screen, select 'test 1' by placing a tick in box next to it:

Once it is selected, press Adjust Skin. A prompt will appear asking which test is to be
matched. The selected test should be matched:

When the match has been carried out, a new skin will be calculated. Select the Do
Nothing option and pressing OK:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1666

This same process should be carried out for tests 2 and 3. Doing this for all three tests
finds values of 3, 4.2 and 5.6 for the skin required to match each test. While we can use
PROSPER to match each test, we have no way of predicting how this skin is going to
change over time unless we model it in a numerical simulator. There the impact of the
cooler fluid can be taken into account and any resultant changes in fluid properties
(reductions in viscosity etc) or reservoir properties (fracture propagation etc) can be
seen.

The matching process has therefore allowed us to accurately recreate our test
conditions within the well (as the gauge pressures are now recreated by the VLP
calculation) however the changes in the injectivity of the well over time is not being
accurately captured. It is proposed, therefore, that these lift curves be linked to a
reservoir simulator which can model the changing conditions over time.

This completes the VLP/IPR matching process. Select Main from the top of the plot to
return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.24.5.2Generating VLP Tables
Now that we are able to reproduce the gauge pressures of the well tests at the given
conditions, we want to generate VLP curve tables to be exported to GAP for use in an
Integrated Production Model.

VLP lift curves are used by GAP to calculate the flowing conditions of the well under any
conditions calculated by the model. Rather than calculate the pressure gradient or VLP
curve for each case, a table of values is generated and are used to interpolate between
to find the results of the model conditions. It is therefore very important that the ranges of
values that the tables are generated for cover all the possible values which may be
required in the model. If they do not, the results will be extrapolated and this can lead to
large errors in the results.

To generate VLP curves, select Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves).

3.24.5.2.1 VLP Input Data
The top left hand corner of the VLP calculation screen should be filled with the required
data for generation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1667 PROSPER

As the first node pressure is one of the variables we will be changing, the value entered
here will not be used. The water cut and GOR are not going to be used in the sensitivity
as they are always the same so should be left at 100% and 0 scf/STB. The vertical lift
correlation selected should be the one we have matched to real data.

The Rate Method should be changed to User Selected as this will allow us to define the
range of rates to use. To generate a range of values, select Generate on the top ribbon:

This will bring up the rate generation screen into which the following data can be
entered:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1668

The rates should normally be entered from a low value to a value a little higher than the
maximum possible injection rate. When the values have been inserted, select Generate
and then Done.

Now that the rates have been specified, the next step is to set the ranges of variables
which are to be changed in the VLP tables. For a water injection well, these variables
should be the First Node Pressure (i.e. the wellhead pressure) and the Injected Fluid
Temperature (at the wellhead). To enter these ranges select Cases.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1669 PROSPER

The drop down menu on the left hand side can be used to select the variable and then
the range of values can be entered on the right. The values can be either inserted
manually (as was done above) or generated as was done for the liquid rates. This can
be done by selecting Generate:

This will bring up a dialogue box into which the ranges can be entered:

Select Generate to populate the range values:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1670

When this has been done, select Done.

3.24.5.2.2 Calculating and Exporting VLPs
To calculate the VLP curves for each possible combination of the selected variables,
click Calculate:

Once the calculation has been completed, it is possible to view the curves by selecting
Plot or the tables can be exported from PROSPER be selecting Export Lift Curves.
When this is selected, a list of export options is given:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1671 PROSPER

In this case, the curves are to be exported into a format which can be imported into
GAP, however, many different options are available. When Petroleum Experts - GAP/
MBAL has been selected, click Continue:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1672

The location that the file is to be saved to can be set and then saved by selecting Save.
When the file has been saved it will automatically be opened:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1673 PROSPER

This *.tpd file can now be imported into REVEAL or GAP to use in simulations.

This marks the end of Tutorial 21. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1674

Match the VLP curve to test data for a water injection well.
Use the matched VLP curve to find the skin value required to match the IPR to
the test data.
Generate lift curves which can be exported to GAP or REVEAL.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1675 PROSPER

3.25 Tutorial 22 - Matching a Gas Injection Well Test

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 03. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.25.1 Statement of the Problem
So far, we have built our gas injection model on the basis of reservoir parameters,
completion data and a PVT report. The next step is to ensure that the results we are
getting from the file are representative of the actual flow rates recorded in the field.

Data from a number of well tests have now become available and it is possible to adapt
our model so that the results obtained for the same conditions match those measured in
the field. Once we have a model which can recreate the flowing conditions of the well
tests, lift curves are to be generated which can then be imported into GAP to form part of
an integrated field model which will use REVEAL to capture the conditions and injectivity
of the reservoir at each time step.
3.25.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Match our VLP curves to the measured well test data

Use the well tests to see if the IPR conditions are changing over time.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1676

Generate VLP curves for use in GAP for an injection well.

3.25.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the focus of this tutorial will be on
inputting the test data and matching the model to this data.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert the test data and match the U value so that the fluid temperature gradient is
representative of reality.

b. Compare the different flow correlations to see which gives the closest results to
the test point.

c. Match the selected correlation so that the calculated gauge pressure matches the
recorded pressure.

d. Find the skin for each test so that the VLP/IPR intersection point gives the same
rate as the measured data.

e. Generate VLP tables for use within GAP.

3.25.4 Available Data

The following well test data has been reported for this well:
3.25.4.1Well Test Data
Test Date 12/07/2011 19/08/2011 29/11/2011
Injected Fluid Pressure 2500 2750 2450
(psig)
Downstream 112.9 106.4 119.8
Temperature (oF)
Water Gas Ratio (STB/ 0 0 0
MMscf)
Condensate Gas Ratio 0 0 0
(STB/MMscf)
Liquid Rate (STB/day) 10.2 17.515 6.99
Gauge Depth (ft) 4650 4650 4650
Gauge Pressure (psig) 2971.1 3242 2919
Reservoir Pressure 2750 2750 2750
(psig)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1677 PROSPER

3.25.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 03. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.25.5.1VLP/IPR Matching
The VLP/IPR matching process is intended to be used to match our model to field data.
This matching consists of four different stages:

1. From the measured Tubing Head Temperature, calculate the U value which will result
in the model predicting the same temperature for the well test conditions. When this
value has been found, it can be automatically transferred for use in the model.
2. A gradient calculation is carried out to see which correlation best represents the
measured pressure drops. This is done by seeing which correlation predicts a
pressure nearest to the gauge pressure measured.
3. Once the most representative correlation has been selected, a match is carried out
so that the gauge pressure calculated exactly matches the measured pressure. This
is done by applying a multiplier to both the gravity pressure drop term (parameter 1)
and the friction pressure drop term (parameter 2).
4. When the VLP has been matched, the IPR can also be matched. The IPR should be
adjusted so that the VLP/IPR intersection point matches the gas rate measured in the
field.

Once these four steps have been completed, the model will predict the correct test rate
at the given test conditions and can be said to be representative of the actual flowing
conditions in the well. Once we are happy that a model is reproducing results seen in the
field, we can use the model to run predictions to see how the well's response may
change when the boundary conditions are changed.

To access the VLP/IPR Matching screen, select the Matching | Matching | VLP/IPR
(Quality Check) menu from the top ribbon. This will bring up the screen shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1678

3.25.5.1.1 Entering Well Test Data

The test data below should be entered into the matching screen:

Test Date 12/07/2011 19/08/2011 29/11/2011

Injected Fluid Pressure 2500 2750 2450
(psig)
Downstream 112.9 106.4 119.8
Temperature (oF)
Water Gas Ratio (STB/ 0 0 0
MMscf)
Condensate Gas Ratio 0 0 0
(STB/MMscf)
Liquid Rate (STB/day) 10.2 17.515 6.99
Gauge Depth (ft) 4650 4650 4650
Gauge Pressure (psig) 2971.1 3242 2919
Reservoir Pressure 2750 2750 2750
(psig)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1679 PROSPER

3.25.5.1.2 Matching U Value

Once the data has been entered, the Overall heat Transfer Coefficient required to
match the measured well head temperature can be found for each test. To carry out this
calculation select Estimate U Value:

The calculated U value for each test as well as the mean will be displayed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1680

The mean value is to be used in the model and therefore select Transfer Calculated
Mean to Current HTC to transfer it to the Geothermal Gradient screen (The current
Heat Transfer Coefficient value has now also changed to the mean value).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1681 PROSPER

Select Done to return to the matching screen.

3.25.5.1.3 Correlation Comparison
The next step is to find the correlation which best represents the measured pressure
drop. This can be done by selecting Correlation Comparison:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1682

When the prompt is shown, select OK. This will transfer the first set of test data into the
Correlation Comparison screen:

At the bottom left corner of the screen, the correlations to be used in the comparison can
be selected. In this case we will select Hagedorn Brown, Mukerjee Brill, Beggs and
Brill, Petroleum Experts 2, Petroleum Experts 3 and Petroleum Experts 5:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1683 PROSPER

Next, select Calculate to perform the gradient calculation for each of the selected
correlations and then select Plot to see how close each correlation comes to the
measured data point:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1684

As this is a gas injection well, the only phase present within the system is gas and as it
is completely dry (i.e. both the CGR and WGR are zero) the fluid is in a single phase. As
the multi-phase correlations are used to estimate the hold-up (the ratio of the liquid to
the total fluid) they will all predict the same pressure drop as the hold-up is always going
to be zero. This can be see in the plot above.

Select Finish to exit from the plot and then select Done to return to the Correlation
Comparison screen:

Selecting Done again will leave the Correlation Comparison screen and a prompt
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the next test. Select
OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd test's data. The same
steps as shown above should be performed to see the plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1685 PROSPER

Again, every correlation predicts the same pressure drop.

Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit from the plot and then select
Done to return to the Correlation Comparison screen:

Selecting Done again will leave the Correlation Comparison screen and a prompt
screen will appear so that the same process can be carried out for the final test. Select
OK to return to the Correlation Comparison screen with the 2nd test's data. The same
steps as we performed for the first and second tests should also be carried out for the
third and the correlations are compared to the test data:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1686

The objective of using the correlation comparison in the case of single phase fluids is
not to compare the different correlations (as there is no difference to compare) but
rather to see if the measured data is close to the calculated data. Based upon these
three test, therefore, we can say the pressure drop calculation is consistently over
estimating the pressure drop in the well but only by a very small amount each time.

Select the red cross in the top right hand corner to exit from the plot and then select
Done on the next two screens to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.25.5.1.4 VLP Matching
As mentioned previously, as a single phase fluid is being modelled, any correlation can
be used in the pressure drop calculations as they all predict the same results. We have
to select a correlation to match to the test data and in this case, Petroleum Experts 2
will be used. This correlation will now be matched so that it recreates each point exactly.
This can be done by selecting Match VLP:

This will display the matching screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1687 PROSPER

Select the correlation to be matched (in this case Petroleum Experts 2) on the left hand
side of the screen and then select Match to carry out the regression:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1688

When the match has been completed, the match parameters are displayed on the right
of the screen. Parameter 1 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to gravity
while Parameter 2 is a multiplier applied to the pressure drop due to friction. These
parameters are now also added to the end of the correlation name which is now
Petroleum Experts 2 1.04 1.00.

Select Done to return to the previous screen.

3.25.5.1.5 IPR Matching
The pressure and temperature profiles in the well have now been matched to the test
data. The next step is to see where the VLP and IPR curves will intersect for the given
model. If the model is correct, they should intersect at the same rate as was measured
during each test.

We have been told that based on other tests, we are confident that the IPR curve is
accurate for this well and so if the IPR and VLP curves do not intersect at the correct
rates we can use this information to estimate the reservoir pressure at the time of the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1689 PROSPER

test.

Select VLP/IPR to enter the VLP/IPR Matching screen:

On the left hand side of the screen, select all three tests (by ticking the boxes next to
them) and also select the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation:

Select Calculate and a prompt box will appear asking which tests and correlations are
to be calculated:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1690

As all of the tests and the required correlation have been selected (with a tick placed
next to them) select Calculate SELECTED Correlations, SELECTED Tests. After the
calculation has been completed, select Plot to see if the intersections match the test
rates:

To see the intersection points in more detail, the plot can be zoomed in on by either
dragging a box around the points using the left mouse button or by entering the x and y
axis values using Scales.

The screen above shows that the test points and calculated intersection points do not
match up. For a gas injection well, we could assume that the conditions around the well
bore are changing (due to the dry colder gas which is being injected cooling the near
wellbore region or scaling occurring around the well) and therefore we will try to find the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1691 PROSPER

skin required for each test to match the data using the Adjust IPR feature.

Select Done to exit the plot and then Done to return to the VLP/IPR Matching screen.
3.25.5.1.5.1 Adjust IPR
In order to calculate the reservoir pressure at the time of each well test, select Adjust
IPR:

This will bring up the Adjust IPR screen:

On the top of the screen, the Petroleum Experts 2 correlation should be selected as this
is the correlation which has been matched to the test data.

It is possible to match each test one at a time, or select multiple tests to be matched at
the same time. If multiple tests are matched, an average skin will be calculated which
would imply that the tests could be modelled with a single value. While this is often the
case for production wells, we are going to test to see if the skin is effectively time
dependent due to the changes in the reservoir which the injection is causing. We can
find a skin value for each test independently and if they are close, we can then carry out
the tests all together to find the average skin.

In the top left of the screen, select 'test 1' by placing a tick in box next to it:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1692

Once it is selected, press Adjust Skin. A prompt will appear asking which test is to be
matched. The selected test should be matched:

When the match has been carried out, a new skin will be calculated. Select the Do
Nothing option and press OK:

This same process should be carried out for tests 2 and 3. Doing this for all three tests
finds values of 2, 3.2 and 4.6 for the skin required to match each test. While we can use
PROSPER to match each test, we have no way of predicting how this skin is going to
change over time unless we model it in a numerical simulator. There the impact of the
dry, cooler fluid can be taken into account and any resultant changes in fluid properties
or reservoir properties (scaling etc) can be seen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1693 PROSPER

The matching process has therefore allowed us to accurately recreate our test
conditions within the well (as the gauge pressures are now recreated by the VLP
calculation) however the changes in the injectivity of the well over time is not being
accurately captured. It is proposed, therefore, that these lift curves be linked to a
reservoir simulator which can model the changing conditions over time.

This completes the VLP/IPR matching process. Select Main from the top of the plot to
return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.25.5.2Generating VLP Tables
Now that we are able to reproduce the gauge pressures of the well tests at the given
conditions, we want to generate VLP curve tables to be exported to GAP for use in an
Integrated Production Model.

VLP lift curves are used by GAP to calculate the flowing conditions of the well under any
conditions calculated by the model. Rather than calculate the pressure gradient or VLP
curve for each case, a table of values is generated and are used to interpolate between
to find the results of the model conditions. It is therefore very important that the ranges of
values that the tables are generated for cover all the possible values which may be
required in the model. If they do not, the results will be extrapolated and this can lead to
large errors in the results.

To generate VLP curves, select Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves).

3.25.5.2.1 VLP Input Data
The top left hand corner of the VLP calculation screen should be filled with the required
data for generation:

As the first node pressure, WGR and CGR are all variables we will be changing, the
value entered here will not be used. The vertical lift correlation selected should be the
one we have matched to real data.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1694

The Rate Method should be changed to User Selected as this will allow us to define the
range of rates to use. To generate a range of values, select Generate on the top ribbon.
This will bring up the rate generation screen into which the following data can be
entered:

The rates should normally be entered from a low value to a value a little higher than the
maximum possible injection rate. When the values have been inserted, select Generate
and then Done.

Now that the rates have been specified, the next step is to set the ranges of variables
which are to be changed in the VLP tables. For a water injection well, these variables
should be the First Node Pressure (i.e. the wellhead pressure) and the Injected Fluid
Temperature (at the wellhead). To enter these ranges select Cases.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1695 PROSPER

The drop down menu on the left hand side can be used to select the variable and then
the range of values can be entered on the right. The values can be either inserted
manually (as was done above) or generated as was done for the liquid rates. This can
be done by selecting Generate:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1696

This will bring up a dialogue box into which the ranges can be entered:

Select Generate to populate the range values:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1697 PROSPER

The CGR and WGR values can be entered either manually or using the Generate
feature shown above:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1698

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1699 PROSPER

When this has been done, select Done.

3.25.5.2.2 Calculating and Exporting VLPs
To calculate the VLP curves for each possible combination of the selected variables,
click Calculate:

Once the calculation has been completed, it is possible to view the curves by selecting
Plot or the tables can be exported from PROSPER be selecting Export Lift Curves.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1700

When this is selected, a list of export options is given:

In this case, the curves are to be exported into a format which can be imported into
GAP, however, many different options are available. When Petroleum Experts - GAP/
MBAL has been selected, click Continue:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1701 PROSPER

The location that the file is to be saved to can be set and then saved by selecting Save.
When the file has been saved it will automatically be opened:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1702

This *.tpd file can now be imported into REVEAL or GAP to use in simulations.

This marks the end of Tutorial 22. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Match the VLP curve to test data for a gas injection well.
Use the matched VLP curve to find the skin value required to match the IPR to
the test data.
Generate Lift Curves which can be exported to GAP or REVEAL.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1703 PROSPER

3.26 Tutorial 23 - Designing a Continuous Gas Lift System

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.26.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has been now producing for a number of years. Recently,
the water cut has increased and this, along with a drop in the reservoir pressure, has
lead to the well producing dropping significantly. It has been estimated that within three
months, the well will stop producing all together and will die.

Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new gas lift system to be
designed and a sensitivity to be run to see what the optimum injection rate would be for
the well. It is assumed that the well will continue to produce at a well head pressure of
500 psig (due to a back pressure from other wells) but the water cut to be used during
the design is now 80%.
3.26.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Update the model to consider the current operating conditions.

Learn how to design a continuous gas lifted system in PROSPER.

Learn how to transfer a gas lift design to the main model to be used in all

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1704

subsequent calculations.

Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to estimate the optimum

injection rate for the given conditions.

3.26.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the gas lifted well option.

b. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.

c. Carry out a gas lift design for the current design conditions.

d. Transfer the calculated valve depths in the System | Gas Lift Data section.

e. Run a sensitivity to find the optimum injection rate for the newly designed system.

3.26.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.26.4.1Gas Lift Options
The following gas lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Gas Lift (Continuous)

Artificial Lift Type Friction Loss in Annulus

The gas lift gas to be injected is detailed below:

Gas Lift Gas Gravity 0.7 Specific Gravity

% H2S 0%
% N2 0%
% CO2 0%

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1705 PROSPER

3.26.4.2IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

Reservoir Pressure 3450 psig

Water Cut 80%

3.26.4.3Completion Data
The following data discribes the casing and annulus within the well:

Tubing
Tubing Tubing Tubing Casing Casing
Inside
Inside Outside Outside Inside Inside Rate
MD Diamet
Type Roughn Diamete Roughne Diamete Roughne Multipli
(ft) er
ess r ss r ss er
(Inche
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
s)
X-mas
600 1
Tree
Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.72 1

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

3.26.4.4Gas Lift Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the gas lift design:

Input Parameters:

Design Rate Method Calculated From Max Production

Maximum Liquid Rate 10000 STB/day

Maximum Gas Available 4 MMscf/day
Maximum Gas During Unloading 4 MMscf/day
Flowing Top Node Pressure 250 psig
Unloading Top Node Pressure 250 psig
Operating Injection Pressure 1500 psig

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1706

Kick Off Injection Pressure 1500 psig

Desired dP Across Valve 100 psi
Maximum Depth of Injection 8500 ft
Water Cut 80%
Minimum Spacing 250 ft
Static Gradient of Load Fluid 0.43 psi/ft
Minimum Transfer dP 25%
Safety For Closure of Last 0 psi
Unloading Valve
Total GOR 800 scf/STB
Minimum CHP Decrease Per Valve 50 psi

Design Options:

Valve Type Casing Sensitive

Valve Setting All Valves PVo = gas Pressure
Injection Point Injection Point is ORIFICE
Dome Pressure Correction Yes
Above 1200 psig
Valve Spacing Procedure Normal
Check Rate Conformance Yes
With IPR
Vertical Lift Correlation Petroleum Experts 2 (matched)
Surface Pipe Correlation Beggs and Brill
Use IPR For Unloading Yes
Orifice Sizing On Calculated dP @ Orifice

Valve Selection:

Manufacturer Camco
Valve Type R-20
Valve Spec Normal

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1707 PROSPER

3.26.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.26.5.1Activating Gas Lift Option
In order to design a gas lifted well, the gas lift option should be enabled in the Options |
Options screen:

For this design, select Gas Lift (Continuous) and Friction Loss in Annulus from the
drop down menus. This means that the frictional pressure drop experienced by the gas
lift gas as it travels down the annulus will be considered.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.26.5.2Defining the Annulus
As the pressure drop experienced by the gas as it travels down the annulus is to be
considered, we must first define the annulus in our down-hole equipment section. The
equipment data screen can be displayed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing
etc) from the ribbon at the top of the main screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1708

To enter the Downhole Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Downhole
Equipment. This will bring up the screen below:

Once the annulus has been defined, select Done to return to the Equipment Screen and
then Done to return to the main screen.
3.26.5.3Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions (at which the design is to be carried out) have changed
from was previously inserted into PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be
updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1709 PROSPER

When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, select Plot to see the
new IPR:

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
3.26.5.4Designing a Gas Lifted System
Before the design is carried out, the gas lift gas properties should be set. This can be
done in the System | Gas Lift Data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1710

The GasLift Details section will be updated once the design has been completed.

When this data has been inserted, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.26.5.4.1 Entering the Design Criteria
To enter the design criteria to be used for this well, select Design | Gas | New Well:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1711 PROSPER

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1712

Enter the design data as shown above. To select the required valve in the right hand
side of the screen.

For more information on the options selected please refer to the Gas Lift Design section
of this User Guide.

Once entered, select Design.

3.26.5.4.2 Finding the Design Rate
Select Design:

This will calculate the gas lift performance curve of produced oil rate against gas
injection rate. The Design Rate will be calculated from this plot on the basis of the
constraints placed in the previous screen. In this case, the maximum gas lift gas
available is our constraining factor and so the design rate is 4 MMscf/day and this is
estimated to produce 2048.82 STB/day of oil.

Exit the plot by selecting Finish.

3.26.5.4.3 Designing the Valve Depths
With the design rate now found, the valve depths can now be calculated which will
unload the well for the given conditions. This can be done by selecting Design:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1713 PROSPER

The valve depths calculated can be seen in the screen above and the results are also
shown on the screen. To see a plot of the completed design, select Design Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1714

The following plot will be displayed:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1715 PROSPER

Selecting Done will exit the plot.

3.26.5.4.4 Results of Gas Lift Design

Detailed results of the valve placements and operating conditions can be seen by
selecting Results:

This will bring up the results screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1716

Using the scroll bar at the bottom left of the screen, the calculated port sizes for each
valve and the orifice can be seen.

It is also possible to calculate the Dome Pressure and Test Rack Opening Pressure of
each valve by selecting Calculate.
3.26.5.4.5 Checking the Design Stability
The stability of a gas lifted well can be analysed on the basis of the work by Harald
Asheim ( 'Criteria for Gas-Lift Stability'). This proposes two different criteria to assess
the stability; the Inflow Response Criterion and the Pressure-Depletion Response
Criterion. In order for the design to be considered stable, either of the criteria's values
should be greater than one.

Select Stability on the 'Results' screen to see the stability values for the present design:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1717 PROSPER

While the first criterion value is low, the second value is greater than 1 and therefore the
design can be considered to stable.

Select Done to return to the results screen.

3.26.5.5Transient GasLift Simulator
The transient GasLift Simulator can be used to model the transient unloading process of
a gas lift well.

Select Simulator on the 'Results' screen to open the transient GasLift simulator tool.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1718

The main simulator options will be transferred from the gaslift design and setup of the
PROSPER model e.g. PVT, IPR, equipment data and gaslift design conditions.
3.26.5.5.1 Valves
The gaslift simulator contains a dynamic valve performance model to capture both
orifice and throttling flow.

Select 'Valves' to pick the desired valves be to used.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1719 PROSPER

N.B. Ensure that the port size selected is consistent with the gaslift design. The
valve depth, R value and dome will be automatically transferred from the gaslift
design results.

The Acuna and Nieberding valve flow flow models will capture both orifice flow or
throttling flow.

(If desired, different valve port sizes could be used to investigate its effect on the
unloading process)

Select the 'Calculate' button to start the transient unloading simulation.

3.26.5.5.2 Results Analysis
Detailed analysis can be performed using the Summary, Plots, Details and Compare
buttons.

Select 'Plots' and enter the liquid level and rate plot, as shown below.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1720

This plot shows the tubing and annulus liquid level as well as production rate at the
wellhead vs. time. The purple line represents the end of phase 1 and beginning of phase
2.

During phase 1, the liquid level in the annulus is pushed down by the lift gas until the first
unloading valve is reached.

During this period, liquid from the annulus will transfer into the tubing through the
unloading valves.The unloading valves are currently open due to the high hydrostatic
pressure in the tubing.

The tubing liquid level increases as more mass is transferred into the tubing. Eventually,
the tubing liquid level will reach the wellhead.

The production rate line shows the point in time when the flowing bottomhole pressure
drops below the reservoir pressure and production of formation fluid occurs.

Enter the pressure and gas rate plot, as shown below.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1721 PROSPER

The above plot shows the tubing and casing pressures during the simulation. The
wellhead pressure and gas injection rate are fixed boundary conditions.

The casing pressure increases in order to lower the annulus liquid level as previously
discussed.

The well flowing pressure represents the flowing bottomhole pressure. This initially
increases due to the rising tubing liquid level until the tubing liquid level reaches the
wellhead depth.

Once the tubing liquid level is at the wellhead depth, the maximum bottomhole pressure
is reached. If the bottomhole pressure is greater than the reservoir pressure, kill fluid is
lost to the formation and captured by the transient gaslift simulator.

Typically, once gas is injected into the tubing the tubing pressure and hence the casing
head pressure should drop. In this gaslift simulator results, we can see that the casing
pressure continues to increase and the bottomhole does not reduce. We will use the
PlayBack function to further analyse the results and determine why.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1722

3.26.5.5.3 PlayBack
The PlayBack view can be initiated from the 'PlayBack' button in the main simulator
window.

Introduction

The black line represents the pressure gradient achieved by the standard gaslift design.

The blue line represents the pressure in the tubing.

The red line represents the pressure in the casing.

The tools on the bottom left of the screen and the slider bar be used to visualise the
transient unloading process.

In this example, the simulator shows that it will take approximately 18 minutes to
complete phase 1. At this point, the shallowest valve will begin to open and inject lift gas
into the tubing.

The valve status displays 'OPEN NO-FLOW' because the valve is currently throttling i.e.
at the current tubing pressure it is not possible to inject gas however if the tubing
pressure increase, the tubing effect would increase and hence allow the valve to inject lift

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1723 PROSPER

gas. This can be further investigated using the transient gas lift simulator detailed results
and the valve performance calculator.

It is also possible to visual tubing and annulus liquid levels as we progress through
phase 1 and 2.

Investigation of casing heading pressure increase

Navigating to a time period before injection to the second valve, it can be seen that
valve 1 is always throttling and hence the tubing pressure is not lowered. The casing
head pressure continues to increase so that deeper injection can be achieved.

Once the second valve begins to inject gas the tubing pressure is lowered and the first
valve also opens and injects gas. The unloading process now multi-points and continues
to lower the tubing pressure.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1724

As the tubing pressure is lowered so does the casing pressure, this in turn causes
valves to begin to close until injection only occurs in the deepest point.

Select the 'Temperature' tab. During phase 1, the tubing temperature profile is assumed
to be linear and no heat transfer to the surrounding formation is occurring i.e. no
temperature profile change occurs and hence there are no results to display.

During phase 2, the heat transfer model within the simulator will capture the transient
heat transfer within the wellbore and surrounding formation. The effect of JT on the gaslift
valve is also captured.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1725 PROSPER

The objective of this thermal model is to accurately capture the valve dome temperature
as this will affect the valve performance.

Click 'Done' to exit the PlayBack window.

3.26.5.5.4 Summary & Compare
The objective of using the transient gaslift simulator is to verify the traditional gaslift
design approach applied. The following two screens can be used to access the
conclusion of the unloading process.

Select 'Summary' to view the simulation conclusion. This screen gives summary of the
transient gas lift simulator results on the last timestep of phase 2.

Single point injection indicates that the gaslift system response is stable.

If multiple valves continue to inject at the end of phase 2, then multipoint injection will be
reported and the system may be unstable.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1726

Select 'Done' to exit this window and select 'Compare'.

This screen reports the difference between the gas lift design and transient simulator
results. A large % difference would suggest that the gas lift design may need to be
reviewed.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1727 PROSPER

In this sample, the difference between the gas lift design and transient simulator is less
than 3%. This suggests that a stable unloading process has been designed.

Select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.26.5.6Transferring Gas Lift Design

Now that the design has been completed, it is important to transfer this data to the
model. This can be done in the System | Gas Lift Data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1728

The Gas Lift Method should be changed to Valve Depths Specified in the bottom left
hand corner of the screen and then in order to transfer the valve depths from the design,
select Transfer:

This will bring up the option of transferring the data from either the Quicklook screen or
the Gas Lift Design screen. Select From Gas Lift Design and then when prompted, the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1729 PROSPER

From New GasLift Design option:

Selecting OK will transfer the valves:

Finally, the casing pressure and dP across the valve should also be added.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1730

When this has been done, the gas lift design has been completed. Press Done to return
to the main screen.
3.26.5.7Running System Calc
Now that the gas lift system has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how
the production rate will change when the gas injection rate is varied.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

3.26.5.7.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1731 PROSPER

screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. Gas lift injection rate can be selected
from the drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be
entered on the right hand side:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1732

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.26.5.7.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

This will run the System Calculation for each different injection rate. To see how the
production rate varies with injection rate, select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the oil rate against injection rate, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1733 PROSPER

Select Done to view the plot:

This therefore shows that the optimum injection rate at these conditions is approximately
5 MMscf/day. Select Finish and then Done to return to the main screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1734

This marks the end of Tutorial 23. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Design a Continuous Gas Lifted System.

Transfer the valves from a Gas Lift Design to the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see how the production rate varies with different gas
lift injection rates.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1735 PROSPER

3.27 Tutorial 24 - Modelling an Intermitent Gas Lifted Well

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.27.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has been now producing for a number of years. Recently,
the water cut has increased and this, along with a drop in the reservoir pressure, has
lead to the well being unable to produce. One possible solution is to install an
intermittent gas lifted system to help lift the fluid and a feasibility study is to be carried
out.

As part of this feasibility study, management would like to use the previously built
PROSPER file to find the required valve depths to unload the well and also the likely
production rate for a given set of conditions. For the design, it has been assumed that
the well will produce at 80% and that the reservoir pressure is 2000 psig.
3.27.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Update the model to consider the current operating conditions.

Learn how to design the valve depths for an intermittent gas lifted system in
PROSPER.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1736

Calculate the production rate from the well for a given set of conditions.

3.27.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the intermittent gas lifted well option.

b. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.

c. Carry out a Constant Surface Closing Pressure valve depth design for the current
design conditions.

d. Calculate the production rate using the Intermittent Gas Lift calculation.

3.27.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.27.4.1Gas Lift Options
The following gas lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Gas Lift (Intermittent)

Artificial Lift Type Gas Lift

The gas lift gas to be injected is detailed below:

Gas Lift Gas Gravity 0.7 Specific Gravity

3.27.4.2IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

Reservoir Pressure 2000 psig

Water Cut 80%

3.27.4.3Completion Data
The following data discribes the casing and annulus within the well:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1737 PROSPER

Tubing Tubing Casing

Tubing Tubing Casing
Inside Outside Inside
Inside Outside Inside Rate
MD Diamet Diamet Diamet
Type Roughne Roughne Roughne Multipli
(ft) er er er
ss ss ss er
(Inches (Inches (Inches
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
) ) )
X-mas
600 1
Tree
Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.72 1

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

3.27.4.4Gas Lift Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the gas lift design:

Input Parameters:

Surface Injection 1500 psig

Pressure
Injection Depth unknown
Gaslift Gas Gravity 0.68
Well Head Pressure 250 psig
Valve Port Size 80 64ths Inch
Water Cut 80%
Tubing Liquid level 4500 feet

Valve Depth Options:

Valve Depth Method Constant Surface Closing Pressure

Surface Injection 1500 psig
Pressure
Unloading Fluid 0.46 psi/ft
Gradient
Spacing Factor 0.1 psi/ft

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1738

Well Head Pressure 250 psig

Surface Closing 800 psig
Pressure
Maximum Depth of 7500 ft
Injection

3.27.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.27.5.1Activating Gas Lift Option
In order to design an intermittent gas lifted well, the gas lift option should be enabled in
the Options | Options screen:

For this design, select Coiled Tubing Gas Lift (Intermittent) and Gaslift from the drop
down menus.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.27.5.2Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions (at which the design is to be carried out) have changed
from was previously inserted into PROSPER. The reservoir pressure has dropped to
2000 psig and the water cut has increased to 80%. These conditions should therefore

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1739 PROSPER

be updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:

When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, select Plot to see the
new IPR:

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1740

3.27.5.3Updating the Downhole Equipment

In order to design an intermittent gas lifted system, information on the well's annulus is
required. To access the downhole equipment section, select System | Equipment
(Tubing etc) and then select the button to the left of Downhole Equipment:

In the down-hole equipment screen, add the known annulus details as shown below:

When this has been inserted, select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.27.5.4Designing a Gas Lifted System
It is possible to find the maximum depth of injection for an intermittent gas lifted well
using either the Constant Surface Closing Pressure or Optiflow Design Procedure
methods. In this example, the Constant Surface Closing Pressure method will be used.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1741 PROSPER

To carry out a calculation of the rate which can be produced form an intermittent gas
lifted well, select Design | Intermittent Gas Lift:

At this stage, the depth of injection is not known and therefore should be estimated by
finding the optimum valve depths for the given conditions. This can be done by selecting
Valves | Constant Surface Closing Pressure.
3.27.5.4.1 Constant Surface Closing Pressure Method
The Constant Surface Closing Pressure method can be used to find the valve depths
required to unload an intermittent gas lifted well.

First, insert the design conditions as shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1742

Select Calculate and the valve depths will be found. The design finds that the maximum
depth of injection possible for these conditions is 7430 feet. This can now be used to
find the production rate for the design conditions.

Select Done to return to the previous screen.

3.27.5.5Calculating the Rate from an Intermittent Gas Lifted Well
Now that the injection depth has been found, it can be included in our field conditions to
find the rate at which the well will flow. Enter the flow conditions as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1743 PROSPER

Select Calculate to find the production rate.

Under the current conditions, the well will flow at 1536 STB/day and require 52 Mscf/day
of gas to be injected.

Select Done to return to the main screen and File | Save As... to save the file.

This marks the end of Tutorial 24. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1744

Built an Intermittent Gas Lifted System.

Find the valve depths for an Intermittent Gas Lifted System.
Calculate the production rate for a given set of conditions for an Intermittent
Gas Lifted System.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1745 PROSPER

3.28 Tutorial 25 - Designing a Coiled Tubing Gas Lift System

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.28.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing for a number of years. Recently,
the water cut has increased and this, along with a drop in the reservoir pressure, has
lead to the well production dropping significantly. It has been estimated that within three
months, the well will stop producing all together and will die.

Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
system to be designed and a sensitivity to be run to see what the optimum injection rate
would be for the well. It is assumed that the well will continue to produce at a well head
pressure of 250 psig (due to a back pressure from other wells) but the water cut to be
used during the design is now 80%.
3.28.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Update the model to consider the current operating conditions.

Learn how to design a coiled tubing gas lifted system in PROSPER.

Learn how to transfer a coiled tubing gas lift design to the main model to be used

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1746

in all subsequent calculations.

Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to estimate the optimum

injection rate for the given conditions.

3.28.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the gas lifted well option.

b. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.

c. Carry out a coiled tubing gas lift design for the current design conditions.

d. Transfer the calculated injection depth to the System | Gas Lift Data section.

e. Run a sensitivity to find the optimum injection rate for the newly designed system.

3.28.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.28.4.1Gas Lift Options
The following gas lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Coiled Tubing Gas Lift

Artificial Lift Type No Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing

The gas lift gas to be injected is detailed below:

Gas Lift Gas Gravity 0.7 Specific Gravity

% H2S 0%
% N2 0%
% CO2 0%

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1747 PROSPER

3.28.4.2IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

Reservoir Pressure 3450 psig

Water Cut 80%

3.28.4.3Gas Lift Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the gas lift design:

Input Parameters:

Design Rate Method Calculated From Max Production

Maximum Liquid Rate 25000 STB/day

Maximum Gas Available 5 MMscf/day
Maximum Gas During 5 MMscf/day
Unloading
Flowing Top Node 250 psig
Pressure
Unloading Top Node 250 psig
Pressure
Operating Injection 2200 psig
Pressure
Kick Off Injection 2200 psig
Pressure
Desired dP Across Valve 50 psi
Maximum Depth of 8500 ft
Injection
Water Cut 80%
Static Gradient of Load 0.46 psi/ft
Fluid
Total GOR 800 scf/STB

Design Options:

Check Rate Yes

Conformance With IPR

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1748

Use IPR For Unloading Yes

Orifice Sizing On Calculated dP @ Orifice
Vertical Lift Correlation Petroleum Experts 2 (matched)
Surface Pipe Correlation Beggs and Brill

3.28.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.28.5.1Activating Gas Lift Option
In order to design a coiled tubing gas lifted well, the gas lift option should be enabled in
the Options | Options screen:

For this design, select Coiled Tubing Gas Lift and No Friction Loss in Coiled Tubing
from the drop down menus.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1749 PROSPER

3.28.5.2Updating the Reservoir Conditions

The current reservoir conditions (at which the design is to be carried out) have changed
from was previously inserted into PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be
updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:

When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, select Plot to see the
new IPR:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1750

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
3.28.5.3Designing a Gas Lifted System
Before the design is carried out, the gas lift gas properties and the coiled tubing down
which it is to travel should be set. This can be done in the System | Gas Lift Data
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1751 PROSPER

When this data has been inserted, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.28.5.3.1 Entering the Design Criteria
To enter the design criteria to be used for this well, select Design | Coiled Tubing Gas
Lift:

Enter the design data as shown above. To select the required valve in the right hand
side of the screen.

For more information on the options selected please refer to the Coiled Tubing Gas Lift
Design section of this User Guide.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1752

To proceed to the next screen, select Next.

3.28.5.3.2 Finding the Design Rate
The first step of the design process is to find the design rate to be used during the
design. This can be done by selecting Get Rate:

This will calculate the gas lift performance curve of produced oil rate against gas
injection rate. The Design Rate will be calculated from this plot on the basis of the
constraints placed in the previous screen. In this case, the maximum gas lift gas
available is our constraining factor and so the design rate is 5 MMscf/day and this is
estimated to produce 1399 STB/day of oil.

To see the performance curve, select Plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1753 PROSPER

Exit the plot by selecting Finish.

3.28.5.3.3 Designing the Valve Depths
With the design rate now found, the injection depths can now be calculated which will
unload the well for the given conditions. This can be done by selecting Design:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1754

The injection depths calculated can be seen in the screen above and the results are also
shown on the screen. The current design shows that the injection depth should be set to
8449 feet. To see a plot of the completed design, select Plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1755 PROSPER

In this case, the first injection depth is the only injection depth so the unloading of the well
will be done in one go.

Selecting Finish will exit the plot.

3.28.5.4Transferring Gas Lift Design
Now that the design has been completed, it is important to transfer this data to the
model. This can be done in the System | Gas Lift Data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1756

The Gas Lift Method should be changed to Specified Injection Depth in the bottom left
hand corner of the screen and the design depth, injection pressure and dP across the
valve should be manually copied across.

When this has been done, the gas lift design has been completed. Press Done to return
to the main screen.
3.28.5.5Running System Calc
Now that the gas lift system has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how
the production rate will change when the gas injection rate is varied.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

3.28.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 250 psig and the water cut and GOR should be set to 80% and 800
scf/STB respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of
the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1757 PROSPER

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. Gas lift injection rate can be selected
from the drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be
entered on the right hand side:

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1758

3.28.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation

It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

This will run the System Calculation for each different injection rate. To see how the
production rate varies with injection rate, select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the oil rate against injection rate, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate:

Select Done to view the plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1759 PROSPER

This therefore shows that the optimum injection rate at these conditions is approximately
7 MMscf/day. Select Finish and then Done to return to the main screen.

This marks the end of Tutorial 25. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Design a Coiled Tubing Gas Lifted System.

Transfer the injection depth from a Gas Lift Design to the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see how the production rate varies with different gas
lift injection rates.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1760

3.29 Tutorial 26 - Designing an ESP Lifted System

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.29.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has been now producing for a number of years. Recently,
the water cut has increased and this, along with a drop in the reservoir pressure, has
lead to the well production dropping significantly. It has been estimated that within three
months, the well will stop producing all together and will die.

Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Electrical Submersible
Pump (ESP) system to be designed. It is assumed that the well will continue to produce
at a well head pressure of 250 psig (due to a back pressure from other wells) but the
water cut to be used during the design is now 80%. Although the design rate is 80%, the
design should be capable of handling water cuts ranging from 60% to 90%.
3.29.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Update the model to consider the current operating conditions.

Learn how to design an ESP lifted system in PROSPER.

Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to see how the pump will operate

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1761 PROSPER

with water cuts between 60% and 90% at different operating frequencies.

3.29.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the ESP lifted well option.

b. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.

c. Carry out an ESP design for the current design conditions.

d. Run a sensitivity to ensure that the operating points when the water cut is
between 60% and 90% fall within the operating range of the selected pump.

3.29.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.29.4.1ESP Options
The following artificial lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Electrical Submersible Pump

Artificial Lift Type Model Produced Oil and Gas in Annulus

For the calculation of the liquid level, it is assumed that the casing head pressure will be
kept at the same pressure as the wellhead (250 psig).
3.29.4.2IPR Model Data
The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

Reservoir Pressure 3450 psig

Water Cut 80%

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1762

3.29.4.3Completion Data
The following data describes the casing and annulus within the well:

Tubing Casing
Tubing Tubing Tubing Casing
Inside Inside
Inside Outside Outside Inside Rate
MD Diamet Diamet
Type Roughne Diamete Roughne Roughne Multipli
(ft) er er
ss r ss ss er
(Inches (Inches
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
) )
X-mas
600 1
Tree
Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.72 1

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

3.29.4.4ESP Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the ESP design:

Input Parameters:

Pump Depth (Measured) 8500 ft

Operating Frequency 60 Hz
Maximum OD 6 inches
Length of Cable 9000 ft
Separator Efficiency 0
Design Rate 8000 STB/day
Water Cut 80%
Total GOR 800 scf/STB
Top Node Pressure 250 psig
Motor Safety Power 0
Margin
Pump Wear Factor 0
Vertical Lift Correlation Petroleum Experts 2
(matched)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1763 PROSPER

3.29.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.29.5.1Activating ESP Option
In order to design an ESP lifted well, the electrical submersible pump option should be
enabled in the Options | Options screen:

For this design, select Electrical Submersible Pump and Model Produced Oil and Gas
in Annulus from the drop down menus. This means that the liquid level in the annulus will
be calculated as well as the produced fluid in the tubing.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.29.5.2Defining the Annulus
As the liquid level in the annulus is to be considered, we must first define the annulus in
our down-hole equipment section. The equipment data screen can be displayed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top of the main
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1764

To enter the Downhole Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Downhole
Equipment. This will bring up the screen below:

Once the annulus has been defined, select Done to return to the Equipment Screen and
then Done to return to the main screen.
3.29.5.3Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions (at which the design is to be carried out) have changed
from was previously inserted into PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be
updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1765 PROSPER

When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, select Plot to see the
new IPR:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1766

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
3.29.5.4Designing an ESP lifted System
Designing an ESP lifted system is split into two main sections:

1. Calculate - This section is used to calculate the flowing conditions of the test and the
pump duty required to meet the design.
2. Design - This section is used to select a pump which can meet the required
specifications calculated in the previous section.

To start the design process, select Design | Electrical Submersible Pump:

The following design input data is required:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1767 PROSPER

Be sure to select the correlation which has previously been matched to test data. This
will allow us to be more sure that the design conditions being calculated are
representative of the actual flowing conditions.

When the data has been inserted, select Calculate Pump Duty to continue the design.
3.29.5.4.1 ESP Calculation
The ESP Calculation screen is used to calculate the pump duty required to meet the
design conditions. This is done by first calculating a gradient downwards from the
wellhead pressure (to obtain the pump discharge pressure) and also a gradient from the
bottom hole pressure obtained from the IPR to the pump depth (to get the pump intake
pressure). The difference between these two pressures is the pressure rise that the
pump will be required to provide. Based upon the average conditions in the pump, this
can be transformed into a head required using the average fluid density in the pump.

To carry out the calculations, select Calculate Pump Duty:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1768

After the calculation is completed, it is possible to see if a gas separator should be

installed by viewing the Dunbar plot. This can be done by selecting Sensitivity:

As the design point is above the red line, according to the Dunbar criteria, no gas
separator is required.

Select Finish to exit the plot and then Done to return to the main design screen.
3.29.5.4.2 ESP Design
Now that the design conditions have bee calculated, the next step is to find a pump
which meets these requirements. The design screen can be accessed by selecting
Design:
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1769 PROSPER

The results from the calculation are shown at the top of the screen and these include the
Head Required and Average Downhole Rate which any selected pump will be required
to handle.

A pump can be selected from the Select Pump drop down menu. The criteria to select
a pump will vary depending upon the objective of the design. In this case, we wish to find
a pump which operates very near to its maximum efficiency at the design conditions.

From the pump list, select the Centrilift GC10000. We can see that it is 5.13 inches in
diameter (which is less than our maximum of 6 inches) and can handle a rate of 4400-
12000 rb/day. As the average downhole rate of our design is 9300.88 rb/day, this pump
can handle the design conditions and requires 113 stages in which to generate the
head. When the pump is selected, press Plot to see where the operating point is with
respect to the pump performance curves:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1770

As we can see, the operating point is very close to the Best Efficiency Line and
therefore this pump meets our design criteria.

Select Main to complete the design and return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.29.5.5Transferring ESP to Model
After a design has been completed, the selected pump, motor and cable will be
automatically transferred to the System | Electrical Submersible Pump screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1771 PROSPER

As we are also modelling the liquid level within the annulus, the Liquid Level should be
set to Calculated and the Casing Head Pressure changed to 250 psig. When this has
been done, select Done and now any calculation performed will include the impact of
the selected pump.
3.29.5.6Running System Calc
Now that the ESP has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how the
production rate will change when the water cut changes and ensure that the selected
pump will be operating within its operating envelope.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1772

3.29.5.6.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 250 psig and GOR is left as 800 scf/STB. As the water cut is to be
varied, the value entered on this screen will not be used in the calculation. This data
should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. To clear previously entered data, select
Reset. Operating Frequency and Water Cut can be selected from the drop down lists
on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the right hand
side:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1773 PROSPER

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.29.5.6.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1774

This will run the System Calculation for each different water cut and pump frequency
combination. To see where the operating points of these calculations fall on the pump
performance curve, select Plot | Pump Plot:

For our selected pump, all of the operating points calculated between 60% and 90%
water cut fall within the operating envelope of the pump. This means that the pump can
perform over the entire desired range of conditions. To exit the plot select Finish.

To see how the production rate varies with water cut for the different operating
frequencies, select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the oil rate against water cut, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate for the Y axis and Water Cut for the X axis:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1775 PROSPER

Select Done to view the plot:

This shows, as expected, that the higher the water cut, the lower the production rate
which is obtained. Increasing the speed of the pump will act to increase the head
provided and hence more oil is produced for any given water cut. Select Finish and
then Done to return to the main screen.

This marks the end of Tutorial 26. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1776

Design an ESP Lifted System.

Include an ESP in the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see if the operating points calculated for different
water cuts fall within the operating envelope of the selected pump.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1777 PROSPER

3.29.5.7Notes on system plot (VLP+IPR) for ESP-lifted wells

When an ESP is present in the well, the nodal analysis is carried out at the pump
discharge rather than the bottom hole:

Naturally flowing production well:

For a naturally flowing well, the solution node is placed at the bottom hole which results
in the VLP accounting for the pressure drop from the wellhead to the bottomhole.

ESP lifted production well:

In the case of an ESP-lifted well, the solution node is placed at the top of the ESP. This
means that the VLP accounts for the pressure drop from the wellhead to the top of the
ESP. The IPR includes the pressure drop across the reservoir. The pump intake
pressure (PIP) includes the pressure drop across the reservoir plus the pressure drop

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1778

in the well up to the pump inlet. This is effectively the well inflow corrected to the inlet of
the pump. The pump discharge pressure (PDP) includes the pressure drop across the
reservoir plus the pressure drop in the well up to the pump inlet and the pressure gain
across the ESP.This is effectively the well inflow corrected to the discharge of the pump.

Ultimately, the solution rate is the intersection between the VLP and the PDP curve.

The resulting nodal analysis solution is the obtained in the following way i.e. the
intersection of the VLP and PDP curve.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1779 PROSPER

NOTE: The above change in solution node is also performed for PCP and Jet Pump
well models.

ADDITIONAL NOTE: The solution of an ESP well is the intersection of the VLP and
pump discharge curve ONLY when the Rough Approximation thermal calculation is
used.

When the Improved Approximation or Enthalpy Balance thermal calculation options

(not available for ESP design) are used for a system calculation, the solution of the well
is the intersection of the VLP and IPR. the change in convention is due to PROSPER
iterating through the complete well completion (including ESP) to obtain a energy
balance based on teh defined boundary conditions.

3.30 Tutorial 27 - Designing an HSP Lifted System

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1780

below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.30.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has been now producing for a number of years. Recently,
the water cut has increased and this, along with a drop in the reservoir pressure, has
lead to the well producing dropping significantly. It has been estimated that within three
months, the well will stop producing all together and will die.

Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Hydraulic Submersible
Pump (HSP) or Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump system to be designed. It is assumed
that the well will now produce at a well head pressure of 150 psig (due to a back
pressure from other wells) but the water cut to be used during the design is now 40%.
Although the design rate is 40%, the design should be capable of handling water cuts
ranging from 30% to 80%.
3.30.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Update the model to consider the current operating conditions.

Learn how to design an HSP lifted system in PROSPER.

Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to see how the pump will operate
with water cuts between 30% and 80% at different pump speeds.

3.30.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1781 PROSPER

dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the HSP lifted well option.

b. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.

c. Carry out an HSP design for the current design conditions.

d. Run a sensitivity to see the impact of increasing the water cut from 30% to 80%
for different pump speeds.

3.30.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.30.4.1HSP Options
The following artificial lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Hydraulic Downhole Drive Pump

Artificial Lift Type Commingled Annular Supply

3.30.4.2Completion Data
The following data describes the casing and annulus within the well:

Tubing Tubing Casing

Tubing Tubing Casing
Inside Outside Inside
Inside Outside Inside Rate
MD Diamet Diamet Diamet
Type Roughne Roughne Roughn Multipli
(ft) er er er
ss ss ess er
(Inches (Inches (Inches
(Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
) ) )
X-mas
600 1
Tree
Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.8 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.72 1

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.8 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1782

In this well, below 9000 feet, a liner has been inserted and hence the casing diameter is
smaller below this depth than it is above.

3.30.4.3IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

Reservoir Pressure 3650 psig

Water Cut 40%

3.30.4.4HSP Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the HSP design:

Input Parameters:

Pump Depth (Measured) 8500 ft

Pump Maximum Allowable 6.8 inches
OD
Turbine Maximum 6.8 inches
Allowable OD
Design Rate 6500 STB/day
Pump Speed 7500 rpm
Water Cut 40%
Total GOR 800 scf/STB
Top Node Pressure 150 psig
% Power Fluid of Resevoir 100%
Fluid
Pump Wear Factor 0
Vertical Lift Correlation Petroleum Experts 2 (matched)

3.30.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1783 PROSPER

3.30.5.1Activating HSP Option

In order to design an HSP lifted well, the hydraulic submersible pump option should be
enabled in the Options | Options screen:

For this design, select Hydraulic Drive Downhole Pump and Commingled Annular
Supply from the drop down menus. This means that the power fluid will travel down the
annulus to the turbine before commingling with the discharge of the pump and this
commingled fluid will be produced up the tubing.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.30.5.2Power Fluid Properties
In order to power the HSP, a power fluid is pumped down to a turbine and this fluid is
then mixed with the discharge of the pump to be produced to surface. The properties of
this power fluid are therefore required to be to known and can be entered by selecting
PVT | Input Data:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1784

Enter the power fluid type as Water and the salinity as 10000ppm.

When this has been entered, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.30.5.3Defining the Annulus
As the power fluid will travel down the annulus to reach the turbine, we must define the
annulus in our down-hole equipment section. The equipment data screen can be
displayed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top of
the main screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1785 PROSPER

To enter the Downhole Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Downhole
Equipment. This will bring up the screen below:

This well has a liner placed below 9000 feet and hence the casing above this depth is
actually larger than the 'casing' below it as the casing represents the liner.

Once the annulus has been defined, select Main to return to the main screen.
3.30.5.4Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions (at which the design is to be carried out) have changed
from was previously inserted into PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be
updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1786

When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, select Plot to see the
new IPR:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1787 PROSPER

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
3.30.5.5Designing an HSP lifted System
Designing an HSP lifted system is split into two main sections:

1. Calculate - This section is used to calculate the flowing conditions of the test and the
pump duty required to meet the design.
2. Design - This section is used to select a pump and turbine which can meet the
required specifications calculated in the previous section.

To start the design process, select Design | Hydraulic Pump:

The following design input data is required:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1788

Be sure to select the correlation which has previously been matched to test data. This
will allow us to be more sure that the design conditions being calculated are
representative of the actual flowing conditions. The % Power Fluid of Reservoir Fluid
will control the ratio of the produced fluid to power fluid which is used during the design
process. 100% means that the same volume of each will be used.

When the data has been inserted, select Calculate Pump Duty to continue the design.
3.30.5.5.1 HSP Calculation
The HSP Calculation screen is used to calculate the pump duty required to meet the
design conditions. This is done by first calculating a gradient downwards from the
wellhead pressure (to obtain the pump discharge pressure) and also a gradient from the
bottom hole pressure obtained from the IPR to the pump depth (to get the pump intake
pressure). The difference between these two pressures is the pressure rise that the
pump will be required to provide. Based upon the average conditions in the pump, this
can be transformed into a head required using the average fluid density in the pump.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1789 PROSPER

3.30.5.5.2 HSP Design

Now that the design conditions have been calculated, the next step is to find a pump
which meets these requirements. The design screen can be accessed by selecting
Design | Hydraulic Pump:

The results from the calculation are shown beneath the inputs which include the Head
Required and Average Downhole Rate which any selected pump will be required to
handle.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1790

A pump can be selected from the Pump drop down menu. The criteria to select a pump
will vary depending upon the objective of the design. In this case, we wish to find a pump
which operates very near to its maximum efficiency at the design conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1791 PROSPER

From the pump list, select the CLYDE UNION TP115AH. Our design speed is 7500
rpm which fits inside the given range of 4250-12325 rpm. This pump can handle the
design conditions and requires 30 stages in which to generate the head. When the
pump is selected, press Pump Plot to see where the operating point is with respect to
the pump performance curves:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1792

As we can see, the operating point is very close to the Best Efficiency Line and
therefore this pump meets our design criteria.

A turbine can also selected from the drop down menu and requires to be able to meet
the power requirement while operating at the design speed.

Select the Clyde Union T68 - A turbine. This can be seen to be able to handle between
5404 - 8338 bbl/day of fluid which means our design rate will fall within this range. We
require 23 stages to generate the required power and the power fluid pressure at the
surface is required to be 1807 psig:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1793 PROSPER

Again, our turbine is operating near to its maximum efficiency and therefore we can be
happy with the selection.

Note: It is the responsibility of the engineer to ensure that the pump and turbine selected
are compatible in reality as PROSPER will allow selection based upon the whether the
head and power requirements can be met.

Exit the plot and the select Main to complete the design and return to the main
PROSPER screen.
3.30.5.6Transferring HSP to Model
After a design has been completed, the selected pump and turbine cable will be
automatically transferred to the System | Hydraulic Submersible Pump screen:

All of the other design parameters are also transferred across.

When this data has been checked, select Done.

3.30.5.7Running System Calc
Now that the HSP has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how the
production rate will change when the water cut changes and ensure that the selected
pump will be operating within its operating envelope.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1794

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

3.30.5.7.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 250 psig and GOR is left as 800 scf/STB. As the water cut is to be
varied, the value entered on this screen will not be used in the calculation. This data
should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. To clear previously entered data, select
Reset. Pump Speed and Water Cut can be selected from the drop down lists on the left
hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the right hand side:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1795 PROSPER

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.30.5.7.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

This will run the System Calculation for each different water cut and pump speed
combination. To see how the production rate varies with water cut for the different
speeds, select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the oil rate against water cut, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate for the Y axis and Water Cut for the X axis:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1796

Select Done to view the plot:

This shows, as expected, that the higher the water cut, the lower the production rate
which is obtained. Increasing the speed of the pump will act to increase the head
provided and hence more oil is produced for any given water cut.

However, as the pump speed increases, the power fluid required will also increase. This
can be seen by selecting Power Fluid Rate from the Variables screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1797 PROSPER

As the water cut of the produced fluid increases, the additional energy required to be
supplied by the pump increases and so does the power fluid rate.

Select Finish and then Done to return to the main screen.

This marks the end of Tutorial 27. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Design an HSP Lifted System.

Include an HSP in the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact of pump speed and water cut on the
production rate of the well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1798

3.31 Tutorial 28 - Designing a Sucker Rod Pump System

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.31.1 Statement of the Problem
A new oil field, the Mill field, has been found onshore, however, due to a very low
productivity index, the well is going to have artificial lift installed to help it produce. A
study is to be carried out into the most efficient Sucker Rod Pump system which could
be installed for the current conditions.

Management would like a new PROSPER file to be created and then using this new file,
the performance of a sucker rod pump is to be evaluated. A study of the impact of using
different rods is also required so that this can form the basis of the feasibility study.
3.31.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a new PROSPER file based upon the Mill well conditions.

Learn how to design a Sucker Rod Pump system in PROSPER.

Run a sensitivity study on the impact of using different rods in the design.

3.31.3 General Approach

As the sucker rod pump is a positive displacement pump, the traditional approach of
nodal analysis does not apply in the same way. While data relating to the PVT, IPR and
VLP are still entered, the solution rate is not found through nodal analysis but rather the
implementation of the wave equation.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Set up the new well to have a Sucker Rod Pump.

b. Insert the well fluid's PVT properties and match it to test data.

c. Enter the equipment data which will be used for the Sucker Rod Pump design.

d. Insert the IPR data. This will be used to find the bottom-hole pressure which would
exist for our design rate.

e. Carry out a Sucker Rod Pump design and then a sensitivity study to see the
impact of using different rods in the design.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1799 PROSPER

3.31.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.31.4.1SRP Options
The following artificial lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Sucker Rod Pump

3.31.4.2PVT Data
Below is the basic PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise the
fluid.

GOR 160 scf/STB

Oil Gravity 25 API

Gas Gravity 0.68 Specific Gravity

Water Salinity 80000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

3.31.4.2.1 Match Data

Temperature of Test 130 oF
Bubble Point at Test Temperature 1300 psig

Pressure GOR Oil FVF Viscosity

1300 160 1.06 6.9

3.31.4.3Equipment Data
This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model the

well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1800

3.31.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

MD (ft) TVD (ft)

0 0

3500 3500

3.31.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
For a sucker rod pump, the final depth should correspond to the mid perforation depth of
the well.

Type MD Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Casing Casing Rate

(ft) Inside Inside Outsid Outside Inside Inside Multipli
Diamet Roughn e Roughn Diamet Roughne er
er ess Diamet ess er ss
(inches (inches) er (inches) (inche (inches)
) (inches s)
)

X-mas 0
Tree

Tubing 3500 2.441 0.0012 2.625 0.0012 6.3 0.0012 1

3.31.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient Data

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the Rough Approximation temperature model, the overall heat transfer

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1801 PROSPER

coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat

transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 60

3500 130

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.31.4.3.4 Average Heat Capacity Data

The default values for the heat capacities of the fluids will be used for this well but they
can be altered if necessary.

Heat Capacity
(BTU/lb/oF)

Oil 0.53

Gas 0.51

Water 1

3.31.4.4IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions are detailed below:

Reservoir Model PI Entry

Reservoir Pressure 1500 psig
Reservoir Temperature 130 oF
Water Cut 80%
Total GOR 160 scf/STB
PI 0.5 STB/day/psi

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1802

3.31.4.5SRP Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the Sucker Rod Pump design:

Input Parameters:

Calculation Mode Enter Production Rate, Estimate Stroke Rate

Target Production Rate 400 STB/day
Pumping Unit Selection LUFKIN C-320-305-100 LC044
Rod Type Steel Rods
Rod Number ROD99/05
Rod Grade D
Service Factor Non-corrosive
Pump Intake Pressure - Calculate from IPR
Method
Unit Type Conventional Clockwise
Anchored Tubing Yes
Midpoint Perforation 3500 ft
Depth
Pump Depth 3500 ft
Pump Volumetric 80%
Efficiency
Unit Efficiency 75%
Pump Diameter 2 inches
Surface Stroke Length 48 inches
Bottom Hole Temperature 130 oF
Well Head Temperature 90 oF
Well Head Pressure 100 psig

3.31.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1803 PROSPER

3.31.5.1Setting up the Model

To open a new file, select File | New from the main PROSPER toolbar. If the program
has just been opened, a new file will automatically be generated and this step does not
need to be performed.

In order to design a Sucker Rod Pump well, the corresponding option should be enabled
in the Options | Options screen:

For this design, select Sucker Rod Pump from the drop down menus and also ensure
that the fluid type is set to Oil and Water.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.31.5.2Inserting the PVT
The first step in any model, is to define the PVT properties of the fluid. This data can be
entered in the PVT | Input Data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1804

3.31.5.2.1 Inserting Match Data

In order to be sure that the correlation we select will calculate fluid properties which are
consistent with those we have measured in the field or lab, we can carry out a matching
process. Enter the match data within the Matching section of the PVT window:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1805 PROSPER

Select Match Data | Match to proceed to the regression screen.

3.31.5.2.2 Matching the Correlations
Having selected Match All, the following screen will be displayed:

Selecting Match All at the top of the screen will match all of the correlations to all of the
available data. If Match is selected then only the correlations selected will be matched
and this will be done to which ever properties are selected in the Match On box to the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1806

left of the screen.

In this case select Match All to match all of the correlations and data. From the
regression screen it is possible to view the resultant matching parameters by selecting
Parameters:

For a good match, parameter 1 should be as close to 1 as possible and parameter 2

should be as close to 0 as possible. Upon reviewing the parameters it can be seen that
the best correlations to select are the Glaso and Beal et. al. correlations.

Select Done at each screen until the main PVT screen is seen.
3.31.5.2.3 Selecting the Correlation
Now that the correlations have been matched and the parameters and plots reviewed, it
is necessary to select the correlation which is most representative of the laboratory data.
This is done on the main PVT 'Input Data' screen. The correlations in the drop down
menu are those which will be used in the model and for this oil the Glaso and Beal et al
correlations should be selected:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1807 PROSPER

A green banner can also be seen which tells the user that the correlations have been
matched.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.31.5.3Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate a design for the sucker rod pump, PROSPER must have a
description of the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the
well to the wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be
accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1808

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1809 PROSPER

3.31.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering option,
please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.31.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1810

3.31.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found in the
table below:

Type MD Tubing Tubing Tubing Tubing Casing Casing Rate

(ft) Inside Inside Outsid Outside Inside Inside Multipli
Diamet Roughn e Roughn Diamet Roughne er
er ess Diamet ess er ss
(inches (inches) er (inches) (inche (inches)
) (inches s)
)

X-mas 0
Tree

Tubing 3500 2.441 0.0012 2.625 0.0012 6.3 0.0012 1

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1811 PROSPER

When modelling a Sucker Rod pump, the final depth from the down-hole equipment
should be entered as the depth of the mid perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.31.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences as it
travels up the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should account for the
heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal gradient and U value
entered can be seen below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1812

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.31.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The average heat capacities of water, oil and gas are used in the Rough
Approximation temperature model to calculate the energy which is provided when the
fluid changes temperature. These are to be kept equal to the default values:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1813 PROSPER

Selecting Done will move the user on to the final input screen.

3.31.5.4Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore how productive
the reservoir is. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and each is
applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance. On
the Select Model screen, the IPR model can be selected as well as the current reservoir
properties such as reservoir pressure and temperature, water cut and producing GOR.
In this case, the PI reservoir model should be selected and the remaining IPR data
entered as shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1814

When this data has been inserted, click Calculate and Plot to view the IPR curve:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1815 PROSPER

The plot shows how both the bottom hole pressure and bottom hole temperature vary
with flow rate.

The IPR should be recalculated any time the properties are changed as the AOF of the
well is used in many calculations to obtain the maximum range of rates to be used.

Close the plot window by selecting the 'X' in the top left of the window to return to the IPR
screen and the select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen. Please note that if
this window is exited using Cancel, none of the changes made will be saved.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1816

3.31.5.5Designing A Sucker Rod Pump System

Now that the basic model has been set up, the Sucker Rod Pump system can be
designed using the parameters previously mentioned in the Available Data section.

To begin the design, select Design | Sucker Rod Pump from the main menu. This will
bring up the design screen:

The design screen is split into many different parts with different input data required for
each section. Starting in the top left hand corner, the PVT properties should
automatically be copied from the PVT section. Next, the Calculation Mode should be
set to Enter Production Rate, Estimate Stroke Rate and the Pumping Unit Selection
as LUFKIN C-320-305-100 LC044. The design rate is 400 STB/day.

Next, the design input data can be entered to the right. These parameters include the
pressures and temperatures in the system as well as the pump diameter and surface
stroke length. If Anchored Tubing is selected as Yes, the result will be an increase in the
effective stroke length of the plunger, thus an increase in the pumping displacement and
also a reduction in the loading on the rod string.

The rod to be used also needs to be selected along with its grade. In this case we are
selecting the ROD99/05, grade D. The plunger diameter and rod thickness is displayed
when a rod is selected. Please note, the pump diameter entered in the Design Input
section cannot be smaller than the plunger diameter selected. The service factor for
this well is non-corrosive.

The final step is to find the pump intake pressure. As the pump intake depth is the same
as the mid perforation depth, we can use the design rate specified and IPR curve to

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1817 PROSPER

calculate the pressure which would be required to produce the design rate from the
reservoir. To find the intake pressure select the Calculate from IPR option, enter the
MidPoint Perforation Depth and then press Calculate Intake Pressure.

When this pressure has been found the design can be carried out by selecting
Calculate at the top of the screen.:

From this design it can be seen that the calculated liquid rate is 420 STB/day. The
torsional effectiveness has been calculated as 11.32% and as this is low it has been
flagged red. This is a warning from PROSPER that it may be good to check this value in
more detail to see the full impact of having such a low value. In this case, we will continue
with this as part of the design.
3.31.5.5.1 Rod Sensitivity
Now that the design conditions have been entered it is possible to carry out a sensitivity
on the rod type which was selected. This can be done by selecting Rod Sensitivity at
the top of the design screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1818

This brings up the Rod Sensitivity screen. Select Calculate to calculate the different
rates which can be extracted fro different rods. It can be seen that the ROD44/05 rod
type can produce a far higher rate, however, in this case this is greater than our well's
AOF and therefore even though theoretically the well could lift that much, the reservoir
could not produce that much into the well and the system could not be balanced. This is
a very important point which must be made with regards to the Sucker Rod Pump
design. The design considers the system in isolation to the IPR. Although we used the
IPR to calculate the BHP for our given design rate, when carrying out the sensitivity the
intake pressure remains a constant and therefore this may lead to unphysical results
unless care is taken.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1819 PROSPER

It is also possible to plot the sensitivity in terms of the production rate per horse power
required by selecting a different chart:

The large difference in production rate between the rods can be seen to less when the
power required to run the pump is taken into account.

To exit this screen select Done and the Done again to return to the main screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1820

This marks the end of Tutorial 28. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Design an Sucker Rod Pump System.

Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that different Rod types will have on
production.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1821 PROSPER

3.32 Tutorial 29 - Designing a PCP Lifted System

This example begins from a blank PROSPER file.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.32.1 Statement of the Problem
A new field has been acquired and has been producing for a number of years prior to
the acquisition. As an engineer in the operating company, you have been tasked with
analysing the performance of an existing well within the system.

Recently, the water cut of the oil well has increased and this, along with a drop in the
reservoir pressure, has lead to the well producing dropping significantly. It has been
estimated that within three months, the well will stop producing all together and will die.

Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Progressive Cavity
Pump (PCP) system to be designed. It is assumed that the well will continue to produce
at a well head pressure of 250 psig (due to a back pressure from other wells) but the
water cut to be used during the design is now 80%. Although the design rate is 80%, the
design should be capable of handling water cuts ranging from 60% to 90%.
3.32.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a model to consider the current operating conditions.

Learn how to design an PCP lifted system in PROSPER.

Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to see how the pump will operate
with water cuts between 60% and 90% at different pump speeds.

3.32.3 General Approach

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Basic fluid PVT data will be used with black oil correlations to predict the
properties of the fluid at different conditions in the model.

b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment.

c. Basic IPR information will be inserted based on existing information.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1822

d. Carry out an PCP design for the current design conditions.

e. Run a sensitivity to see the impact of varying the water cut and pump speed on
production.

3.32.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.32.4.1PVT Data
This is the preliminary PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise
the fluid as well as results from a flash calculation.

GOR 150 scf/STB

Oil Gravity 17 API

Gas Gravity 0.58 Specific Gravity

Water Salinity 75000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

Flash Experiment Data

Temperature of Test 120 oF

Bubble Point at Test Temperature 2100 psig

Pressure GOR Oil FVF Viscosity

2100 150 1.06 40

3.32.4.2Equipment Data
This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model the

well.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1823 PROSPER

3.32.4.2.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

The first line is the reference depth for the PROSPER model and must start with 0, 0
(MD, TVD). This can be defined to any reference as required e.g. platform, sea level,
sea bed. Please note due to this reason, the reference depth has to be at or above the
wellhead.

In this example, this is an offshore well and the reference depth of 0, 0 (MD, TVD) refers
to the mean sea level.

MD (ft) TVD (ft)

0 0
2000 2000

3.32.4.2.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.

Tubing
Tubing Casing
Tubing Outsid Tubing Casing
Inside Inside
Inside e Outside Inside Rate
MD Diamet Diamet
Type Roughne Diamet Roughne Roughne Multipli
(ft) er er
ss er ss ss er
(Inches (Inches
(Inches) (Inches (Inches) (Inches)
) )
)
X-mas
0 1
Tree
Tubing 1750 3.2 0.0006 3.5 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

Casing 2000 6.4 0.0006 1

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1824

3.32.4.2.3 Geothermal Gradient Data

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference between
the fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are the minimum data required. More data points can be inserted if they
are known as this will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 80

2000 120

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.32.4.2.4 Average Heat Capacity Data

The default values for the heat capacities of the fluids will be used for this well but they
can be altered if necessary.

Heat Capacity (BTU/lb/oF)

Oil 0.53
Gas 0.51
Water 1

3.32.4.3IPR Data

There is a number of different IPR models which can be used in PROSPER and the
model used is dependent on the purpose of the study. In this case the Darcy model will
be used to calculate the IPR of the well.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1825 PROSPER

Below is the data required for entry for the Darcy model:

IPR Model Darcy Model

Reservoir Pressure 2200 psig
Reservoir Temperature 120 oF
Water Cut 80%
Total GOR 150 scf/STB
Mech-Geom Skin 0
Reservoir Permeability 300 md
Reservoir Thickness 100 ft
Drainage Area 500 acres
Dietz Shape Factor 31.6
Wellbore Radius 0.354 ft

3.32.4.4PCP Options
The following artificial lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Progressive Cavity Pump

Artificial Lift Type Downhole Motor Drive

3.32.4.5PCP Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the PCP design:

Input Parameters:

Pump Depth (Measured) 1700 ft

Maximum OD 6.4 inches
Separator Efficiency 0
Pump Wear Factor 0
Cable Length 2200 ft
Voltage @ Surface 9000 Volts

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1826

Design Rate 750 STB/day

Water Cut 80%
Total GOR 150 scf/STB
Top Node Pressure 250 psig
Motor Safety Power 0
Margin
Vertical Lift Correlation Petroleum Experts 2

3.32.5 Step-by-Step Guide

This example begins from a blank PROSPER file.
3.32.5.1Activating PCP option

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.

The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the fluid type is Oil and Water using the Black Oil PVT method. The artificial
lift method is to be set to positive cavitation pump with a downhole motor drive

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1827 PROSPER

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.32.5.2Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the ‘PVT | Input Data’ tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

GOR 150 scf/STB

Oil Gravity 17 API
Gas Gravity 0.58 Specific Gravity
Water Salinity 75000 ppm

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1828

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

3.32.5.2.1 PVT Matching

From the main PROSPER screen, open the PVT section by selecting PVT | Input Data
from the main ribbon bar:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1829 PROSPER

Select Match Data from the top of the screen.

This will open the match data screen into which the laboratory data can be entered:

Select Match to proceed to the regression screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1830

3.32.5.2.2 Matching the Correlations

Having selected Match, the following screen will be displayed:

Selecting Match All at the top of the screen will match all of the correlations to all of the
available data. If Match is selected then only the correlations selected will be matched
and this will be done to which ever properties are selected in the Match On box to the
left of the screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1831 PROSPER

In this case select Match All to match all of the correlations and data.

By selecting the Plot option it is possible to see the graph of the matched correlation
compared to the laboratory data points. The correlation which will be shown in the
plotting is the correlation which has been selected in the Correlations section of the
above screen. The option of plotting the data either By Pressure or By Temperature is
given. Selecting By Temperature will plot each different variable against pressure and
have a different trend line for each temperature, while the By Pressure option will show
trend lines depending on pressure and plot against temperature. In this case select By
Temperature:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1832

To plot the required variable, first select the PVT Matching Section Match Data -
Temperature = 120 (deg F) stream in the top left hand corner of the plot. Once the
stream has been selected, double click the variable Gas Oil Ratio in the bottom left
hand corner. This should also be carried out for the PVT Matching Section Calculated
Data - Temperature = 120 (deg F) stream to plot the test data:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1833 PROSPER

The different properties can be plotted by selecting them from the bottom left hand
corner. It can be seen from these plots that the Glaso and Beal et al correlations give
good matches with the test data. To exit the plot, select the red cross in the top right
hand corner of the screen.

It is possible to plot other correlations against the test data by selecting Plot All in the
main PVT matching screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1834

From the main regression screen it is possible to view the resultant matching
parameters either by scrolling through each correlation or by selecting Parameters:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1835 PROSPER

For a good match, parameter 1 should be as close to 1 as possible and parameter 2

should be as close to 0 as possible. Upon reviewing the parameters it can be seen that
the best correlations to select are the Petrosky and Beal et al correlations:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1836

Select Done at each screen until the main PVT screen is seen.
3.32.5.2.3 Selecting the Correlations
Now that the correlations have been matched and the parameters and plots reviewed, it
is necessary to select the correlation which is most representative of the laboratory data.
This is done on the main PVT input data screen. The correlations in the drop down menu
are those which will be used in the model and for this oil the Petrosky and Beal et al
correlations should be selected:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1837 PROSPER

A green banner on the main PVT screen can also be seen which tells the user that the
correlations have been matched.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1838

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.32.5.3Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1839 PROSPER

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1840

3.32.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering option,
please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.32.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1841 PROSPER

3.32.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found in the
table below:

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1842

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the solution node depth
which splits the well into the VLP and IPR. This depth is also therefore the depth at which
the static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the
top of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.32.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences as it
travels up the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should account for the
heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal gradient and U value
entered can be seen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1843 PROSPER

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.32.5.3.4.1 Average Heat Capacities

The average heat capacities of water, oil and gas are used in the Rough
Approximation temperature model to calculate the energy which is provided when the
fluid changes temperature. These are to be kept equal to the default values:

Selecting Done will move the user on to the final input screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1844

3.32.5.3.5 Guage Details

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported
result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Done to return to
the main 'Equipment Data' screen:

3.32.5.3.6 Equipment Summary

From the equipment input screen it is possible to see a summary of the equipment by
selecting the Summary button on the top right of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1845 PROSPER

This brings up the equipment summary screen:

It is then possible to see a drawing of the down-hole equipment by selecting Draw

Downhole:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1846

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1847 PROSPER

To gain direct access to the main PROSPER screen, the Main button can be selected
from the plot ribbon bar.

3.32.5.4Entering IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER is used to describe the inflow from the reservoir and into
the bottom of the well. A relationship between the flow rate which will come into the well
and the pressure at the bottom of the well will be developed.

Select System | Inflow Performance to bring up the IPR input screen:

The different models can be selected on the Reservoir Model panel and in this case
the reservoir model should be set to Darcy, the Mechanical/Geometrical skin should be
set to Karakas+Tariq and the Deviation and Partial Penetration skin should be set to
Cinco (2)/Martin Bronz. Sand Control should be selected as Gravel pack.

The reservoir pressure, temperature, water cut and total GOR should be entered as
shown above.

When the Darcy model is selected, the reservoir model data tab updates to reflect the
selected IPR. The Reservoir Model data should be entered as above. The cells being
green indicates that the data is valid (yellow is on the limit of the validation range and
red outside).
3.32.5.5Designing a PCP Lifted System
Designing a PCP lifted system is split into two main sections:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1848

1. Calculate - This section is used to calculate the flowing conditions of the test and the
pump duty required to meet the design.
2. Design - This section is used to select a pump which can meet the required
specifications calculated in the previous section.

To start the design process, select Design | Progressive Cavity Pump:

The following design input data is required:

Be sure to select the correlation which has previously been matched to test data. This
will allow us to be more sure that the design conditions being calculated are
representative of the actual flowing conditions.

When the data has been inserted, select Calculate to continue the design.
3.32.5.5.1 PCP Calculation
The PCP Calculation screen is used to calculate the pump head required to meet the
design conditions. This will then be used as a constraint when selecting the pump to
install in the model.

The head is found by first calculating a gradient downwards from the wellhead pressure
(to obtain the pump discharge pressure) and also a gradient from the bottom hole
pressure obtained from the IPR to the pump depth (to get the pump intake pressure).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1849 PROSPER

The difference between these two pressures is the pressure rise that the pump will be
required to provide. Based upon the average conditions in the pump, this can be
transformed into a head required using the average fluid density in the pump.

To carry out the calculations, select Calculate:

All of the calculated conditions are shown on the screen and the dT across the pump is
also calculated.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1850

3.32.5.5.2 PCP Design

Now that the design conditions have been calculated, the next step is to find a pump
which meets these requirements.

The results from the calculation are shown at the top of the screen and these include the
Head Required and Average Downhole Rate which any selected pump will be required
to handle.

A pump can be selected from the Select Pump drop down menu. The criteria to select
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1851 PROSPER

a pump will vary depending upon the objective of the design. In this case, we wish to find
a pump which can handle the required head and also has an efficiency of over 70%.

From the pump list, select the OilLift Technology Inc 3.5 in 120-600 (Max Head 2125
feet). We can see that it the maximum head it can handle is 2125 feet which is greater
than our design head of 763.681. In order to produce the required design rate, the pump
would have to operate at 1060 rpm and the efficiency of the pump at this speed would
be 78.2%.

Note: It is the responsibility of the engineer to ensure that the pump can actually handle
the design conditions and speed which is calculated by PROSPER.

A motor and cable also require to be selected which can meet the power requirements
of the pump:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1852

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1853 PROSPER

The results of the design can be seen at the bottom of the screen once the different
equipment have been selected.

Note: It is the responsibility of the engineer to ensure that the pump and motor which are
selected are compatible. PROSPER will allow any motor to be selected which can
provide the required power and will not consider if it can be applied in the field.

Select Main to complete the design and return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.32.5.6Transferring PCP to Model
After a design has been completed, the selected pump, motor and cable will be
automatically transferred to the System | Progressive Cavity Pump screen:

The performance plots for both the pump and the motor which have been selected can
be seen on the right hand side of the screen.

Select Done to return to the main screen.

3.32.5.7Running System Calc
Now that the PCP has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to calculate
the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the
use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the
system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how the
production rate will change when the water cut changes and ensure that the selected

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1854

pump will be operating within its operating envelope.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

3.32.5.7.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 250 psig and GOR is left as 800 scf/STB. As the water cut is to be
varied, the value entered on this screen will not be used in the calculation. This data
should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. To clear previously entered data, select
Reset. Water Cut and Pump Speed can be selected from the drop down lists on the left
hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the right hand side:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1855 PROSPER

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.32.5.7.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

To see how the production rate varies with water cut for the different pump speeds,
select Sensitivity Plot.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1856

To view the oil rate against water cut, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate for the Y axis and Water Cut for the X axis:

Select Done to view the plot:

This shows, as expected, that the higher the water cut, the lower the production rate

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1857 PROSPER

which is obtained. Increasing the speed of the pump will act to increase the rate which
can pass through it, however, at very high water cuts the increase between the 200 rpm
and 250 rpm reduces. Select Finish and then Done to return to the main screen.

This marks the end of Tutorial 29. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Design an PCP Lifted System.

Include an PCP in the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact that increasing the water cut will have
on the oil rate for a range of different pump speeds.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1858

3.33 Tutorial 30 - Modelling Diluent Injection with Gas Lift

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.33.1 Statement of the Problem
Now that the Logie field has been producing for sometime and the water cut is
increasing, it has been noticed that the salinity of the produced fluid is greatly
increasing. This has the risk that this salt may begin to dropout of solution and form
deposits which may block and restrict the flow of fluid to be surface. To avoid this from
happening, it is proposed that water with a lower salinity be injected so as to reduce the
chances that the salt will form deposits. The disadvantage to this is that it effectively
increases the water cut of the well and makes it harder to produce. To counter this, gas
can also be injected to act to gas lift the well.

A separate department has carried out studies which suggest that the injected water
rate will have to be equal to 20-40% of the total water rate being produced from the well
in order to ensure that no salt deposition occurs. The PROSPER file is to be used to find
the optimum injection rate for the range of different of diluent injection ratios.
3.33.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Update the model to include the diluent and gas lift injection.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1859 PROSPER

Find the optimum gas lift GLR injected for different diluent injection rates.

3.33.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the Diluent Injection well option.

b. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.

c. Insert the diluent and gas lift injection conditions.

d. Run a sensitivity study using the System Calculation to find the optimum GLR to
inject.

3.33.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.33.4.1Artifical Lift Options
The following gas lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Diluent Injection

Artificial Lift Type Annular Injection with Gaslift

3.33.4.2PVT Data
New Formation Water Data:

Salinity 180000 ppm

Diluent Data:

Power Fluid Water

Salinity 20000 ppm

3.33.4.3IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1860

Reservoir Pressure 4200 psig

Water Cut 54%

3.33.4.4Completion Data
The following data discribes the casing and annulus within the well:

Tubing
Tubing
Tubing Outsid Tubing Casing Casing
Inside
Inside e Outside Inside Inside Rate
MD Diamet
Type Roughne Diamet Roughne Diamete Roughne Multipli
(ft) er
ss er ss r ss er
(Inches
(Inches) (Inches (Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
)
)
X-mas
600 1
Tree
Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.72 1

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 4.8 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

3.33.4.5Diluent Injection Data

Input Parameters:

Diluent Injection Depth 9000 ft

Diluent Injection Rate 5000 STB/day
Injected Gas Gravity 0.7
Mole Percent H2S 0%

Mole Percent CO2 0%

Mole Percent N2 0%

GLR Injected 50 scf/STB

Gaslift Valve Depth 7500 ft

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1861 PROSPER

3.33.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM 10/Samples/PROSPER/'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.33.5.1Activating Diluent Injection Option
In order to model a well with diluent and gas lift injection, the correct option should be
enabled in the Options | Options screen:

For this design, select Diluent Injection and Annular Injection with Gaslift from the drop
down menus.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.33.5.2Define PVT Data
The salinity of the produced water has been measured as being higher than was first
thought. This therefore needs to be updated in the PVT section. The fluid properties of
the injected diluent also need to be defined.

To access the PVT screen, select PVT | Input Data:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1862

Once the new data has been inserted, select Done.

3.33.5.3Defining the Annulus
As the diluent injection is down the annulus, we must first define the annulus in our down-
hole equipment section. The equipment data screen can be displayed by selecting
System | Equipment (Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top of the main screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1863 PROSPER

To enter the Downhole Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Downhole
Equipment. This will bring up the screen below:

Once the annulus has been defined, select Main to return to the main screen.
3.33.5.4Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions have changed from was previously inserted into
PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be updated in the System | Inflow
Performance screen:

When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, select Plot to see the
new IPR:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1864

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
3.33.5.5Define the Injection Data
To insert the diluent and gas lift injection information select System | Diluent Injection:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1865 PROSPER

Both the Diluent Injection Rate and GLR Injected are both going to be varied in the
sensitivity study and therefore will not be used in the calculations to be performed.
3.33.5.6Running System Calc
Now that the diluent and gas lift injection depths have been included in the PROSPER file,
the next step is to calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of
conditions. This can be done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine
the VLP and IPR plots to find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the
objective is to find the optimum GLR injected for different diluent rate percentages.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(VLP + IPR).

3.33.5.6.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the optimum injection GLR for different diluent injection
rates when the well head pressure is 250 psig, the water cut is 54% and the GOR is 800
scf/day This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1866

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. To clear previously entered data, select
Reset. Diluent Rate Percent and GLR Injected can be selected from the drop down
lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the right
hand side:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1867 PROSPER

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.33.5.6.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

This will run the System Calculation for each different diluent rate percentage and GLR
injected value. To see the optimum gas injection GLR for each diluent injection ratio,
select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the oil rate against GLR injected, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate for the Y axis and GLR Injected for the X axis:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1868

Select Done to view the plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1869 PROSPER

This shows, that for each different Diluent Rate Percent the optimum GLR to inject is
between 850 and 950 scf/STB, which is equal to between 9 and 12 MMscf/day.

Select Main to return to the main screen.

This marks the end of Tutorial 30. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Set up a model with both diluent and gas lift injection.

Carry out a sensitivity to find the optimum injection rate for the system.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1870

3.34 Tutorial 31 - Modelling a Surface Multiphase Pump

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.34.1 Statement of the Problem
The Logie field has been producing for sometime and due to a decrease in the reservoir
pressure and an increase in the water cut, the well is producing a significantly lower
production rate than it previously was. It has therefore been proposed that a multiphase
pump be placed just downstream of the wellhead to help lower the wellhead pressure.

As part of a feasibility study, management would like to use the current PROSPER file to
assess the increase in oil production which could be obtained when different amounts of
power are available to the pump.
3.34.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Update the model to include the a surface pipeline with a multiphase pump.

Calculate the impact of varying the power available to the pump when the water
cut is 80% and manifold pressure is 500 psig.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1871 PROSPER

3.34.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the Multiphase Pump option.

b. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.

c. Insert information for the multiphase pump.

d. Run a sensitivity study using the System Calculation to assess the impact of
available power on the multiphase pump.

3.34.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.34.4.1Artifical Lift Options
The following gas lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Multiphase Pump

Artificial Lift Type OneSubsea H
Series Pumps

3.34.4.2IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

Reservoir Pressure 4800 psig

Water Cut 80%

3.34.4.3Pipeline Data
Surrounding Temperature 52 oF
Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient 8.5

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1872

This corresponds to the the following input:

Type Pipe True Vertical Pipe Inside Inside Rate

Length Depth (ft) Diameter Roughness Multiplier
(ft) (inches) (inches)
Manifold 0

Pipeline 250 250 4 0.0006 1

Pipeline 500 475 4 0.0006 1

Pipeline 1000 475 4 0.0006 1

Pipeline 750 600 4 0.0006 1

Pipeline 1000 600 4 0.0006 1

Pump - - - - -

Pipeline 250 600 4 0.0006 1

3.34.4.4Pump Data
Input Parameters:

Power Available 350 hp

Pump Wear Factor 0

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1873 PROSPER

Pump Configuration Single Pump

Current Pump OneSubsea - H800/65

3.34.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.34.5.1Activating the Multiphase Pump Option
In order to build a model with a multiphase pump, the correct option should be enabled
in the Options | Options screen:

For this design, select Multiphase Pump and OneSubsea H Series Pump from the
drop down menus.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1874

3.34.5.2Defining the Surface Pipeline

As the pump is sitting within a surface pipeline, we must first define the surface
equipment in our equipment data section. The equipment data screen can be displayed
by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top of the main
screen:

Ensure that the Disable Surface Equipment option is set to No. To enter the Surface
Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Surface Equipment. This will bring up
the screen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1875 PROSPER

Once the surface pipeline and pump location have been defined, select Done | Done to
return to the main screen.
3.34.5.3Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions have changed from was previously inserted into
PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be updated in the System | Inflow
Performance screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1876

When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, click on the Calculate
button to calculate the new IPR. To see this new IPR, click on the Plot button and select
Plot from the context menu that appear:

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
3.34.5.4Define Pump Details
To insert the current pump information select System | Multiphase Pumps:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1877 PROSPER

The Power Available is going to be changed during the sensitivity study and therefore
even though we have placed a value here, it will be overwritten by those we insert later.
3.34.5.5Running System Calc
Now that the Surface pump has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how
the production rate will change when the available power changes.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(Ipr + Vlp).
3.34.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the impact that varying the available power for the
pump will have on the production rate when the manifold pressure is 500 psig, the water
cut is 80% and the GOR is 800 scf/day. This data should therefore be added to the top
left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1878

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. To clear previously entered data, select
Reset. Power Available can be selected from the drop down lists on the left hand side
and then the values to be used can be entered on the right hand side:

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1879 PROSPER

3.34.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation

It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

This will run the System Calculation for each different Available Power values. To see
the impact of changing this value on the production rate, select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the oil rate against Available power, select Variables from the top bar and then
Oil Rate for the Y axis:

Select Done to view the plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1880

This shows, as would be expected, the higher the available power, the greater the oil
rate which will be produced from the well.

The effect of the power on the calculated well head pressure can also be seen by
selecting it from the Variables screen:

The well is seeing a decrease in the wellhead pressure as the pump power is increased

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1881 PROSPER

and this is the reason why the oil rate is able to increase.

Select Done to close the plot and then click on the Done button in the System
Calculation window to return to the main screen. The file can be saved by selecting File |
Save As.

This marks the end of Tutorial 31. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Set up a model with a surface multiphase pump.

Carry out a sensitivity to find the impact of pump power on the production rate
which can be obtained.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1882

3.35 Tutorial 32 - Designing a Jet Pump Lifted System

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.35.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has been now producing for a number of years. Recently,
the water cut has increased and this, along with a drop in the reservoir pressure, has
lead to the well producing dropping significantly. It has been estimated that within three
months, the well will stop producing all together and will die.

Rather than allow the well to die, management would like a new Jet Pump system to be
designed. It is assumed that the well can now produce at a well head pressure of 100
psig (due to a back pressure from other wells) but the water cut to be used during the
design is now 80%. Although the design rate is 80%, the design should be capable of
handling various other water cuts. Due to power constraints at the surface, there are
times when the injection pumps (for the jet pump power fluid) will not be running at their
peak and therefore the impact of reducing the surface injection pressure should also be
investigated.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1883 PROSPER

3.35.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Update the model to consider the current operating conditions.

Learn how to design a Jet Pump lifted system in PROSPER.

Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to see how the pump will operate
with water cuts between 0% and 90% at different power fluid injection pressures.

3.35.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the Jet Pump lifted well option.

b. Insert the Power Fluid properties into the PVT Section

c. Update the IPR and equipment sections to represent the current flowing
conditions in the well.

d. Carry out a Jet Pump design for the current design conditions.

e. Run a sensitivity using the System Calculation for the range of water cuts and
injection pressures specified.

3.35.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.35.4.1Jet Pump Options
The following gas lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Lift Method Jet Pump

Artificial Lift Type Annular Injection - Tubular Production

This means that the power fluid will be injected down the annulus and the discharge of
the pump will be produced up the tubing.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1884

3.35.4.2Completion Data
The following data describes the casing and annulus within the well:

Tubing
Tubing
Tubing Outsid Tubing Casing Casing
Inside
Inside e Outside Inside Inside Rate
MD Diamet
Type Roughne Diamet Roughne Diamet Roughn Multipli
(ft) er
ss er ss er ess er
(Inches
(Inches) (Inches (Inches) (Inches) (Inches)
)
)
X-mas
600 1
Tree
Tubing 1000 4.052 0.0006 4.5 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.72 1

Tubing 9000 4.052 0.0006 4.5 0.0006 6.4 0.0006 1

Casing 9275 6.4 0.0006 1

3.35.4.3IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

Reservoir Pressure 3500 psig

Water Cut 80%

3.35.4.4Jet Pump Design Criteria

The following criteria has been set for the Jet Pump design:

Input Parameters:

Pump Depth (Measured) 6000 ft

Maximum OD 6.4 inches
Design Rate 4000 STB/day
Water Cut 80%
Total GOR 800 scf/STB
Top Node Pressure 100 psig
Surface Injection Rate 10000 STB/day

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1885 PROSPER

Surface Injection Pressure 2000 psig

Nozzle Loss Coefficient 0.15
Suction Loss Coefficient 0
Throat Loss Coefficient 0.28
Diffuser Loss Coefficient 0.1
Vertical Lift Correlation Petroleum Experts 2 (matched)

3.35.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 19. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.35.5.1Activating Jet Pump Option
In order to design a Jet Pump lifted well, the Jet Pump option should be enabled in the
Options | Options screen:

For this design, select Jet Pump and Annular Injection - Tubular Production from the
drop down menus. This means that the power fluid will travel down in the annulus and the
discharge from the pump will travel up the tubing.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1886

3.35.5.2Defining the Power Fluid

As well as the produced fluid now being in our well, we are also introducing a power fluid
which will pass through the jet pump and commingle with our production fluid above the
pump. The properties of the fluid should be set up in the PVT section by selecting PVT |
Input Data:

The power fluid is a water with 75000 ppm salinity.

When this has been inserted select Done.

3.35.5.3Defining the Annulus
As the power fluid will be travelling down the annulus, we must define the annulus in our
down-hole equipment section. The equipment data screen can be displayed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc) from the ribbon at the top of the main
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1887 PROSPER

To enter the Downhole Equipment screen, select the button to the left of Downhole
Equipment. This will bring up the screen below:

Once the annulus has been defined, select Done to return to the Equipment Screen and
then Done to return to the main screen.
3.35.5.4Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions (at which the design is to be carried out) have changed
from was previously inserted into PROSPER. These conditions should therefore be
updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1888

When the water cut and reservoir pressure have been updated, click on the Calculate
button to calculate the new IPR. To see this new IPR, click on the Plot button and select
Plot from the context menu that appear:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1889 PROSPER

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.
3.35.5.5Designing a Jet Pump lifted System
Designing a Jet Pump lifted system is split into two main sections:

1. Calculate - This section is used to calculate the flowing conditions at the design
conditions and the pump properties required to meet the design.
2. Design - This section is used to select a pump which can meet the required
specifications calculated in the previous section.

To start the design process, select Design | Jet Pump:

The following screen will be displayed:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1890

The following design input data is required:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1891 PROSPER

Be sure to select the correlation which has previously been matched to test data. This
will allow us to be more sure that the design conditions being calculated are
representative of the actual flowing conditions. The loss coefficients are used to
calculate the pressure drops in the different sections of the pump and can normally be
obtained from the pump manufacturers.

When the data has been inserted, select Calculate Pump Duty to continue the design.

3.35.5.5.1 Jet Pump Calculation

For more details on the calculation being carried out for the Jet Pump design, please
refer to the Jet Pump Design Section of this User Guide.

By clicking on the Calculate Pump Duty button, calculations of flowing conditions and

pump’s design parameters are performed. The results are displayed in the Pump Duty
section (shown below) and also in the “Desired” column of the Results table on the right:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1892

The program has calculated that there would be no cavitation problems with this design.
If a cavitation warning was given it would be worth adjusting the design conditions to find
a scenario when these will not occur.
3.35.5.5.2 Jet Pump Design
Now that the design conditions and pump’s design parameters have been calculated,
the next step is to find a pump which meets these requirements.

Guidance on the choice of the jet pump

Care should be taken when selecting a pump. The database pumps are limited to a
minimum and maximum injection rate. The user should be aware of the limitations of the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1893 PROSPER

selected pump.

For this example, the design injection rate is 10000 STB/d. Therefore assuming a Bw in
the region of 1.02 rb/STB (this can be verified from the PROSPER PVT calculator), the
in-situ design rate we are looking for is 10200 STB/d.

To determine the pumps that can deliver that design rate, the jet pump database can be
reviewed. This is achieved by first clicking on Done in the Jet Pump Design window

and then going to Options | Artificial Lift DataBase | Jet Pump. Upon review of the
database, we then select a pump that can deliver the design rate, as shown below.

Having identified the pump, it is now possible to return to the Jet Pump Design window
(through Design | Jet Pump) to specify that pump and conclude the design. The above

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1894

pump can be specified by choosing it from the drop down menu in the “Select Pump”
section based on the nozzle number and throat number (reported in the database and in
the “Select Pump” section):

The results from the calculations are shown as the Desired results (as mentioned in the
Jet Pump Calculation section above) while the Actual results are those obtained for the
currently selected pump.

Select Done to complete the design and return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.35.5.6Transferring Jet Pump to Model

After a design has been completed, the selected pump will be automatically transferred
to the System | Jet Pumps screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1895 PROSPER

Select Done to return to the main screen.

3.35.5.7Running System Calc
Now that the Jet Pump has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how
the production rate will change when the water cut changes and also the impact of
changing the power fluid injection pressure.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(Ipr + Vlp).

3.35.5.7.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 100 psig and GOR is left as 800 scf/STB. As the water cut is to be
varied, the value entered on this screen will not be used in the calculation. This data
should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1896

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. To clear previously entered data, select
Reset. Water Cut and Jet Pump Injection Pressure can be selected from the drop
down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be entered on the
right hand side:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1897 PROSPER

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.
3.35.5.7.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

This will run the System Calculation for each different water cut and injection pressure
combination.

To see how the production rate varies with water cut for the different injection pressures,
select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the oil rate against water cut, select Variables from the top bar and then Oil
Rate for the Y axis and Water Cut for the X axis:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1898

Select Done to view the plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1899 PROSPER

This shows, as expected, that the higher the water cut, the lower the production rate
which is obtained. Increasing the injection pressure of the power fluid will help more oil
be produced for any given water cut. When the injection pressure drops to 500 psig, we
can observe that somewhere between 40 and 50% water cut the well will no longer be
able to produce and will die. For the higher injection pressures, the well will be able to
produce all the way up to 90% but the rate will have significantly decreased.

Select Done to close the plot and then click on Done in the System Calculation window

to return to the main screen. The file can be saved by selecting File|Save As.

This marks the end of Tutorial 32. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Design a Jet Pump Lifted System.

Include a Jet Pump in the main model.
Carry out a sensitivity to see the impact of water cut and injection pressure on

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1900

the production rate of oil.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1901 PROSPER

3.36 Tutorial 33a - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 23. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.36.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing as a gas lifted well for some time.
A well test has now been performed and is to be analysed using the well model in
PROSPER to find out more information about the flowing conditions. Due to a problem
with one of the injection wells in the field, it is unclear what the reservoir pressure was at
the time of the test. If possible, management would like to estimate the reservoir
pressure during this analysis.

The well test should also be reviewed using Quicklook to get an indication of the actual
depth that the well is injecting at.
3.36.2 Objectives
The objective of the tutorial is to:

Learn to use the Quicklook feature to troubleshoot a well test for a gas lifted
well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1902

3.36.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert the test data into the Quicklook model.

b. Check that injection is possible at the depth of the bottom valve. If it is not, vary
the injection depth until a possible injection depth is found.

c. Once the injection depth has been established, the quality of the VLP match
should be reviewed and the pressure drop across the valve checked against the
measured data.

d. Ensure that the IPR pressure used in the 'Bottom Up' method matches that
calculated by the 'Top Down' method.

e. If the file represents the actual well test, the two calculation gradients ('Top Down'
and 'Bottom Up') should overlie each other.

3.36.4 Available Data

3.36.4.1Well Test Data

The following Well Test Data is available:

Liquid Rate 7488 STB/day

Wellhead Pressure 390 psig

Water Cut 35%

Total Gas Rate 5.3935 MMscf/day
Gas Injection Rate 1.5 MMscf/day
Casing Head Pressure 1395
Gauge Depth 6250 ft
Gauge Pressure 1440 psig
Depth of Bottom Hole 9275 ft
Static Reservoir Pressure 3800 psig

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1903 PROSPER

The valves and orifice in the well are those which were designed as part of tutorial 23
and should be transferred from the relevant section of the file.

3.36.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 23. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.36.5.1Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well with Quicklook
The Quicklook feature is used to analyse and troubleshoot well test data for artificially
lifted wells. It works on the premise that we can compute the test both from the
measured pressure data and from the modelled data. If the model is reflective of the
actual flowing conditions of the well, then the two methods should be the same.

To start the Quicklook work flow, select Matching|QuickLook|Single-point

Quicklook.
3.36.5.1.1 Inserting Test Data
When the Quicklook screen has been opened, the test data can be inserted:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1904

When a static measurement is inserted at the bottom hole depth (as is done in this
case), this static pressure will be taken as the reservoir pressure at the time of the test.

Now that the test data has been inserted, the valves and orifice can be transferred from
the previously performed gas lift design. This can be done by selecting the “Transfer
Valves” button located at the top right of the window. Next, select From Gaslift Design
in the window that appears:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1905 PROSPER

Then select From New GasLift Design and then click on the OK button in the message
box that appears.

Finally, click on Done to complete the transfer of the valves to the input screen:

The orifice is automatically entered as the injection point and the valves (with their dome
pressures, port sizes, etc) are transferred to the bottom of the screen.

Select Calculate to proceed to the calculation screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1906

3.36.5.1.2 Calculate Quicklook Plot

The next step is to calculate the Quicklook plot. This can be done by selecting
Calculate:

Once the calculation has been completed, the plot can be seen selecting Plot:

At the injection depth entered, we can see that the pressure in the casing is less than the
pressure in the tubing. This means that injection at these conditions cannot be
possible and we cannot be injecting at the depth we believed we were.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1907 PROSPER

Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the Quicklook input screen.
3.36.5.1.3 Finding the Injection Depth
If we are not injecting at the orifice, the next deepest valve may be our injection point
instead. Manually transfer the depth and port size of the third valve into the injection
depth and orifice diameter fields:

When this has been transferred, select Calculate to return to the calculation screen.

Again, select Calculate and then Plot to see how this change the Quicklook plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1908

We now see that the casing pressure at the new injection depth is greater than the
tubing pressure at the same depth which means that injection can occur. The Top-Down
Tubing Pressure gradient can be seen to pass through the gauge pressure which is
included in the file. This implies that the flow correlation being used (which has
previously been matched to some naturally flowing well tests) is still representative of the
actual flowing conditions within the well.

3.36.5.1.4 Finding Valve Performance

From the previous step, we can see that the measured and calculated casing gradients
are slightly out of alignment i.e. the calculated valve dP is smaller than the measured
valve dP.

This suggests that the valve may have scaled up at the selected depth of injection. To
allow the measured and calculated casing gradients to overlap and match, the valve size
needs to be reduced.

Update the orifice diameter of the third value to smaller size of 22 64ths inch and select

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1909 PROSPER

'Calculate' again to return the the calculation screen.

Again, select Calculate and then Plot to see how this changes the Quicklook plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1910

The measured and calculated casing gradients can now be seen to overlap which
confirms that the current valve size and injection depth are indeed those being used in
the real well.

3.36.5.1.5 Analysing the From Static BHP Gradient

Now that the depth of injection has been established, and the Top-Down Tubing
Pressure gradient has been confirmed as passing through the gauge pressure, the
bottom hole pressure from this calculation can be used to calibrate the Bottom-Up
Tubing Pressure gradient.

The Bottom-Up Tubing Pressure gradient is calculated from the bottom hole pressure
to the well head. The starting point (BHP) is obtained by finding the pressure which
corresponds to the test liquid rate from the IPR curve.

If we exit the current plot, we can read the FBHP of the Top-Down Tubing Pressure
gradient by selecting it from the bottom left hand side of the screen and reading the
pressure at the bottom hole depth:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1911 PROSPER

We can see that the FBHP for this calculation is 2304 psig. Please note that the flowing
bottom hole pressure reported in the Results section is the flowing bottom hole pressure
from the IPR. As these two values do not match, we know that the model is not currently
reflective of the actual flowing conditions within the well. We can now use this FBHP to
find the reservoir pressure which matches it.

Select Main to return to the main screen and then Calculation | Inflow (Ipr). The well
test water cut and GOR can be entered in the top left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1912

As we know the rate of the test, we can enter this single point by selecting the Rate
Method to be User Selected and then entering a value of 7488 STB/day. We have been
told that the calculated PI for the well is currently reliable, however, the reservoir pressure
is unknown. We can therefore run a sensitivity study and vary the reservoir pressure until
the IPR Pressure for the given rate matches the flowing bottom hole pressure from our
test (2304 psig).

To do this select Cases:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1913 PROSPER

In the cases screen enter a range of reservoir pressures as shown above and then
select Done.

Carry out the calculation by selecting Calculate. The different results can be viewed by
selecting the reservoir pressure at the bottom left of the screen and then reading the IPR
Pressure from the results at the top right:

We can see that the closest reservoir pressure which gives this IPR Pressure is 3680
psig. Select Done and then Matching | QuickLook | Single-point Quicklook to return
to the Quicklook input data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1914

When the new reservoir pressure has been inserted, select Calculate to move to the
next screen and then Calculate again to carry out the calculation. To see the current
Quickloook plot, select Plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1915 PROSPER

We can see that both of the tubing gradients now overlie each other and so do the
casing gradients. This indicates that the changes have now made our model consistent
with the test data. In order to match the data, we needed to reduce the reservoir
pressure to 3680 psig and inject gaslift gas through the 3rd valve rather than the lower
orifice. Furthermore, we had to reduce the diameter of the valve from 24 64ths to 22
64ths. This gives us a good impression of how the actual field is operating and we can
now be happy that the model is indeed representative of the actual flowing conditions in
the well.

This marks the end of Tutorial 33. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Troubleshoot a Gas Lifted well test using Quicklook.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1916

3.37 Tutorial 33b - Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well -

Multipoint Quicklook
This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 23. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.37.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing as a gas lifted well for some time.
A well test has now been performed and is to be analysed using the well model in
PROSPER to find out more information about the flowing conditions. It is suspected that
the well may be muiltipointing and it is desired to confirm that this is the case and to
estimate the quantities of gas being injected at different depths.

3.37.2 Objectives
The objective of the tutorial is to:

Learn to use the Multipoint Quicklook feature to identify possible multipointing.

Use the Multi-point Quicklook feature to determine how much gas is being
injected through each valve.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1917 PROSPER

3.37.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert the test data into the Quicklook model.

b. Check if more that one valve is open.

c. Insert the test data into Multi-Point Quicklook.

d. Ensure that the IPR pressure used in the 'Bottom Up' method matches that
calculated by the 'Top Down' method.

e. If the file represents the actual well test, the two calculation gradients ('Top Down'
and 'Bottom Up') should overlie each other.

3.37.4 Available Data

3.37.4.1Well Test Data

The following Well Test Data is available:

Liquid Rate 7488 STB/day

Wellhead Pressure 390 psig
Water Cut 35%
Total Gas Rate 5.3935 MMscf/day

Gas Injection Rate 1.5 MMscf/day

Casing Head Pressure 1490
Gauge Depth 6250 ft
Gauge Pressure 1440 psig
Depth of Bottom Hole 9275 ft
Static Reservoir Pressure 3800 psig

Wellhead Temperature 146 °F

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1918

The valves and orifice in the well are those which were designed as part of tutorial 23
and should be transferred from the relevant section of the file.

3.37.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 23. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.37.5.1Troubleshooting a Gas Lifted Well with Quicklook
The Quicklook feature is used to analyse and troubleshoot well test data for artificially
lifted wells. It works on the premise that we can compute the test both from the
measured pressure data and from the modelled data. If the model is reflective of the
actual flowing conditions of the well, then the two methods should be the same.

To start the Quicklook work flow, select Matching | QuickLook | Single-point

Quicklook.
3.37.5.1.1 Inserting Test Data
When the Quicklook screen has been opened, the test data can be inserted:

When a static measurement is inserted at the bottom hole depth (as is done in this
case) this static pressure will be taken as the reservoir pressure at the time of the test.

Now that the test data has been inserted, the valves and orifice can be transferred from
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1919 PROSPER

the previously performed gas lift design. This can be done by selecting Transfer
Valves. Next, select From Gaslift Design in the window that appears:

Then select From New GasLift Design and then click on the OK button in the message
box that appears.

Finally, click on Done to complete the transfer of the valves to the input screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1920

The orifice is automatically entered as the injection point and the valves (with their dome
pressures, port sizes, etc) are transferred to the bottom of the screen.

Select Calculate to proceed to the calculation screen.

3.37.5.1.1.1 Calculate Quicklook Plot
The next step is to calculate the Quicklook plot. This can be done by selecting
Calculate:

Once the calculation has been completed, the plot can be seen selecting Plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1921 PROSPER

It would be possible to obtain a match following the methodology outlined in the tutorial
33a. However, we can observe that the single-point quicklook analysis indicates that the
well may be multipointing. Therefore, the well will be analysed using the Multi-Point
Quicklook.

Select Done | Done | Done to return to the main menu.

3.37.5.1.2 Inserting Test Data Into Multipoint Quicklook
Select Matching | QuickLook | Multipoint Quicklook to open the Multipoint Quicklook
menu.

The test data can be inserted as before:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1922

When a static measurement is inserted at the bottom hole depth (as is done in this
case) this static pressure will be taken as the reservoir pressure at the time of the test.

Now that the test data has been inserted, the valves and orifice can be transferred from
the previously performed gas lift design. This can be done by selecting Transfer
Valves. Next, select From Gaslift Design in the window that appears:

Then select From New GasLift Design and then click on the OK button in the message
box that appears.

Finally, click on Done to complete the transfer of the valves to the input screen. The
model type has been selected as Acuna for the gaslift valves and Thornhill-Craver for the
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1923 PROSPER

orifice:

Select Calculate to proceed to the calculation screen.

3.37.5.1.3 Calculate MultiPoint Quicklook Plot
The next step is to calculate the Quicklook plot. This can be done by selecting
Calculate:

The model predicted 0.42 MMscf/day of gas through valve 2 and 1.08 MMscf/day of gas
through valve 3:

Once the calculation has been completed, the plot can be seen selecting Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1924

It can be observed that the pressure drop across valve 2 is much greater in reality than
that calculated from the bottom up where the gas rate is fixed at 0.42 MMscf/day. This
indicates that the valve may have effectively reduced in size (scaled up). The same can
be said for valve 3 as well.

3.37.5.1.4 Analyses Top Down Curve

To simulate this, a smaller valve is selected:

This changes the distribution of gas between valves 2 and 3 but has much better
agreement between the top down and bottom up casing gradients:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1925 PROSPER

Once the calculation has been completed, the plot can be seen selecting Plot:

Based on thew new valve 2 and valve 3 injection rates, there is remaining gas to be
injected at the orifice. Similarly to the previous observation, we can see that the orifice
dP calculated is smaller than the orifice dP measured. The orifice size is reduced to
match measured orifice dP:

Once the calculation has been completed, the plot can be seen selecting Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1926

The above plot shows that the multipoint valve performance and orifice injection has
been verified. The final step is to analyse the BHP and cross check the IPR
performance.

3.37.5.1.5 Analyse the BHP

Consider the results from the top down:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1927 PROSPER

We can see that the FBHP for this calculation is 2325 psig. Please note that the flowing
bottom hole pressure reported in the Results section is the flowing bottom hole pressure
from the IPR. As these two values do not match, we know that the model is not currently
reflective of the actual flowing conditions within the well. We can now use this FBHP and
rate to find the reservoir pressure which matches it.

Select Main to return to the main screen and then Calculation | Inflow (Ipr). The well
test water cut and GOR can be entered in the top left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1928

As we know the rate of the test, we can enter this single point by selecting the Rate
Method to be User Selected and then entering a value of 7488 STB/day. We have been
told that the calculated PI for the well is currently reliable, however, the reservoir pressure
is unknown. We can therefore run a sensitivity study and vary the reservoir pressure until
the IPR Pressure for the given rate matches the flowing bottom hole pressure.

To do this select Cases:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1929 PROSPER

A reservoir pressure of 3700 psig is closest to matching the calculated FBHP (2324
psig).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1930

Return to the multi-point quicklook screen and update the static pressure:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1931 PROSPER

The curves should now be agreement:

3.37.5.1.6 Update the IPR

The IPR can now be updated to reflect the new reservoir pressure

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1932

This marks the end of Tutorial 33b. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Troubleshoot a Gas Lifted well test using Multipoint Quicklook.

3.38 Tutorial 34 - Troubleshooting an ESP Well

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 26. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1933 PROSPER

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.38.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing as an ESP lifted well for
sometime. A well test has been performed and the data is to be analysed to see if any
additional information on the field and the pump can be obtained. At this point, the PI
generated by the IPR model is believed to be reliable, however, due to a malfunction in
one of the injection wells, it is unclear if the reservoir pressure is still being maintained at
3350 psig.

Management would like the well test to be analysed and the current reservoir pressure to
be established. The current operation of the pump should also be reviewed.
3.38.2 Objectives
The objective of the tutorial is to:

Learn to use the Quicklook feature to troubleshoot a well test for an ESP lifted
well.

3.38.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert the test data into the Quicklook model.

b. Check that the gradient calculated from the VLP matches the gauge pressure
and the pump discharge pressure for the 'Top Down' method.

c. Check that the pump model is predicting the correct inlet pressure (when
compared to the measured data) for the given discharge conditions.

d. Ensure that the IPR pressure used in the 'Bottom Up' method matches that
calculated by the 'Top Down' method.

e. If the file represents the actual well test, the two calculation gradients ('Top Down'
and 'Bottom Up') should overlie each other.

3.38.4 Available Data

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1934

3.38.4.1Well Test Data

The following well test data is available:

Liquid Rate 7198 STB/day

Wellhead Pressure 275 psig

Water Cut 74%

Total GOR 800 scf/STB

Pump Depth 8500 ft

Pump Frequency 60 Hz

Gauge Depth 6250 ft

Gauge Pressure 1957 psig

Pump Intake Pressure 1714 psig

Pump Discharge Pressure 2812 psig

Measured Current 110 amps

Measured Surface Voltage 1970 Volts

Measured Power 325 hp

The reservoir pressure at the time of the test is currently unknown, however, the previous
test showed it to be approximately 3350 psig.

3.38.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 26. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.38.5.1Troubleshooting an ESP Well with Quicklook
The Quicklook feature is used to analyse and troubleshoot well test data for artificially
lifted wells. It works on the premise that we can compute the test both from the
measured pressure data and from the modelled data. If the model is reflective of the
actual flowing conditions of the well, then the two methods should be the same.

To start the Quicklook workflow, select Matching | QuickLook | ESP.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1935 PROSPER

3.38.5.1.1 Inputting Quicklook Data

When the Quicklook screen has been opened, the test data can be inserted into the
screen:

The pump inlet and discharge pressures and the gauge pressure can be entered in the
DownHole Data section. The current pump, motor and cable selected in the file will
automatically be brought into the Equipment section.

When the data has been added, select Calculate to proceed to the next screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1936

3.38.5.1.2 Calculate Quicklook Plot

This screen is used to calculate the gradient within the well from both the top of the well
downwards and the bottom of the well upwards.

Select Calculate to carry out the calculation.

3.38.5.1.3 Analysing the Fixed Top Node Pressure Gradient

The Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient is based upon the measured well head
pressure of the test. To do this, we should review the current Quicklook plot.

The Quicklook plot can be seen by selecting Plot.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1937 PROSPER

Before we begin to analyse the calculated (From Static BHP) gradient (represented by
the magenta line above), we will first analyse the measured (Fixed Top Node Pressure)
gradient (represented by the yellow line above). From the plot we can see that the Fixed
Top Node Pressure gradient can be seen to pass through both the gauge pressure and
the pump discharge pressure. This implies that the flow correlation (which has previously
been matched) is representative of the actual flowing conditions within the well. The
calculated pump inlet pressure, however, can be seen to be different from the measured
value.

Exit the plot and then select the Fixed Top Node Pressure calculation stream on the left
hand side of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1938

This allows us to review the pump intake and discharge pressures which have been
calculated for the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient. We can see that the intake
pressure is 1623.6 psig and the discharge pressure is 2807.7 psig. The measured dP
across the pump is approximately 92% of this calculated value and so it can be
assumed for a first guess that the pump is operating with at 92% of its capability. This
can be modelled in PROSPER by increasing the Pump Wear Factor to 0.08. To do this,
select Done.

On the Quicklook Input screen, change the Pump Wear Factor to 0.08 and select
Calculate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1939 PROSPER

The calculation should now be redone by selecting Calculate and the selecting Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1940

We can now see that the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient passes through all three of
our test points and that the estimated pump wear factor allows for the calculation of the
correct pump dP.

3.38.5.1.4 Analysing the From Static BHP Gradient

The From Static BHP gradient is calculated up from the BHP to the wellhead. The BHP
used in the calcualtion is obtained from the current IPR model at the given test rate. In
this case, while the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient has been shown to be a good
match, the From Static BHP gradient does not give the same results. This implies that
the IPR is not representative of the current flowing conditions.

Exit the plot and then from the Fixed Top Node Pressure results, read off the calculated
bottom hole pressure:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1941 PROSPER

As we are happy that this curve is representative of the actual flowing conditions, we can
use this point (1977.6 psig) to match the IPR curve.

To do this, select Main to exit to the main screen and then go to the Calculation |
Inflow (Ipr) screen. The well test water cut and GOR can be entered in the top left hand
corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1942

As we know the rate of the test, we can enter this single point by selecting the 'Rate
Method' to be User Selected and then entering a value of 7198 STB/day. We have been
told that the calculated PI for the well is currently reliable, however, the reservoir pressure
is unknown. We can therefore run a sensitivity study and vary the reservoir pressure until
the IPR Pressure for the given rate matches the flowing bottom hole pressure from our
test (1977.6 psig).

To do this select Cases:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1943 PROSPER

In the cases screen enter a range of reservoir pressures as shown above and then
select Done.

Carry out the calculation by selecting Calculate. The different results can be viewed by
selecting the reservoir pressure at the bottom left of the screen and then reading the IPR
pressure from the results at the top right:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1944

We can see that the closest reservoir pressure which gives this IPR pressure is 3260
psig. Select Done and then Matching | QuickLook | ESP to return to the Quicklook
input data screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1945 PROSPER

Insert this new reservoir pressure as the Static Bottom Hole Pressure and then select
Calculate.

Select Calculate on the next screen and then Plot to see the Quicklook plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1946

The From Static BHP and Fixed Top Node Pressure gradients now overlap and both
pass through all three of the test points. We can therefore be happy that the updated
model is now representative of the actual flowing conditions in the well. In order to
achieve this, the performance of the pump was required to be decreased by 8% and the
reservoir pressure was reduced to 3260 psig.
3.38.5.1.5 Updating the Model
Now that the new reservoir pressure and pump wear factor are known, these can be
updated in our model.

To update the reservoir pressure, enter the System | Inflow Performance screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1947 PROSPER

Change the reservoir pressure to 3260 psig and then select Calculate to see the
impact of this change:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1948

Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.

To update the pump wear factor, enter the System | Electrical Submersible Pumps
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1949 PROSPER

Update the model with a Pump Wear Factor of 0.08.

Select Done to return to the main screen and complete the update of the model.

This marks the end of Tutorial 34. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Troubleshoot an ESP well test using Quicklook

Update the model to match the changes made in the Quicklook calculation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1950

3.39 Tutorial 35 - Troubleshooting an HSP Well

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 27. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.39.1 Statement of the Problem
The oil well in the Logie field has now been producing as an HSP lifted well for
sometime. A well test has been performed and the data is to be analysed to see if any
additional information on the field and the pump can be obtained. At this point, the PI
generated by the IPR model is believed to be reliable, however, due to a malfunction in
one of the injection wells, it is unclear if the reservoir pressure is still being maintained at
4000 psig.

Management would like the well test to be analysed and the current reservoir pressure to
be established. The current operation of the pump should also be reviewed.
3.39.2 Objectives
The Objective of the tutorial is to:

Learn to use the Quicklook feature to troubleshoot a well test for an HSP lifted
well.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1951 PROSPER

3.39.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Insert the test data into the Quicklook model.

b. Check that the gradient calculated from the VLP matches the gauge pressure
and the pump discharge pressure for the 'Top Down' method.

c. Check that the pump model is predicting the correct inlet pressure (when
compared to the measured data) for the given discharge conditions.

d. Ensure that the IPR pressure used in the 'Bottom Up' method matches that
calculated by the 'Top Down' method.

e. If the file represents the actual well test, the two calculation gradients ('Top Down'
and 'Bottom Up') should overlie each other.

3.39.4 Available Data

3.39.4.1Well Test Data

The following Well Test Data is available:

Liquid Rate 5770 STB/day

Wellhead Pressure 500 psig

Water Cut 24%

Total GOR 800 scf/STB

Pump Depth 8500 ft

Pump Speed 7545 rpm

Power Fluid Rate 6308 STB/day

Power Fluid Surface Back Pressure 2072 psig

Pump Intake Pressure 2575 psig

Pump Discharge Pressure 3205 psig

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1952

The reservoir pressure at the time of the test is currently unknown, however, the previous
test showed it to be approximately 3950 psig.

3.39.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 27. A copy of the file can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.39.5.1Troubleshooting an HSP Well with Quicklook
The Quicklook feature is used to analyse and troubleshoot well test data for artificially
lifted wells. It works on the premise that we can compute the test both from the
measured pressure data and from the modelled data. If the model is reflective of the
actual flowing conditions of the well, then the two methods should be the same.

To start the Quicklook workflow, select Matching | QuickLook | HSP.

3.39.5.1.1 Inputting Quicklook Data
When the Quicklook screen has been opened, the test data can be inserted into the
screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1953 PROSPER

The pump inlet and discharge pressures can be entered in the DownHole Data section.
The current pump and turbine selected in the file will automatically be brought into the
Equipment section.

When the data has been added, select Calculate to proceed to the next screen.
3.39.5.1.2 Calculate Quicklook Plot
This screen is used to calculate the gradient within the well from both the top of the well
downwards and the bottom of the well upwards.

Select Calculate to carry out the calculation.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1954

3.39.5.1.3 Analysing the Fixed Top Node Pressure Gradient

The Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient is based upon the measured well head
pressure of the test. To do this, we should review the current Quicklook plot.

The Quicklook plot can be seen by selecting Plot.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1955 PROSPER

Before we begin to analyse the calculated (From Static BHP) gradient (represented by
the magenta line above), we will first analyse the measured (Fixed Top Node Pressure)
gradient (represented by the yellow line above). From the plot we can see that the Fixed
Top Node Pressure gradient can be seen to pass through the pump discharge
pressure. This implies that the flow correlation (which has previously been matched) is
representative of the actual flowing conditions within the well. If this was not the case, the
VLP correlation matching would have to be reviewed as detailed in Tutorial 19.

The calculated pump inlet pressure, however, can be seen to be different from the
measured value. This implies that the head being generated by the pump model is not
representative of the head being generated in the field and in this case the real head
appears to be lower.

Exit the plot and then select the Fixed Top Node Pressure calculation stream on the left
hand side of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1956

This allows us to review the pump intake and discharge pressures which have been
calculated for the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient. We can see that the intake
pressure is 2506.5 psig and the discharge pressure is 3199.6 psig. The measured dP
across the pump is approximately 91% of this calculated value and so it can be
assumed for a first guess that the pump is operating with at 91% of its capability. This
can be modelled in PROSPER by increasing the Pump Wear Factor to 0.09. To do this,
select Done.

On the Quicklook Input screen, change the Pump Wear Factor to 0.09 and select
Calculate:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1957 PROSPER

The calculation should now be redone by selecting Calculate and the selecting Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1958

We can see the intake pressure of theFixed Top Node Pressure method matches the
measured value and the match can be said to be complete.
3.39.5.1.4 Analysing the From Static BHP Gradient
The From Static BHP gradient is calculated up from the BHP to the wellhead. The BHP
used in the calcualtion is obtained from the current IPR model at the given test rate. In
this case, while the Fixed Top Node Pressure gradient has been shown to be a good
match, the From Static BHP gradient does not give the same results. This implies that
the IPR is not representative of the current flowing conditions.

Exit the plot and then from the Fixed Top Node Pressure results, read off the calculated
bottom hole pressure:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1959 PROSPER

As we are happy that this curve is representative of the actual flowing conditions, we can
use this point (2796.8 psig when the liquid rate is 5770 STB/day) to match the IPR
curve.

To do this, select Main to exit to the main screen and then go to the Calculation |
Inflow (Ipr) screen. The well test water cut and GOR can be entered in the top left hand
corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1960

As we know the rate of the test, we can enter this single point by selecting the Rate
Method to be User Selected and then entering a value of 5770 STB/day. We have been
told that the calculated PI for the well is currently reliable, however, the reservoir pressure
is unknown. We can therefore run a sensitivity study and vary the reservoir pressure until
the IPR Pressure for the given rate matches the flowing bottom hole pressure from our
test (2796.8 psig).

To do this select Cases:

In the cases screen enter a range of reservoir pressures as shown above and then
select Done.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1961 PROSPER

Carry out the calculation by selecting Calculate. The different results can be viewed by
selecting the reservoir pressure at the bottom left of the screen and then reading the IPR
Pressure from the results at the top right:

We can see that the closest reservoir pressure which gives this IPR Pressure is 3800
psig. Select Done and then Matching | QuickLook | HSP to return to the Quicklook
input data screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1962

Insert this new reservoir pressure as the Static Bottom Hole Pressure and then select
Calculate.

Select Calculate on the next screen and then Plot to see the Quicklook plot:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1963 PROSPER

The From Static BHP and Fixed Top Node Pressure gradients now overlap and both
pass through the two test points. We can therefore be happy that the updated model is
now representative of the actual flowing conditions in the well. In order to achieve this,
the performance of the pump was required to be decreased by 9% and the reservoir
pressure was reduced to 3800 psig.
3.39.5.1.5 Updating the Model
Now that the new reservoir pressure and pump wear factor are known, these can be
updated in our model.

To update the reservoir pressure, enter the System | Inflow Performance screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1964

Change the reservoir pressure to 3800 psig and then select Calculate to see the
impact of this change:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1965 PROSPER

Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen.

To update the pump wear factor, enter the System | Hydraulic Submersible Pumps
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1966

Update the model with a Pump Wear Factor of 0.09.

Select Done to return to the main screen and complete the update of the model.

This marks the end of Tutorial 35. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Troubleshoot an HSP well test using Quicklook

Update the model to match the changes made in the Quicklook calculation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1967 PROSPER

3.40 Tutorial 36 - Trouble-shooting a SRP-lifted well

There is no specific PROSPER file associated with this tutorial, however, Tutorial 28
details the steps required to design a Sucker Rod Pump system in PROSPER.

3.40.1 Dynamometer Card Analysis

The tool widely used to analyse the performance of wells equipped with sucker-rod
pumps is the dynamometer card, often referred to as card. It represents rod load versus
rod displacement. The card has a "normal shape". The deviation from this normal shape
can reveal potential pumping problems.

In the pictures below:

Fo is the differential load on the plunger
MPT is the maximum plunger travel and
EPT, the effective plunger travel

A few typical shapes are presented below for anchored and unanchored tubings:

Anchored Tubing Description Unanchored Tubing

This is the idealised shape
of the dynamometer card
for a normally functioning
pump. Pump is full of liquid
without gas.

Leaking travelling valve or

excessive plunger slippage

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1968

Leaking standing valve

Severe fluid pound, well is

being pump off.

Gas interference is causing

loss of effective pump travel

Pump is tapping at the

bottom of stroke in the case
of anchored tubing. In the
case of unanchored tubing,
pump is tapping on top of
strokes.

These shapes are just basic as in the reality different effects may overlap. Experience
and knowledge of the specific operating conditions will be required to make a
successful diagnosis.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1969 PROSPER

3.41 Tutorial 37 - Modelling a Fully Compositional Retrograde

Condensate Well
The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.41.1 Statement of the Problem
A new retrograde condensate field, the Spectrum Field, has been located and a new
well has been drilled. The reservoir is on-shore and the wellhead is to be placed on the
surface. From fluid samples taken from the reservoir, a fully compositional PVT model
has been characterised and this is to be incorporated into a new PROSPER model of the
well.

With the data available from the different department within the company, an estimate of
the flow rate which would be obtained when the well is producing against a back
pressure of 2500 psig is required.

3.41.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a preliminary retrograde well model to which more information can be

added.

Learn the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model.

Import a characterised Equation of State model to define the fluid's properties at

the different conditions within the well.

Perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.

3.41.3 General Approach

In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the VLP
and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and viscosity
which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the vertical lift
performance and is controlled by the data in the Equipment Data section of PROSPER
and also the PVT. These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted by the well at
given conditions. Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how much
fluid can flow from the reservoir into the wellbore at given conditions.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1970

a. Set up the model so that a fully compositional Equation of State can be imported.

b. Import the previously characterised EoS model into the PVT section.

c. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.

d. An IPR is to be built using the Petroleum Experts IPR Model.

e. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the

given conditions.

3.41.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.41.4.1Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Retrograde Condensate

Method Equation of State

Equation of State PROSPER Internal EOS Model

3.41.4.2PVT Data
The PVT is to be defined using a previously characterised Equation of State. This has
been characterised using PVTp (the IPM suite's fluid characterisation program) and has
been exported into the file T37_Retrograde_Condensate_EoS.prp. This file can be
found in the samples folder in the IPM installation directory - '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM
11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

Some additional options and values are detailed below:

Equation of State Peng Robinson

Oil Viscosity Model Lohrenz, Bray Clark
Gas Viscosity Model Lohrenz, Bray Clark
Path to Surface Use Separator Train
Water Salinity 20000 ppm

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1971 PROSPER

Separator Train:

Pressure (psig) Temperature (oF)

500 100

100 90

0 60

3.41.4.3Equipment Data

3.41.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important concept is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner
with respect to the reference depth selected.

Measured Depth (ft) Total Vertical Depth (ft)

0 0
12000 12000

3.41.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

Type Measured Inside Inside Rate Multiplier

Depth (ft) Diameter Roughness
(inches) (inches)

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1972

Xmas Tree 0

Tubing 11800 3.992 0.0018 1

Casing 12000 8.3 0.0018 1

3.41.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 70

12000 300

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 5 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.41.4.4IPR Data
The following information can be used to generate a Petroleum Experts IPR Model.

Inflow Model Petroleum Experts

Skin Model Enter Skin By Hand
Reservoir Pressure 6000 psig
Reservoir Temperature 300 oF
GOR 6943.98 scf/STB
WGR 0 STB/MMscf

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1973 PROSPER

Reservoir Permeability 25 md

Reservoir Thickness 100 ft

Drainage Area 340 acres
Dietz Shape Factor 31.6
WellBore Radius 0.354 ft

Perforation Interval 100 ft

Time Since Production Started 50 days
Reservoir Porosity 0.25
Connate Water Saturation 0.2
Non-Darcy Flow Factor (D) Calculated
Permeability Entered Total Permeability
SKIN 5

3.41.5 Step-by-Step Guide

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.

This means that first the model options will be set up, then the PVT will be entered and
after this the downhole equipment will be inserted. Finally the inflow performance data
can be entered to complete the basic model and then this basic model can be matched
to field data to ensure that it is representative of the actual system. Once the model has
been built, calculations or designs can be performed.
3.41.5.1Setting Up The Model
A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, a new file will have been automatically generated. In this case, there is no need
to select File | New.
The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the data is kept as the default for most of the options with the fluid being
changed to Retrograde Condensate and the method to Equation of State:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1974

To set up the Equation of State Options, select EOS Setup:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1975 PROSPER

This screen is used to select the EoS model to be used as well as setting the path the
fluid will take to surface and other options.

The equation of state which was used during the characterisation process was the Peng

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1976

Robinson and therefore this should be selected at the top of the screen. During the
characterisation, the viscosity of the fluid was matched to laboratory data using the
Lohrenz, Bray Clark method. This should be selected for both the oil and gas viscosity
methods. If required, it is possible to model the viscosity of the fluid using other methods
such as the black oil correlations.

At the bottom of the screen, the path the fluid takes to surface can be entered. As we are
using an equation of state model, the composition will be flashed to standard conditions
to find the equivalent stock rate rates etc. As certain fluid properties (such as GOR, Gas
Gravity, Oil Gravity etc) are dependent upon the path taken to surface, it is important to
enter a path to surface which is representative of the actual field values. In this case, a
three stage separator is entered.
When this section has been completed, select OK and the Done to return to the main
PROSPER screen.

3.41.5.2Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

A file has previously been created in PVTp which is representative of our reservoir fluid.
© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited
 1977 PROSPER

This file is called T37_Retrograde_Condensate_EoS.prp and can be found in the

samples folder in the IPM installation directory - '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples
\PROSPER\'. Select Import...PRP to browse the file and import it:

When the file has been imported, enter the reservoir temperature and water salinity at
the bottom of the screen. To view the phase envelope of the fluid select Phase Env...:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1978

This will bring up the phase envelope screen. To the right hand side we can see that at
the reservoir temperature we have a dew point system. Select Plot to see the phase
envelope plot:

To exit the plot, select Exit and then select OK and then Done to return to the PROSPER

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1979 PROSPER

main screen.

3.41.5.3Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1980

3.41.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering option,
please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1981 PROSPER

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.41.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

3.41.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found in the
table below:

Inside Inside
Type MD (ft) Diameter Roughness Rate Multiplier
(Inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 0 1

Tubing 11800 3.992 0.0018 1

Casing 12000 8.3 0.0018 1

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1982

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the solution node depth
which splits the well into the VLP and IPR. This depth is also therefore the depth at which
the static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the
top of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.41.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences as it
travels up the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient is also input into this screen and the value should account for the
heat transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal gradient and U value
entered can be seen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1983 PROSPER

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.41.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The average heat capacities of water, oil and gas are used in the Rough
Approximation temperature model to calculate the energy which is provided when the
fluid changes temperature. These are to be kept equal to the default values:

Selecting Done will move the user on to the final input screen.

3.41.5.3.6 Gauge Details

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported
result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1984

In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Main to return to the
main PROSPER screen:

All of the downhole equipment and data has now been entered.
3.41.5.4Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore how productive
the reservoir is. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and each is
applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.

The reservoir model selected should be Petroleum Experts and the Skin model should
be Enter Skin by Hand. The basic reservoir properties should also be inserted in the
Reservoir Data section and the model data in the Reservoir Model section:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1985 PROSPER

Select the Mech-Geom Skin tab at the top of the page to input the skin data for the well:

When this data has been inserted, click Calculate to view the IPR curve:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1986

The IPR curve shows the variation in bottom hole pressure as rate changes.

To close the plot, select the red cross in the top right hand corner. Selecting Done will
return the user to the main PROSPER screen.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed.

3.41.5.5Running System Calc

Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate the
rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the use
of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the system
point at which the well will flow.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1987 PROSPER

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(Ipr + Vlp):

The screen is split into 4 main elements;

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.
- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).
3.41.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 2500 psig, the GOR is set to 7432.66 scf/STB and WGR is set to 0
STB/MMscf. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1988

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve. The vertical lift flow correlation has
also been changed to Petroleum Experts 5 which is a mechanistic flow model.
3.41.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1989 PROSPER

The results screen will now show the system plot at the bottom of the screen. The details
of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the Well Head Pressure is 2500 psig and the
WGR is 0 STB/MMscf then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately
36.9 MMscf/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent
to the FBHP) is 5100.34 psig.

We can also view the system plot by selecting Plot | System Plot | Plot All Cases from
the top ribbon:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1990

Close the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 37. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a PROSPER model for a fully compositional retrograde condensate well

using the different sections to input data.
Build an IPR using the Petroleum Experts IPR model.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1991 PROSPER

3.42 Tutorial 38 - Validation of the Black Oil Retrograde

Condensate PVT Model
This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 37. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.42.1 Statement of the Problem
A new retrograde condensate field, the Spectrum Field, has been located and a new
well has been drilled. PROSPER has been used to model the production from this well
using a characterised equation of state. The steps taken to build this file can be found in
Tutorial 37.

A new model is now required which, rather than using the EoS to model the fluid
properties, uses the 'Retrograde Condensate' black oil PVT model within PROSPER.
The black oil model for retrograde condensate fluids is a mathematical model which,
unlike other black oil models, should not be matched to laboratory data when using
PROSPER. This is because the match, while good at one given temperature, may cause
the equations to fall out of the boundaries they were originally intended to operate in for
other temperatures and this could lead to unphysical results being calculated.

Rather than matching the model to data, instead we need to run a test to ensure that the
results calculated by the Black Oil model are the same as those calculated by the EoS
model. This procedure is referred to as the 'Validation' of the PVT model. This validation
is carried out by comparing the gradient calculation which results from each PVT

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1992

method for a number of different scenarios. If the two gradients are sufficiently close for
these cases we can be happy that the Black Oil model is representative of the
characterised EoS model and therefore also representative of the actual fluid.
3.42.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Carry out the PVT Model Validation for the retrograde condensate well built in
Tutorial 37.

3.42.3 General Approach

As the well model has already been created in a previous tutorial, this tutorial will focus
on the validation process.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. While the model is set up with an EoS model, run a number of gradient
calculations and save the results to view later.

b. Extract the required data from the EoS model to build the Black Oil model.

c. Change the PVT Method from EoS to Black Oil and enter the Black Oil PVT
properties.

d. Run a number of gradient calculations over the same conditions as have

previously been performed for the EoS model.

e. Use the plotting system to compare the results of the two PVT methods to ensure
that both calculate the same values.

3.42.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.42.4.1Basic Data
For the first part of this tutorial the following options will be used:

Fluid Retrograde Condensate

Method Equation of State

Equation of State PROSPER Internal EOS Model

Later, these will be changed to:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1993 PROSPER

Fluid Retrograde Condensate

Method Black Oil

3.42.4.2PVT Data
The EoS model has already been imported into PROSPER during tutorial 37. From this
composition, we can find the following equivalent Black Oil properties:

Separator Pressure 0 psig

Separator Temperature 60 oF
Separator GOR 7431.94 scf/STB

Separator Gas Gravity 0.74521

Tank GOR 1 scf/STB

Tank Gas Gravity 0.74521

Condensate Gravity 43.5668 API

Water to Gas Ratio 0

Water Salinity 20000 ppm

Mole Percent H2S 0%

Mole Percent CO2 2.33%

Mole Percent N2 0.31%

Dew Point at Reservoir Temperature 4596.83 psig

Reservoir Temperature 300 oF

Reservoir Pressure 6000 psig

The separator pressure and temperature are set to standard conditions as the black oil
properties obtained from the EoS model are obtained based on the EOS separator
train to standard conditions. This means that all of the gas is free in the separator and
the tank GOR will be set to a very low value (1 scf/STB).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1994

3.42.5 Step-by-Step Guide

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 37. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.42.5.1Calculating the Gradient with EoS PVT
Before changing the PVT method, we first have to calculate pressure gradients using
the Equation of State PVT model. Once the Tutorial 37 model has been opened, select
Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) from the top tool bar. In the top left hand corner of
the screen, the calculation parameters can be entered:

The First Node Pressure is coming to be used as a sensitivity variable and so the value
entered here will not be used in the calculations. When the data has been entered, and
the correlations selected, press Cases to enter the range of First Node Pressure
values which are to be performed:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1995 PROSPER

The First Node Pressure can be selected from the first drop down list and then the
values entered in the fields below. When this has been completed, select Continue to
return to the previous screen.

Select Calculate to perform the gradient calculations and then Plot to see the results on
a graph:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1996

3.42.5.1.1 Saving the Plot Results

As these results are to be compared to results from another run, they need to be saved
so they can be recalled at a later time. This can be done by selecting the left hand blue
disk above the plot:

This will bring up the save plot screen. Enter the name under which the plot is to be
saved and then select Add.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1997 PROSPER

This will transfer the results stream to the Master List. When this has been done select
Done to return to the previous screen and then click on Main to return to the main
screen.
3.42.5.2Extracting the PVT Data
In order to create an equivalent Black Oil PVT model, we first need to extract some of
the data from the EoS model.

This can be done by selecting PVT | Input Data:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 1998

To find the equivalent Black Oil properties select Properties:

This gives the equivalent single stage flash properties for the fluid. Select OK to return to
the PVT screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 1999 PROSPER

We also need to know the dew point of this fluid and this can be calculated by selecting
Generate on the main PVT screen.

Once selected, enter the reservoir temperature into the temperature field and a pressure
into the pressure field. Select Calculate and then Calculate to find the saturation
pressure of the fluid at the reservoir temperature:

We now have data all the black oil properties and dew point of the fluid.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2000

Select OK then OK and finally Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.42.5.3Changing the Model Set Up
Now that the calculations have been completed with the equation of state model (and the
equivalent black oil properties have been found) the model can be changed to be a
black oil model.

This can be done by entering the Options | Options screen.

The Method field should be changed from Equation of State to Black Oil.

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.42.5.4Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the new black oil PVT data into the model. The PVT input
screen can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be
entered can be seen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2001 PROSPER

When the data has been entered, select Done to return to the PROSPER main screen.

3.42.5.5Calculating the Gradient with BO PVT

To calculate the gradient calculations using the Black Oil PVT, select Calculation |
Gradient (Traverse) from the top tool bar. In the top left hand corner of the screen, the
calculation parameters can be entered:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2002

All of this data should be exactly the same as the previous calculation in order to allow a
fair comparison of the results.

The First Node Pressure is coming to be used as a sensitivity variable and so the value
entered here will not be used in the calculations. When the data has been entered, and
the correlations selected, press Cases to enter the range of First Node Pressure
values which are to be performed:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2003 PROSPER

The First Node Pressure should still be here from the previous calculation and so
select Done to return to the previous screen.

Select Calculate to perform the gradient calculations and then Plot to see the results on
a graph:

Select all the cases from the list on the left, then select Bottom Measured Depth as Y
Axis and Pressure as X Axis:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2004

3.42.5.5.1 Recalling Saved Results

Now that the new results have been calculated, these need to be compared to the
previous results to see if they vary significantly. This can be done by first adding the
previously calculated EOS gradients results to the current plot by clicking on the blue
floppy disk.

Then select "EOS gradients" from the Master List and click on the "double arrow" button
to transfer it to the Current List. Click Done to return to the plotting window.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2005 PROSPER

Finally, select Bottom Measured Depth from the bottom left corner of the plotting screen
and then select the 'clock' button:

This will bring up all of the different result streams which contain this data. Select all of
the results to be plotted, which in this case would be the EoS results which have been
saved and the current black oil results:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2006

Select OK to plot these results:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2007 PROSPER

Now that all eight gradient calculations are plotted together we can see that the
difference between the results using the Black Oil PVT method and the EoS PVT
method is very small. At the bottom this is approximately 0.6% different. At this point we
can be happy that the two models will give approximately the same results and the
validation process can be said to have been completed.

In the instance where the difference is deemed to be too large (between EOS and BO),
the EOS model should be used to generate the lift curves for further use.

Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen. From the main screen,
select File | Save As.. to save the file.

This marks the end of Tutorial 38. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Perform the Validation process to see if the Black Oil Retrograde Condensate
PVT model is representative of a characterised Equation of State model.
Save result streams and recall them at a later point to compare the results of

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2008

two files together.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2009 PROSPER

3.43 Tutorial 39 - Modelling a Fully Compositional CO2 Well

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.43.1 Statement of the Problem
As part of a study into the storage of CO2 in an underground reservoir, a PROSPER
model is to be built for an injector well which can estimate the pressure drop down the
well and also model the inflow into the reservoir. It is assumed that the reservoir fluid is
CO2, however, even when this is the case, it is normally best to model the IPR aspect of
the model using a numerical simulator. Numerical simulators should certainly be
consulted when injecting CO2 into depleted hydrocarbon reservoirs as the immisciblity
of the injected fluid with the reservoir fluid and impact of temperature on the fluid may
have a large impact on the movement through the reservoir.

In order to capture the phase changes and fluid properties of the carbon dioxide at
different pressures and temperatures within the well, a fully compositional Equation of
State model has been created in PVTp and this should be used to describe the PVT
properties. As it is possible that the fluid may be a liquid or a gas within different
segments of the well (depending upon the pressure and temperature) it is important that
the Retrograde Condensate fluid option is selected.

Once the model has been built, an estimate of the injection rate when the well head
pressure is 2500 psig is required.

3.43.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a preliminary retrograde well model to which more information can be

added.

Import an equation of state model to define the fluid's properties at the different
conditions within the well.

Learn the basic input data required to build a PROSPER model.

Perform a system calculation to estimate the flow rate of the well.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2010

3.43.3 General Approach

In PROSPER there are three main sections that need to be calculated; the PVT, the VLP
and the IPR. The PVT section defines the fluid properties such as density and viscosity
which are used in the calculations throughout PROSPER. The VLP is the vertical lift
performance and is controlled by the data in the 'Equipment Data' section of PROSPER
and also the PVT. These VLP curves define how much fluid can be lifted by the well at
given conditions. Finally, the IPR (or Inflow Performance Relationship) defines how much
fluid can flow from the reservoir into the wellbore at given conditions.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Set up the model so that a fully compositional equation of state can be imported.

b. Import the previously characterised EoS model into the PVT section.

c. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.

d. An IPR is to be built using the Petroleum Experts IPR Model.

e. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the

given conditions.

3.43.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.43.4.1Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Retrograde Condensate

Method Equation of State

Equation of State PROSPER Internal EOS Model

Well Type Injector

3.43.4.2PVT Data
The PVT is to be defined using a previously characterised equation of state. This has
been characterised using PVTp (the IPM suite's fluid characterisation program) and has
been exported into the file T39_CO2_EoS.prp. This file can be found in the samples
folder in the IPM installation directory - '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2011 PROSPER

\PROSPER\'.

Some additional options and values are detailed below:

Equation of State Peng Robinson

Oil Viscosity Model Lohrenz, Bray Clark

Gas Viscosity Model Lohrenz, Bray Clark

Path to Surface Flash Straight to Stock Tank

Correct CO2 Density Yes

Water Salinity 20000 ppm

3.43.4.3Equipment Data

3.43.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important concept is that all equipment in the well is described in a consistent manner
with respect to the reference depth selected.

Measured Depth (ft) Total Vertical Depth (ft)

0 0
14500 14500

3.43.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2012

Type Measured Inside Diameter Inside Roughness Rate Multiplier

Depth (ft) (inches) (inches)
Xmas Tree 0
Tubing 1200 3.992 0.0006 1
SSSV 3.8 1

Tubing 14000 3.992 0.0006 1

Casing 14500 6.4 0.0006 1

3.43.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

Overall Heat Transfer

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)
Coefficient (BTU/hr/ft2/oF)
0 60 3
14500 313 3

3.43.4.4IPR Data
The following information can be used to generate a Petroleum Experts IPR Model.

Inflow Model Petroleum Experts

Skin Model Enter Skin By Hand
Reservoir 4500 psig
Pressure

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2013 PROSPER

Reservoir 313 oF
Temperature
GOR 1e6 scf/STB
WGR 0 STB/MMscf

Reservoir 35 md
Permeability
Reservoir 75 ft
Thickness
Drainage Area 450 acres
Dietz Shape 31.6
Factor
WellBore Radius 0.354 ft
Perforation 75 ft
Interval
Time Since 50 days
Production
Started
Reservoir Porosity 0.19
Connate Water 0.2
Saturation
Non-Darcy Flow Calculated
Factor (D)
Permeability Total Permeability
Entered
SKIN 12

3.43.5 Step-by-Step Guide

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.

This means that first the model options will be set up, then the PVT will be entered and
after this the downhole equipment will be inserted. Finally the inflow performance data
can be entered to complete the basic model and then this basic model can be matched
to field data to ensure that it is representative of the actual system. Once the model has
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 Examples Guide 2014

been built, calculations or designs can be performed.

3.43.5.1Setting Up The Model
A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, a new file will have been automatically generated. In this case, there is no need
to select File | New.
The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the data is kept as the default for most of the options with the 'Fluid' being
changed to Retrograde Condensate, the Method to Equation of State and the Well
Type to Injector:

To set up the Equation of State Options, select EOS Setup:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2015 PROSPER

This screen is used to select the EoS model to be used as well as setting the path the
fluid will take to surface and other options.

The equation of state which was used during the characterisation process was the Peng
Robinson and therefore this should be selected at the top of the screen. If required, it is
possible to model the viscosity of the fluid using other methods such as the black oil
correlations.

New to IPM v8.0 (PROSPER v12.0) is the ability to model the CO2 properties using the
Correct CO2 Density option. This will apply a volume shift to the EoS selected so that
the density calculated for CO2 fluids match those which come from the field and also

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2016

uses new enthalpy values to ensure that the heat capacities etc of the fluid are captured
accurately. This new method has been shown to recreate the values obtained using the
Span Wagner EoS but is also able to handle CO2 streams with high percentages of
other impurities.

At the bottom of the screen, the path which the fluid takes to surface can be entered. As
we are using an equation of state model, the composition will be flashed to standard
conditions to find the equivalent stock tank rates etc. As certain fluid properties (such as
GOR, Gas Gravity, Oil Gravity etc) are dependent upon the path taken to surface, it is
important to enter a path to surface which is representative of the actual field values. In
this case, the values will be obtained by flashing the fluid straight to the stock tank
conditions and not passing though any separator trains.
When this section has been completed, select OK and then Done to return to the main
PROSPER screen.

When calculating CO2 properties relatively small changes in pressure and temperature
can cause a large change in the fluid's properties as the phase can change. In order to
capture these sudden changes in the fluid properties the step length can be reduced.
This will increase the time it takes to carry out the calculation however it should allow the
calculations to be more accurate. This can be done by selecting File | Preferences and
then selecting the Limits tab:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2017 PROSPER

At the bottom of the screen the Calculation Step Length can be changed to 50 feet. In
order for the calculation to use this step length, also select Use Correlation Step Length
to Yes.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.43.5.2Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

A file has previously been created in PVTp which is representative of our reservoir fluid.
This file is called T39_CO2_EoS.prp and can be found in the samples folder in the IPM
installation directory - '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'. Select
Import...PRP to browse the file and import it:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2018

The reservoir temperature and water salinity should be inserted at the bottom of the
screen.

Select Done to return to the PROSPER main screen.

3.43.5.3Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2019 PROSPER

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

The Injected Fluid Temperature should be set as 75oF.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2020

3.43.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button. For more information on the filtering option,
please refer to the Filter Section of the User Guide.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2021 PROSPER

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.43.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

3.43.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the well bore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found in the
table below:

Type Measured Inside Diameter Inside Roughness Rate Multiplier

Depth (ft) (inches) (inches)
Xmas Tree 0

Tubing 1200 3.992 0.0006 1

SSSV 3.8 1

Tubing 14000 3.992 0.0006 1

Casing 14500 6.4 0.0006 1

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2022

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the solution node depth
which splits the well into the VLP and IPR. This depth is also therefore the depth at which
the static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the
top of the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.43.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences as it
travels up the well and is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The overall heat transfer
coefficients are also input into this screen and the values should account for the heat
transfer from the fluid to the surroundings. The geothermal gradient and U values
entered can be seen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2023 PROSPER

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.43.5.3.5 Gauge Details

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported
result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

In this case no gauge depths have yet been specified and so select Main to return to the
main PROSPER screen:

All of the downhole equipment and data has now been entered.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2024

3.43.5.4Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore how productive
the reservoir is. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and each is
applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.
The IPR data can be seen below.

The reservoir model selected should be Petroleum Experts and the Skin model should
be Enter Skin by Hand. The basic reservoir properties should also be inserted in the
Reservoir Data section.
By selecting the Reservoir Model tab at the top right corner, the model data can also
be inserted:

Select the Mech-Geom Skin tab at the top right corner to input the skin data for the well:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2025 PROSPER

When this data has been inserted, click Calculate to calculate the IPR and click on Plot
| Plot to view the curve:

The IPR curve shows both the variation in bottom hole pressure and bottom hole

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2026

temperature as rate changes.

To close the plot, select the red cross in the top right hand corner. Then, selecting Done
will return the user to the main PROSPER screen.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed.

3.43.5.5Running System Calc

Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate the
rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the use
of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the system
point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations | System

(Ipr + Vlp):

The screen is split into 4 main elements;

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.
- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2027 PROSPER

solution point which is obtained.

- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).

3.43.5.5.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 1250 psig and the WGR is set to 0 STB/MMscf. This data should
therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve. The flow correlation has also been
changed to Petroleum Experts 5 which is a mechanistic flow model.
3.43.5.5.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2028

The results screen will now show the system plot at the bottom of the screen. The details
of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the well head pressure is 1250 psig and the WGR
is 0 STB/MMscf then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 28.9
MMscf/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the
FBHP) is 5497 psig.

We can also view the system plot by selecting Plot | System Plot | Plot All Cases from
the top ribbon:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2029 PROSPER

Close the plot and select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 39. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a PROSPER model for a fully compositional carbon dioxide injection well
using the different sections to input data.
Build an IPR using the Petroleum Experts IPR model.
Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2030

3.44 Tutorial 40 - Enthalpy Balance Temperature Model

Example
This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 38. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.44.1 Statement of the Problem
A new retrograde condensate field, the Spectrum Field, has been located and a new
well has been drilled. PROSPER has been used to model the production from this well
using a characterised equation of state and also to validate the retrograde condensate
black oil model to ensure that the results of both were consistent with each other. These
steps were carried out in Tutorial 37 and Tutorial 38.

Now that the PVT has been robustly matched, the next step is to ensure that the
temperature model is calculating an accurate result for the temperature. It is believed
that as the fluid is travelling up the well, the temperature change is due not just to the
heat transfer with the surroundings but also due to the Joules Thompson effect where the
pressure drop can lead to a change in the temperature of the fluid. The previously used
temperature model (the 'Rough Approximation') calculates the temperature
independently of pressure and therefore such phenomena as this will not be captured. It
is therefore required to use a more robust temperature model such as the 'Enthalpy
Balance' temperature model which as well as considering pressure dependent

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2031 PROSPER

temperature changes, will calculate the heat transfer to the surroundings based upon the
conduction, convection (both natural and forced) and radiation. This model requires a
large additional amount of data to be inserted as it calculates these mechanisms from
the specific well properties and the lithology of the surroundings.

A down-hole temperature gauge reading is available to compare the results to when the
model has been completed. As the enthalpy balance calculation is more detailed and
rigorous, we would also like to gain an idea of how the equivalent overall heat transfer
coefficient changes over the length of the well so that this can be inserted in an
'Improved Approximation' model at a later date.

3.44.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Learn the required input parameters to build a well model using the 'Enthalpy
Balance' temperature model.

Calculate the pressure and temperature gradient for a given set of conditions and
compare the measured gauge temperature to that calculated in the model.

See how the equivalent overall heat transfer coefficient changes over the depth of
the well.

3.44.3 General Approach

As the basic file has already been built, and the PVT has been confirmed as being
representative of the actual fluid, this tutorial will concentrate on the additional input
fields which are required to build an 'Enthalpy Balance' temperature model. As the
temperature model is used to model the temperature as the fluid travels up the wellbore,
this additional data will affect the calculation of the VLP curve and will be inserted in the
Equipment Section.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the 'Enthalpy Balance' temperature model.

b. The drilling and equipment information will be inserted into the model to define
the down-hole equipment. This will be used to calculate the VLP curves.

c. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the

given conditions by combining the VLP and IPR curves. From this intersection, a
gradient calculation will be run to see how the equivalent overall heat transfer
coefficient is changing with depth.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2032

3.44.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.44.4.1Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Calculation Type:

Predict Pressure and Temperature (on land)

Model Enthalpy Balance

3.44.4.2Equipment Data
This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model the

well.

3.44.4.2.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is described in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected. In this case, the deviation has already been
entered in the previous file and can be seen below:

MD (ft) TVD (ft)

0 0
12000 12000

3.44.4.2.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2033 PROSPER

Tubing Tubing Inside

MD Inside Outside Roughne Insulatio Rate
Type
(ft) Diameter Diameter ss n Multiplier
(Inches) (inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 0 1
Mild Steel
1000 3.992 4.5 0.0018 None 1
Tubing
SSSV 3.5 1
Mild Steel
11800 3.992 4.5 0.0018 None 1
Tubing

3.44.4.2.3 Temperature Data

The following temperature data is available for the well.

Air Temperature 70 oF
Humidity 25 %

Ground Level with respect to Origin 0 ft

Air Velocity 3 ft/sec

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 70

12000 300

3.44.4.2.4 Drilling and Completion Data

Below is the available data on the completion:

Model Convection in Mud No

Completion Fluid Liquid Type Calcium Bromide

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2034

Completion Fluid 12 lb/US gal

Completion Fluid Gas Type Air
Packer Depth 11000 ft
Mid Production Depth 12000 ft
Annulus Liquid Level 0 ft

Casing Casing Casing Top Casing Mud

Drilling Hole
Lev Shoe Outside Weight Cemen Top Density
Depth Diameter
el Depth Diameter t Depth Depth (lb/US
(ft) (inches) (lb/ft3)
(ft) (inches) (ft) (ft) gal)
1 5000 12 5000 11.5 90.7 0 0 11.7

2 8000 10.5 8000 8.5 56.4 5000 0 11.7

3 12000 8.5 12000 7.2 47.1 7500 0 11.7

3.44.4.2.5 Lithology Data

Reservoir Temperature 300 oF

Reservoir Pressure 6000 psig

Shaline Porosit
Bottom Perme Rock Salinit
Lev Formatio ss y In Situ
Depth ability Consist y
el n Type (fractio (fraction Fluid
(feet) (md) ency (ppm)
n) )
1 Shale 4000

2 Sandston Consolid
9750 0.1 0.12 5 Water 15000
e ated
3 Shale 12000

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2035 PROSPER

3.44.4.2.6 Gauge Data

Gauge Depth 8500 ft

Gauge Temperature 279 oF
Gas Rate 35 MMscf
GOR 7431.94 scf/STB
CGR 0 STB/MMScf

Well Head Pressure 2500 psig

Days Since Production Started 50 days

3.44.5 Step-by-Step Guide

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 38. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.44.5.1Setting Up the Model

As the main file has already been created, this tutorial will concentrate on the 'Enthalpy
Balance' temperature model and the required input data. The mode can be activated on
the Options | Options screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2036

This well has been drilled on-land, therefore, as well as selecting Enthalpy Balance,
also select Pressure and Temperature (on land).

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.44.5.2Specifying Equipment Data

As the PVT data has already been entered, pass straight to the definition of the
equipment.

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2037 PROSPER

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2038

3.44.5.2.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

This has not been changed from the base file and therefore nothing requires to be
changed.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done

3.44.5.2.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2039 PROSPER

3.44.5.2.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the well bore. A more detailed description of the well is now available as
shown below:

Tubing Tubing Inside

MD Inside Outside Roughne Insulatio Rate
Type
(ft) Diameter Diameter ss n Multiplier
(Inches) (inches) (Inches)
X-mas Tree 0 1
Mild Steel
1000 3.992 4.5 0.0018 None 1
Tubing
SSSV 3.5 1
Mild Steel
11800 3.992 4.5 0.0018 None 1
Tubing

This can be inserted as shown in the screenshot below:

Unlike the previous model, the casing is not inserted into the down hole equipment
screen. The casing will be defined based upon the bottom most point of the drilling
section. As the down hole equipment only now defines to the bottom of the tubing, it no
longer defines the bottom hole depth. This is set in the Drilling screen.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2040

3.44.5.2.4 Temperature Data

All of the data related to the temperature of the surroundings is entered in this screen:

This includes both the downhole geothermal gradient and the surface conditions. If the
well had been selected as being off shore, information on the temperature and velocity
of the sea would also be required.

When this data has been inserted, select Done.

3.44.5.2.5 Drilling and Completion Data

The drilling depths and fluids are inserted into the next screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2041 PROSPER

The drilling depth will now become the bottom of the well and this will also become the
solution node for the majority of calculations.

The different casing dimensions and fluid properties will be used during the calculation
of the heat transfer to the surroundings. Once this data has been inserted, select Done.
3.44.5.2.6 Lithology Data
Depending upon the rock past which the fluid flows, the heat transfer will change. It is
therefore important to capture the changes in the rock lithology at different depths. This
is done in the Lithology screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2042

The reservoir pressure and temperature are also inserted along with a description of the
different formation types which the well has been drilled through.

When the data has been inserted, select Done to proceed to the next screen.
3.44.5.2.7 Databases
PROSPER contains the thermal properties of many different fluids and other substances
(cement/formation types etc). These databases are fully editable and so if field data
shows that certain values should be used, these can be entered by the user.

In this case, the default properties will be used and therefore select Done to continue to
the next screen:

3.44.5.2.8 Gauge Details

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported
result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

In this case 1 gauge has been specified at 8500 ft and so once this has been inserted,
select Done to return to the main 'Equipment Data' screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2043 PROSPER

From the main equipment data page, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.44.5.3Running System Calc
Now that the well data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to calculate the
rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be done with the use
of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to find the system
point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations | System

(Ipr + Vlp).

3.44.5.3.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 2500 psig and the WGR and GOR are set as 0 STB/MMscf and
7431.94 scf/STB respectfully. The time since production started should be set to 50
days. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2044

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.
3.44.5.3.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will now show the system plot at the bottom of the screen. The details

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2045 PROSPER

of the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the well head pressure is 2500 psig and the WGR
is 0 STB/MMscf then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 36.84
MMscf/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the
FBHP) is 5076 psig. This is within 5% of our measured rate for the same conditions. In
order to get a closer match, the VLP/IPR matching process detailed in Tutorial 20 would
have to be followed.

If we look at the results table in the centre of the screen, we can see that for a rate of 35
MMscf/day the gauge temperature is 287 oF. This is approximately 2.8% different from
our measured temperature at the same conditions and so we can be happy that the
temperature is being modelled in line with reality.

We can also view the system plot by selecting Plot | System Plot | Plot All Cases from
the top ribbon:

This shows the VLP/IPR intersection for the given set of conditions.

To exit the plot, press the red cross in the top right hand corner of the screen.
3.44.5.3.3 Calculating the Equivalent U Values
Now that the solution point for these conditions has been found, a gradient calculation
can be carried out using this rate and the set conditions. This can be done by selecting
Sensitivity PvD:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2046

This will transfer the results to a gradient calculation screen. Select Calculate to carry
out the calculation:

From these results we can see that there is a marked difference in the heat transfer
coefficient (U value) between the depths of 9500 and 4000 ft compared to above and
below this section. If we look back to the lithology that was entered, this is due to the
formation being made up of limestone rather than shale at this depth. It is therefore
clear, that a single heat transfer coefficient would not be sufficient to model this well.
Instead, a table of tables could be used as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2047 PROSPER

Measured Depth Formation U value

(ft) Temperature (oF) (BTU/h/ft2/F)
0 70
4000 146.67 1.4
9312.5 248.5 2.5
12000 300 1.2

The U value is that over the given length while the formation temperature is at that given
depth. This table could now be used in a different model if the 'Improved Approximation'
model were to be used.

Select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen. To save the file select File | Save
As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 40. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a PROSPER model using Enthalpy Balance temperature model.

Carry out a system calculation to estimate the production from a well at a given
set of conditions.
From the resultant solution point, calculate the equivalent Overall Heat
Transfer Coefficient.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2048

3.45 Tutorial 41 - Improved Approximation Temperature Model

Example
This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 40. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.45.1 Statement of the Problem
A new retrograde condensate field, the Spectrum Field, has been located and a new
well has been drilled. PROSPER has been used to model the production from this well
using a characterised equation of state and also to validate the retrograde condensate
black oil model to ensure that the results of both were consistent with each other. These
steps were carried out in Tutorial 37 and Tutorial 38.

Now that the PVT has been robustly matched, the next step is to ensure that the
temperature model is calculating an accurate result for the temperature. It is believed
that as the fluid is travelling up the well, the temperature change is due not just to the
heat transfer with the surroundings but also due to the Joule-Thompson effect for which
the pressure drop can lead to a change in the temperature of the fluid. A previous model
used the Enthalpy Balance temperature model to predict the temperature of the fluid as
it travels up the well. This is a very detailed model which takes into account the different
heat transfer mechanisms which are present within the well; however, it requires a large
amount of input data and also the time taken to complete calculations is increased.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2049 PROSPER

VLP curves are to be generated for this new well and it has been suggested that the
results which were found from the 'Enthalpy Balance' model (Tutorial 40) be used to
build a model with the Improved Approximation temperature model. Once this has been
checked to ensure that the test rate and gauge temperature reading using both methods
are the same then the new VLP curves can be generated.

3.45.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Convert an 'Enthalpy Balance' model to an 'Improved Approximation' model

Calculate the pressure and temperature gradient for a given set of conditions and
compare the measured gauge temperature to that calculated in the model.

Generate VLP curves to be used in GAP to build an Integrated Production

Model.

3.45.3 General Approach

As the basic file has already been built, and the PVT has been confirmed as being
representative of the actual fluid, this tutorial will concentrate on the additional input
fields which are required to build an 'Improved Approximation' temperature model. As
the temperature model is used to model the temperature as the fluid travels up the
wellbore, this additional data will affect the calculation of the VLP curve and will be
inserted in the Equipment Section.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model.

b. Enter the previously defined temperature data.

c. A system calculation will be performed to assess the likely production at the

given conditions by combining the VLP and IPR curves.

d. Check the gauge pressure at the solution rate to ensure that the same
temperature profile is being calculated.

e. Generate VLP curves to be imported into GAP.

3.45.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2050

3.45.4.1Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Calculation Type:

Predict Pressure and Temperature (on land)

Model Improved Approximation

3.45.4.2Equipment Data

3.45.4.2.1 Temperature Data

This data has been found during Tutorial 40:

Measured Depth Formation U value

(ft) Temperature (oF) (BTU/h/ft2/F)
0 70 1.4
4000 146.67 1.4

9312.5 248.5 2.5

12000 300 1.2

3.45.5 Step-by-Step Guide

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 40. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2051 PROSPER

3.45.5.1Setting Up the Model

As the main file has already been created, this tutorial will concentrate on the 'Improved
Approximation' temperature model and the required input data. The mode can be
activated on the Options | Options screen:

For the temperature model select Improved Approximation.

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.45.5.2Specifying Equipment Data

As the PVT data has already been entered, pass straight to the definition of the
equipment.

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. As we are interested in only inserting
data into the Temperature Data section, select the button to the left of the title to open
the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2052

3.45.5.2.1 Temperature Data

All of the data related to the temperature of the surroundings and the heat transfer
coefficients are entered in this screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2053 PROSPER

This information has been gathered directly from the 'Enthalpy Balance' model and so
we can be confident that the temperature is being accurately modelled.

When this data has been inserted, select Done to return to the Equipment screen and
the Done again to exit to the main screen.
3.45.5.3Running System Calc
Now that the new temperature data has been inserted into PROSPER, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculations |

System(Ipr + Vlp).

3.45.5.3.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 2500 psig and the WGR and GOR are set as 0 STB/MMscf and
7431.94 scf/STB respectfully. This is exactly the same data as was used in the enthalpy
balance example so that the result can be compared. This data should therefore be
added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2054

definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

3.45.5.3.2 Running a System Calculation
It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

The results screen will show the system plot at the bottom of the screen. The details of
the solution point can be seen in the top right of the screen.

It can be seen from this screen that if the well head pressure is 2500 psig and the WGR
is 0 STB/MMscf then the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 36.85
MMscf/day and that the corresponding solution node pressure (which is equivalent to the
FBHP) is 5075 psig. This is within 0.03% of the results obtained when the 'Enthalpy
Balance' model was used.

If we look at the results table in the centre of the screen, we can see that for a rate of 35
MMscf/day the gauge temperature is 287.6oF. This is approximately 0.2% from the
value which was calculated using the 'Enthalpy Balance' model (287oF). This means that
as the pressure and temperature is the same between the two models that the model is
representative of the enthalpy balance model.

We can also view the system plot by selecting Plot | System Plot | Plot All Cases from
the top ribbon:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2055 PROSPER

This shows the VLP/IPR intersection for the given set of conditions.

To exit the plot, press the red cross in the top right hand corner of the screen and the
select Done to return to the main screen.
3.45.5.4Generating VLP Tables
Now that we are able to reproduce the gauge temperature and pressure for a given set
of conditions, we want to generate VLP curve tables to be exported to GAP for use in
an Integrated Production Model.

VLP lift curves are used by GAP to calculate the flowing conditions of the well under any
conditions calculated by the model. Rather than calculate the pressure gradient or VLP
curve for each case, a table of values is generated and are used to interpolate between
to find the results of the model conditions. It is therefore very important that the ranges of
values that the tables are generated for cover all the possible values which may be

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2056

required in the model. If they do not, the results will be extrapolated and this can lead to
large errors in the results.

To generate VLP curves, select Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves).

3.45.5.4.1 VLP Input Data
The top left hand corner of the VLP calculation screen should be filled with the required
data for generation:

As the first node pressure is one of the variables we will be changing, the value entered
here will not be used. The Water Gas Ratio and Total GOR are also to be used in the
sensitivity and so will be overwritten. The Inlet Fluid Temperature can be set to the
reservoir temperature.

The Rate Method should be changed to User Selected as this will allow us to define the
range of rates to use. To generate a range of values, select Generate on the top ribbon:

This will bring up the rate generation screen into which the following data can be
entered:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2057 PROSPER

Select Geometric Spacing as this will give us more definition within the unstable region
of the VLP curve. The rates should normally be entered from a low value to a value a little
higher than the maximum possible production rate. When the values have been inserted,
select Generate.

Now that the rates have been specified, the next step is to set the ranges of variables
which are to be changed in the VLP tables. For a condensate production well, these
variables should be the First Node Pressure (i.e. the wellhead pressure), the Total GOR
and the Water Gas Ratio. To enter these ranges select Cases.

The drop down menu on the left hand side can be used to select the variable and then
the range of values can be entered on the right. The values can be either inserted
manually or generated as it has been done for the gas rates above. This can be done by
selecting Generate.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2058

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2059 PROSPER

When this has been done, select Done.

3.45.5.4.2 Calculating and Exporting VLPs
To calculate the VLP curves for each possible combination of the selected variables,
click Calculate:

Please note that this calculation will take some time (due to the models which have been
selected and number of calculations involved) and therefore if the User is doing this
tutorial for learning purposes, it may be best to follow the remainder of this example
without carrying out the steps

Once the calculation has been completed, it is possible to view the curves by selecting
Plot or the tables can be exported from PROSPER be selecting Export Lift Curves.
When this is selected, a list of export options is given:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2060

In this case, the curves are to be exported into a format which can be imported into
GAP, however, many different options are available. When Petroleum Experts - GAP/
MBAL has been selected, click Continue:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2061 PROSPER

The location that the file is to be saved to can be set and then saved by selecting Save.
When the file has been saved it will automatically be opened:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2062

This *.tpd file can now be imported into REVEAL or GAP to use in simulations.

This marks the end of Tutorial 41. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a PROSPER well using the Improved Approximation temperature model.

Generate and export lift curves to be used in GAP or REVEAL.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2063 PROSPER

3.46 Tutorial 42 - Modelling a Steam Injection Well

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 03. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.46.1 Statement of the Problem
In a number of reservoirs around the world, the viscous nature of the reservoir fluid
means that it can be very hard to produce due to the low mobility that results. In some of
these cases, one possible solution is to heat up the reservoir and in doing so reduce the
viscosity of the reservoir fluid. When the viscosity has been reduced, the mobility
increases and the fluid can be produced out of the reservoir.

The energy required to increase the temperature within the reservoir can be provided by
injecting steam into the reservoir. The steam is said to have a Quality which is the ratio
of the fluid which is steam to the total fluid. If the quality is 1 then the fluid is entirely
steam and if it is 0 then it is entirely water. For a given pressure, the quality can only be
between these two values at the saturation temperature. Under these conditions, the
quality is determined from the enthalpy of the fluid.

For this system, the previously created water injector model is to be converted into a
steam injector. The steam is to be injected at 2200 psig and therefore the saturation
temperature of the steam at this pressure should be calculated.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2064

The impact that changing the quality of the steam at the wellhead has on the gradient
within the well is to be analysed.

The IPR section of the model will not be used as to model the impact of the steam
injection on the reservoir it is best to use a thermal numerical simulator such as
REVEAL.

3.46.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Learn what is required to build a steam injection well.

Calculate the saturation temperature of steam at a given pressure and see how
enthalpy affects the quality.

Run a sensitivity to see the impact that changing the enthalpy (and therefore the
quality) of the steam at wellhead has on the gradient within the well.

3.46.3 General Approach

As the basic file has already been built for the water injection example, the steps taken
in this tutorial will concentrate on what is required to build a steam injection model.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the 'Improved Approximation' temperature model and steam calculations.

b. Calculate the saturation temperature of steam at 2200 psig and see what impact
changing the enthalpy of the fluid has on the quality of the steam.

c. A gradient calculation will be performed with different enthalpy values being

assigned to the fluid at the wellhead to see the impact of changing the steam
quality at the wellhead.

3.46.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.46.4.1Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Calculation Type:

Predict Pressure and Temperature (on land)

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2065 PROSPER

Model Improved Approximation

Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient 2 BTU/h/ft2/oF

3.46.5 Step-by-Step Guide

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 03. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.46.5.1Setting Up the Model

As the main file has already been created, this tutorial will concentrate converting the
water injection well into a steam injection well. In order to model steam either the
Enthalpy Balance or Improved Approximation temperature models must be selected.
In this case we will use the Improved Approximation model and this can be activated on
the Options | Options screen:

When the Improved Approximation model is selected, the Steam Calculation option

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2066

becomes available and Allow Steam Calculations should be selected.

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

When calculating the gradient for a steam well, small changes in pressure and
temperature can lead to sudden changes in the steam quality and properties. To avoid
this from disrupting the calculations performed in PROSPER, we can set the step length
especially for steam wells. The default step length will still be used for non-steam wells.

This step length can be set in the Limits tab of the File | Preferences screen:

Set the Steam Step Length to 20 feet and Use Steam Step Length to Yes and then
select Done to return to the main screen.

3.46.5.2Calculating Saturation Temperature

When the steam modelling capabilities of PROSPER have been enabled, it is possible to
access the steam tables by selecting PVT | Steam Calculator:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2067 PROSPER

The calculator can be used to generate at single condition or a range of values for
different conditions. In this case select Calculate Single.

When the single calculation is used, the pressure and enthalpy of the fluid should be
entered. This will calculate the Saturation Temperature at the given pressure and also
calculate the Quality for the given enthalpy value. Insert the Pressure as 2200 psig and
the Enthalpy as 1100 BTU/lb:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2068

This shows that for these conditions, the Saturation Temperature is 650.45oF and the
steam is two phase with a Steam Quality of 0.955.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2069 PROSPER

If the enthalpy is decreased to 900 BTU/lb the temperature remains the same as the
Saturation Temperature and the fluid is still in two phases but now the Steam Quality
has dropped to 0.48:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2070

If the enthalpy is increased to 1200 BTU/lb, then the fluid becomes a single phase gas
and the temperature rises to 689.45oF, which is above the saturation temperature:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2071 PROSPER

When the steam calculations have been completed, select OK and then OK to return to

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2072

the main screen.

3.46.5.3Specifying Equipment Data

Now that the 'Improved Approximation' model has been enabled the temperature data
required has changed. This therefore needs to be changed in the System | Equipment
(Tubing etc) screen.

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows from the bottom of the well to the
wellhead. This is done in the 'Equipment Data' section, which can be accessed by
selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. First the saturation temperature of the
steam can be entered as the Injected Fluid Temperature (650oF). As we are interested
in only inserting data into the Temperature Data section, select the button to the left of
the title to open only this screen:

3.46.5.3.1 Temperature Data

All of the data related to the temperature of the surroundings and the heat transfer
coefficients are entered in this screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2073 PROSPER

In this case the heat transfer coefficient entered for this well is assumed to be 2 BTU/h/
ft2/oF.

When this data has been inserted, select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.
3.46.5.4Running a Gradient Calculation
Now that the steam data has been inserted into PROSPER, we can carry out a series of
gradient calculations to see the impact of steam quality on the injection profile.

Gradient calculations can be run by selecting Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) from

the main toolbar.
3.46.5.4.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
At this time, we wish to calculate the pressure profiles in the well when we inject a
certain fixed rate (4000 STB/day) with varying steam qualities. The injection pressure is
assumed to be 2200 psig and at this pressure the saturation temperature has been
found to be 650oF. As the injection fluid is water (in the form of steam) the Water Cut
should be entered as 100% while the GOR is set to 0 scf/STB. This data should
therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2074

The Steam Choice should be set to Enter Enthalpy although the enthalpy entered will be
over written by the sensitivity and therefore any value can be entered.

Once this data has been entered, select Cases to enter the sensitivity values for the
study. Select Steam Enthalpy from the drop down list and insert the values shown
below:

When this has been entered select Done to return to the main calculation screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2075 PROSPER

3.46.5.4.2 Running a Gradient Calculation

It is now possible to run a gradient calculation for each of the sensitivity variables.
Select Calculate to run the calculation:

Once the calculation is completed, select Plot to see the gradient traverse for each
variable:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2076

This shows that when the steam quality which enters the well is higher, the pressure
gained as the fluid travels down the well is smaller. This is due in part to the smaller
density which leads to a reduced hydrostatic head but also to an increased volume
which leads to increased velocity and therefore increased friction pressure drop which
acts against the hydrostatic head. If the enthalpy is increased further, in fact, the
pressure within the well can be seen to drop as the frictional pressure drop actually
exceeds the pressure gain from the hydrostatic head.

While we know the enthalpy of the fluid as it enters the well, what we are really interested
in is the steam quality both at the well head and also at the bottom hole as this will be the
fluid which enters the reservoir. To view the steam quality of each stream, first remove
the pressure gradients by selecting Remove All from the plot toolbar:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2077 PROSPER

When the plots have been removed, select Steam Quality from the variable list in the
bottom left hand corner and select the clock icon:

On the next screen select all of the streams and select OK:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2078

This will bring up the plot of the quality variation with depth:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2079 PROSPER

From this plot we can see that the different enthalpy values mean that the steam enters
the well at 48%, 60%, 71.8%, 83.7% and 95.6% quality respectively. At the bottom of the
well, however, the lower three enthalpy values all have a steam quality of 0 meaning that
only water is being injected. Steam qualities of 40.8% and 55.4% are injected for the
higher enthalpy values. This shows that it is very important to consider the well when
modelling steam injection into a reservoir so as to ensure that actually steam will be
injected rather than just hot water.

Close the plot and then select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen. To save the
file select File | Save As...

This marks the end of Tutorial 42. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a PROSPER model to model a steam injector.

Calculate the saturation temperature and steam quality for a given set of
conditions using the steam calculator.
Carry out a gradient calculation to see the changes in the steam quality as it
travels through the well.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 Examples Guide 2080

3.47 Tutorial 43 - General Flow Assurance Features

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 41. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.47.1 Statement of the Problem
Within PROSPER, there are a number of different features which can be used to help
assess the flow assurance issues that may arise during production. This tutorial looks
into three of the main areas of interest and shows how they can be identified. This three
main areas are:

Instability and Liquid Loading in the wellbore

Hydrate Formation and Inhibitors
Erosional Velocity Limits

Using the file created in Tutorial 41 as a starting point, this tutorial will give examples of
how each different issue can be identified using the different features available within
PROSPER. In the case of hydrate formation, the new features which allow the water
composition to be exploited as an inhibitor will also be explored.
3.47.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2081 PROSPER

Show and understand the different techniques which can be used for predicting
the onset of instability and liquid loading within the well.

Set up the model to predict the hydrate curve of a fluid for a certain water
composition and then use this hydrate curve to predict if a hydrate will form under
a certain set of conditions.

Compare the erosional velocity to the fluid velocity in the well to see if the limit is
being exceeded for the given conditions.

3.47.3 General Approach

As the basic file has already been built, and the PVT has been confirmed as being
representative of the actual fluid, this tutorial will concentrate on how the built model can
now be used to perform flow assurance studies.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Use the test data provided to analyse if the flowing conditions are stable by
observing the shape of the VLP curve.

b. Use the test data provided to analyse if the flowing conditions are stable by
applying the Turner Velocity Crierion for the given condition.

c. Use the test data provided to analyse if the flowing conditions are stable by
checking the frictional gradient calculated by the PE5 model in a Gradient
Calculation.

d. After activating the Equation of State option, calculate the hydrate formation
curve for the given water compositions to view the impact of salt as an inhibitor.

e. Carry out a VLP calculation to see if the calculated hyrate formation conditions
are entered for the model.

f. Carry out a gradient calculation to see at what depth in the well, if any, hydrates
are likely to form.

g. Calculate a VLP curve to see at what rates the erosional velocity limit of the well
is exceeded.

3.47.4 Available Data

The following data will be used in this tutorial.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2082

3.47.4.1Test Data
This data will be used to predict the onset of instability within the well.

Well Head Pressure 1000 psig

Water Gas Ratio 50 STB/MMscf
Gas Oil Ratio 7431.94 scf/STB
Inlet Temperature 300 oF
Gas Rate 4 MMscf/day

3.47.4.2Water Salinity Data

Water 1 Water 2
NaCl 2.15% 4.52%
CaCl2 0.89% 0.94%
KBr 0.12% 0.24%

3.47.5 Step-by-Step Guide

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 41. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.47.5.1Instability and Liquid Loading
One objective which can be achieved using PROSPER is to try to determine when a well
will become unstable or begin liquid loading. While the program cannot model the
effects of liquid loading (as this is a transient phenomena) it can be used to predict the
onset using a number of different techniques.

To show how this different techniques can be used, a set of conditions have been
measured as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2083 PROSPER

Well Head Pressure 1000 psig

Water Gas Ratio 50 STB/MMscf
Gas Oil Ratio 7431.94 scf/STB
Inlet Temperature 300 oF
Gas Rate 4 MMscf/day

Using the different instability methods, the objective is to calculate if these conditions
are likely to be producing in a steady manner or if the well is likely to be unstable.
3.47.5.1.1 Unstable VLP Curves
This section will detail how to assess the stability of the well based upon the shape of
the VLP curves.
3.47.5.1.1.1 Theory
When a multiphase fluid is produced from a well, the pressure drop within the well is
calculated using the mixture density of the fluid. This mixture density is dependent upon
the hold-up (the ratio of the area taken up by the liquid to the total area of the section)
which in turn is dependent upon the difference in velocities between the two phases (the
slip). The higher this slip, the greater the area inhabited by the liquid and therefore the
greater the mixture density and pressure drop.
A typical VLP curve for a multiphase fluid is shown below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2084

This can be split into two main regions; the region to the left of the minimum pressure
point and the region to the right of the minimum pressure point.

The region to the left of the minimum point is called the Gravity Dominated or Unstable
Region. As the rate increases, the pressure or energy required to lift the fluid
decreases. This is because, at the low rates, the difference between the gas and liquid
velocities is high and therefore the hold-up increases. This increase in hold-up
increases the pressure drop as the mixture density will increase. This region of the curve
is inherently unstable and producing a rate within this region may cause liquid loading to
occur.

The region to the right of the minimum point is called the Friction Dominated or Stable
Region. Here, as the rate increases, the pressure or energy required to lift the fluid to
the surface increases. The increase in rate acts to increase the velocity of the two
phases and so the difference between the velocities (i.e. the slip) is reduced leading to
lower hold-up, hence lower mixture density. On the other hand, the increase in fluid
velocities results in an increase of the frictional pressure loss which dictates the shape
of the VLP curve in the friction dominated/stable region. The friction can be said to have
a stabilising effect on the well as it moves the solution point further away from the
unstable region.

The minimum point of the curve is often referred to as the Minimum Point of Stability. If
the rate were to fall below this value, then the well may become unstable and liquid
loading may occur.
3.47.5.1.1.2 Using the VLP Curve for Flow Assurance
In order to see if the conditions of the test are predicted to be unstable the VLP needs to
be calculated. Once the curve has been calculated, if the rate falls within the unstable
region (left side of the minimum pressure point) of the curve then we can say that the
flow will be unstable.

Once the file for Tutorial 41 has been opened, the VLP can be generated by entering
the Calculation | VLP (tubing curves) screen.

In the top left of the screen, the test conditions should be entered:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2085 PROSPER

Select the Vertical Lift Correlation to be Petroleum Experts 5 and the Rate Method as
Automatic - Geometric.

To generate the VLP curve, select Calculate and then to view the curve select Plot |
Plot All Cases:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2086

This shows that the test rate, 4 MMscf/day, is located to the left of the minimum stable
rate and therefore can be said to be unstable.

The plot can be exited by selecting the red cross in the top right hand corner.
3.47.5.1.2 Turner Velocity
This section will detail how to assess the stability of the well based upon the Turner
Criterion.
3.47.5.1.2.1 Theory
The Turner Equation can be used to predict the minimum velocity of gas required to lift
the droplets of liquid up the well. This work is based upon a momentum balance of a
single droplet of liquid and calculates the minimum velocity required to provide the
necessary momentum to carry the liquid upwards.

More information (including a reference to the original paper) can be found in the
Calculation Options section.

When the VLP curves are generated, a gradient calculation is carried out for each rate
of the curve to find the flowing bottom hole pressure required to lift the fluid. At every
interval step along the wellbore, the Turner Velocity and the Total No-Slip Velocity are
calculated. If at any point, this No-Slip velocity falls below the Turner Velocity, it means
that there is a risk that the gas will not be able to lift the liquid droplet and therefore liquid
loading will occur. If this happens, the Liquid Loading Flag is raised for this point.

If the well were to produce a rate which has a Liquid Loading flag next to it, this would
imply that according to the Turner Equation, liquid loading may occur at these
conditions.
3.47.5.1.2.2 Using the Turner Velocity for Flow Assurance
To see if the fluid velocity drops below the Turner Velocity for the given test rate, the VLP
curve can be analysed.

In the top left of the screen, verify the test conditions are entered in the VLP (Tubing
Curve) Calculations window as shown below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2087 PROSPER

Select the Vertical Lift Correlation to be Petroleum Experts 5 and the Rate Method as
User Selected. In the rate section, enter rates of 1.5, 2, 3, 3.5, 4, 4.5 and 5 MMscf/day.
Select Calculate to generate the VLP curve for these rates:

From the VLP table in the centre of the screen, we can see that the Turner Velocity Flag

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2088

has been set to yes for the rates below 2 MMscf/day. This means that if the rate is below
2 MMscf/day, the Turner Criterion suggests that the velocity of the gas will not have the
momentum to carry the liquid droplets up the well. Liquid loading would therefore occur
within the well in those cases. The rate of 4 MMscf/day would cause stable production
according to the Turner criterion.

This same analysis can be carried out when a system calculation is performed. If the
intersection point between the VLP and IPR curves was to occur at a rate with the flag
enabled, then the well may be unstable if produced.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.47.5.1.3 Predicting Instability using Petroleum Experts 5
This section will detail how to assess the stability of the well using the Petroleum Experts
5 multiphase flow model in a gradient calculation.
3.47.5.1.3.1 Theory
The Petroleum Experts 5 multiphase flow model is a mechanistic model which means
that rather than being built on the basis of empirical data, it uses fundamental physics
(momentum balances etc) to calculate the holdup within the well under different
conditions.

One additional feature which is present within Petroleum Experts 5 is the ability to
predict when a well will be unstable based upon the frictional gradient of the well. If the
model finds that the frictional gradient is negative for a production well, then this
implies that some of the fluid is falling downwards rather than being produced upwards
and this means that liquid loading is predicted to be occurring.

Petroleum Experts 5 can therefore be used to to calculate the pressure gradient within
a well for a given set of conditions, and if the frictional pressure gradient is found to be
negative, the well can be said to be unstable at these conditions.
3.47.5.1.3.2 Using PE5 for Flow Assurance
To calculate the frictional pressure gradient within the well, a gradient calculation should
be performed. This can be done by selecting Calculation | Gradient (traverse) from
the main menu.

The test data should be inserted into the top left hand corner of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2089 PROSPER

The correlation selected must be Petroleum Experts 5 in order to see this behaviour.
When the data has been inserted, select Calculate to carry out the pressure gradient:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2090

If the Friction Gradient and Friction Pressure Loss values are reviewed in the Gradient
results table in the centre of the screen, we can see that at the bottom of the well, where
the casing is larger and therefore the velocity of the fluids will be lower, both values are
negative. This implies that the model is predicting that some of the fluid will flow
downwards at this point and is therefore unstable.

Whenever a negative frictional gradient is seen in a production well using Petroleum

Experts 5, it is a sign that the well could be unstable under the current conditions.
3.47.5.1.4 Summary of Techniques
Using the well test conditions given at the start of the section, it has been shown using
two different methods (Minimum point of stability and PE5) that the flow in the well at
these conditions would be unstable, while the Turner criterion predicts that the well would
be stable at those conditions. It is an advantage to be able to perform all three tests to
check if the well is likely to be unstable or not.
3.47.5.2Hydrate Formation
Hydrate formation can cause serious flow assurance issues in certain wells and
pipelines. It is therefore important that we can calculate when conditions dictate that
these hydrates may occur and flag if these conditions are reached so that we can
design our system to avoid them.

This section will therefore detail how to first calculate the hydrate curve for fully
compositional model and also view the impact that salts have on the hydrate curves.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2091 PROSPER

When the hydrate curve has been generated, a calculation can be performed and
checked to ensure that the conditions within the model do not mean that hydrates will
occur.

Hydrate formation is also a major issue in surface networks where it is sometimes

necessary to inject inhibitors to reduce the likelihood of hydrates forming. When the
inhibitors are injected, however, the pressures and temperatures within the system
change and this means that the calculation of inhibitor volumes required needs to be a
dynamic calculation rather than a post-calculation. A fully worked example of how to
model this in GAP is available in the Tutorial section of the GAP User Guide.
3.47.5.2.1 Setting Up the Model
In order to calculate the hydrate curve for a fluid, the PVT method should be set to
Equation of State. It is possible to enter a hydrate curve for a black oil, however, this
must be calculated externally and then entered into the program.

To change the PVT method to Equation of State, go to Options | Options as shown

below:

Select Equation of State from the menu and also enable the PVT warnings. Select
Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

From the top toolbar, enter PVT | Warnings to enable the Hydrate warning in the
calculations:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2092

Once this has been enabled select Done.

3.47.5.2.2 Modelling the Impact of Salts on Hydrate Curves
To calculate the hydrate formation curve for a fluid, enter the PVT | Input Data screen:

Select Phase Env... from the top toolbar:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2093 PROSPER

This will bring up the phase envelope and hydrate curve screen.

The hydrate curve which will be generated is dependent upon the inhibitors which are
present within the system. As salt is a natural inhibitor, entering the correct water
composition is very important to ensure accurate hydrate curves are generated.

To see the impact that the salt has on the hydrate curve, two different water/salt
compositions are going to be entered:

Water 1 Water 2
NaCl 2.15% 4.52%
CaCl2 0.89% 0.94%

KBr 0.12% 0.24%

To enter the first composition, select Water Composition in the bottom right hand
corner of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2094

The Salt Mode option should be set to Use Water Composition to use the water
composition and then the different percentages of the salts can be entered at the bottom
of the screen. Enter the first salt composition:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2095 PROSPER

When this has been entered, select Done and then Calculate Hydrate...Wax:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2096

The hydrate curve of the fluid with the first salt content can be seen above. To enter the
second composition, select Water Composition and then enter the data at the bottom
of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2097 PROSPER

When this has been entered, select Done and then Calculate Hydrate...Wax to
calculate the second hydrate curve:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2098

We can see that the presence of the additional salt in the second calculation means that
the pressure at which the hydrates will form has increased.

For the remainder of this tutorial, the second hydrate curve will be used as the correct
curve to assess if hydrates will form under a range of conditions. This can be copied by
selecting the contents of the table and right clicking to select Copy. To exit and return to
the main screen select OK and then Done.

When on the main screen, return to the PVT | Warnings section and select Data so that
the curve can be included in the calculations:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2099 PROSPER

When pasting the data, care should be taken as the columns are the opposite way
around from the previous table. For this reason it may be easier to paste the table into
another program such as EXCEL, switch the columns around and then paste it into this
table:

The data can be pasted by right clicking on the table and selecting Paste. To return to
the main screen select Main.

At this point it is worth pointing out that hydrate curves calculated in this manner can be
copied into Black Oil models to be used in calculations. This would also be pasted into
the table in PVT | Warnings. This means that if VLP curves are generated with the
hydrate curve in the calculation, then hydrate flags will be included as part of the VLP.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2100

3.47.5.2.3 Calculating Hydrate Conditions

Now that the hydrate curve has been calculated, future calculations which are performed
will compare the pressure and temperature at each depth to the curve to predict if
hydrates will form. If the conditions dictate that hydrates will occur, a flag will be raised.
This can be seen in both the VLP calculations and the gradient calculations.
3.47.5.2.3.1 Hydrate Flag in VLP
To carry out a VLP calculation, enter the Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves) screen. In
the top left hand corner the following properties can be entered to calculate a single VLP
curve:

When this data has been inserted, select Calculate.

When the calculation is completed, the VLP results table will be displayed in the top right
of the screen. Within the table, each row has a Hydrate Formation Flag designated:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2101 PROSPER

If the flag reads Yes, then within the gradient calculation for that row's rate, the pressure
and temperature within the well have fallen within the range which the hydrate curve
dictates hydrates would begin to form. If the column reads No, as is the case with all
rates in this example, then no hydrates are predicted to form under these conditions.

These flags will also be exported as part of the lift curve file which can then be imported
into GAP to run an integrated production model. The actual rate which will be produced
by the well can then be calculated (or via a system calculation in PROSPER) to find out if
the solution rate falls within the range of a Yes flag or a No flag.

To return to the main screen, select Done.

3.47.5.2.3.2 Hydrate Flag in Gradient Calculation
Gradient calculations form the basis of VLP calculations but can also be performed on a
stand alone basis to calculate the conditions within a well for a set of given production
conditions.

To carry out a gradient calculation, select Calculation | Gradient (Traverse) from the
main toolbar.

When this screen has been opened, enter the following input data into the top left corner
of the screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2102

When the data has been entered, select Calculate to perform the gradient calculation.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2103 PROSPER

When the calculation is completed, the gradient results are displayed in the centre of the
screen. One of the columns is the Hydrates Formation column which will be set to Yes
or No depending if the conditions at the given depth are predicted to cause hydrates to
form or not. In this case, as all the flags are set as No, the well, flowing under the given
conditions, will not have hydrate formation within it.

If hydrate formation is predicted, then the gradient calculation will also show the depths
which are at the most danger of this occurring.

To return to the main screen, select Done.

3.47.5.3Erosional Velocity Limit
When a well produces a fluid at a very high velocity, it is possible that the produced fluid
will cause damage to the tubing, casing or pipeline by erosion. This can be significant,
especially when producing fluids which contain solids.

In order to reduce the damage done by this erosion, restrictions are often placed upon
the velocity at which the fluid can flow in the pipeline. These erosional velocity limits are
used to ensure that the rate being produced will not damage the equipment which is
being used to produce it.

In PROSPER, it is possible to compare the velocity of the produced fluid at each depth to
the erosional velocity calculated for the same conditions to see if the rate being
produced exceeds it or falls below it. For more information on the calculation of the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2104

erosional velocity limit, please refer to the Calculation Options section of this User
Guide.
3.47.5.3.1 Calculating the Erosional Velocity
The following section will show how to calculate if any conditions in the VLP curve will
exceed the erosional velocity limits calculated.

To carry out a VLP calculation, enter the Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves) screen. In
the top left corner the following properties can be entered to calculate a single VLP
curve:

When this data has been inserted, select Calculate.

When the calculation is completed, the VLP results table will be displayed in the top right
section of the screen. Within the table, each row has an Erosional Velocity Flag
designated:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2105 PROSPER

If the flag reads Yes, then within the gradient calculation for that row's rate, the fluid's
'total no slip velocity' at some depth in the well has exceeded that of the erosional
velocity at the same depth. If the column reads No, then the limit has not been broken.

When the wellhead pressure is set to 1000 psig, it can be seen that rates above 104.2
MMscf/day will exceed the velocity limit while rates of 72.44 MMscf/day and below will
not exceed the value. To get a more accurate idea of the maximum rate (which at this
time is known to be between 72.44 and 104.2 MMscf/day) a second calculation would
need to be performed over a range in which the maximum is known to lie.

If the wellhead pressure is decreased to 100 psig, and the calculation is rerun, different
results are obtained:

We can now see that a rate of 72.44 MMscf/day now exceeds the erosional velocity limit
and also rates of 104 and 149 MMscf/day have the Yes flag next to them. This highlights
an important point; as the velocity of the fluid is dependent upon the in-situ conditions, no
single rate expressed at standard conditions can express the erosional velocity limit for

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2106

the well. The equivalent rate will be different for various different flowing conditions and
we can only know if the limit has been exceeded for each case by checking the
erosional velocity flag.

These flags will therefore be exported as part of the lift curve file which can then be
imported into GAP to run an integrated production model. The actual rate which will be
produced by the well can then be calculated (or via a system calculation in PROSPER) to
find out if the solution rate falls within the range of a Yes flag or a No flag.

To return to the main screen, select Done.

This marks the end of Tutorial 43. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Carry out a series of different tests to analyse the flow assurance of a well
under a certain set of flowing conditions.
Analyse the stability of a well using one of three techniques; the shape of the
VLP curve, the Turner Velocity Criterion and using the frictional gradient
calculated by the Petroleum Experts 5 multiphase mechanistic flow model.
Calculate the hydrate formation curve for a fully compositional model.
View the impact that different salt compositions in the production water have
on the hydrate formation curve.
Calculate if a set of well flowing conditions fall within the range of pressure and
temperature where hydrates are predicted to form.
Calculate if the erosional velocity limit has been exceeded for a certain set of
flowing conditions.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2107 PROSPER

3.48 Tutorial 44 - Modelling Non-Newtonian Fluids

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.48.1 Statement of the Problem
A well has been producing an heavy oil (API 12) for some time. However, it has been
observed that the viscosity of the fluid appears to change depending upon the rate being
produced. Viscosity is defined as the relationship between the shear stress and shear
rate for a fluid. For the majority of fluids, this relationship is linear and we refer to these
fluids as Newtonian fluids. However, if the relationship between shear stress and shear
rate are not linear, we refer to the fluid as a non-Newtonian fluid. Heavy oils will
sometimes be found to be shear thinning which means that as the work done to the fluid
increases, the viscosity decreases.

The standard viscosity correlations do not account for this non-Newtonian behaviour and
therefore a secondary model can be enabled to capture the impact that this will have on
the fluid behaviour.

A laboratory report details the viscosity parameters for a set of pressures and
temperatures. This information is to be used within the model to see the effects that
shear rate will have on the viscosity of the fluid and therefore also on the pressure
gradients within the well.

It is unclear what the effects of the non-Newtonian fluid will be in the reservoir and
therefore a numerical reservoir simulator will be used to model the inflow into the well.
As such, no IPR will be included within the PROSPER model.

3.48.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Build a model with PVT which is representative of a non-Newtonian fluid.

Compare the gradients for varying well head pressures with and without the non-
Newtonian corrections.

3.48.3 General Approach

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Set up the PVT data to ensure that the original oil is accurately modelled.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2108

b. Insert the well deviation and tubing data to define a VLP curve.

c. Run a series of gradients with the Newtonian fluid model.

d. Change the viscosity model to the non-Newtonian fluid model and insert the
laboratory data.

e. Run a new series of gradients with the non-Newtonian fluid and compare these to
the previous calculations.

3.48.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.48.4.1Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Oil and Water

Method Black Oil

Separator Single-Stage Separator

Viscosity Model Non-Newtonian

3.48.4.2PVT Data
Below is the basic PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise the
fluid.

GOR 10 scf/STB
Oil Gravity 12 API
Gas Gravity 0.58 Specific Gravity
Water Salinity 75000 ppm
Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2109 PROSPER

3.48.4.2.1 Match Data

Temperature of Test 120 oF
Bubble Point at Test 170 psig
Temperature

Pressure GOR Oil FVF Viscosity

170 10 1.025 700

3.48.4.2.2 Non-Newtonian Data

Maximum Viscosity 10000 cp

Temperature Pressure (psig) Yield Stress Consistency Shear

o (TAUo) (psi) Index (K) Thinning Index
( F)
(n)
60 100 0 1 0.9
60 3000 0 1 0.9
120 100 0 0.5 0.95
120 3000 0 0.5 0.95

3.48.4.3Equipment Data
This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model the

well.

3.48.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is described in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

MD (ft) TVD (ft)

0 0

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2110

2000 2000

3.48.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

Type MD (ft) Inside Inside Rate Multiplier

Diameter Roughness
(inches) (inches)

X-mas Tree 0

Tubing 1800 3.2 0.0006 1

Casing 2000 6.4 0.0006 1

3.48.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient Data

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transfer for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 80

1200 120

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2111 PROSPER

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.48.4.3.4 Average Heat Capacity Data

The default values for the heat capacities of the fluids will be used for this well but they
can be altered if necessary.

Heat Capacity (BTU/lb/oF)

Oil 0.53

Gas 0.51

Water 1

3.48.4.4IPR Data

This file is going to be used to generate VLP curves only (and view the impact of the
non-Newtonian fluid model on the pressure drop) and therefore no IPR is required to be
entered.

3.48.5 Step-by-Step Guide

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.48.5.1Setting Up the Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.

The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. For this example, we will first build the file as a Newtonian fluid and once the
results have been calculated, change the fluid type to non-Newtonian so that the impact
can be seen. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and
in this case, the data is kept as the default for all the options:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2112

The fluid type should be kept Oil and Water.

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.48.5.2Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

GOR 10 scf/STB
Oil Gravity 12 API
Gas Gravity 0.58 Specific Gravity
Water Salinity 75000 ppm
Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2113 PROSPER

Once this data has been inserted, the next step is to match the fluid to laboratory data
which can be inserted in the Match Data tab under the Matching section of the window.
3.48.5.2.1 Matching PVT
Insert the available data for the oil into the match table.

Temperature of Test 120 oF

Bubble Point Pressure at 170 psig
Test Temperature

Pressure GOR Oil FVF Viscosity

170 10 1.025 700

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2114

When the data is inserted select Matching on the top ribbon to proceed to the matching
screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2115 PROSPER

Select Match All to carry out the regression on all of the correlations. The resultant
matching parameters can then be seen by selecting Parameters:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2116

The criteria for selecting a correlation is to have a parameter 1 as close to 1 and a

parameter 2 as close to 0 as possible. Looking at the matches obtained, the best
matches are Vazquez-Beggs and Egbogah et al correlations:

These correlations can be selected by returning to the main PVT screen and selecting
them from the drop down menus:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2117 PROSPER

When the correlations have been selected, press Done to return to the main screen.
3.48.5.3Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows. This is done in the 'Equipment Data'
section. This can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2118

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

3.48.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2119 PROSPER

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done.

3.48.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

3.48.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the wellbore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found
below:

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the depth at which the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2120

static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the top of
the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.48.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences and
so is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The overall heat transfer coefficient is also
input into this screen. The geothermal gradient can be seen below:

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the final equipment
input screen.

3.48.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The heat capacities of water, oil and gas are to be kept equal to the default values:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2121 PROSPER

Select Done to proceed to the final 'Equipment' screen.

3.48.5.3.6 Gauge Data

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported
result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

This model will have no gauges therefore the screen can be left blank:

Select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.48.5.4Pressure Gradient with Newtonian Fluid
Now that the PVT and well description have been entered, the pressure gradient within
the well for a given set of conditions can be found. This will first be done with the fluid
treated as a Newtonian fluid data and then later with the non-Newtonian data so that the
two can be compared. The pressure gradient within the well is to be calculated at
different first node pressures.

To carry out the gradient calculation select Calculation | Gradient (Traverse).

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2122

3.48.5.4.1 Inserting Input data

To calculate the pressure gradient in the well, the well conditions must be set. This can
be done in the top left corner of the screen:

When the above data has been inserted select Cases:

Insert the three first node pressures to be calculated and then select Done.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2123 PROSPER

3.48.5.4.2 Calculating the Pressure Gradient

The pressure gradients can be calculated by selecting Calculate:

The results can then be viewed on a graph by selecting Plot:

3.48.5.4.3 Saving the Plot

As these results are to be compared to results from another run, they need to be saved
so they can be recalled at a later time. This can be done by selecting the blue floppy
disk above the plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2124

This will bring up the window to save and manage plot streams:

Enter the name under which the plot is to be saved and then select Add.

This will transfer the results stream to the Master List. When this has been done select
Done to return to the plot screen. Click on Finish in the plotting screen to return to the
gradient calculation window and finally click on Done to return to the main screen.
3.48.5.5Enabling the non-Newtonian Model
Now that the gradients have been calculated with the fluid treated as a Newtonian fluid,
the same conditions are to be calculated with the Non-Newtonian viscosity model
enabled. To enable the model, enter the Options | Options screen:

Select Non-Newtonian Fluid for the 'Viscosity Model' and then Done to return to the
main screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2125 PROSPER

To insert the new PVT data, enter the PVT | Input Data screen and select Rheological
Parameters:

This allows the laboratory data which describes the non-Newtonian fluid to be entered:

This method uses the equivalent apparent viscosity method and more information on

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2126

this model can be found in the non-Newtonian fluid section of this guide.

When the data has been entered, select Done and then Done to return to the main
PROSPER screen.
3.48.5.6Pressure Gradient with non-Newtonian Fluid
Now that the non-Netwonian fluid viscosity model has been enabled, the next step is to
calculate the pressure gradient within the well so that they can be compared with the
gradients calculated without the model enabled. The pressure gradient within the well is
to be calculated at different first node pressures.

To carry out the gradient calculation select Calculation | Gradient (Traverse).

3.48.5.6.1 Inserting Input data
To calculate the pressure gradient in the well, the well conditions must be set. This can
be done in the top left corner of the screen:

When the above data has been inserted select Cases:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2127 PROSPER

These should still remain from the previous calculation and therefore, with nothing having
been added, select Done.
3.48.5.6.2 Calculating the Pressure Gradient
The pressure gradients can be calculated by selecting Calculate:

The results can then be viewed on a graph by selecting Plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2128

3.48.5.6.3 Comparing the Plots

Now that the new results have been calculated, these need to be compared to the
previous results to see if they vary significantly. This can be done by first adding the
previously calculated Newtonian Fluid gradients results to the current plot by clicking on
the blue floppy disk.

Then select "Newtonian Fluid - 7500 stb/d" from the Master List and click on the "double
arrow" button to transfer it to the Current List. Click Done to return to the plotting
window.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2129 PROSPER

Finally, select Bottom Measured Depth from the bottom left corner of the plotting screen
and then select the 'clock' button:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2130

This will bring up all of the different result streams which contain this data. Select all of
the results to be plotted, which in this case would be the 'Newtonian Fluid - 7500 stb/d
results which have been saved and the current gradients results (i.e. those with non-
Newtonian viscosity model):

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2131 PROSPER

Select OK to plot these results:

We can see that for these cases, because the fluid is a shear thinning fluid (the viscosity
reduces when work is done to it) the pressure gradients are lower when the non-
Newtonian model is enabled.

Exit the plot and then select Done to return to the main screen. From the main screen,
select File | Save As.. to save the file.

This marks the end of Tutorial 44. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Enable and run calculations using the non-Newtonian fluid model.

Save result streams and recall them at a later point to compare the results of
two files together to view the impact of the non-Newtonian model on our
results.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2132

3.49 Tutorial 45 - CBM Water Well

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.49.1 Statement of the Problem
During the initial stages of production from a Coal Bed Methane reservoir, it is often
necessary to go through a 'de-watering' stage where water is removed from the
reservoir in order to reduce the pressure and release methane which was adsorbed
onto the surface of the coal. During this stage, a pump is normally installed at the bottom
of the tubing to allow more fluid to be produced and a gas separator is used to pass any
produced gas up the annulus.

This tutorial will therefore go through the steps of setting up a water producing well which
has an ESP installed in it and also describes the steps to export the VLP curves so that
they can be used within a reservoir modelling software package such as MBAL or as
part of an integrated model in GAP.

3.49.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Create a CBM water production well model.

Select an ESP to be used within the well.

Learn to export the lift curves for use in MBAL or GAP.

3.49.3 General Approach

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Select the CBM Producer and ESP from the main options screen.

b. Insert the available PVT data for the gas and water.

c. The equipment information will be inserted into the model to define the down-hole
equipment. This will be used to define the VLP curves.

d. An IPR model will be built which models the CBM behaviour.

e. An ESP will be included in the model which has already been selected.

f. The lift curves will be generated which can be used for a prediction within MBAL
or GAP.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2133 PROSPER

3.49.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.49.4.1Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Oil and Water

Method Black Oil

Well Type CBM Producer

Artificial Lift

Method Electrical Submersible Pump

3.49.4.2PVT Data
This is the preliminary PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise
the fluid.

Gas Gravity 0.6 Specific Gravity

CBM GLR 0
Water Salinity 100000 ppm
Mole % H S 0%
2
Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

3.49.4.3Equipment Data
This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model the

well.

3.49.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2134

important idea is that all equipment in the well is describe in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

MD (ft) TVD (ft)

0 0

2600 2600

3.49.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

Tubing
Tubing Casing
Tubing Outsid Tubing Casing
Inside Inside
Inside e Outside Inside Rate
MD Diamet Diamet
Type Roughn Diamet Roughn Roughn Multipli
(ft) er er
ess er ess ess er
(Inches (Inches
(Inches) (Inches (Inches) (Inches)
) )
)
X-mas
0 1
Tree
Tubing 2500 2.875 0.0006 3.25 0.0006 6.1 0.0018 1
Casing 2600 6.1 0.0018 1

3.49.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient Data

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate temperature difference between the
fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2135 PROSPER

coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat

transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 60

2600 100

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.49.4.3.4 Average Heat Capacity Data

The default values for the heat capacities of the fluids will be used for this well but they
can be altered if necessary.

Heat Capacity (BTU/lb/oF)

Oil 0.53

Gas 0.51

Water 1

3.49.4.4IPR Data

There is a number of different IPR models which can be used in PROSPER and the
model used is dependent on the purpose of the study. In this case, the 'CBM Producer'
IPR model will be used.

Reservoir Model CBM Producer

Reservoir Pressure 800 psig

Reservoir Temperature 100 oF

Gas Liquid Ratio 10 scf/STB

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2136

Productivity Index 2 STB/day/psi

Water Gas
Residual Saturation 0.2 0
End Point Relative Permeability 0.8 0.8

Corey Exponent 1.5 2

3.49.4.5ESP Data

Pump Depth (Measured) 2500 ft

Operating Frequency 60 Hz
Maximum Pump OD 6 inches
Length of Cable 2750 ft
Gas Separator Method Enter Separator Efficiency

Gas Separator Efficiency 100 %

Liquid Level Method Entered
Liquid Level 2000
Number of Stages 58
Voltage at Surface 465 Volts
Pump Wear Factor 0
Gas DeRating Model <none>
Allow Tapered ESPs No
Current Pump CENTRILIFT R7 4 inches (500-900 RB/day)
Current Motor Centrilift 562 KMH 38HP 435V 53A
Current Cable #1 Copper 0.26(Volts/1000ft) 123 (amps) max

3.49.5 Step-by-Step Guide

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2137 PROSPER

3.49.5.1Setting Up the Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, a new file will automatically be created and this step does not require to be
taken.

The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options:

Select the Fluid to be Oil and Water and the Well Type to be CBM Producer. Moreover,
select the Artificial Lift Method to be Electrical Submersible Pump and the Type to be
Model Produced Oil and Gas in Annulus.
When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.49.5.2Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2138

When this data has been entered, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.49.5.3Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows. This is done in the 'Equipment Data'
screen, which can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the 'Equipment Data' screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section one at a time.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2139 PROSPER

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

3.49.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done.

3.49.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2140

3.49.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the wellbore. As fluid will be produced up both the tubing and the
annulus, both spaces need to be specified. Details of the equipment to be installed can
be found below:

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the depth at which the
static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the top of
the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.49.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2141 PROSPER

the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences and
so is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The overall heat transfer coefficient is also
input into this screen. The geothermal gradient can be seen below:

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen.

3.49.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The heat capacities of water, oil and gas are to be kept equal to the default values:

Select Done to proceed to the final input screen for the equipment section.

3.49.5.3.6 Gauge Data

The final equipment screen allows gauge depths to be entered. This well has no gauge
and therefore the screen can be left blank:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2142

All of the equipment data has now been entered and so select Main to return to the main
screen.
3.49.5.4Inputting IPR Data

The IPR section of PROSPER defines the inflow of the well and therefore how productive
the reservoir is. There are over 20 IPR models available in PROSPER and each is
applicable to a different situation or series of conditions.

The IPR input screen can be accessed by selecting System | Inflow Performance.
When modelling CBM Producers, a specific IPR model becomes available: CBM
Producer. This models each phase for the IPR separately and also allows the impact of
the relative permeability of each phase on production to be captured. After selecting the
model, insert the reservoir data and the PI

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2143 PROSPER

Select the Rel Perms tab to enter the relative permeability curves for the well:

When this data has been inserted, click Calculate and then click on Plot | Plot to view
the IPR curve:

Click on Finish in the top left corner to exit the plot and then Done to return to the main

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2144

PROSPER screen.

The main screen will now display an IPR curve to show that the calculation has been
completed.

3.49.5.5Inserting ESP Details

Now that the equipment and IPR data have been entered, the ESP data should be
entered into the model. For this tutorial, the ESP has been selected previously and
therefore no design is to be carried out. For the steps required to carry out an ESP
design, Tutorial 26 should be consulted.

To enter the ESP go to the System | Electrical Submersible Pumps screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2145 PROSPER

The gas separator efficiency has been set to 100% so that all of the gas travels up the
annulus and only the water is produced through the ESP and up the tubing.

When this data has been inserted, select Done to return to the main screen.
3.49.5.6Generating VLP Tables
Now that model has been set up, we want to generate VLP curve tables to be exported
to GAP for use in an Integrated Production Model.

VLP lift curves are used by GAP to calculate the flowing conditions of the well under any
conditions calculated by the model. Rather than calculate the pressure gradient or VLP
curve for each case, a table of values is generated and these values are used to
interpolate between to find the results of the model conditions. It is therefore very
important that the ranges of values that the tables are generated for cover all the
possible values which may be required in the model. If they do not, the results will be
extrapolated and this can lead to large errors in the results.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2146

To generate VLP curves, select Calculation | VLP (Tubing Curves).

3.49.5.6.1 VLP Input Data
The top left corner of the VLP calculation screen should be filled with the required data
for generation:

As the top node pressure and CBM GLR are two of the variables we will be changing,
the value entered here will not be used in any calculations. It is very important that the Lift
Curves For Simulators option is selected as this will move the solution node from the
pump discharge to the bottom hole which is required for use in simulators and GAP.

The Rate Method should be changed to User Selected as this will allow us to define the
range of rates to use. To generate a range of values, select Generate on the top ribbon:

This will bring up the rate generation screen into which the following data can be
entered:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2147 PROSPER

The rates should normally be entered from a low value to a value approximately equal to
the well AOF. When the values have been inserted, select Generate.

Now that the rates have been specified, the next step is to set the ranges of variables
which are to be changed in the VLP tables. For a CBM Producer well, these variables
should be the First Node Pressure (i.e. the wellhead pressure), the Pump Frequency,
the CBM GLR and the Liquid Level in the Annulus. To enter these ranges select
Cases.

The drop down menu on the left hand side can be used to select the variable and then
the range of values can be entered on the right. The values can be either inserted
manually (as was done above) or generated as was done for the liquid rates. This can
be done by selecting Generate:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2148

This will bring up a dialogue box into which the ranges can be entered:

Select Generate to populate the range values:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2149 PROSPER

The same process can be followed to add the values for the remaining two variables:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2150

When this has been done, select Done.

3.49.5.6.2 Calculating and Exporting VLPs
To calculate the VLP curves for each possible combination of the selected variables,
click Calculate:

Please note that due to the number of variables used in this VLP table, this
calculation may take some time to complete.

Once the calculation has been completed, it is possible to view the curves by selecting
Plot or the tables can be exported from PROSPER by selecting Export Lift Curve.
When this is selected, a list of export options is given:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2151 PROSPER

In this case, the curves are to be exported into a format which can be imported into
GAP, however, many different options are available. When Petroleum Experts - GAP/
MBAL has been selected, click Continue:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2152

The location that the file is to be saved to can be set and then saved by selecting Save.
When the file has been saved it will automatically be opened.

This *.tpd file can now be imported into MBAL or GAP to use in simulations.

This marks the end of Tutorial 45. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Build a CBM Producer Well which produces water through a ESP and gas up
the annulus.
Generate lift curves which can be exported to GAP or MBAL.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2153 PROSPER

3.50 Tutorial 46 - Modelling Emulsions

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.50.1 Statement of the Problem
A well has been producing a heavy oil (API 11) for some time. However, it has recently
begun producing water and from tests it appears that the fluid currently being produced
is an emulsion.

As the viscosity of emulsions can be very different to the individual water and oil phases'
viscosities, an additional model is required within PROSPER to take this into account.

A laboratory report details the emulsion's viscosities at different water-cuts for a set
pressure and temperature. This information is to be used within the model to see the
effects that an increasing water-cut will have on the pressure gradients within the well.

It is unclear what the effects of the emulsion will be in the reservoir and therefore a
numerical reservoir simulator will be used to model the inflow into the well. As such, no
IPR will be included within the PROSPER model.

3.50.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:

Build a model with PVT which is representative of an emulsion.

Compare the gradients for varying water cuts with and without the emulsion
corrections.

3.50.3 General Approach

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Set up the PVT data to ensure that the original oil is accurately modelled.

b. Insert the emulsion lab data into the model and match the emulsion viscosity.

c. Insert the well deviation and tubing data to define a VLP curve.

d. Run a series of gradient calculations to predict what the impact of the water cut
increasing from 0% to 20% will be on the well's pressure gradient for with the
emulsion model selected and not selected.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2154

3.50.4 Available Data

The following data has been provided by the different departments of the company.

3.50.4.1Basic Data
This data will be used to set up the model in the options screen.

Fluid Oil and Water

Method Black Oil

Separator Single-Stage Separator

Emulsions Emulsion + Pump Viscosity Correction

3.50.4.2PVT Data
Below is the basic PVT data which has been received from the lab to characterise the
fluid.

GOR 40 scf/STB

Oil Gravity 11 API

Gas Gravity 0.83 Specific Gravity

Water Salinity 10000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N2 0%

3.50.4.2.1 Match Data

Temperature of Test 200 oF
Bubble Point at Test 500 psig
Temperature

Pressure GOR (scf/ Oil FVF (RB/ Viscosity

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2155 PROSPER

(psig) STB) STB) (cp)

500 40 1.051 100

3.50.4.2.2 Emulsion Data

Experimental Pressure 2000 psig
Experimental 200 oF
Temperature
Min Water Cut For 60%
Maximum Viscosity
Max Water Cut For 80%
Maximum Viscosity

Water Cut Viscosity (cp)

5 105
10 115
20 130
30 150
40 188
50 234
55 250
85 53
90 10.5

3.50.4.3Equipment Data
This data has been passed on by the drilling and geology departments to help model the

well.

3.50.4.3.1 Deviation Survey

The deviation survey is a reflection of the path the well takes to surface. The deviation
survey can start at any reference depth (sea level, well head, platform etc) but the
important idea is that all equipment in the well is described in a consistent manner with
respect to the reference depth selected.

MD (ft) TVD (ft)

0 0

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2156

5000 5000

3.50.4.3.2 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment specifies the path through which the fluid will travel to surface.
The final depth from this data will be used as the solution node where the bottom-hole
pressure is calculated. It is also the depth at which the static reservoir pressure is
defined and as such is normally defined as the top of the reservoir or the top of the
perforations.

Inside Inside
Type MD (ft) Diameter Roughness Rate Multiplier
(inches) (inches)

X-mas Tree 0

Tubing 4800 2.4 0.0006 1

Casing 5000 6.4 0.0006 1

3.50.4.3.3 Geothermal Gradient Data

The geothermal gradient is the temperature gradient of the surrounding rock or

atmosphere around the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference between
the fluid and its surrounding and is used in the calculation of the heat loss. The ambient
temperature at the wellhead and the temperature at the last node (reservoir
temperature) are required. More data points can be inserted if they are known as this
will improve the accuracy of geothermal gradient.

When using the 'Rough Approximation' temperature model, the overall heat transfer
coefficient is also required to be inserted to allow PROSPER to calculate the heat
transferred for a given temperature difference.

MD (ft) Temperature (oF)

0 80

5000 200

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2157 PROSPER

Overall Heat Transfer coefficient = 8 BTU/hr/ft2/oF

3.50.4.3.4 Average Heat Capacity Data

The default values for the heat capacities of the fluids will be used for this well but they
can be altered if necessary.

Heat Capacity
(BTU/lb/oF)

Oil 0.53

Gas 0.51

Water 1

3.50.4.4IPR Data

This file is going to be used to generate VLP curves only (and view the impact of the
emulsion model on the pressure drop) and therefore no IPR is required to be entered.

3.50.5 Step-by-Step Guide

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.50.5.1Setting Up the Model

A new file should be opened in PROSPER from File | New. If PROSPER has just been
opened, then a new file will have been automatically opened and therefore there is no
need to select a new file.

The first step in any PROSPER model is to set up the type of well which is to be
modelled. The option screen can be accessed by selecting Options | Options and in
this case, the data is kept as the default for all the options except Emulsions which is
set to Emulsion + Pump Viscosity Correction:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2158

The fluid type should be kept Oil and Water.

When this section has been completed, select Done to return to the main PROSPER
screen.

3.50.5.2Inserting PVT Data

The next stage is to insert the available PVT data into the model. The PVT input screen
can be accessed by selecting the PVT | Input Data tab. The PVT data to be entered
can be seen below:

GOR 40 scf/STB
Oil Gravity 11 API

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2159 PROSPER

Gas Gravity 0.83 Specific Gravity

Water Salinity 10000 ppm

Mole % H2S 0%

Mole % CO2 0%

Mole % N 0%
2

Please note, the Water Cut inserted in the Emulsions tab (highlighted) will be used for
any calculations carried out using the Calculate feature.

Once this data has been inserted, the next step is to match the fluid to laboratory data.
Select Matching to enter the PVT matching interface.
3.50.5.2.1 Matching PVT
Insert the available data for the oil into the match table and select Match All to carry out
the regression on all of the correlations:

Temperatu 200

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2160

re of Test o
F
Bubble
Point at
500
Test
psig
Temperatu
re

Press GOR Oil Viscos

ure FVF ity
500 40 1.051 100

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2161 PROSPER

The resultant matching parameters can then be seen by selecting Parameters:

The criteria for selecting a correlation is to have a parameter 1 as close to 1 and a

parameter 2 as close to 0 as possible. Looking at the matches obtained, the best
matches are Vazquez-Beggs and Egbogah et al correlations:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2162

These correlations can be selected at the top of the Parameters interface using the drop
down menus. Select Done and Done again to return to the main PVT Data Input
interface.
3.50.5.2.2 Adding Emulsion Data
We have now got a good match on our PVT when we are producing a pure oil, however,
we know that when water is introduced, we expect to see an emulsion forming. We can
choose where the effects of the emulsion are going to be seen in our model by selecting
from the Emulsion Occurrence drop down menu. So that a comparison can be carried
out to see the impact of the emulsion on a pressure drop, first the calculations are to be
carried out without the additional emulsion correction. Therefore, in the bottom left hand
corner of the PVT Data Input interface select the following:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2163 PROSPER

To input the Emulsion data, select Flowline Emulsion Data.

The emulsion curve is made up of three distinct regions; the first region starts at a
viscosity equal to that of the oil (when the water cut is zero) and increases with
increasing water cut until it hits a plateau with a maximum viscosity. This plateau is the
second region of the curve. At the end of the plateau the curve drops back down until at
100% water cut the viscosity of the fluid is equal to that of water.

The user defines the profile by inserting a water cut for the maximum and minimum
points of the plateau and then test data is used to match the gradient of the curve in the
first regions. From this curve the viscosity of the plateau can be determined. Finally, if
data is available for water cuts above the plateau, the final curve can be tuned manually
by the user to match these points.

The following data should be inserted:

Experimental
2000 psig
Pressure
Experimental
Temperature 200 oF

Min Water Cut For

Maximum 60%
Viscosity
Max Water Cut For
Maximum 80%
Viscosity

Water Cut Viscosity (cp)

5 105

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2164

10 115
20 130
30 150
40 188
50 234
55 200
85 53
90 10.5

Next select Match to carry out the regression on the curve in the first region:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2165 PROSPER

If we select Plot the resultant profile can be seen:

In this case the viscosities at high water cut are also matched well. If this was not the
case, the user would manually vary match parameters 4 and 5 until a match is obtained.

To return to the main PVT screen select Done twice. When on the PVT screen, select
Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.
PROSPER Manual February, 2018
 Examples Guide 2166

3.50.5.3Specifying Equipment Data

In order to calculate the VLP curves for the well, PROSPER must have a description of
the well and the path through which the fluid flows. This is done in the Equipment Data
section. This can be accessed by selecting System | Equipment (Tubing etc).

This will bring up the Equipment Data screen. In order to fill in data for all of the
appropriate sections, select All from the top ribbon and this will bring up ticks next to
each section:

The Edit button can now be selected to bring up each input section sequentially.

If only one section is to be edited, the required section can be accessed by selecting the
square to the left of the ticked box corresponding to that section.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2167 PROSPER

3.50.5.3.1 Deviation Survey

In this screen the well deviation survey can be added:

It should be noted that if the deviation survey to be entered has more than 20 data
points, it is possible to reduce the number of points using a filter algorithm. This option is
accessible by selecting the Filter button.

To move onto the next input screen, select Done.

3.50.5.3.2 Surface Equipment

As there is no surface equipment in this model, this section can be left blank. In order to
proceed select the Cancel button:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2168

3.50.5.3.3 Downhole Equipment

The down-hole equipment section defines the path through which the fluid will flow as it
is produced up the wellbore. Details of the equipment to be installed can be found
below:

The final depth from the down-hole equipment will be used as the depth at which the
static reservoir pressure is defined in the IPR section. It is normally defined as the top of
the perforations and thus this equipment description should stop at the top of the
perforations.

When the data has been inserted, the next input screen can be accessed by selecting
Done.

3.50.5.3.4 Geothermal Gradient

The geothermal gradient which is entered is the geothermal gradient of the rock around
the well. It is used to calculate the temperature difference that the fluid experiences and
so is used in the calculation of heat transfer. The overall heat transfer coefficient is also
input into this screen. The geothermal gradient can be seen below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2169 PROSPER

Selecting Done will exit the geothermal gradient screen and enter the Average Heat
Capacities section.

3.50.5.3.5 Average Heat Capacities

The heat capacities of water, oil and gas are to be kept equal to the default values:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2170

Select Done to proceed to the final equipment screen.

3.50.5.3.6 Gauge Data

It is possible to enter the depths of different gauges in the PROSPER file. If gauges are
added, the pressure and temperature at the gauge depth will be given as a reported
result when calculations such as VLP are completed.

This model will have no gauges therefore the screen can be left blank:

Select Main to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.50.5.4Pressure Gradient without Emulsion
Now that the PVT and well description have been entered, the pressure gradient within
the well for a given set of conditions can be found. This will first be done without the
emulsion data and then later with the emulsion data so that the two can be compared.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2171 PROSPER

The pressure gradient within the well is to be calculated at different water cuts.

To carry out the gradient calculation select Calculation | Gradient (Traverse).

3.50.5.4.1 Inserting Input data
To calculate the pressure gradient in the well, the well conditions must be set. This can
be done in the top left hand corner of the screen:

When the above data has been inserted select Cases:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2172

Insert the four different water cuts to be calculated and then select Done.
3.50.5.4.2 Calculating the Pressure Gradient
The pressure gradients can e calculated by selecting Calculate:

The results can then be viewed on a graph by selecting Plot, and then selecting all of the
water cut cases, Bottom Measured Depth on the Y-axis and Pressure on the X-axis:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2173 PROSPER

3.50.5.4.3 Saving the Plot

As these results are to be compared to results from another run, they need to be saved
so they can be recalled at a later time. This can be done by selecting the blue disk
above the plot:

This will bring up the save plot screen:

Enter the name under which the plot is to be saved and then select Add.

This will transfer the results stream to the Master List. When this has been done select
Main to return to the main screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2174

3.50.5.5Enabling the Emulsion Model

Now that the gradients have been calculated without the emulsion model, the same
conditions are to be calculated with the model enabled. To enable the model, enter the
PVT | Input Data screen:

Select Tubing and Pipe for the Emulsion Occurrence input and then Done to return to
the main screen.
3.50.5.6Pressure Gradient with Emulsion Model
Now that the emulsion model has been enabled, the next step is to calculate the
pressure gradient within the well so that they can be compared with the gradients
calculated without the model enabled. The pressure gradient within the well is to be
calculated at different water cuts.

To carry out the gradient calculation select Calculation | Gradient (Traverse).

3.50.5.6.1 Inserting Input data
To calculate the pressure gradient in the well, the well conditions must be set. This can
be done in the top left hand corner of the screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2175 PROSPER

When the above data has been inserted select Cases:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2176

Insert the four different water cuts to be calculated and then select Continue.
3.50.5.6.2 Calculating the Pressure Gradient
The pressure gradients can e calculated by selecting Calculate:

The results can then be viewed on a graph by selecting Plot:

3.50.5.6.3 Comparing the Plots

Now that the new results have been calculated, these need to be compared to the
previous results to see if they vary significantly. To access the previously saved results,
click on the blue disk again and then select the 'No Emulsion' item and transfer this from
the Master List to the Current List by clicking the arrow between the two.

To then view both sets of results on one plot, select Bottom Measured Depth from the
bottom left corner of the plotting screen and then select the 'clock' button:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2177 PROSPER

This will bring up all of the different result streams which contain this data. Select all of
the results to be plotted, which in this case would be the 'No Emulsion' results which
have been saved and the current Emulsion results:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2178

Select OK to plot these results:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2179 PROSPER

Now that all eight gradient calculations are plotted together. In order to see each water
cut individually, the different curves can be selected and deselected at the top of the
screen. First deselect all of the curves and then select Case 1 for both the emulsion and
no emulsion cases:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2180

This is the 0% water-cut case and therefore the two gradients are exactly the same. This
is because at 0% water-cut there is no concept of an emulsion and the oil viscosity
calculated from the black oil correlation is used directly.

The other three water cut cases can also be selected to see the impact of the emulsion
model:

Case 2

Case 3

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2181 PROSPER

Case 4

For these cases, where the water cut is greater than zero and therefore an emulsion is
formed, a difference can be seen. The emulsion viscosity increases and therefore the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2182

pressure drop for each case is also higher. The higher the water cut, the higher the
difference between the two because of the emulsion viscosity is increasing. If the water
cut trend were to be continued (to very high water cuts) the difference would begin to
decrease again as the plateau on the emulsion curve would have been reached and the
emulsion viscosity would become closer to the water viscosity.

Exit the plot by selecting Finish in the top left hand corner and then select Done to
return to the main screen. From the main screen, select File | Save As.. to save the file.

This marks the end of Tutorial 46. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Enable and run calculations using the Emulsion model.

Save result streams and recall them at a later point to compare the results of
two files together to view the impact of the emulsion model on our results.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2183 PROSPER

3.51 Tutorial 47 - Modelling a Gas Lifted Gas Well

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 38. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.51.1 Statement of the Problem
The Spectrum retrograde condensate field has now been producing for some time. The
reservoir pressure has dropped and the water gas ratio has increased to 500 STB/
MMscf. The increased water being produced has lead to a denser fluid in the well and
this means that the pressure drop from the well head to the bottom hole depth will
increase. In order to reduce the mixture density of the produced fluid, the intention is to
inject gas into the well via a valve at 10000 ft depth.

Like for an oil well, injecting the correct volume of gas will decrease the mixture density
and this will reduce the pressure drop and allow more fluid to be produced. However, if
too much gas is injected, the pressure drop due to friction will increase and cancel out
the advantage gained from the reduction in density. The optimum gas to inject will
depend upon the conditions within the system and will not be constant.

Management would like to an understanding of the impact of injecting gas lift gas when
the reservoir pressure is either 1750 or 1500 psig and the WGR is 500 STB/MMscf.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2184

3.51.2 Objectives
The Objectives of the tutorial are to:

Setup the model to have Gas Lift activated.

Learn how to insert the required input data for a gas lifted gas well system in
PROSPER.

Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to estimate the optimum

injection rate for the given conditions.

3.51.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Enable the gas lifted well option.

b. Update the IPR section to represent the current flowing conditions in the well.

c. Carry out a coiled tubing gas lift design for the current design conditions.

d. Insert the injection depth and injection gas properties to the System | Gas Lift
Data section.

e. Run a sensitivity to find the optimum injection rate for the system.

3.51.4 Available Data

From different reports and departments the following data has been collected which
details our reservoir inflow properties.
3.51.4.1Gas Lift Options
The following gas lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Gas Lift

Lift (Continuous)
Method
Artificial No Friction
Lift Type Loss in
Annulus

The gas lift properties are detailed below:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2185 PROSPER

Gas Lift Gas 0.7

Gravity
% H2S 0
% N2 0
% CO2 0
Injection 10000
Depth feet

3.51.4.2IPR Model Data

The reservoir conditions have changed to the following conditions:

Reservoir 1750 psig

Pressure
Water Gas 500 STB/
Raio MMscf

3.51.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 38. A copy of this
completed model can be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.51.5.1Activating Gas Lift Option
In order to design a gas lifted gas well, the gas lift option should be enabled in the
Options | Options screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2186

For this design, select Gas Lift (Continuous) and No Friction Loss in Annulus from the
drop down menus.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.51.5.2Updating the Reservoir Conditions
The current reservoir conditions have changed from what was previously inserted into
PROSPER, and therefore the model needs to be updated so that the AOF used to
calculate the rates in the system calculation will be based upon the current AOF, which
will give a more representative range of values. These conditions should therefore be
updated in the System | Inflow Performance screen:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2187 PROSPER

When the water gas ratio and reservoir pressure have been updated, select Calculate
and then Plot Results to see the new IPR:

Select Finish in the top left hand corner to close the plot and then select Done and
Done again to return to the main screen.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2188

3.51.5.3Inserting the Gas Lift Data

The injected gas properties and the depth at which the injection will occur now need to
be entered into the model. This can be done in the System | Gas Lift Data screen:

The gas being injected has a gas gravity of 0.7 and has no impurities. The Gas Lift
Method should be changed to Fixed Depth of Injection at the bottom of the screen and
the depth of injection should be fixed at 10000 feet. This means that the gas will always
be injected at the specified depth and the ability to inject at the given depth is not
considered. In reality the ability to inject at a certain depth is dependent upon both the
pressure in the casing and the tubing at the given depth. The casing pressure must be
greater than the tubing pressure by a value which will allow the gas to be injected
through the orifice or valve which has been added to the system.

When this has been done, the gas lift system has been inserted as part of the model.
Press Done to return to the main screen.
3.51.5.4Running System Calc
Now that the gas lift system has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how
the production rate will change when the gas injection rate is varied.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2189 PROSPER

3.51.5.4.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions

At this time, we wish to calculate the gas rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 350 psig and the WGR and GOR should be set to 500 STB/MMscf
and 7432.66 scf/STB respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left
hand corner of the screen:

The rate method should be changed to Automatic - Geometric as this will give us more
definition within the unstable region of the VLP curve.

Select Cases to enter the sensitivity variables. Gas lift injection rate can be selected
from the drop down lists on the left hand side and then the values to be used can be
entered on the right hand side:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2190

The reservoir pressure is also to be changed from 1750 psig to 1500 psig. This can
also be included in the Cases screen:

When these values have been inserted, select Done to return to the calculation screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2191 PROSPER

3.51.5.4.2 Running a System Calculation

It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select Calculate to run the calculation:

This will run the System Calculation for each different injection rate. To see how the
production rate varies with injection rate, select Sensitivity Plot.

To view the gas rate against injection rate, select Variables from the top bar and then
Gas Rate for the Y axis variable and Gaslift Gas Injection Rate for the X axis variable:

Select Done to view the plot:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2192

The plot shows that for the higher reservoir pressure (1750 psig) even with no gas lift
injected, the well can still produce. If a small amount of gas is injected (approximately
0.5-1.5 MMscf/day) then the optimum gas rate is produced. However, this is only an
increase of 0.2 MMscf/day in production and injecting any additional gas will lead to a
lower rate being produced.

When the reservoir pressure is dropped to 1500 psig, the well cannot produce without
gas being injected. When at least 1 MMscf/day of gas is injected the well can produce
and increasing the injection rate to 2 MMscf/day will allow the maximum gas rate to be
produced. If any additional gas is injected, the production rate drops due to the increase
in the frictional pressure drop within the well.

In summary, if the reservoir pressure is 1750 psig, the well can still produce at a WGR of
500 STB/MMscf, however, this rate can be increased by 0.2 MMscf/day if 1 MMscf/day
is injected. If the reservoir pressure drops down to 1500 psig then the well cannot
produce unless at least 1 MMscf/day of gas is injected. The maximum rate can be
achieved if 2 MMscf/day of gas is injected.

Select Main at the top of the window to return to the main screen.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2193 PROSPER

This marks the end of Tutorial 47. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:

Set up a Retrograde Condensate well with Gas Lift.

Carry out a sensitivity to see how the production rate varies with different gas
lift injection rates.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2194

3.52 Tutorial 48 - Foam Lift

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 2. A copy of this completed model can
be found in '~\Petroleum Experts\IPM 11\Samples\PROSPER\'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.52.1 Statement of the Problem
The Powderhall field has been producing for a number of years and the reservoir
pressure has declined to 1200 psig and the producing WGR is now 100 STB/MMscf.
The well is now producing with a WHP of 500 psig.

It is thought that under these conditions the well is likely to suffer from liquid loading.

To resume stable production it is decided to produce the well using foam lift. A
surfactant is to be injected via coiled tubing and it is required to optimise the rate of
surfactant injection.
3.52.2 General Approach
As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2195 PROSPER

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:

a. Verify liquid loading behavior using the turner criteria and PE5.

b. Enable the foam lift

c. Define the flow path as annular

d. Define the microannular space between the coiled tubing and the tubing

e. Run a sensitivity to find the optimum surfactant concentration for the system.

3.52.3 Objectives
The Objectives of the tutorial are to:

Setup the model to have Foam Lift activated.

Learn how to insert the required input data for a Foam Lifted well system in
PROSPER.

Run a sensitivity study on the system calculation to estimate the optimum

surfactant concentration rate for the given conditions.

3.52.4 Available Data

The following artifical lift options should be used in the design:

Artificial Foam Lift

Lift
Method

The coiled tubing is installed at the depth of the top perforation (9800 ft). Its OD is 1.125
inches and the ID is 0.95 inches.

Updated Reservoir conditions:

Reservoir 1200 psig

Pressure

Updated producing conditions:

WGR 100 STB/

MMscf
CGR 1 STB/

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2196

MMscf

WHP 500 psig

3.52.5 Step-by-Step Guide

3.52.5.1Update the Model

The reservoir pressure and WGR have changed and need to be updated. Open the IPR
section (System | Inflow performance) and update the reservoir pressure to 1200
psig and the WGR to 100 STB/MMscf:

Press Calculate and Plot Results to calculate and view the new IPR for the current
field conditions:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2197 PROSPER

Select Finish, Done and then Done again to return to the main screen.
3.52.5.2Liquid Loading
It is suspected that the well is loading liquid.

This is backed up by examination of the rates in comparison to the Turner Velocity

Criteria, as well as comparing the frictional dp in the gradient calculation

If a system calculation (Calculation | System (IPR + VLP) ) is performed for a WHP of

500psig, WGR 100 STB/MMscf and a CGR of 1 STB/MMscf using Petroleum Experts 5
as the Vertical Lift correlation, it can be observed in the resulting plot in the bottom right
hand corner of the interface that the VLP/IPR intersection occurs in a region where the
turner velocity criteria indicates a potential issue:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2198

Examining the Sensitivity PvD for the VLP/IPR intersection indicates that the frictional
dP using PE5 is negative. To view the frictional gradient, select Sensitivity PvD and
scroll across to the Friction Gradient column:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2199 PROSPER

A decision is taken to convert the well to foam lift by installing coiled tubing to inject
surfactant at top perforation level.

Select Main to return to the main PROSPER interface.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2200

3.52.5.3Activating the Foam Lift Option

In order to design a foam lifted well, the foam lift option should be enabled in the
Options | Options screen:

Also ensure that the Annular Flow option is selected to ensure that the annular space
can be defined between the coiled tubing and the production tubing.

Select Done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.52.5.4Defining the Microannulus
The coiled tubing is being run in to the perforations. The surfactant is being injected via
the coiled tubing and production is occurring in the annular space between the casing
and the coiled tubing and the microannular space between the coiled tubing and the
production tubing.

Select Downhole Equipment and Edit and then define the microannular space:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2201 PROSPER

3.52.5.5Surfactant
The effect of the surfactant on the surface tension and foam density is going to modelled
according the default model, which is outlined in Petroleum Society Paper 2007-118 by
Yang and Zhang.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2202

3.52.5.6Running System Calc

Now that the foam lift system has been included in the PROSPER file, the next step is to
calculate the rate at which the well can flow at a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the system point at which the well will flow. In this case, the objective is to see how
the production rate will change when the surfactant mass percentage is varied.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(IPR + VLP).
3.52.5.6.1 Inserting Calculation Conditions
To determine the optimum rate of surfactant injection it is required to perform a
sensitivity on the surfactant mass percentage. This can be done by selecting Cases:

and then defining the Surfactant Mass Percent as a sensitivity variable:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2203 PROSPER

The flow correlation has been selected as Foam-Homogeneous. The well is producing
at a WHP of 500 psig, a WGR of 1000 STB/MMscf and a CGR of 1 STB/MMscf:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2204

3.52.5.6.2 Running a System Calculation

Select Calculate to perform the calculation and Plot and System Plot | Plot All Cases
to view the VLP/IPR intersections:

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2205 PROSPER

We can observe a general trend that as we increase the mass percentage of surfactant,
the VLPs shift down resulting in more production.

The rates produced versus the sensitivity variable (surfactant mass percent) can be
viewed by selecting Sensitivity Plot.

To see how the surfactant mass percent affects the gas rate, select Variables and then
Gas Rate:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2206

We can observe that a surfactant mass percent of about 0.4% maximises the gas
production rate.

If we examine the optimum case, surfactant mass % of around 0.4, we can also observe
that the Turner velocity has reduced to predict the onset of liquid loading around a rate of
4.5 MMscf/day (previously it was 8 MMscf/day).

This marks the end of Tutorial 48. After completing this tutorial the user should

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2207 PROSPER

be able to:

Set up a Dry Gas Producer with Foam Lift.

Carry out a sensitivity to see how the production rate varies with different
surfactant mass percentages.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2208

3.53 Tutorial 49 - Hydraulic Fracturing – stimulation tool

This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 01. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM XX/Samples/PROSPER/'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.53.1 Statement of the Problem
The well initially drilled in the Logie field is to be hydraulically fractured to improve the
reservoir deliverability. As an engineer in the operating company, you have been tasked
to analyse the production improvement and required fracture treatment / pumping
schedule.

The functionality available in PROSPER provides a rapid means to perform this study
and determine whether it is worth pursuing a more rigorous investigation. It is important
to note, however, that whilst this functionality provides a method of accessing / screening
hydraulic fracturing, it is not a replacement for specialist reservoir studies (in REVEAL)
to capture the full time dependent and integrated response.
3.53.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:
Perform a scoping study to determine the productivity improvement of
hydraulically fracturing.
Generate the required treatment / pumping schedule required.
Update the IPR to determine the potential increase in production.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2209 PROSPER

3.53.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:
a. Calculate current well performance with an assumed WHP of 1000 psig and 0%
water cut.
b. Analyse the possible productivity improvement from hydraulically fracturing the
reservoir.
c. Run a System Calculation to determine the new well performance for an
assumed WHP of 1000 psig and 0% water cut.
3.53.4 Available Data
Hydraulic fracture input data
Options
Minimum Treatment Volume 1000 bbl
Maximum treatment Volume 4000 bbl
Minimum Treatment Rate 200 bbl/min
Maximum Treatment Rate 400 bbl/min
Fracture Orientation Linear/Vertical
Part of Fracture Wall Taking 75 %
Fracture Fluid
Fracture Wall Area Increase 50 %
Due to Irregularities
Surface Temperature 60 deg F
Surface Pressure Losses 200 psi

Reservoir Data
Gross Thickness 100 feet
Overburden Gradient 1.05167 psi/ft
Drainage Area 500 acres

Well Data
Borehole Diameter 8.496 inches
Perforated Interval 100 feet
Shot Density 8 per ft
Perforation Tunnel Diameter 0.62

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2210

Test Data
Liquid Production Rate 10627.8 STB/day
Test Water Cut 0%
Permeability From Test 50 md

Rock Properties
Porosity 0.2
Formation Permeability 50 md
Rock Bulk Density 166 lb/ft3
Rock Tensile Strength 500 psi
Poisson's Ratio 0.2
Young's Modulus (model) Entered
Young's Modulus 3000000

Proppant
Fracture Fluid Type Non-newtonian
Spurt Loss 0 gal/ft2
Fluid Loss Coefficient 0.0031 ft/sqrt(min)
Fluid Density 8.83 lb/US gal
Proppant Material Graded Sand
Proppant Size Range 8 - 12
Maximum Concentration 1 lb/US gal

Fracture Fluid
Temperature Apparent Viscosity Flow Behaviour Consistency Index
(deg F) (Centipoise) Index (lbf.sec^n/sqft)
60 / 0.73 0.0009
100 / 0.78 0.0005
120 / 0.83 0.00028
140 / 0.9 0.00012
160 / 0.99 0.00004

3.53.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 01. A copy of this file
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM XX/Samples/PROSPER/'.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2211 PROSPER

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on
which this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.53.5.1Calculate Current Well Performance
To quantify the improvement which hydraulically fracturing the well may bring, it is
required to determine the well performance for a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the solution point at which the well will flow.

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(VLP + IPR):

The screen can be split into four main elements:

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.

- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).

Inserting calculation conditions

At this time, we wish to calculation the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 1000 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2212

screen:

Running a system calculation

It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select calculate to run the calculations:

The results screen will now show the system plot at the bottom of the screen. The details
of the solution point can be seen in the top right hand of the screen. It can be seen from
this screen that before fracking, if the WHP is 1000 psig and the water cut is 0% then
the model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 9466.61 STB/day with a FBHP
of 3290.74 psig.

Select done and return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.53.5.2Hydraulic Fracturing Scoping Study
To analyse the possible productivity improvement of fracking the well, enter the hydraulic
fracturing screening tool from Stimulation | Hydraulic Fracturing.

The screen can be split into three main sections; input data, results and detailed results.

Inserting Calculation Conditions

Enter the input data as per the ‘available data’ section above.

Options

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2213 PROSPER

Reservoir Data

WellData

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2214

Test Data

Rock Properties

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2215 PROSPER

Proppant

Fracture Fluid

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2216

Running the Stimulation Calculation

It is now possible to run the stimulation calculation. Select calculate to run the
calculations.

The detailed results will now show to the bottom of the interface, with sensitivity results
(graphically) displayed to the right hand side.

From the graphical results we can see that for specific pumping rates, the final fracture
length does not change significantly with treatment volume. This is essentially because
for the given injection rate the 'bank' of proppant (to keep the fracture open) does not
increase in length with treatment volume for the case in question.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2217 PROSPER

For a lower pumping rate, a greater fracture width is obtained (shown below). This is as
expected considering that for a specific treatment volume, the quantity of proppant
entering the fracture is same regardless of pumping rate. As the lower pumping rate
does not transport the proppant to the extent of the fracture length (shown by the shorter
final fracture length above) this same quantity of proppant accumulates closer to the
wellbore, acting to keep the width open.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2218

For the detailed results, each sensitivity case can be scrolled through – i.e. all the
sensitivity cases of treatment volume / pump rate. Taking case 38 as an example, it can
be seen that the PI of the well after treatment is 11.67 stb/day/psi within the ‘productivity
improvement’ tab.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2219 PROSPER

For this case, the required pumping schedule (which includes details on the proppant
banking) can also be obtained from the ‘pumping schedule’ tab.

3.53.5.3Calculate Well Performance (after fracking)

To quantify the improvement for case 38 above, it is required to determine the well
performance in relation to the un-fracked well.

Enter the system calculation window (Calculation | System (VLP+IPR)). Select cases
– from here the two cases (with and without hydraulic fractures) will be compared by
setting up two cases for each PI.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2220

Select done and then calculate. It can be seen from the results in the right hand side of
the interface that the fracked case produces approximately 16494 stb/day (more than
6000 stb/day more than base case) with a FBHP of 3786.

The two cases can be compared graphically by selecting plot | system plot |plot all
cases for the VLP and IPR.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2221 PROSPER

The results of this investigation are of course only a means to screen whether it is worth
pursuing further fracture analyse. At this point a decision can be made to access the
hydraulic fracturing whilst taking account of the full time dependant and integrated
response (in for instance REVEAL).

Close the plot and select done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file, select File | Save as…

This marks the end of Tutorial 49. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:
Utilise the Stimulation Tool – specifically for hydraulic fracturing.
Understand that the analysis performed for fracturing in PROSPER is
only a screening analyses

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2222

3.54 Tutorial 50 - Mud Acidization Stimulation of Sandstones -

stimulation tool
This tutorial starts from the file created in Tutorial 01. A copy of this completed model
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM XX/Samples/PROSPER/'.

The samples files folder can also be accessed from the windows start menu as shown
below.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on which
this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.

The work flow in PROSPER is to move from the left of the top toolbar to the right
accessing each drop down menu in turn. Each menu should be completed by starting at
the top and moving to the bottom. This simple left to right, top to bottom work flow
should always be followed to ensure that all of the required data for a model is entered.
3.54.1 Statement of the Problem
The well initially drilled in the Logie field is to be acidized to improve the reservoir
deliverability. As an engineer in the operating company, you have been tasked to
analyse the production improvement and required mud acidization treatment of the
sandstone formation.

The functionality available in PROSPER provides a rapid means to perform this study
and determine whether it is worth pursuing a more rigorous investigation. It is important
to note, however, that whilst this functionality provides a method of accessing / screening
mud acid stimulation, it is not a replacement for specialist reservoir studies (e.g. in
REVEAL) to capture the full time dependent and integrated response.
3.54.2 Objectives
The objectives of the tutorial are to:
Perform a scoping study to determine the productivity improvement of acid
stimulation.
Generate the required pumping schedule and determine the new productivity

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2223 PROSPER

index of the well.

Update the IPR to determine the potential increase in production.

3.54.3 General Approach

As the base PROSPER file has already been created the core model will not be
dramatically altered.

The general approach which will be taken to achieve these objectives is:
a. Calculate current well performance with an assumed WHP of 500 psig and 0%
water cut.
b. Analyse the possible productivity improvement from mud acid stimulation of the
reservoir.
c. Run a System Calculation to determine the new well performance for an
assumed WHP of 500 psig and 0% water cut.
3.54.4 Available Data
Mud Acid Stimulation Input Data
Options
Damage Type No Damage Zone Exists
Calculation Type Calculate Optimum formulation
Volume of Acid 10000 US Gal
Available

Reservoir Parameters
Overburden 1.05167 psi/ft
Gradient
Drainage Area 500 acres

Well Parameters
Borehole Diameter 8.496 inches
Perforated Interval 100 feet
Shot Density 8 per ft
Perforation Tunnel 0.62 inches
Diameter

Latest Well Test Data

Liquid Production 10627.8 STB/day
Rate
Test Water Cut 0%
Permeability From 50 md

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2224

Test

Rock Properties
Porosity 0.2
Rock Bulk 166 lb/ft3
Density
Rock Tensile 500
Strength
Poisson's Ratio 0.2

Formation Composition
Quartz 67 (weight)%
Koalinite 0 (weight)%
Illite 0 (weight)%
Montmorilinite 0 (weight)%
Muscovite (Mica) 2 (weight)%
Mixed Clays 12 (weight)%
Albite (Soda 0 (weight)%
Feldspar)
Microline 0 (weight)%
(Potash
Feldspar)
Mixed Feldspars 1 (weight)%
Calcite 18 (weight)%
Dolomite 0 (weight)%

3.54.5 Step-by-Step Guide

To start this step by step guide, open the file created in Tutorial 01. A copy of this file
can be found in '~/Petroleum Experts/IPM XX/Samples/PROSPER/'.

If the user is new to PROSPER, it may be beneficial to first complete the tutorial on
which this model is based so as to understand the steps taken to get to this point.
3.54.5.1Calculate Current Well Performance
To quantify the improvement which hydraulically fracturing the well may bring, it is
required to determine the well performance for a given set of conditions. This can be
done with the use of a System Calculation which will combine the VLP and IPR plots to
find the solution point at which the well will flow.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2225 PROSPER

The System Calculation screen can be accessed by selecting Calculation | System

(VLP + IPR):

The screen can be split into four main elements:

- The top left corner contains the input data which will be used for the calculation.

- The bottom left corner will contain any information on the sensitivity study cases
being considered.
- The top right corner will contain information on the system calculation and the
solution point which is obtained.
- The bottom right corner will contain the system plot itself (consisting of the VLP
and IPR curves).

Inserting calculation conditions

At this time, we wish to calculation the liquid rate which will be produced if the wellhead
pressure is set to 500 psig and the water cut and GOR are left as 0% and 800 scf/STB
respectfully. This data should therefore be added to the top left hand corner of the
screen:

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2226

Running a system calculation

It is now possible to run a system calculation. Select calculate to run the calculations:

The results screen will now show the system plot at the bottom of the screen. The details
of the solution point can be seen in the top right hand of the screen. It can be seen from
this screen that before fracking, if the WHP is 500 psig and the water cut is 0% then the
model predicts that the well will flow at approximately 12134 STB/day with a FBHP of
2687 psig.

Select done and return to the main PROSPER screen.

3.54.5.2Mud Acid Stimulation of Sandstone Scoping Study
To analyse the possible productivity improvement of acidizing the well, enter the mud
acidization screening tool from Stimulation | Mud Acidization of Sandstones.

The screen can be split into two main sections; input data and detailed results.

Inserting Calculation Conditions

Enter the input data as per the ‘available data’ section above.

Options

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2227 PROSPER

Reservoir Parameters

Well Parameters

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2228

Latest Well Test Data

Rock Properties

Formation Composition

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2229 PROSPER

Running the Stimulation Calculation

It is now possible to run the stimulation calculation. Select calculate to run the
calculations. A popup will be prompted, indicating that, ‘use of a HCL spearhead is vital
to prevent precipitation of calcium fluoride’.

This indicates that a preflush of hydrochloric acid is required to mitigate the precipitation
calcium fluoride (which may plug pores in the near wellbore).

The detailed results will be displayed at the bottom of the screen. There are four tabs
here; calculated rock properties, treatment results, pumping schedule and damage
removal. The calculated rock properties, detail the bulk rock density and elemental
concentration based on the user specified mineral composition. The treatment results,
detail the optimum acid concentrations for the stimulation job and the quantity of raw
materials required for this (ABF and 1000gal HCL). The pumping schedule details the
preflush/acidization/overflush volumes, as well as important information such as the
maximum injection rate to avoid fracturing. The damage removal details, along with the

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2230

radius of the treated zone, the improvement to the productivity index of the well. For the
system in question, we can see that the PI has risen to approximately 5.44 from 5.

3.54.5.3Calculate Well Performance (after acidization)

To quantify the improvement for the above stimulation job, it is required to determine the
well performance in relation to the un-stimulated well.

Enter the system calculation window (Calculation | System (VLP+IPR)). Select cases
– from here the two cases (with and without stimulation) will be compared by setting up
two cases for each PI.

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited

 2231 PROSPER

Select done and then calculate. It can be seen from the results in the right hand side of
the interface that the acidized case produces approximately 12892 stb/day (more than
750 stb/day more than base case) with a FBHP of 2760.65.

The two cases can be compared graphically by selecting plot | system plot |plot all
cases for the VLP and IPR.

PROSPER Manual February, 2018

 Examples Guide 2232

The results of this investigation are of course only a means to screen whether it is worth
pursuing further acidization analyse. At this point a decision can be made to access the
stimulation whilst taking account of the full time dependant and integrated response (e.g.
in REVEAL) to ensure that we do not, for instance, fracture the formation unintentionally.

Close the plot and select done to return to the main PROSPER screen.

To save the file, select File | Save as…

This marks the end of Tutorial 50. After completing this tutorial the user should
be able to:
Utilise the Stimulation Tool – specifically for Mud Acid Stimulation.
Understand that the analysis performed for acidization in PROSPER is
only a screening analyses

© 1990-2018 Petroleum Experts Limited